Skip to main content

Full text of "Iowa journal of history"

See other formats


72- 


THE 


IOWA  JOURNAL 


OF 


HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 


t 


EDITOR 
BENJAMIN   F.  SHAMBAUGH 

PROFESSOR   OF   POLITICAL    SCIENCE 
IN  THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  IOWA 


VOLUME  I 

1903 


PUBLISHED  QUARTERLY  BY 

THE  STATE  HISTORICAL  SOCIETY  OF  IOWA 

IOWA  CITY,   IOWA 

1903 


COPYRIGHT  1903  BY 
THE  STATE  HISTORICAL  SOCIETY  OF  IOWA 


I 


THE  IOWA  JOUKNAL  OF  HISTOEY 
AND  POLITICS 


CONTENTS 

NUMBER  1 — JANUARY  1903 

Joliet  and  Marquette  in  Iowa  LAENAS  GIFFOBD  WELD         3 

The  Political  Value  of  State  Constitutional  History 

FRANCIS  NEWTON  THORPE       17 

Historico-Anthropological  Possibilities  in  Iowa 

DUREN  J.  H.  WARD       47 

A  General  Survey  of  the  Literature  of  Iowa  History 

JOHNSON  BRIGHAM       77 

Some  Publications  105 

Adams—  The  Iowa  Band  (p.  105)  ....  H.  G.  Plum 
Brown — Stephen  A.  Douglas  (p.  106)  .  .  .  C.  N.  Gregory 
Eiboeck— Die  Deutschen  von  Iowa  (p.  108)  .  .  M.  O.  Lorenz 
Hosmer — The  Louisiana  Purchase  (p.  110)  .  .  P.  S.  Peirce 

Historical  Society—  The  Iowa  Historical  Record  (p.  112)  J.  L.  Pickard 
Historical  Department — Statute  Laws  of  the  Territory, 

etc.,  (p.  113)        .. L.  W.  Parish 

Richman— Rhode  Island  (p.  114)  ...         W.  C.  Wilcox 

Shambaugh — History  of  the  Constitutions  oflowa(p.ll6)  I.  B.  Richman 
State  of  Iowa — Supplement  to  the  Code  (p.  118)  .  H.  E.  Deemer 
Thorpe—  The  Constitutional  History  of  the  United  States 

(p.  121) B.  F.  Shambaugh 

Thwaites— Daniel  Boone  (p.  122)  .  .  .  .  W.  C.  Wilcox 
Thwaites— Father  Marquette  (p.  124)  .  .  .  L.  G.  Weld 

Notes  and  Comment  126 

NUMBER  2 — APRIL  1903 

A  Brief  History  of  the  State  Historical  Society  of  Iowa 

BENJAMIN  F.  SHAMBAUGH     139 

State  History  in  the  Public  High  Schools       EDMUND  J.  JAMES     153 

The  Regulation  of  Primary  Elections  by  Law 

JAMES  J.  CBOSSLEY     165 


vi  CONTENTS 

The  League  of  Iowa  Municipalities  FRANK  E.  HORACK     193 

The  Hampton  Roads  Conference  JOSEPH  W.  RICH     209 

Some  Publications  231 

Bar  Association  (Iowa) — Proceedings  of  Eighth  Session 

(p.  231) Emlin  McClain 

Board  of  Control  (Iowa) — Bulletin  of  Iowa  Institutions 

(p.  235) LA.  Loos 

Dye—  The  Conquest:  The  True  Story  of  Lewis  and  Clark 

(p.  237) Alice  Young 

Fiske— New  France  and  New  England  (p.  238)  .  .  L.  G.  Weld 
Historical  Association  (American) — Annual  Eeportfor 

1901  (p.  240) H.  G.  Plum 

Historical  Department  (Iowa) — Laws  of  the  Territory, 

etc.  (p.  241) H.  S.  Richards 

Hulbert— Historic  Highways  of  America  (p.  243)  D.  J.  H.  Ward 
Linn— The  Story  of  the  Mormons  (p.  246)  .  .  A.  D.  Cromwell 
Phillips—  Georgia  and  State  Eights  (p.  248)  .  .  F.  I.  Herriott 
Pioneer  Law  Makers — Proceedings  of  Reunion,  1902 

(p.  252) Peter  A.  Dey 

Riggs— Studies  in  United  States  History  (p.  255)  .  J.  F.  Mitchell 
Secretary  of  State — Official  Register  (p.  255)  Margaret  Budington 
Shea — Early  Voyages  Up  and  Down  the  Mississippi 

(p.  259) L.  G.  Weld 

Notes  and  Comment  262 


NUMBER  3  — JULY  1903 

The  Wisconsin  Gerrymanders  of  1891,  1892 

FRANCIS  NEWTON  THORPE     275 

Anthropological  Instruction  in  Iowa  DUREN  J.  H.  WARD     312 

Letters  by  Mrs.  James  W.  Grimes 

Contributed  by  E.  M.  NEALLEY     329 

Congressional  Districting  in  Iowa  PAUL  S.  PEIRCE     334 

A  Bibliography  of  Iowa  State  Publications 

for  1900  and  1901  MARGARET  BUJ>INGTON     362 

Some  Publications  404 

Dillon— John  Marshall,  Life,  Character  Etc.  (p.  404) 

Emlin  McClain 

Garrison— Texas  (p.  406)  ....  Allen  Johnson 

MacDonald — The  Government  of  Maine  (p.  408)     .         F.  H.  Garver 


CONTENTS  vii 

Morey—  The  Government  of  New  York  (p.  410)  .  H.  G.  Plum 
Ontario  Historical  Society — Explorations  of  the  Great 

Lakes,  1669-1670  (p.  411)  .  .  .  .  L.  G.  Weld 

Van  Tyne — The  Loyalists  in  the  American  Eevolution 

(p.  414)         .        . .      .        .        .        .        . .       A.  D.  Cromwell 

Notes  and  Comment  416 


NUMBER  4  —  OCTOBER  1903 

Chief  Justice  Marshall  as  a  Constructive  Statesman 

EMLIN  McCLAiN     427 
Problems  in  the  Administration  of  Iowa 

HAROLD  M.  BOWMAN     467 

The  Development  of  Party  Organization  in  Iowa 

JOHN  W.  GANNAWAY     493 

Local  Tradition  JOHNSON  BEIGHAM     525 

Some  Publications  529 

Catterall —  The  Second  Bank  of  the  United  States 

(p.  529) W.  C.  Wilcox 

Clarkson — A  Beautiful  Life  and  its  Associations 

(p.  531) C.  A.  M.  Currier 

Hart — Actual  Government  as  Applied  under  American 

Conditions  (p.  533) B.  F.  Shambaugh 

Horack — The  Organization  and  Control  of  Industrial 

Corporations  (p.  534) H.  G.  Plum 

Iowa  Park  and  Forestry  Association — Proceedings,  etc. 

(p.  536) T.  J.  Fitzpatrick 

Kawakami —  The  Political  Ideas  of  Modern  Japan 

(p.  538) LA.  Loos 

Luetscher — Early  Political  Machinery  in  the  United 

States  (p.  539) F.  E.  Horack 

Ostrogorski — Democracy  and  the  Organization  of 

Political  Parties  (p.  539)  .  .  .  B.  F.  Shambaugh 

Reed —  The  Twelfth  Regiment  Iowa  Veteran  Volunteer 

Infantry  (p.  541) J.  W.  Rich 

Notes  and  Comment  543 


THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

of  History  and  Politics 

JANUARY    Nineteen  Hundred  Three 
Volume    One  Number    One 


JOLIET  AND  MAKQUETTE  IN  IOWA 

The  first  recorded  interview  between  the  white  man  and 
the  Indian,  within  the  limits  of  the  present  State  of  Iowa, 
was  incident  to  the  landing  of  Joliet  and  Marquette  upon 
the  west  bank  of  the  Mississippi  on  the  25th  of  June,  1673. 
The  exact  locality  in  which  this  interview  was  held  has 
always  been  a  matter  of  doubt.  That  the  subject  is  one  of 
some  interest  is  shown  by  the  fact  that  a  number  of  points 
have  been  named  as  probable  sites  of  the  landing  of  the  two 
explorers  upon  the  occasion  in  question.  Among  these  may 
be  mentioned  Montrose,  Sandusky,  and  the  mouth  of 
Lemoiliese  Creek  or  Bloody  Run  —  all  in  Lee  County. 
Writers  have  generally  agreed  upon  placing  the  landing 
near  the  mouth  of  the  Des  Moines  river,  but  both  Shea  and 
Parkman  favor  some  stream  further  north.  It  was  certainly 
near  to  some  western  tributary  of  considerable  size. 

Though  Joliet  was  the  nominal  head  of  this  memorable 
expedition,  the  first  to  make  known  the  true  course  of  the 
Mississippi,  we  owe  relatively  little  of  our  knowledge  re- 
garding it  to  documents  which  he  has  left.  Most  unfortun- 
ately, on  his  way  back  to  Quebec  in  the  following  spring, 
his  canoe  was  wrecked  in  the  rapids  of  La  Chine  just  above 
Montreal,  two  of  his  companions  being  drowned  and  his 
box  of  papers  lost.  Thus  it  happens  that  we  owe  such 
knowledge  as  we  have  of  the  details  of  the  expedition  to 
the  accounts  furnished  by  Marquette.  Marquette' s  narra- 


4  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

tive  was  originally  sent  to  Dablon,  the  Superior  of  the 
Jesuit  Missions,  at  Quebec.  Dablon  forwarded  a  copy  of 
it  to  Paris  as  a  part  of  his  Relation  of  the  year  1674.  The 
original  seems  to  have  remained  in  the  Jesuit  archives  at 
Quebec  until  about  1800,  when  it  was  deposited  in  the  Hotel 
Dieu.  From  this  place  it  was  removed  in  1842  to  St. 
Mary's  College  in  Montreal.  Some  years  later  the  manu- 
script fell  into  the  hands  of  Dr.  John  Gilmary  Shea,  the 
historian  of  the  Roman  Catholic  Church  in  America,  who 
published  it  in  1853  in  his  Discovery  of  the  Mississippi. 

In  the  Recueil  de  Voyage  of  Thevenot  (1680)  Mar- 
quette's  narrative  was  published  in  an  abridged  form.  This 
form  was  the  one  principally  used  by  historians  before  Dr. 
Shea  secured  access  to  the  original  document.  It  is  still 
valuable  as  supplying  a  gap  in  the  original,  two  pages  of 
which  have  been  lost.  These  pages,  however,  form  a  part 
of  the  description  of  the  Illinois  Indians  and  are  of  no 
especial  significance  from  a  geographical  standpoint.  Thev- 
enot also  published  a  map  which  he  erroneously  ascribed 
to  Marquette,  but  the  true  author  of  which  is  unknown. 
The  genuine  map  was  found  in  connection  with  the  original 
MS.  in  the  library  of  St.  Mary's  College.  Joliet's 
"earliest"  map,  probably  sketched  from  memory  in  1674, 
has  also  been  preserved  as  well  as  his  Carte  Generate  of 
1681  circa,  signed  by  Franquelin.  Franquelin's  Carte  de 
la  Louisiana  of  1684  is  of  interest  in  this  connection, 
though  the  original  has  apparently  been  lost  and  we  have 
only  the  fac  simile  of  the  MS.  copy  made  by  Parkman  now 
in  the  library  of  Harvard  University.  Two  other  maps  by 
Joliet,  known  as  the  u larger"  and  the  " smaller"  map,  are 


OF   HISTORY  AND   POLITICS  5 

also  in  existence;  but,  like  Ms  " earliest"  map,  these  were 
probably  drawn  from  memory  and  are  therefore  unreliable 
as  to  details.  Excepting  those  sources  of  information  fur- 
nished by  Marquette,  little  is  to  be  learned  from  any  of  the 
above  regarding  the  particular  question  at  issue.  A  brief 
synopsis  of  Marquette7 s  narrative,  including  all  geographical 
references,  is  here  given. 

It  was  on  the  17th  of  May,  1673,  that  Joliet  and  Mar- 
quette, with  five  companions,  embarked  at  St.  Ignace  upon 
the  voyage  for  the  discovery  of  the  Mississippi,  a  fully  re- 
solved to  do  and  suffer  everything  for  so  glorious  an  under- 
taking." Three  weeks  later,  June  10th,  having  crossed 
the  portage  between  the  Fox  river  and  the  Wisconsin,  they 
launched  their  canoes  upon  the  latter  stream  and,  in  the 
words  of  Marquette,  "left  the  waters  flowing  to  Quebec. . . . 
to  float  upon  those  which  would  conduct  us  thenceforward 
to  strange  lands."  On  June  17th,  just  one  month  after 
leaving  the  Mission  of  St.  Ignace,  they  reached  the  mouth 
of  the  Wisconsin  and  floated  out  upon  the  Mississippi  in 
latitude  recorded  as  42  i  degrees.  The  high  range  of  bluffs 
upon  the  western  bank  and  the  broad  meadows  to  the  east 
were  noted  at  once.  Soundings  gave  sixty  feet  of  water, 
and  the  width  of  the  stream  varied  from  over  two  miles  to 
less  than  a  third  of  a  mile.  The  current  bore  them  to  the 
south  and  southeast  as  far  as  42  degrees  of  latitude.  Here 
a  marked  change  in  the  aspect  of  the  country  was  observed. 
The  mountains  and  the  forests  had  almost  disappeared, 
while  the  islands  were  more  beautiful  and  covered  with  finer 
trees.  Deer  and  moose,  bustards  and  u wingless  swans" 
(cygnes  sans  aisles)  were  seen  in  abundance.  The  great 


6  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

cat-fish  of  the  Mississippi,  the  sturgeon,  the  curious  and  now 
rare  spade -fish,  and  the  wild  cat 'were  also  noted.  Having 
reached  latitude  41°  28',  following  the  same  general  course, 
turkeys  were  observed  to  take  the  place  of  game  and  bison 
(pisikious)  appeared.  Advancing  to  the  south  and  south 
southwest  they  found  themselves  at  latitude  41  degrees  and 
then  at  U40  degrees  and  some  minutes,  partly  by  southeast 
and  partly  by  southwest,  after  having  advanced  more  than 
sixty  leagues  since  entering  the  river,  without  discovering 
anything." 

"Finally  on  the  25th  of  June,"  continues  the  narrative, 
uwe  saw  upon  the  water's  edge,  human  foot  prints  and  a 
well  beaten  foot  path  leading  to  a  beautiful  prairie.  We 
stopped  to  examine  it  and  concluding  that  it  was  a  road 
which  conducted  to  some  native  village,  we  resolved  to  go 

and  reconnoitre M.  Joliet  and  myself  undertook  this 

discovery,  rather  hazardous  for  only  two  men,  who  thus  put 
themselves  at  the  mercy  of  a  barbarous  and  unknown  peo- 
ple. In  silence  we  followed  this  foot  path  and  after  having 
made  about  two  leagues,  we  discovered  a  village  upon  the 
bank  of  a  river  and  two  others  upon  a  slope  distant  half  a 
league  from  the  first." 

The  incidents  and  experiences  of  the  journey  do  not  con- 
cern us.  It  is  sufficient  to  note  that  the  villages  mentioned 
were  occupied  by  Illinois  Indians  whose  more  permanent 
abode  was  upon  the  borders  of  the  Illinois  river.  It  is 
only  from  the  map  that  we  know  this  meeting  to  have  taken 
place  to  the  west,  rather  than  to  the  east,  of  the  Missis- 
sippi. The  name  of  the  group  of  villages,  as  there  given, 
is  Peourea;  while  Moingouena  appears  at  no  great  distance. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  7 

The  first  of  these  names  survives  as  Peoria  while  the  second 
has  been  corrupted  into  Des  Moines.  The  account  of  the 
ovation  given  the  explorers  here  covers  only  the  day  of 
landing  and  the  day  following.  Nevertheless,  after  devot- 
ing some  pages  of  his  journal  to  the  description  of  the  Illi- 
nois Indians,  their  manners  and  their  customs,  Marquette 
resumes  his  narrative  thus:  uWe  took  leave  of  our  Illinois 
on  the  last  of  June  toward  three  o'clock  in  the  after- 


noon.'1 


Their  adventures  as  far  down  as  the  mouth  of  the  Mis- 
souri are  next  described.     Regarding  this  latter  stream  the 

narrative  says  " sailing  gently  along  a  beautiful  water, 

clear  and  still,  we  heard  the  noise  of  a  rapid  into  which  we 
were  about  to  fall.  I  have  never  seen  anything  more  fright- 
ful,— masses,  made  up  of  whole  trees  and  of  branches,  float- 
ing like  islands  out  of  the  mouth  of  the  Pekitanoui^  with 
such  force  that  we  could  not  without  great  danger  run  the 
risk  of  passing  across.  The  tumult  was  such  that  the  water 
was  muddy  and  could  not  become  clear.  Pekitanoui  is  a 
great  river  which,  coming  from  the  far  northwest,  empties 
into  the  Mississippi."  This  can  refer  to  none  other  than 
the  Missouri,  the  name  here  given  meaning  in  Algonquin 
" muddy  water."  Neither  the  latitude  of  the  mouth  of  the 
Pekitanoui  nor  its  distance  from  any  point  already  passed  is 
noted,  though  the  river  is  entered  upon  the  map  with  the 
names  of  several  villages  situated  along  its  course. 

After  indulging  in  some  interesting  speculation  as  to  how 
the  South  Sea  might  be  reached  by  the  Missouri,  Marquette 


1Upon  the  map  the  spelling  is  Pekittanoui. 


8  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

resumes:  u  After  making  about  twenty  leagues  due  south 
and  somewhat  less  to  the  southeast,  we  come  to  a  river 
named  Ouaboukigou,  the  mouth  of  which  is  in  latitude  36 
degrees."  Upon  the  map  the  name  of  this  river  appears  as 
OuabouskigoU)  that  is,  Wabash.  It  is,  of  course,  the  Ohio. 
Later  in  the  narrative,  after  giving  an  account  of  experi- 
ences and  observations  beyond  the  mouth  of  the  Ohio,  he 
says:  "We  had  descended  nearly  to  the  33d  degree  of  lat- 
itude, going  for  the  most  part  to  the  south,  when  we  saw 
upon  the  water's  edge  a  village  called  Mitchigamea.m  This 
seems  to  have  been  the  village  of  a  warrior  tribe  of  the  same 
name  living  near  the  mouth  of  the  St.  Francis  river.  Here 
the  natives  were  disposed  to  be  hostile,  though  the  peace 
calumet  was  displayed  to  good  effect.  At  last  one  old  man 
was  found  with  whom  Marquette  could  converse.  They 
could  get  no  other  answer  to  their  anxious  inquiry  regarding 
the  distance  to  the  sea  than  that  they  would  learn  all  that 
they  desired  to  know  at  the  great  village  of  AJkamsea* 
(Arkansas),  eight  or  ten  leagues  further  down  the  river. 
The  night  was  spent  with  the  Mitchigameas.  Next  morning 
the  explorers  re-embarked  and  were  soon  at  Akamsea,  where 
they  were  received  with  unusual  cordiality.  This  was  the 
end  of  the  journey  southward.  The  latitude,  that  of  the 
mouth  of  the  Arkansas,  is  correctly  given  as  33°  40',  the 
only  latitude  correctly  determined  and  recorded  in  the  course 
of  the  whole  voyage  —  with  one  or  two  possible  exceptions, 
depending  upon  the  interpretation  given  to  the  earlier  por- 
tions of  the  narrative. 


TTkis  appears  as  Metchigamea  upon  the  map. 
*AJcanseo>,  as  entered  upon  the  map. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  9 

The  little  party  turned  northward  on  the  17th  of  July, 
just  one  month  after  having  entered  the  river,  and  the  tire- 
some ascent  was  begun.  Reaching  the  mouth  of  the  Illinois 
river,  the  latitude  of  which  is  given  as  38  degrees,  they 
entered  that  stream,  ascended  it,  passed  the  portage  between 
the  Desplaines  and  the  Chicago  rivers  and  launched  their 
canoes  upon  Lake  Michigan.  Late  in  September  they 
reached  the  Jesuit  Mission  of  St.  Francois  Xavier,  situated 
near  the  head  of  Green  Bay.  They  had  left  this  mission 
four  months  previously  and  had  traveled  in  the  meantime 
upwards  of  three  thousand  miles. 

Marquette's  narrative,  just  cited,  is  so  vague  with  refer- 
ence to  topographical  details  and  so  inconsistent  with  respect 
to  geographical  positions  that  little  dependence  can  be  placed 
upon  it,  except  when  taken  in  connection  with  the  accom- 
panying map.  This  last  will  be  made  the  subject  of  some- 
what careful  examination,  its  genuineness  being  assumed  as 
thoroughly  established. 

We  have  to  note  in  the  first  instance  that  the  latitudes  as 
given  upon  Marquette's  map  are  in  error,  all  being  about 
one  degree  too  far  south,  except  Akansea,  the  southernmost 
point  reached,  which  is  correctly  placed  at  33°  40'.  Here- 
with is  presented  a  carefully  prepared  copy  (See  Fig.  1)  of 
a  portion  of  Dr.  Shea's  fac  simile  of  the  original,  much 
reduced.  The  parallels  of  latitude  are  as  indicated  by  the 
marginal  figures  in  the  original,  while  the  meridians  of 
longitude  are  separated  by  intervals  obtained  by  multiplying 
the  average  latitude  interval  of  one  degree  by  the  cosine  of 
40  degrees,  the  " middle  latitude" — in  accordance  with  a  well 
known  mathematical  principle.  The  meridian  of  91  degrees 


10  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

has  been  placed  near  to  the  mouth  of  the  Wisconsin,  its  true 
position.  On  the  right  hand  margin  of  the  map  Marquette's 
latitudes  are  indicated.  On  the  left  these  latitudes  have  been 
increased  by  one  degree;  so  that,  if  read  from  this  margin, 
Marquette's  map  has  been  lifted  bodily  one  degree  in  lati- 
tude. The  dotted  sketch  on  the  left  of  the  map  represents 
the  true  course  of  the  Mississippi  and,  presumably,  those 
tributaries  which  are  noted  by  Marquette.  The  longitudes 
along  the  lower  margin,  to  the  left,  refer  to  this  dotted 
sketch  only.  A  comparison  of  Marquette's  river  with  the 
true  course  of  the  Mississippi  shows  that  his  plot  is  a  mar- 
velously  accurate  one,  as  far  down  as  the  mouth  of  the 
Ohio.  Inasmuch  as  means  of  determining  longitude  by 
portable  instruments  were  not  available  in  Marquette's  day, 
we  can  only  explain  the  accuracy  with  which  his  longitudes 
are  plotted  by  supposing  that  careful  note  was  taken,  at 
least  until  the  latter  part  of  the  voyage  down  stream,  of 
distances  and  courses  sailed.  Otherwise,  it  is  impossible  to 
explain  the  close  conformity  exhibited  by  the  accompanying 
illustration. 

This  discrepancy  of  one  degree  in  Marquette's  latitudes 
would  seem  to  demand  explanation.  Let  it  be  noted  that 
the  complete  map  includes  a  large  portion  of  Lake  Superior, 
St.  Mary's  river  and  the  straits  of  Mackinac,  regions  well 
known  to  Marquette  and  the  other  Jesuit  missionaries  of 
the  time.  Accompanying  the  Jesuit  Relation  of  1670-1, 
prepared  by  Dablon,  is  a  map  of  this  upper  lake  region 
entitled,  Lac  Superieur  et  autres  lieux  ou  sont  les  Missions 
des  Peres  de  la  Compagnie  de  Jesus  comprises  sous  le  nom 
d1  Outaouacs.  Without  doubt  Marquette  was  familiar  with 


Iflls 


mil 


*HE* 

hit* 

II HS 

r1  °5  "5  o  3 


rs  s  g 
I 


Zl  B  n  o 


:  §  s 


till 


till 

I|J! 

ri  ^  cyi 

Ci*  Cl^  rt  OJ 


ll*a 

3     »     r*    O 

&••«    BC  B 
O*  O    rt    O 

S.  ff-  s4  -* 


«    r 

I  y  £>  B 

'?       ^     «*    t2 


B  *  S  9 

n   t   «    - 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  n 

this  map,  which  was  probably  the  work  of  some  of  his  own 
associates.  It  is  even  conceivable  that  he  sketched  the 
upper  portion  of  his  own  map  directly  from  it.  The  fact 
that  it  includes,  among  others,  the  altogether  irrelevant  en- 
try, Chemin  au  Assinipoualak  a  120  lieus  vers  le  Nordouest, 
which  also  appears  upon  the  map  of  1670-1,  seems  to  con- 
firm this  theory.  Now  upon  this  map  of  1670-1  the  lati- 
tudes of  Mission  du  St.  Esprit,  of  Mission  de  Ste.  Marie, 
of  St.  Ignace  and  of  the  Pottawattomie  village  at  the  head 
of  Green  Bay,  near  to  the  Mission  of  St.  Francois  Xavier, 
are  exactly  as  recorded  upon  Marquette's  map.  Whether 
the  mistake  is  due  to  the  defective  astrolabe  of  some  Jesuit 
geographer,  or  to  some  other  cause,  does  not  concern  us. 
The  error  is  evidently  reproduced  in  the  upper  portions  of 
Marquette's  map  and,  supposing  that  his  map  was  plotted 
by  udead  reckoning,"  would  naturally  be  propagated  far 
down  the  Mississippi. 

Certain  it  is  that  the  latitudes  upon  the  map  do  not  agree 
with  those  given  in  the  narrative.  Moreover,  those  para- 
graphs describing  the  voyage  from  the  time  at  which  the 
explorers  entered  the  Mississippi  up  to  the  time  of  landing 
near  Peouarea  are  utterly  irreconcilable,  so  far  as  the  lati- 
tudes and  directions  are  concerned,  with  the  true  course  of 
the  Mississippi.  Neither  is  it  possible  to  interpret  them  at 
all  satisfactorily  upon  the  assumption  that  some  of  the  lati- 
tudes were  correctly  given  by  Joliet  while  others  are  of 
Marquette's  own  determination. 

While  the  journal  does  not  specifically  state  that  the  lati- 
tude vaguely  given  as  U40  degrees  and  some  minutes"  is 
that  of  Peouarea,  it  is  evident  from  the  map  that  this  is  to 


12  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

be  understood.  The  estimated  distance  traversed  since  en- 
tering the  Mississippi  —  over  sixty  leagues — is  as  indefinite 
as  the  estimate  itself  is  uncertain.  If  twenty  leagues  be 
counted  to  the  degree,  in  nautical  fashion,  the  distance  is 
above  207  statute  miles.  This  would  indicate  as  the  place 
of  landing  some  point  on  the  river  near  Port  Louisa  in 
Louisa  County.1  The  latitude  of  this  point  is  about  41°  12', 
which  is  something  over  a  degree  greater  than  that  of 
Peouarea  as  given  by  Marquette's  map  and  nearly  the  same 
amount  greater  than  that  inferred  from  the  narrative.  The 
stream  entering  here  from  the  west,  as  shown  in  the  sketch 
of  the  true  course  of  the  Mississippi,  is  the  Iowa  river. 

The  same  error  of  one  degree  in  latitude  appears  upon 
Marquette's  map  in  the  location  of  the  broad  curve  between 
Keokuk  and  Quincy,  by  which  the  course  of  the  Mississippi 
changes  from  southwest  to  southeast.  The  mouths  of  the 
Illinois,  the  Missouri,  and  the  Ohio  rivers  are  also  plotted, 
each  one  degree  south  of  its  true  position.  Finally,  the  lati- 
tude of  Mitchigamea  is  given  in  the  narrative  as  33  degrees; 
while  that  of  the  southernmost  point  reached,  Akamsea, 
"eight  or  ten  leagues"  below,  is  correctly  recorded  as 
33°  40'.  This  last  station  is  set  down  in  its  true  position 
upon  the  map,  as  is  also  Mitchigamea,  thus  shortening  the 
river  stretch  between  the  mouths  of  the  Ohio  and  the  Ar- 
kansas by  about  one  degree. 

Whether  Marquette's  erroneous  latitudes  were  kept  by 
"dead  reckoning"  or  determined  with  a  defective  instru- 


irThe  distance  by  the  river  from  Prairie  dti  Chien,  about  three 
miles  above  the  mouth  of  the  Wisconsin,  to  Port  Louisa  is  given  by 
the  managers  of  the  Diamond  Jo  Steamboat  Line  as  212  miles. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  13 

ment  (probably  an  astrolabe),  possibly  the  same  instrument 
that  had  been  used  by  his  Jesuit  brethren  in  observing  the 
latitudes  upon  the  Upper  Lakes,  is  immaterial.  The  uni- 
formity of  the  error  throughout  the  whole  course  of  the 
voyage,  even  down  to  the  last  recorded  position,  would 
indicate  the  use  of  an  instrument  whose  readings  were  sub- 
ject to  some  constant  error.1  In  any  case  such  correct 
positions  as  are  recorded  in  the  narrative  may  have  been 
determined  by  Joliet,  whose  skill  in  such  matters  does  not 
admit  of  doubt.2 

Whatever  may  be  the  true  explanation  of  the  latitude 
errors  of  Marquette's  chart  nothing  can  more  clearly  prove 
that  it  is  an  actual  plot,  made  during  the  course  of  the  voy- 
age, than  the  manner  in  which  he  abridges  the  last  stretch 
of  the  river  and  ends  its  course  abruptly  at  latitude  33°  40'. 
There  is  no  speculation  as  to  its  course  either  below  that 
point,  or  above  the  point  at  which  the  stream  was  first 
entered.  Whatever  discrepancies  may  have  found  their  way 
into  his  narrative  as  a  result,  it  may  be,  of  "  comparing 
notes"  with  Joliet,  Marquette's  chart  is  genuine,  consistent, 
and  honest.  In  the  accompanying  diagram  (See  Fig.  2)  the 
comparison  of  the  latitudes  of  all  identifiable  stations,  as 


1  While  speculation  in  such  matters  is,  of  course,  quite  useless,  it 
may  be  noted  that  such  an  error  as  that  with  which  we  have  to  deal 
may  be  accounted  for  by  supposing  that  the  "loop,"  by  which  the 
astrolabe  is  hung  from  the  thumb  of  either  hand  when  in  use,  may 
have  been  broken  off  at  some  time  and  carelessly  repaired.     The 
error  might  have  been  eliminated  by  holding  the  instrument  first 
with  one  hand  and  then  with  the  other. 

2  Joliet  was  for  many  years  of  his  subsequent  life  the  chief  hydro- 
graphic  officer  of  New  France. 


14  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

given  on  Marquette's  map,  with  their  true  latitudes,  as 
taken  from  a  modern  chart,  is  rendered  simple  and  easy. 
It  is  evident  at  a  glance  that  the  river  at  whose  mouth 
Marquette  locates  Peouarea  can  correspond  with  no  other 
considerable  stream  than  the  Iowa.  Attention  should  also 
be  called,  perhaps,  to  the  southern  "dip"  of  the  Iowa,  on 
the  one  hand,  and  of  the  stream  indicated  by  Marquette  on 
the  other. 

One  of  the  principal  grounds  for  locating  the  Illinois  vil- 
lages in  question  at  the  mouth  of  the  Des  Moines  river 
seems  to  be  the  fact  that  the  name  Moingouena  appears 
upon  Marquette's  map  not  far  from  Peouavea.  While  it  is 
highly  probable,  if  not  quite  certain,  that  Moingouena  was 
gallicized  into  Des  Moines,  it  is  by  no  means  clear  that 
Marquette's  Moingouena  was  meant  to  be  placed  upon  the 
same  stream  as  Peouarea.  It  appears,  rather,  at  some  vague 
distance  across  country  among  the  '  'Noms  de  Nations  esloig- 
nees  dans  les  Terres."  Inasmuch  as  Marquette  mentions 
only  three  villages  in  his  narrative,  all  of  which  are  repre- 
sented at  Peouarea  by  the  conventionalized  tepees  used 
throughout  the  map  to  indicate  Indian  villages,  it  is  prob- 
able that  he  knew  of  Moingouena  only  by  hearsay,  just  as 
was  the  case  with  numerous  other  villages  whose  positions 
he  took  some  pains  to  record.  This  tribe  may  therefore 
have  been  located,  even  at  this  time,  upon  the  banks  of  the 
river  which  still  bears  its  name. 

Though  the  maps  of  the  Mississippi  sketched  by  Joliet, 
probably  wholly  from  memory,  cannot  be  relied  upon  in 
detail  it  is  interesting  to  note  that  upon  the  " larger"  and 
"smaller"  maps  not  a  single  western  tributary  to  the  Mis- 


MARQUETTE'S 
LATITUDES 


j  TRUE 

I  LATITUDES 


St.  Esprit 
Ste.  Marie 


/St.  Ignace 

Folle  Avoine 
Pouteoutami 
Mascoutens 


Peon  area 


R.  Pekittanoui       — 


R.   OuaboiisMgoii  — 


Akamea 


—  46 


—  45 

Pt.  Sable,  Green  Bay 

—  44  Berlin,  Wis. 


—  43  Month  of  Wisconsin  R. 

42   GPt  Easfn  Jieti  d  of  Miss. 
Wo/psipinicon  River 

—  41  Iowa  River 


Was libun i ,  Wis . 
Sault  de  Ste.  Marie 

St.  Ignace 
Menominee*   Wis. 


GPt.  Western  Bend  of 

Miss. 


—  40 


„  Illinois  River 
Missouri  River 


—  38 


37  Ohio  River 


36 


—  35 


—  34 


Arkansas  River 


^-  33( 


FIG.  2.  A  diagramatic  comparison  of  Marquette's  latitudes  with  the  true  latitudes  of  all  identifiable 
stations  shown  upon  his  map.  The  dotted  lines  refer  to  stations  other  than  those  along  the  Missis- 
sippi, some  of  which  do  not  appear  in  Fig.  i.  The  interrupted  line  is  drawn  from  Peouarea  upon  the 
assumption  that  the  stream  indicated  at  this  point  upon  Marquette's  map  is  the  Iowa  river. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  15 

sissippi  is  shown  between  the  mouth  of  the  Wisconsin  and 
the  Missouri  river.  His  map  of  1674  (the  "earliest")  does 
show  a  western  stream  occupying  a  relative  position  cor- 
responding roughly  with  that  of  the  Des  Moines  river. 
Along  this  stream  appear  tepees  representing  five  villages 
and  bearing  the  legends:  Illinois  Peouarea  300  Oabanes 
180  canots  de  bois  de  50  pieds  de  long,  Atontanka,  Pana, 
Maha  and  Paoutet.  The  name  Moingouena  does  not  ap- 
pear, and  is  only  remotely  suggested  by  Minongio,  the 
westernmost  of  five  villages  ranged  along  the  Missouri 
river. 

Franquelin's  Carte  de  Louisiana  (1684)  places  Moingoana 
upon  a  western  tributary  which  we  may  assume  to  be  the 
Des  Moines  while  Peouereo  is  at  the  mouth  of  a  stream 
further  north.  This  latter  stream,  however,  corresponds 
more  nearly  with  the  Wapsipinicon  than  with  the  Iowa; 
since,  between  its  mouth  and  that  of  the  Des  Moines  (?),  the 
Kickapoo,  now  known  as  Rock  river,  enters  the  Mississippi 
from  the  east. 

It  must  be  borne  in  mind,  in  any  case,  that  Iowa  was  not 
the  permanent  abode  of  either  the  Peouarea  or  the  Moin- 
gouena Indians,  and  it  is  by  no  means  certain  that  either 
tribe,  in  its  frequent  sojourns  to  the  country  across  the  Mis- 
sissippi, always  resorted  to  the  same  western  tributary.  It 
does  not  follow,  therefore,  that  the  location  by  Marquette 
of  the  Peouareas  and  the  Moingouenas  upon  the  same  stream 
in  1673,  even  if  he  so  intended,  gives  any  indication  that  the 
stream  in  question  is  the  one  which  today  bears  the  name  of 
the  latter  tribe. 

There  is  no  evidence  whatever,  then,  to  show  that  the 


1<3  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

stream  at  whose  mouth  Marquette  places  Peouarea  is  other 
than  that  indicated  by  a  careful  study  of  his  chart,  viz. ,  the 
Iowa  river.  This  being  the  case  Louisa  County,  not  Lee 
County,  must  henceforth  be  regarded  as  including  within  its 
limits  the  scene  of  the  opening  incident  in  the  history  of 
our  Commonwealth. 

LAENAS  GIFFORD  WELD 

THE  STATE  UNIVERSITY  OF  IOWA 
IOWA  CITY 


THE  POLITICAL  VALUE  OF  STATE 
CONSTITUTIONAL  HISTORY 

The  organic  laws  of  the  states  comprising  the  American 
Union  illustrate  the  principles  of  political  evolution.  Their 
elements  are  the  elements  which  lie  at  the  foundation  of 
civil  society  or  the  social  organism,  as  that  organism  is 
understood  in  all  countries  in  which  men  are  citizens  of  a 
state — not  subjects  in  an  empire. 

It  is  always  difficult  to  fix  political  values:  it  is  even 
more  difficult  to  agree  upon  them  after  the  choice  of 
elements  has  been  made.  The  political  value  of  state  con- 
stitutional history  will  be  measured  according  to  the  impor- 
tance attached  to  the  elements  which  comprise  that  history. 
An  enumeration  of  a  few  of  the  principal  elements  will  clear 
the  way  for  a  just  estimate  of  the  value  of  a  knowledge  of 
the  courses  and  character  of  the  civil  evolution  of  the  com- 
monwealths. 

The  form  of  the  state,  as  that  term  is  understood  in 
America,  has  remained  apparently  unchanged  from  the 
beginning  of  our  state  history.  Now  as  then  the  functions 
of  the  state  are  classified  as  legislative,  executive,  and  judi- 
cial. Now  as  then  the  three  sets  of  functions  are  approxi- 
mately separate  and  severally  independent.  Now  as  then  the 
public  business  is  conducted  according  to  general  provisions 
plainly  set  forth  in  written  constitutions.  But  the  idea, 
the  concept  of  the  state  has  changed.  The  first  state  con- 


18  THE   IOWA   JOURNAL 

stitutions,  made  amidst  the  turmoil  of  the  Revolution,  differ 
notably  from  the  last,  made  amidst  the  stress  of  racial  and 
industrial  agitation.  Yet,  throughout  the  history  of  the 
states,  a  few  civil  elements  have  been  the  factors  in  debate, 
in  reform,  and  in  social  evolution.  They  are  principally 
these:  (1)  Representation.  (2)  The  suffrage.  (3)  Cor- 
porations. (4)  The  relation  and  definition,  severally,  of 
legislative,  executive,  and  judicial  powers.  (5)  The  direct 
participation  of  the  electors  in  the  government  of  the  state, 
that  is,  in  the  direction  and  control  of  the  public  business. 
(6)  The  gradual  definition  of  inter -state  and  federal  rela- 
tions. 

The  constitutional  history  of  the  American  people  is 
largely  the  history  of  these  elements.  Congress,  the  Presi- 
dent, and  the  Federal  Judiciary  are  not  the  only  elements  in 
our  political  evolution.  It  requires  little  reflection  to  satisfy 
the  claim  that  the  state  governments  are  closer  to  the 
people  than  is  the  federal  government.  Hamilton  pointed 
this  out  in  the  Federalist,  and  it  is  confirmed  by  the  experi- 
ence of  more  than  a  century. 

Representation  in  the  federal  government  is  by  states, 
though  it  is  not  regulated  by  them.  The  President  is  chosen 
not  by  the  popular  vote  alone,  but  by  the  electoral  vote  of 
the  states. 

A  senator  of  the  United  States,  or  a  representative  in 
Congress,  is  an  elector  in  the  state  which  he  represents. 
The  people  in  a  congressional  district  would  not  elect  a 
representative  who  was  not  a  resident  of  the  district;  a  state 
legislature  would  not  choose  as  a  senator  of  the  United 
States  a  non-resident  of  the  state.  The  dominant  idea  of 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  19 

local  representation  runs  through  American  political  institu- 
tions— a  contrast  at  this  point  to  the  British  constitution. 
An  English  constituency  may  elect  a  non-resident  as  its 
representative  in  the'  House  of  Commons.  The  practice  in 
America  would  not  tolerate  this.  At  no  time  has  constitu- 
tional reform  in  this  country  hinted  at  the  adoption  of  the 
English  practice.  On  the  contrary,  every  change  in  the 
form  and  basis  of  representation  in  America  has  intensified 
and  strengthened  the  spirit  of  local  representation.  In  the 
first  state  constitutions  (those  in  force  during  the  18th 
century — and  they  were  twenty-seven  in  number)  the  chief 
object  sought  in  the  provisions  on  representation  was  a  full 
and  complete  representation  of  the  people  in  local  communi- 
ties— towns  or  townships,  in  the  northern  states;  counties 
and  cities,  in  the  southern;  and  the  basis  was,  not  the  num- 
ber of  voters,  but  the  number  of  communities.  The  locality 
or  settlement  was  in  the  mind  of  the  framers  of  these  early 
organic  laws  when  they  provided  for  choosing  the  legislative 
body.  Equality  in  representation  was  supposed  to  consist 
in  allowing  each  town  or  township,  or  county  one  member 
because  of  its  communal  character.  The  number  of  repre- 
sentatives greater  than  one  apportioned  to  a  community  was 
regulated  by  population.  This  early  arrangement  has  been 
modified  but  never  radically  changed.  The  struggle  for 
proportional  representation,  (illustrated  in  the  constitution 
of  Ohio  of  1851,  of  Illinois,  1870,  of  Pennsylvania,  1873,) 
the  record  of  which  is  preserved  in  the  convention  debates, 
gives  no  intimation  of  a  desire  to  change  the  principle  of 
local  representation.  But  these  debates,  and  others  in  other 
states  at  divers  times,  plainly  show  the  strong  entrench- 


20  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

ment  of  the  local  element  in  our  system  of  representation. 
This  element  lies  deep  in  our  civil  foundation,  and  our 
political  institutions  cannot  be  made  intelligible  without  a 
clear  understanding  of  it. 

The  expression  of  this  local  element  has  been  the  subject 
of  political  agitation  and  constitutional  reform  from  an  early 
day  in  our  national  history.  Down  to  1820  the  basis  of 
representation  was  property,  not  persons.  The  concept  of 
the  state  was  that  of  a  conserver  of  property.  In  the 
Massachusetts  constitutional  convention  of  1820  the  prop- 
erty basis  was  defended  by  John  Adams,  Joseph  Story,  and 
Daniel  Webster  with  arguments  which  carried  the  day. 
The  basis  of  persons  was  defended  by  Levi  Lincoln  in  an 
argument  which  proved  prophetic.  Madison  and  Marshall 
and  Monroe  defended  the  property  basis  in  the  Virginia 
convention  of  1829;  and  the  idea  that,  as  Webster  ex- 
pressed it,  "the  true  basis  of  government  is  property," 
again  prevailed.  At  this  time  there  were  more  than  80,000 
white  men  in  Virginia  whom  poverty  —  and  poverty  alone 
— disfranchised.  As  late  as  1835  Congress  prescribed  a 
property  qualification  for  voters  in  new  territories.  The 
struggle  to  abolish  the  property  basis  culminated  at  the 
time  Michigan  (1837),  Iowa  (1846),  and  Wisconsin  (1848) 
were  admitted  into  the  Union.  The  debates  in  the  several 
conventions  which  framed  the  first  constitutions  oi  these 
states  record  the  triumph  of  persons  over  property  as  the 
true  basis  of  government.  This  reform  was  economic  and 
incident  to  the  necessities  of  free  labor  and  pioneer  condi- 
tions. 

Until  well  down  to  the  year  1840,  property  qualifications 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  21 

in  some  form  limited  the  number  of  voters  in  the  states. 
But  the  struggle  for  a  human  basis  for  government,  fought 
for  half  a  century  and  more  in  the  states,  in  no  way  affected 
the  dominating  idea  of  local  representation.  To  secure  this, 
many  reforms  and  much  agitation  were  preliminary.  Rural 
and  urban  districts  contended  for  the  control  of  the  state, 
and  the  constitutions  from  1800  until  the  present  time  are 
witnesses  to  the  intensity  of  the  contest.  The  rural  districts 
invariably  have  won,  as  exemplified  in  the  New  York  con- 
stitution of  1894,  and  the  Pennsylvania  constitution  of 
1873.  The  Mississippi  instrument  of  1890  may  be  studied 
as  an  effort  to  secure  the  equities  of  representation  by  sub- 
dividing the  state  permanently  into  great  sections,  each 
composed  of  counties,  and  apportioning  a  fixed  number  of 
representatives  to  each  section. 

But  every  state  constitution  thus  far  adopted  —  and  the 
aggregate  is  one  hundred  and  fifteen — affords  material  for 
the  study  of  this  difficult  problem,  the  violent  solution  of 
which  is  the  gerrymander.  As  yet,  the  complete  solution 
of  the  problem  seems  a  great  way  off.  The  presence  of  two 
races  has  made  the  solution  difficult  in  the  southern  states. 
In  1865  the  "restoration"  conventions,  of  which  that  of 
South  Carolina  was  a  type,  excluded  the  African  race  from 
the  basis  of  representation;  and  largely  because  of  this  ex- 
clusion Congress  rejected  these  constitutions  and  passed  the 
reconstructive  acts.  Before  these  acts  only  white  persons 
had  been  electors,  save  in  five  states;  and  in  two  of  these 
(North  Carolina  and  Tennessee)  negroes  were  eliminated 
from  the  voting  population  as  early  as  1835-6.  As  late  as 
1867,  Ohio,  Michigan,  Nebraska,  and  New  York  by  reject- 


22  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

ing  proposed  constitutional  provisions,  refused  to  place  the 
negro  on  a  political  plane  with  the  white  man.  The  partial 
elimination  of  the  negro  from  the  body  of  voters  in  Missis- 
sippi in  1890;  in  South  Carolina  in  1895;  in  Louisiana  in 
1898;  and  in  Virginia  in  1902  —  called  by  some  "the  nulli- 
fication of  the  fifteenth  amendment" — is  a  phase  of  more 
recent  civil  evolution  strictly  in  harmony  with  the  practice  of 
all  save  four  of  the  states  before  the  war.  To  understand  this 
partial  and  notable  return  to  the  "  white  man's  government 
of  the  fathers"  one  must  study  the  debates  in  the  conven- 
tions. Whether  or  not  we  are  in  sympathy  with  recent 
constitutions  which  exclude  negroes  from  the  suffrage,  it  is 
from  these  constitutions  that  a  political  change  dates  which 
is  likely  to  overspread  the  former  slave-holding  states.  It 
is  notable  that  no  state  in  its  recent  attempt  at  a  solution  of 
the  race  problem  has  excluded  the  negro  from  the  basis  of 
representation.  Thus  far  Congress  in  taking  no  action  in 
the  matter  has  adhered  to  the  principle  that  the  suffrage  is 
wholly  within  the  control  of  the  several  states.  In  1868 
Congress  reconstructed  the  South  because,  inter  alia,  it  ex- 
cluded the  negro  from  the  basis  of  representation.  Will  it 
ever  attempt  to  reconstruct  a  state  because  it  excludes  the 
negro  from  voting  because  he  is  a  negro?  The  recent  con- 
stitutional history  of  the  southern  states  in  time  of  peace  is 
a  partial  answer  to  this  question. 

Representation  and  the  suffrage  are  inseparable  elements 
in  constitutional  government;  but  the  extent,  the  quality, 
and  the  completeness  of  the  one,  and  the  right  to  exercise 
the  other  are  determined  by  the  people  of  a  state  them- 
selves. At  least  this  is  the  American  practice. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  23 

The  history  of  the  suffrage  in  America  is  recorded  in  the 
organic  laws  of  the  states.  Congress  has  prescribed  the 
qualifications  of  the  voters  in  territories.  For  a  short  time, 
and  for  a  particular  purpose,  Congress  prescribed  the  elec- 
toral qualifications  in  ten  of  the  southern  states  by  the  re- 
construction acts.  This  is  the  only  instance  of  congressional 
interference  with  such  qualifications  in  a  state;  and  the 
interference  was  defended  as  a  necessary  exercise  of  the  war 
powers  in  order  to  protect  the  negro  race  and  to  establish 
loyal  governments  in  these  states. 

All  the  judicial  decisions  support  the  proposition  that 
each  state  has  the  exclusive  right  to  regulate  the  suffrage 
within  its  borders,  subject  only  to  the  constitution  of  the 
United  States. 

No  man  can  follow  the  career  of  the  political  parties  in 
America  intelligently  unless  he  familiarize  himself  with  the 
agitators  for  reforms  and  the  changes  in  the  organic  laws  of 
the  states  respecting  the  suffrage.  These  laws  of  the  eight- 
eenth century  restricted  the  suffrage  to  white  males  of  the 
age  of  twenty-one  or  more,  who  had  resided  in  the  district, 
town,  or  state  (six  months  to  a  year);  who  possessed  real 
estate  (of  the  value  of  £10  to  .£50);  and  who  professed  a  re- 
ligious belief  as  prescribed  by  law.  By  the  letter  of  the  law 
a  few  negroes  might  vote  in  ten  states — New  Hampshire, 
Vermont,  Massachusetts,  New  York,  New  Jersey,  North 
Carolina,  Tennessee,  Rhode  Island,  Connecticut,  and  Penn- 
sylvania. Women  voted  for  thirty  years  under  the  first  con- 
stitution of  New  Jersey.  Women  suffrage  was,  however, 
an  accident  arising  from  a  broad  construction  of  the  word 
u inhabitants;"  and  the  New  Jersey  act  of  1807  put  an  end 


24  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

to  the  privilege.  Negro  suffrage,  until  the  era  of  reconstruc- 
tion and  the  adoption  of  the  fifteenth  amendment  in  1870, 
was  not  a  characteristic  of  American  institutions.  At  the 
time  of  the  adoption  of  this  amendment  the  Union  consisted 
of  thirty-seven  states.  In  the  constitutions  of  thirty-one 
of  these  the  elector  was  described  as  a  white  man.  Five 
New  England  States  and  Kansas,  "the  child  of  New  Eng- 
land in  the  West,"  omitted  the  discriminating  word.  The 
use  of  this  word  as  descriptive  of  the  elector  in  the  organic 
laws  of  nearly  all  the  states,  until  thirty  years  ago  and  less, 
suggests  how  deeply  imbedded  in  the  public  mind  was  hos- 
tility to  negro  suffrage.  At  the  present  time  the  word 
white  remains  in  the  constitutions  of  Michigan,  Ohio,  Ore- 
gon, Nevada,  and  Maryland;  and  though  meaningless,  by 
the  fifteenth  amendment,  it  is  a  suggestive  vestige  .-of  the 
dominant  thought  of  past  generations.  The  altruism  of  war- 
time conferred  the  suffrage  on  the  negro.  In  1890  Missis- 
sippi disfranchised  many  negroes  by  requiring  a  poll-tax 
and  an  educational  qualification  in  the  nature  of  an  "under- 
standing clause, "  which  is  administered  by  a  political  party. 
South  Carolina  followed  in  1895;  Louisiana  in  1898;  Ala- 
bama in  1901;  and  Virginia  in  1902.  South  Carolina  ex- 
cluded many  negroes  by  an  elaborate  registration  provision; 
Louisiana  and  Virginia,  by  a  u  grandfather  clause. " 

The  precedent  of  negro  suffrage  limitation  thus  revived 
recalls  the  practice  of  the  republic  during  the  first  century 
of  its  history.  It  suggests  that  even  the  cataclysm  of  war, 
though  it  may  displace,  cannot  destroy  the  basis  of  political 
connections.  It  suggests  that  racial  differences  cannot  be 
eliminated  by  verbal  amendments  of  a  national  constitution. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  25 

The  political  value  of  state  constitutional  history  is  here 
exemplified  and  may  be  hinted  at.  To  understand  the 
recent  action  of  some  southern  states,  in  the  regulation  of 
the  suffrage,  one  must  know  their  economic  and  social  con- 
dition, the  course  of  their  civil  development,  and  the  tradi- 
tions and  precedents  which  have  dominated  their  organic 
laws. 

One  must  remember  that  hostility  to  the  negro,  whether 
as  a  political  factor  or  merely  as  a  being  present  in  a  state, 
has  been  at  some  time  characteristic  of  nearly  every  state 
in  the  Union.  California  was  hostile  to  him  in  1849  and 
Oregon  more  hostile  ten  years  later.  Even  liberal  Iowa,  in 
1844,  declared  that  it  could  "never  consent  to  open  the 
doors  of  our  beautiful  state  and  invite  him  to  settle  our 
lands. — The  ballot  box  would  fall  into  his  hands  and  a 
train  of  evils  would  follow  that  would  be  incalculable. — 
There  are  strong  reasons  to  induce  the  belief  that  the  two 
races  could  not  exist  in  the  same  goverment  upon  an  equality 
without  discord  and  violence,"  &c.,  <fec.  Similar  language 
may  be  found  in  the  constitutional  records  of  other  northern 
states  —  notably  Pennsylvania,  Ohio,  Michigan,  Illinois, 
and  Wisconsin.  And  yet  in  no  one  of  these  states  has  the 
negro  population  at  any  time  been  sufficient  to  constitute  a 
determining  factor  in  any  public  question.  Public  senti- 
ment was  hostile  to  the  race  in  these  states.  Would  it  now 
be  hostile  if  the  two  races,  whites  and  negroes,  divided  the 
population  of  these  States  as  in  Virginia,  South  Carolina,  or 
Louisiana? 

In  recent  years  public  opinion  at  the  North  has  given 
little  evidence  of  anxious  care  for  the  political  fate  of  the 


26  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

negro.  Eminent  writers  now  boldly  pronounce  " Recon- 
struction" a  failure,  and  by  Reconstruction  is  understood, 
primarily,  the  extension  of  the  suffrage  to  the  negro.  One 
who  knows  the  constitutional  history  of  the  states,  who 
recalls  the  record  which  the  people  have  made  in  the  com- 
monwealths respecting  the  two  races,  is  tempted  to  imagine 
whether  the  twentieth  century  may  not  witness  such  a  revo- 
lution of  the  political  elements  in  America  as  will,  perhaps 
under  a  changed  name,  restore  " white  supremacy"  according 
to  the  old  precedents  and  place  the  negro  race,  with  notable 
individual  exceptions,  in  a  condition  of  civil  freedom,  but 
of  strictly  limited  political  privilege.  And  he  is  further 
tempted  to  inquire,  basing  his  inquiry  not  only  on  the  con- 
stitutional history  of  the  states,  but  also  on  the  history  of 
nations,  whether  the  explanation  of  this  conduct  will  not  lie 
in  that  racial  antagonism,  prejudice,  and  antipathy,  evidence 
of  the  existence  of  which  is  cumulative  from  the  dawn  of 
history. 

The  course  of  nature  may  perhaps  for  a  time  be  modified 
by  man,  but  the  elements  reassert  their  power;  the  breach  is 
healed;  the  chasm  bridged;  the  dislocation  adjusted.  The 
organic  laws  of  the  states  illustrate  a  civil  evolution  which 
goes  on  in  spite  of  the  vagaries  of  men.  "Things,"  says 
Emerson,  "refuse  to  be  mismanaged  long."  The  political 
organism  as  disclosed  from  time  to  time  by  the  necessary 
provisions  of  law  show  how  firmly  seated  are  the  distinctions 
which,  drawn  however  rudely,  are  recognized  in  the  organic 
law.  The  political  value  of  the  study  of  this  law  consists 
in  the  interpretation  of  social  and  industrial  conditions;  and 
each  interpretation,  made  as  it  may  be  after  large  considera- 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  27 

tion  or  amidst  the  turmoil  of  civil  war,  can  be  little  more 
than  an  experiment,  an  attempt  to  realize  the  purposes  of 
society  as  they  are  understood  by  discerning  men. 

The  extension  of  the  suffrage  to  the  negro  was  the  most 
remarkable  civil  phenomenon  of  the  nineteenth  century  in 
America.  It  is  supposed  by  many  to  have  occurred  solely 
through  the  agency  of  the  federal  government.  Some  of  the 
states  of  the  former  slaveholding  group  abolished  slavery 
before  Congress  proposed  the  present  thirteenth  amend- 
ment; but  a  majority  of  the  southern  states  were  brought 
into  approval  of  negro  suffrage  only  by  the  coercion  of  the  re- 
construction acts. 

New  York,  New  Jersey,  Ohio,  California,  and  Oregon,  to- 
gether with  Delaware,  Maryland,  Kentucky,  and  Tennessee 
were,  in  the  aggregate,  hostile  to  negro  suffrage  when  the 
fourteenth  and  fifteenth  amendments  were  before  the  peo- 
ple, though  the  first  three  named  ultimately  ratified.  The 
discussion  of  negro  suffrage  by  state  constitutional  conven- 
tions, while  Congress  was  discussing  the  subject,  show  that 
the  extension  to  the  negro  of  the  right  to  vote  was  a  war 
measure,  like  the  emancipation  proclamation,  and  was  not 
made  in  confidence  that  the  negro  was  capable  of  exercising 
the  right  or  that  his  exercise  of  it  would  remove  racial  preju- 
dice. In  brief,  the  debates  in  the  state  constitutional  con- 
ventions anticipated  the  public  thought  of  the  present  time 
on  this  subject  with  keener  insight  than  did  the  debates  in 
Congress.  Few  students  of  American  institutions  seem  to 
be  aware  of  this,  and  the  opinions  of  the  political  leaders  in 
Congress  from  1860  to  1870  have  been  exploited  as  the 
dominant  thought  of  the  people.  For  instance,  the  discus- 


28  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

sion  of  the  negro  question  in  the  Mississippi  constitutional 
convention  of  1865  should  be  read  in  connection  with  that 
in  the  convention  of  1890;  the  discussion  in  South  Carolina 
in  the  convention  of  1865,  with  that  in  the  convention  of 
thirty  years  later;  and  the  discussion  in  Louisiana  in  1864, 
with  that  of  1898.  A  yet  more  comprehensive  knowledge 
of  the  race  question  may  be  had  by  reading  the  Kentucky 
debates  of  1849  in  connection  with  those  of  1891,  and  the 
California  debates  of  1849  with  those  of  1879.  Nor  will 
the  study  be  complete  without  an  examination  of  the  dis- 
cussion made  in  the  New  York  conventions  of  1821,  1846, 
and  notably  of  1867-8. 

Other  states  and  many  other  constitutional  conventions 
might  be  cited,  from  which  might  be  gathered  the  opinions 
of  various  groups  of  people  concerning  the  negro.  To  one 
familiar  with  the  history  of  the  suffrage  as  it  is  disclosed  by 
the  organic  laws  of  the  states  since  1776,  the  present  apathy 
of  the  American  people  to  the  exclusion  of  the  negro  from 
exercising  the  right  to  vote  seems  in  strict  harmony  with  the 
precedents,  traditions,  the  constitutions  and  laws  approved 
again  and  again  in  all  parts  of  the  Union  down  to  the  time 
of  the  Civil  War. 

I  have  gone  at  length  into  this  phase  of  the  subject  because 
it  illustrates  clearly  the  force  of  habit  in  political  thought 
and  the  ultimate  supremacy  of  inherited  notions  over  polit- 
ical convictions  suddenly  formed  as  in  war  time.  The 
pendulum  of  politics  ever  tends  to  its  normal  swing.  Over 
against  this  tendency  to  reversion  to  long  established  ideas 
must  be  measured  the  mighty  force  of  moral  sentiments  as 
set  forth,  however  radically  at  times,  by  reformers.  These 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  29 

sentiments,  emanating  from  whatever  source — as  the  teach- 
ings of  religion,  the  dicta  of  philosophers,  or  the  convictions 
of  national  experience, — are  the  imponderable  forces  in  polit- 
ical affairs.  They  frequently  out- weigh  tradition  and  prece- 
dent; and  the  arguments  heard  in  Congress  and  in  conven- 
tions, and  in  times  of  profound  moral  awakening,  transform 
a  people  and  lift  them  to  a  higher  level.  It  is  necessary, 
therefore,  while  attempting  to  translate  the  organic  laws  of 
the  states  into  political  wisdom,  to  keep  ever  in  mind  the 
moral  aspects  of  national  life.  Because,  at  present,  the 
American  nation  is  reversing  its  late  practice  of  extending 
the  suffrage  to  the  negro,  it  does  not  follow  that  for  every 
denial  of  justice,  justice  shall  be  denied. 

The  exercise  of  the  suffrage  is  a  privilege,  not  a  right. 
Racial  discrimination  is  a  mixed  problem  of  right  and  ex- 
pediency; and  it  is  such  a  problem  which  the  people  of  the 
states  have  been  attempting  to  solve  now  for  more  than  a 
century. 

The  political  value  of  state  constitutional  history  lies 
largely  in  the  range  of  a  man's  thoughts.  It  might  seem, 
if  the  history  of  the  suffrage  be  taken  as  an  illustration, 
that  without  a  familiar  knowledge  of  the  organic  laws  of 
the  states  and  of  the  conditions  prevailing  at  the  time  of 
their  formation,  no  one  can  hope  to  understand  the  present 
aspect  of  great  public  questions. 

Webster's  Plymouth  oration  of  December  22,  1820,  con- 
tains a  long  and  notable  discussion  of  u  property,  the  basis 
of  government,"  which  was  first  spoken  by  him  -in  the 
Massachusetts  convention  a  few  weeks  before.  It  remains 
the  ablest  defense  of  the  old  order  of  things.  The  exten- 


30  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

sions  of  the  basis  of  representation,  which  constitutes  one  of 
the  reforms  of  the  first  half  of  the  nineteenth  century,  swept 
away  religious  and  property  qualifications  for  voting  and 
further  emphasized  the  spirit  of  individualism — personal 
liberty  and  independence — which  have  always  characterized 
American  political  institutions.  This  spirit  early  demanded 
the  extension  of  the  suffrage  to  women.  The  agitation 
began  in  New  York  in  1845,  and  within  five  years  over- 
spread New  England  and  Ohio.  As  yet,  however,  woman 
suffrage  was  in  the  stage  of  mere  debate.  That  debate  has 
never  been  abler  than  in  the  New  York  convention  of  1846, 
in  the  Ohio  of  1851,  and  in  the  Massachusetts  of  1853.  In 
practical  politics  reforms  or  striking  changes  are  made 
ofttimes  many  years  after  the  reasons  for  them  have  been 
most  ably  marshaled  in  debate.  It  was  so  with  woman 
suffrage.  Not  until  1889  did  a  state  (Wyoming)  extend  to 
woman  the  same  civil  and  political  privileges  which  are 
extended  to  men;  but  the  convention  debates  in  Wyoming 
fail  to  record  any  notable  or  even  final  discussion  of  the 
subject.  That  had  been  made  more  than  forty  years  before. 
It  is  to  the  speech  of  George  William  Curtis  in  the  New  York 
convention  of  1846  that  one  must  turn  for  the  classical 
defense  of  woman  suffrage.  At  the  time  of  its  utterance 
it  provoked  only  derision — scarcely  less  derision  than  did 
Horace  Greeley's  support  of  the  same  cause  in  the  conven- 
tion. In  1896  one  of  the  presidential  electors  in  Wyoming 
was  a  woman.  The  propagandists  of  1846  dreamed  of  a 
smaller  triumph.  Their  triumph  has  been  respectable  even 
politically.  No  fewer  than  eighteen  states  allow  women  to 
hold  offices  (usually  educational),  and  in  nine  states  she 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  31 

may  vote.  This  innovation  in  government  is  strictly  an 
affair  of  the  states.  Its  social  aspects  and  its  economic 
significance  can  be  understood  only  by  the  study  of  the  con- 
stitutional history  of  the  states.  Nor  has  the  innovation 
been  "  merely  a  political  disease  in  some  of  the  northern 
states."  The  change  has  affected  public  sentiment  at  the 
South.  Louisiana  and  Tennessee  elect  women  to  school 
offices,  but  no  southern  state  allows  a  woman  to  vote.  The 
reason  for  the  denial  may  be  found  in  the  debates  in  Missis- 
sippi in  1890,  and  in  Kentucky  in  1891.  In  these,  as  in 
other  southern  states,  the  woman  suffrage  movement  en- 
countered social  obstacles.  uThe  ballot-box  will  humiliate 
woman,"  uwill  unsex  her,"  was  the  objection  in  Mississippi; 
and  the  objection  was  sustained  there  and  elsewhere  in  the 
South. 

He  who  would  understand  the  woman  suffrage  movement 
must  tarn  to  the  constitutional  history  of  the  states.  He 
will  discover  that  the  extension  to  women  of  the  right  to 
vote  in  a  group  of  northern  states  from  the  Mississippi  to 
Oregon,  and  its  denial  commonly  at  the  South  are  due,  pri- 
marily, to  different  economic  conditions.  The  extent  of  the 
innovation  indicates,  in  several  terms,  the  degree  to  which 
women  have  shared  the  industrial  responsibilities  of  men 
and  also  the  political  means  of  regulating  them. 

About  the  time  when  religious  and  property  qualifications 
were  disappearing  an  agitation  for  the  establishing  of  state 
banks  swept  the  country.  It  culminated  in  the  crash  of 
1837.  That  rude  awakening  set  the  fans  of  reformers  in  a 
new  direction,  and  the  cry  arose  for  the  control  of  corpora- 
tions. That  cry  is  still  heard.  Again,  one  must  turn  to 


32  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

the  constitutional  history  of  the  states  if  he  would  under- 
stand the  source  and  the  course  of  one  of  the  epoch-making 
agitations  in  American  life.  Stripped  of  non-essentials,  the 
attempt  during  the  early  thirties  was  to  utilize  the  power 
of  the  state  for  the  purpose  of  supplying  the  people  with 
banking  facilities.  Very  quickly  the  people  discovered  that 
the  power  of  the  state  was  used  solely  for  the  benefit  of  the 
the  banks.  In  1846  New  York  discussed  and  instituted  a 
great  reform,  whose  saving  quality  has  affected  all  later 
legislation  and  constitutional  provisions  —  the  responsibility 
of  bank  directors  and  the  inspection  and  regulation  of  bank- 
ing operations  by  the  state.  The  reform  speedily  over- 
spread the  country,  and  was  embodied  in  the  constitutions 
of  new  states,  notably  of  Wisconsin,  Iowa,  Minnesota,  and 
Oregon,  and  in  the  new  constitutions  of  older  states,  as 
in  Illinois,  Michigan,  and  Ohio.  Later  when  the  federal 
government  took  up  the  problem  of  national  finance  at  the 
outbreak  of  the  Civil  War,  Congress  modelled  the  national 
banking  system  on  the  New  York  plan,  utilizing  the  severe 
experience  of  the  states  to  secure  a  sound  fiscal  system. 
The  grinding  necessity  of  the  nation  at  a  critical  period 
utilized  the  constitutional  experience  of  the  states.  But  the 
federal  government,  when  it  went  into  the  banking  business, 
perpetuated  an  old  error  (so  one  political  party  claimed): 
it  created  a  monopoly  greater  than  the  aggregate  of  little 
monopolies  which  existed  under  the  state-banking  acts. 
And  at  this  point  is  the  parting  of  the  political  roads. 
Whether  or  not  an  American  believes  in  our  national  bank- 
ing system,  he  must,  in  order  to  appreciate  its  value  as  well 
as  to  know  its  origin,  turn  to  the  early  constitutional  history 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  33 

of  the  states.  Before  demanding  forty-five  state  banking 
systems  to  one  national  system  lie  should  acquaint  himself 
with  the  history  of  state  banks  and  banking  down  in  1862. 

The  New  York  provision  of  1846  regulative  of  banking 
corporations  inaugurated  the  attempt  to  protect  the  people 
against  monopolies,  which  has  culminated  thus  far  most 
notably  in  the  elaborate  articles  on  the  subject  in  the  con- 
stitutions of  the  new  states  of  the  Northwest.  It  is  to  the 
Dakotas,  Idaho,  Montana,  and  Wyoming  that  the  student 
of  American  politics  must  turn  for  a  discussion  of  the  rela- 
tion of  the  state  to  trusts  and  monopolies.  The  people  of 
the  Northwest  have  felt  the  burden  of  corporations:  whence 
the  political  value  of  the  constitutional  history  of  this  por- 
tion of  the  Union.  Remote  from  the  great  markets  of  the 
world  the  people  of  the  Northwest,  who  produce  a  large 
part  of  American  cereal  supplies,  have  contended  with 
monopolies  in  the  form  of  public  carriers,  speculators,  cre- 
ators of  u corners,"  and  money  lenders.  The  contest  com- 
prises the  most  notable  experience  of  the  kind  in  our  history. 
The  race  problem  at  the  South  and  in  California  has  proved 
no  more  perplexing.  The  influence  of  trust  and  monopolies 
has  not  been  limited  to  the  Northwest  as  the  debates  in  New 
York  in  1894  show. 

The  framers  of  a  state  constitution  do  not  insert  a  provi- 
sion on  every  subject  they  discuss.  The  organic  law  of  a 
state  is  seldom  a  mirror  of  convention  debates;  but  conven- 
tion debates  quite  accurately  reflect  public  opinion.  Even 
the  vagaries  of  delegates  exploited  to  wearisome  length  in 
convention  speeches  do  not  divest  the  proceedings  of  polit- 
ical value.  The  organic  law  emerges  not  infrequently  from 


34  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

a  dense  fog  of  convention  talk,  the  obscurity  of  which  seems 
not  worth  penetrating;  but  there  is  some  light  amidst  the 
darkness  of  speech,  the  light  which  gives  political  value  to 
state  history. 

From  the  beginning  of  that  history  there  have  been  at- 
tempts to  define  and  regulate  the  traditional  three-fold 
powers — or  functions  of  the  state — legislative,  executive, 
and  judicial.  Elemental  in  this  attempt  was  the  agitation 
to  limit  the  field  of  legislative  action.  The  evidence  of 
this  is  found  in  the  ever  lengthening  list  of  inhibitions  on 
special  legislation.  Some  of  the  later  constitutions  enumer- 
ate no  fewer  than  eighty  subjects  which  must  be  regulated — 
if  regulated  at  all — by  general  legislation.  The  primary 
cause  of  this  limitation  is  public  economy.  The  first  con- 
stitutions clothed  the  legislatures  with  general  powers;  and 
straightway  abuses  followed,  the  nature  of  which  may  be 
detected  by  glancing  through  the  constitutions  adopted 
since  1870.  Over-legislation  is  the  misfortune  of  the  states. 
Democracy  trusts  to  laws  rather  than  to  men.  No  one  can 
understand  the  evolution  of  American  politics  who  neglects 
the  history  of  state  legislation.  Indeed  much  national  legis- 
lation is  no  less  than  a  generalization,  in  statutory  form, 
from  acts  of  assembly,  as  for  instance  the  inter-state  com- 
merce act. 

The  struggle  to  define  executive  authority  has  resulted  in 
a  wide  extension  of  the  power  of  governors  compared  to 
that  granted  under  the  first  constitutions.  The  extension 
is  only  a  part  of  that  increase  of  executive  power  in  practice 
which  has  been  going  on  in  the  federal  government.  The 
President  of  the  United  States  is  today  a  personage  of  higher 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  35 

authority  than  was  that  person  during  the  early  years.  The 
attempt  to  convict  Andrew  Johnson  of  high  crimes  and  mis- 
demeanors marked  the  culmination  of  the  struggle  between 
the  legislative  and  the  executive  in  the  national  government; 
and  the  executive  triumphed.  President  McKinley  exercised 
an  authority,  when  he  directed  public  affairs  at  the  outbreak 
of  the  Spanish- American  war,  such  as  our  Presidents  in  an 
earlier  day  would  have  hesitated  to  assume  because  of  the 
interpretation  of  the  constitution  then  prevailing.  The 
President  of  the  United  States  possesses  and  exercises  an 
authority  greater  than  that  vested  in  the  chief  executive  of 
any  other  country  in  which  constitutional  forms  are  observed. 
The  growing  practice  in  the  states  parallels  that  of  the 
United  States.  If  one  will  turn  to  the  articles  on  uthe  ex- 
ecutive" in  the  successive  state  constitutions  he  may  easily 
trace  the  growth  of  the  authority  of  governors.  The  first 
constitutions  made  the  governor  merely  a  military  figure- 
head because  of  the  prevailing  hostility  to  monarchial 
authority.  Before  half  a  century  had  passed  the  public 
mind  had  detected  the  perils  of  an  unlimited,  unrestricted 
legislature,  and  the  process  of  enlarging  executive  powers 
was  well  under  way.  The  practice  in  the  federal  govern- 
ment conforms  to  the  practice  in  the  states  in  this  respect, 
and  the  constitutional  history  both  of  the  states  and  the 
United  States  points  to  the  same  political  lesson.  The  pub- 
lic demands  the  fixation  of  responsibility  in  government; 
and  the  executive  is  that  power  which  easiest  responds  to 
the  demand.  Americans  are  willing  to  grant  large  authority 
to  presidents  and  governors,  at  the  same  time  holding  them 
responsible  in  order  to  secure  the  ends  of  government. 


3$  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

If  we  look  for  the  record  of  the  public  mind  as  it  has 
expressed  itself  on  the  extension  of  executive  powers,  we 
must  turn  to  the  discussions  in  the  state  constitutional  con- 
ventions, and  notably  those  which  have  assembled  since 
1850.  There  we  find  ample  defense  and  equally  ample 
denial  of  the  wisdom  of  the  change.  There  is  but  one  state 
in  the  Union  in  which  the  governor  does  not  by  the  consti- 
tution as  first  framed  possess  the  veto  power — a  defect  later 
corrected  by  amendment.  Perhaps  no  better  illustration  of 
the  exercise  of  authority  by  a  governor  can  be  given  than 
the  practice  in  Pennsylvania.  The  governor  of  that  com- 
monwealth is  empowered  by  the  constitution  to  veto  any 
item  of  an  appropriation  bill.  In  practice  the  governor  not 
only  vetoes  items,  but  changes  the  appropriations,  cutting 
down  the  several  amounts  according  to  his  judgment.  Yet 
the  constitution  contains  not  one  word  of  authority  for  this 
practice.  In  later  years  the  people  seem  to  rely  on  the 
governor  to  protect  the  treasury. 

Contemporaneous  with  the  limitation  of  legislative  and 
the  extension  of  executive  authority  has  been  the  change  in 
the  election  and  the  term  of  office  of  the  judiciary.  The 
states  began,  like  the  United  States,  with  an  appointive 
judiciary  serving  for  life  or  for  a  long  term  of  years.  The 
appointive  system  and  the  long  term  of  office  have  been 
quite  discontinued,  and  chiefly  since  1850.  The  spirit  of 
federalism  found  its  last  stronghold  in  the  judiciary;  but 
democracy  has  routed  it  all  along  the  line.  Nor  was  the 
attack  unsupported  by  reasons.  If  he  who  seeks  them  will 
turn  to  the  constitutional  history  of  the  states  (for  example, 
to  the  Kentucky  convention  of  1849,  or  to  the  Louisiana  of 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  37 

1864),  lie  will  discover  evidence  of  the  power  of  that  fierce 
democracy  which  underlies  American  institutions.  He  will 
find  the  seeds  of  discontent  which  ripen  into  change  and 
innovation;  and  atove  all  he  will  learn  why  no  political 
party  in  American  for  fifty  years  has  successfully  advocated 
an  appointive  judiciary.  He  will  also  learn  the  primary 
cause  of  the  present  popular  disregard,  not  to  say  contempt, 
for  courts  and  their  proceedings.  Americans  have  made 
havoc  with  the  traditions  of  the  ermine.  Nor  has  it  been 
merely  by  substituting  an  elective  for  an  appointive  judici- 
ary, and  a  short  term  for  a  life  tenure,  that  the  position  of 
the  judiciary  in  America  has  been  shaken.  Crimes  and 
misdemeanors  have  been  encouraged  by  the  creation  of 
boards  of  pardon  and  by  the  provision  for  appeal  incident 
to  the  multiplication  of  courts.  The  judiciary  has  fallen 
into  the  power  of  party  politics.  Few  are  the  states  in 
which  this  has  not  occurred.  The  student  of  criminology 
in  America  will  not  neglect  the  records  which  the  state  con- 
stitutional conventions  usually  make  of  long  discussions 
culminating  in  provisions  for  boards  of  pardon,  boards  of 
revision,  and  the  like,  which  are  authorized  to  nullify  the 
decisions  of  our  state  courts  of  last  resort.  The  practical 
effect  is  the  miscarriage  of  justice,  the  encouragement  of 
the  hopes  of  criminals  to  escape  the  penalties  of  the  law, 
and  the  confusion  to  society  arising  from  the  subordination 
of  judicial  findings  to  political  ends.  Already  the  evil  con- 
sequences of  this  constitutional  interference  with  the  course 
of  justice  clearly  point  out  the  need  of  rational  reform,  one 
of  the  first  steps  toward  which  is  the  abolition  of  boards  of 
pardon  and  the  restoration  of  final  authority  in  criminal 


38  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

cases  to  the  courts  of  law.  The  creation  of  boards  of  par- 
don is  not  proof  of  the  extension  of  executive  power,  but 
rather  of  its  curtailment.  It  may  seem  at  first  thought  par- 
adoxical that  the  two  changes  should  have  been  made  in 
the  same  period.  The  boards  owe  their  existence  in  part 
to  the  abuse  of  executive  clemency,  but  more  to  public 
resentment  at  the  tyranny  of  politics.  Many  an  offender 
has  been  pardoned  after  a  fair  trial  and  just  conviction 
because  of  his  influence  with  the  party  in  power.  Ameri- 
cans seem  incapable  of  understanding  that  crimes  and  mis- 
demeanors are  not  a  party  prerequisite.  Government — the 
public  business — is  commonly  considered  as  identical  with 
the  party  which  may  be  in  power.  The  protection  of  life 
and  property  as  an  unchangeable  obligation,  the  supremacy  of 
the  law,  and  the  punishment  of  evil  doers  are  often  strangely 
confused  with  the  opportunity  of  party  politics.  The  acces- 
sion of  party  to  power  has  at  times  meant  not  only  an  exit 
of  office-holders,  but  a  jail  delivery  of  notorious  offenders. 
The  evil  spirit  dominates  our  criminal  system  and  finds  no 
serious  obstacle  in  a  board  of  pardons. 

For  many  years  a  movement  toward  the  direct  participa- 
tion of  the  electors  in  government  has  been  strengthening  in 
the  states,  taking  the  form  of  the  referendum.  This  term 
is  quite  unknown  to  the  American  voter,  but  he  is  becom- 
ing more  familiar  with  the  principle  which  underlies  it. 
The  first  application  of  the  referendum  in  America  was 
in  the  submission  of  a  state  constitution  for  ratification  or 
rejection,  and  this  continues  to  be  the  familiar  illustration. 
It  is  seldom  that  a  constitution  is  promulgated,  and  since 
1800  never  at  the  North  and  only  in  a  few  of  the  former 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  39 

slave-holding  states.  Mississippi  in  1890,  Delaware  in  1897, 
and  Virginia  in  1902  did  not  vote  on  their  new  constitu- 
tions, but  accepted  them  under  the  ordinance  of  the  conven- 
tion. In  the  case  of  Virginia  this  procedure  was  directly 
contrary  to  the  act  of  assembly  authorizing  the  convention. 

The  use  of  the  referendum  in  legislation,  and  chiefly  in 
the  financial  affairs  of  cities  and  counties,  has  of  late  years 
been  tried  in  several  states.  The  voters  are  thus  given  an 
opportunity  to  regulate  the  indebtedness  of  their  com- 
munity. Further  than  this  little  attention  has  been  paid  to 
the  referendum,  unless  under  this  be  classed  the  primary 
elections.  A  person  who  depended  upon  the  written  con- 
stitutions of  the  states  for  a  knowledge  of  the  primaries 
might  be  surprised  at  the  discovery  that  the  constitutions 
make  no  reference  to  them.  Yet  every  state  in  the  Union 
may  be  said  to  be  governed  through  the  primary  elections. 
To  whatsoever  extent  party  organization  submits  the  names 
of  candidates  to  the  primaries,  to  that  extent  the  referendum 
is  practiced  in  America.  Political  conventions  name  the 
ticket  and  go  to  the  electors  with  their  nominees.  The 
direct  nomination  of  candidates  by  the  voters  themselves  is 
practically  unknown  in  America.  Each  state  is  controlled 
by  a  political  party  and  each  state  constitution  is  distinctly 
the  work  of  a  party.  Usually  a  new  constitution  is  advo- 
cated and  carried  through  by  a  political  party.  A  constitu- 
tional convention,  therefore,  becomes  a  Whig  convention,  or 
a  Democratic,  or  a  Republican,  as  the  fortunes  of  politics 
may  decide. 

This  well  recognized  fact  has  tended  to  diminish  in  the 
opinion  of  many  the  value  of  state  constitutional  history. 


40  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

"Of  what  value  to  me,"  inquires  a  Kepublican,  uare  the 
debates  of  a  Democratic  convention  called  to  frame  a  con- 
stitution?" The  answer  is  obvious.  Under  the  American 
system  of  government  a  constitution,  or  a  law,  must  be  the 
work  of  the  majority  of  the  voters  expressed  through  the 
agency  of  a  political  party.  The  objection  which  rules  out 
convention  records  rules  out  the  records  of  state  legislatures 
and  of  Congress.  It  rules  out  the  records  of  popular  gov- 
ernment, for  these  records  are  of  political  parties  administer- 
ing the  public  business.  Discontent  with  parties  lies  at  the 
bottom  of  the  demand  for  direct  participation  in  government 
by  the  electors.  The  extent  to  which  the  discontent  has 
gone  and  the  value  of  the  referendum  as  thus  far  practiced 
in  this  country  can  be  known  only  by  a  study  of  the  consti- 
tutional history  of  the  states. 

State  constitutions  and  laws,  like  people,  follow  the  lines 
of  migration.  When  the  Monterey  convention  assembled 
in  California  in  1849,  William  Gwin,  one  of  the  controlling 
minds  of  that  convention,  announced  that  as  there  was  no 
printing  press  in  Monterey  he,  in  order  to  facilitate  the 
work  of  the  convention,  had  caused  to  be  printed  elsewhere 
for  the  use  of  the  delegates  an  edition  of  the  constitution  of 
Iowa  (1846)  "because  it  was  one  of  the  latest  authorities." 
With  this  organic  law  as  a  basis  he  thought  that  the  mem- 
bers, with  suitable  marginal  notes  suggested  by  the  immedi- 
ate wants  of  California,  could  frame  a  constitution  for  that 
state.  On  turning  to  the  Iowa  constitution  of  1846  and 
consulting  the  discussions  in  the  convention  which  framed  it 
one  easily  discovers  the  parentage  of  many  important  pro- 
visions in  the  constitutions  of  older  states  directly  east- 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  41 

ward  (Illinois,  Ohio,  Michigan,  and  New  York,  and  New 
England)  and  southeastward  (Kentucky,  Virginia,  and  North 
Carolina).     The  Iowa  constitution  was  a  composite  instru- 
ment containing  some  provisions  characteristic  of  southern 
and    others    of    northern    states.     California    framed    and 
adopted  a  yet  more  composite  fundamental  law.     The  con- 
stitutions of  states  along  the  Atlantic  coast  do  not  possess 
this  composite  character.     That  character  is  first  disclosed 
in  the  states  first  admitted  into  the  Union,  as  for  example, 
Tennessee,  Kentucky,  and  Ohio;  and  as  the  states  have  been 
organized  to  the  westward  they  have  the  more  notably  illus- 
trated  in  their  constitutions  the  composition  of  political 
forces.     In  later  years  the  old  lines  of  influence  have  been 
changed.     When   the   present   constitution   of    Mississippi 
(1890)  was  in  process  of  formation  the  several  committees, 
to  whom  the  work  was  assigned,  commonly  in  their  printed 
daily  reports  to  the  convention  cited  provisions  in  the  con- 
stitutions of  other  states  as  authority  and  precedent;  and 
the  citations  included,  among  others,  the  constitutions  of 
Texas,    New   Jersey,    California,    Missouri,   Pennsylvania, 
Illinois,  and  New  York.     New  York  State  in  1894  pub- 
lished in  several  volumes  for  the  use  of  its  delegates  an 
edition  of  all  constitutions  at  the  time  in  force  in  the  Union, 
and  also  of  all  in  force  in  foreign  countries.     This  tribute 
to  the  political  value  of  state  constitutions  was  not  the  first 
paid  by  the  empire  state.     It  made  a  similar  publication  ir 
1846,  and  again  in  1868. 

As  time  passes  and  new  constitutions  are  formed  by  the 
states  the  permanently  valuable  features  of  the  organic 
laws  of  all  the  states  must  approach  uniformity.  The 


42  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

national  constitution  is  the  model  for  general  form;  the 
state  constitutions  become  particular  applications  of  settled 
principles  of  constitutional  law.  In  this  work  the  people 
participate,  indirectly  by  their  representatives  in  convention 
and  directly  by  ratifying  or  rejecting  the  constitution  which 
the  convention  submits.  This  use  of  the  referendum  in  this 
connection  promises  to  remain  the  most  usual.  There  is, 
however,  no  prospect  of  the  adoption  of  the  referendum  in 
ordinary  legislation.  Inter-state  and  federal  relations  can 
not  be  clearly  understood  by  a  mere  perusal  of  the  state 
constitutions  and  laws.  One  must  know  the  "unwritten 
constitution,"  the  civil  practice  of  the  commonwealths. 
The  old  thorn  of  state  sovereignty  may  be  said  to  have  dis- 
appeared with  the  rejected  constitution  of  Kansas  of  1858-9, 
in  which  for  the  last  time  an  American  state,  in  its  organic 
law,  claimed  to  be  "free,  sovereign  and  independent. "  No 
southern  state  has  ever  inserted  the  word  "sovereign"  in  its 
constitution  as  descriptive  of  its  place  in  the  Union.  The 
word  in  the  constitution  of  Massachusetts,  adopted  in  1780 
and  still  in  force,  carries  one  back  to  the  Confederation  and 
the  loose  federal  relations  of  the  time  of  the  Revolution.  No 
state  has  made  a  more  definite  declaration  of  federal  relations 
than  has  Mississippi  in  its  constitution  of  1890,  which 
recognizes  the  paramount  authority  of  the  United  States  and 
the  paramount  allegiance  of  the  people  of  Mississippi  to  the 
general  government.  With  the  exception  of  Maine  (1820) 
and  Nevada  (1804)  no  northern  state  makes  a  like  declara- 
tion. The  political  significance  of  these  facts  is  clear,  and 
no  man  need  miss  it.  In  their  organic  relations  to  the 
general  government  the  states  stand  independent  but  not 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  43 

sovereign.  The  authors  of  the  Federalist  use  the  term 
u residuary  sovereignty"  as  descriptive  of  the  relations — a 
term  employed  by  Chief  Justice  Marshall  in  his  decisions 
and  also  by  his  successors.  Though  the  term  as  a  philo- 
sophical one  is  unthinkable,  it  has  come  into  use  and  remains 
as  the  description  of  a  condition  or  relation  difficult  to  define 
but  plainly  existing. 

It  is  to  the  constitutional  history  of  the  states  as  that 
records  the  actual  administration  of  government  in  them 
that  one  must  turn  in  order  to  understand  the  nature  of 
the  federal  relations  of  the  component  parts  of  the  Union. 
Americans  do  not  see  in  their  civil  affairs  the  complications 
which  puzzle  the  foreign  student  of  them.  He  cannot 
easily  comprehend  the  meaning  of  forty -five  state  constitu- 
tions, each  an  organic  act,  and  one  federal  constitution, 
also  an  organic  act.  He  finds  it  difficult  to  understand  the 
language  of  the  Supreme  Court  of  the  United  States  when 
it  defined  the  Union,  as  it  did  in  1868,  as  uan  indestruct- 
ible union  of  indestructible  states."  Nor  will  he  be  able 
to  understand  this  civil  organism  until  he  has  fathomed  the 
constitutional  history  of  the  states. 

Very  important  national  issues,  such  as  slavery,  the 
national  banking  system,  nullification,  the  extension  of  the 
suffrage,  and  issues  growing  out  of  the  use  and  disposition 
of  the  public  lands  must  be  studied  in  the  light  of  state 
constitutional  history.  The  strictly  federal  aspect  of  their 
issues  is  partial.  And  to  obtain  a  knowledge  of  state  con- 
stitutional history  one  must  examine  the  state  archives, 
some  portions  of  which  have  been  published.  Every  state 
issues  public  documents  and  many  of  the  states  publish 


44  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

their  early  archives — notably  Massachusetts,  New  Hamp- 
shire, New  York,  Pennsylvania,  North  Carolina,  Michigan, 
New  Jersey,  Arkansas,  Alabama,  California,  and  Iowa.  It 
is  now  becoming  possible  for  one  to  learn  the  life  of  a  state 
since  its  settlement.  Pioneer  work,  whether  at  Plymouth 
(1620)  or  in  Johnson  county,  Iowa,  (1839),  is  seen  to  pre- 
cede the  perfection  of  civil  organization  just  as  childhood 
precedes  manhood.  The  records  of  the  Plymouth  colony 
in  Massachusetts  are  no  more  instructive  than  the  records  of 
the  early  Claim  Associations  in  Iowa.  The  pioneers  of  the 
great  West  labored,  like  their  fathers  in  the  East,  to 
establish  free  institutions.  It  is  the  unconscious  effort  of 
men  which  discloses  their  true  character.  He  who  would 
understand  the  character  of  the  commonwealth  of  Massa- 
chusetts must  begin  with  the  story  of  the  Mayflower  com- 
pany. So  he  who  would  understand  a  western  common- 
wealth must  begin  with  the  story  of  its  pioneers.  This 
story  is  fast  becoming  vague  tradition,  and  the  younger  gen- 
eration in  a  western  state  know  no  more  of  it  than  does  the 
younger  generation  in  one  of  the  older  states  in  the  East. 
The  state  itself  must  preserve  and  publish  its  own  history 
so  that  its  children  may  know  the  value  of  their  heritage. 

Happily  in  later  years  societies  have  been  established  for 
the  preservation  and  publication  of  the  early  records,  and 
state  legislatures  have  created  historical  departments,  as  in 
Alabama,  in  which  able  and  enthusiastic  men  are  working. 
The  moral  effect  of  their  work  is  felt  in  general  intelligence 
and  patriotism.  The  decay  of  patriotism  is  lamented  in 
many  quarters.  One  obvious  remedy  is  the  encouragement 
of  the  youth  of  a  state  to  become  acquainted  with  the  deeds 
of  their  ancestors. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  45 

But  this  is  only  the  local  side  of  the  subject.  A  state  is 
more  than  a  geographical  area  or  a  collection  of  offices.  It 
is  a  living  organism.  Its  industrial  experience  forms  the 
basis  of  its  civil  life.  Constitutions  and  laws  and  judicial 
decisions  are  formal  records  of  some  aspects  of  its  life.  Im- 
portant as  these  are,  and  explanatory  of  the  course  of  public 
affairs,  they  comprise  only  a  part  of  the  record.  In  order 
to  understand  thoroughly  the  political  character  of  an 
American  community,  a  state  or  a  city,  one  must  know  its 
history,  and  thus  be  in  intelligent  sympathy  with  its  people. 
But  the  state  itself  must  help  by  publishing  its  records,  and 
thus  make  its  history  accessible.  The  perpetuity  of  Amer- 
ican political  institutions  depends  upon  the  intelligence  and 
the  sympathy  of  the  American  people  themselves. 

FRANCIS  NEWTON  THORPE 

MT.  HOLLY,  NEW  JERSEY 


HISTOKICO  -  ANTHROPOLOGICAL  POSSIBILITIES 

IN  IOWA 

ANTHROPOLOGY    AS    A    SCIENCE 

Anthropology  is  history.  It  is  history  at  its  beginnings. 
It  is  a  chapter  in  the  new  book  of  Genesis.  The  languages 
from  which  it  gleans  its  facts  and  laws  are  not  all  written  in 
phonetic  characters.  Its  early  chapters  are  recorded  in  the 
leaves  of  the  earth's  upper  strata.  It  goes  for  information 
to  Tertiary  and  Quaternary  Geology.  It  draws  upon  the 
resources  of  Archaeology.  Ethnology  from  all  parts  of  the 
world  brings  its  loads  of  facts  and  laws.  It  shall  finally 
include  comparisons  of  all  languages,  customs,  institutions, 
traditions,  and  mythologies.  The  science  itself  is  not  any 
of  these  nor  a  combination  of  them  all.  Its  central  interest 
is  the  problem  of  human  evolution.  It  is  the  science  which 
studies  the  origin  of  the  human  being  and  the  origin  of  his 
capacities.  It  applies  the  law  of  evolution  to  human  nature 
and  human  faculty.  It  may  be  defined  as  the  study  of 
human  origins  and  evolutions.  It  deals  somewhat  in  the 
materials  and  facts  of  every  human  science.  It  is  an  effort 
to  consider  man  generically  in  the  same  matter-of-fact  man- 
ner that  science  advises  regarding  other  regions  of  phenom- 
ena. It  would  reach  an  evolutional  survey  of  the  nature 
of  man  and  of  the  expressions  of  man's  nature.  When  the 
day  comes  for  its  establishment  as  a  completed  science,  it 


48  THE   IOWA   JOURNAL 

will  be  substantially  an  evolutionary  synopsis  of  man  on 
scientific  principles. 

Its  conception  as  a  science  has  been  somewhat  vague.  Its 
limits  have  been  indefinite.  It  has  had  lack  of  clearness 
because  of  bulkiness.  Men  for  half  a  century  have  been 
feeling  their  way  toward  its  better  determination.  The  con- 
ception of  it  as  a  genetic  science  will  aid  to  the  clearer 
definition  of  its  scope  and  limits.  For  this  end  the  writer 
proposes  the  following  nomenclature  and  divisions. 

DIVISIONS    OF    ANTHROPOLOGY 

These  divisions  are  named  from  the  points  of  view  of 
the  genesis  of  their  facts.     Man's  origin  in  time  and  space 
is  chronologically  first;  then  the  problem  of  his  body  or 
material    organization,    then   his    mind,    then    races,    then 
society    (including   morals),    and  then  religion.      We  may 
designate  these  divisions  as:  (1)  Anthropogeny  (Palaeonto- 
logical  Anthropology) ;  (2)  Sornatogeny  (Biological  Anthro- 
pology); (3)  Psychogeny  (Mental  Anthropology);  (4)  Eth- 
nogeny  (Comparative  Anthropology);  (5)  Sociogeny  (Gre- 
garious or  Man  ward  Anthropology);  and  (6)  Religiogeny 
(Cosmic  or  Godward  Anthropology).     It  is  hoped  that  this 
division  and  nomenclature  may  be  found  natural,  and  that  it 
will  bring  a  vast  and  previously  unhandleable  body  of  facts 
into  determinate  limits.     Every  time  and  every  clime  offers 
its  contribution.     Every  people  past  or  present  lends  its 
experience  toward  the  making  of  this  last  great  science. 
Although  the  world  is  so  old  and  man's  experience  on  it 
so  long,  yet  the  science  of  man  in  any  comprehensive  sense 
is  only  in  its  pioneer  stages. 


OF   HISTORY    AND   POLITICS  49 

This  paper  has  for  its  object  not  an  exposition  of  Anthro- 
pology nor  a  completed  investigation  into  what  the  territory 
occupied  by  the  State  of  Iowa  can  contribute.  It  is  rather 
a  recommendation.  It  is  of  the  nature  of  a  suggestion  for 
the  scientific  treatment  of  a  most  important  realm  of  facts. 
It  has  the  simple  aim  of  helping  to  get  a  keener  realization 
of  these  facts.  It  hopes  to  make  more  definite  the  belief 
that  history  and  politics  have  wider  scope  and  deeper  roots 
than  is  ordinarily  supposed.  The  subject-matter  will  belong 
under  several  of  the  above  named  divisions. 

GEOLOGICAL    PREPARATION    IN   IOWA 

As  a  possible  human  habitat  Iowa  is  very  old.  The  evi- 
dence is  not  yet  all  in  as  to  whether  man  was  here  before 
the  last  Glacial  Epoch  or  before  other  preceding  ice  periods. 
In  recent  geological  history  Iowa  stands  in  the  front  rank  of 
interest.  It  has  been  under  the  sea;  it  has  been  under  the 
ice;  it  has  supported  many  varieties  of  flora  and  fauna.  Its 
uppermost  surface  formations  are  geologically  the  latest. 
Moreover,  they  are  unusually  complete;  and  the  record  of 
what  has  been  called  the  later  Tertiary,  and  of  its  successor 
the  Quaternary  Period,  has  been  quite  clearly  read  in  Iowa 
and  neighboring  States.  Professor  Samuel  Calvin  says  that 
"In  no  part  of  the  world  are  certain  chapters  of  the  Pleisto- 
cene record  clearer  or  fraught  with  greater  interest,  than  in 
our  own  fair  Iowa." 

It  does  not  belong  to  Anthropology  to  answer  the  later 
geological  problems  or  to  account  for  their  wonderful 
phenomena;  but  Anthropology  is  greatly  interested  in  these 
problems.  It  has  a  vital  interest  in  their  answers.  In 


50  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

many  portions  of  the  world  the  remains  of  early  man  are 
found  in  more  than  one  of  the  layers  of  the  upper  strata. 
Hence  the  geologist's  later  problems  are  looked  upon  as 
having  closest  relationship  to  Anthropology. 

What  made  the  Pleistocene?  What  changed  Iowa  from 
the  beautiful  Pliocene  of  the  Tertiary  Epoch,  or  from  the 
Neocene  as  it  is  now  called  by  some  geologists?  Iowa  then 
had  a  Florida  climate  with  all  its  accompaniments  in  the 
way  of  vegetable  and  animal  life.  Why  the  change  to  the 
frigidity  of  the  early  Pleistocene?  Was  it  elevation  of  the 
surface  by  internal  upheavals?  Was  it  changes  in  oceanic 
currents  which  blew  frost  and  storm  and  cold  where  pre- 
viously balmy  breezes  prevailed?  Was  it  change  in  the 
nature  or  quality  of  the  earth's  atmosphere?  Was  it  change 
in  the  earth's  axis  or  in  the  earth's  orbit?  Whatever  the 
cause  the  result  was  a  big  snow  storm  which  lasted  thousands 
of  years  and  eventually  piled  up  mountains  of  ice. 

Before  this  life  was  gay.  By  its  coming  life  was  blighted 
and  much  of  it  was  driven  away  or  entirely  wiped  out.  The 
glaciated  region  extended  (with  slight  exceptions)  from 
Vancouver  to  Massachusetts.  But  it  probably  came  on  so 
gradually  that  the  change  was  unconscious,  and,  to  a  con- 
siderable extent,  life  adapted  itself  to  the  slowly  modifying 
conditions.  This  vast  country  of  which  Iowa  forms  a  part 
was  low.  The  Gulf  of  Mexico  in  those  days  reached  almost 
to  St.  Louis.  From  the  North  there  came  the  snows  and 
the  resulting  ice  and  filled  up  the  streams  and  the  bogs. 
Even  the  Mississippi  was  blocked,  and  after  the  long,  long 
storm  was  over,  it  found  in  many  places  a  new  channel  as 
it  thawed  out  again.  And  so  of  all  the  rivers  of  the  old 
times.  Their  gorges  were  plugged. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  51 

All  this  is  strange,  but  the  newer  Geology  has  a  still 
stranger  tale  to  tell.  It  says  that  the  like  has  occurred  sev- 
eral times.  The  investigators  within  Iowa  territory  tell  us 
of  several  glaciations.  Nowhere  in  the  world  have  Nature's 
stratified  leaves  been  so  carefully  turned  and  so  thoroughly 
conned  as  here  on  this  once  broad  prairie  lying  between  the 
great  rivers.  We  are  assured  that  there  occurred  glacia- 
tions which  left  a  Pre-Kansan,  a  Kansan,  an  Illinois,  an 
lowan,  and  a  Wisconsin  drift.  It  is  less  than  a  generation 
since  this  wonderful  investigation  began.  The  work  has 
been  carried  on  chiefly  by  White,  McGee,  Calvin,  Bain, 
Leverett,  Udden,  Chamberlin,  Salisbury,  Macbride,  and 
Shimek.  In  the  Proceedings  of  the  Iowa  Academy  of 
Science,  in  the  Annals  of  Iowa,  in  the  Reports  of  State 
Geological  Surveys,  and  in  various  other  places  will  be 
found  the  details  of  the  labor  of  these  several  individuals  in 
reading  the  great  enigma.  In  its  totality  this  work  will 
require  the  re-writing  of  some  chapters  in  Geology.  It 
would  take  us  beyond  our  province  to  state  even  a  few  of 
the  interesting  results  from  this  long  investigation. 

In  these  strata  are  found  the  remains  of  several  great 
mammals.  Here  and  there,  wide  apart,  are  the  bones  of  the 
last  mastodon  and  several  varieties  of  the  horse  and  other 
grazing  animals  long  ago  extinct.  And  toward  the  end 
comes  man.  How  many  umen"  or  races,  what  was  their 
origin,  whence  did  they  come,  what  was  their  career,  and 
what  their  destiny  ?  Here,  on  these  vast  stretches  of  noble 
land,  race  after  race  has  struggled  for  the  possession,  and  in 
their  struggles  they  have  laid  down  their  bones  and  their 
implements  of  offence  and  defence.  In  these  characters  (new 


52  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

as  documentary  sources)  we  are  slowly  reading  their  history. 
The  forces  of  storm,  glaciation,  and  inundation  made  the 
richest  of  soils  and  created  a  territory  most  desirable  as  an 
abode  for  man. 

THE    APPROACH    OF    THE    WHITE    MAN 

The  career  of  the  White  dates  from  but  yesterday.  It  is 
all  history — r history  in  the  ordinary  sense.  It  is  easily  read 
and  traced.  It  was  nigh  two  hundred  years  after  Columbus 
anchored  off  the  eastern  coast  before  explorers  penetrated  so 
far  as  to  visit  the  prairies  of  Iowa  and  the  sister  regions 
beyond  the  great  "Father  of  Waters."  Generations  of 
white  pioneers  settled  along  the  Atlantic  coast  and  lived  and 
built  and  tilled  and  died  without  knowing  how  much  grander 
land  lay  toward  the  setting  sun.  Here  the  various  Indian 
races  roamed  unknown.  Here  they  hunted  and  here  they 
clashed  and  fought  with  each  other  for  ascendancy — they, 
too,  all  blissfully  ignorant  of  the  new  type  of  man  who  was 
gradually  moving  westward  toward  their  region,  and  who 
would  one  day  claim  their  hunting  grounds  for  other  uses. 

The  discoveries  of  Columbus,  Cortez,  De  Soto  and  others 
had  excited  man's  imagination  as  to  the  bigness  of  the  world 
to  the  west;  and  the  rulers  of  Europe  were  anxious  to  get 
claims  over  as  much  of  it  as  possible.  The  Portuguese, 
Spanish,  French,  and  English  all  figured  in  the  great  scramble 
to  preempt  a  new  world  whose  rivers  flowed  over  gold. 
Their  several  fortunes  in  this  undertaking  have  been  well 
studied  and  beautifully  narrated  in  our  American  histories. 

The  greater  Louisiana,  which  under  La  Salle's  claim 
vaguely  extended  from  the  Alleghanies  to  the  Rockies  and 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  53 

which  belonged  to  the  French  and  then  to  the  Spanish  and 
then  to  the  French,  and  was  finally  bought  from  Napoleon's 
bargain  counter  by  the  United  States  in  1803  for  some 
$15,000,000,  was  the  greatest  land  sale  in  history  and 
probably  the  best  real  estate  bargain  ever  recorded.  It 
reflected  as  much  credit  on  the  sagacity  of  President  Jeffer- 
son as  it  did  discredit  on  the  oversight  of  Napoleon  and 
his  ministers.  Settlement  after  settlement  took  place.  Up 
the  Mississippi  northward,  but  chiefly  from  the  eastern 
States  westward,  came  the  on-flowing  white  emigrants.  The 
Louisiana  of  today  became  a  State  in  1812;  and  there  fol- 
lowed Indiana  in  1816,  Illinois  in  1818,  Missouri  in  1821. 
Boundaries  were  indefinite  in  those  days.  Land  was  taken 
in  the  large.  There  was  plenty  of  it.  A  county  was  often 
as  big  as  a  State  is  now.  The  term  Iowa  (loway,  a  beauti- 
ful and  permanent  reminder  of  our  Indian  precursors)  was 
first  applied  to  several  of  the  rivers  which  flow  through  the 
trans-Mississippi  country.  In  1836  Lieutenant  Albert  M. 
Lea  used  it  to  designate  that  part  of  the  Territory  of  Wis- 
consin which  lay  west  of  the  Mississippi.  In  1834  the 
territorial  legislature  of  Michigan  had  divided  this  whole 
"Iowa  District"  into  two  counties — Dubuque  and  Demoine. 
In  1836  Congress  formed  a  Wisconsin  Territory.  It  was 
taken  from  the  Territory  of  Michigan.  It  included  the 
present  Wisconsin,  Minnesota,  much  of  the  Dakotas,  and 
Iowa.  Then  there  was  an  eastern  and  a  western  Wisconsin, 
divided  by  the  great  Mississippi.  The  capital  of  this  region 
in  1836  was  at  Belmont,  Iowa  County,  Wisconsin.  The 
next  year  it  was  moved  to  Flint  Hills  (afterwards  named 
Burlington).  The  growth  that  followed  was  unparalleled, 


54  THE   IOWA   JOURNAL 

and  in  1838  western  Wisconsin,  or  the  Iowa  District,  asked 
for  a  territorial  government.  It  covered  Iowa,  Minnesota, 
and  that  part  of  the  Dakotas  east  of  the  White  Earth  and 
Missouri  rivers.  The  white  population  was  reported  in  a 
census  then  taken  as  22,860. 

Eight  years  more  and  Iowa  was  again  divided,  and  the 
present  Iowa,  with  a  population  of  102,388,  became  a 
State  in  1846.  This  population  had  squatted  first  at  the 
trading  points  on  the  great  rivers;  while  the  interior  was  at 
this  time  the  exiled  home  of  many  Indian  tribes  and  rem- 
nants of  tribes  from  the  States  farther  east.  In  1830  the 
United  States  had  bought  a  strip  of  land  in  western  Iowa 
for  the  purpose  of  sustaining  more  peaceable  relations  with 
the  Sac  and  Fox  Indians,  the  Omahas,  the  Otoes,  and  the 
Missouris.  On  this  it  was  expected  the  Indians  wer&  to  be 
left  ultimately. 

THE    WHITE    MAN'S    FINAL    POSSESSION 

Before  1833  almost  no  Whites  had  entered  the  Iowa 
country.  Indians  were  the  sole  possessors.  After  the  war 
with  Black  Hawk  in  1832,  "The  Black  Hawk  Purchase" 
(extending  from  the  State  of  Missouri  to  the  Upper  loway 
river,  a  strip  about  fifty  miles  wide  on  the  west  bank  of  the 
Mississippi)  let  in  the  on-pressing  emigrant  stream,  and 
very  soon  the  six  million  acres  opened  up  by  that  purchase 
were  covered  with  white  settlers. 

But  this  was  not  enough.  The  covetous  and  money 
making  White  had  his  eye  turned  still  westward.  Iowa 
was  too  valuable  for  Indian  hunting  grounds.  In  1838  the 
lowas  sold  out  to  the  government.  In  1842  (in  the  saddest 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  55 

council  ever  held)  the  Sacs  and  Foxes  conveyed  to  the 
United  States  the  "New  Purchase,"  and  in  1851  the  Sioux 
did  the  same  and  transferred  his  hunting  and  scalping 
grounds  to  the  irresistibly  aggressive  Aryan.  Thus  ended 
the  events  of  a  yet  to  be  written  history.  Some  time  some 
one  will  gather  up  the  main  lines  of  the  Red  Man's  career 
in  this  Iowa  land  and  vicinity  and  do  better  justice  to  it  by 
a  true  historical  narrative.  It  is  not  our  province  to  follow 
further  the  fortunes  of  this  most  interesting  transfer  of  a 
great  State  by  what  was  (according  to  the  standards  of  the 
nations)  the  honorable  means  of  purchase,  treaty,  reserva- 
tion, and  assignment.  Yet  in  these  political  dealings  of 
nation  with  nation  or  with  tribes,  these  great  transactions 
were  far  from,  ideal. 

WHO    WEEE    THE    FIRST    INHABITANTS 

Anthropology  asks:  how  many  times  has  Iowa  been 
inhabited  before?  How  many  waves  of  migration  and  con- 
quest have  swept  over  its  vast  green  fields?  How  long 
have  these  fields  themselves  been  habitable?  Whence  came 
these  immigrating  streams?  What  were  the  causes  which 
impelled  them  in  their  conquering  conflicts?  These  are 
problems  yet  to  be  cleared  up.  Geology  and  Archaeology 
will  lend  their  aid.  The  work  has  begun.  A  vast  amount 
of  material  is  ready.  A  great  number  of  explorations  have 
taken  place. 

It  is  believed  by  many  that  there  are  in  Iowa  evidences 
of  the  great  antiquity  of  man.  This  evidence  has  not  yet 
been  systematized,  and  has  not  thus  far  been  convincing  to 
the  conservative  scientific  mind.  It  is  claimed  that,  at  least, 


56  THE   IOWA   JOURNAL 

man  followed  the  glacier  northward  in  its  retreat.  It  is 
believed  that  this  race  was  Eskimoid  in  type.  What  can 
we  know  of  him?  Who  were  his  successors? 

THE  MOUND  BUILDER  PERIOD 

It  is  supposed  that  this  little  Eskimoid  man  was  followed 
by  the  famous  Mound  Builder,  who  finally  spread  his  art 
and  civilization  up  and  down  the  Mississippi  Valley  and  east 
and  west  for  great  distances.  His  characteristic  works  are 
found  in  Ohio  and  in  Iowa,  in  Louisiana  and  in  Wisconsin. 
He  has  left  a  vast  amount  of  evidence  as  to  his  physical 
characteristics  and  the  material  stage  of  his  civilization;  but 
he  is  withal  a  great  mystery.  His  mounds,  so  numerous, 
constitute  together  the  most  baffling  problem  in  Archae- 
ology. What  are  they,  what  were  they  for?  Some  of 
them  are  doubtless  the  remains  of  his  dwelling  places,  but 
many  are  not.  Some  have  religious  significance ;  some  may 
have  been  for  defence.  Doubtless  in  many  of  them  is 
buried  the  owner  of  the  lodge  which  once  existed  thereon 
or  thereby.  Probably  with  his  bones  are  to  be  found  his 
implements  of  peace  and  war,  and  oft-times,  too,  the  bones 
of  his  slaves  and  his  wives,  who  were  sacrificed  to  accom- 
pany his  spirit  on  the  long  voyage  to  the  land  of  the  Great 
Spirit.  Some  of  these  mounds  were  perhaps  the  sites  for 
beacon  fires  to  convey  news  across  wide  stretches  of  country 
or  to  guide  marching  tribes  or  bands  of  hunters.  Some  of 
them,  indeed,  seem  to  have  been  constructed  for  ceremonial, 
social,  or  religious  purposes  of  which  we  can  only  vaguely 
guess  the  nature. 

In  them,  here,  there,  and  everywhere,  are  the  plentiful 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  57 

objects  from  which  Archaeology  must  some  day  reconstruct 
history.  Skeletons,  weapons,  utensils,  pottery,  hieroglyphs, 
attempts  at  sculpture  and  engraving  are  exhumed.  Many 
other  intimations  there  are  of  the  sort  of  people  who  lived 
in  these  regions  for  considerable  times.  We  must  believe 
that  they  had  a  vast  social  organization  and  that  they  did 
not  possess  their  lands  in  undisputed  peace.  The  Iroquois 
chiefly  to  the  north,  the  Algonquins  chiefly  to  the  east,  the 
Sioux  and  Dakotas  to  the  west  and  northwest,  and  perhaps 
the  Pueblos  and  Cliff  Dwellers  to  the  southwest  all  wanted 
the  best  territory,  if  they  knew  where  it  was.  What  were 
the  lines  of  their  migrations?  what  their  careers?  and  what 
their  dooms?  are  most  interesting  stories  yet  to  be  inter- 
preted, yet  to  be  read.  This  can  be  done.  More  difficult 
things  have  been  read.  No  longer  do  we  expect  to  find  all 
human  history  on  pages  copied  from  spoken  language. 
The  so-called  "historical  period"  of  man's  career  is  an 
insignificant  stretch  of  time.  Some  one  has  figured  that  it 
would  represent  comparatively  but  the  last  three  months' 
diary  of  a  man  seventy  years  old.  The  Polynesian  migra- 
tions and  race  relations  have  been  largely  made  out  by 
evidence  of  less  variety  and  less  definiteness  than  exists  for 
the  solution  of  these  American  anthropological  problems. 

WHAT    BECAME    OF    THE    MOUND    BUILDEES 

The  territory  of  the  long  settled  Mound  Builders  seems 
finally  to  have  become  the  coveted  hunting  ground  of  on- 
coming and  growing  races  in  the  East  and  the  West.  Another 
problem  to  be  settled  is:  what  became  of  them?  Were  they 
really  a  separate  race?  Were  they  utterly  annihilated  by 


58  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

the  savage  hordes  attacking  from  various  quarters?  Did 
they  become  extinct  from  plague  or  disease  before  these 
savage  hordes  approached  ?  Did  they  mingle  and  blend  with 
the  oncoming  tribes  toward  the  close  of  the  period  of  their 
racial  decline?  Did  they  flee  away  to  the  North  and  become 
degenerate  ?  Did  they  flee  away  to  the  South  and  reestablish 
themselves  ?  Have  we  perhaps  found  their  remnants  blended 
in  the  Pueblos  of  Colorado  and  Arizona  or  in  the  Cliff 
Dwellers  of  New  Mexico?  Did  they  go  still  further?  Can 
we  look  for  some  intermingling  of  their  type  and  work  in 
the  Pre-European  peoples  of  Mexico,  Yucatan,  or  Honduras  ? 
Or  did  they  never  go  away,  and  do  their  relics  simply  repre- 
sent a  previously  higher  stage  of  later  found  peoples?  Was 
there  a  protracted  struggle,  either  against  nature  or  against 
invaders  or  against  both?  In  their  prime  and  for  a  long 
time,  whoever  they  were,  the  Mound  Builders  were  a  great 
people.  They  seem  not  to  have  prospered  further  to  the 
north  than  Iowa  and  Wisconsin.  Perhaps  their  greatest 
prosperity  was  farther  south  and  eastward.  But  on  Iowa 
soil  they  apparently  lived  for  a  great  while,  and  here  they 
have  left  a  great  record. 

WHO    SUCCEEDED    THEM 

After  them  came  others.  Were  these  others  their  imme- 
diate conquerors  or  their  degenerate  descendants?  Were 
these  others  the  Indian  tribes  which  were  later  displaced  by 
Whites?  Were  they  the  Sacs  and  Foxes,  the  Sioux  and 
Missouris?  Who  knows?  How  can  we  know?  Who  has 
portions  of  the  record?  How  shall  these  records  be  col- 
lected? Who  will  help  read  them  when  collected?  Splendid 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  59 

beginnings  have  been  made.  When  the  White  Man  came, 
the  Sioux  in  the  West  was  then  the  mortal  enemy  of  the 
Sacs  and  Foxes  in  the  East.  The  Sacs  and  Foxes  seem  to  be 
descendants  of  Algonquin  stems  from  the  East  and  South- 
east, and  the  Sioux  seem  to  be  the  posterity  of  the  Dakota s 
from  the  West.  From  their  earliest  meetings  these  two  were 
enemies.  This  was  from  time  immemorial.  But  how  long  is 
that?  Besides  the  Sacs  and  Foxes,  apparently  before  them 
in  their  region,  were  the  Illini  (Illinois),  the  Mas-Coutins 
(Muscatine)  and  the  lowas  (Ayouas,  Ayouways,  Ayoas, 
Aiouex).  These  latter  were  nearly  exterminated  by  the 
Sacs  and  Foxes  who  came  from  Wisconsin,  and  of  the  Sacs 
and  Foxes  only  a  handful  remain  on  the  reservation  in  Tama 
County  of  this  State. 

THE    BED    MEN u SAVAGE"    OR    CIVILIZED 

It  is  easy  to  call  our  enemies  " savages."  It  is  hard  for 
men  of  one  race  to  see  greatness  in  those  of  another.  It  is 
especially  hard  to  do  this  if  that  other  belongs  to  a  widely 
different  type  of  civilization  or  mode  of  living.  The  Aryans, 
and  Europeans  in  particular,  have  been  accustomed  to  style 
themselves  the  " enlightened"  and  all  others  as  "half  civil- 
ized," "barbarous,"  or  u savage."  They  have  seldom  taken 
the  pains  to  learn  the  attitude  toward  them  of  men  of  other 
races  or  the  value  of  others'  opinions.  Anthropological 
study  reveals  this  as  a  widely  human  trait.  No  firmer  nor 
intenser  illustration  of  this  fact  have  I  met  than  in  the  atti- 
tude of  a  Fiji  Islander  toward  the  people  of  the  United 
States  and  Great  Britain.  To  him,  although  we  excelled  on 
the  material  side  of  civilization,  morally  we  were  a  barbarous 


60  THE   IOWA    JOURNAL 

people.  He  hesitatingly  pronounced  us  a  nation  of  hypo- 
crites. Instances  of  this  sort  should  give  us  pause  and 
make  us  reestimate  the  other  races. 

To  nearly  all  Americans  the  Red  Men,  whom  they  dis- 
possessed, were  merely  u  savages."  More  careful  study  of 
these  people  does  away  with  this  popular  judgment. 
Among  the  copper-colored  tribes,  formerly  inhabiting  the 
now  broad  United  States,  were  some  great  characters  and 
many  good  and  true  men  and  women.  We  are  able  to 
estimate  them  at  this  distance  of  time  with  more  likelihood 
of  justice.  Greatness  is  a  term  with  more  variety  of  content 
than  the  average  man  has  yet  realized.1 

BLACK    HAAVK 

Every  tribe  and  every  people  have  men  relatively  great 
among  themselves.  But  some  of  them  are  also  relatively 
great  when  compared  with  their  assumed  superiors.  Among 
these  was  Black  Hawk,  the  dauntless  leader  of  the  Sacs  and 
Foxes  in  the  twenties  and  thirties  of  the  last  century.  He 
was  a  man  of  keener  moral  sense  than  most  of  those  who 


1  Since  this  section  was  finished  the  New  York  Sun  (of  Oct.  2*7),  in 
an  editorial  on  "The  Thirteenth  International  Congress  of  Ameri- 
canists," says:  "It  appears  that  we  have  commonly  put  too  low  an 
estimate  on  the  Indian,  using  the  term  Indian  as  inclusive  of  all  the 
aboriginal  inhabitants  of  this  hemisphere.  The  Indian,  these  learned 
men  find,  was  a  more  intellectual  being  than  has  been  generally  sup- 
posed. He  was  religious,  with  high  sentiments  and  keen  emotions, 
and  he  was  advanced  politically  far  beyond  the  degree  in  savagery 
where  he  is  usually  placed,  his  political  development  being  measur- 
ably influenced  by  his  religion 

"There  was  an  American  civilization  as  definite  as  the  European 
civilization.  Really,  there  has  been  a  series  of  civilizations,  one 
overcoming  the  other  and  the  higher  form  usually  dominating.  We 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  61 

dealt  with  his  people  as  representatives  of  the  United  States 
government.  His  sense  of  justice  and  his  opposition  to  the 
fraudulent  land  trade  in  1804  are  admirable.  In  the  name 
of  these  tribes  some  drunken  Indians  at  St.  Louis  sold  all 
their  territory  east  of  the  Mississippi,  from  the  mouth  of 
the  Wisconsin  to  the  mouth  of  the  Missouri,  for  the  despi- 
cable sum  of  $2,234.50  in  goods  and  $1,000  a  year  (in 
goods  also)  for  an  indefinite  while!  This  bargain  Black 
Hawk  resented,  repudiated,  and  asked  to  have  reconsidered. 
His  claim  was  just,  but  to  our  shame  it  was  refused.  His 
people  were  forcibly  moved  across  the  Mississippi.  Their 
deepest  hatred  was  cultivated  and  the  Black  Hawk  War 
was  the  result. 

Black  Hawk's  intellectual  acumen  was  shown  in  his  famous 
hunting,  his  fighting,  and  his  sagacity  in  the  government  of 
his  people.  His  high  moral  character  and  his  social  quali- 
ties are  seen  in  his  rigid  temperance,  in  his  domestic  virtues, 
and  in  his  sense  of  right  in  general.  Even  beyond  this  he 
displayed  that  love  of  nature  which  characterizes  all  high 


were  not  the  first  invaders.  We  were  not  the  first  exterminators. 
America  has  seen  races  come,  rule,  and  be  swept  away  in  their  turn. 
Where  savagery  triumphed,  as  in  the  case  of  one  race  of  Mound 
Builders,  when  a  mild  and  stationary  people  were  overborne  by  a 
more  vigorous  and  restless  stock,  as  in  Europe,  it  usually  followed 
that  the  conquering  race  was  influenced  in  time  by  the  culture  of  the 
conquered.  This  has  been  found  written  in  monuments  and  tombs. 
Sometimes  there  can  be  traced  the  evidence  of  a  conquering  race's 
recognition  of  the  superior  attainments  of  the  people  it  has  over- 
thrown, and  when  the  different  investigators  compare  notes  the  his- 
tory of  an  ancient  invasion  is  completed. 

' '  In  art  the  pre-Columbian  Americans  were  advanced  beyond  the 
stage  of  development  to  which  they  have  been  assigned.  So  say  the 
Americanist  students." 


62  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

and  noble  spirits.  Together  and  separately,  these  various 
qualities  place  him  among  the  great  characters  and  make 
his  name  forever  eminent  in  Iowa  history,  even  though  he 
wore  "copper-colored  skin,  shaved  the  sides  of  his  head 
and  put  feathers  in  the  knotted  tuft  at  the  top."  Such 
criticism  simply  shows  our  lack  of  humor.  The  anthro- 
pologist is  unable  at  times  to  decide  whether  Sacs  or  Whites 
are  the  more  grotesque.  White  generals,  lodge  officers  and 
others  wear  the  feathers  and  trinkets,  according  to  their 
taste;  and  white  men  instead  of  shaving  so  as  to  leave  a 
tuft  on  the  top  of  the  head,  leave  it  across  the  middle  of 
the  face,  or  on  the  chin,  and  give  it  some  foreign  name, 
under  the  common  assumption  that  vanity  always  seems 
wisdom  when  expressed  in  a  foreign  tongue. 

KEOKUK 

Another  former  ruler  upon  Iowa  grounds  deserving  of 
the  White  Man's  attention  was  Chief  Keokuk.  He  was 
both  war-  and  peace-maker.  He  belonged  to  the  same  race 
as  Black  Hawk.  They  were  rival  chiefs  among  the  Sacs 
and  Foxes.  Keokuk  had  some  qualities  which  Black  Hawk 
had  not.  On  the  other  hand,  he  lacked  some  of  Black 
Hawk's  virtues.  He  was  an  orator,  and  his  counsel  pre- 
vailed with  a  large  part  of  the  people.  He  advised  peace- 
able submission  to  the  demands  of  the  United  States  gov- 
ernment. He  saw  the  inevitable,  and  thought  it  best  for 
his  people,  on  the  whole,  to  peaceably  submit  and  obey  the 
order  to  go  beyond  the  great  river.  In  speaking  to  his 
nation  upon  this  subject  his  famous  saying  is  worthy  of 
wide  quotation.  Referring  to  possible  war  with  the  Whites, 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  63 

lie  says,  I  will  lead  you  on  condition  "that  we  first  put  our 
wives  and  children  and  old  men  gently  to  sleep  in  that 
slumber  that  knows  no  wakening  this  side  of  the  spirit-land, 
for  we  go  upon  the  long  trail  which  has  no  turn."  The 
literary  critic  or  the  Anthropologist  will  find  in  these  words 
many  an  intimation  of  breadth  of  character.  His  life  in 
various  respects  did  not  reach  the  high  moral  quality  of 
Black  Hawk's,  but  both  were  u great"  when  measured  by 
true  and  generous  standards. 

MA-TAU-E-QUA 

As  before  remarked  the  Tarna  Reservation  of  some  three 
thousand  acres,  owned  individually  by  Indians  of  the  Sac 
and  Fox  tribes,  is  the  last  foothold  of  the  once  wide  roam- 
ing copper- toned  man  in  Iowa.  Probably  the  last  of  their 
war  chiefs  who  had  followed  the  "bloody  trail"  was  Ma- 
tau-e-qua.  He  died  in  Tama  on  October  4,  1897,  at  the 
advanced  age  of  87.  His  was  a  wonderful  Indian  life — in- 
deed, a  wonderful  human  life  from  the  point  of  view  of  the 
variety  of  its  experiences.  He  was  twenty-one  years  of  age 
when  the  Black  Hawk  War  broke  out  in  1832,  and  he 
experienced  the  hardships,  the  excitements,  the  early  enthu- 
siasms, and  the  later  defeats  of  his  illustrious  tribes.  He 
lived  in  his  early  years  the  purely  Indian  life  of  nomadic 
hunting  and  fierce  internecine  conflict.  He  was  47  years  of 
age  when  the  first  expedition  of  his  people  returned  from 
Kansas  to  seek  fitting  homes  for  the  conquered  Sacs  and 
Foxes  in  their  old  beloved  Iowa.  He  was  one  of  the  five 
who  first  bought  land  in  Tama  County  in  1857.  For  forty 
more  years  he  was  the  sage  and  counsellor  of  the  Mus- 


64  THE   IOWA   JOURNAL 

quakies,  and  he  tried  to  keep  them  true  to  the  old  tradi- 
tions. He  was  an  Indian,  a  North  American  Indian 
through  and  through,  even  though  he  had  settled  on  a  farm 
in  an  Iowa  county.  He  was  a  great  character.  He  was  a 
man  of  sterling  principle.  He  possessed  a  stolid,  stoical 
nature  coupled  with  much  insight;  and  who  shall  blame  him 
if  he  did  love  to  the  last  the  war  paint  and  the  legends? 
The  White  Man's  taunt  of  Indian  treachery  is  simply  a  mis- 
understanding of  problems  and  conditions.  It  was  the 
White  Man  himself  who  made  the  proverb  that  "all  things 
are  fair  in  love  and  war."  The  Indian  did  no  worse,  per- 
haps no  better,  than  the  White  Man  does  under  similar  cir- 
cumstances. He  simply  tried  to  save  his  country  to  the 
best  of  his  ability  and  understanding.  By  far  the  larger 
bunch  of  perfidy  is  found  on  the  White  Man's  side. 

If  the  "savage  Indians"  from  whom  we  bought  and 
wrested  our  territory  produced  men  of  such  manly  stature 
as  these,  how  much  greater  men  may  have  been  in  the  coun- 
cils of  their  ancestors  or  predecessors  in  the  more  palmy 
days  of  the  Mound  Builder. 

THE    MOUNDS    OF    IOWA1 

Few  subjects  are  receiving  a  better  quality  of  attention 
than  that  called  American  Ethnology  and  Archaeology. 
Few  subjects  are  vaster  than  this.  Few  subjects  have  so 
few  workers  in  proportion  to  intrinsic  value.  Too  much 
attention  could  not  be  paid  to  this  great  field,  either  by 
governmental,  institutional,  or  individual  enterprise  for 
many  years  to  come.  It  should  be  one  of  the  great  centers 

1  See  Map. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  65 

of  national  and  local  interest.  The  whole  land  would  seem 
to  be  a  fruitful  field;  and  the  pioneer  work  has  gone  far 
enough  to  warrant  further  and  broader  anthropological 
attention.  Masses  of  material  have  been  collected  in  mu- 
seums, but  still  vaster  ones  remain  unfound.  The  plow, 
the  railroad  excavation,  the  weather,  and  the  natural  forces 
of  rain  and  stream  are  carrying  on  a  two-fold  work  of  un- 
covering and  disturbing,  of  revealing  and  then  obliterating. 
Many  a  valuable  piece  of  information  is  coming  to  light, 
and  then  passing  from  view  as  the  years  roll  by. 

Our  best  records  of  past  races  in  this  vicinity  are  probably 
of  Mound  Builder  origin,  but  no  record  is  imperishable.  A 
timely  study  of  these  is  desirable  for  every  reason.  More 
excavation,  more  analysis,  more  synthesis  are  needed.  The 
records  so  far  as  discovered  remain  unread.  They  are  to  us 
mostly  a  foreign  tongue.  Their  meanings  are  mostly  un- 
guessed.  A  partial  reason  for  this  is  to  be  found  in  the 
prejudice  that  has  stood  in  the  way.  Of  what  use  could  the 
bones,  the  implements,  or  the  doings  of  savage  races  be  to 
enlightened  people  like  us!  But  this  egotism  is  subsiding. 
The  Mound  Builders  and  other  pre-occupiers  of  our  home 
are  coming  into  respect.  Even  "savages"  are  now  believed 
to  be  worthy  of  all  the  study  that  we  can  give  them. 

THE    MOUND    BUILDEB's    PLAIN 

But  the  Mound  Builder  was  not  a  savage.  As  before 
remarked  he  was  well  on  in  civilization.  He  had  govern- 
ment, order,  and  discipline  on  a  large  scale.  He  knew  the 
arts  of  spinning,  dyeing,  and  weaving.  He  made  beautiful 
pottery  and  ideal  baskets.  He  possessed  a  broad  work 


66  THE   IOWA   JOURNAL 

bench  covered  with  tools  made  of  stone,  wood,  and  copper. 
His  implements  were  not  the  nineteenth  century  type,  but 
they  were  very  effective  in  the  chase,  and  even  the  White 
Man's  steel  would  have  found  them  difficult  to  overreach. 

The  evidences  are  that  he  had  many  superstitions,  but  the 
White  Man  of  today  forgets  that  his  pioneer  fathers  of  two 
or  three  centuries  ago  had  heads  no  less  full  of  unreasoned 
mysteries.  His  medicine  was  queer,  but  we  have  near  rela- 
tives and  neighbors  who  rivalled  him  also  in  this.  He,  like 
our  fathers  in  the  Middle  Ages,  believed  in  the  doctrine  of 
" divine  signatures."  Deer's  eye  in  lotion  was  good  for 
sore  eyes.  uThe  little  burrs  which  adhere  to  our  clothes  as 
we  pass  through  the  woods,  commonly  called  beggar  lice, 
were  boiled  and  the  tea  used  to  strengthen  the  memory, 
upon  the  theory  that  it  would  make  things  stick  in  the  mind ; 
probably  a  primitive  conception  of  the  'similia  similibus 
curantur;'  and  the  man  who  desired  to  become  a  good  singer 
drank  a  tea  made  from  crickets!"1 

But  these  primitive  notions  generally  had  a  nobler  side. 
Their  religion  often  reached  to  monotheism.  They  believed 
in  the  Great  Spirit.  Their  future  life  was  materialistic; 
and  if  they  did  not  get  out  titles  for  our  u  mansions  of  the 
blessed,"  they  preempted  the  u  happy  hunting  grounds." 
Both  were  figurative,  poetical  conceptions  of  human  aspir- 
ations. 

Their  homes  were  like  those  of  men  in  such  conditions  in 
other  parts  of  the  world.  They  were  better  than  the  "dug 


1  C.  H.  Robinson's  Primitive  Man  in  Iowa,  in  the  Annals  of  Iowa, 
3d  series,  vol.  in,  p.  167. 


OF   HISTORY  AND   POLITICS  67 

out"  of  the  later  white  homesteader,  and  they  had  patterns 
and  styles  original  to  themselves.  The  larger  houses  were 
round,  made  by  digging  out  a  circular  pit.  This  "  cellar" 
was  from  twenty  to  sixty  feet  in  diameter.  The  side  walls 
made  by  the  excavated  soil  were  from  eight  to  ten  feet  high. 
They  were  covered  with  poles,  and  these  with  brush,  and 
these  again  with  earth  and  grass  thatched  thereon. 

Around  these  homes, were  raised  corn  and  other  cereals, 
pumpkins,  squashes,  and  other  vegetables.  They  ground 
their  corn  into  meal  and  baked  the  meal  into  cakes.  They 
added  to  these  the  fruits  of  various  trees,  especially  nuts, 
plums,  etc. ;  while  rice  is  also  found  among  the  ruins.  They 
laid  in  a  winter  stock  of  pemmican  made  from  the  meat  of 
buffalo,  deer,  elk,  and  bear.  The  rivers  contributed  their 
share  of  the  living  in  the  way  of  fish,  at  the  spearing  and 
catching  of  which  they  were  expert. 

Their  home  industry  was  most  praiseworthy.  Robinson 
again  says:  u Those  soft  skins  of  the  fawn  and  these  with 
the  down  of  the  swan,  the  loving  mother  has  reserved  for 
the  clothing  of  her  babe  which  hangs  by  its  swinging  cradle 
to  another  peg,  and  its  garments  will  be  ornamented  with 
feathers  and  quills  dyed  in  the  brightest  colors  the  pigments 
and  barks  of  the  locality  will  furnish.  By  her  skillful 
hands  too  will  be  made  the  clothing  of  the  older  children 
and  most  of  that  of  her  lord,  as  well  as  his  gorgeous  war- 
bonnet  and  the  feather -trimmed  robes  with  which  he  so 
proudly  decks  himself  on  state  occasions.  Her  thread  is  a 
moistened  tendon,  her  needle  a  sharpened  bone  used  as  an 
awl — thimble,  she  has  none — and  she  cuts  the  garments 
out  by  guess  with  a  flint  knife  shaped  very  much  like  the 


68  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

round  knife  of  our  harness  maker,  or  the  hash  knife  so 
familiar  in  the  kitchen. " * 

They  possessed  the  high  art  of  making  fire  at  will  in  a 
moment  of  time.  This  they  did  with  a  skill  that  few  white 
men  are  able  to  attain.  Fire  to  them  was  sacred,  and  their 
myths  concerning  it  are  worthy  rivals  of  those  of  the  Greeks, 
Hebrews,  and  Hindus. 

Their  pottery  is,  next  to  their  weapons,  their  best  trans- 
mitted account  of  themselves.  It  was  both  varied,  useful, 
and  artistic.  It  was  probably  almost  wholly  the  work  of 
the  women.  Several  excellent  monographs  have  been  writ- 
ten about  it.  I  must  refer  especially  to  articles  in  the 
Proceedings  of  the  Davenport  Academy  of  Natural  Sci- 
ences, to  articles  by  W.  H.  Holmes  and  Frederick  Starr,  to 
Smithsonian  Institute  Reports,  and  to  other  writings  referred 
to  in  Professor  Starr's  Bibliography  of  Iowa  Antiquities. 

Their  tools  and  weapons  were  limited  as  to  the  material, 
but  included  much  variety  of  forms  and  uses.  It  is  not 
known  that  they  were  acquainted  with  iron.  Wood,  bone, 
stone,  flint,  and  bronze  are  the  stuffs  from  which  they  made 
with  great  skill  a  great  variety  of  implements.  Large 
pieces  of  granite,  smoothed  and  shaped  for  convenience, 
formed  the  anvil.  Near  by  was  a  fire  for  the  easier  shaping 
of  various  raw  materials  and  for  the  seasoning  of  woods  for 
spears,  bows  and  arrows.  Hammers,  axes,  and  hatchets  of 
ingenious  shapes  and  of  varied  material  served  various  pur- 
poses. Flints  were  used  perhaps  for  fire  production,  but 
more  often  for  spear  and  arrow  heads,  knives,  drills,  etc. 
Bones  were  made  into  awls  and  handles.  Handles  were 


Robinson,  Annals,  of  Iowa,  3d  Series,  vol.  in,  p.  170. 


OF   HISTORY  AND  POLITICS  69 

fastened  on  tools  by  perforations,  sometimes  in  the  tools 
and  sometimes  in  the  handle,  and  often  by  the  further  use 
of  thongs  and  leather  strips.  They  made  whetstones  on 
which  to  sharpen  their  stone  edged  tools,  and  those  made  of 
bone  and  buffalo  and  deer  horn.  To  accomplish  all  this 
required  great  industry.  The  Mound  Builder  was  far  from 
the  lazy  idler  which  some  none  too  industrious  White  Men 
conceive  him  to  have  been.  "It  took  a  whole  day  to  make 
a  good  arrow  and  many  days  to  make  an  adze  or  hatchet. ' ' 
"When  we  recollect  too  that  to  make  a  canoe,  he  must 
first  burn  down  a  tree,  then  burn  it  off  the  right  length,  and 
then  alternately  burning  with  live  coals  and  scraping  and 
pecking  off  the  charred  parts  with  stone  tools,  he  must  form 
the  cavity;  and  when  we  consider  also  the  time  he  must 
employ  in  killing  game  for  the  support  of  his  family  and  to 
lay  up  for  winter,  we  will  certainly  modify  our  previous 
opinion  that  the  life  of  the  primitive  lowan  was  one  of 
either  dignified  ease  or  savage  laziness."1 

There  is  the  amplest  evidence  that  the  earlier  man  of 
Iowa  led  an  industrious  and  valuable  life;  and  when  we 
think  of  the  number  of  things  he  made,  the  quality  of  his 
work,  the  difficulties  of  his  clime,  and  yet  withal  the  high 
stage  he  reached,  our  admiration  must  grow  and  our  rever- 
ence for  that  life  and  civilization  must  increase. 

INDIAN    NAMES    AS    KEMINDEKS 

In  still  another  way  these  predecessors  have  left  with  us 
a  permanent  reminder.  The  very  name  of  the  State,  our 
fancy  has  borrowed  from  their  musical  tongue.  A  score  of 


Robinson,  Annals  of  Iowa,  3d  series,  vol.  in,  p.  176. 


70  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

our  counties,  a  dozen  of  our  creeks,  more  than  a  dozen  of 
our  rivers,  many  of  our  lakes,  hills,  and  choicest  nature 
regions  bear  the  imprint  of  the  Red  Man's  discernment. 
And  so  all  over  our  broad  nation,  as  Mrs.  Sigourney  says 
in  her  poetic  tribute,  their  names  are  on  our  waters,  their 
memory  lives  on  our  hills,  and  their  baptism  on  our  shores. 

THE    DAVENPOKT    ACADEMY 

The  best  continued  series  of  work  in  the  direction  of 
Anthropology  in  Iowa  has  doubtless  been  done  by  and  under 
the  auspices  of  the  Davenport  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences. 
Its  record  is  that  of  a  rare  devotion  on  the  part  of  a  self- 
made  institution.  It  was  founded  in  1867  through  the  scien- 
tific interest  of  four  business  men  of  that  town.  The  interest 
spread  because  of  the  untiring  effort  and  high  ability  of  the 
men  who  were  at  its  head.  In  a  few  years  it  became  known 
in  scientific  circles  all  over  the  world.  The  names  of 
Sheldon,  Parry,  Barris,  Farquharson,  the  Putnams,  Pratt, 
Preston,  Harrison,  and  Starr  have  become  well  known 
through  the  publications  of  the  Proceedings  of  this  Academy. 
A  notable  account  of  its  rise  and  chief  workers  was  published 
by  Professor  Frederick  Starr  in  the  Popular  Science  Monthly 
for  May,  1897.  Through  the  appreciation  and  memorial 
devotion  of  Mrs.  M.  L.  D.  Putnam  the  Academy  has  finally 
gotten  well  housed.  There,  in  commodious  buildings,  are 
its  splendid  museum  containing  many  thousands  of  valuable 
specimens,  and  its  library  of  some  forty  thousand  volumes. 
It  is  a  great  source  and  center  of  scientific  information  and 
inspiration.  It  has  now  a  memorial  publication  fund,  and 
has  put  forth  some  seven  or  eight  volumes  of  Proceedings. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  71 

In  these  are  many  articles  and  monographs  of  the  first  order 
of  merit.  Perhaps  the  major  part  of  the  collections  and  of 
the  Academy's  interest  is  anthropological  in  character. 

PEOFESSOE  STAEE'S  WORK 

As  a  member  of  the  Davenport  Academy,  Professor  Fred- 
erick Starr,  (now  of  Chicago  University)  has  done  much  in 
the  direction  which  this  paper  urges.  About  1887  he  under- 
took the  assembling  of  a  Bibliography  of  Iowa  Antiqui- 
ties. This  was  revised  and  extended  in  1892  and  published 
as  part  'of  the  Proceedings  in  Vol.  VI.  It  covers  205 
titles  of  articles,  references,  pamphlets,  monographs,  and 
more  extended  works,  while  in  itself  it  is  the  evidence  of 
large  industry  and  archaeological  interest. 

In  February  1895,  Professor  Starr  issued  in  the  same 
volume  of  Proceedings  a  Summary  of  the  Archceology  of 
Iowa.  In  the  prefatory  note  he  says: 

It  is  now  several  years  since  I  planned  the  work  of  which  this  is 
a  part.  As  a  student,  in  Iowa,  of  Iowa  archaeology,  I  believed  that 
a  systematic  work  carefully  outlined  might  be  carried  out  with 
profit.  As  the  plan  shaped  itself  it  comprised  five  separate  pieces  of 
work: 

(a)  Preparation    of   a    bibliography,    that   workers    might   know 
where  to  look  for  the  literature. 

(b)  Publication  of  a  summary,  that  those  interested,  who  do  not 
have  access  to  libraries,  may  know  what  has  been  done. 

(c)  Organization  of  exploration  in  every  part  of  the  State;  collec- 
tion of  data,  diagrams,  plans;  making  of  a  working-map,  showing  the 
location  of  mounds,  shell-heaps,  trails,   village  sites,   etc. — in  other 
words,  field-work. 

(d)  Publication  of  a  final  report  of  the  work  done   under  such 


72  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

organization,  and  a  separate  publication  of  the  map  worked  out  by 
the  exploration. 

(e)  Preparation  of  a  pamphlet  of  illustrations  of  ' '  Iowa  types  "  of 
archaeological  specimens,  and  of  a  series  of  plaster  copies  and  models 
of  remarkable  specimens,  mounds  and  the  like,  for  distribution  to 
universities,  high  schools,  colleges,  and  scientific  and  historical 
societies  within  the  State.  This  educational  work  is  the  most  impor- 
tant and  significant  part  of  the  whole  plan,  and  can  only  be  done  well 
after  the  other  parts  have  been  performed. 

How  far  this  plan  is  to  be  realized  remains  to  be  seen.  The  Bib- 
liography has  been  printed;  the  Summary  is  here  presented.  By  a 
wide  distribution  of  this  through  the  State  it  is  hoped  that  a  body  of 
helpers  and  co-workers  may  be  raised  up  to  work  under  direction 
toward  definite  ends.  Persons  interested  are  urged  to  write  to  the 
Academy  for  advice  and  for  fuller  statement  of  plans, 

In  this  summary  he  gives  a  carefully  detailed  account  of 
the  "finds"  concerning  pre-historic  men  in  various  parts  of 
the  State.  It  is  arranged  alphabetically  by  counties  and 
gives  location  and  authorities.  This  is  a  piece  of  splendid 
work  of  the  greatest  value  as  a  guide  to  further  study  and 
investigation  of  these  important  subjects.  It  is  perhaps  the 
main  purpose  of  the  present  paper  to  re -emphasize  the  plea 
made  by  Professor  Starr  in  his  introductory  note  to  the 
"Summary,"  Already  half  a  dozen  years  have  passed,  and 
little  heed  to  these  words  has  been  taken  by  the  higher 
educational  institutions  or  by  State  instigation.  Individuals 
here  and  there  are  as  diligent  as  ever  in  their  pursuit  of 
information  and  their  collection  of  materials.  Articles  of 
brief  character  are  appearing  at  intervals  in  periodicals  and 
in  other  works.  With  no  attempt  to  mention  all,  reference 
may  be  made  to  the  Annals  of  Iowa,  the  various  volumes 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  73 

of  documentary  materials,  compiled  and  edited  by  Professor 
Shambaugh,  the  Iowa  Historical  Lectures  of  1892  and  1894, 
the  Iowa  Historical  Record,  the  volumes  of  the  Iowa 
Academy  of  Sciences,  (annual  volume  since  1893),  the  his- 
tory of  numerous  counties,  Sabin's  The  Making  of  loiva, 
the  American  Naturalist,  (articles  by  Clement  L.  Webster 
and  others),  the  before  mentioned  Proceedings  of  the  Daven- 
port Academy  of  Sciences ',  and  the  Reports  of  Geological 
Surveys,  of  the  Bureau  of  Ethnology  and  of  the  Smith- 
sonian Institution,  etc.  Doubtless  there  are  many  others 
that  would  deserve  a  place  in  any  list  that  pretended  to 
completeness.  The  intelligent  and  comprehensive  work  of 
the  State  Historical  Society,  at  Iowa  City,  in  collecting, 
classifying,  and  publishing  early  historical  documents  is 
worthy  of  special  mention.  In  another  way  Sabin's  Making 
of  loiva  is  one  of  the  few  readable  compendiurns. 

THE    SCIENTIFIC    AND    EDUCATIONAL    AEGUMENT 

From  the  scholar's  point  of  view  the  study  of  early  man 
in  Iowa  (and  in  all  America,  of  course)  is  incalculably  desir- 
able. On  the  broader  knowledge  of  man  in  general  now 
depends  the  progress  of  the  present  and  coming  man  in 
particular.  Progress  has  become  the  one  great  end  of  life. 
To  understand  how  to  go  ahead  we  must  learn  how  we 
arrived  where  we  are.  The  law  of  evolution  is  today  the 
central  interest  in  science  and  education.  History  has  been 
most  imperfectly  kept.  Man  has  only  lately  become  a 
bookkeeper.  Thinking  of  his  career  as  a  whole,  we  can 
say,  he  has  only  recently  taken  on  the  habit  of  keeping  a 
diary.  Printed  and  written  records  go  back  but  a  short 


74  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

time.  These  we  are  accustomed  to  call  u  history."  From 
these  we  can  learn  but  a  small  part  of  the  great  lesson 
needed.  But  there  are  other  kinds  of  history.  For  a  cen- 
tury past  we  have  been  searching  other  records.  From 
them  sometimes  we  learn  more  valuable  and  more  accurate 
facts  than  from  the  old  sources.  We  have  been  reading 
from  buried  remains  the  ancient  story  of  the  men  of  far  off 
ages,  and  it  has  helped  us  to  fill  up  gaps  with  knowledge. 
We  are  studying  the  more  primitive  men  who  are  still 
extant  and  taking  note  of  their  physical,  mental,  and  moral 
stages.  They  tell  us  much  that  is  true  of  the  men  of  yes- 
terday, and  thus  they  help  us  make  out  the  story  of  our 
own  natural  history.  Reading  this  story  we  perceive  the 
laws  of  our  lives.  Such  anthropological  study  is  necessary 
before  we  can  solve  the  nearer  problems  that  beset  us.  We 
have  arrived  at  the  stage  in  which  we  make  great  effort  to 
grow  uon  purpose,"  by  intention;  but  our  purpose  is  fruit- 
less unless  we  know  the  laws  of  growth.  Speculation, 
opinion,  dissension,  contradiction,  prejudice,  dogmatism — 
these  go  but  a  little  way  toward  real  understanding.  For 
thousands  of  years  men  have  tried  these,  and  in  these 
thousands  of  years  they  have  made  little  progress  aside 
from  what  was  forced  upon  them  by  natural  selection  and 
the  ordinary  evolutional  forces.  Their  views  and  their 
ways  are  useful,  but  useful  mostly  as  warnings. 

Too  much  will  scarcely  be  said  upon  this  matter  of 
rational  purposive  undertaking.  Only  thus  do  we  "discover 
truth.  Only  thus  do  we  displace  ignorance.  Only  thus  do 
we  correct  speculation.  Only  thus  shall  we  get  entirely  out 
of  the  woods  of  superstition.  Only  thus  shall  we  be  able 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  75 

to  increase  in  ourselves  and  create  in  others  that  more  gen- 
eral human  interest  so  needed  to  make  the  method  and 
results  of  science  universal. 

THE    MORAL    ARGUMENT 

A  proper  magnanimity  on  the  part  of  the  conqueror  en- 
deavors to  do  justice  to  the  conquered.  The  present  always 
owes  it  to  the  past  to  write  its  history.  The  men  who  have 
literary  power  must  be  the  scribes  for  those  who  went 
before  but  had  it  not.  The  historian,  the  scientist,  the 
anthropologist,  the  archaeologist,  and  the  geologist  must  do 
justice  to  the  men  of  all  former  times.  There  rests  upon 
them  the  stringent  moral  obligation  to  pick  up  every  pos- 
sible letter  and  line  of  human  career  from  the  great  book  of 
Nature,  and  with  these  to  write  history  and  make  a  science 
of  man.  He  is  a  most  ungracious  victor  who  would  not 
deliver  the  funeral  address  for  him  whom  he  has  slain. 
The  least  that  we  who  are  in  possession  of  these  fair  lowan 
acres  can  do,  is  to  pay  the  fullest  and  justest  tribute  by  way 
of  record  and  estimate  to  those  who  have  previously  occu- 
pied this  soil.  To  us  has  come  the  heritage  without 
struggle  and  without  loss  of  blood  or  treasure.  This  hard- 
ship our  pioneer  forefathers  endured.  This  wrong  of  forc- 
ible possession  (if  wrong  it  was)  they  perpetrated.  For 
our  peaceable  abode  we  are  neither  to  be  credited  nor  blamed. 
To  us  is  the  blessing,  and  upon  us  is  the  responsibility.  As 
sons  of  the  victors  we  owe  to  the  conquered  a  tribute  which 
is  fast  becoming  tardy.  We  owe  it  as  the  survivors  in  a 
conflict  to  pay  what  only  is  due  to  those  once  dispossessed. 
We  owe  it  as  the  only  small  return  possible  for  our  incalcul- 


76  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

able  gift.  We  owe  it  as  the  least  we  can  do  to  correct  in 
our  own  and  in  posterity's  minds  the  one-sided  influence  and 
prejudices  against  the  vanquished.  We  owe  it  as  lovers  of 
literature,  of  truth,  and  of  justice  to  pass  on  to  posterity  a 
magnanimous  account  of  the  races  whose  further  develop- 
ment our  race  cut  off. 

DUEEN  J.  H.  WARD 
IOWA  CITY,  IOWA 


A  GENERAL  SURVEY  OF  THE  LITERATURE 
OF  IOWA  HISTORY 

English  scholars  are  still  at  loggerheads  over  the  relative 
merits  of  the  two  schools  of  historical  study  and  research, 
the  archaeological  and  the  philosophical.  One  camp,  ably 
led  by  Round,  insist  that  history  is  a  science,  and  not  litera- 
ture at  all;  that  it  is  not  written  for  the  general  public;  that 
it  is  weakened  by  so  much  as  makes  it  interesting;  that  it  is, 
in  fact,  simply  a  grouping  of  documentary  evidence  exhaust- 
ively covering  a  given  period.  The  other  camp,  as  ably  led 
by  Frederic  Harrison  and  Andrew  Lang,  maintain  that 
the  true  historian  is  more  judge  than  reporter;  that,  how- 
ever great  his  dependence  on  the  archaeologist,  he  must  ever 
write  about  men  and  events  "in  a  human  kind  of  a  way," 
his  distinguishing  quality  being  "a  constructive  imagina- 
tion, "  and  that,  therefore,  his  work  is  essentially  literary. 

Undisturbed  by  old  world  controversies  over  definitions, 
pleased  to  accept  from  any  source  any  genuine  material 
bearing  upon  Iowa's  past,  and  always  willing  to  give  every 
contribution  the  credit  to  which  it  may  justly  be  entitled,  the 
student  of  Iowa  history  gladly  welcomes  all  who  have  any- 
thing to  bring  to  his  table,  whether  it  be  the  dry  bones  out 
of  which  with  the  aid  of  his  constructive  imagination  he  may 
reproduce  the  past,  or  the  work  of  the  contemporaneous  his- 
torian, whose  temperament  and  whose  relation  to  the  events 
he  describes  must  ever  be  borne  in  mind  by  the  reader. 


78  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

The  history  of  Iowa  may  for  the  sake  of  convenience  be 
divided  into  periods  as  follows:  (1)  The  Territorial  Period. 
(2)  The  Pioneer  Period  of  the  Commonwealth.  (3)  The 
War  and  Reconstruction  Period.  (4)  The  Contemporaneous 
Period,  or  the  Present. 

THE    TERRITORIAL    PERIOD 

1.  The  history  of  the  territorial  or  constitution -making 
period  has  recently  found  expression  in  a  historical  work 
entitled,  History  of  tlie  Constitutions  of  loiva.1  This 
volume,  as  the  title  implies,  is  an  account  of  the  political 
foundations  of  the  Commonwealth.  Beginning  with  the 
Louisiana  Purchase,  rapidly  passing  on  to  the  epoch  of  the 
explorer  and  the  fur -trader,  during  which  Iowa  was  part 
of  the  vast  Territory  of  Michigan,  lingering  longer  over 
Iowa's  two-years'  career  as  part  of  the  Territory  of  Wiscon- 
sin, giving  the  extended  space  which  its  importance  demands 
to  the  eight  years'  career  of  Iowa  as  a  Territory  and  to  the 
first  eleven  years  of  Iowa  as  a  State,  the  importance  of  this 
work  as  a  political  history  can  not  well  be  over-estimated. 
Especially  interesting  and  valuable  is  the  chapter  on  the 
Squatter  Constitutions,  for  we  must  go  back  to  the  "squat- 
ters" of  the  thirties  to  find  that  starting  point  of  character 
and  conditions  which  in  large  measure  accounts  for  the  Iowa 
of  today.  Still  more  important  as  an  addition  to  history  is 
the  main  body  of  the  work  covering  the  constitution-making 
years,  1840-46.  During  those  years  the  new  Territory  went 
through  several  campaigns  of  education,  these  finally  result- 


1  History  of  the  Constitutions  of  Iowa.    Historical  Department  of 
Iowa.     Des  Moines.     1902. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  79 

ing  in  the  adoption  of  a  State  Constitution  satisfactory  both 
to  Congress  and  to  the  people  of  the  Territory.  The  debates 
in  Congress  and  the  discussions  in  the  newspapers  and  on  the 
stump  over  the  question  of  statehood,  and  as  to  the  kind  and 
quality  of  statehood,  are  here  for  the  first  time  brought 
together  in  their  proper  sequence.  The  reader  is  strongly 
impressed  with  the  prominence  given  the  Territory  of  Iowa 
in  the  congressional  debates  of  the  early  forties.  The  last 
two  chapters  of  the  book,  devoted  to  the  Constitutional  Con- 
vention and  the  Constitution  of  1857,  briefly  present  the 
incidents  and  the  results  of  that  first — and,  down. to  date, 
only — attempt  on  the  part  of  the  State  of  Iowa  to  improve 
upon  the  foundation  work  of  its  pioneers. 

2.  The  substantial  foundation  in  character  and  convic- 
tions upon  which  the  new  State  was  builded  finds  illustra- 
tion in  the  official  utterances  of  Iowa's  territorial  Govern- 
ors. For  example,  Governor  Lucas'  first  message,  in  1838, 
strongly  urged  the  free  common-school  system.  Note  his 
earnestness : 

There  is  no  subject  to  which  I  wish  to  call  your  attention  more 
emphatically  than  the  subject  of  establishing,  at  the  commencement 
of  our  political  existence,  a  well-digested  system  of  common-schools. 

Two  years  later  the  Governor  urged  the  adoption  of  the 
township  system  of  aid  to  public  schools  as  fostered  by  the 
general  government. 

The  present  freedom  of  Iowa  law  from  legal  verbiage 
received  its  first  bent  from  Governor  Lucas.  Himself  a 
lawyer,  he  early  recommended  that,  uin  laying  the  founda- 
tions of  a  system  of  jurisprudence  in  the  Territory,"  it  was 
advisable  to  unite  "in  simplifying  not  only  our  laws,  but 


80  THE   IOWA   JOURNAL 

the  rules  of  practice  and  proceedings, and  to  exclude 

therefrom  as  much  as  practicable,  everything  of  a  fictitious 
or  ambiguous  character." 

It  is  hard  for  residents  of  other  States  to  comprehend  the 
firmness  with  which  Iowa  clings  to  her  "settled  policy," 
making  the  prohibition  of  the  saloon  the  rule  of  the  State 
and  the  payment  of  a  mulct  tax  the  local  exception  to  that 
rule.  In  his  second  message,  in  1840,  Governor  Lucas 
urged  upon  the  legislature  the  repeal  of  all  laws  granting 
license  to  retail  ardent  spirits.  He  then  added: 

But  should  the  foregoing  recommendation  be  deemed  inexpedient, 
I  would  suggest  an  alteration  in  the  laws,  so  that  no  license  to  retail 
ardent  spirits  or  other  intoxicating  drinks,  should  be  granted  by  any 
authority  in  any  county  within  the  territory  of  Iowa,  unless  a 
majority  of  the  legal  voters  in  such  county,  should  vote  in  favor  of 
granting  such  license  at  their  respective  annual  elections. 

His  Whig  successor,  Governor  Chambers,  also  grew  elo- 
quent over  the  evils  of  intemperance  and  the  necessity  of 
bettering  the  "public  schools;  but  the  treaty  with  the  Sac 
and  Fox  Indians,  by  which  a  vast  region  of  the  Territory 
was  thrown  open  to  actual  settlers,  was  Governor  Chambers' 
crowning  achievement  in  practical  statesmanship.1 

Governor  Clarke,  the  last  of  the  territorial  Governors, 
in  1845,  sounded  the  first  note  of  warning  against  the  evil 
of  over-legislation  and  against  a  tendency  to  extravagance 
in  public  expenditures.2 

3.  Embedded  in  the  laws  of  the  Territory  is  a  mass  of 
history -making  material  which  can  not  be  omitted  in  any 


1  Treaty  of  1842,   U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  vol.  vn,  p.  596. 
2 Message  of  December  3,  1845. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  81 

review  of  the  literature  of  Iowa  history.  It  is  free  from 
verbiage,  revealing  on  every  page  the  thoroughness  of  the 
emancipation  from  old-world  formalism.  The  titles  of  the 
laws  from  1838  to  l'846  would  seem  to  cover  well-nigh 
every  point  of  possible  difference  between  man  and  man, 
between  individuals  and  corporations,  and  between  corpora- 
tions. No  one  can  study  this  crystalization  of  experience 
into  statutes  without  becoming  impressed  with  the  splendid 
equipment  of  the  Territory  for  the  burdens  and  the  privi- 
leges of  statehood. 

4.  We  must  go  to  the  territorial  court  reports  for  the 
practical  application  of  these  laws  to  concrete  cases.  The 
very  first  case  in  the  supreme  court  reports,  in  1839,  is 
full  of  historic  interest.  It  is  In  the  matter  of  Ralpli  (a 
colored  man,}  on  Habeas  Corpus,1  and  defines  the  status  of 
the  negro  in  the  Territory.  The  findings  of  the  court,  as 
annotated  by  reporter  Morris,  are: 

Where  a  slave  goes  with  the  consent  of  his  master  to  become  a 
permanent  resident  of  a  free  State,  he  can  not  be  regarded  as  a  fugi- 
tive slave.  The  act  of  1820,  for  the  admission  of  Missouri  into  the 
Union,  which  prohibits  slavery  north  of  36  deg.,  30  min.,  was  not 
intended  merely  as  a  naked  declaration,  requiring  further  legislative 
action  to  carry  it  into  effect,  but  must  be  regarded  as  an  entire  and 
final  prohibition.  The  master,  who  subsequently  to  this  act,  per- 
mits his  slave  to  become  a  permanent  resident  here,  can  not  afterwards 
exercise  any  acts  of  ownership  over  him  within  this  territory. 

This  pioneer  court's  independence  of  the  letter  of  the  law 
and  its  jealous  regard  for  the  rights  of  the  individual  are  seen 


Jl  Morris  (Iowa)  1. 


82  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

in  Justice  Mason's  emphatic  No  to  the  appeal  in  the  case  of 
Hill  against  Smith  and  others,1  in  1840: 

It  is  contrary  to  the  spirit  of  our  institutions,  to  revive  without 
notice,  a  penal  statute,  grown  obsolete  by  long  disuse;  especially 
when  the  general  current  of  legislation  shows  the  statute  to  have  been 
regarded  by  the  legislature  as  no  longer  in  force.  Custom  can  repeal 
£L  statute. 

5.     Following  are  a  few  of  the  out-of-print  works  bearing 

upon  this  period:     Monette's  History  of  the  Mississippi 

Valley?  Fulton's  Red  Men  of  Iowa;3  Lea's  Notes  on  the 

Wisconsin  Territory;*  Drake's  Life  of  Black  Ha/wk*  and 

Wilkie's  Davenport,  Past  and  Present.* 

Among  the  valuable  brochures  issued  by  the  State  His- 
torical Society  especial  mention  should  here  be  made  of 
Iowa  Historical  Lectures  (1892)  and  Historical  Lectures  on 
Early  Leaders  in  the  Professions  in  the  Territory  of  Iowa 
(1894),  severally  contributed  by  T.  S.  Parvin,  J.  L.  Pick- 
ard,  C.  M.  Hobby,  Ernlin  McClain,  William  Watson,  and 
L.  F.  Parker. 

Early  mention  should  be  made  of  the  quarterlies  issued 


ll  Morris  (Iowa)  70. 

2  History  of  the  Discovery  and  Settlement  of  the  Valley  of  the  Mis- 
sissippi, etc.  By  John  W.  Monette,  M.  D.  2  vols.  New  York.  1846. 

'ThQltedMenoflowa.     By  A.  R.  Fulton.     Des  Moines.     1882. 

4 Lieutenant  Albert  M.  Lea's  Notes  on  the  Wisconsin  Territory,  etc., 
was  published  at  Philadelphia  in  1836.  This  book  of  53  pages  is 
very  rare. 

5  Life  and  Adventures  of  Slack  Hawk,  with  Sketches  of  Iteokuk, 
the  Sac  and  Fox  Indians,  and  the  late  Slack  Hawk  War.     By  Benj- 
amin Drake.     Cincinnati,  Ohio.      1844. 

6  Franc  B.  Wilkie's  book  was  published  at  Davenport  in  1858. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  83 

by  the  State  Historical  Society  of  Iowa  and  by  the  Histor- 
ical Department  of  Iowa.  The  first  series  of  the  Annals 
of  Iowa,  covering  the  years  1863-74,  published  by  the  State 
Historical  Society,  was  edited  respectively  by  S.  S.  Howe, 
T.  S.  Parvin,  Frederick  Lloyd,  and  S.  W.  Huff,  and  its 
contributors  included  many  of  the  ablest  and  most  promi- 
nent pioneers  of  the  Territory  and  State.  The  second  series 
of  the  Annals,  including  the  years  1882-84,  was  chiefly  the 
work  of  S.  S.  Howe  by  whom  it  was  privately  published. 
This  publication  was  succeeded  in  1885  by  the  Iowa  His- 
torical Record,  edited  first  by  Frederick  Lloyd  and  then  by 
J.  L.  Pickard.  The  Record  was  discontinued  with  the 

w 

number  dated  October,  1902,  the  publication  to  be  suc- 
ceeded by  the  Iowa  Journal  of  History  and  Politics.  The 
third  series  of  the  Annals  of  Iowa,  issued  from  the  Histor- 
ical Department  of  Iowa,  must  ever  be  regarded  as  a 
monument  to  the  foresight  and  resultful  labors  of  its  founder 
and  editor,  the  Hon.  Charles  Aldrich,  Curator  of  that  de- 
partment. This  series  is  especially  rich  in  literature  bear- 
ing upon  pioneer  life  in  Iowa,  its  editor  and  many  of  its 
contributors  being  themselves  part  of  the  history  of  their 
State. 

Before  passing  to  the  second  division  of  the  subject,  let 
us  take  a  parting  glance  at  the  Territory  as  seen  by  John 
B.  Newhall  uwhen  the  Iowa  boom  was  on."  In  his  book, 
Glimpses  of  Iowa,  published  in  1846,  Mr.  Newhall  says: 

The  writer  of  these  pages,  frequently  having  occasion  to  traverse 
the  great  thoroughfares  of  Illinois  and  Indiana,  in  the  years  1836-7, 
the  roads  would  be  literally  lined  with  the  long  blue  wagons  of  the 
emigrant  slowly  wending  their  way  over  the  broad  prairies — the 


84  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

cattle  and  nogs,  men  and  dogs,  and  frequently  women  and  children, 
forming  the  rear  of  the  van — often  ten,  twenty,  and  thirty  wagons  in 
company.  Ask  them  when  and  where  you  would,  their  destination 
was  the  "Black  Hawk  Purchase."  l 

THE    PIONEER    PERIOD    OF    THE    COMMONWEALTH 

In  our  general  survey  of  the  historical  literature  of  the 
pioneer  period  of  the  Commonwealth  we  must  again  go 
back  to  the  original  sources  already  consulted. 

1.  The  files  of  the  Congressional  Globe  indicate  that 
Iowa's  attitude  toward  the  slavery  question,  at  first  conserva- 
tive, underwent  a  radical  change  in  1856.  In  1850,  Senator 
Dodge  opposed  "slavery  in  the  abstract"  but  supported  it 
on  constitutional  grounds.  He  was  "willing  and  anxious  for 
the  passage  of  the  fugitive  slave  bill"  and  affirmed  that  his 
constituents  were  not  "negro-stealers."2  At  the  next  session 
thereafter  Senator  Jones  presented  resolutions  passed  by  the 
Iowa  legislature  declaring,  with  reference  to  the  reactionary 
measures  of  the  previous  Congress,  that  it  was  uthe  duty  of 
all  good  citizens  to  carry  them  out  in  good  faith,  seeking 
their  modification  or  repeal,  if  such  should  be  necessary,  in 
the  manner  contemplated  in  the  constitution  and  the  laws."3 
The  Senator  was  certain  that  "the  resolution  reflected  the 
sentiments  of  the  Democratic  party  and  of  a  small  portion 
of  the  Whigs  of  Iowa. "  Senator  Dodge  boasted  that  he  and 
his  colleague,  Senator  Jones,  were  two  of  the  three  senators 
who  voted  for  the  fugitive  slave  law,  and  that  since  then  his 


JSee  page  12. 

2 First  Sess.,  31st  Cong.,  p.  1085. 

"First  Sess.,  32d  Cong.,  p.  700. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  85 

colleague  had  been  returned  without  objection  from  Demo- 
crat or  Whig  on  account  of  his  votes  on  this  bill.1  In  1856 
the  voice  of  Senator  Harlan  was  heard  in  favor  of  a  bill 
authorizing  the  people  of  Kansas  to  form  a  Constitution.2 
Senator  Jones  affirmed  that  Harlan's  views  were  not  those  of 
the  people  of  Iowa.3  The  following  winter,  the  Iowa  legis- 
lature put  itself  on  record  as  "unqualifiedly  opposed  to  the 
further  extension  of  slavery  within  the  jurisdiction  or  by  the 
sanction  of  the  general  government,"  insisting  that  Congress 
should  "  exert  all  constitutional  power  to  preserve  our 
national  territory  free." 

2.  In  passing  to  the  consideration  of  early  state  legisla- 
tion as  a  source  of  history,  we  may  well  recall  the  words 
of  a  statesman  whose  eloquent  speeches  and  addresses  are 
part  of  the  literature  of  Iowa  history.  Said  Senator  James 
F.  Wilson  in  an  address  before  the  makers  of  the  Iowa 
Constitution  at  their  reunion  in  1882: 

Law  is  history.     A  substantially  correct  history  of  a  people  may 

be  written  from  a  copy  of  their  laws The  growth  of  a  nation 

may  be  read  in  the  laws.  They  tell  us  how  it  commenced,  how  it 
progressed,  what  point  of  excellence  it  reached,  when  it  faltered  and 
how  it  failed.  They  tell  us  of  its  moral  conditions,  its  degree  of 
intelligence,  its  pursuits,  its  dominant  thoughts,  its  characteristic 
traits.  In  the  lines  of  its  laws,  we  read  of  its  trade,  its  commerce, 
its  occupations,  its  times  of  peace,  its  preparations  for  conflict,  its 

victories    and  defeats For  the   things   which   most   nearly, 

practically  and  definitely  affect  a  people  are  almost  sure  of  a  lodg- 
ment in  their  laws. 


1  First  Sess.,  33d  Cong.,  Appendix,  pp.  376,  382 
2 First  Sess.,  34th  Cong.,  Appendix,  p.  270. 
8 The  same,  p.  405. 


86  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

The  messages  of  the  pioneer  Governors  to  the  pioneer 
legislators  of  the  State  abound  in  the  material  of  which  his- 
tory is  made.  This  is  preeminently  true  of  those  which  bear 
the  name  of  James  W.  Grimes.  Let  a  single  reference  suffice, 
at  present,  as  showing  the  quality  of  the  man  behind  the 
message.  In  December,  1854,  two  years  before  the  Kepub- 
lican  party  began  its  career  as  a  national  party,  Governor 
Grimes  officially  filed  his  protest  against  the  repeal  of  the 
Missouri  Compromise,  the  conclusion  of  which  reads: 

It  becomes  the  State  of  Iowa  —  the  only  free  child  of  the  Mis- 
souri Compromise — to  let  the  world  know  that  she  values  the  bless- 
ings that  the  compromise  has  secured  to  her,  and  that  she  will  never 
consent  to  become  a  party  to  the  nationalizing  of  slavery. 1 

The  Iowa  General  Assemblies  of  this  period  were  engaged 
mainly  in  the  pioneer  work  of  carving  out  new  counties, 
making  roads,  granting  rights  of  way  to  railroad  corpora- 
tions, strengthening  the  common  school  system,  founding  a 
state  university,  studying  constitutional  questions,  ratifying 
the  work  of  the  constitution -makers,  and  in  various  other 
practical  ways  developing  the  theory  of  local  self-government 
upon  which  the  Commonwealth  was  founded.  It  is  inter- 
esting to  note  in  passing  that  the  present  policy  of  merging 
railroad  organizations  had  its  forerunner  in  an  act  passed  by 
the  Fifth  General  Assembly  of  Iowa  (1854-5)  authorizing 
railroad  companies  uto  consolidate  their  stock  with  the 
stock  of  railroad  companies  in  this,  or  an  adjoining  state, 
and  to  connect  their  roads  with  the  roads  of  said  com- 
panies." 


1  Inaugural  address,  December  9,  1854. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  87 

The  opinions  of  Justices  Wright,  Stockton,  Greene,  and 
other  able  jurists  who  were  early  called  to  the  supreme 
bench  of  the  State  are  interesting  " human  documents" 
revealing  rare  strength  of  mind,  clearness  of  logic,  and 
sturdy  common  sense  in  the  fitting  of  new  duties  to  new 
occasions. 

3.  No  other  chapter  of   Iowa   history  has  been  quite 
so  thoroughly  written  as  that  which  is  "related  to  events 
grouped  around  the  Spirit  Lake  Massacre  of  1857.     In  this 
connection,  of  prime  importance  as  a  first-hand  contribution 
is  Mrs.  Abigail  Gardner  Sharp's  little  book  entitled  History 
of  the  Spirit  Lake  Massacre  and  Captivity  of  Miss  Abbie 
Gardner}-     Though  somewhat  marred  by   "fine  writing,'7 
the  work  is  valuable  as  a  story  told  from  memory  by  the 
sole  survivor  of  the  tragic  events  pictured.     The  following 
extract  will  suggest  the  human  interest  which  attaches  to 
the  story: 

Near  the  ghastly  corpses  and  over  the  blood-stained  snow;  with 
blackened  faces,  and  fierce  and  uncouth  gestures;  and  with  wild 
screams  and  yells,  they  circled  round  and  round,  keeping  time  to  the 
dullest,  dreariest  sound  of  drum  and  rattle,  until  complete  exhaustion 
compelled  them  to  desist. 

4.  John  Brown's  several  sojourns  in  Iowa  (in  1857-8-9) 
have  developed  several  papers  in  the  Annals,  a  chapter  in 
Grinnell's  Men  and  Events?  a  first-hand  contribution  from 
Lieutenant  Governor  Gue  in  the  Midland  Monthly,  and  fifty 


JThis  book  was  published  at  Des  Moines  in  1885. 

2 Men  and  Events  of  Forty  Years :  Autobiographical  Reminiscences 
of  an  active  career  from  1850  to  1890.  By  Josiah  Bushnell  Grinnell. 
Boston.  1891. 


88  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

well- written  pages  entitled  John  Brown  among  the  Quakers, 
by  Mr.  Irving  B.  Richman.1  Mr.  GrinneH's  sketch  of  the 
great  fanatic  begins  thus  interestingly: 

A  ring  at  my  door,  March,  1859.  "Good  evening,  sir.  I  am  a 
stranger  here  —  pardon  me — is  this  Mr.  Grinnell?"  "That  is  my 
name."  "I  have  heard  of  you  and  do  not  feel  like  a  stranger,  for  you 
married  a  daughter,  I  am  told,  of  my  old  friend,  Deacon  Chauncey 
Chapin,  of  Springfield,  Mass.,  where  I  once  resided." 

"Will  you  come  and  see  the  daughter?"  "Yes,  I  am  chilly 
riding,  and  wish  to  open  my  errand  privately." 

He  accepted  an  invitation  to  tea;  and  his  attentions  to  the  little 
girl,  our  prattling  Mary,  soon  brought  her  playfully  to  his  knees. 

"Let  me  see  you  in  the  hall  a  moment;  I  am  not  here  for  a 
social  visit  —  I  am  the  awful  Brown  of  whom  you  have  heard  — 
Captain  John  Brown  of  Kansas." 

5.  The  historical  periodicals  contain  much  that  bears 
upon  those  first  years  of  statehood.      Charles  Aldrich,  T. 
S.  Parvin,  Dr.  Salter,  Lieutenant  Governor  Gue,  Hirarn  Price, 
Judge  Wright,  Governor  Carpenter,  Judge  Springer,  Colonel 
Gatch,  Captain  Ingham,  Tacitus  Hussey,  and  many  others 
have  done  the  State  excellent  service  in  their  columns. 

6.  Interesting  works  have  been  written  by  present-day 
writers  on  certain  striking  sociological  phases  of  Iowa  history. 
Prominent  among  these  are  Dr.  Albert  Shaw's  Icaria,  issued 
in  1884,2  and  the  late  William  Kufus  Perkins'  The  Amana 
Society,  a  historical  monograph  issued  from  the  State  Uni- 


*John  Brown  among  the  Quakers  and  other  Sketches.    By  Irving  B. 
Richman.     Revised  edition.      Historical  Department.     Des  Moines. 

1899. 

2Jrcaria:  A   Chapter  in  the  History  of  Communism.     By  Albert 
Shaw.     1884. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  89 

versity  of  Iowa.1  These  have  been  supplemented  by  maga- 
zine articles  by  Bertha  Horack  Shambaugh,2  Barthinius  L. 
Wick,3  Richard  T.  Ely,4  and  others. 

7.  The  Pioneer  Law-makers'  Association  of  Iowa  has 
published  reports  of  its  re -unions.  These  reports  contain 
not  a  few  first-hand  contributions  to  history  in  the  form  of 
letters,  addresses,  and  impromptu  remarks  by  prominent 
lawyers  and  legislators.  To  these  reports  the  student  of 
Iowa  history  must  go  if  he  would  make  that  close  personal 
study  of  the  evolution  of  a  Commonwealth  without  which 
the  history  of  the  State  would  be  incomplete. 

THE    WAR    AND    RECONSTRUCTION    PERIOD 

1.  The  heroic  period  of  Iowa  history  (1861-5)  is  well 
covered  by  regimental  and  company  histories,  Loyal  Legion 
papers,  a  series  of  war  sketches  in  the  Midland  Monthly, 
and  a  large  number  of  individual  contributions  to  the  Annals 
of  Iowa  and  the  Iowa  Historical  Record.  Several  of  the 
county  histories  add  to  the  mass  of  war  material.  Stuart's 
Iowa  Colonels  and  Regiments 5  is  an  interesting  grouping  of 
events  about  the  military  careers  of  Iowa's  most  famous 


1  History  of  the  Amana  Society,  or  Community  of  True  Inspira- 
tion. By  William  Rufus  Perkins  and  Barthinius  L.  Wick.  State 
University  of  Iowa  Publications.  1891. 

*  Midland  Monthly,  July,  1896;  The  World  Today,  October,  1902; 
Report  of  the  Iowa  Commissioner  of  Labor  Statistics,  1901. 

8  The  Amish  Mennonites.  Published  by  the  State  Historical  Society 
of  Iowa.  1896. 

4An  article  on  Amana  in  the  October,  1902,  number  of  Harpers'* 
Magazine. 

5  This  volume  was  published  at  Des  Moines  in  1865. 


90  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

soldiers.     Ingersoll's  Iowa  and  the  Rebellion1  is  not  to  be 
omitted  in  any  mention  of  the  State's  war  history. 

2.  The  one  comprehensive  historical  work  covering  this 
entire  period  is  Iowa  in  War  Times,  by  S.  H.  M.  Byers.2 
Major  Byers'  book  of  over  six  hundred  pages  tells  in  stirring 
words  the  story  of  Iowa's  splendid  response  to  every  call  for 
troops.  It  pictures  the  advent  of  Grant  upon  the  troubled 
scene  in  Missouri;  it  takes  the  reader  to  Belmont,  Donelson, 
Pea  Ridge,  Shiloh,  luka,  Corinth,  Prairie  Grove,  Port  Gib- 
son, Champion  Hills,  Black  River  Bridge,  Helena,  and 
Vicksburg,  and  tells  him  of  Iowa's  part  in  the  events  for 
which  those  names  stand.  The  scene  next  shifts  to  Chatta- 
nooga, Lookout  Mountain,  and  Missionary  Ridge.  The 
disastrous  Red  River  campaign  follows,  and  then  the  story 
of  several  "engagements,"  beside  which  the  "battles"  in 
our  recent  war  are  mere  skirmishes.  Then  follows  a  vivid 
picture  of  the  "March  to  the  Sea"  which  the  author  has  since 
immortalized  in  epic  and  lyric  verse.  "We  next  turn  back  to 
Hood's  invasion,  followed  by  the  battle  of  Franklin,  and  of 
Nashville.  The  reader  is  next  translated  to  the  Shenandoah 
valley,  thence  to  the  Carolinas,  finally  rounding  up  in  the 
national  capital.  Sketches  of  Iowa  soldiers,  Iowa  regiments, 
and  Iowa  activities  at  home,  with  much  other  material,  are 
also  included  in  this  work — a  work  the  historical  value  of 
which  has  not  as  yet  been  generally  appreciated. 


1  Iowa  and  the  Rebellion;  A  History  of  the  Troops  furnished  by 
the  State  of  Iowa  to  the  Volunteer  Armies  of  the  Union,  which  con- 
quered the  Great  Southern  Rebellion  of  1861-5.  By  L.  D.  Ingersoll. 
Philadelphia.  1866. 

*This  book  of  799  pages  was  published  at  Des  Moines  in  1888. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  91 

3.  The   files   of  the    Congressional    Globe  during   this 
period  give  no  uncertain  sound  from  Iowa's  stalwart  senators, 
Grimes  and  Harlan,  and  from  Representatives  Wilson,  Price, 
Grinnell,  Kasson,  and  others  on  such  vital  questions  as  the 
vigorous  prosecution  of   the  war,    emancipation,    and   the 
arming  of  the  negroes. 

4.  The  war  messages  of  Governor  Kirkwood,  and  the 
responses  of  Iowa's  legislatures  are  in  part  brought  out  in 
Lathrop's  Life  and  Times  of  Kirkwood,   to  which  work 
further  mention  will  be  made  hereafter. 

Let  us  pause  at  this  point  long  enough  to  consider  briefly 
the  lives  of  the  great  triumvirate  of  statesmen  to  whom 
reference  has  already  been  made.  Though  their  personal- 
ities are  vividly  recalled  by  many  who  belong  to  the  present, 
their  respective  careers  essentially  belong  to  Iowa's  past. 

1.  The  Life  of  James  W.  Grimes,  by  William  Salter,1 
is,  as  the  author  says  in  his  preface,  "substantially  autobio- 
graphical." In  fact  its  author  too  severely  repressed  his 
own  strong  personality,  believing  he  might  thereby  the  bet- 
ter develop  his  subject.  This  best  of  Iowa's  biographies 
brings  to  the  front  of  the  reader's  vision  a  character  of 
superb  strength  and  a  career  of  rare  usefulness.  It  also 
throws  many  a  side-light  upon  the  territorial,  early  state- 
hood, and  war  periods  of  Iowa's  history.  As  citizen,  lawyer, 
pioneer  legislator,  campaigner,  executive  officer,  and  consti- 
tution-maker, he  is  found  to  have  been  possessed  of  uncom- 
promising honesty,  rare  moral  courage,  and  the  statesman's 


book  was  published  in  1876,  and  bears  the  imprint  of  D. 
Appleton  &  Co.     New  York. 


92  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

gift  of  prophecy.  Two  events  in  his  life  well  represent  these 
qualities. 

In  1854  the  country  was  agitated  over  an  attempt  to 
repeal  the  Missouri  Compromise  which  prohibited  the  ex- 
tension of  slavery  into  Kansas  and  Nebraska.  Grimes  was 
the  candidate  of  the  Whig  party  for  Governor.  That  party 
was  thought  to  be  in  a  hopeless  minority.  The  nominee, 
then  only  thirty-eight  years  old,  put  into  the  campaign  a 
degree  of  intellectual  and  moral  force  which  was  the  delight 
of  his  supporters  and  a  surprise  to  his  opponents.  In  a  letter 
to  his  wife,  dated  Glenwood,  June  18,  1854,  he  gives  this 
vivid  picture  of  one  "situation"  as  he  found  it,  and  as  he 
left  it: 

When  I  came  here,  I  found  that  the  population  was  entirely 
Southern.  My  friends  were  tender-footed,  and  did  not  wish  me  to 
denounce  the  Nebraska  infamy.  I  did  not  tell  them  what  I  would 
do,  but  when  we  met  in  the  court  house  I  told  them  that  the  prin- 
ciples I  maintained  on  the  Mississippi  River  I  should  maintain  and 
express  just  as  boldly  on  the  Missouri  River.  I  then  discussed  the 
subject  an  hour,  and  pleased  both  my  friends  and  enemies.  They  all 
saw  that  my  principles  did  not  change  with  a  change  of  latitude,  and 
they  applauded  me  to  the  skies.  Although  this  is  a  Democratic 
county,  my  friends  assure  me  that  I  will  receive  fifty  majority  in  the 
county. 

Fortunately,  we  have  the  substance  of  this  campaign 
speech  in  a  published  address  to  the  people  of  Iowa.  After 
calmly  reciting  the  history  of  the  Missouri  Compromise  the 
campaigner  proceeded  to  an  argument  against  repeal,  first 
on  the  ground  of  expediency  and  then  on  the  ground  of 
duty,  concluding  with  an  appeal  to  the  public  conscience. 
These  are  his  concluding  words: 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  93 

I  am  content  that  the  slaveholders  of  the  South  may  possess  their 
slaves  and  be  responsible  for  their  control  over  them  to  their  own 
laws  and  their  own  consciences.  I  will  not  even  presume  to  judge 
them.  But,  with  the  blessing  of  God,  I  will  war  and  war  continually 
against  the  abandonment  to  slavery  of  a  single  foot  of  soil  now  con- 
secrated to  freedom.  Whether  elected  or  defeated — whether  in 
office  or  out  of  office — the  Nebraska  outrage  shall  receive  no  "aid  or 
comfort"  from  me. 

His  election  to  the  governorship  made  James  W.  Grimes 
the  leader  of  political  thought  in  Iowa — and  in  the  entire 
West  as  well.  Salmon  P.  Chase  in  a  congratulatory  letter 
declared  this  representative  of  "the  extreme  West"  entitled 
to  4 '  the  honor  of  being  first  to  lay  down  the  great  principle 
on  which  the  slavery  question  must  be  settled,  if  peacefully 
settled  at  all." 

No  less  courageous  was  Senator  Grimes'  position  in  1868 
on  the  impeachment  of  President  Johnson.  He  saw  in  the 
proposed  impeachment  ua  movement  which  might  result  in 
making  ours  a  sort  of  South  American  republic  where  the 
ruler  is  deposed  the  moment  the  popular  sentiment  sets 
against  him."  Two  months  after  he  thus  stated  his  views 
in  a  letter  to  his  wife,  Senator  Grimes  delivered  a  lengthy 
opinion,  the  logic  of  which,  as  regarded  from  the  standpoint 
of  today,  is  simply  impregnable.  He  maintained  that  con- 
viction would  establish  the  complete  supremacy  of  Congress 
over  the  other  branches  of  government.  He  had  "no  apol- 
ogy to  make  for  the  President's  speeches.  Grant  that  they 
were  indiscreet,  indecorous,  improper,  vulgar;  shall  we  not, 
by  his  conviction  on  this  [the  eleventh]  article,  violate  the 
spirit  of  the  Constitution  which  guarantees  to  him  the  free- 
dom of  speech?" 


94  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

His  conclusion  was  a  crystalization  of  the  whole  argu- 
ment into  a  few  forcible  sentences,  such  as  the  following: 

I  cannot  agree  to  destroy  the  harmonious  working  of  the  Consti- 
tution for  the  sake  of  getting  rid  of  an  unacceptable  President. 
Whatever  may  be  my  opinion  of  the  incumbent,  I  can  not  consent  to 
trifle  with  the  high  office  he  holds.  I  can  do  nothing  which,  by  im- 
plication, may  be  construed  into  an  approval  of  impeachments  as  a 
part  of  future  political  machinery. 

The  strain  of  that  long-drawn-out  impeachment  trial  and 
the  abuse  and  detraction  which  followed  his  vote  of  "Not 
guilty,"  all  together  resulted  in  a  physical  catastrophe  from 
which  the  Senator  never  recovered.  Two  days  after  the 
delivery  of  his  opinion,  Senator  Grimes,  while  at  his  post 
of  duty  in  the  senate-chamber,  was  stricken  with  paralysis. 
He  lived  long  enough  thereafter  to  receive  from  his  con- 
gressional associates  and  from  the  people  of  his  own  State 
many  gratifying  assurances  of  their  continued  respect  and 
confidence. 

2.  The  Life  and  Times  of  Samuel  J.  Kirkwood,1  by  H. 
W.  Lathrop,  though  far  from  being  a  finished  literary  pro- 
duction, without  the  touch  of  the  critical  biographer,  and 
wanting  in  reference  dates  and  table  of  contents,  is  one  of 
the  most  important  of  the  many  individual  contributions  to 
Iowa's  biographical  history.  It  is  valuable  both  as  a  semi- 
official history  of  Iowa's  part  in  the  Civil  War,  and  for  the 
vivid  pictures  of  early  life  in  Iowa,  especially  during  the 
war  period.  Mr.  Lathrop  has  quoted  liberally,  and  wisely, 


1Mr.  Lathrop  submitted  his  manuscript  to,  and  secured  the  ap- 
proval of,  Governor  Kirkwood.  The  book  was  published  by  the 
author  at  Iowa  City  in  1893. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  95 

from  the  writings  and  speeches  of  the  great  war  Governor. 
As  in  the  case  of  Senator  Grimes,  these  quoted  utterances 
reveal  a  character  combining  rare  wisdom  and  strength. 
The  personality  portrayed  in  the  narrative  is  one  which  in 
picturesqueness  is  scarcely  surpassed  by  even  that  of  Lincoln 
himself. 

Among  the  incidents  included  in  this  work  is  one  show- 
ing how  destiny,  or  providence,  or  chance — call  it  what 
you  will — drew  the  Johnson  County  miller  into  politics. 

There  had  been  published  a  mysterious  call,  signed 
"Many  Citizens,"  for  the  organization  of  a  Republican 
party  in  Iowa  "to  make  common  cause  with  a  similar  party 
already  formed  in  several  other  of  the  States,"  against  "the 
evident  purpose  of  the  Democratic  party  to  nationalize 
slavery."  On  the  day  of  the  convention  (Feb.  22,  1856), 
Kirkwood's  partner,  Ezekiel  Clark,  drove  from  Iowa  City 
to  the  mill  near  town,  where  he  found  the  future  statesman 
hard  at  work  as  usual.  He  asked  him  if  he  wasn't  going 
to  attend  the  meeting.  Kirkwood,  who  had  but  recently 
emigrated  from  Ohio,  said  those  in  attendance  would  be 
strangers  to  him,  and  besides  there  was  so  much  to  do  in 
the  mill  he  couldn't  well  leave.  When  told  that  one  or 
two  old  friends  from  Ohio  would  be  there,  he  decided  to 
attend.  Several  of  his  Iowa  City  neighbors,  who  knew  of 
his  successful  career  in  the  Ohio  legislature,  by  agreement, 
started  a  call  for  a  speech  from  Kirkwood.  While  the  call 
was  being  made,  loud  whispers  of  "Who's  Kirkwood?" 
were  heard  around  the  room.  The  Ohio  man  eloquently 
responded,  and  from  that  time  on  there  were  few  in  Iowa 
who  didn't  know  all  about  Samuel  J.  Kirkwood. 


96  THE   IOWA   JOURNAL 

That  picture  of  the  rival  candidates  for  Governor  in  1859 
as  they  entered  Washington,  Iowa,  is  a  fit  subject  for  the 
painter's  brush.  General  Augustus  Caesar  Dodge,  ex-rnin- 
ister  to  Spain,  and  the  Democratic  nominee  for  Governor, 
was  driven  into  town  in  a  "coach  and  four,"  as  befitted  his 
recent  association  with  royalty.  Kirkwood,  the  farmer  and 
miller,  nominee  on  "the  plow-handle  ticket,"  arrived  ahead 
of  the  General  and  was  seen  seated  in  "a  good-sized  wagon 
with  a  hay-rack  on,"  the  wagon  drawn  by  two  yoke  of 
oxen.  The  cheers  of  the  crowd  frightened  the  oxen  and 
they  began  to  run,  but  their  owner  applied  the  whip  and 
"drove  them  around  the  square  in  true  farmer  style." 
Suffice  to  say  that  the  contrast,  completed  by  the  grand 
entree  of  the  ex-minister,  was  very  effective. 

The  patriotic  and  prompt  action  of  Governor  Kirkwood 
in  putting  troops  into  the  field,  faster  than  they  could  be 
cared  for  by  the  Government,  the  personal  sacrifices  he 
made  and  the  financial  risks  he  ran  in  borrowing  money  for 
the  feeding  and  clothing  of  the  men  in  the  field,  are  told 
from  the  records. 

There  was  not  a  man  in  the  whole  State  of  Iowa — Grimes 
and  Harlan  not  excepted — who  could  more  effectively  reach 
and  move  the  plain  people.  His  own  personal  plainness, 
his  quaint  humor,  his  wealth  of  illustration,  his  wide  range 
of  experience — as  lawyer,  legislator,  store -keeper,  farmer, 
and  miller — a  naturally  logical  mind,  and  a  courage  at 
times  approaching  audacity,  altogether  made  him  well-nigh 
irresistible  in  debate  and  on  the  stump. 

Perhaps  the  best  illustration  of  these  qualities  is  Gover- 
nor Kirkwood' s  Sherman  hall  speech  in  Des  Moines,  Sep- 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  97 

tember  4,  1861.  No  outline  can  convey  an  adequate  con- 
ception of  the  combined  cleverness,  boldness,  and  effective- 
ness of  this  appeal  to  the  latent  conscience  and  patriotism 
of  the  people.  Fault  had  been  found  with  him  as  chief 
executive.  Some  thought  him  lacking  in  energy  and  effi- 
ciency. He  frankly  admitted  his  errors  in  judgment.  Hind- 
sight was  so  much  better  than  foresight.  He  pressed  this 
matter  not  on  his  own  account;  what  should  become  of  him 
was  of  [little  consequence;  but  "upon  you  and  each  one  of 
you  the  Administration  leans  for  support,  and,  I  say  it 
plainly  and  boldly,  you  are  not  standing  by  that  Adminis- 
tration as  you  should  stand  by  it." 

Did  ever  a  candidate  for  reelection  look  a  people  in  the 
face  with  more  of  courage?  But  he  had  more  to  say  in  the 
same  plain-spoken  way.  He  had  visited  the  national  capital 
recently,  and  this  was  the  message  he  brought  back  with 
him: 

I  say  to  you,  what  I  think  I  know,  that  this  same  spirit  of  fault- 
finding, this  same  spirit  of  denunciation,  is  discouraging  and  weak- 
ening your  Administration  at  Washington.  It  has  to  fight  Jeff. 
Davis  and  Beauregard  on  the  one  side,  and  men  who  should  rally 
round  it  on  the  other 

It  has  been  said  that  the  Iowa  volunteers  have  not  been  clothed 
as  well  and  as  rapidly  as  they  should  have  been  clothed.  That  is 
your  fault,  not  mine.  I  had  not  the  money  to  do  that.  You  have 
it  and  I  have  not  been  furnished  with  it.  The  clothes  worn  by  your 
First,  Second,  and  Third  Regiments  to-day  have  not  been  paid  for! .  . . 
After  they  were  mustered  in  at  Keokuk,  Ezekiel  Clark,  Hiram  Price 
of  Davenport,  and  your  speaker  borrowed  on  their  private  credit  the 
money — some  $30,000 — which  was  required  to  pay  them,  and  paid 
it,  and  the  debt  is  unsatisfied  today 


98  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

If  there  be  fault  in  this  connection,  on  whom  does  it  rest? 

You  should  at  least  endeavor  to  help  furnish  the  means  to  refund 
this  money,  by  subscribing  for  State  bonds.  I  grew  pathetic  in  a 
newspaper  appeal,  a  few  days  since,  asking  you  to  subscribe  for  State 
bonds ....  And  let  me  say  plainly — though  as  a  candidate  I  ought 
not  to  talk  so  to  you — that,  in  so  doing,  you  would  be  performing 
your  duty  as  well  as  in  carping  and  fault-finding. 

Now  I  am  probably  making  a  mistake.  I  don't  know.  I  ought 
perhaps  to  make  handsome  vows,  speak  soft  and  honeyed  words, 
things  I  can  not  do;  but  I  will  tell  you  the  truth,  as  I  understand 
and  believe  it,  and  if  you  don't  like  it  you  have  the  remedy  in  your 
own  hands,  you  know. 

Having  thus  fearlessly  and  fully  freed  his  mind,  the  Gov- 
ernor proceeded  to  tell  his  hearers  the  story  of  what  the 
Iowa  executive  had  actually  done  despite  the  lack  of  money. 
He  grew  eloquent  over  the  cause  of  the  war.  He  dwelt  on 
the  leniency  of  the  administration,  making  its  cause  there- 
fore the  stronger.  "And  now,  my  friends,"  he  asked, 
"what  is  our  duty?"  And  with  tremendous  force  came 
the  answer:  u  We  must  put  doivn  rebellion." 

The  Governor,  by  this  time  fully  relieved  of  his  message 
to  his  people,  dropped  into  that  vein  of  humor  which  never 
failed  to  send  his  audience  home  in  good  spirits. 

The  impress  of  this  "plain,  blunt  man,"  who  loved  his 
country  even  more  than  his  friends,  is  deep  and  indelible, 
and  the  literature  of  Iowa  history  must  ever  give  large 
prominence  to  the  public  career  and  public  utterances  of 
Iowa's  war  Governor. 

3.  The  life  of  James  Harlan  is  yet  to  be  written.  Sen- 
ator Harlan's  biographer  will  be  compelled  to  make  the 
Congressional  Globe  his  text-book,  and  to  have  frequent 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  99 

recourse  to  the  files  of  the  Iowa  press.     Nor  will  he  neglect 
the  historical  periodicals  of  the  State. 

A  loving  tribute  to  the  man  and  a  keenly  appreciative 
estimate  of  his  career  appeared  in  the  Midland  Monthly  of 
March,  1894,  written  by  the  late  Samuel  M.  Clark,  a  gen- 
erous free-hand  contributor  to  the  literature  of  Iowa  history. 
Let  a  few  characteristic  sentences  from  this  source  suffice  as 
showing  the  author's  conception  of  the  character. 

Hard  work  was  structural  with  him. 

A  faithful  and  even  affectionate  response  to  every  friendly  appeal 
has  been  made  the  habit  of  his  life. 

Mr.  Harlan  is  universal  and  orbicular-minded.  He  sees  every- 
thing in  large  and  universal  relations,  and  is  a  teacher  of  teachers. 

Mr.  Clark's  grouping  of  incidents  of  1870-71,  leading 
down  to  Senator  Harlan' s  famous  defence  of  President 
Grant  from  the  assault  of  Senator  Sumner,  is  highly  dra- 
matic. 

This  general  survey  would  be  sadly  incomplete  without 
some  typical  utterance  of  the  virile  Iowa  senator  whose 
speeches  were  events.  Of  his  many  speeches  in  Congress, 
perhaps  the  one  already  referred  to  was  the  most  immedi- 
ately resultful  and  is  the  one  most  vividly  recalled.  Sen- 
ator Harlan  first  recited  the  story  of  occurrences  leading 
down  to  the  charge  that  the  President  had  engaged  our  navy 
uin  measures  of  violence  and  belligerent  intervention,  being 
war,  without  the  authority  of  Congress."  He  said: 

You  may  travel  through  these  long  columns  of  extracts  and  com- 
ments which  required  several  hours  in  their  delivery,  and  you  will 
find  the  whole  case  stated  in  that  brief  sentence,  that  the  President 
instructed  the  officers  of  the  navy  to  maintain  the  peace  in  Dominica 


100  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

within  the  limits  of  that  republic,  and,  if  need  be,  to  repel  foreign 
invasion  during  the  pendency  of  the  treaties.  There  proved  to  be 
no  necessity  for  the  use  of  force,  and  none  was  used,  either  within 
the  limits  of  the  republic  or  against  any  foreign  power.  There  was, 
therefore,  no  act  of  war,  no  single  act  of  violence ....  Not  one  gun 
was  fired,  not  one  American  soldier  in  hostile  attitude  trod  the  soil 
of  the  Dominican  republic. 

Then  followed  an  extended  colloquy  in  which  Sumner 
maintained  that  the  President  had  no  belligerent  powers 
without  sanction  of  Congress.  Harlan  showed  from  the 
record  that  every  President  from  Washington  to  Buchanan 
had  anticipated  congressional  action.  Schurz  came  to  Sum- 
ner's  rescue  by  citing  Mexico.  Again  interrupting  he  asked : 

[Mr.  Schurz.]  Does  not  the  Senator  know  that  war  can  be 
brought  on  by  an  attack  on  us  without  declaring  it  ? 

[Mr.  Harlan.]  Not  unless  we  resist. . . .  That  is  the  very  point 
in  issue. 

[Mr.  Sumner.]  I  beg  the  Senator's  pardon;  no  such  ground  has 
been  taken.  Everybody,  I  take  it,  recognizes  the  right  of  national 
defense. 

[Mr.  Harlan.]  I  expected  to  drive  both  Senators  from  their  posi- 
tion before  I  closed.  I  had  not  expected  them  to  yield  so  early  in 
the  discussion. 

With  a  few  closing  words  on  the  unseemliness  of  the 
assault  upon  the  President  in  advance  of  the  report  of  com- 
missioners sent  by  Congress  to  San  Domingo,  and  the  evi- 
dent purpose  of  the  assault — to  lay  the  foundation  for  the 
President's  removal  —  Harlan  moved  to  lay  the  Simmer 
resolutions  on  the  table.  The  motion  carried  by  a  vote  of 
39  to  16! 

Thus,  for  the  second  time  in  three  years,  was  the  Nation 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  101 

saved  from  mexicanization,  and  that  too,  by  the  courage 
and  logic  of  an  Iowa  senator. 

In  April,  1891,  the  late  Frank  Hatton  gave  to  the  press 
a  notable  contribution  on  the  life  and  public  services  of 
James  Harlan,  declaring  the  subject  of  his  sketch  to  be 
"the  most  influential  senator,"  and  "the  most  effective  and 
powerful  political  speaker,  Iowa  ever  produced." 

Gen.  James  B.  Weaver,  though  long  alienated  from 
the  party  of  Grimes  and  Harlan,  still  retains  profound 
admiration  for  both  these  statesmen.  In  the  whole  range 
of  invective  it  would  be  hard  to  find  language  more  scathing 
than  that  which  General  Weaver  used  in  the  World  Review, 
of  November  30,  1901,  in  commenting  on  the  defeat  of 
Harlan  in  1871. 

Among  the  notable  Iowa  biographies  should  again  be  men- 
tioned Men  and  Events  of  Forty  Years,  a  series  of  "auto- 
biographical reminiscences  of  an  active  career  from  1850  to 
1890,"  by  the  late  J.  B.  Grinnell.1  Its  scenes  from  pioneer 
life  in  the  fifties  are  highly  impressionistic,  making  clear  many 
a  confusing  page  of  Iowa  history.  Its  descriptions  of  public 
men  are  so  many  flash-light  pictures.  In  the  main,  the 
artist  was  fortunate  in  having  caught  the  subject's  character- 
istic pose. 

Iowa  has  had  until  now2  but  one  history  covering  at 


1  Published  by  B.  Lothrop  Company,  Boston. 

* History  of  Iowa,  from  the  Earliest  of  Times  down  to  the  Twentieth 
Century,  is  the  title  of  a  four  volume  work  announced  by  the  New 
Century  History  Co.  of  New  York.  The  work  has  been  prepared 
by  Lieutenant  Governor  B.  F.  Gue,  of  Des  Moines. 


102  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

the  time  of  its  publication  the  entire  period  of  its  existence 
as  Territory  and  State.  I  refer  to  the  Illustrated  History 
of  Iowa,  by  Tuttle  and  Durrie,  published  in  1876.  It  was 
one  of  a  series  of  histories  written  to  order  by  Prof.  Charles 
K.  Tuttle,  of  Madison,  Wis.,  and  "sold  only  by  subscrip- 
tion," by  R.  S.  Peale  &>  Co.,  Chicago.  The  part  contributed 
by  Mr.  Durrie  was  slight,  being  chiefly  a  summary  of  Iowa 
legislation.  This  pioneer  history  has  some  value  because  it 
covers  in  a  general  way  a  theretofore  partially  trodden  field; 
but  the  reader  is  compelled  to  take  the  author  at  his  word 
in  his  modest  introduction  which  says:  "In  the  preparation 
of  this  volume  I  have  not  aimed  so  much  at  literary  excel- 
lence as  to  produce  a  work  of  usefulness."  The  limitations 
of  the  pioneer  historian  were  realized  by  himself,  for  farther 
on  he  says: 

The  history  of  Iowa  is  my  sixth  book  and  fourth  state  history. 
I  regret  that  I  was  unable  to  bring  to  my  assistance  a  long  residence 
in  the  State,  which  is  so  necessary  to  the  success  of  such  an  under- 
taking; yet,  after  all,  scarred  with  errors  as  it  may  be,  I  fancy  this 
work  will  serve  a  purpose  of  some  value  to  the  great  State  of  which 
it  treats,  and  be  the  means  of  preserving  the  materials  for  a  better 
history  which  future  generations  will  demand. 

Many  works  not  as  yet  mentioned  in  this  review  are  en- 
titled to  a  place  in  any  thorough  evaluation  of  the  sources 
of,  or  bibliography  of  contributions  to,  the  history  of  Iowa. 
Of  the  later  publications  the  following  should  be  men- 
tioned: Die  Deutsclien  von  Iowa  und  deren  Er  rung  en- 
schaften,  by  the  veteran  Iowa  editor  and  publisher,  Joseph 
Eiboeck;1  Fox's  History  of  Political  Parties  and  National 

Published  at  Des  Moines  in  1900. 


OF   HISTORY   AKD   POLITICS  103 

Reminiscences;1  Institutional  Beginnings  in  a  Western 
State,  by  Prof.  Jesse  Macy  of  Grinnell;2  Progressive  Men 
of  Iowa,  published  by  Conaway  &  Shaw;3  Chandler's  His- 
tory and  Civil  Government  of  loiuaf  and  Iowa  and  the 
Nation*  Ains worth's  Recollections  of  a  Civil  Engineer; 
Seerley  and  Parish's  History  and  Civil  Government  of 
lowaf  The  Making  of  Iowa,  a  series  of  historical  sketches, 
by  ex -State  Superintendent  Henry  Sabin  and  Edwin  L. 
Sabin,  one  of  the  coming  litterateurs  of  Iowa;  Holbrook's 
Recollections  of  an  Nonagenarian;  Adams'  The  Iowa 
Band;  and  Elizabeth  H.  Avery's  Some  Fragments  of  Iowa 
History,  Gathered  from  the  Records  of  Congress. 

THE    CONTEMPORANEOUS    PERIOD 

Space  will  not  permit  the  protraction  of  this  review  beyond 
the  war  and  reconstruction  period.  It  must  suffice  simply 
to  say  that  within  the  memory  of  men  yet  in  middle  life  there 
has  been  much  history-making  in  Iowa  and  by  lowans  in 
the  councils  of  the  Nation.  In  the  volumes  of  the  Congres- 
sional Record  there  stand  out  prominently  the  parts  taken 
by  Iowa  statesmen  on  all  the  great  questions  of  our  time, 
such  as  the  tariff  and  its  complement,  reciprocity,  the  cur- 
rency, appropriations,  interstate  commerce,  civil  service 


1  Published  at  Des  Moines  in  1895. 

8  Published  in  the  Johns  Hopkins  University  Publications  in  His- 
torical and  Political  Science. 

8  Published  at  Des  Moines  in  1900. 

4  A  text  book  for  schools. 

5  A  text  book  for  schools. 

* 

6  A  text  book  for  schools. 


104  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

regulation,  labor  issues,  corporate  powers  and  legislation, 
the  war  with  Spain,  and  the  Philippine  insurrection.  The 
Iowa  men  who  stand  before  the  country  as  representatives 
of  policies  on  these  and  other  public  questions  are  every- 
where finding  generous  recognition  as  among  the  foremost 
contributors  to  the  solution  of  these  questions. 

At  home  there  has  also  been  much  history-making.  The 
files  of  our  newspapers  are  rich  in  stories  of  the  State's  un- 
halting  progress  from  good  to  better.  Iowa  has  apparently 
settled  for  all  time  the  status  of  the  saloon.  In  handling 
the  railroad  question,  having  well  survived  the  excesses  of 
grangerism  and  the  reaction  from  those  excesses,  it  begins 
the  new  century  with  promise  of  a  full  and  fair  solution  of 
that  question  also.  Its  citizens,  having  individually  and 
collectively  mastered  the  problem  of  financial  independence, 
are  now  turning  their  thoughts  toward  the  higher  problems 
of  individual  and  community  life,  thereby  giving  abundant 
promise  for  the  future  of  the  Commonwealth. 

JOHNSON  BKIGHAM 
THE  STATE  LIBRARY 

DES  MOIXES 


SOME  PUBLICATIONS 

The  Iowa  Band.  New  and  Revised  Edition.  By  REVEREND  EPHBAIM 
ADAMS,  D.  D.  Boston  and  Chicago:  The  Pilgrim  Press.  Pp. 
xx,  240. 

This  little  book,  as  the  author  states  in  his  preface,  is  the  story  of 
Congregational  home  missions  in  Iowa.  The  story  is  told  in  a  very 
simple  and  effective  way.  Mr.  Adams  (who  by  the  way  is  the  father 
of  Henry  C.  Adams  of  Michigan)  was  one  of  eleven  ministers  who 
came*  to  Iowa  in  1843  from  Andover  Theological  Seminary  to  begin 
missionary  work  in  the  newly  organized  Territory. 

The  book  is  somewhat  significant  as  a  contribution  to  early  Iowa 
history.  It  suggests  rather  than  elucidates  the  close  relation  of  the 
mission  churches  to  the  social  and  political  development  of  the  Ter- 
ritory and  State.  One  feels  somewhat  disappointed  that  this  in- 
fluence is  not  more  fully  dealt  with,  especially  with  respect  to  the 
question  of  slavery,  as  the  Congregational  churches  were  early  known 
as  the  "abolition  churches."  The  influence  of  "The  Band"  and  their 
associates  was  of  course  most  strongly  felt  through  their  teachings, 
hence  rather  difficult  to  fully  estimate,  though  their  attitude  was  un- 
questioned. 

Two  other  matters  are  treated  which  have  a  general  interest.  One 
of  these  is  the  close  relation  of  "The  Band"  to  the  cause  of  educa- 
tion. "If  we  can  each  organize  a  church  and  together  organize  a 
College,"  the  expressed  hope  of  one  of  the  number,  gives  the  keynote 
of  their  plans.  Perhaps  the  most  gratifying  fact  about  these  efforts, 
which  finally  founded  Iowa  College  at  Grinnell,  was  the  thoroughly 
non-sectarian  spirit  with  which  the  work  was  undertaken.  The  New 
Presbyterians  joined  hands  with  "The  Band"  to  start  the  educational 
movement,  and  remained  for  some  time  connected  with  the  College. 


106  THE   IOWA   JOURNAL 

It  "would  indeed  be  interesting  to  trace  the  influence  of  this  move- 
ment upon  the  development  of  our  common  school  system. 

Another  interesting  part  of  the  book  is  that  treating  of  the  effect 
of  intermingling,  upon  the  denominations  in  the  Territory  and  the 
influence  of  western  Congregationalism  upon  its  eastern  parent. 
There  is  no  doubt  but  that  this  influence  has  been  beneficial  in  broad- 
ening and  deepening  the  spiritual  element  as  opposed  to  the  formal, 
thus  making  it  more  a  religion  of  the  heart  while  not  less  of  the  head. 

The  book  would  have  been  improved  had  it  been  thoroughly  re- 
vised instead  of  having  here  and  there  a  supplementary  chapter 
inserted.  One  forgets  now  and  then  whether  he  is  standing  at  the 
year  1870  or  1901.  But  on  the  whole  we  should  be  thankful  that 
Mr.  Adams  was  induced  to  reprint  his  interesting  little  volume.  It 
is  to  be  hoped  that  he  may  be  repaid  by  seeing  similar  contributions 
inspired  from  other  denominations  in  the  State. 

HARRY  GRAXT  PLUM 
THE  STATE  UNIVERSITY  OF  IOWA 
IOWA  CITY 


Stephen  Arnold  Douylas.  By  WILLIAM  GARROTT  BROWX.  Boston 
and  New  York:  Houghton,  Mifflin  &  Co.  (The  Riverside 
Press,  Cambridge).  1902.  Pp.  141. 

Stephen  A.  Douglas  has  an  especial  interest  for  Iowa  since  she 
was  one  of  the  seven  States  admitted  to  the  Union  by  his  good  offices 
while  he  was  chairman  of  the  Senate  Committee  on  Territories. 

Mr.  W.  G.  Brown,  whose  spirited,  eulogistic,  and  readable  life  of 
Andrew  Jackson  was  contributed  to  the  Riverside  .Biographical 
/Series  two  years  ago,  has  just  published  in  the  same  series  a  brief  life 
of  Senator  Douglas,  equally  spirited,  eulogistic,  and  readable. 

The  storv  is  vividly  told  of  the  poor  Vermont  boy  who  leaves  the 
bench  of  a  cabinet-maker  to  go  West,  reaches  Illinois  sick,  eager  and 
ambitious,  with  thirty-seven  cents  in  his  pocket.  There  he  wins  a 
debate  against  a  popular  leader  before  he  is  twenty  and  becomes  for 
life  "The  Little  Giant,"  is  public  prosecutor  at  twenty-two,  member 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  1()7 

of  the  legislature  at  twenty-three,  meeting  in  that  body  and  beginning 
his  life  long  duel  with  that  far  higher  spirit,  Abraham  Lincoln.  At 
twenty-eight  he  becomes  Secretary  of  State,  and  in  the  same  year 
Judge  of  the  Supreme  Court  of  Illinois,  at  thirty  is  in  Congress,  at 
thirty-three  U.  S.  Senator,  and  from  that  time  until  his  death,  at 
forty-eight,  a  prominent  and  influential  leader  of  that  august  body,  a 
constant  candidate  for  the  presidency,  and  a  large  factor  in  national 
affairs. 

With  all  this  success  it  seems,  as  we  look  back,  a  life  of  wretched 
failure;  and  Mr.  Brown's  book  would  be  stronger  and  truer  if  it 
showed  this  somewhat  more  fully.  It  was  a  life  apparently  with  one 
aim — self  advancement  in  public  office.  The  goal  was  the  White 
House,  and  it  was  never  attained. 

Von  Hoist's  estimates  of  our  public  men  are  not  flattering  or  sym- 
pathetic. Some  of  them  are  mistaken;  but  they  have  the  impress  of 
sincerity  if  not  of  symyathy.  He  says  of  Douglas:  ''His  exterior  and 
manners  revealed  to  a  marked  and  sometimes  almost  disgusting 
extent  the  coarseness  and  half  culture  of  the  growing  west."  He 
attributes  to  him  "an  adroit  tongue,  a  sharp  natural  understanding, 
great  presence  of  mind,  a  large  measure  of  the  shrewdness  that  bor- 
ders on  cunning."  He  says  he  "always  presented  himself  with  the 
entire  coarse  aplomb  of  the  bold,  influential,  half  educated  contest- 
ant, who  is  filled  with  immeasurable  confidence  in  himself;"  that  he 
was  "by  profession,  by  nature  and  inclination  a  demagogue  who 
desired  to  satisfy  the  South  without  breaking  altogether  with  the 
North,  because  this  seemed  to  him  the  only  way  for  the  attainment  of 
the  highest  goal  of  his  ambition." 

On  the  great  controlling  issue  of  the  hour,  slavery,  he,  a  northern 
man,  refused  to  stand  for  human  liberty,  but  sought  on  that  radical 
question  a  safe  middle  course.  There  was  none  such,  and  the  South 
deserted  him  for  Breckenridge,  and  the  North  for  Lincoln.  It  was 
his  "moral  hollowness,"  as  Von  Hoist  styles  it,  that  left  him  but 
twelve  votes  in  the  electoral  college.  Something  of  this  appears  in 
Mr.  Brown's  book;  but  it  is  too  much  glossed  over.  The  rugged 


108  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

judgments  of  Dr.  Von  Hoist  may  help  us  to  a  juster,  more  discrim- 
inating, and  on  the  whole  more  salutary  estimate  of  such  a  life  as 

that  of  Stephen  A.  Douglas. 

CHARLES  NOBLE  GREGORY 

THE  STATE  UNIVERSITY  OF  IOWA 
IOWA  CITY 


Die  Deutschen  von  Iowa  und  deren  Er  rung  ens  chaf ten.  —  Eine 
Geschichte  des  Staates,  dessen  deutsche  Pioniere  und  ihrer  Nach- 
Jcommen.  By  JOSEPH  EIBOECK.  Des  Moines:  Iowa  Staats- 
Anzeiger.  1900.  Pp.  799. 

This  book  takes  up  a  phase  of  the  history  of  Iowa  that  has  been 
almost  entirely  neglected.  When  we  consider  that  nearly  one  half 
(43.1  per  cent  according  to  the  census  of  1900)  of  Iowa's  white  in- 
habitants have  foreign  born  parents  and  that  of  these  the  German 
element  is  more  than  three  times  as  numerous  as  any  other,  it  cer- 
tainly seems  that  German  influence  in  the  building  of  the  State  is  a 
subject  that  ought  to  receive  attention.  From  the  standpoint  of  the 
student,  however,  the  volume  before  us  is  little  more  than  a  sugges- 
tion, being  a  compilation  of  a  popular  character.  Yet  even  in  such 
a  book  it  would  be  strange  if  the  author,  an  editor  of  German  news- 
papers in  Iowa  for  half  a  century,  had  not  preserved  in  its  eight 
hundred  pages  much  that  will  be  of  value  to  future  investigators. 

As  the  sub-title  indicates,  the  author  does  not  confine  himself  to 
telling  of  the  Germans  of  Iowa  and  their  achievements,  but  includes 
matters  of  general  interest  in  order  that  Germans  may  read  about 
them  in  "unserer  lieben  und  herrlichen  Muttersprache."  About 
seventy-five  pages  are  taken  up  with  such  matters  as  a  general  sketch 
of  the  history  of  Iowa,  its  geography,  geology,  governmental  organ- 
ization, educational  and  charitable  institutions,  commercial  develop- 
ment, etc.  Chapter  VIII  tells  of  the  Germans  of  Iowa  in  the  Union 
army.  In  it  (p.  84)  we  find  the  interesting  statement  that  "the  first 
company  of  militia  that  placed  itself  at  the  disposal  of  President 
Lincoln  in  1861  was  from  Burlington,  Iowa,  and  was  composed 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  109 

almost  wholly  of  Germans."  If  not  the  first  in  the  United  States,  it 
was  at  least  among  the  very  first.  (See  Byers'  Iowa  in  War  Times, 
p.  40,  footnote.)  The  list  of  officers  of  German  birth  in  Iowa  Regi- 
ments during  the  war  shows  1  major,  1  regimental  surgeon,  1  adju- 
tant, 2  quartermasters,  1  assistant  surgeon,  28  captains,  27  first  lieu- 
tenants, and  16  second  lieutenants.  A  later  chapter  on  the  Spanish- 
American  war  brings  out  the  fact  that  the  Germans  were  almost  unani- 
mous in  their  opposition  to  its  declaration.  In  the  chapter  on  Iowa's 
colonies  are  descriptions  of  the  Clydesdale,  Communia,  and  Liberty 
colonies,  all  of  Clayton  County,  the  Icaria  colonies  of  Adams  County, 
and  the  Amana  Society  of  Iowa  County.  The  account  of  the 
"Prohibition  Pestilence"  and  Iowa's  breweries  presents  vigorously 
the  German  view  that  the  prohibition  legislation  was  not  only  a 
blunder  economically,  but  an  infraction  of  the  inviolable  rights  of 
citizenship. 

Then  follow  chapters  on  German  activity  in  the  church,  the 
schools,  the  press,  in  lodges  and  societies,  in  poetry  and  in  public 
life.  The  names  of  the  seventy-five  Germans  in  Iowa  who  are  ninety 
years  of  age  or  over  are  reprinted  from  the  census  of  1895.  A  few 
pages  are  devoted  to  the  Israelites  in  Iowa. 

About  one  half  the  book  is  devoted  to  an  account  of  the  German 
settlements,  including  over  two  hundred  biographical  sketches,  and 
many  portraits.  These  biographical  sketches  are  of  course  eulogistic, 
but  are  of  real  interest  and  constitute  the  most  valuable  part  of  the 
work.  The  volume  closes  with  some  reminiscences  of  Iowa  in  the 
forties  and  fifties,  and  miscellaneous  legal  and  practical  information. 

In  a  work  of  this  sort,  naturally,  very  little  use  is  made  of  the 
statistical  method,  by  means  of  which  a  much  clearer  view  could  be 
obtained  of  the  distribution,  growth,  occupations,  etc.,  of  the  German 
population.  It  is  to  be  hoped  that  some  one  will  take  the  present 
work  as  an  inspiration  and  investigate  the  subject  from  the  stand- 
point of  the  critical  instead  of  the  popular  historian. 

MAX  O.  LOBENZ 
THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  WISCONSIN 

MADISON 


110  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

The  History  of  the  Louisiana  Purchase.  By  JAMES  K.  HOSMER. 
New  York:  D.  Appleton  &  Co.  1902.  Pp.  xv,  230. 

In  the  preface,  the  author  states,  that  in  writing  this  volume,  he  had 
"in  mind,  youths  on  the  verge  of  maturity,  and  men  and  women  too 
busy  for  deep  study  of  the  matter."  He  has  produced  a  book  well 
calculated  to  please  and  profit  the  general  reader;  it  is  attractive  and 
generally  reliable.  It  is  tastily  bound,  neatly  printed,  and  well  illus- 
trated. The  author's  style  is  clear,  simple,  and  engaging.  Sparing 
the  "diplomatic  details"  and  the  "state-paper  minutiae"  of  a  work 
for  the  historical  scholar,  he  gives  a  large  place  to  the  picturesque, 
the  dramatic,  the  personal.  While  he  has  made  no  notable  contribu- 
tion to  our  knowledge  of  the  subject,  he  has  written  a  popular  work 
based,  evidently,  on  original  sources  and  on  good  secondary  author- 
ities, indebtedness  to  Henry  Adams  being  especially  apparent.  In 
view  of  the  proposed  exposition  at  St.  Louis  and  of  present-day 
interest  in  expansion  in  general  and  in  Louisiana  in  particular,  this 
history  is  peculiarly  timely. 

The  story  is  told  in  eleven  chapters.  A  cursory  consideration  of 
French  colonization  and  of  the  struggle  for  French  supremacy  in 
America,  is  followed  by  accounts  of  the  Spanish  possession  of  Louis- 
iana, Napoleon's  dream  of  colonial  empire,  and  the  negotiations  prior 
to  the  retrocession  of  1800;  of  Napoleon's  unsuccessful  San  Domingo 
project  and  the  beginning  of  American  negotiation;  of  Monroe's 
mission  and  Napoleon's  determination  to  sell  Louisiana;  of  the  First 
Consul's  quarrels  with  his  brothers  over  this  determination;  of  Ameri- 
can negotiations  and  purchase; 'of  political  and  constitutional  contro- 
versies occasioned  by  the  treaty;  of  American  occupation  and  gov- 
ernment of  the  new  territory;  and,  finally,  of  leading  events  in  the 
subsequent  history  of  Louisiana.  The  appendices  contain  a  memoir 
of  Livingston  addressed  to  Talleyrand,  Napoleon's  order  for  the  sale 
of  Louisiana,  the  treaty  of  purchase  by  the  United  States,  and  the 
convention  concerning  payment. 

Dr.  Hosmer  has  approached  his  subject  from  the  French  side,  to 
which  he  thinks  "too  little  attention  has  been  paid  heretofore,"  and, 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  HI 

like  Henry  Adams,  aims  to  recount  "the  European  as  well  as  the 
American  phases  of  the  story."  He  seeks  to  show  that  the  "vast 
dimensions  of  the  United  States  are  due  to  an  influence  from  Europe." 
And,  while  he  pays  high  tribute  to  the  perseverance,  foresight,  and 
skill  of  Chancellor  Livingston  as  a  diplomat,  he  believes  that  the 
sale  of  Louisiana  was  a  "piece  of  Napoleon's  statesmanship,  Jeffer- 
son and  his  negotiators  playing  only  a  secondary  part." 

A  few  errors  and  defects  have  been  noted.  Doubtless  a  carefully 
selected  list  of  the  best  books  on  the  subject  would  have  added  to 
the  general  serviceability  of  a  work  even  of  this  popular  nature. 
Considering  LeClere's  position  at  home,  the  deathfulness  of  his  mis- 
sion to  San  Domingo,  and  the  censure  and  ingratitude  of  Napoleon, 
it  is  a  question  whether  the  former  was  really  "much  cherished  by 
his  great  brother-in-law,"  as  Dr.  Hosmer  assures  us  (p.  49).  It  is 
certainly  startling  to  read  that  the  "Spanish  attitude  toward  the 
United  States  was,  in  fact,  most  friendly"  (p.  35).  The  statement 
that  "it  was  not  easy  for  him  (Jefferson)  to  feel  that  the  free  navi- 
gation of  the  Mississippi  was  so  very  important"  (p.  63)  clearly  is 
not  based  on  a  careful  reading  of  Jefferson's  private  correspondence. 
His  letters  of  1786  and  1787  gave  frequent  expression  to  the  opinion 
that  "the  navigation  of  the  Mississippi  we  must  have."1 

In  this  connection  it  should  be  pointed  out,  however,  that  careless 
reading  of  page  63  and  misquotation  of  the  sentence  last  referred  to, 
are  responsible  for  some  adverse  criticism  at  the  hands  of  Mr.  David 
Y.  Thomas,8  which  is  quite  gratuitous  and  unwarrantable.  The 
context  shows  that  the  pronoun  "him"  cannot  but  refer  to  Jefferson. 
For  a  reviewer  to  misquote  the  sentence  in  the  following  form:  "It 
was  not  easy  for  Madison  to  feel,"  etc.,  and  then  to  take  Dr.  Hosmer 
to  task  for  a  statement  thus  distorted,  is  inexcusable. 

PAUL  S.  PEIRCE 
THE  STATE  UNIVERSITY  OF  IOWA 

IOWA  CITY 


'Ford,  Writings  of  Jefferson,  iv,  pp.  189,  262,  333,  363,  392. 
8  American  Historical  Review ',  October  1902,  p.  140. 


112  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

The  Iowa  Historical  Record.  Vols.  I  to  XVIII.  Iowa  City:  The 
State  Historical  Society  of  Iowa.  1885-1902.  Pp.  3482. 

This  Quarterly  Magazine  was  published  by  the  State  Historical 
Society  of  Iowa  in  revival  of  the  Annals  of  Iowa  (suspended  in 
1874)  with  the  purpose  of  rescuing  from,  oblivion  much  valuable 
history  held  only  in  the  memory  of  men  of  advanced  age. 

Of  the  one  hundred  and  forty-five  contributors  to  the  pages  of  the 
Record  thirty-five  have  passed  away.  The  names  of  T.  S.  Parvin, 
Hawkins  Taylor,  John  H.  Gear,  Senator  Harlan,  Senator  Wilson, 
Judge  Wright,  and  Governor  Kirkwood,  will  be  recognized  as  author- 
ity in  statement  of  early  historical  data.  A  most  valued  contributor, 
Rev.  Dr.  Salter,  survives  and  may  yet  continue  important  service. 

The  range  of  topics  has  been  wide,  but  may  be  classified  under  a 
few  general  heads.  The  first  and  the  most  prominent  is  the  his- 
torical. 

I.  HISTORICAL — Subdivisions — (1)    General  from  1799  to  date, 
100  articles.      (2)  Military — (a)  Indian  troubles,   (b)  Civil  War,  61 
articles  embracing  100  letters  from  the  field.      (3)  Anniversary  ad- 
dresses, 18  articles.      (4)  Educational  and  religious,  21  articles.      (5) 
Scientific,  18  articles.     (6)  Indians,  17  articles.     Total,  217  articles. 

II.  Biographical — (1)    Personal  history  with   photogravure   or 
half-tone    portraits,    97    articles.     (2)    Brief    obituary    notices,    200 
articles. 

III.  Reminiscences  of  persons  and  places,  48  articles. 

IV.  Poetry,  31  articles. 

V.     Illustrations  of  historical  matter,  26  in  number. 

VI.     Editorials,  notes,  and  book  reviews. 

Such  is  a  mere  skeleton  of  the  body  of  the  work  of  eighteen  years 
of  unpaid  devotion  to  the  preservation  of  material  which  the  student 
of  fifteen  years  will  find  full  of  life.  Sketches  of  the  lives  of  men 
and  women  who  have  been  the  makers  of  Iowa;  incidents  of  early 
struggles  and  privations  which  will  find  no  place  in  more  elaborate 
treatises;  the  strife  with  savage  occupants  of  the  soil;  reminiscences 
of  soldier  life  as  given  in  familiar  letters;  incidents  in  professional 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  H3 

life,  drawn  from  personal  experience  and  from  observation;  simple 
habits  of  pioneer  life — these  will  clothe  the  skeleton  and  give  it  the 
form  which  the  noble  State  presents  to  the  onlookers  of  today.  The 
Record  lives  but  under  a  new  name  and  in  enlarged  form. 

JOSIAH  L.   PlCKARD 

MINNEAPOLIS,  MINNESOTA 


IJie  Statute  Laws  of  the  Territory  of  Iowa  enacted  at  the  First  Ses- 
sion of  the  Legislative  Assembly  of  said  Territory  held  at  Bur- 
lington, A.  D.  1838-39.  Published  by  Authority.  Dubuque. 
Russell  &  Reeves,  Printers.  1839.  Des  Moines:  Reprinted  by 
the  Historical  Department  of  Iowa.  1900.  Pp.  634. 

Journal  of  the  Council  and  House  of  Representatives  of  the  Second 
Legislative  Assembly  of  the  Territory  of  Iowa.  At  the  Special 
Session  which  convened  at  the  City  of  Burlington,  Jidy  13,  1840. 
Des  Moines:  Published  by  the  Historical  Department  of  Iowa. 
1902.  Pp.  v,  116. 

The  Historical  Department  of  the  State  of  Iowa,  through  its  Cur- 
ator, Mr.  Charles  Aldrich,  has  recently  published  two  volumes  which 
will  be  highly  prized  by  all  who  value  source  work  in  historical 
study.  The  first  of  these  includes  the  Constitution  of  the  United 
States,  the  Ordinance  of  1787,  and  the  Organic  Act  of  the  Territory 
of  Iowa,  as  well  as  the  statutes  of  the  First  Legislative  Assembly  of 
the  Territory.  The  first  two  documents  are  well  known  to  all 
students.  The  Organic  Act  of  the  Territory  of  Iowa  is  less  acces- 
sible to  the  average  reader.  It  is  especially  interesting  to  students 
of  Iowa  history  and  politics  because  it  was  a  sort  of  charter  granted 
by  Congress,  outlining  the  government  of  the  Territory  and  desig- 
nating the  limits  of  powers  granted  to  its  officers  and  legislative 
body.  The  remarkable  "absolute  veto"  granted  to  the  Governor  in 
this  document  was  the  cause  of  endless  bickerings  on  the  part  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly,  and  was  later  modified  by  Congress  after  an 
unsuccessful  appeal  to  the  President  of  the  United  States  for  the 
removal  of  Robert  Lucas,  the  first  Governor. 


114  THE   IOWA   JOURNAL 

The  statutes  enacted  during  the  first  session  of  the  Legislative 
Assembly  reveal  the  political  theories  of  the  day,  and,  by  comparison 
with  later  legislation,  help  us  to  trace  the  change  of  sentiment  in 
Iowa  as  its  citizens  learned  wisdom  by  experience. 

The  second  volume  is  the  result  of  a  desire  to  fill  a  gap  in  the 
printed  records  of  Iowa  legislation,  inasmuch  as,  by  some  inadver- 
tence, the  records  of  this  special  session  of  the  Legislative  Assembly 
of  the  Territory  had  never  before  been  printed.  Among  the  acts 
passed  at  this  session  we  find  some  that  would  be  unconstitutional 
today;  and  we  find  some  bills  voted  down,  though  the  same  idea  has 
since  become  a  part  of  our  State  Constitution.  A  bill  of  divorce- 
ment was  granted  by  this  assembly,  though  our  present  Constitution 
vests  this  power  in  the  courts  alone.  We  find  this  assembly  repeat- 
edly changing  county  seats,  while  today  this  power  lies  with  the 
people  of  the  county  interested.  On  page  24  (Journal  of  the  Coun- 
cil) there  is  recorded  an  unsuccessful  attempt  to  abolish  imprison- 
ment for  debt;  and  in  various  places  we  find  propositions  to  grant 
town  lots  for  church  '-'•ami  literary'1''  purposes.  Lack  of  space  for- 
bids further  details;  but  we  desire  to  say  that  the  tedious  work  of 
editing  and  publishing  these  books  is  only  a  small  portion  of  the 
great  labor  of  love  which  Mr.  Charles  Aldrich  has  for  years  been 
performing  under  many  discouragements,  but  with  an  unconquerable 
devotion  to  the  cause  of  the  Historical  Department  of  Iowa. 

LEONARD  WOODS  PARISH 
IOWA  STATE  NORMAL  SCHOOL 
CEDAR 


Rhode  Island — Its  Making  and  Its  Meaning.  By  IKVIXG  BERDINE 
RICHMAN.  With  an  introduction  by  James  Bryce.  New  York 
and  London:  G.  P.  Putnam's  Sons.  1902.  2  vols.  Pp.  560. 

Ever  since  the  beginning  of  historical  writing  in  America  the  early 
annals  of  the  four  New  England  colonies  have  afforded  a  mine  of 
inexhaustible  resources.  Not  only  has  the  history  of  New  England 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  H5 

been  the  subject-matter  of  many  of  our  ablest  historical  works,  but 
it  has  also  furnished  the  themes  of  our  most  valuable  historical  essays. 
In  the  struggle  for  supremacy  between  the  northern  and  southern 
elements  in  our  history  <the  Old  Dominion  has  constantly  yielded 
ground  to  the  more  aggressive  and  progressive  New  England  States. 
Among  the  latter  Massachusetts  has  held  and  still  holds  the  place  of 
first  importance.  Much  of  this  importance,  paradoxical  as  it  may 
seem,  Massachusetts  owes  to  her  New  England  neighbors. 

Nothing  in  the  domain  of  American  historical  interpretation  has 
lately  been  published  of  greater  suggestive  value  than  the  two  vol- 
umes of  Irving  B.  Richman  on  Rhode  Island,  its  Making  and 
its  Meaning.  The  introduction  by  the  Honorable  James  Bryce  fully 
recognizes  this  fact.  The  student  of  our  history  must  be  similarly 
impressed  after  a  careful  perusal  of  the  two  volumes.  It  is  impos- 
sible, perhaps,  to  agree  with  every  expression  of  opinion,  it  is  doubt- 
ful whether  all  of  Mr.  Richman's  statements  would  receive  general 
endorsement,  but  of  the  permanent  value  of  the  author's  work  there 
can  be  no  question.  Mr.  Richman  points  out  most  clearly  that  the 
opening  chapter  in  the  history  of  Rhode  Island  is  to  be  found  in 
Massachusetts,  and  that  the  final  interpretation  of  a  certain  phase  of 
the  history  of  the  larger  colony  must  be  sought  for  in  the  smaller. 

The  title  of  the  work  is  most  felicitous.  It  is  simply  a  fact  that 
the  two  volumes  are  an  interpretation  of  the  making  and  meaning  of 
Rhode  Island  as  one  of  those  thirteen  English  colonies  which  after- 
wards contributed  their  several  quotas  to  the  vast  complex  of  our 
national  American  life.  Most  thorough  scholarship  based  upon  care- 
ful research,  a  pleasing  presentation,  ably  seconded  by  a  superior 
piece  of  work  on  the  part  of  the  publisher,  make  these  two  volumes 
a  genuine  contribution  to  our  historical  literature.  Even  had  Mr. 
Richman  been  heretofore  unknown,  which  is  certainly  not  the  case, 
this  last  production  would  be  sufficient  to  entitle  him  to  a  place 
among  the  scientific  historical  writers  of  the  younger  generation  in 
America.  The  history  of  Rhode  Island  during  the  life  time  of 
Roger  Williams  and  two  of  the  fundamental  ideas  in  our  American 


116  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

political  development  have  found  a  successful  expositor  in  the  author 
of  these  volumes. 

WILLIAM  CRAIG  WILCOX 
THE  STATE  UNIVERSITY  OF  IOWA 
IOWA  CITY 


History  of  the  Constitutions  of  Iowa.  By  BENJAMIN  F.  SHAMBAUGH, 
PH.  D.  Des  Moines:  The  Historical  Department  of  Iowa.  1902. 
Pp.  vii,  352. 

Under  the  above  title  the  Historical  Department  of  Iowa  has  lately 
issued  an  interesting,  instructive,  and  suggestive  volume  of  352 
pages.  The  book  has  been  written  by  Dr.  Benjamin  F.  Shambaugh 
of  the  University  of  Iowa,  at  the  request  of  Mr.  Charles  Aldrich, 
and  is  worthy  of  special  mention  as  a  step  in  the  important  work 
(hitherto  largely  neglected)  of  interpreting,  in  concise  and  readable 
form,  American  state  history  as  distinguished  from  American  na- 
tional history. 

Dr.  Shambaugh  opens  his  subject  by  directing  attention  to  the  fact 
that  Iowa — although  created  a  State  within  the  memory  of  men  still 
living,  and  although  possessing  a  considerable  literature  along  the 
lines  of  local  incident  and  personal  episode — has  never  been  interpre- 
ted from  the  point  of  view  of  its  larger  relations,  its  relations,  that  is 
to  say,  to  the  great  Union  whereof  it  has  at  no  time  been  an  unimpor- 
tant member,  and  whereof  to-day  it  is  a  member  the  importance  of 
which  is  conspicuous  and  commanding. 

In  those  larger  relations  spoken  of — relations  essentially  political 
in  their  nature — it  is  the  Constitutions  of  Iowa  which  are  of  primary 
importance,  and  these,  in  the  book  before  us,  are  taken  up  one  after 
another,  beginning  with  the  "Act  [passed  in  1836]  establishing  the 
Territorial  Government  of  Wisconsin"  and  ending  with  the  instru- 
ment (so  generally  familiar)  ratified  on  August  3,  1857. 

But  behind  and  underlying  the  various  Constitutions  which  suc- 
cessively were  in  force  throughout  the  Iowa  country  there  was  some- 
thing (a  something  vitally  important  to  be  understood  by  us,  for  it  is 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS 

the  key  to  these  Constitutions)  and  that  was  "the  makers  of  the 
Constitutions."  "A  Constitution," says  Dr.  Shambaugh,  "is  a  social 
product.  It  is  the  embodiment  of  popular  ideals."  Hence,  if  one  is 
to  comprehend  the  Constitutions  of  Iowa,  he  must  first  comprehend 
the  Iowa  pioneer  and  settler.  He  must  remind  himself  of  such  facts 
as  that  the  founders  of  the  State  pitched  their  abodes  alongside 
streams,  near  timber,  and  in  groups,  thus  creating  the  local  com- 
munity ;  that  they  did  this  without  legal  warrant,  but  that  (owing  to 
their  Anglo  Saxon  heritage)  law  sprang  up  among  them  as  it  were 
proprio  vigore;  and  that  the  kind  of  law  which  thus  sprang  up  was 
naturally  the  broadest  consistent  with  safety  to  persons  and  property. 
"The  broad  rich  prairies  of  Iowa  and  Illinois,"  remarks  our  author, 
"seem  to  have  broadened  men's  views  and  fertilized  their  ideas. 
Said  Stephen  A.  Douglas:  'I  found  my  mind  liberalized  and  my 
opinions  enlarged  when  I  got  out  on  these  broad  prairies,  with  only 
the  heavens  to  bound  my  vision,  instead  of  having  them  circum- 
scribed by  the  narrow  ridges  that  surrounded  the  valley  [in  Ver- 
mont] where  I  was  born.'"  Indeed,  no  less  than  three  elements  of 
American  Democracy  are  pointed  out  by  Dr.  Shambaugh  as  empha- 
sized by  the  Iowa  pioneer,  and  these  are:  (1)  Equality  before  the 
Law  ;  ( 2 )  Equality  in  the  Law  ;  and  ( 3 )  Equality  in  making  the  Law. 
The  plan  of  conducting  the  study  of  Constitutions  in  the  light  of 
facts  and  not  merely  in  the  light  of  the  documents  themselves  —  a 
plan  so  happily  conceived  and  carried  out  in  works  such  as  Bagehot's 
"English  Constitution,"  Macy's  "English  Constitution,"  Woodrow 
Wilson's  "Congressional  Government,"  and  Bryce's  "American 
Commonwealth" — receives  illustration  anew  in  Dr.  Shambaugh' s 
book,  and  lowans  may  take  pride  and  pleasure  in  the  circumstance. 

IRVING  B.  RICHMAN 
MUSCATINE,  IOWA 


118  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

Supplement  to  the  Code  of  Iowa.  Published  by  Authority  of  the 
State.  [Des  Moines]:  Bernard  Murphy,  State  Printer.  1902. 
Pp.  xxxviii,  874. 

Every  one  is  presumed  to  know  the  law — save  perhaps  the  judges 
of  the  courts — hence  the  maxim,  Ig nor antia  juris  non  excusat.  The 
exception  is  noted  because  of  a  remark  attributed  to  a  distinguished 
Iowa  lawyer,  who  in  speaking  of  the  nominee  of  a  political  party  for 
judicial  office  declared:  "He  will  make  a  most  excellent  judge,  for 
he  will  not  be  hampered  with  any  preconceived  notions  of  the  law." 

The  maxim  quoted  is  based  on  public  policy,  or  perhaps  more 
properly  speaking,  on  necessity.  If  this  were  not  the  rule  courts 
would  be  compelled  in  each  and  every  case  to  institute  a  preliminary 
investigation  as  to  the  knowledge  the  parties  had  of  the  law  which 
should  govern. 

Precognition  of  the  law  being  conclusively  presumed,  publicity  is 
quite  as  important  as  beneficent  legislation.  Of  some  laws  we  must 
take  notice  because  of  universal  tradition  and  long  practice,  which 
supposes  previous  publication,  as  is  the  case  with  that  immense  store- 
house of  unwritten  law  largely  borrowed  from  England.  At  one 
time  proclamations  and  some  acts  of  Parliament  were  announced  by 
officers,  or  criers  appointed  for  the  purpose.  Other  acts  were  read 
in  churches  and  at  public  gatherings.  Finally  they  were  written  or 
printed  and  promulgated  in  the  most  public  and  perspicuous  manner. 

One  of  the  merits  of  our  system  of  Jurisprudence  is  the  wide  pub- 
licity given  to  acts  of  Congress  and  of  the  several  state  legislatures. 
We  can  never  be  accused  of  doing  as  Caligula,  who  it  is  said  wrote 
his  laws  in  very  small  characters  and  hung  them  upon  high  pillars, 
the  more  effectually  to  ensnare  his  people. 

The  Constitution  does  not  in  express  terms  require  publication, 
although  such  an  intent  may  fairly  be  inferred.  Until  comparatively 
recent  years  it  had  been  the  practice  to  publish  nothing  but  the  laws. 
Annotated  codes  have  come  into  general  use  since  the  writer  came 
to  the  bar,  twenty-four  years  ago.  The  Revision  of  1860  contains  a 
few  annotations,  but  they  have  never  been  regarded  as  of  much  value. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  H9 

Prior  to  the  Code  of  1897  excellent  annotated  codes  were  prepared 
by  William  E.  Miller  and  Emlin  McClain  (the  latter  being  now  one 
of  the  judges  of  our  Supreme  Court)  and  printed  as  private  enter- 
prises. Justice  McClain  also  blazed  the  way  for  continuations  by 
preparing  a  supplement  to  his  code,  which  was  published  in  the  year 
1884,  and  which  stands  as  the  prototype  of  the  volume  we  are  to 
consider. 

The  Code  of  1897  is  the  first  ambitious  attempt  made  by  the  State 
at  publication  of  a  complete  annotated  code.  That  attempt  has 
been  remarkably  successful,  and  in  spite  of  the  short  time  given  for 
its  publication  it  is  singularly  free  from  error  or  mistake.  It  has 
not  been  a  profitable  investment  from  a  financial  standpoint — the 
State  not  having  recouped  the  expense  of  publication — but  it  has 
everywhere  been  regarded  as  nearly  a  perfect  annotated  code  as  it  is 
possible  to  make. 

The  difficulties  in  continuing  law  books  and  keeping  them  "up  to 
date"  are  everywhere  recognized;  and  these  difficulties  are  accentuated 
when  attempt  is  made  to  classify  and  work  into  a  code  subsequent 
acts  of  a  legislative  body.  To  meet  these  difficulties  the  legislature 
which  adopted  the  Code  passed  an  act  which  reads  as  follows: 

"The  Twenty-ninth  General  Assembly,  and  each  third  General 
Assembly  thereafter,  shall  select,  in  a  manner  as  provided  in  section 
two  hereof  for  the  selection  of  editor,  some  competent  and  suitable 
person,  to  compile,  annotate  and  superintend  the  publication  of  the 
statutes  of  a  general  nature  enacted  after  the  adoption  of  the  code." 

Pursuant  to  that  act  the  Twenty-ninth  General  Assembly  selected  a 
supervising  committee  composed  of  Senators  Trewin,  Whipple,  and 
Porter,  and  Representatives  Payne,  Barker,  and  Hamann.  It  also 
elected  John  R.  Carter,  Esq.,  editor.  As  a  result  of  their  joint 
labors  we  have  the  new  Supplement  which  has  recently  gone  into  the 
hands  of  the  profession  and  the  people  generally.  This  supplement 
not  only  includes  all  the  laws  passed  by  the  General  Assemblies  after 
the  Code  of  1897,  but  also  annotations  of  all  decisions  of  the  Supreme 
Court  announced  since  that  time,  and  down  to  the  October,  1902,  term 


120  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

of  that  court,  extended  tables  showing  where  the  various  acts  of  the 
legislatures  may  be  found  in  this  Supplement,  a  revised  enlarged  and 
much  improved  index  of  the  Code  to  which  it  is  a  supplement,  and  of 
the  Supplement  itself,  all  the  rules  and  regulations  with  reference  to 
the  collection  of  the  collateral  inheritance  tax,  and  notation  of 
decisions  from  all  the  States  bearing  on  the  new  negotiable  instru- 
ments law  enacted  by  the  last  legislature  to  secure  uniformity.  This 
last  feature  is  an  invaluable  aid  to  uniformity  in  construction,  which 
is  quite  as  important  as  similarity  in  language.  The  committee  is 
entitled  to  great  credit  for  introducing  this  apparent  innovation. 

The  arrangement  generally  follows  that  of  the  Code.  In  a  few 
instances  there  is  room  for  criticism  here,  but  as  the  matter  is  largely 
arbitrary  it  is  perhaps  after  all  a  mere  question  of  taste.  The  prac- 
tice of  citing  the  code  section  number  and  then  reciting  in  brackets 
("for  earlier  annotations  see  code,  &c.")  seems  to  be  superfluous. 
Every  one  of  necessity  turns  back  to  these  old  sections;  and  few  if 
any  give  any  attention  to  the  page  number. 

On  the  whole  the  work  is  well  done.  Some  mistakes  of  citation  in 
the  original  Code  have  been  corrected,  and  all  of  the  cases  bearing  on 
statutory  construction  down  to  the  October,  1902,  term  of  our  Su- 
preme Court  seem  to  have  been  cited.  The  index  as  it  now  appears  is 
worthy  of  special  mention,  as  it  is  very  full  and  comprehensive. 

No  argument  is  needed  in  justification  of  this  work  or  of  its  pre- 
decessor the  annotated  Code.  It  is  quite  as  important  to  know  how 
a  statute  has  been  construed  by  the  highest  court  in  the  State  as  to 
have  the  statute  before  you;  and  there  is  as  much  reason  for  the 
State  publishing  these  annotations  as  for  its  publication  of  the  laws 
themselves. 

This  Supplement  is  not  only  invaluable  to  the  lawyer,  but  to  every 
layman  who  has  occasion  to  know  the  law  as  well.  The  price  $2.00 
per  volume  is  very  reasonable  considering  the  quality  of  the  work 
and  the  amount  of  matter  it  contains. 

Great  credit  is  due  Senator  Trewin  for  the  full  consummation  of 
this  plan  for  which  he  has  worked  with  untiring  devotion  and  energy. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  121 

The  editor,   Mr.   Carter,  and  in  fact  all  who  have  had  part  in  the 
preparation  of  this  Supplement  are  entitled  to  a  just  proportion  of 

these  words  of  praise. 

HORACE  E.  DEEMEB 

SUPREME  COURT  CHAMBERS 

DES  MOINES  

The  Constitutional  History  of  the  United  States.  By  FRANCIS  NEW- 
TON THORPE.  Chicago:  Callaghan  &  Co.  3  Vols.  Pp.  xxi, 
xix,  xvi,  595,  685,  718. 

The  most  valuable  estimates  of  a  book  are  those  which  come  from 
scholars  and  readers  who  live  after  the  author.  And  so  the  only  just 
review  of  the  historian's  labors  is  the  review  of  the  centuries.  At 
the  same  time  it  is  not  improper  for  an  author's  cotemporaries  to 
express  an  appreciation  of  his  work. 

So  extensive  are  the  works  of  history  already  published  by  Dr. 
Thorpe  that  one  can  do  little  more  than  notice  their  titles.  His 
two  "constitutional  histories"  are,  however,  the  largest  and  the  most 
valuable  of  his  writings.  A  Constitutional  History  of  the  American 
People,  a  work  in  two  volumes,  which  was  published  in  1898,  illus- 
trates, emphasizes,  and  proves  the  value  of  the  constitutional  history 
of  the  States.  The  appearance  of  these  volumes  was  an  event  which 
promises  to  become  a  landmark  in  the  study  of  American  history.  A 
larger  interest  in  the  local  or  provincial  history  of  the  Common- 
wealths is  herein  anticipated  by  Dr.  Thorpe.  It  is  fitting  that  one 
of  the  ' '  fathers  "  of  the  movement  should  be  found  among  the  con- 
tributors to  the  first  number  of  the  IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND 
POLITICS. 

Dr.  Thorpe's  work  in  American  history  has  not,  however,  been 
narrowed  by  the  view-point  from  the  States.  He  has  kept  the  Nation, 
too,  within  the  range  of  his  vision.  And  so  in  his  latest  three  vol- 
ume Constitutional  History  of  the  United  States  he  traces  the  prog- 
ress of  the  national  elements  in  our  system  of  government.  Thus,  in 
the  two  works,  he  has  treated  the  evolution  of  our  system  of  govern- 
ment completely  and  with  rare  poise. 


122  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

It  is  believed  that  Dr.  Thorpe's  Constitutional  History  of  the 
United  States  will  outlive  the  interest  in  its  first  appearance  because: 
(1)  It  represents  the  labors  of  more  than  twenty  years.  (2)  It  bears 
ample  evidence  of  careful,  critical,  exhaustive  study.  (3)  It  was 
written  at  first  hand  from  the  original  sources.  (4)  It  does  not  con- 
sist of  discussions  and  opinions  of  motives,  but  represents  modesty 
in  the  presence  of  great  events.  (5)  It  possesses  literary  merit.  It 
is  history  made  clear,  plain,  readable,  and  respectable  by  a  proper 
use  of  the  English  language. 

In  reading  these  volumes  one  is  impressed  with  the  fact  that  Dr. 
Thorpe  is  more  than  a  descriptive  historian.  Like  Prof.  John  W. 
Burgess,  he  rises  to  the  level  of  Political  Science  in  his  treatment  of 
our  constitutional  history.  His  books  are  contributions  to  American 
Politics  in  particular  and  to  Political  Science  in  general.  He  sees 
the  general  principles  underlying  political  phenomena;  and  above  all, 
he  has  firmly  grasped  the  fundamental  truth  that  the  development  of 
the  American  system  of  government  is  essentially  the  evolution  of 
Democracy. 

Dr.  Thorpe  has  searched  the  records,  marshaled  the  testimony, 
presented  the  facts,  and  described  the  events.  In  the  volumes  under 
review  he  has  given  us  a  narrative  of  the  origin,  evolution,  and 
administration  of  American  government. 

BEXJ.   F.   SHAMBAUGH 
THE  STATE  UNIVERSITY  OF  IOWA 
IOWA  CITY 


Daniel  JBoone.      By    REUBEX    GOLD    THWAITES.     New    York:     D. 

Appleton  &  Company.      1902.     Pp.   xv,  257. 

The  biographical  treatment  of  history  has  long  since  justified 
itself.  Full  expiation  has  been  made  for  the  numerous  sins  of  John 
S.  C.  Abbott.  So  far  has  the  reaction  against  the  myth-maker  gone, 
that  it  is  sometimes  claimed  that  the  present  biographical  emphasis  in 
historical  writing  has  become  a  mania.  If  it  is  a  madness  there  is  at 
least  a  method  in  it.  Men,  it  is  true,  are  not  the  only  factors  in  the 
making  of  history,  but  they  are,  after  all,  the  most  important  oneg. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  123 

Genuine  biography  must  always  be  a  contribution  to  scientific  history. 
The  past  errors  of  ill-prepared  and  unauthentic  biographers  are  no 
more  to  be  charged  up  against  the  modern  scientific  writers  of  histor- 
ical biography,  than  are  the  sins  of  Hume,  in  the  treatment  of  Eng- 
lish history,  to  be  remembered  against  Stubbs.  The  popular  predi- 
lection in  favor  of  sensational  biography  can  hardly  be  more  deplor- 
able than  an  occasional  scientific  prejudice  against  sensible  biography. 

Among  the  numerous  American  authors  of  the  present  day  who 
are  co-operating  to  redeem  biographical  writing  in  our  country  from 
any  ill-repute  which  it  may  have  borne  in  the  past  is  Reuben  Gold 
Thwaites  of  Wisconsin.  There  has  just  come  from  his  pen  a  brief 
biographical  work  which  is  all  that  modern  criticism  demands.  In 
more  than  one  respect  Mr.  Thwaites'  little  volume  on  Daniel  Boone 
is  a  model  of  what  a  brief  modern  biography  should  be. 

In  this  volume  the  general  historical  setting  of  Boone's  time  is 
never  for  a  moment  lost  sight  of.  It  is  not  the  sketch  of  some  Rob- 
inson Crusoe  in  an  ideal  insular  isolation.  Mr.  Thwaites  does  not 
represent  Boone  as  a  hero  to  be  worshipped,  does  not  even  call  him  a 
great  man,  and  makes  no  claim  for  him  as  the  first  or  the  greatest 
pioneer  in  Kentucky.  In  the  author's  judgment  Boone  is  simply  a 
man  whose  interesting  life  makes  a  convenient  point  of  view  in  treat- 
ing the  early  history  of  one  of  the  important  sections  of  the  middle 
west.  The  book  is  admirably  proportioned,  the  narrative  never  lacks 
interest,  while  every  page  gives  evidence  of  the  most  careful  research. 
A  constant  distinction  is  made  between  ascertained  fact  and  plausible 
conjecture.  The  illustrations  are  excellent  and  the  volume  has  a 
good  index,  a  feature  which  is  conspicuously  absent  in  many  brief 
biographical  sketches.  The  absence  of  any  maps  to  illustrate  the 
journeys  of  Boone  and  his  friends  is  the  one  serious  defect  in  the 
work.  The  ease  with  which  such  maps  could  be  prepared  makes 
their  absence  all  the  more  a  matter  of  surprise. 

The  author  is  to  be  congratulated  upon  his  good  terminal  facili- 
ties. When  the  story  is  told  the  book  closes.  There  are  no  super- 
numerary chapters  at  the  close  as  there  is  no  padding  in  the  body  of 


124  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

the  work.     It  is  a  terse,   concise,  clear,  accurate  account  of  a  man 
and  a  period  which  have  a  permanent  and  positive  historical  value. 

WILLIAM  CRAIG  WILCOX 
THE  STATE  UNIVERSITY  OF  IOWA 
IOWA  CITY 


Father  Marquette.     By  REUBEX  GOLD  THWAITES.  New  York:   D. 
Appleton  &  Co.     Pp.  xv,  224. 

Since  the  days  of  Francis  Parkman  interest  in  the  history  of  the 
Middle  West  has  scarcely  abated.  The  rapid  accession  of  interest  in 
the  subject  manifest  in  recent  years,  however,  impresses  one  who  has 
not  closely  followed  its  development  as  being  of  the  nature  of  a 
revival  rather  than  a  sound  and  permanent  growth.  As  a  matter  of 
fact  the  West  is  beginning  to  recognize  that  it  has  a  history  of  its 
own,  apart  from  that  of  the  New  England  pioneers  whose  grandsons 
finally  came  to  occupy  the  valleys  of  the  Ohio  and  the  Mississippi 
and  the  fertile  prairies  beyond.  One  tangible  result  of  thus  coming 
to  their  full  inheritance  is  that  the  people  of  the  Middle  West  have 
in  prospect  the  Louisiana  Purchase  Exposition,  to  be  held  in  the  city 
which,  of  all  cities,  is  perhaps  richest  in  historic  associations  of  the 
truly  western  type. 

This  biography  of  Father  Marquette  is  thus  timely  in  its  appear- 
ance, the  more  so  as  it  is  more  than  a  mere  biography.  No  more 
central  figure  could  have  been  chosen  about  which  to  group  the  rug- 
ged features  which  form  the  background  of  the  history  of  the  Missis- 
sippi Valley  than  the  person  of  Marquette.  He,  more  than  any  other 
man  of  his  time,  was  in  touch  with  all  the  springs  of  action  which 
urged  the  white  man  past  the  remotest  shores  of  our  inland  seas  and 
on  to  "the  Great  Water  of  the  West."  The  author  has  made  good 
use  of  this  unique  position  of  his  hero  —  for  no  biographer  could 
treat  Marquette  as  other  than  a  hero — and  has  given  us  a  picture  of 
his  surroundings,  both  as  to  place  and  time,  which  has  not  been  sur- 
passed. This  has  been  done,  too,  without  the  least  straining  for  liter- 
ary effect.  On  the  contrary,  much  of  the  narrative  and  many  of  the 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  125 

descriptions  are  given  in  the  simple  and  artless  language  of  Mar- 
quette  or  of  his  contemporaries,  as  recorded  in  the  Jesuit  Relations 
and  other  original  documents.  Yet,  despite  the  faithful  freedom 
with  which  the  quotation  marks  are  used,  there  is  no  lack  of  contin- 
uity in  the  text. 

In  point  of  general  accuracy  the  work  is,  as  the  name  of  the  author 
would  lead  one  to  expect,  quite  above  suspicion.  Few  disputed 
points  are  touched  upon,  as  for  example,  the  questions  as  to  the  loca- 
tion of  the  Mission  of  St.  Ignace  and  that  of  the  village  of  the  Mas- 
coutins.  Marquette's  presence,  at  any  time,  upon  the  site  of  Chicago 
is  also  doubted.  While  these  questions  are  all  dealt  with  gently,  the 
author's  own  views  are  sometimes  easily  apparent.  The  statement 
regarding  La  Salle's  exploration  of  the  Ohio  to  the  falls  of  Louisville 
(p.  129),  however,  might  have  been  made  a  little  less  positively; 
though  any  discussion  of  the  question  would  certainly  have  been 
irrelative. 

The  illustrations  are  good  and  well  selected.  Mac  Neil's  fine  bronze 
reliefs  from  the  Marquette  Building  (Chicago)  are  appropriately  in- 
cluded. Trentanove's  ''idealized"  statue  of  Marquette  should  have 
no  place  here — nor  in  the  national  capitol  for  that  matter.  The 
reader's  natural  curiosity  as  to  the  grounds  upon  which  the  frontis- 
piece is  "reputed"  to  be  a  portrait  of  Marquette  is  quite  unsatisfied 
Marquette's  MS.  map  would  be  even  more  interesting  if  accompanied 
by  a  table  identifying,  as  far  as  possible,  the  various  localities  and 
other  proper  names  recorded  thereon.  One  would  rather  see  the 
junction  of  the  Wisconsin  with  the  Mississippi  from  the  point  of 
view  occupied  by  Marquette  and  Joliet,  than  from  the  bluff  below 
McGregor.  But  these  are  trivial  matters  which  do  not  in  any  way 
mar  the  real  excellence  of  the  work. 

LAENAS  GIFFORD  WELD 
THE  STATE  UNIVERSITY  OF  IOWA 
IOWA  CITY 


NOTES   AND   COMMENT 

An  eight  page  pamphlet  on  "Publications  in  Iowa  History,"  issued 
by  the  State  Historical  Society  of  Iowa,  contains  this  announcement: 
"The  Board  of  Curators  has  provided  for  the  compilation  and  publi- 
cation of  the  Messages  and  Proclamations  of  the  Governors  of  Iowa. 
The  entire  compilation  will  be  issued  in  four  large  octavo  volumes 
which  will  contain  all  of  the  Inaugural  Addresses,  Biennial  Mes- 
sages, Veto  Messages,  Special  Messages,  and  Proclamations  of  the 
Governors  of  Iowa  from  1836  to  1902.  The  complete  set  of  four 
volumes  will  be  issued  before  December,  1903.  The  subscription 
price  has  been  fixed  at  six  dollars." 

Frontier  Band  Clubs  or  Claim,  Associations,  a  paper  published 
in  the  Annual  Report  of  the  American  Historical  Association  for 
1900,  is  based  largely  upon  materials  taken  from  the  sources  of  Iowa 
history. 

The  State  Historical  Society  of  Iowa  has  recently  issued  a  pam- 
phlet which  contains  a  list  of  all  its  regular  and  special  publications 
in  Iowa  history. 

In  June,  1902,  a  chair  of  American  History  was  established  at  the 
State  University  of  Iowa.  Professor  William  Craig  Wilcox,  who 
for  eight  years  occupied  the  chair  of  History  in  this  University,  has 
been  elected  to  the  newly  established  professorship. 

To  the  October,  1902,  number  of  the  Annals  of  Iowa,  Mr.  W.  H. 
Ingham  of  Algona,  Iowa,  contributes  the  leading  article  which  is  on 
"The  Iowa  Northern  Border  Brigade  of  1862-3"  Mr.  Ingham's 
article  is  a  valuable  contribution  to  what  may  be  called  the  Indian 
history  of  Iowa. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  127 

The  Iowa  Monument  Commission  has  decided  to  locate  the  second 
of  the  monuments,  which  are  to  be  erected  on  the  Chattanooga  battle 
grounds,  on  the  extreme  end  of  Missionary  Ridge.  At  this  place 
the  Sixth  Iowa  Regiment  w'as  stationed  during  the  battle  of  Mission- 
ary Ridge.  The  third  monument  will  probably  be  located  near  the 
site  of  Bragg's  headquarters. 

After  having  served  as  instructor  for  four  years  and  as  assistant 
professor  for  two  years  at  the  State  University  of  Iowa,  Harry  Grant 
Plum,  A.  M.,  has  been  promoted  to  the  position  of  Professor  of 
European  History.  Mr.  Plum  was  born  in  Iowa  and  educated  at  the 
State  University.  He  pursued  graduate  study  at  Columbia  Univer- 
sity, where  in  1899  he  held  a  fellowship  in  History. 

At  last  the  books  and  pamphlets  in  the  Library  of  the  State  His- 
torical Society  of  Iowa  are  to  be  completely  accessioned,  arranged, 
classified,  and  catalogued.  Miss  Margaret  Budington,  who  was  re- 
cently elected  to  the  position  of  Acting  Librarian  and  Cataloguer, 
will  superintend  the  work.  The  Historical  Society  is  fortunate  in 
securing  the  services  of  one  so  efficient  in  library  administration. 
Miss  Budington  is  an  alumna  of  Vassar,  having  graduated  in  1900. 
She  received  her  special  training  for  library  work  at  the  Illinois 
State  Library  School  of  the  University  of  Illinois.  From  June,  1901, 
to  March,  1902,  Miss  Budington  served  as  assistant  cataloguer  in  the 
library  of  the  University  of  Cincinnati.  Then  she  came  to  Iowa, 
where  she  occupied  the  position  of  assistant  cataloguer  in  the  library 
of  the  State  University  until  August,  1902.  Miss  Budington  entered 
the  library  of  the  State  Historical  Society  on  October  1,  1902. 

Frank  E.  Horack,  A.  M.,  Ph.  D.,  has  recently  been  appointed  to 
the  position  of  Instructor  in  Political  Science  in  the  State  University 
of  Iowa.  Dr.  Horack  is  a  native  born  lowan  and  a  graduate  of  the 
State  University  of  Iowa,  from  which  he  also  holds  the  degree  of 
Master  of  Arts.  His  degree  of  Doctor  of  Philosophy  was  conferred 
by  the  University  of  Pennsylvania.  The  Board  of  Curators  of  the 


128  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

State  Historical  Society  of  Iowa  have  recently  elected  Dr.  Horack  to 
the  position  of  Custodian. 

Simeon  E.  Thomas,  formerly  Custodian  of  the  State  Historical 
Society  of  Iowa,  is  pursuing  graduate  work  in  History  at  Harvard 
University. 

An  eight  page  article  on  The  Public  Archives  of  Iowa,  which 
forms  a  part  of  the  first  report  of  the  Archives  Commission  of  the 
American  Historical  Association  as  published  in  the  Annual  Report 
of  the  American  Historical  Association  of  1900,  suggests  the  neces- 
sity of  more  care  for  the  preservation  of  our  state  archives. 

William  J.  Haddock,  who  on  account  of  advancing  years  recently 
resigned  from  the  secretaryship  of  the  State  University  of  Iowa — a 
position  which  he  held  for  38  years — did  something  more  than  keep 
the  records  of  the  University.  He  lived  besides;  and  while  he  lived 
he  builded  two  homes — "Buff wood"  and  "The  Crag."  In  a  hand- 
some volume  entitled  "Novels  and  Pictures'1''  or  "A  Comparative 
Review  of  the  Heart  of  Midlothian  and  TAttle  Dorrit  and  Other 
Notes  "  of  which  only  forty  copies  were  printed  in  December,  1900, 
for  private  circulation,  Mr.  Haddock  has,  under  the  headlines  of 
"Days  o'  Lang  Syne,"  given  us  a  glimpse  of  the  building  of  "Buff- 
wood,"  a  typical  Iowa  country-place.  Of  more  historical  interest, 
however,  is  Mr.  Haddock's  "Reminiscence"  entitled  "  The  Prairies 
of  Iowa."  This  is  a  bit  of  historical  literature  well  worth  preserving. 
The  seventy-one  pages  were  "printed  for  private  circulation."  Only 
fifty  copies  were  issued. 

Two  very  readable  articles  have  recently  appeared  on  Amana, 
Iowa's  successful  communistic  society.  Professor  Richard  T.  Ely  of 
Madison,  Wisconsin,  is  the  author  of  the  sketch  which  was  published 
as  the  leading  article  in  Harpers  Monthly  for  October,  1902.  Five 
of  the  seven  illustrations  which  accompanies  this  interesting  sketch 
are  from  photographs  taken  by  Bertha  H.  Shambaugh,  the  author  of 
the  article  entitled  Amana,  which  appeared  at  the  same  time  in 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  129 

The  World  Today.  This  is  the  third  article  on  Amana  which  has 
been  published  above  Mrs.  Shambaugh's  signature.  The  first  was  a 
prize  essay  in  the  Midland  Monthly  for  July,  1896,  when  that  maga- 
zine was  still  under  the, able  editorship  of  Mr.  Johnson  Brigham. 
The  second  was  a  somewhat  exhaustive  descriptive  and  statistical 
production  which  was  prepared  upon  the  request  of  the  Iowa  Com- 
missioner of  Labor  for  publication  in  his  Report  for  1901.  This 
article  in  the  Commissioner's  Report  is  clearly  the  most  reliable 
source  of  data  on  Amana  that  has  yet  been  published. 

Mr.  Lewis  Todhunter  died  at  Indianola,  Iowa,  February  1,  1902, 
at  the  age  of  eighty-five.  He  voted  for  William  Henry  Harrison  in 
1840.  Later  he  joined  the  Republican  party.  In  1856  he  was 
chosen  to  represent  Warren,  Madison,  and  Adair  counties  in  the  Gen- 
eral Assembly.  He  was  a  member  of  the  Constitutional  Convention 
of  1857. 

Thousands  of  loyal  people  from  Iowa  and  Missouri  assembled, 
August  7,  1902,  on  the  old  battle  grounds  about  twenty-five  miles 
south  of  Keokuk  to  celebrate  the  battle  of  Athens,  which  was  fought 
in  1861  to  prevent  the  confederate  forces  from  invading  Iowa  and 
capturing  the  powder  magazine  at  Keokuk. 

Of  special  interest  to  the  members  of  the  State  Historical  Society 
of  Iowa  and  to  lowans  generally  are  the  two  volumes  entitled 
Rhode  Island — Its  Making  and  Its  Meaning,  recently  announced  by 
G.  P.  Putnam's  Sons.  The  author  of  these  volumes  is  Mr.  Irving 
B.  Richman  of  Muscatine,  Iowa.  Mr.  Richman,  who  is  a  member  of 
the  Board  of  Curators  of  the  State  Historical  Society  of  Iowa,  is 
the  well  known  author  of  Appenzell  and  John  Brown  Among  the 
Quakers. 

Mrs.  Harriet  Foote  Gear,  widow  of  the  late  U.  S.  Senator,  John 
Henry  Gear,  died  at  Burlington,  Iowa,  October  4,  1902.  She  was 
born  in  Vermont,  November  16,  1818,  where  she  resided  until  1843 
when  she  came  to  Burlington,  Iowa.  In  1842  she  married  Mr,  Gear. 


130  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

The  following  reference  to  Mrs.  Gear  is  taken  from  an  article  written 
by  Peter  A.  Dey  for  the  July,  1902,  number  of  the  Historical 
Record.  "In  his  [Mr.  Gear's]  political  career  he  had  in  Mrs.  Gear 
a  wonderfully  able  and  earnest  supporter.  She  sympathized  with 
his  ambitions,  and  by  her  personality  held  the  men  he  had  attracted 
to  them.  While  he  was  Governor  she  joined  in  all  his  plans,  was 
consulted  as  to  men  and  measures,  and  probably  felt  as  deeply  polit- 
ical reverses  and  enjoyed  as  fully  political  success." 

The  New  Century  Historical  Company,  of  New  York  City,  has 
agents  in  the  field  soliciting  subscriptions  for  a  work  entitled,  History 
of  Iowa,  From  the  Earliest  of  Times  to  the  Beginning  of  the  Twenti- 
eth Century,  by  Benjamin  F.  Gue.  The  company  promises  to 
deliver  the  work  to  subscribers  in  four  volumes  of  about  500  pages 
each,  "bound  in  buckram,  gilt  top,  deckle  edge,"  etc.,  for  $18.00. 
Mr.  Gue  was  at  one  time  Lieutenant  Governor  of  Iowa. 

Mr.  George  Griswold,  one  of  Iowa's  oldest  pioneers  and  for  sixty- 
three  years  a  resident  of  Clinton  County,  died  August  2-i,  1902. 

Mr.  Damon  N.  Sprague,  born  in  Cooperstown,  N.  Y.,  March  21, 
1832,  died  in  Wapello,  Iowa,  August  13,  1902.  He  came  to 
Wapello,  Iowa,  in  1855.  In  1857  he  was  elected  to  the  lower  house 
of  the  General  Assembly.  In  1870  he  was  elected  district  attorney, 
an  office  which  he  held  for  twelve  years  in  all.  Mr.  Sprague  was  a 
Democrat  in  politics. 

Mr.  J.  E.  Conner,  the  new  Instructor  in  Commerce  and  Finance 
at  the  University  of  Iowa,  was  born  at  Wilmington,  Ohio.  He 
graduated  from  Howe's  Academy,  Mt.  Pleasant,  Iowa,  in  1887. 
He  entered  the  University  of  Iowa  in  the  fall  of  1887  and  graduated 
with  the  degree  of  A.  B.  in  1891.  He  spent  the  academic  year  of 
1891-92  at  Yale.  He  also  spent  two  years  in  resident  graduate 
work  at  the  University  of  Chicago.  For  two  years  he  has  held  a 
Fellowship  in  the  department  of  Economics  and  Sociology  at  the 
University  of  Iowa.  His  book  treating  of  our  foreign  service  was 
published  under  the  title  of  Uncle  Sam  Abroad. 


OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS  131 

A  beautiful  tribute  to  one  of  Iowa's  pioneers  was  the  presentation 
to  the  Historical  Department  of  a  portrait  of  Dr.  William  Salter  of 
Burlington,  Iowa.  The  portrait,  which  was  formally  presented  on 
Monday,  November  24, '  1902,  was  the  gift  of  the  Hon.  Frank 
Springer  and  other  friends  of  Dr.  Salter.  For  more  than  half  a 
century  Dr.  Salter  has  served  as  pastor  of  the  First  Congregational 
Church  of  Burlington.  He  has  always  taken  a  lively  interest  in 
Iowa  history,  and  is  the  author  of  The  Life,  of  James  W.  Grimes. 

Dr.  Margaret  A.  Schaffner,  recently  appointed  Instructor  in  Soci- 
ology and  Economics  at  the  State  University  of  Iowa,  was  born  at 
New  Bloomington,  Ohio.  She  has  studied  at  Baker  University, 
Kansas;  at  Emporia  College,  Kansas  (graduating  from  this  institu- 
tion in  1895  with  the  degree  of  A.  B.);  at  the  University  of  Wiscon- 
sin; and  at  the  University  of  Michigan.  In  1900-01  she  was  Fellow 
in  Economics  at  the  University  of  Wisconsin.  She  also  held  for 
one  year  the  Chicago  Social  Settlement  Fellowship  granted  by  the 
University  of  Wisconsin.  In  1902  she  received  the  degree  of  Ph.  D. 
from  the  University  of  Wisconsin. 

Dr.  V.  H.  Roberts,  a  new  appointee  in  Law  and  Political  Science 
at  Drake  University  (Des  Moines,  Iowa),  was  born  at  St.  Joseph, 
Michigan,  in  1874.  He  received  his  college  education  at  the  Univer- 
sity of  Michigan.  Afterwards  he  spent  three  years  in  Germany  at 
the  University  of  Heidelberg,  from  which  institution  he  received  his 
doctor's  degree  insigni  cum  laude.  He  has  given  special  attention  to 
International  Law  and  has  written  on  the  form  of  contracts  in 
Private  International  Law. 

Volume  XVI  of  the  Collections  of  the  State  Historical  Society  of 
Wisconsin  is  devoted  to  the  French  Regime  in  Wisconsin,  1634-1727. 
The  documents  published  in  this  volume  under  the  direction  of  Mr. 
Thwaites  will  surely  arouse  a  greater  interest  among  scholars  in  the 
romantic  period  of  Wisconsin  history.  The  volume  is  an  excellent 
illustration  of  critical  historical  work. 


132  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

Dr.  Paul  S.  Peirce,  recently  appointed  Instructor  in  History  at  the 
State  University  of  Iowa,  was  born  at  Johnson  Creek,  N.  Y.,  in 
1874.  He  entered  Cornell  University  (Ithaca)  in  1893,  and  gradu- 
ated from  that  institution  in  1897.  As  a  graduate  student  he 
attended  Cornell  University  during  the  year  of  1897-98.  In  1898- 
99  he  was  Fellow  in  History  at  Yale,  where  he  received  the  degree 
of  Ph.  D.  in  1900.  During  the  academic  year  of  1900-02  he  was 
Professor  of  English  and  History  at  Hedding  College,  Abingdon, 
Illinois. 

Mr.  Charles  H.  Horn  began  the  academic  year  of  1902-03  as 
Instructor  in  History  and  Principal  in  the  Academy  at  Iowa  College, 
Grinnell.  He  was  born  in  Michigan  in  1865.  He  entered  Olivet 
College  in  1888  and  received  the  degree  of  A.  B.  in  1892  and  A.  M. 
in  1893  from  that  institution.  He  has  spent  ten  years  in  active 
school  work  in  Michigan,  three  of  which  were  spent  as  Superin- 
tendent of  the  Traverse  City  public  schools. 

Mr.  T.  W.  Mitchell,  who  has  been  appointed  Assistant  Instructor 
in  Economics  and  Statistics  at  the  University  of  Iowa,  was  born  in 
Arkansas  in  1879.  He  entered  the  University  of  the  State  of  Wash- 
ington in  the  fall  of  1896  and  graduated  in  May  1900  with  the  degree 
of  B.  A.  and  with  h  onors  in  Political  Science.  After  spending  a  year 
as  Instructor  in  his  Alma  Mater  he  was  appointed  Fellow  in  Eco- 
nomics at  the  University  of  Wisconsin,  where  he  pursued  graduate 
study  during  the  year  1901-02. 

CONFERENCE    OF    CHARITIES    AND    CORRECTIONS 

The  fifth  annual  convention  of  the  Iowa  State  Conference  of  Char- 
ities and  Corrections  convened  at  Iowa  City,  October  30  and  31, 
1902,  under  the  presidency  of  Isaac  A.  Loos,  Professor  of  Sociology 
and  Political  Economy  in  the  State  University.  The  object  of  this 
annual  conference  is,  according  to  the  constitution  of  the  association, 
"to  discuss  the  problems  of  charity  and  corrections,  to  improve  the 
methods  of  dealing  with  delinquents  and  disseminate  information  on 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  133 

these  subjects."  The  present  interest  in  social  questions  shows  a 
healthful  growth  of  public  sentiment  concerning  the  problems  of  our 
social  development.  The  interest  of  legislators  and  public  men  in 
Iowa,  as  well  as  that  of  sociologists  and  philanthropists,  is  being 
directed  at  the  present  time  to  the  child  labor  problem  and  the  prob- 
lem of  the  juvenile  offender.  The  interest  in  the  former  is  largely 
centered  in  the  crying  need  for  remedial  legislation  in  other  States 
rather  than  in  our  own.  In  discussing  the  evils  of  the  system  as 
they  exist  in  other  States  the  conference  is  educating  the  public  to 
the  advantage  of  passing  preventive  rather  than  remedial  legislation. 
The  problem  of  the  juvenile  offender  is,  however,  one  which  already 
demands  remedial  legislation  at  the  hands  of  the  next  General 
eral  Assembly.  In  the  two  days  of  the  conference  five  sessions  were 
held,  in  which  the  subjects  of  child  labor  and  the  juvenile  offender, 
as  well  as  general  charity  work  in  the  State,  were  ably  discussed  by 
sach  men  as  Mr.  John  Cownie  and  Mr.  G.  S.  Robinson  of  the  State 
Board  of  Control,  Mr.  B.  F.  Miles  and  Mr.  F.  P.  Fitzpatrick,  super- 
intendents of  the  industrial  schools  at  Eldora  and  Mitchellville  re- 
spectively, and  by  Mr.  E.  M.  Nealley,  Judge  Emlin  McClain,  and 
others. 

LEAGUE    OP    IOWA    MUNICIPALITIES 

Iii  the  year  1898  four  mayors  of  representative  Iowa  cities,  while  in 
attendance  upon  the  second  annual  meeting  of  the  League  of  American 
Municipalities,  came  to  the  realization  that  their  respective  cities  had 
little  in  common  with  the  national  league.  The  proceedings  of  the  na- 
tional league  were  largely  taken  up  in  discussing  the  municipal  prob- 
lems of  our  large  American  cities,  whereas,  but  few  of  the  cities  in  the 
State  of  Iowa  exceed  15,000  in  population.  It  was  then  that  Mr.  John 
MacVicar,  mayor  of  Des  Moines,  Mr.  John  N.  Redmond,  mayor  of 
Cedar  Rapids,  Mr.  F.  G.  Pierce,  mayor  of  Marshalltown,  and  Mr. 
F.  K.  Stebbins,  mayor  of  Iowa  City  conceived  the  idea  of  organiz- 
ing a  League  of  Iowa  Municipalities;  the  annual  meetings  of  which 
should  be  devoted  to  the  live  problems  of  the  smaller  cities.  That 
their  efforts  have  been  highly  successful  is  evidenced  by  the  fact  that 


134  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

nearly  one  hundred  delegates  representing  the  most  progressive  cities 
of  Iowa  were  in  attendance  upon  the  fifth  annual  meeting  of  the 
League  which  convened  at  Iowa  City,  October  8  and  9,  1902.  At 
these  meetings  no  effort  is  spared  to  bring  before  the  League  men 
who  can  speak  authoritatively  upon  the  municipal  problems  of  our 
State.  Members  of  the  League  have  taken  advanced  ground  in 
reference  to  municipal  government  by  advocating  the  separation  of 
municipal  affairs  from  party  politics.  The  League  as  a  body  is 
endeavoring  to  secure  state  legislation  relative  to  municipalities  in 
accordance  with  the  more  advanced  views  of  the  students  of  this  sub- 
ject. The  organ  of  the  Iowa  League  is  a  monthly  magazine  the 
Midland  Municipalities,  ably  edited  by  Mr.  F.  G.  Pierce  of  Mar- 
shalltown.  In  all  the  work  of  the  League  of  Iowa  Municipalities  is 
to  be  highly  commended,  for  its  efforts  are  earnestly  directed  toward 
making  local  government  in  Iowa  of  the  people,  by  the  people,  and 
for  the  people  in  the  fullest  sense. 


CONTRIBUTORS 

LAENAS  GTIFFORD  WELD,  Professor  of  Mathematics  and  Dean 
of  the  Graduate  College  (State  University  of  Iowa),  and  State 
Superintendent  of  Weights  and  Measures  for  Iowa.  Born 
at  Sherwood,  Michigan,  1862.  Graduated  from  University 
of  Iowa.  Fellow  of  the  American  Association  for  the 
Advancement  of  Science.  Member  of  the  American  Mathe- 
matical Society,  the  State  Historical  Society  of  Iowa,  Baconian 
Club,  etc.  Author  of  TJie  Theory  of  Determinants ;  the  chapter 
on  Determinants  in  Merriam  and  Woodward's  compendium  of 
Higher  Mathematics;  etc. 

FRANCIS  NEWTON  THORPE,  Author  and  Member  of  the  Bar. 
Born  in  Massachusetts,  1857.  Fellow  and  Professor  of  Ameri- 
can Constitutional  History  at  the  University  of  Pennsylvania, 


OF   HISTORY   AND  POLITICS  135 

1885-1898.  Member  of  the  American  Historical  Association, 
also  of  the  Pennsylvania  Historical  Society.  Author  of  A  Con- 
stitutional History  (State)  of  the  American  People,  2  vols,  Harper 
Bros.,  1898;  The  Constitutional  History  of  the  United  States, 
3  vols,  Callaghan  &  Co.,  1901;  A  History  (Social  and  Economic) 
of  the  American  People,  McClurg  &  Co.,  1901;  The  Government 
of  the  People  of  the  United  States,  Eldredge  &  Bro.,  25th  edition; 
etc. 

DUREN  JAMES  HENDERSON  WARD,  Lecturer  and  Minister 
(All  Souls'  Church,  Iowa  City,  Iowa).  Born  at  Dorchester, 
Ontario,  1851.  Traveling  Fellow  from  Harvard  University  at 
Berlin  and  Leipsic  (Germany)  1885-1887.  Lecturer  on  Anthro- 
pology and  Philosophy  at  Harvard  University  (1887-1889). 
Member  of  Harvard  Philosophical  Club  (1887-1689),  New  York 
Academy  of  Anthropology  (1890-1894),  Political  Science  and 
Philosophical  Clubs  (University  of  Iowa),  etc.  Author  of 
Anthropology — a  /Syllabus;  The  Human  Races;  How  Religion 
Arises;  and  numerous  articles  on  Anthropology,  Sociology, 
Religion,  etc. 

JOHNSON  BRIGHAM,  State  Librarian  for  Iowa.  Born  in 
Cherry  Valley,  New  York.  While  at  Cornell  University  was 
awarded  Goldwin  Smith  prize  for  English  history  essay.  Editor 
of  Cedar  Rapids  Republican  for  twelve  years.  Founder  and 
editor  of  the  Midland  Monthly.  Contributor  to  the  Century, 
Forum,  Chautauquan,  etc.  At  one  time  Consul  at  Aix  la  Cha- 
pelle,  Germany. 


I  THE  IOWA   JOURNAL 

of  History  and  Politics 

APRIL      Nineteen     Hundred     Three 
Volume   One  Number    Two 


A  BEIEF  HISTORY  OF  THE  STATE  HISTORICAL 
SOCIETY  OF  IOWA 

There  are  times  and  circumstances  which  seem  to  inspire 
a  larger  interest  in  matters  historical — times  especially  when 
the  human  mind  cherishes  what  has  been,  times  when  the 
past  touches  the  human  imagination  even  to  sympathy.  The 
discovery  of  new  scientific  truths,  for  example,  provokes 
curiosity  in  the  history  of  scientific  truth  discovery;  the  ele- 
vation of  men  to  high  positions  of  trust,  honor,  or  power 
among  their  fellows  stimulates  biography;  while  a  people 
aroused  by  formative  events,  dramatic  episodes,  or  by  anni- 
versaries to  a  consciousness  of  change,  progress,  or  political 
unity,  invariably  turn  with  no  little  pride  to  the  annals  of 
their  social  and  political  evolution. 

In  our  own  Commonwealth  of  Iowa  the  revision  of  the 
Constitution  in  1857  seems  to  have  been  the  event  which 
occasioned  the  first  formal  expression  of  the  conviction  that 
the  history  of  this  State  was  worthy  of  preservation.  And 
yet  this  conviction  itself  had  surely  been  born  of  earlier 
days.  That  it  had  been  maturing  gradually  for  more  than 
two  decades  was  natural  and  could  hardly  have  been  other- 
wise. The  courageous  pioneers,  who  in  the  thirties  and 
forties  of  the  last  century  crossed  half  a  continent  to  make 
permanent  homes  in  Iowa,  must  have  realized  as  they  blazed 
their  names  on  primaeval  oaks  or  drove  their  stakes  deep 
into  the  prairie  land  that  their  lives  were  indeed  part  of  a 
great  movement  which  would  some  day  become  truly  historic. 


140  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

Many  rare  and  inspiring  experiences  were  in  store  for 
those  who  crossed  the  Mississippi  prior  to  1857.  The 
beauties  of  nature  untouched  were  theirs;  and  theirs,  too, 
was  the  freedom  of  opportunity.  During  the  lifetime  of  a 
single  generation  the  pioneers  beheld  the  evolution  of  a 
community  of  men  and  women  from  a  few  simple  families 
to  a  complex  society;  and  as  participants  in  that  social  and 
political  transformation  they  successfully  established  and 
maintained  law  and  order  on  the  frontier.  These  early  set- 
tlers founded  social  and  political  institutions.  They  partici- 
pated in  the  organization  and  administration  of  the  highest 
form  of  Territorial  government  which  the  genius  of  our  peo- 
ple has  yet  devised.  Earnestly  they  mingled  their  labors 
with  the  virgin  soil  of  the  richest  prairies  of  all  America. 
Beneath  their  eyes  a  thousand  hills  were  stripped  of  forests 
and  more  than  a  million  acres  of  prairie  land  were  turned 
into  corn-fields.  The  hardships  and  privations  which  they 
endured  remain  largely  untold. 

During  the  early  forties  the  pioneers  took  part  in  an  agi- 
tation for  a  State  government.  In  1845  they  twice  rejected 
the  boundaries  prescribed  by  Congress.  In  1846  they 
formed  the  Constitution  under  the  provisions  of  which  Iowa 
was  organized  as  a  State  and  admitted  into  the  Union. 
Having  witnessed  the  birth  of  "the  only  free  child  of  the 
Missouri  Compromise,"  these  Iowa  pioneers  enthusiastically 
applauded  their  Governor  when  in  1854  he  declared  that  it 
was  fitting  that  this  State  of  Iowa  should  let  the  world  know 
1 1  that  she  values  the  blessings  which  that  Compromise  has 
secured  her,  and  that  she  will  never  consent  to  become  a 
party  to  the  nationalization  of  slavery."1  In  1856  they 

1  From  the  inaugural  address  of  James  W.  Grimes. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  141 

made  preparations  for  a  third  constitutional  convention 
and  witnessed  the  birth  of  the  political  party  which,  with 
but  one  exception,  has  dominated  the  politics  of  the  State 
even  unto  this  day.1  Finally,  in  the  eventful  year  of  1857 
they  were  seriously  engaged  in  drafting  anew  their  code  of 
fundamental  law. 

Many  of  the  pioneers  had  now  passed  middle  life.  With 
axes  and  plows  they  had  bravely  fought  the  battles  of  the 
frontier;  and  now  they  had  begun  to  enjoy  some  of  the 
fruits  of  victory.  They  loved  to  tell  the  story  of  "the  early 
days."  At  the  fireside  they  lived  over  and  over  again  the 
history  of  their  lives.  The  hardships  and  privations  through 
which  they  had  passed  were  now  endeared  to  them.  They 
were  proud  of  the  great  Commonwealth  which  they  had 
founded.  The  marvelous  transformations  which  they  had 
witnessed  stirred  their  imaginations.  They  felt  that  some- 
how their  own  humble  lives  were  really  a  part  of  history; 
and  so  they  resolved  ato  rescue  from  oblivion  the  memory 
of  the  early  pioneers."2  Thrice  fathers — fathers  of  the 
Frontier,  fathers  of  the  Territory,  fathers  of  the  State — the 
unschooled  pioneers  of  Iowa  now  became  the  fathers  of  our 
local  provincial  history. 

It  was  in  January,  1857,  while  the  Third  Constitutional 
Convention  was  revising  the  Constitution  of  the  State  in  the 
Old  Stone  Capitol  at  Iowa  City,  that  the  Sixth  General 
Assembly,  which  was  then  in  session  in  the  same  historic 


1  The  Republican  party  of  the  State  of  Iowa  was  organized  at  Iowa 
City,  in  February,  1856. 

8  From  the  Constitution  of  the  State  Historical  Society  as  adopted 
in  1857. 


142  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

building,  voted  a  permanent  annual  appropriation  ' i  for  the 
benefit  of  a  State  Historical  Society." 1 

To  be  sure,  discussion  of  the  importance  and  value  of 
such  a  society  had  preceded  and  in  a  way  called  forth  this 
action  of  the  General  Assembly;  but  the  movement  was  not 
fully  organized  until  February  7,  1857,  when  a  Constitution 
for  the  " State  Historical  Society  of  Iowa"  was  adopted.2 
The  provisions  of  this  simple  instrument  have  continued  to 
be  the  basis  of  the  organization  of  the  Society  for  more  than 
forty -five  years. 

According  to  the  original  Constitution  of  1 857, 3  the  State 
Historical  Society  of  Iowa  consisted  of  members  who  were 
admitted  upon  election  by  the  Society,  or  by  the  Board  of 
Curators,  and  the  payment  of  an  "admittance  fee"  of  three 
dollars.  The  members  of  the  Society  held  regular  annual 
meetings  at  which  officers  were  elected  and  new  members 
admitted.4 

The  officers  of  the  Society  consisted  of  "a  President,  six 
Vice  Presidents,  a  Corresponding  Secretary,  a  Recording 
Secretary,  a  Treasurer,  Librarian,  and  eighteen  Curators," 
who  were  chosen  annually.  Article  seven  of  the  Constitu- 

*By  a  vote  of  the  Board  of  Curators  on  March  3,  1857,  "the  pres- 
ent members  of  the  Constitutional  Convention  and  the  General  As- 
sembly were  elected  members  of  the  Society." 

2  The  Corresponding  Secretary  of  the  Society  evidently  erred  when 
in  his  report  of  December  1,  1857,  he  wrote  that  the  Society  was 
organized  in  March,  1857. 

'The  Constitution,  By-Laws,  and  Articles  of  Incorporation  of  the 
Society,  and  the  acts  of  the  State  relating  to  the  Society  were  pub- 
lished in  1869. 

4  The  annual  meetings  were  at  first  held  in  December,  but  after 
1872  they  were  held  in  June. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  143 

tion  constituted  the  Curators  "the  Executive  Department  of 
this  Association"  with  "full  power  to  manage  its  affairs." 
In  April,  1869,  a  series  of  "By-Laws "  was  adopted,  which, 
among  other  things,  provided  for  officers  and  monthly  meet- 
ings of  the  Board  of  Curators,  fixed  the  quorum  thereof, 
prescribed  an  order  of  business,  and  named  the  standing 
committees. 

After  the  lapse  of  nearly  half  a  century  it  is  interesting 
to  observe  the  aims  and  functions  of  this  Historical  Society 
as  indicated  in  chapter  III  of  the  Constitution  of  1857. 
This  chapter,  which  is  entitled  " Object."  reads  as  follows: 
"The  object  of  this  Society  shall  be  to  collect,  embody, 
arrange  and  preserve  in  authentic  form,  a  library  of  books, 
pamphlets,  maps,  charts,  manuscripts,  papers,  paintings, 
statuary  and  other  materials  illustrative  of  the  history  of 
Iowa;  to  rescue  from  oblivion  the  memory  of  its  early 
pioneers;  to  obtain  and  preserve  narratives  of  their  exploits, 
perils  and  hardy  adventures;  to  secure  facts  and  statements 
relative  to  the  history,  genius,  progress  or  decay  of  our 
Indian  tribes,  to  exhibit  faithfully  the  antiquities,  and  the 
past  and  present  resources  of  the  State;  and  to  promote  the 
study  of  history  by  lectures,  and  diffuse  and  publish  infor- 
mation relating  to  the  description  and  history  of  Iowa." 

At  the  outset  the  State  seems  to  have  had  no  direct  con- 
trol over  the  organization  and  administration  of  the  Society. 
As  time  went  on,  however,  the  feeling  arose  that  the  State 
Historical  Society  of  Iowa  should  be  brought  into  closer  re- 
lations with  the  State.  This  was  certainly  a  legitimate 
demand  since  the  Society  existed  for  public  purposes  and 
was  supported  by  State  appropriations.  Accordingly,  the 


144  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

Fourteenth  General  Assembly  passed  "  An  Act  to  Reorgan- 
ize the  State  Historical  Society,"  which  was  approved 
April  23,  1872.1 

The  act  of  1872  was  for  the  most  part  a  compilation  of 
the  provisions  of  the  Constitution  and  By-laws  which  the 
Society  had  previously  adopted.  Some  significant  changes 
were,  however,  introduced.  The  Curators  were  thereafter 
to  hold  office  for  two  years,  and  nine  of  the  eighteen  were 
to  be  appointed  by  the  Governor  of  the  State.  The  annual 
meeting  of  the  Society  was  to  be  held  "on  the  Monday  pre- 
ceding the  last  Wednesday  in  June  of  each  year."  Section 
five  empowered  the  Board  of  Curators  to  "choose  annually, 
or  oftener,  if  need  be,  a  corresponding  secretary,  recording 
secretary,  a  treasurer,  and  a  librarian from  the  mem- 
bers outside  of  their  own  number."  These  officers  were  to 
serve  as  officers  of  both  the  Society  and  the  Board  of  Cu- 
rators. A  President  was  likewise  chosen  by  the  Curators, 
but  from  their  own  number.  He  presumably  held  the  same 
office  in  the  Society.  It  was  further  provided  by  this  act 
that  "No  officer  of  the  Society  or  of  the  Board  shall  receive 
any  compensation  'from  the  State  appropriation  to  the 
Society." 

Whatever  may  have  been  its  political  and  legal  status 
prior  to  1872,  it  is  certain  that  by  the  act  of  April  23d  of 
that  year  the  State  Historical  Society  of  Iowa  was  made  a 
State  institution  in  the  fullest  sense  of  the  term.  Since 
1872  no  change  of  any  importance  has  been  made  in  the 
organic  law  of  the  Society;  so  that  today  the  Code  provi- 
sions2 are  substantially  those  of  the  act  of  1872. 

*Laws  of  Iowa,  1872,  p.  113. 
2See  Code  of  1897,  p.  975. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  145 

It  can  hardly  be  said  that  the  State  Historical  Society  of 
Iowa  was,  in  its  earlier  years,  liberally  supported  by  the 
State.  The  idea  seeing  to  have  prevailed  that  the  library 
and  collection  would  somehow  grow  by  voluntary  contribu- 
tions, and  that  with  little  or  no  expense  the  materials  of 
history  would  find  their  way  to  the  store-rooms  of  the  Society. 
By  the  act  of  January,  1857,  the  sum  of  $250  was  appro- 
priated as  a  permanent  annual  allowance.  In  1860  this 
annual  allowance  was  increased  to  $500.1  Twenty  years 
later  it  was  fixed  at  $1000.2  And  finally  in  1902  the  per- 
manent annual  support  of  the  Society  was  raised  to  $2500.3 
In  the  meantime  several  special  appropriations  were  voted 
for  the  benefit  of  the  Society.  The  first  special  appropria- 
tion was  made  in  1868,  when  in  "An  Act  in  relation  to  the 
State  Historical  Society,"  $3000  annually  for  two  years  was 
appropriated.4  In  1892  a  second  special  appropriation  of 
$1000  for  the  biennial  period  was  voted.5  Again  in  1900 
the  Society  received  a  special  appropriation  of  $2000. 6  The 
last  of  the  special  appropriations  was  made  in  1902  and 
amounted  to  $9500. 7 

In  the  original  act  of  appropriation,  as  well  as  in  subse- 
quent statute  and  code  provisions,  the  State  Historical  So- 
ciety is  referred  to  as  "in  connection  with  and  under  the 
auspices  of  the  State  University."  Precisely  what  was  to 
be  understood  by  these  words  was  not  clearly  defined.  The 
expression,  however,  has  never  been  interpreted  to  mean 

1  Laws  of  Iowa,  1860,  p.  146.  5  Laws  of  Iowa,  1892,  p.  133. 

*  Laws  of  Iowa,  1880,  p.     60.  6  Laws  of  Iowa,  1900,  p.  115. 

8  Laws  of  Iowa,  1902,  p.  143.  7  Laws  of  Iowa,  1902,  p.  143. 
4  Laws  of  Iowa,  1868,  p.  225. 


146  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

that  any  organic  connection  existed  between  the  two  institu- 
tions. The  State  Historical  Society  of  Iowa  remains  to  this 
day  an  independent  State  institution,  whose  organization, 
support,  and  management  are  in  no  way  connected  with  the 
State  University.  It  is  probable  that  the  provisions  of  the 
act  of  1857  aimed  to  secure  the  permanent  location  of  the 
Society  at  Iowa  City,  where  it  would  ' i  be  fostered  by  the 
literary  and  scientific  influences  of  the  University."1  The 
only  material  assistance  which  has  ever  been  rendered  by 
the  University  consisted  of  providing  rooms  for  the  Society 
from  1857  to  1868  and  again  from  1901  to  this  day. 

Although  Iowa  City,  the  historic  capital  of  Iowa  and  the 
seat  of  the  State  University,  has  been  the  most  fitting  loca- 
tion for  the  State  Historical  Society,  the  library  and  collec- 
tions of  this  Society  have  not  always  had  satisfactory 
accommodations.  At  first  rooms  in  the  Old  Stone  Capitol 
were  assigned  by  the  Trustees  of  the  University.  These 
quarters  were  occupied  by  the  Society  until  September, 
1862,  when  other  rooms  were  assigned  in  the  "Mechanics 
Academy."  This  building  was  occupied  by  the  Historical 
Society  until  March,  1865.  It  was  at  this  time  that  the 
Trustees  of  the  University  passed  a  resolution  authorizing 


1  At  a  meeting  of  the  Board  of  Curators  in  1866,  Colonel  S.  C. 
Trowbridge  said  that  "he  [Trowbridge]  was  at  the  first  organization 
of  this  Society,  which  was  born  after  the  politicians  had  swapped  off 
all  the  public  institutions  that  had  been  located  at  Iowa  City,  and 
arranged  for  their  removal  to  other  parts  of  the  State,  and  the  object 
of  placing  the  Historical  Society  under  the  auspices  of  the  Uni- 
versity was  to  insure  its  permanent  location  at  this  point. 

"  .  .  .  .If  allowed  to  remain  here  it  will  be  fostered  by  the  liter- 
ary and  scientific  influences  of  the  University" — From  the  Records 
of  the  Board  of  Curators,  March  2,  1866. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  147 

the  Society  to  use  "the  Library  Room  and  Cabinet  of  the 
University  for  their  purposes  as  a  Society,  with  leave  to  hold 
the  annual  meetings  of  the  Society  in  the  University 
Chapel."  This  arrangement  proved  unfortunate  in  that  it 
gave  rise  to  misunderstanding,  controversy,  and'no  little  ill 
feeling  between  the  two  State  institutions. 

In  June,  1866,  the  Trustees  of  the  University  "Resolved, 
That  the  Historical  Society  be  requested,  so  soon  as  they 
can,  to  surrender  the  government  of  the  Society  to  the 
Trustees  of  the  State  University,  and  after  thorough  e*xam- 
ination,  if  they  consider  that  they  have  not  sufficient  author- 
ity to  do  so,  that  they  petition  the  Legislature  for  such 
authority;  and  in  the  meantime,  as  a  condition  of  occupying 
a  room  in  the  University,  that  they  employ  as  their  Libra- 
rian the  Librarian  of  the  University,  and  on  failure  to  com- 
ply with  this  condition  by  the  first  day  of  September,  1866, 
the  Executive  Committee  are  hereby  authorized  and  em- 
powered to  have  the  effects  of  the  Historical  Society  removed 
from  the  University  building  at  the  expense  of  the  Uni- 
versity."1 The  Curators  of  the  Historical  Society  believing 
the  performance  on  their  part  of  such  an  act  would  be  clearly 
a  violation  of  their  oath  of  office  did  not  comply  with  the 
request  of  the  Trustees. 

Again  in  June,  1867,  the  Trustees  of  the  University  after 
a  further  consideration  of  the  relation  of  the  Historical 
Society  to  the  University,  passed  this  resolution:  "Resolved, 
That  the  State  Historical  Society  be  permitted,  until  other- 
wise ordered,  to  occupy  the  present  library  -  room,  upon  the 


^ee  Appended  Document,  D,  in   Sixth   Biennial  Report   of  the 
Board  of  Curators. 


148  THE   IOWA   JOURNAL 

removal  of  the  present  library  of  the  University  therefrom, 
which  occupancy  shall  only  be  upon  the  following  conditions: 
The  said  State  Historical  Society  shall  at  their  first  annual 
meeting  adopt  the  following:  1.  The  property  in  the  cus- 
tody of  the  State  Historical  Society  shall  be,  and  remain, 
under  the  ultimate  control  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  the 
State  University,  and  in  case  said  Board  deem  it  for  the 
security  or  preservation  of  said  property  to  assume  such  con- 
trol, they  may  do  so.  2.  That  said  property  in  the  custody 
of  the  Society  shall  not  be  removed  from  the  University 
Buildings,  except  by  the  consent  of  the  said  Board  of 
Trustees.  3.  That  at  each  regular  annual  session  of  said 
Board  of  Trustees,  the  said  Historical  Society  shall  report  to 
the  Board  the  conditions  and  operations  of  the  Society  gen- 
erally. 4.  That  regulations  shall  at  all  times  exist  by 
which  the  instructors  and  pupils  of  the  State  University 
shall  have  access  to  the  collections  of  the  Society  for  the 
proper  uses  of  the  University.  5.  That  at  the  coming  ses- 
sion of  the  Legislature,  the  General  Assembly  be  requested 
to  declare  and  define  a  permanent  connection  to  exist,  as 
above  contemplated,  between  the  State  University  and  the 
State  Historical  Society.  6.  That  the  immediate  manage- 
ment of  the  operations  of  the  State  Historical  Society  be  left 
to  the  Society  itself. "] 

Again  the  Curators  declared  that  they  could  not,  "in  view 
of  their  obligations  to  the  Historical  Society  and  the  laws 
of  the  State  under  whose  authority  they  are  acting,"  accept 
rooms  in  the  University  on  the  conditions  proposed  by  the 


JSee  Appended  Document,  C,  in   Sixth   Biennial  Report   of  the 
Board  of  Curators. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  149 

Trustees.  When  they  met  in  August  the  Curators  rejected 
seriatim  and  by  unanimous  vote  all  of  the  conditions  of  the 
resolution.  A  few  months  later  the  Curators  submitted  to 
the  Governor  their  regular  biennial  report,  in  which,  after 
adverting  to  the  relations  then  existing  between  the  Society 
and  the  University,  they  made  the  following  appeal  to  the 
General  Assembly: 

"It  is  therefore  earnestly  desired  by  the  Society,  that  the 
true  intent  and  meaning  of  the  relation  intended  by  the 
Legislature,  as  expressed  in  the  word  'auspices,'  in  the  law 
referred  to,  may  be  clearly  set  forth. 

"If  a  bona  fide  relationship  is  therein  intended,  we  ask 
that  the  Trustees  of  that  Institution  shall  be  instructed  to 
provide  an  appropriate  and  permanent  place  for  the  use  of 
the  Society,  and  that  they  may  be  taught  to  regard  it  as 
having  a  claim  upon  the  protection  and  aid  of  the  State, 
through,  and  derivable  from,  the  appropriations  made  to 
the  State  University. 

uOn  the  contrary,  if  there  is  no  tangible  link  of  connec- 
tion, then  we  respectfully  request  that  an  appropriation  for 
the  purpose  of  procuring  and  fitting  up  a  room  for  the 
Society,  be  made  direct  to  it,  to  be  disbursed  by  some 
authorized  responsible  party."1  The  only  direct  and  evi- 
dent result  of  this  appeal  was  the  special  appropriation  of 
1868,  which  enabled  the  Society  to  secure  and  fit  up  for  its 
special  uses  rooms  outside  of  the  University  buildings. 

In  June,  1868,  the  Curators  leased  the  "Old  Stone 
Church"  on  Burlington  Street,  and  soon  thereafter  the 
association  of  the  State  Historical  Society  with  the  State 

1See  Sixth  Biennial  Report  of  the  Board  of  Curators,  p.  13. 


150  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

University  was  completely  severed.  In  the  meantime  the 
Society  had  fortified  its  independence  still  further  by  secur- 
ing articles  of  incorporation.1  The  historical  library  re- 
mained in  the  damp  musty  basement  of  the  uOld  Stone 
Church"  until  the  fall  of  1882,  when  it  was  removed  to 
better  quarters  in  a  building  on  Washington  street.  In 
September,  1901,  the  library  and  collections  of  the  Society 
were  finally  transferred  from  the  Washington  street  build- 
ing to  the  Hall  of  Liberal  Arts  on  the  campus  of  the  State 
University. 

From  the  provisions  of  its  Constitution  it  is  clear  that 
the  publication  as  well  as  the  collection  and  preservation  of 
the  materials  of  history  is  one  of  the  principal  objects  for 
which  the  State  Historical  Society  of  Iowa  was  established. 
The  various  publications  which  have  been  issued  since  1857 
may  be  grouped  under  four  heads. 

First,  the  official  biennial  reports  which  have  appeared 
regularly  every  two  years  since  the  organization  of  the 
Society  in  1857. 2 

Secondly,  the  quarterly  publications,  of  which  there  have 
been  two  series,  namely,  The  Annals  of  Iowa  and  The  loiva 
Historical  Record.  The  first  number  of  The  Annals  ap- 
peared in  January,  1863.  Thereafter  the  quarterly  num- 
bers were  issued  regularly  until  December,  1874,  when  the 
series  was  suspended  for  want  of  funds.  The  Annals  com- 
plete consists  of  twelve  volumes.  In  January,  1885,  the  first 


lThe  articles  of  incorporation  were  filed  for  record  December  2, 
1867.  The  Society  was  again  incorporated  in  1892. 

2  The  first  of  these  reports  was  printed  as  The  First  Annual  He- 
port  of  the  State  Historical  Society  of  Iowa  for  the  Year  1857. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  151 

number  of  The  Record  was  issued.  This  was  uthe  resump- 
tion in  fact  of  The  Annals  of  Iowa.  "  Of  The  Record 
series  there  are  eighteen  volumes.  The  last  number  bears 
the  date  of  October,  1902. 

Thirdly,  the  miscellaneous  publications,  of  which  the 
most  important  are:  Documentary  Material  Relating  to  the 
History  of  Iowa  (3  vols.);  Fragments  of  the  Debates  of  the 
Iowa  Constitutional  Conventions  of  1844  and  1846,  along 
with  Press  Comments  and  Other  Materials  on  the  Constitu- 
tions of  1844  and  1846;  The  Constitution  and  Records  of 
the  Claim  Association  of  Johnson  County,  (Iowa);  The  Con- 
stitution of  Iowa  (pocket  edition);  Iowa  City,  a  Contri- 
bution to  the  Early  History  of  Iowa;  Amish  Mennonites  in 
loioa;  Iowa  Historical  Lectures,  1892;  and  Iowa  Historical 
Lectures,  1894- 

But  more  inspiring  than  statutes,  appropriations,  or  pub- 
lications are  the  names  of  the  men  who  as  officers  and  mem- 
bers have  been  connected  with  the  Society  during  the  past 
forty -five  years.  At  the  head  of  the  list  stands  the  name  of 
James  Wilson  Grimes.  As  the  first  President,  both  of  the 
Society  and  of  the  Board  of  Curators,  Grimes  was  indeed  a 
worthy  predecessor  of  such  men  as  Ralph  P.  Lowe,  Samuel 
J.  Kirkwood,  William  G.  Hammond,  George  G.  Wright, 
Josiah  L.  Pickard,  and  Peter  A.  Dey. 

Among  the  Vice-Presidents  of  the  Society  were  men  of 
the  same  high  character  and  public  renown,  as  witness  the 
names  of  James  Harlan,  Charles  Mason,  Thomas  S.  Wilson, 
William  M.  Stone,  John  F.  Dillon,  Lucien  H.  Lang  worthy, 
John  P.  Irish,  and  William  B.  Allison. 

In  the  long  line  of  Curators  one  meets  the  names  of  J.  B. 


152  THE   IOWA   JOURNAL 

Grinnell,  Thomas  H.  Benton,  Jr.,  T.  S.  Parvin,  G.  W. 
McCleary,  P.  M.  Cassady,  Charles  Negus,  Silas  Totten, 
Wm.  Penn  Clarke,  James  Wilson,  J.  F.  Duncombe,  John 
A.  Kasson,  D.  N.  Richardson,  and  Geo.  D.  Perkins. 

The  roll  of  members  is  longer  and  somewhat  more  pro- 
vincial. But  even  here  one  finds  the  names  of  George  Ban- 
croft,1 Jared  Sparks,  William  Cullen  Bryant,  William  H. 
Prescott,  Horace  Greeley,  and  Theodore  Parker.2 

Such  are  the  historical  beginnings  of  the  State  Historical 
Society  of  Iowa  as  founded  and  fostered  by  the  pioneers. 
Without,  perhaps,  much  knowledge  of  critical  history  and 
without  academic  training  they  sowed  the  seeds  of  a  local 
provincial  history  which  have  grown  and  matured  into 
ripened  grain.  To  gather  the  harvest  and  withal  to  sift  the 
grain  is  the  duty  of  the  present  hour. 

BENJAMIN  F.  SHAMBAUGH. 
THE  STATE  UNIVERSITY  OF  IOWA 
IOWA  CITY 


MY  DEAR  SIR:  1NEW  YORK,  March  17,  185*7. 

I  accept  with  equal  pride  and  pleasure  the  honor  done  me  by  the 
Board  of  Curators  in  conferring  upon  me  membership  in  the  State 
Historical  Society  of  Iowa.  Yours  very  truly, 

C.  BILLINGS  SMITH,  Esq.,  GEO.  BANCROFT. 

Corresponding  Secretary. 


C.  BILLINGS  SMITH,  Esq.  2  BOSTON,  July  11,  1858. 

DEAR  SIR:  Yours  of  26th  ult.  has  just  come  to  hand.  It  gives 
me  great  pleasure  to  accept  the  honor  your  society  confers  on  me.  I 
am  particularly  desirous  of  acquiring  information  relating  to  the 
religious  opinions  of  the  Indians,  and  if  your  society  should  publish 
anything  relating  thereto,  please  consider  me  a  subscriber  for  it.  If 
you  will  let  me  know  how  books,  pamphlets,  etc.  may  be  sent  to  you 
without  cost  to  you,  I  think  I  can  furnish  you  something  now  and 
then.  Respectfully  truly  yours, 

THEODORE  PARKER. 


STATE  HISTORY  IN  THE  PUBLIC  HIGH  SCHOOLS 

In  every  public  high  school,  as  well  as  in  every  college 
and  university  in  our  land,  history  has  come  to  be  an  impor- 
tant constituent  factor  in  the  curriculum.  Discussion  may 
still  go  on  as  to  how  much  time  ought  to  be  given  to  this 
study,  as  to  the  methods  to  be  adopted  in  its  pursuit,  and 
as  to  whether  it  ought  to  be  required  of  all  students.  But 
these  are  simply  matters  of  school  or  college  administration 
which  do  not  affect  the  general  proposition,  to  which  all 
educationists  now  agree,  that  the  study  of  history  should  be 
adequately  represented  in  the  curriculum  of  every  school 
of  secondary  or  higher  grade. 

Accepting  this  general  conclusion  as  sound,  I  desire  in 
this  paper  to  advance  the  further  proposition  that  in  the 
study  of  history  in  our  .public  high  schools  a  reasonable 
portion  of  the  time  should  be  given  to  the  study  of  State 
history.  Nor  is  it  sufficient  that  the  study  of  local  history 
be  made  the  subject  of  a  few  " talks"  to  the  class  in  United 
States  history,  or  introduced  simply  to  enliven  the  course  in 
civics  ?  On  the  contrary,  I  believe  that  the  local  history  of 
the  State  within  which  the  high  school  is  located  should  be 
seriously  taken  up  and  regularly  taught  as  a  subject  worthy 
of  special  study. 

In  urging  this  proposition  upon  the  attention  of  those 
who  are  interested  in  secondary  education  there  is,  of  course, 
some  danger  of  assigning  undue  prominence  to  the  study  of 


154  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

State  and  local  history.  I  am,  however,  especially  anxious 
to  guard  against  such  error,  since  I  am  of  the  opinion  that 
in  constructing  schemes  of  historical  study  for  our  schools 
we  have,  perhaps,  sinned  somewhat  in  placing  undue  em- 
phasis upon  American  as  compared  with  general  European 
history.  Every  country  in  constructing  its  scheme  of  educa- 
tion ought  to  provide  a  proper  place  for  the  study  of  its  own 
history;  but  every  country  needs  also  to  be  on  its  guard 
lest  by  giving  too  exclusive  attention  to  this  subject  it  warp 
and  distort  the  views  of  its  children  as  to  the  relative  impor- 
tance of  local  as  compared  with  general,  of  national  as  com- 
pared with  world  history. 

The  history  of  this  country  is  destined,  in  our  opinion, 
to  play  a  very  prominent  part  and  occupy  a  leading  place 
in  all  the  future  history  of  the  world.  But  if  the  American 
republic  were  to  perish  to-day,  the  place  which  we  should 
occupy  in  the  grand  progress  of  the  world's  history  would, 
after  all,  be  very  small.  And  so  our  students  in  the  high 
schools  should  get  in  the  course  of  their  studies  some  con- 
ception of  the  relative  significance  which  the  history  of  other 
nations  has  in  the  history  of  the  world  as  compared  with  our 
own.  We  are,  however,  justified  in  laying  a  somewhat 
exaggerated  emphasis  upon  our  own  history  as  compared 
with  that  of  other  nations  of  the  world.  That  is  to  say,  a 
certain  exaggerated  emphasis  is  not  an  undue  emphasis. 

In  the  first  place  each  nation  is  bound  by  the  laws  of  its 
own  being  to  magnify  its  own  calling,  to  emphasize  its  own 
place  in  the  general  history  of  the  world,  and  to  dwell  upon 
its  own  services  to  humanity.  It  is,  moreover,  necessary  in 
the  general  interests  of  human  history  that  each  State  should 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  155 

do  this  in  order  that  ultimately,  when  the  history  of  the 
world  is  written,  adequate  material  shall  exist  to  enable  the 
historian  to  give  each, nation  its  proper  place. 

We  are  likewise  justified  from  a  pedagogical  point  of 
view  in  this  exaggeration  of  our  own  history  by  the  fact 
that  there  is  a  certain  element  of  interest  in  the  study  of  the 
national  annals  which  is  not  to  be  found  to  the  same  extent 
in  the  study  of  the  world  annals.  At  the  same  time  we 
must  beware  against  making  a  very  common  mistake  in  this 
field.  It  is  not  true,  in  my  opinion,  that  the  individual  is 
always  most  interested  in  that  which  lies  nearest  him.  The 
child,  as  a  rule,  is  far  more  interested  in  fairy  stories  than 
it  would  be  in  the  history  of  children  with  whom  it  asso- 
ciates every  day.  The  citizen  is  often  times  more  interested 
in  the  politics  of  the  State  or  the  nation  than  in  that  of  the 
city,  and  in  the  history  of  the  foreign  nations  rather  than  in 
the  history  of  his  own  nation,  in  the  history  of  the  ancient 
rather  than  in  the  history  of  the  modern  nations,  in  the  his- 
tory of  the  world  rather  than  in  the  history  of  his  own  time 
and  his  own  conditions.  In  spite  of  this  general  fact,  how- 
ever, it  is  possible  to  get  a  certain  kind  of  interest  in  the 
events  connected  with  one's  own  national  life  which  cannot 
be  secured  for  those  incidents  connected  with  other  nations 
and  other  races  in  other  periods  of  the  world's  history.  In 
the  same  way  it  is  possible  to  arouse  a  certain  kind  of  in- 
terest in  the  annals  of  one's  village  or  city,  of  one's  county 
or  one's  State,  which  it  is  not  possible  to  excite  to  the  same 
extent  in  the  history  of  one's  nation.  A  certain  amount  of 
attention,  therefore,  to  State  and  local  history  would  be 
justified  by  the  fact  that  it  helps  to  arouse  that  special  and 


156  THE   IOWA   JOURNAL 

peculiar  interest  in  the  study  of  history  which  is  likely  to 
make  it  a  fruitful  source  of  intellectual  development  and 
enjoyment  for  all  time  to  come. 

There  is  another  reason  justifying  the  attention  of  the 
student  of  history  to  local  as  well  as  to  general  affairs,  and 
that  is,  that  it  is  the  best  means  of  getting  a  clear  under- 
standing of  certain  large  events  and  forces  through  that 
accurate  knowledge  of  local  events  and  local  forces  which 
the  study  of  local  history  offers  an  opportunity  of  develop- 
ing. Just  as  in  geography  a  child  may  from  its  own  imme- 
diate surroundings  by  studying  the  local  elevations,  slight 
though  they  may  be,  by  watching  the  streams,  insignificant 
though  they  are,  get  such  general  geographical  ideas  as  will 
enable  him  to  understand  in  a  far  clearer  and  better  manner 
the  elements  in  the  geography  of  foreign  countries  and 
foreign  climes,  so  in  history,  the  study  of  the  local  features 
and  the  local  traditions  will  enable  the  student  to  collect 
certain  data  which  will  render  easy  the  understanding  of  the 
wider  sweep  of  national  and  world  history. 

There  is  still  another  important  circumstance  which  justi- 
fies the  study  of  local  history  as  a  part  of  the  general  scheme 
of  historical  study.  I  refer  to  the  fact  that  the  life  of  the 
local  community  supplements  the  life  and  politics  of  the 
larger  national  community.  The  entire  history  of  the  people 
is  not  by  any  means  to  be  found  in  the  annals  of  legislative 
bodies  or  in  the  field  of  what  may  be  called  general  politics. 
Many  of  the  most  important  forces  which  necessarily  deter- 
mine the  course  of  national  development  are  not  reflected 
in  the  history  of  the  general  governments  or  in  their  deal- 
ings with  foreign  nations  or  with  domestic  affairs.  Thus  it 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  157 

will  be  found  that  local  history  offers  an  essential  supple- 
ment to  the  study  of  the  larger  and  more  general  features 
of  national  history.  , 

It  may  also  be  urged  with  reason  that  a  knowledge  of 
State  and  local  history  conduces  to  a  love  of  country.  He 
who  is  a  stranger  to  the  history  and  traditions  of  his  own 
local  community  is  not  likely  to  possess  that  patriotism  upon 
which  rests,  in  the  long  run,  the  salvation  not  only  of  the 
local  community  but  of  the  nation  as  well.  The  more  the 
citizen  knows  and  understands  of  the  history  and  govern- 
ment of  his  own  community  the  greater  will  be  his  interest 
in  all  public  affairs.  To  be  taught  that  our  fathers  labored, 
and  fought,  and  sacrificed  for  the  good  of  the  community  is 
to  be  inspired  with  that  courage  which  makes  good  citizens. 
From  the  standpoint  of  the  public  good  our  high  schools 
can  offer  no  more  valuable  courses  of  instruction  than  those 
which  lead  to  better  citizenship. 

All  these  considerations,  which  apply  in  a  general  way  to 
the  study  of  local  history  as  distinguished  from  general  his- 
tory, have  a  special  force  in  this  our  own  country  owing  to 
the  peculiar  nature  of  our  government  and  of  our  institu- 
tions. Our  nation  is  organized  on  the  federal  plan,  being 
composed  of  States  themselves  organized  on  the  principles 
of  local  self-government.  The  history  of  townships,  coun- 
ties, and  States  is,  therefore,  of  special  significance  in  the 
study  of  American  history. 

Owing  to  the  political,  social,  and  industrial  constitution 
of  our  society  a  large  number  of  important  elements  in  our 
national  history  fail  to  be  reflected  within  the  ordinary  field 
of  national  policy,  national  discussion,  and  national  admin- 


158  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

istration.  This  is  rendered  especially  apparent  by  a  com- 
parison of  our  own  history  with  that  of  England,  for  ex- 
ample. If  you  study  the  history  of  England  your  will  find 
that  the  questions  of  the  support  of  the  poor,  of  the  proper 
organization  of  municipal  government  and  the  organization 
of  public  education,  and  the  administration  of  public  health, 
have  entered  into  national  politics  in  such  a  way  that  no  one 
could  write  a  general  history  of  England  without  giving 
large  attention  to  these  problems.  They  are  the  points 
about  which  national  policy  has  turned;  they  are  the  ques- 
tions on  which  ministries  have  risen  and  fallen.  Nor  are 
these  same  questions  at  bottom  of  less  importance  in  this 
country  to  a  full  understanding  of  our  history  as  a  nation. 
But  at  no  place  in  the  field  of  our  national  politics  do  they 
appear  as  important  considerations.  If,  therefore,  these 
vital  social  and  political  problems  are  to  be  studied  at  all, 
if  they  are  to  receive  the  attention  which  they  certainly 
ought  to  have  in  any  general  scheme  of  historical  instruc- 
tion, they  must  be  included  in  the  study  of  State  history 
which  has  turned  to  so  large  an  extent  about  their  solution. 
The  study  of  State  history  in  this  sense  in  the  United 
States  is  a  very  essential  and  necessary  supplement  to  the 
study  of  general  American  history  in  order  to  give  any  ade- 
quate view  of  the  course  of  national  progress.  Even  in  the 
field  of  national  politics,  pure  and  simple,  in  the  field  of 
those  questions  which,  by  the  terms  of  our  Federal  Consti- 
tution, are  intrusted  to  our  national  government,  the  part 
which  the  States  as  States  have  played  is  extremely  impor- 
tant. The  great  struggle  for  the  existence  of  the  Union 
turned  largely  upon  the  attitude  of  the  individual  States. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  159 

The  most  important  problems  in  our  national  history  can  be 
understood  and  appreciated  only  through  the  study  of  State 
life,  of  the  State  idea,  and  of  the  part  which  that  idea  played 
in  our  national  existence.  Surely,  then,  these  are  circum- 
stances which  justify  giving  a  certain  portion  of  the  time 
devoted  to  historical  study  to  the  examination  of  these  par- 
ticular things. 

The  considerations  which  I  have  thus  far  presented  apply 
to  the  study  of  State  history  generally  in  the  high  schools 
of  our  country.  But  here  in  the  Middle  West,  in  the  great 
Valley  of  the  Mississippi,  there  are  special  reasons  for  urg- 
ing the  study  of  State  and  local  history.  The  intrinsic 
interest  and  importance  of  the  history  of  this  region  can  no 
longer  be  questioned.  To  be  sure  the  history  of  Massa- 
chusetts, of  New  York,  of  Pennsylvania,  and  of  Virginia  is 
fuller  of  content  since  it  extends  over  a  much  longer  period 
of  time  than  does  the  history  of  such  States  as  Ohio,  Illinois, 
Iowa,  and  Wisconsin.  But  ever  since  the  close  of  the  Revo- 
lution, when  the  defiles  of  the  Alleghanies  began  to  be  filled 
with  emigrant  wagons  bound  for  the  West,  the  Mississippi 
Valley  has  literally  been  the  central  region  of  interest  in 
our  American  history.  The  eastern  States  secured  inde- 
pendence and  established  the  nation.  It  remained  for  the 
Territories  and  States  of  the  West  to  develop  that  nation. 
They  brought  into  American  history  those  factors  and 
elements  which  are  genuinely  American.  The  history  of 
these  western  States — these  frontier  democracies — is  cer- 
tainly interesting,  important,  and  full  of  suggestion. 

Take  Illinois  as  an  example.     The  history  of  the  Indian 
and  the  Mound-builder,  the  marvelous  story  of  the  explora- 


160  THE   IOWA   JOURNAL 

tions  of  Marquette  and  LaSalle,  and  the  magnificent  efforts 
by  which  this  territory  was  annexed  to  the  crown  of  France 
stir  the  imagination  and  arouse  and  excite  the  attention  and 
fix  the  interest  of  the  student  of  history  the  more  deeply 
the  longer  it  is  studied.  Certainly  the  annals  of  no  eastern 
State  have  to  show  a  more  picturesque  or  interesting  chapter 
calculated  to  stir  the  emotions  of  the  historian  than  the 
earliest  chapter  in  the  history  of  the  Illinois  country. 
Again,  the  story  of  the  winning  of  this  territory  from  the 
French  crown,  the  subsequent  story  of  maintaining  its  pos- 
session in  the  hands  of  the  English  against  the  Indians, 
and  above  all  the  story  of  its  acquisition  by  the  infant 
republic  during  the  Revolutionary  War  may  rank  in  interest 
with  any  which  the  annals  of  this  country  can  offer.  The 
great  march  of  George  Rogers  Clarke  across  the  Illinois 
country  to  Kaskaskia  and  back  again  to  Yincennes  ranks 
among  the  great  events  of  a  similar  kind,  not  simply  in  the 
history  of  this  western  country,  or  of  the  United  States,  but  of 
the  world;  and  the  oftener  the  story  is  told,  and  the  more 
fully  its  significance  is  understood,  the  greater  the  place 
which  will  be  accorded  to  it  in  the  history  of  this  country. 
The  organization  of  this  whole  region  in  the  Northwest 
Territory  was  not  merely  an  interesting  incident  in  the  life 
of  one  or  two  States,  but  is  to  be  viewed  as  one  of  the  most 
important  and  far  reaching  events  in  the  life  of  the  republic, 
as  an  act  the  significance  of  which  is  not  at  all  seen  in  the 
ordinary  accounts  of  it  given  in  the  general  history  of  the 
United  States.  And  when  subsequently  the  time  came  for 
the  admission  of  this  Illinois  territory  into  the  Union  as  a 
State,  the  fact  that  its  northern  boundary  was  placed  at 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  161 

42°  30'  instead  of  at  the  lower  end  of  Lake  Michigan,  where 
it  was  first  designed  to  be,  turned  out  to  be  one  of  the  most 
important  events  in  thje  history  of  the  country;  for,  pos- 
sibly, upon  that  fact  depended  the  subsequent  circumstance 
that  Illinois  sided  with  the  North  in  the  great  struggle  for 
the  Union,  and  thus  turned  the  scale  in  favor  of  a  single 
national  existence  as  opposed  to  a  number  of  nations  on  this 
continent.  Then  too,  the  history  of  the  struggle  of  this 
State  over  the  slavery  question,  its  experience  in  the  matter 
of  internal  improvements,  the  great  struggle  over  the  free 
school,  all  these  are  interesting  and  vital  chapters,  not 
merely  in  the  history  of  Illinois,  but,  because  they  represent 
similar  movements  in  other  States,  also  in  the  history  of  the 
Union.  It  is,  indeed,  a  history  without  which  the  history 
of  the  Union  cannot  be  understood  in  any  proper  sense. 

The  same  local  interest  and  the  same  national  importance 
attaches  to  the  history  of  Wisconsin.  There  the  romance 
of  Jesuit  missionaries  and  the  exploits  of  French  fur  traders 
are  no  less  fascinating;  while  the  early  and  steadfast  sup- 
port which  that  State  gave  to  the  fundamental  principles 
upon  which  the  nation  was  founded  may  justly  be  regarded 
as  a  significant  contribution  to  the  political  evolution  of  the 
American  people.  Indeed  each  of  the  five  States  of  the 
Old  Northwest  has  made  its  special  contribution  to  our 
national  as  well  as  to  our  local  annals. 

And  if  we  look  a  little  farther  and  across  the  Mississippi 
we  behold  the  vast  Province  of  Louisiana,  the  event  of 
whose  purchase  in  1803  from  Napoleon  has  been  ranked 
next  in  importance  and  political  significance  to  the  Declara- 
tion of  Independence  and  the  adoption  of  the  federal  con- 


162  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

stitution.  The  negotiations  leading  up  to  the  signing  of  the 
treaty  of  purchase  are  among  the  most  interesting  in  the 
annals  of  American  diplomacy.  But  still  more  entertaining 
is  the  story  of  the  planting  and  growth  of  the  trans-Missis- 
sippi Commonwealths. 

The  later  history  of  these  States  of  the  Middle  West,  the 
rise  of  the  railway  with  all  the  questions  which  grew  out  of 
railroad  regulation  and  control,  the  steady  tendency  to  in- 
crease the  functions  of  the  State  in  the  direction  of  the 
support  of  the  poor,  the  support  of  higher  education,  the 
general  social  legislation  reflected  in  the  laws  regulating  the 
employment  of  children  or  in  those  regulating  the  conduct 
of  the  mining  business  and  similar  departments,  all  repre- 
sent a  most  important  side  of  the  life  of  the  American 
people — a  side  which  is  almost  absolutely  neglected  in  our 
national  histories  because,  forsooth,  this  particular  study  of 
national  life  does  not  fall  under  the  jurisdiction  of  the 
federal  authority.  The  fundamental  and  important  place 
which  the  city  is  coming  to  occupy  in  modern  society  can  be 
fully  seen  only  from  the  study  of  this  subject  as  a  part  of 
the  State  government,  although  it  has,  of  course,  become  a 
most  important  part  of  the  influence  which  determines 
national  politics  as  well. 

We  citizens  of  the  States  of  the  north  Mississippi  Valley 
are  fortunate  in  that  in  studying  the  history  of  our  own 
States  we  are  undoubtedly  studying  the  life  of  States  which 
are  destined  to  occupy  increasingly  important  positions 
in  the  life  of  the  nation.  We  need  not  feel,  therefore,  that 
in  studying  the  history  of  our  own  States  we  are  spending 
our  time  upon  the  study  of  political  units  whose  parts  have 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  163 

been  played  and  whose  importance  is  destined  to  wane  with 
every  succeeding  decade.  On  the  contrary,  our  children's 
children  are  likely  to  be  still  looking  forward  to  the  increas- 
ing importance  assigned  in  the  life  of  our  great  republic  to 
the  work,  and  thought,  and  action  of  these  Commonwealths. 
It  is  a  picturesque,  a  glorious,  and  an  important  history. 
Their  future  history  is  destined  to  be,  if  not  more  picturesque, 
even  more  important  in  our  national  annals  than  it  has  been 
thus  far.  Surely  we  can  afford  to  give  our  children  the 
opportunity  to  know  something  more  of  their  past  than  is  to 
be  found  in  the  ordinary  volumes  on  United  States  history 
which  are  studied  in  our  schools. 

As  American  citizens  we  have  a  still  more  glorious  herit- 
age. We  all  feel  that  whatever  may  be  the  relative  position 
assigned  to  the  history  of  the  American  republic  in  the  gen- 
eral history  of  the  world  down  to  1900,  certainly  a  larger 
and  ever  increasing  place  must  be  assigned  to  it  in  the  future 
if  we  do  not  prove  recreant  to  the  trusts  which  are  devolved 
upon  us. 

George  Washington  would  have  been  a  great  man  even  if 
he  had  been  condemned  to  run  his  career  in  a  State  which 
had  come  to  an  end  within  a  generation  of  his  death.  He 
would  have  been  a  great  figure  if  he  had  lived  in  one  of  the 
obscure  South  American  states;  but  he  never  could  have 
assumed  the  commanding  place  which  is  assigned  to  him 
to-day,  if  it  had  not  been  for  the  subsequent  growth  of  this 
great  republic  which  he  helped  to  found.  Every  added 
increment  of  strength  and  glory  to  our  nation  will  give  an 
added  prominence  to  those  great  men  who  laid  broad  and 
deep  its  foundations,  or  to  those  later  men  who  builded  in 


164  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

many  cases  wiser  than  they  knew  upon  the  foundations  of 
the  fathers  of  the  republic.  So  the  things  we  are  doing 
to-day  will  acquire  an  added  importance  and  an  added  sig- 
nificance as  the  years  roll  on  from  the  ever  increasing  power 
and  position  of  this  republic  among  the  nations  of  the  earth. 

EDMUND  J.  JAMES 
NORTHWESTERN  UNIVERSITY 
EVANSTON 


THE  KEGULATION '  OF  PKIMAKY  ELECTIONS 

BY  LAW 

The  nomination  of  candidates  by  the  various  political 
parties  and  the  election  of  officers  to  fill  the  many  places  of 
public  trust  in  the  city,  county,  State,  and  national  govern- 
ments are  of  growing  importance  to  the  American  people. 
The  increasing  density  of  the  population  of  the  United 
States  from  4.9  persons  to  the  square  mile  of  area  in  17901 
to  25.6  persons  to  the  square  mile  of  area  in  1900,2  and  the 
fact  that  there  are  some  21,329,8192  voters  in  the  United 
States  particularly  emphasize  this  importance. 

Furthermore,  the  concentration  of  37.3  per  cent  of  our 
entire  population  in  cities,3  which  has  accompanied  the  rush 
for  commercial  supremacy,  is  having  a  wonderful  and  wide 
felt  influence  upon  the  political  and  social  development  of 
our  nation.  Nevertheless  the  desire  to  maintain  our  free 
institutions  and  the  principles  of  pure  democracy  in  our 
government  is  stronger  today  among  the  76,000,000  people 
than  it  was  in  1789,  at  the  time  of  the  adoption  of  our 
national  constitution,  when  there  were  but  4, 000, 000.  This 
desire  is  especially  evidenced  by  the  general  and  growing 
interest  throughout  the  United  States,  and  within  the  domi- 
nant party  in  the  respective  States,  in  the  regulation  of 
primary  elections  by  laws  which  provide  that  nominations 


1U.  S.  Census  for  1790. 
2U.  S.  Census  for  1900. 
8U.  S.  Census  for  1900. 


166  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

shall  be  made  by  the  direct  vote  of  the   members  of  the 
political  party. 

The  agitation  for  reform  in  nominating  systems  has  been 
going  on  ever  since  the  earliest  political  history  of  our 
nation.  It  has  been  an  evolution.  At  first  the  members 
of  the  colonial  assembly,  and  afterwards  the  members  of 
the  State  legislature,  when  that  body  was  in  session  at  the 
colonial  or  State  capital,  held  a  meeting  and  made  nomina- 
tions for  the  various  district  and  State  offices.  They  also 
directed  or  made  the  nominations  for  the  county  offices; 
while  members  of  the  political  parties  in  Congress  named 
the  congressional,  senatorial,  and  presidential  candidates.1 
But  as  the  population  increased  and  the  people  became  bet- 
ter acquainted  with  the  plan  of  a  republican  form  of  govern- 
ment, the  rank  and  file  became  more  interested  in  public 
affairs  and  finally  expressed  a  desire  to  participate  in  the 
control  of  the  government  machinery.  Thus  there  arose  a 
desire  among  the  people  to  nominate  their  own  representa- 
tives either  directly  or  through  delegates  selected  to  repre- 
sent their  wishes.2 

About  the  year  1832  the  assumed  power  of  party  leaders 
in  the  legislatures  and  in  the  Congress  of  making  nomina- 
tions was  lost  to  them;  and  the  right  of  naming  their  own 
candidates  and  making  their  own  political  party  platforms 
was  demanded  by  the  masses  of  the  people  themselves  who, 
after  all,  really  constituted  the  power  of  government.3 


1  Von  Hoist's  Constitutional  History  of  the  United  States,  Vol.  II, 
pp.  38,  39. 

2Schouler's  History  of  the  United  States,  Vol.  IV,  p.  81. 
8  Johnston's  American  Politics,  p.  118. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  167 

At  this  juncture  the  caucus  and  convention  system  of 
nominations  was  established.  It  continued  as  a  nominat- 
ing system  without  interruption  in  local,  State,  and  national 
politics  until  after  the  Civil  War  closed  in  1865.  During 
this  period  the  great  question  of  slavery  overshadowed  all 
other  problems  of  political  betterment. 

By  the  caucus  and  convention  system  delegates  were 
selected  by  those  who  attended  the  caucus  to  represent  them 
at  the  various  county,  district,  and  State  conventions.  But 
under  the  workings  of  this  plan  many  thought  themselves 
misrepresented,  and  they  complained  that  the  caucuses  and 
conventions  were  too  often  open  to  the  manipulations  of 
party  bosses.  And  so  there  arose  in  time  a  demand  for  the 
nomination  of  party  candidates  for  local,  district,  and  State 
offices  by  the  direct  vote  of  the  members  of  that  party  only 
at  whose  hands  the  candidates  asked  a  nomination. 

This  system  by  which  the  political  party  nominates  its 
candidates  by  a  direct  vote  of  all  its  qualified  members  with- 
out the  intervention  of  delegates  to  represent  the  choice  of 
the  people,  but  rather  having  that  choice  determined  by  the 
largest  number  of  votes  cast  for  any  one  candidate,  has  been 
generally  designated  as  a  Primary  Election.  Primary  elec- 
tions are  conducted  within  the  political  party  on  the  same 
basis  as  the  general  election  in  November;  and  the  candi- 
dates are  nominated  by  the  members  of  the  party  voting 
directly  for  the  candidates  of  their  own  choice. 

The  first  step  toward  the  regulation  of  primary  elections 
by  law  was  taken  by  the  legislature  of  California  in  1866 
when  an  imperfect  law  was  passed  providing  for  the  election 
of  delegates  at  primaries  by  a  direct  vote.1  The  next  step 

1  Session  Laws  of  California,  1866. 


168  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

was  the  introduction  of  the  direct  vote,  or  primary  election 
system,  in  Crawford  County,  Pennsylvania,  in  1868.1 

Since  those  first  attempts  in  California  and  Pennsylvania, 
some  thirty-one  different  State  legislatures  have  enacted  laws 
of  one  kind  or  another  for  the  regulation  of  primary  elec- 
tions.2 Most  of  this  legislation  has  taken  place  during  the 
last  ten  years  and  is  of  a  varied  character.  It  is  either 
state- wide  or  local;  and  it  is  compulsory  or  optional.  The 
primary  election  is  either  conducted  by  the  political  party, 
or  it  is  under  the  control  of  the  State  itself.  The  table 
below  shows  the  States  which  have  some  form  of  primary 
election  regulation  or  law  which  recognizes  a  primary  elec- 
tion, and  those  which  have  no  such  regulation  or  law;  the 
plan  upon  which  the  primary  election  is  operated;  the  ap- 
proximate dates  of  adoption  and  amendments;  the  ballot 
system  used  at  general  elections;  and  the  plurality  party 
in  the  State. 

The  table  on  the  opposite  page  was  compiled  partly  from 
data  received  through  correspondence  with  the  Secretaries 
of  all  the  States,  and  partly  from  the  laws  of  the  several 
States  relating  to  elections  in  general  and  to  primary  elec- 
tions in  particular. 


1  Meyer' s  Nominating  Systems. 

2  Special  correspondence  with  the  Secretaries  of  States. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS 


159 


I06T  ' 


CO     CO    J>- 

rH      CO     OS 
•^     CO     CO 


rH      O      rH 
CO    !>.     i>- 

OS     oo     CO 


CO  O  00  ^ 

OS  CO  ^  (M 

CO  CD  Th  OS 

o  «o  cq  ^ 

CN  -*  os 


iv 


XV 

xOTiva 


5  3  -S 

3  5  * 

02  02  <5 


o  I 

pH  W 

«  I 

5  5 


02 


^  a 

O  c3 

9=3 

s  - 

Q£  GC 

a  s 

<^  <1 


IVOOI 


so 


. 
W 


Loca 


aa 


.a      <D 

s 

02 


o  o 
p.  PH 
o  o 


-*-1  -*-1  > 
03  <U  o3 
r3  r3  r3 


02    02 
*0    *0 

r3r3 


sj  < 

It  I 

g.   .        ^"^  gj  j 

o  3  o 

^4^  £ 

rR        Q^  ^ 

r3    r3  r3 


axv 


saxva 


MS  OF  NOMINATION 
DED  BY  LAW 


SYSTE 
PROV 


H 

02 


OS 
OS     1C     CD     CO 
OS     OS     CD     '-H 
00     00     GO 

OS 
OS 

,  oo 

I—  1 
0 

OS 

1—  1    J>- 

o    oo 

OS     00 

CS 
GO 

O     OS 
OS     00 
r—  I      rH 

10 
GO 
00 

os 

00 
00 

00     O> 
OS    os 
00     00 

OS 

OS     00 

CO 

IP-4 

GO     CO 
i—  1     i—  1 

S  'g 

.s 

§-s 

<D 

ft 

'cS 

oc   i—  i 

•5  § 

tf   o 

"H       10 

maries 

d 
o 

•  p—  i1        X; 

.15  fi 

i| 

fl  13 

rd 

0 

d 

t—  1 

d 
o 

d 

8 

•  S 

d 
.2 

%j 

PH 

O 

s  §* 

O    tj. 

^-*  "^^ 

"S 

'+-> 

^^ 

>-> 

%3 

rH 

^0 

>% 

Optional  primary 
Optional  primary 
Compulsory  prima: 
and  counties  of 

p, 

rc8 

d 
•1 

PH 
O 

^ 
O) 
>• 
O 

£ 

1 
"o 

Caucus  and  conven 

Optional  primary  u] 
Law  for  selection  of 

"£ 

0 
0 

1 

o> 

caucus  and  convei 

Optional  primary 
Optional  primary 

Caucus  and  convent 

Compulsory  primai 

0* 
0 
0 
10 
CM 
i—  I 

«fH 

O 

J 

'+3 

primary  in  al 
Adopted  by  vote 

H 

j 

b 

02      M 

O     W 

4      <J      g 
y      02      R 

0 

6  9 

<j    4 

02 

1      ^      § 

3  a  3 

<  <1  0 

<j 
« 

s 

o 
0 

CONNE( 
DELAW 

FLORID 
GEORGI 

0 

a 
Q 

ILLINOI 

170 


THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 


tf 


P  PH 

CO  CO 

CO  rH 

Tt<  CO 

OS  GO 

CO  S<1 


X 

o 

o 


p 

CO 

05 


3      % 
S        Z 


.1 


I 

£ 


^          S    o>    § 

*?    n-(     rd 


3  =gg 


QC 


o 

,  —  1 

0 

49 
® 

Hi 

GO 

w 

0 

-t-j 
43 

0 
I  — 

0 

C8 

Hi 

w 
o 

S 

o 

"o 

C5 

r-i 

0 

CO 

co    c 

05      C 
00     C 

O 
08 

SI 

5 

!5 

o 

TO 

O 

o 

Ci 

QQ 

"o 

TO 

Hi 
O 

o 
cr* 
i—{ 

00          • 

GO 
rH 

1          — 

s    S 

Oi 

GO 

PH 

CO     05 
GO     CO 
rH      rH 

i     oo 

o 

OS 

00 

o 

o 

OS 
rH 

00~ 

GO 
00 

05     C 
00     0 
rH      r 

"^    0 

a    ^ 

0 

H 

se- 

GO 
rH 

5     "~^ 

"   of 

GO 
rH 

•1  1 

o  .2 

O 

^3     <D 

efl 

'~r*       t>-» 

PH 

0 

cS      h^ 

ptional  primary  in  coun 
with  cities  of  50000  or  o 

|| 

£     0 
o3     0 

N      £j 

!i 

If 

"SH     ^ 

cc- 

'5 

EH 

1 
X* 

*~ 

eQ 

bfi 

Q 

.S  -J 

'^     & 

C 

0     fl 

g^.PH 

r  ^ 

r^ 

l5^ 

p;^ 

11 

^>- 

tion) 
ptional  primary 
aucus  and  Convention.  I 

regulating  caucus  in  ci 

ompulsory  primary  in  BJ 
more.  Optional  primar 

other  counties 

3mpulsory,  caucus  or 

>* 

•__ 

rt 

3mpulsory  primary  in  Gr 
Rapids  and  Kent  county 

ampulsory  primary 

ptional  primary 

O 

^ 

£ 

0 

0  0 

Q 

0 

0 

0 

0 

INDIANA 

o 

M 

KANSAS 

KENTUCKY 

LOUISIANA 
MAINE 

MARYLAND 

MASSACIIU- 

SETTS 

MICHIGAN 

MINNESOTA 

MISSISSIPPI 

OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS 


1Y1 


p 

CO 

i- 


PH 

GO 


P 
O 


PH 


d 

d 

d 

rr^ 

JH 

SH 

03 

.2 

0 

03 

1 

1 

1. 

S 

1 

00 

5 

00 

00 

00 

rH  <M  CO 

,t-»  XT'*  CO 

co  co  os 

•^4  l{$  ^Q 


<U      4^ 

3J 

oo  *4 


PH 


o          o 

o         o 


o 
O 

o 

HH- 


$ 

oo 

«+H 

O 
eS 


43        O 
r^H         W 

O         *H 

si 


05     05 
00     OO 


'SI 

"o 


rH      10      rH      i-      OS      CO 

O     OS     O     00     OS     OO 
OS     00     OS     00     CO     00 


a 


t 
a 


<D 

C8 

.2 

1 

O 

I 

4J 

'-5 

%j 

'"S 

+3 

M 

1 

PH 

PH 

3 

PH 

0 

0 

o 

P 

0 

€ 

a 


o 

PH 


c3 
PH 


o 

PH 


CO 


o 

PH 


CO 
GO 

OS 
OS 
00 

rH 
0 

OS 

00      r~t 

rH   CO 

r—  1 

CO 

r~H 

1-1  0 

S    o 

00  GO 

oo" 

GO 

^* 

00 

^05 

GO      ^ 

00  GO 

""^ 

OS 

0 

^H 

r—  (   rH 

GO 

00 

OS 

CC 
S 


>> 

(H 

cS 


PH 


O 

^) 


ft 

c 


J  § 

II 


o 

1 
1 

fcO 


PH 

C 


o^ 


•s  I 


O> 


PH 

o 


'g 


bO 


fc-a 

S    fl 

0 


73  r? 

d  o3 

•I  .§ 

p  £ 


PH 
O 


00      r-H 
O)         03 

'I      J         « 

°     MJ      0>  ^ 

•2  o^J-d  §  i 

£.      _      PH    O    - 

c3     ^     o5     ^*    d    n^ 

I  1 1 1  1 1 

^Is    a  '§,  °    ^ 

^    S    -      PH^      « 


- 

0     0 

02      0 


S3  S 


^H         ^         ^H 

I  -3  I  -s 

PH         C^ 


|1| 

>  O  OH 


o 

.S 

r? 

O 

r-H        * 

'If 

O 


PH 
O 


a  .2 


2  < 

2     H 
O     O 


172 


THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 


OS 
CO 
rH 

P 

IO 

co 

CO 

CO 
CO 

OS 

P 

10 
CO 

P 

CO 
rH 

CO 
i—  i 

CO 
CO 
rH 

OS 
OS 

P 

10 

CM 

O 

CO 

M 

CO 

CO 
CM 
CM 

« 

0 
co 

r—  1 

A^    OQ 

rH     OS 
CO      rH 

CO     ^ 
0 

rH 

i 

g 

.1 

J 

o 

P 

eS 

1 

1 

1 

g 

M-i 

1 

HH* 

1 

1 

I 

'g 

7s 

7s 

1 

H3 

1  s 

43 

00 

4^ 

42 

00 

00 

+3 
00 

00 

1 

43 

00 

at! 

2 

43   43 

00        00 

P 

cS 

rHj 

P 

r^ 

p 

C$ 

p    p 

<1 

£ 

<1 

<1 

«5 

^ 

^ 

OQ 

1 

1 

7s 
o 

J 

O 

1 

1 

1 

O 

•  ^H 

o 

"t^ 

O 

0 

•  t-^ 

0 

^ 

H 

H 

^ 

w 

§ 

p 

s 

00 

J 

1 

§0 

2 

"S 

"1 

*+3 

eS 

. 

!>• 

2 

c^ 

eS 

08 

PH 

p 

^ 

PH 

^ 

PH 

PH 

5 

1 

3 

c? 

.2 

4-2 

I 

"43 

7s 

.2 

"43 

5 

73 
o 
'43 

4^ 

*o 

oo 

0 

'r^H 

'o 

Q 

43 

•"^ 

cc 

PH 

i  —  i 

PH 

PH 

Ifl 

PH 

0 

3 

*4H 

o 

7s 

O 

a 

0 

o 

0 
4-3 

fe 

4n 

fc* 

^H 

43 

4= 

40 

^ 

43 

c3 

gj 

c4 

O 

«+H 

o 

CP 

w 

o3 

H^ 

H-3 

r-3 

H-3 

H^ 

r-5 

H-3 

CO 

o 

rH 

^ 

o 

01 

0 

OS 

OS     CM 

CO 

O 

CO 

0 

1O 

OS 

00     CO 

O     *O 

rH 

OS     O 

^H 

o 

1—  1 

I—  1 

CS 

CS 

rH      OS 

OS      OS 

CS 

CO     OS 

^ 

0 

^ 

CO 

CO 

.s     00 

00     GO 

GO 

rH     i—  1 

GO 

r—  | 

10 

OS 

rH 

rH 

rH      rH 

CO 

CO 

•OS 

OS 

CO 

CO 
rH 

CO 
rH 

CO 

rH 

00         r^      00 

<3 

ce 
o 

PH 

PH 

PH 

PH 

;|  o  | 

rP 

cT 

0 

0 

O 

*o  PH    § 

0 

P 

•S  *° 

r^\ 

p 

.rH 

r= 

P 

.2 
'4-2 
p 

& 
0 
O 

.s 

O 

o 

0 

0 

i 

P 

.2 
'4= 
p 

p 

P 

fl 

p    p 
.2  .2 

"43    '43 

ompulsory  prim; 
of  Providence, 
and  Pawtucke 

and  conventioi 
places 
ptional  primary 

aucus  and  conve 

ptional  primary 

CO 
I—  1 

3 

o 

0 
0 

o 

1—  1 

rH 
O 

to 

0 
I—  1 

1 

Q       r^% 

oc     £3 

5    I 

o  'C 

vS      ^ 

^  73 

1.2 
^  £< 

aucus  and  conve 

7s 

^ 

p    o 

"SH     "^ 

1 
|| 

1 
1 

p    p 
o    cu 

r>        r> 

P        P 

o    o 
o    o 

''d    TJ 
P      P 
cS     cS 

00        QQ 
P        P 

0      0 

p    p 

° 

0 

° 

O 

£ 

0 

^ 

£ 

£ 

eS     cS 
0    0 

5 

^ 

H 

cO 

[Lj 

M 

br 

RHODE 
ISLAND 

c 

02 

H 
0 

P 

TENNESSE 

M 
H 
H 

w 

^ 

h 
£ 

VERMONT 

VIRGINIA 

WASHINGS 

j 

WlSCONSE 

WYOMING 

OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  173 

It  is  to  be  noted  in  particular,  as  shown  by  the  above 
table,  that  the  States  may  be  divided  into  about  four  groups 
as  to  their  primary  election  legislation  as  follows: 

First.  The  southern  group,  consisting  of  South  Caro- 
lina, North  Carolina,  Georgia,  Virginia,  West  Virginia, 
Tennessee,  Alabama,  Mississippi,  Louisiana,  Florida,  Texas, 
Arkansas,  and  Kentucky.  In  this  group  there  are  in  all 
thirteen  States.  The  region  is  largely  agricultural,  and  in- 
cludes a  larger  number  of  States  which  have  state-wide  pri- 
mary election  laws  than  any  other  section  of  our  country. 
Kentucky  appears  to  have  the  best  system.1 

Second.  The  eastern  group,  consisting  of  Maine,  New 
Hampshire,  Vermont,  Rhode  Island,  Massachusetts,  Con- 
necticut, New  York,  Pennsylvania,  New  Jersey,  Delaware, 
and  Maryland.  This  group  contains  eleven  States  located 
in  a  manufacturing  region,  and  includes  all  the  original  col- 
onies except  three — South  Carolina,  North  Carolina,  and 
Georgia.  In  this  group  the  town  meeting  prevailed  at  an 
early  day,  and  traces  of  this  institution  still  remain.  It  is 
a  region  of  local  primary  election  legislation.  Of  this  group 
New  York  has  the  best  system.2 

Third.  The  western  group,  consisting  of  California, 
Oregon,  Nevada,  Colorado,  Utah,  Montana,  Wyoming, 
Idaho,  and  Washington.  This  group  contains  nine  States, 
located  in  the  mining  region  of  the  United  States  and  cov- 
ering the  largest  extent  of  territory.  The  area  of  this  group 
is  the  least  densely  populated  of  any  of  the  four.  In  this 
group  California  has  the  most  complete  system.8 

1  Session  Laws  of  Kentucky,  1892. 
*  Session  Laws  of  New  York,  1902. 
8  Session  Laws  of  California,  1901. 


174  THE   IOWA   JOURNAL 

Fourth.  The  north-western  group,  consisting  of  Ohio, 
Indiana,  Illinois,  Missouri,  Michigan,  Wisconsin,  Minne- 
sota, Iowa,  Nebraska,  Kansas,  South  Dakota,  and  North 
Dakota.  This  group  contains  twelve  States,  and  embraces 
the  richest  agricultural  region  of  the  United  States.  It  was 
the  last  to  develop  primary  election  systems  of  nominations. 
Of  this  group  Minnesota  has  indisputably  the  most  com- 
plete and  perfect  system.1 

The  first  efforts  toward  securing  the  passage  of  a  primary 
election  law  in  Iowa  were  made  in  the  Twenty -sixth  General 
Assembly  in  1896.2  On  January  20th  of  that  year  Senator 
J.  L.  Carney,  of  Marshall  County,  introduced  in  the  Iowa 
Senate,  Senate  File  29,  UA  bill  for  an  act  to  regulate  pri- 
mary elections  for  nominations  of  candidates  by  political 
parties  or  associations,  and  to  prevent  frauds  therein."  The 
bill  was  referred  to  the  committee  on  elections  of  which  Mr. 
Carney  was  chairman.  On  February  13th  the  committee 
reported  a  substitute  for  the  Carney  bill.3  The  substitute 
had  in  it  all  the  essential  features  of  the  Carney  bill,  and 
was  much  more  complete.  It  authorized  the  holding  of 
primary  elections  and  provided  for  the  adoption  of  the  sys- 
tem by  political  parties.  The  whole  machinery  of  the  sys- 
tem was  to  be  in  the  hands  of  the  political  party  adopting 
it.  The  substitute  was  in  fact  the  same  as  the  Early  bill, 
House  File  45,  which  had  been  introduced  in  the  House  of 
Representatives  about  February  1st.4  On  February  2 1st  the 


1  Session  Laws  of  Minnesota,  1901. 

2  Senate  Journal,  26th  G.  A.  of  Iowa,  session  1896,  p.  50. 

3  Senate  Journal,  26th  G.  A.  of  Iowa,  session  1896,  p.  219. 
4 House  Journal,  26th  G.  A.  of  Iowa,  session  1896,  p.  90. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  175 

committee  substitute  was  considered  by  the  Senate  and  lost 
by  a  vote  of  11  to  27,  there  being  twelve  Senators  not  vot- 
ing. This  vote  was  reconsidered  on  February  25th  and  car- 
ried, and  the  bill  as  substituted  was  recommitted  to  the  com- 
mittee on  elections.  On  March  3d  the  committee  again  re- 
ported favorably  on  the  substitute  to  Senate  File  29,  and  on 
March  19th  it  passed  the  Senate  by  a  vote  of  35  to  8,  there 
being  seven  Senators  not  voting.1  The  committee  substi- 
tute had,  however,  been  very  much  altered  by  amendment. 
Several  Senators  voted  "no"  because  they  thought  it  uncon- 
stitutional as  it  passed  the  Senate.  The  bill  as  it  passed 
the  Senate  was  then  sent  to  the  House,  where  House  File 
45,  being  the  same  as  the  committee  substitute  to  Senate 
File  29  without  the  Senate  amendments,  was  substituted  for 
the  Carney  bill.  This  was  the  end  of  the  matter. 

The  bill  never  became  a  law.  During  the  time  the  Carney 
and  Early  bills  were  being  considered  the  McNulty  bill  was 
introduced  in  the  House  as  House  File  66.2  It  was  a  very 
meager  measure,  and  was  entitled  "An  act  to  regulate  the 
holding  of  primary  elections."  It  merely  authorized  the 
holding  of  primary  elections.  The  House  committee  on 
elections  reported  it  unfavorably,  and  it  was  indefinitely 
postponed.  Then  the  Twenty-sixth  General  Assembly  ad- 
journed without  having  placed  a  single  line  on  the  Iowa 
statute  books  whereby  primary  elections  were  authorized  or 
regulated,  although  three  optional  measures  had  been  intro- 
duced. And  at  the  extra  session  of  the  Twenty-sixth  Gen- 
eral Assembly,  held  in  1897,  no  further  attempt  was  made 

1  Senate  Journal,  26th  G.  A.  of  Iowa,  session  1896,  p.  596. 
*  House  Journal,  26th  G.  A.  of  Iowa,  session  1896,  p.  92. 


176  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

to  pass  a  primary  election  measure  or  even  to  authorize  the 
holding  of  primary  elections. 

The  efforts  to  secure  an  optional  primary  election  law,  or 
any  law  which  would  authorize  a  primary  election,  which 
came  to  naught  in  the  Twenty -sixth  General  Assembly,  were 
revived  in  the  Twenty -seventh  General  Assembly  in  1898. 
Senator  J.  L.  Carney,  of  Marshall  County,  again  introduced 
in  the  Iowa  Senate,  on  January  17,  1898,  Senate  File  20 
which  contained  in  a  very  much  abreviated  form  the  essential 
features  of  the  measure  he  introduced  in  the  Twenty-sixth 
General  Assembly.1  It  authorized  the  political  parties  to 
adopt  the  primary  election  system  and  provided  regulations 
therefor.  After  remaining  in  the  hands  of  the  committee 
on  elections  for  some  time,  it  was  unfavorably  reported. 
It  was  considered  by  the  Senate  on  March  25th  and  in- 
definitely postponed. 

On  February  2nd,  during  the  same  session,  Senator  Wil- 
liam Eaton,  of  Sidney,  introduced  by  request  Senate  File 
123,  which  was  "A  bill  for  an  act  to  prohibit  illegal  voting 
at  primary  elections  and  caucuses,  and  providing  penalties 
therefor."2  On  March  23d  the  committee  on  elections  re- 
ported the  bill  back  to  the  Senate  with  several  amendments, 
of  which  the  principal  ones  related  to  striking  out  the  word 
caucus  wherever  it  appeared  in  the  original  bill.  The  com- 
mittee recommended  its  passage.3  Nothing  more  was  done 
with  Senate  File  123,  but  in  its  stead  there  was  taken  up 
House  File  150,  which  was  introduced  in  the  House  by  Hon. 

1  Senate  Journal,  27th  G.  A.  of  Iowa,  session  1898,  p.  102. 

2  Senate  Journal,  27th  G.  A.  of  Iowa,  session  1898,  p.  276. 
0  Senate  Journal,  27th  G.  A.  of  Iowa,  session  1898,  p.  747. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  177 

W.  L.  Eaton  of  Osage,  Iowa,  by  request.  This  bill  was 
reported  favorably  to  the  House  on  February  10th,  consid- 
ered by  the  House  on  February  15th,  and  lost  by  a  vote  of 
44  to  50. l  The  vote  by  which  the  bill  was  lost  was  recon- 
sidered on  February  26th  and  carried  by  a  vote  of  50  to  38. 
On  March  22nd  the  Eaton  bill  passed  the  House  by  a  vote 
of  53  to  32. 2  It  was  reported  to  the  Senate,  and  after  some 
minor  amendments  were  added  it  was  passed  by  a  vote  of 
30  to  6.3  The  House  concurred  in  the  Senate  amendments. 
Thus  there  was  adopted  the  first  measure  which  authorized 
primary  elections  to  be  held  in  Iowa  and  provided  certain 
penalties.  The  Eaton  bill  in  the  Senate  and  the  W.  L. 
Eaton  bill  in  the  House  were  identically  the  same. 

The  law  as  it  now  stands  on  our  statute  books  as  section 
4919-a-b-c-d,  of  the  Code  Supplement  of  1902,  merely 
authorizes  political  parties  to  hold  primary  elections  if  they 
so  desire  for  the  purpose  of  nominating  candidates  and  for 
selecting  delegates  to  conventions,  provides  some  slight 
penalties  for  violating  its  provisions,  allows  the  political 
party  judges  to  administer  oaths,  and  declares  that  any  per- 
son testifying  falsely  thereat  shall  be  guilty  of  perjury  and 
punished  accordingly.  The  law  plainly  states  that  nothing 
shall  be  construed  to  apply  to  conventions  held  under  the 
caucus  system.  The  statute  is  as  follows:4 

Section  4919 — a.  ILLEGAL  VOTING — PENALTY.  Whenever  any 
political  party  shall  hold  a  primary  election  for  the  purpose  of  nom- 


1  House  Journal,  27th  G.  A.  of  Iowa,  session  1898,  p.  431. 
"House  Journal,  27th  G.  A.  of  Iowa,  session  1898,  p.  846. 
8  Senate  Journal,  27th  G.  A.  of  Iowa,  session  1898,  p.  773. 
4  Code  Supplement,  1902,  p.  537. 


178  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

inating  a  candidate  for  any  public  office  or  for  the  purpose  of  select- 
ing delegates  to  any  convention  of  such  party,  it  shall  be  unlawful 
for  any  person  not  a  qualified  elector,  or  any  qualified  elector  not  at 
the  time  a  member  in  good  faith  of  such  political  party,  to  vote 
at  such  primary  election.  Any  person  violating  the  provisions  of 
this  section,  and  any  person  knowingly  procuring,  aiding,  or  abet- 
ting such  violation,  shall  be  deemed  guilty  of  a  misdemeanor,  and 
upon  conviction  shall  be  fined  not  to  exceed  one  hundred  dollars 
or  be  imprisoned  in  the  county  jail  not  to  exceed  thirty  days. 

Section  4919 — b.  PRIMA  FACIE  EVIDENCE.  It  shall  be  prima 
facie  evidence  of  the  violation  of  the  preceding  section,  for  any  per- 
son who  has  participated  in  any  primary  election  of  one  political 
party,  to  vote  at  a  primary  election  held  by  another  political  party,  to 
select  candidates  to  be  voted  for  at  the  same  election;  or  to  select 
delegates  to  any  convention  of  the  party  holding  such  primary  elec- 
tion. 

Section  4919  —  c.  AUTHORITY  TO  ADMINISTER  OATHS.  Any 
judge  of  such  primary  election  shall  have  power  to  administer  oaths 
to,  and  to  examine  under  oath  any  person  offering  to  vote  at  such 
election,  touching  his  qualifications  to  participate  in  such  primary 
election,  and  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  such  judge  of  election  to  so 
examine  or  cause  to  be  examined  any  person  challenged  as  to  his 
right  to  vote.  Any  person  testifying  falsely  as  to  any  material  mat- 
ter, touching  his  qualifications  to  participate  in  such  primary  election, 
shall  be  deemed  guilty  of  perjury  and  punished  accordingly. 

Section  4919  —  d.  WHAT  EXCEPTED.  Nothing  in  this  act  shall 
be  construed  to  apply  to  conventions  held  under  the  caucus  system. 

Under  the  above  statute  any  political  party  in  any  county 
in  Iowa  may  adopt  the  primary  election  system  for  its  own 
government  and  then  drop  the  same  whenever  it  wishes  to 
do  so.  It  is  entirely  optional,  local,  and  without  regulation 
by  law  whatever  except  as  stated  in  the  foregoing  statute. 
In  the  Twenty-eighth  General  Assembly  of  Iowa,  which 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  179 

met  in  1900,  there  were  no  primary  election  measures  intro- 
duced. 

The  first  compulsory  state -wide  primary  election  measure 
proposed  in  Iowa  was  introduced  in  the  Iowa  Senate  on 
January  21,  1902,  during  the  session  of  the  Twenty-ninth 
General  Assembly,  by  James  J.  Crossley,  of  the  Madison - 
Adair  district.1  It  was  Senate  File  2  and  known  as  the 
Crossley  bill.  It  was  introduced  in  the  House  on  January 
22nd  during  the  same  session  by  Mr.  Crossley's  colleague, 
Hon.  Robert  A.  Greene,  as  House  File  8.2  In  the  Senate 
the  bill  was  referred  to  the  committee  on  elections  where 
it  was  allowed  to  remain.  No  report  of  it  was  ever  made 
to  the  Senate,  although  its  friends  made  repeated  efforts  to 
have  it  brought  out  before  the  Senate.  In  the  House  the 
Crossley  bill  was  referred  to  the  committee  on  elections  from 
which  a  committee  substitute,  which  contained  some  slight 
modifications  of  the  original  bill,  was  reported  favorably 
to  the  House  on  March  7,  1902.3 

The  bill  was  considered  by  the  House  on  March  19th 
when,  after  a  long  and  heated  debate  and  the  addition  of 
many  amendments  whereby  the  measure  was  made  optional 
with  the  counties,  was  made  to  apply  to  municipal  elections 
in  cities  of  10,000  population  or  over,  and  ijie  question  of 
its  adoption  was  to  be  voted  on  at  the  November  election  in 
1902,  it  was  finally  lost  by  a  vote  of  48  to  51  against  its 
adoption.4  This  was  the  first  real  contest  for  a  direct- vote 


1  Senate  Journal,  29th  G.  A.  of  Iowa,  session  1902,  p.  68. 

2  House  Journal,  29th  G.  A.  of  Iowa,  session  1902,  p.  71. 

z  House  Journal,  29th  G.  A.  of  Iowa,  session  1902,  p.  586. 
4  House  Journal,  29th  G.  A.  of  Iowa,  session  1902,  p.  813. 


180  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

primary  election  law  in  Iowa;  and  although  the  advocates 
of  the  system  *  lost  the  battle  they  are  inclined  to  consider 
this  first  struggle  as  only  preparatory  to  the  efforts  which 
will  be  put  forth  by  its  friends  in  the  future. 

The  salient  feature  of  the  Crossley  bill  was  that  it  was 
compulsory  and  state -wide.  It  included  the  nomination  of 
all  the  candidates  and  delegates  by  all  political  parties  hav- 
ing at  least  two  per  cent  of  the  total  vote  cast  at  the  last 
general  election;  it  provided  that  the  primary  election  for 
all  parties  should  be  held  on  the  same  day,  at  the  same 
place,  and  conducted  by  the  same  officials  who  preside  at 
the  general  election  in  November;  and  the  Australian  ballot 
system  was  to  be  used  except  that  separate  tickets  for  each 
political  party  were  to  be  provided,  but  they  were  all  to  be 
cast  in  the  same  ballot  box  and  returns  made  to  the  county 
auditor. 

For  more  detailed  examination  the  bill  is  herewith  given 
in  full  as  follows : l 

Senate  File  No.  2 — By  Crossley.  Elections. 

A    BILL. 

For  an  act  providing  for  the  nomination  of  officers,  and  the  election 
of  delegates  to  conventions  of  political  parties  or  organizations, 
by  Primary  Election. 
Be  it  Enacted  by  the  General  Assembly  of  the  State  of  Iowa: 

Section  1.     That  in  the  nomination  of  candidates  for  all  township, 
county,  district,  and  State  offices,  all  political  parties  shall  comply 
with  the  regulations  hereinafter  provided  for  a  primary  election. 
Sec.  2.     This  primary  election  shall  consist  of  an  election  by  all 


1  Committee  substitute  in  House  Journal,   29th  G.  A.   of  Iowa, 
session  1902,  p.  586. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  181 

political  parties  held  on  the  last  Friday  in  June  of  each  year  at  the 
usual  voting  places  at  the  several  precincts  and  conducted  on  the 
same  plan  as  the  regular '  election  held  in  November,  and  said  pri- 
mary election  day  shall  be  and  constitute  a  day  of  registration  of 
electors  for  the  next  ensuing  election  in  all  election  precincts  where 
the  requirements  of  the  Code  in  the  matter  of  registration  of  voters 
are  applicable,  and  shall  be  in  addition  to  the  days  now  provided  by 
law  for  the  registration  of  electors  in  such  precincts;  but  nothing 
herein  shall  be  construed  to  affect  the  date  or  time  of  the  subsequent 
registration  days  now  provided  by  law. 

Sec.  3.  The  judges  and  clerks  of  said  primary  election  shall  be 
the  same  as  for  the  regular  election  in  November,  and  they  shall  take 
the  same  oath  as  is  provided  for  the  judges  and  clerks  of  the  regular 
election  held  in  November,  and  their  duties  and  compensation  shall 
be  the  same,  and  the  expenses  of  said  primary  election  shall  be  paid 
by  the  county  in  which  the  said  primary  election  is  held. 

Sec.  4.  The  Australian  ballot  system  as  now  used  in  this  State, 
except  as  hereinafter  provided,  shall  be  used  at  said  primary  election 
in  all  precincts,  and  the  polls  shall  be  open  from  1  p.  m.  until  7.  p.  m. 

Sec.  5.  All  persons  who  will  be  entitled  to  vote  in  the  precinct  at 
the  election  held  in  the  following  November,  shall  be  entitled  to 
participate  in  the  primary  election  (unless  challenged,  and  if  chal- 
lenged then  only  in  the  event  that  the  challenge  is  determined  in 
favor  of  the  voter)  and  shall  be  entitled  forthwith  but  not  later  to 
receive  a  ballot  of  the  political  party  with  which  he  then  declares 
(under  oath  if  his  right  thereto  is  challenged)  that  he  affiliated,  and 
whose  candidates  he  generally  supported  at  the  last  general  election, 
and  with  which  party  he  proposes  to  affiliate  at  the  next  election; 
and  the  elector  voting  at  said  primary  election  shall  be  allowed  to 
vote  for  candidates  for  nomination  on  the  ticket  of  only  one  political 
party,  the  nominees  of  which  party  he  will  vote  for  at  the  general 
election  the  following  November;  provided,  that  a  first  voter  shall 
not  be  required  to  declare  his  past  political  affiliation.  The  endorse- 
ment of  the  judges  of  election  and  the  fac  simile  of  the  county  audi- 


182  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

tor's  signature  shall  appear  upon  the  ballot  as  provided  by  law  for 
the  ballots  used  at  the  November  election.  A  judge  of  election  shall 
instruct  the  voter  that  he  is  to  vote  for  his  choice  for  each  officer 
using  only  the  ballot  of  the  party  with  which  he  affiliates,  and  that 
he  must  return  the  ballot  folded,  that  it  may  be  deposited  in  the  bal- 
lot box. 

Sec.  6.  The  names  of  candidates  for  nomination  shall  be  given  to 
the  county  auditor  at  least  10  days  before  said  primary  election  day, 
when  such  candidates  are  to  be  voted  for  only  within  one  county,  and 
the  names  of  candidates  for  nomination  shall  be  given  to  the  Secre- 
tary of  State  at  least  20  days  before  said  primary  election  day,  when 
such  candidates  are  to  be  voted  for  in  the  several  counties  comprising 
representative,  senatorial,  judicial,  and  congressional  districts,  and 
the  names  of  candidates  for  nomination  shall  be  given  to  the  Secretary 
of  State  at  least  30  days  before  the  said  primary  election  day,  when 
such  candidates  are  to  be  voted  for  in  all  the  counties  of  the  State  of 
Iowa,  in  all  of  which  instances  said  candidate  shall  by  affidavit  state 
that  he  is  a  resident  of  the  county,  district,  or  State  in  which  he  is 
and  will  be  a  bona  fide  candidate  for  nomination  for  said  office  as 
follows: 

I,  A B ,  being  duly  sworn,  say  that 

I  reside  at Street (city  or  town) 

of county  of State  of  Iowa  and  am  a  quali- 
fied voter  therein,  and  a (name  of  party),  that  I 

am  a  candidate  for  nomination  to  the  office  of to  be  made 

at  the  primary  election  of  said  party  to  be  held  on 

and  hereby  request  that  my  name  be  printed  upon  the  official  primary 

ballot  as  provided  by  law,  as  a  candidate  of  the party. 

(sign  here) 

Subscribed  and  sworn  (or  affirmed)  to  before  me 

on  this  date. .  , .  190. . 


And  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Secretary  of  State  to  certify  to  the 
auditors  of  the  several  counties  of  said  district  of  the  State  of  Iowa, 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  183 

the  names  of  such  candidates  at  least  10  days  before  the  holding  of 
said  primary  election.  The  candidates  for  nomination  for  each  and 
every  political  party  for  tjie  several  offices  shall  be  printed  on  separ- 
ate and  uniform  ballots  with  the  name  of  the  political  party  printed 
at  the  head  of  such  ballot;  and  no  political  party  shall  participate  in 
any  primary  election  except  those  having  cast  at  least  two  per  cent 
of  the  total  vote  cast  at  the  last  preceding  general  election. 

Sec.  7.  Poll  books  in  the  manner  provided  by  law  shall  be  fur- 
nished for  the  primary  election  board  of  each  precinct  and  shall  con- 
tain blank  spaces  for  the  names  of  the  candidates  of  the  several 
parties  for  the  different  offices  to  be  written  in,  and  blank  spaces  for 
the  registration  by  the  clerks  of  the  names  of  the  electors  voting  at 
said  primary  election,  and  upon  the  pages  provided  for  the  registra- 
tion of  said  voters  there  shall  be  ruled  commencing  at  the  left  hand 
side  of  each  page  separate  columns  perpendicularly,  and  across  each 
line  upon  which  the  name  of  a  voter  is  to  be  registered  and  headed 
at  the  top  of  said  page  with  the  word  "Republican,"  "Democratic," 
"Populist,"  "Prohibition,"  "Socialist,"  etc.,  to  designate  the  several 
parties,  the  first  mentioned  to  be  placed  in  the  first  of  said  columns 
and  so  on  in  numerical  order.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  clerks  of 
the  primary  election  when  registering  the  name  of  a  voter  to  place  a 
cross  thus  (X)  in  the  column  designating  the  party  ticket  which  was 
given  to  said  voter  upon  his  application  for  a  ticket,  and  upon  the 
final  canvass  of  votes  by  the  said  board  of  primary  election  the  num- 
ber of  ballots  of  each  party  taken  from  the  ballot  box  must  corre- 
spond with  the  number  of  names  and  crosses  in  that  party's  column 
upon  the  poll  books. 

Sec.  8.  Upon  the  completion  of  the  matters  prescribed  in  the  last 
section  and  upon  the  closing  of  the  polls,  the  clerks  and  judges  shall 
immediately  open  the  ballot  boxes  at  each  polling  place  and  proceed 
to  take  therefrom  the  ballots.  Said  officers  shall  count  the  number 
of  ballots  cast  by  each  party,  at  the  same  time  bunching  the  tickets 
cast  for  each  party  together  in  separate  piles,  and  shall  then  fasten 
each  pile  separately  by  means  of  a  brass  clip,  or  may  use  any  means 


184  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

that  shall  effectually  fasten  each  pile  together  at  the  top  of  each 
ticket.  As  soon  as  the  clerks  and  judges  shall  have  sorted  and 
fastened  together  the  ballots  of  each  separate  party,  then  they  shall 
take  the  tally  sheets  provided  in  the  poll  books  and  shall  count  all 
the  ballots  for  each  party  separately  until  the  count  is  completed, 
and  shall  certify  to  the  number  of  votes  cast  for  each  candidate  for 
each  office  upon  the  ticket  of  each  party.  They  shall  then  place  the 
counted  ballots  in  the  box,  but  in  no  case  shall  they  separate  them 
from  each  other.  After  all  have  been  counted  and  certified  to  by  the 
clerks  and  judges  they  shall  seal  the  returns  for  all  parties  in  one 
envelope,  on  the  outside  of  which  shall  be  printed  or  written  in  per- 
pendicular columns  the  names  of  the  several  political  parties  with  the 
names  of  the  candidates  for  the  different  offices  under  their  respective 
party  heading,  and  opposite  each  candidate's  name  shall  be  placed 
the  number  of  votes  cast  for  such  candidate  in  such  precinct,  and  at 
the  bottom  the  total  vote  cast  by  each  political  party  in  said  pre- 
cinct to  be  returned  to  the  county  auditor. 

Sec.  9.  Returns  of  the  vote  cast  at  said  primary  election  shall  be 
made  to  the  county  auditor,  and  a  certification  of  the  result  of  said 
vote  shall  be  made  by  the  county  auditor  to  the  chairman  of  the 
county  central  committees  of  the  several  political  parties  participating 
in  said  primary  election  by  1:30  p.  m.  of  the  Saturday  following  the 
first  Friday  in  June,  and  these  returns  shall  be  reviewed  as  to  the 
result  of  the  vote  on  their  own  party  candidates  by  the  county  cen- 
tral committee  in  open  convention  hereafter  provided  for,  and  those 
candidates  receiving  the  highest  number  of  votes  shall  be  declared 
the  nominees  of  the  party,  and  in  case  of  a  tie  vote  it  shall  be  decided 
by  lot  drawn  by  the  chairman  of  the  county  central  committee  or  by 
the  chairman  of  the  convention.  There  shall  be  conventions  of  dele- 
gates of  the  different  political  parties  held  on  Saturday  following  the 
first  Friday  in  June  as  aforesaid,  at  an  hour  and  place  designated  by 
the  county  central  committee,  the  chairman  and  secretary  acting  for 
them,  and  said  call  shall  be  published  in  a  newspaper  in  the  county 
for  at  least  ten  days  preceding  the  time  of  meeting. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  185 

Sec.  10.  Delegates  to  the  county  convention  shall  be  voted  for  in 
each  voting  precinct  at  the  same  time  the  primary  election  for  the 
selection  of  party  nominees  is  made,  and  these  delegates  selected 
shall  attend  the  county  convention  of  the  party  for  which  they  are 
chosen,  where  they  shall  select  delegates  for  the  district  and  State 
conventions  of  their  party  and  transact  such  other  business  as  may 
come  before  them. 

Sec.  11.  The  selection  of  delegates  to  the  county  convention  shall 
be  made  in  the  following  manner:  The  requisite  number  of  dele- 
gates to  which  each  precinct  is  entitled  shall  first  be  determined,  and 
a  like  number  of  blank  lines  placed  on  each  ballot.  The  names  of 
candidates,  delegates,  and  alternates  shall  all  be  printed  or  written 
upon  the  primary  election  official  ballot.  The  voter  while  in  the 
booth  shall  write  or  paste  on  the  blank  lines  provided  on  the  ballot 
the  requisite  number  of  names  of  persons  of  his  choice  to  act  as  dele- 
gates, and  the  requisite  number  of  persons  for  delegates  receiving  the 
highest  number  of  votes  cast  shall  constitute  the  delegates  from 
such  precinct  to  the  county  convention,  and  the  requisite  number 
receiving  the  next  highest  number  of  votes  shall  constitute  the 
alternates.  In  case  of  a  tie  vote  on  any  delegate  or  delegates,  the 
matter  shall  be  decided  by  lot  to  be  cast  then  and  there  as  the  primary 
election  board  may  determine. 

Sec.  12.  The  delegates  to  the  county  convention,  therein  assem- 
bled, shall  select  delegates  to  the  various  district  and  State  conven- 
tions, to  the  number  of  which  they  are  entitled,  in  such  manner  as 
said  convention  may  determine.  And  the  delegates  selected  to  the 
several  district  and  State  conventions  shall,  when  in  attendance  upon 
said  conventions,  make  nominations  for  the  various  district  and  State 
offices,  and  transact  such  other  business  as  may  legally  come  before 
them. 

Sec.  13.  Candidates  for  nomination  to  State  offices  shall  pay  into 
the  hands  of  the  Secretary  of  State  at  the  time  of  filing  their  affidavits 
of  candidacy  the  sum  of  $100.00,  and  candidates  for  nomination  for 
district  offices  at  such  time  a  sum  equivelent  to  $10.00  for  each  county 


186  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

before  whose  electors  they  are  candidates,  and  if  to  be  voted  for  in 
only  one  county  $10.00  to  the  county  auditor  thereof,  a  receipt  for 
which  will  be  given  them;  and  the  county  auditor  shall  place  their 
names  upon  the  primary  election  ballot  of  their  party  as  hereinbefore 
provided;  provided,  however,  that  the  candidates  of  no  political 
party  having  cast  at  least  10  per  cent  of  the  total  vote  cast  at  the 
preceding  general  election  shall  be  placed  on  the  official  ballot  in  the 
November  election  following,  by  petition,  but  said  candidates  must 
stand  for  nomination  at  the  primary  election  held  in  June. 

Sec.  14.  The  Secretary  of  State  and  county  auditor  shall  number 
the  affidavits  provided  for  in  Section  6  of  this  act  and  file  them, 
in  numerical  order,  as  received,  and  the  names  of  candidates  for  the 
same  office  shall  be  placed  on  the  ballot  in  the  same  numerical  order. 
In  case  of  fees  paid  to  the  Secretary  of  State  as  aforesaid,  he  shall 
immediately  after  the  last  day  for  filing  affidavits  of  candidacy, 
and  at  the  time  of  certifying  such  candidacies  to  the  county  audi- 
tors as  provided  for  in  section  6  of  this  act,  divide  the  amounts 
of  the  fees  of  candidates  paid  to  him  equally  between  the  counties 
before  whose  electors  they  are  candidates  for  nomination,  and  issue 
warrants  for  said  amounts  to  the  State  Treasurer,  who  will  remit  and 
pay  the  same  at  once  to  the  treasurers  of  said  counties  respectively. 

Sec.  15.  All  acts  and  sections  of  the  Code  in  conflict  herewith  are 
hereby  repealed. 

Sec.  16.  Nothing  in  this  act  shall  be  construed  as  amending  or 
changing  in  any  way  the  manner  of  certification  of  nominations  to 
the  county  auditors  and  Secretary  of  State,  or  of  the  placing  of  the 
names  of  said  nominees  on  the  official  ballot  for  the  November  elec- 
tion. 

Sec.  17.  This  act  shall  take  effect  and  be  in  force  from  and  after 
its  publication  in  the  Iowa  State  Register,  and  the  Des  Moines 
Leader,  newspapers  published  in  Des  Moines,  Iowa. 

The  above  measure  was  endorsed  by  the  Polk  County 
Republican  committee  in  the  spring  of  1902,  and  by  the 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS 


187 


Kepublican  congressional  convention  of  the  seventh  dis- 
trict, which  met  at  Perry  on  July  10th  of  the  same  year; 
but  it  was  turned  down  by  the  committee  on  resolutions  at 
the  Eepublican  State  convention  which  met  at  Des  Moines 
on  July  30,  1902. 

That  there  is  a  general  and  voluntary  movement  through- 
out the  State  of  Iowa  in  favor  of  the  enactment  of  some 
kind  of  a  primary  election  law  is  evidenced  by  the  fact  that 
there  are  36  counties  of  the  99  in  the  State  where  one  or  the 
other  of  the  two  leading  political  parties  have  adopted  a  sys- 
tem of  primary  election  rules  under  which  they  nominate  their 
candidates  for  the  township,  county,  and  legislative  offices, 
and  elect  delegates  to  the  county  convention.1 

The  following  table  is  interesting  as  it  shows  the  system 
of  nominations  used  in  each  county  in  the  State  of  Iowa,  the 
parties  using  the  same,  and  the  party  which  has  a  plurality 
in  the  county: 


COUNTY 

ADAIR 

ADAMS 

ALLAMAKEE 

APPANOOSE 

AUDUBON 

BENTON 

BLACK  HAWK 

BOONE 

BREMER 

BUCHANAN 


SYSTEM    OF    NOMI- 
NATIONS   USED    IN 
1902   BY  REPUB- 
LICANS 

Primary  Election 
Caucus  and  Con. 


SYSTEM    OF    NOMI- 
NATIONS   USED    IN 
1902    BY   DEMO- 
CRATS 

Caucus  and  Con. 


Primary  Election 
Caucus  and  Con. 


PARTY  - 

PLURAL- 
ITY IN 
1902 

750  R 
576  " 
591  " 
756  " 
598  " 
928  " 
1535  " 
1556  " 
196  D 
622  R 


1  Special  correspondence  with  all  the  County  Auditors  of  Iowa. 

2  From  official  vote  received  at  Secretary  of  State's  office,  Novem- 
ber, 1902. 


188 


THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 


BUENA  VISTA 

BUTLER 

CALHOUN 

CARROLL 

CASS 

CEDAR 

CERRO  GORDO 

CHEROKEE 

CHICKASAW 

CLARKE 

CLAY 

CLAYTON 

CLINTON 

CRAWFORD 

DALLAS 

DAVIS 

DECATUR 

DELAWARE 

DES  MOINES 

DICKINSON 

DUBUQUE 

EMMET 

FAYETTE 

FLOYD 

FRANKLIN 

FREMONT 

GREENE 

GRUNDY 

GUTHRIE 

HAMILTON 

HANCOCK 

HARDIN 

HARRISON 

HENRY 

HOWARD 

HUMBOLDT 

IDA 

IOWA 

JACKSON 

JASPER 


Primary  Election 


Caucus  and  Con. 
Primary  Election 
Caucus  and  Con. 


Primary  Election 

a  tt 

Caucus  and  Con. 

a  a       a 

a  a          tt 

Primary  Election 

Caucus  and  Con. 

a  a       n 

Primary  Election 
Caucus  and  Con. 
Primary  Election 
Caucus  and  Con. 
Primary  Election 
Caucus  and  Con. 
a  tt  n 

Primary  Election 
Caucus  and  Con. 


Primary  Election 


a  a 

Caucus  and  Con. 


Primary  Election 
Caucus  and  Con. 


a        a 
a        a 

a          tt 


Caucus 

and 

Con. 

1164 

R 

tt 

a 

a 

1308 

a 

a 

a 

n 

1109 

i  t 

Primary  Election 
Caucus  and  Con. 

260 
1068 

D 
R 

a 

a 

a 

403 

a 

n 

a 

a 

1179 

a 

tt 

a 

tt 

957 

tt 

a 

1  1 

i  t 

237 

D 

tt 

a 

1  1 

584 

R 

tt 

1  1 

a 

991 

tt 

i  t 

tt 

a 

115 

n 

a 

a 

tt 

208 

D 

tt 

it 

a 

200 

tt 

ti 

a 

a 

1424 

R 

Primary  Election 

a              a 

206 
569 

D 
R 

Caucus 

and 

Con. 

902 

1  1 

1  1 

t  i 

1  1 

210 

D 

1  1 

1  1 

a 

1001 

R 

1  1 

1  1 

it 

1488 

D 

ti 

a 

1  1 

893 

R 

t  i 

a 

tt 

1195 

tt 

ti 

tt 

1  1 

1189 

a 

1  1 

tt 

1  1 

1244 

i  t 

a 

t  i. 

it 

83 

a 

t  i 

1  1 

1  1 

1196 

i  t 

i  t 

1  1 

1  1 

669 

1  1 

1  t 

1  1 

1  1 

993 

1  1 

a 

1  1 

1  1 

1492 

a 

i  t 

a 

tt 

1176 

n 

a 

a 

it 

1688 

tt 

tt 

a 

1  1 

808 

a 

a 

tt 

1  1 

798 

tt 

a 

1  1 

tt 

443 

n 

tt 

t  i 

1  1 

897 

a 

1  1 

1  1 

1  1 

169 

1  1 

a 

1  1 

1  1 

126 

a 

a 

a 

a 

129 

a 

tt 

1  1 

it 

992 

a 

OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS 


Caucus  and  Con. 


JEFFERSON 

Caucus  and  Con. 

JOHNSON 

a           a       it 

JONES 

tt           a       a 

KEOKUK 

a          it       tt 

KOSSUTH 

tt           tt       tt 

LEE 

tt           tt       tt 

LINN 

tt           tt       it 

LOUISA 
LUCAS 

Primary  Election 

tt              tt 

LYON 

Caucus  and  Con. 

MADISON 
MAHASKA 

Primary  Election 
Caucus  and  Con. 

MARION 

tt           tt       tt 

MAE  SHALL 
MILLS 

Primary  Election 
Caucus  and  Con. 

MITCHELL 

tt           tt       n 

MONONA 

tt           tt       tt 

MONROE 

tt           tt       tt 

MONTGOMERY 
MUSCATINE 

Primary  Election 
Caucus  and  Con. 

O'BRIEN 

tt           tt       tt 

OSCEOLA 

tt           tt       tt 

PAGE 
PALO  ALTO 

Primary  Election 
Caucus  and  Con. 

PLYMOUTH 

tt           tt       tt 

POCAHONTAS 

tt           tt       tt 

POLK 
POTTAWATTAMIE 

Primary  Election 

tt              tt 

POWESHIEK 

tt              tt 

RlNGGOLD 

tt              tt 

SAC 

tt              tt 

SCOTT 

Caucus  and  Con. 

SHELBY 

a           tt       tt 

Sioux 

tt           tt       tt 

STORY 
TAMA 

Primary  Election 
Caucus  and  Con. 

TAYLOR 

tt           tt       tt 

UNION 

tt           n       tt 

VAN  BUREN 

tt           tt       tt 

WAPELLO 

tt           tt       n 

tt 
tt 
tt 
tt 
tt 
tt 
tt 
It 
it 
tt 
tt 
tt 
tt 
tt 
tt 
tt 
tt 
It 
tt 
tt 
it 
tt 
tt 

1 1 

tt 

tt 

It 

tt 

1 1 

tt 

tt 

tt 

tt 

tt 

tt 

tt 

tl 


tt 
tt 
tt 
tt 

tt 
tt 
tt 
tt 

tt 
1 1 
It 
tt 
tt 
tt 
u 
tt 
tt 
1 1 
tt 
tt 
tt 
1 1 
tt 
1 1 
tt 
tt 
it 
1 1 
tt 
1 1 
it 
tt 


189 


696  R 

502  " 

504  " 

209  " 

224  " 

509  D 

1807  R 

925  " 

715  " 

348  " 

1069  " 

636  « 

306  " 

1909  " 

643  " 

954  " 

632  " 

639  " 

1266  « 

666  " 

830  " 

232  " 

1626  " 

436  " 

341  " 

698  " 

5434  " 

1230  " 

1148  " 

1003  " 

910  " 

182  " 

214  " 

1078  " 

1998  " 

271  " 

902  " 

514  " 

604  " 

606  " 


190  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

WARREN  Primary  Election  Caucus  and  Con.  1265  R 

WASHINGTON  Caucus  and  Con.  "  "  "  716  " 

WAYNE  "           "       "  "  "  "  393  " 

WEBSTER  "           "        "  "  "  "  1409  " 

WINNEBAGO  Primary  Election  "  "  "  1380" 

WINNESHIEK  Caucus  and  Con.  "  "  "  1386  " 

WOODBURY  "          "       "  "  "  "  1777  " 

WORTH  Primary  Election  "  "  "  977  " 

WRIGHT  "               "  "  "  "  1858  " 

Of  all  the  counties  in  the  above  list,  where  one  or  the 
other  of  the  leading  political  parties  makes  its  nominations 
under  some  system  of  primary  election  rules,  I  find  no  two 
that  have  rules  exactly  alike;  and  yet  there  is  a  mark  of 
similarity  among  them  all.  The  same  is  true  of  the  several 
States.  There  are  as  many  kinds  of  primary  election  laws 
as  there  are  States  which  have  adopted  the  same. 

The  various  leading  systems  are  as  follows: — (1)  The 
system  by  which  the  primary  election  is  placed  entirely  in 
the  hands  of  the  political  party.  (2)  The  optional  plan, 
whereby  the  political  party  or  the  county  may  adopt  the 
primary  election  system  of  nominations  if  desired.  (3) 
The  compulsory  system,  where  the  political  parties  of  the 
State,  or  subdivisions  of  the  State,  are  by  law  required  to  use 
the  primary  election  system.  (4)  The  state- wide  system, 
where  the  system  adopted  by  the  political  party,  or  made  a 
law  by  the  State  for  all  parties,  is  universal  and  applicable 
everywhere  throughout  the  State.  (5)  The  local  system, 
where  one  of  the  local  political  parties  has  adopted  the  pri- 
mary election  system  of  nomination  or  the  State  legislature 
has  passed  a  law  applicable  only  to  that  particular  county 
or  city.  Of  these  systems,  many  now  on  the  statute 
books  of  the  various  States  are  dead  letters.  Among  the 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  191 

States  that  Have  real,  not  formal,  primary  election  laws  in 
force  may  be  mentioned,  Minnesota,  California,  Kentucky, 
and  New  York.  And  of  all  the  States,  Minnesota  has  by 
far  the  best  system  and  the  most  satisfactory  plan  in  use 
today. 

The  essential  elements  of  a  good  primary  election  law  or 
system  seem  to  be  embodied  in  the  following:  (1)  It 
must  be  compulsory  for  all  political  parties.  ( 2 )  It  must  be 
state-wide.  (3)  It  must  provide  that  the  primary  election 
of  all  parties  be  held  on  the  same  day,  at  the  same  place, 
and  that  the  same  ballot  box  be  used.  ( 4 )  It  should  pro- 
vide for  the  use  of  the  Australian  ballot  system,  except  that 
tickets  for  the  different  political  parties  should  be  separate. 

(5)  A  record  should  be  kept  at  the  general  election  in  No- 
vember and  the  party  affiliation  of  each  voter  should  be 
recorded  therein  by  the  judges  and  clerks  of  said  election. 

(6)  The   same  officers  who   conduct   the   general  election 
should  have  charge  of  the  primary  election,  and  they  should 
receive  the  same  compensation  per  diem.     ( 7 )  The  expenses 
of  the  primary  election  should  be  paid  by  the  State  or  coun- 
ty, so  that  no  undue  advantage  may  be  given  to  any  one 
political  party  over  another.     The  Minnesota  law  complies 
more  nearly  with  these  requirements  than  does  any  other 
law  for  the  regulation  of  primary  elections  in  the  United 
States.     The  nominations  made  under  the  Minnesota  law  in 
the  year  1902  seem  to  have  given  almost  universal  satisfac- 
tion. 

Wherever  one  political  party  is  largely  in  the  majority,  or 
has  a  safe  plurality,  there  the  contest  for  office  is  sure  to  be 
made  at  the  time  of  the  nomination  of  candidates  for  that 


192  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

party.  In  the  North,  this  contest  for  office  occurs  at  the 
time  of  the  nomination  of  the  Kepublican  candidates;  while 
in  the  South  it  appears  at  the  time  when  the  Democratic 
nominations  are  made.  Some  plan  is  now  being  demanded 
by  the  people  whereby  they,  and  not  the  political  bosses, 
shall  be  permitted  to  name  the  candidates  by  a  direct  vote 
at  a  primary  election  regulated  and  controlled  by  the  State. 
Legislation  along  this  line  in  the  different  States  during  the 
next  ten  years  is  looked  forward  to  with  much  interest  for 
it  involves  the  determination  of  a  political  question  of  great 
importance  to  the  people  who  desire  good  government. 

JAMES  JUDSON  CKOSSLEY 

WlNTEKSET,   IOWA 


THE  LEAGUE  OF  IOWA  MUNICIPALITIES 

The  last  decade  has  witnessed  the  organization  of  many 
voluntary  associations  which  have  for  their  objects  and  pur- 
poses the  general  betterment  of  municipal  administration. 
Indeed,  so  pronounced  is  this  renewed  activity  in  municipal 
affairs  that  the  decade  has  been  called  our  "  Civic  Renais- 
sance." The  most  conspicuous  of  these  voluntary  associa- 
tions have  originated  and  flourished  in  our  large  cities  whose 
municipal  misrule  has  been  the  chief  reproach  upon  our  free 
institutions.  These  organizations  have  been  local  in  opera- 
tion, though  wielding  a  large  influence  abroad.  They  have 
sought  and  are  still  endeavoring  to  reclaim  their  respective 
cities  from  the  control  of  corrupt  and  unscrupulous  politi- 
cians. Such  organizations  as  the  Municipal  League  of  Phil- 
adelphia, the  City  Club  of  New  York,  the  Baltimore  Reform 
League,  the  Civic  Federation  of  Chicago,  and  the  Good 
Government  Club  of  San  Francisco  represent  the  highest 
development  of  civic  spirit  in  America.  Represented  as 
they  all  are  in  the  National  Municipal  League,  they  have  a 
common  ground  upon  which  to  meet  and  engage  in  profit- 
able discussion  and  comparison  of  municipal  legislation  and 
methods  of  reform.  Their  peculiar  problems,  while  per- 
haps the  most  conspicuous  of  municipal  life  in  the  United 
States,  are  not  the  problems  with  which  the  ordinary  munici- 
pality is  concerned;  for,  according  to  the  census  returns  for 
1900  there  are  but  160  cities  in  the  United  States  having 


194  THE   IOWA   JOURNAL 

a  population  of  25,000  or  over,  being  an  average  of  not 
more  than  three  such  cities  for  each  State  and  Territory  in 
the  Union. 

On  examining  the  census  returns  for  Iowa  it  is  found  that 
there  is  but  one  city  in  the  State  having  a  population  of 
over  50,000;  three  have  a  population  of  over  30,000,  but 
not  exceeding  40,000;  two  have  a  population  of  over  25,000, 
but  not  exceeding  30,000;  two  have  a  population  of  over 
20,000,  but  not  exceeding  25,000;  one  has  a  population  of 
over  15,000,  but  not  exceeding  20,000;  five  have  a  popula- 
tion of  over  10,000,  but  not  exceeding  15,000;  while  ten 
have  a  population  of  over  5,000,  but  not  exceeding  10,000. 
There  are,  therefore,  in  the  State  of  Iowa  twenty-four  cities 
which  have  a  population  of  5,000  or  over.  At  the  same 
time  there  remain  632  towns  and  cities  with  a  population  of 
less  than  5,000;  and  most  of  these  have  a  population  of  less 
than  2,000. 

That  the  problems  of  the  cities  of  Iowa  are  not  the  same 
as  those  of  New  York,  Philadelphia,  Chicago,  St.  Louis, 
Boston,  Baltimore,  and  San  Francisco  is  a  proposition  too 
obvious  to  be  controverted.  This  fact,  moreover,  forced 
itself  upon  the  attention  of  the  Iowa  delegates  who  were 
attending  the  convention  of  the  National  Association  which 
was  held  at  Detroit,  Michigan,  in  August,  1898.  They 
realized  that  the  cities  of  Iowa  represented  in  the  conven- 
tion of  the  League  of  American  Municipalities  could  profit 
but  little  from  the  discussions  in  the  National  Association. 
The  need  of  an  organization  in  which  the  city  officials  of  the 
State  of  Iowa  could  meet  and  discuss  problems  and  ques- 
tions of  municipal  administration  on  the  common  footing  of 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  195 

the  law  of  Iowa  seemed  imperative.  In  fact  the  laws  of 
of  this  State  relative  to  municipalities  were  sorely  in  need 
of  revision  which  concerted  action  alone  could  accomplish. 
Thus  there  was  in  the  minds  of  the  Iowa  delegates  at  the 
Detroit  convention  a  common  interest,  with  definite  ends  to 
attain,  which  convinced  them  of  the  utility  of  a  State  organ- 
ization representing  the  municipal  interests  of  Iowa. 

Immediately  upon  his  return  from  Detroit,  Mr.  Frank  G. 
Pierce,  Mayor  of  Marshalltown,  interested  members  of  the 
council  of  that  city  in  the  project  of  a  State  organization  to 
such  an  extent  that  on  August  24,  1898,  the  council  adopted 
a  resolution  favoring  such  an  organization  and  requesting 
the  Mayor  to  call  a  meeting  of  the  municipal  officials  of 
Iowa.  This  resolution  was  immediately  forwarded  to  each 
member  of  the  Iowa  delegations  to  Detroit;  and  on  August 
30,  1898,  the  Detroit  delegation  issued  the  following  call 
for  a  meeting  to  be  held  in  Marshalltown,  a  copy  of  which 
call  was  sent  to  the  Mayor  of  every  city  in  the  State  to  be 
submitted  to  the  city  council: 

To  all  City  Officials  of  Iowa : 

The  representatives  of  the  five  cities  that  were  represented  at  the 
second  annual  convention  of  the  League  of  American  Municipalities 
held  at  Detroit,  Mich. ,  during  the  first  days  of  August,  were  all  of 
the  opinion  that  it  would  be  of  great  benefit  to  their  cities  and  to  all 
other  cities  in  the  State  if  a  State  association  of  municipal  officials 
were  formed  in  Iowa.  There  are  many  reasons  why  such  an  associa- 
tion would  be  of  great  benefit  to  Iowa  municipalities,  and  the  cities 
and  towns  through  such  an  organization  could  obtain  much  needed 
legislation.  The  interchange  of  ideas  and  experiences  would  be  of 
great  assistance  to  all.  Practical  questions  of  interest  to  every 


196  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

municipality  in  Iowa  could  be  discussed  and  the  cities  would  receive 
the  benefits  of  such  discussions. 

In  view  of  these  facts,  it  was  deemed  advisable  to  call  a  meeting 
this  fall  for  the  formation  of  a  State  association,  and  Marshalltown, 
on  account  of  owning  its  waterworks  and  electric  lighting  plant,  was 
selected  as  the  place  of  meeting.  The  City  Council  of  Marshalltown 
at  the  first  meeting  after  the  National  Convention  passed  the  follow- 
ing resolution: 

WHEREAS — It  has  been  demonstrated  by  the  second  annual  con- 
vention of  the  League  of  American  Municipalities  held  in  Detroit, 
that  the  interests  of  Iowa  cities  will  be  promoted  by  having  a  State 
meeting,  therefore  be  it 

RESOLVED — By  the  City  Council  of  the  City  of  Marshalltown, 
Iowa,  that  the  Mayor  of  the  City  be  requested  to  call  a  meeting  of 
the  City  Officials  in  Iowa,  with  a  view  to  taking  such  steps  as  they 
may  deem  proper  and  necessary  to  further  promote  good  government 
in  the  municipalities  of  Iowa,  the  time  for  the  meeting  to  be  arranged 
by  the  Mayor. 

Pursuant  to  this  resolution,  the  dates  of  October  12th  and  13th 
were  selected  for  the  meeting.  A  cordial  invitation  is  extended  to 
every  City  and  Town  in  Iowa  to  send  delegates  to  this  meeting. 
Every  municipality  is  invited  to  send  as  many  delegates  as  it  desires, 
and  we  trust  that  every  municipality  will  be  represented. 

(Signed)  J.  MACVICAR,  Mayor  of  Des  Moines. 

F.  K.  STEBBINS,  Mayor  of  Iowa  City. 
E.  B.  FULLIAM,  Mayor  of  Muscatine. 
J.  M.  REDMOND,  Mayor  of  Cedar  Rapids. 
FRANK  G.  PIERCE,  Mayor  of  Marshalltown. 

In  reply  to  this  invitation  representatives  from  twenty- 
three  Iowa  cities  met  at  Marshalltown  on  October  12,  1898. 
Although  a  program  of  able  addresses  on  topics  of  special 
interest  to  municipal  officials  had  been  arranged,  the  chief 
object  to  be  accomplished  at  this  meeting  was  organization. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  197 

Accordingly  the  delegates  present  drafted  and  adopted  a 
constitution  which  has  been  amended  but  once.1 

The  objects  and  purposes  of  the  League  as  set  forth  in 
the  constitution  are:  uTo  disseminate  information  and 
experience  upon,  and  promote  the  best  methods  to  be 
employed  in  the  management  of  municipal  departments  and 
in  the  construction  of  municipal  works,  by  means  of  annual 
conventions,  the  reading  and  discussion  of  papers  on  munici- 
pal subjects,  and  by  social  and  friendly  intercourse  at  such 
conventions,  and  to  circulate  among  its  members,  by  means 
of  an  annual  publication,  the  information  thus  obtained." 

In  furtherance  of  these  objects,  the  fourth  section  of 
article  IV"  declares  that  there  shall  be  appointed  annually 
the  following  standing  committees,  which  in  a  way  may  be 
taken  to  represent  what  the  League  considers  to  be  the 
problems  of  municipal  administration  in  Iowa: 

1.  Street  Paving. 

2.  Electric  Street  Lighting. 

3.  Sewerage  and  Sanitation. 

4.  Water  Works  and  Water  Supply. 

5.  Taxation  and  Assessment. 

6.  City  Government  and  Legislation. 

7.  Disposition  of  Garbage  and  Street  Cleaning. 

8.  Review. 

9.  Municipal  Franchises. 
10.     Municipal  Book-keeping. 

1  Article  III,  Sec.  1,  provided  that  "The  annual  dues  for  each 
municipality  shall  be  one  dollar  for  every  two  thousand  inhabitants 
or  fraction  thereof."  This  was  amended  at  the  fifth  annual  conven- 
tion so  as  to  read:  "one  dollar  for  each  one  thousand  inhabitants  or 
fraction  thereof." 


198  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

Some  writers  on  municipal  affairs  speak  of  paving,  street 
lighting,  the  establishment  of  water  plants,  and  sewerage 
systems  as  the  problems  with  which  the  "old  municipal 
administration"  dealt;  while  the  new  phase  of  municipal 
administration  deals  with  every  question  which  directly  or 
indirectly  affects  the  life  of  the  people.  This  is  undoubtedly 
true  of  our  larger  cities;  but  it  is  in  no  sense  true  of  the 
hundreds  of  smaller  cities  having  a  population  between 
5,000  and  10,000  inhabitants  in  the  Middle  West. 

In  many  of  these  western  towns  and  cities  the  pioneers 
have  not  yet  disappeared.  In  Iowa  there  are  gray  haired 
men  who  remember  when  corn  stalks  shook  their  tassels 
over  many  a  place  now  comprised  within  the  limits  of  a 
wide-awake  municipality.  In  all  of  these  prairie  cities,  whose 
growth  is  a  source  of  wonderment  even  to  ourselves,  there 
has  been  no  surplus  population  to  employ  in  municipal 
works.  In  most  of  them  the  public  revenues  available  have 
not  been  large;  and  municipal  improvements  have  generally 
met  with  much  opposition  from  that  innate  aversion  to  in- 
creased taxation.  In  most  of  them  some  provision  has  been 
made  for  street  lighting.  Sometimes  it  is  only  the  abomin- 
able kerosene  lamp  mounted  at  the  street  corners  which 
lights  the  town;  but  these  are  better  than  nothing,  where 
darkness  serves  as  a  propagator  of  vice  and  crime.  A  well 
lighted  city  is  one  of  the  best  means  of  protecting  persons 
and  property.  The  last  decade  has  witnessed  an  extensive 
installation  of  electric  lighting  plants  in  the  smaller  towns. 
In  some  of  the  eastern  States  the  public  highways  are  now 
being  lighted. 

Throughout  the  Middle  West  the  demand  for  fire  protec- 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  199 

tion  has  stimulated  the  building  of  water  systems  long  be- 
fore the  chemical  analysis  of  the  water  supplied  was  a  mat- 
ter of  any  concern.  During  the  last  two  decades  nearly 
every  town  in  Iowa,  having  a  population  of  1,000,  has 
erected  a  water  works  plant. 

As  population  has  become  more  dense  in  proportion  to 
the  city  area,  sewerage,  sanitation,  and  paving  have  become 
the  vital  problems  of  our  municipal  administration.  The 
cost  of  such  improvements,  however,  are  largely  a  direct 
tax  on  the  individuals  benefited,  and  are,  accordingly,  often 
met  with  violent  opposition — frequently  from  those  most 
able  to  pay. 

The  most  conspicuous  feature  of  the  United  States  popu- 
lation statistics  in  the  last  two  decades  has  been  the  enormous 
increase  in  the  urban  population.  This  has  greatly  increased 
the  importance  of  the  problem  of  sewage  disposal.  To 
have  conducted  the  city's  sewage  to  the  nearest  stream  was 
a  great  triumph  of  progress  over  municipal  obstructionists; 
but  it  soon  raised  another  problem  unlooked  for  at  the  out- 
set. The  disposal  of  sewage  by  turning  it  into  some  run- 
ning stream  is  the  method  employed  in  nearly  all  our  large 
cities.  This  is  in  fact  the  most  common  method  employed. 
Nor  can  it  be  seriously  objected  to  where  the  volume  of 
water  is  great  enough  to  form  a  natural  drainage  without  at 
the  same  time  endangering  by  pollution  the  water  supply 
of  other  cities  and  towns  located  on  the  same  water  way. 

In  Iowa,  however,  there  are  no  large  streams,  with  the 
exception  of  our  great  border  rivers,  which  may  be  used 
with  safety  for  sewage  disposal  by  all  the  cities  and  towns 
located  along  their  banks  without  serious  menace  to  the  pub- 


200  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

lie  welfare.  It  is  moreover  interesting  to  note  that  Iowa 
cities,  dependent  upon  streams  for  their  water  supply,  have 
appealed  to  the  courts  to  prevent  the  pollution  of  water  by 
the  cities  above.  Marion,  Marshalltown,  and  Grinnell 
yielded  to  the  injunction  and  erected  sewage  disposal  plants. 
These  cities  are,  however,  only  the  pioneers  in  the  field. 
The  next  decade  should  see  many  other  Iowa  cities  follow- 
ing in  their  footsteps. 

Since  the  question  of  sewage  disposal  was  thus  first  raised 
in  Iowa,  the  League  of  Iowa  Municipalities  has  been  the 
means  of  disseminating  the  most  accurate  information  upon 
this  important  problem.  Expert  sanitary  engineers  have 
addressed  the  League  in  convention  upon  this  subject  or 
prepared  valuable  papers  for  its  official  publication — the 
Midland  Municipalities.  No  effort  has  been  spared  by  the 
League  to  acquaint  the  officials  of  Iowa  municipalities  with 
the  best  methods  of  sewage  disposal  and  with  estimates  of 
the  cost  of  the  construction  and  maintenance  of  plants. 

In  addition  to  disseminating  information  regarding  the 
construction  and  maintenance  of  public  works,  the  League 
of  Iowa  Municipalities  has  represented  an  organized  effort  in 
the  State  for  the  securing  of  better  municipal  legislation — 
legislation  in  harmony  with  the  general  experience  and 
meeting  the  real  needs  of  Iowa  municipalities. 

At  the  second  annual  convention  of  the  League,  which  was 
held  in  October,  1899,  the  committee  on  city  governments 
and  legislation  reported  that  they  had  worked  in  conjunc- 
tion with  the  State  Association  of  City  Solicitors  and  that 
they  had  incorporated  into  drafts  of  bills  suggestions  and 
recommendations  for  various  amendments  and  additions  to 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  201 

the  Code  relative  to  municipal  corporations.  These  bills — 
fifteen  in  all — were  presented  to  the  T wen ty  -  eighth  Gen- 
eral Assembly;  and  the  members  of  the  committee  of  the 
League  appeared  several  times  before  the  House  and  Senate 
committees  to  urge  their  passage.  Only  four  of  the  pro- 
posed bills,  however,  were  passed  by  the  Twenty -eighth 
General  Assembly. 

Section  1306  of  the  Code,  limiting  the  amount  of  revenue 
to  be  raised  in  any  city,  was  repealed  upon  the  request  of  the 
League.  This  section  provided  that  if  after  the  year  1897 
the  assessed  valuation  of  any  city  should  increase,  the  per 
cent  of  levy  should  be  proportionately  decreased  so  that  the 
gross  amount  of  revenue  raised  should  not  be  greater  than 
was  raised  in  the  year  1897.  This  was  held  by  the  League 
to  work  an  injustice  upon  any  city  or  town  wherein  rapid 
growth  increased  the  valuation  of  the  property  above  what 
it  was  in  1897  without  at  the  same  time  permitting  the  city 
or  town  to  collect  a  proportionate  increased  revenue  to  meet 
the  increased  needs  of  the  municipality  attendant  upon  such 
growth. 

Section  742  of  the  Code  was  amended  so  as  to  permit  the 
loan  of  the  water  works  fund  at  three  per  cent  interest. 
According  to  the  provisions  of  the  original  section  cities 
could  not  loan  out  their  water  works  fund  at  less  than  four 
per  cent.  It  was  urged  that  at  the  current  rates  of  interest 
this  could  not  be  done. 

Section  744  was  amended  so  as  to  permit  the  construction 
of  temporary  sidewalks  of  brick  or  stone  within  the  limits 
of  the  cost  fixed  by  the  Code  for  plank  walks. 

Chapters  seven  and  eight  of  title  five  of  the  Code  were 


202  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

amended  so  as  to  make  the  special  assessment  laws  conform 
to  the  rule  laid  down  by  the  United  States  Supreme  Court 
in  the  case  of  Norwood  vs.  Baker .^  This,  however,  was 
not  passed  as  recommended  by  the  committee  of  the  League. 
A  substitute  was  enacted  as  a  temporary  expedient,  and  the 
subject  of  permanent  legislation  was  referred  to  a  committee 
to  report  to  the  Twenty -ninth  General  Assembly. 

All  these  measures  were  urged  with  such  force  by  the 
committee  of  the  League  of  Iowa  Municipalities  that  an  act 
was  passed  creating  a  Municipal  Code  Committee,  composed 
of  three  members  from  each  House,  to  be  appointed  by  the 
President  of  the  Senate  and  the  Speaker  of  the  House  re- 
spectively, to  "carefully  revise  and  codify  all  the  special 
assessment  laws,  and  such  other  laws  in  relation  to  the  gov- 
ernment of  municipal  corporations,  as  may  be  by  the  com- 
mittee deemed  necessary  and  expedient,  and  recommend 
such  changes  therein  as  may  be  desirable."2 

At  the  third  annual  convention  of  the  League  the  com- 
mittee on  city  government  and  legislation  reported  on  what 
had  been  accomplished  at  the  last  preceding  session  of  the 
General  Assembly,  as  indicated  above,  and  urged  that  an 
effort  be  made  to  secure  favorable  action  by  the  Municipal 
Code  Committee  on  the  proposed  measures  which  had  not 
been  passed.  Furthermore,  the  committee  from  the  League 
of  Iowa  Municipalities  met  in  joint  session  with  the  com- 
mittee of  the  State  Bar  Association  and  urged  them  to 
recommend  similar  legislation  to  the  committee  appointed 


^Ya  U.  S.  169. 

2  Chapter  176  of  the  Laws  of  the  Twenty -eighth  General  Assembly. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  203 

by   the   Twenty -eighth   General   Assembly   to   revise   the 
municipal  laws  of  Iowa. 

The  committee  of  the  League  met  afterwards  in  Daven- 
port and  formulated  thirteen  definite  recommendations  as  to 
changes  deemed  desirable  in  the  municipal  law.  These 
recommendations  were  printed  unsigned  in  the  June,  1901, 
number  of  the  Midland  Municipalities  and  presented  as  a 
preliminary  report  to  the  fourth  annual  convention  of  the 
League  in  October  of  the  same  year.  This  report  was  thor- 
oughly discussed  by  the  convention  and  some  amendments 
and  additions  were  made  to  it.  The  most  important  of 
these  was  the  recommendation  to  the  General  Assembly  that 
an  institution  for  the  reformation  and  restraint  of  confirmed 
inebriates  be  established  in  this  State.  The  final  report  of 
the  committee  on  legislation  as  adopted  by  the  convention 
contained  sixteen  definite  recommendations  as  proposed 
amendments  or  additions  to  that  part  of  the  Code  relating 
to  municipal  corporations. 

The  State  Legislature  being  in  session  in  January,  1902, 
a  special  meeting  of  the  League  of  Iowa  Municipalities  was 
called  for  January  22,  1902,  for  the  consideration  of  pro- 
posed changes  in  the  Iowa  laws  relating  to  municipalities. 
The  recommendations  adopted  at  the  fourth  annual  conven- 
tion were  again  read  and  some  amendments  and  additions 
to  that  report  were  made  and  adopted.  A  motion  was  also 
made  and  carried  instructing  the  committee  on  legislation  to 
use  all  honorable  means  to  secure  the  enactment  of  the 
recommendations  of  the  League  into  law,  and  authorizing 
them  to  use  their  discretion  in  urging  any  particular  measure 
contained  in  the  recommendations  of  the  League.  It  was 


204  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

left  to  the  committee  to  decide  upon  what  should  be  espe- 
cially urged  upon  the  attention  of  the  General  Assembly. 

All  of  the  proposed  measures  Were  presented  to  the 
Municipal  Code  Committee,  and  most  of  them  received  fav- 
orable action  from  that  committee.  Some  were  passed  by 
the  General  Assembly.  And  it  is  a  fact,  moreover,  that 
very  few  changes  in  the  municipal  law  not  recommended  by 
the  League  were  made.  The  most  important  changes  and 
additions  made  in  the  municipal  law  of  Iowa  by  the 
Twenty -ninth  General  Assembly  as  urged  by  the  League 
were  :— 

First.  An  act  making  the  Mayor  in  cities  of  the  second 
class  merely  a  presiding  officer  as  in  cities  of  the  first  class. 
Much  doubt  and  confusion  had  arisen  as  to  whether  the 
Mayor  was  to  be  considered  as  a  member  of  the  council  in 
cities  of  the  second  class,  in  deciding  what  constituted  a 
majority  or  three-fourths  vote.  The  Supreme  Court  of  the 
State  had  decided  that  the  Mayor  was  to  be  considered  as  a 
member  of  the  council;  but  since  much  city  legislation  had 
been  enacted  on  the  supposition  that  he  was  not  a  member 
it  was  deemed  necessary  to  pass  a  legalizing  act  and  bring 
the  various  sections  of  the  Code  into  harmony. 

Second.  The  law  was  so  amended  as  to  permit  cities  to 
issue  bonds  on  water  works  in  order  to  secure  funds  with 
which  to  make  necessary  improvements  on  the  plant.  It 
had  been  the  experience  of  Muscatine  that,  having  purchased 
a  rundown  water  plant,  the  city  was  without  authority  to 
raise  money  with  which  to  improve  or  extend  it. 

Third.  A  law  making  clear  the  provisions  for  quaran- 
tine. In  the  absence  of  any  Code  provision  giving  munici- 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  205 

palities  the  right  to  levy  a  tax  for  health  purposes,  it  was 
generally  held  by  city  officials  that  all  quarantine  expenses 
should  be  paid  by  the  county.  This  matter  was  cleared  up 
by  chapter  105  of  the  laws  of  the  Twenty -ninth  General 
Assembly,  which  directs  that  all  bills  for  quarantine,  for 
building  and  maintaining  of  pest  houses  or  detention  hos- 
pitals, and  for  the  care  of  infected  persons,  etc. ,  are  to  be 
paid  by  the  county,  when  such  bills  are  certified  to  by  the 
local  board  of  health;  and  the  county  must  reimburse  itself 
by  levying  a  tax  upon  the  township,  town  or  city  at  the 
time  of  the  levy  of  taxes  for  general  purposes,  to  cover  the 
amounts  so  paid  out. 

Fourth.  An  important  act  was  passed,  in  accordance 
with  the  recommendations  of  the  League,  to  the  effect  that 
an  institution  be  established  for  the  detention  and  cure  of 
confirmed  inebriates.  Every  city  has  its  habitual  drunkards; 
and  it  was  hoped  that  this  law  would  help  in  solving  the 
problem  of  what  to  do  with  them. 

The  League  committee  on  legislation  reported  at  the  fifth 
annual  convention  on  these  and  some  other  minor  acts  passed 
by  the  Twenty  -  ninth  General  Assembly ;  but  in  view  of  the 
fact  that  the  next  annual  convention  would  meet  before  the 
next  General  Assembly  no  suggestions  or  recommendations 
for  future  amendments  or  additions  to  the  municipal  laws  of 
the  State  were  made. 

The  League  of  Iowa  Municipalities  is  now  in  the  fifth 
year  of  its  organization.  The  attendance  at  its  annual 
conventions,  which  are  regularly  held  in  October,  has 
shown  a  healthful  growth  of  interest  in  its  work  among 
the  municipal  officials  of  Iowa.  A  unique  provision  in 


206  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

the  constitution  of  the  League  makes  the  President  in- 
eligible for  immediate  reelection  except  by  unanimous 
vote.  As  yet  no  President  has  been  reflected.  The  first 
meeting  of  the  League,  as  already  stated,  was  held  at  Mar- 
shalltown  in  October,  1898.  Mr.  F.  G.  Pierce,  Mayor  of 
that  city,  called  the  meeting  to  order.  He  was  recognized 
as  the  moving  spirit  in  the  formation  of  the  new  organiza- 
tion and  was  elected  to  preside  over  its  first  meeting.  Be- 
fore the  close  of  this  meeting,  Mr.  John  Mac  Vicar,  Mayor 
of  Des  Moines,  was  elected  to  preside  at  the  second  annual 
convention,  and  his  own  city  was  selected  as  the  place  of 
meeting.  At  the  Des  Moines  meeting  Mr.  John  M.  Red- 
mond, Mayor  of  Cedar  Rapids,  was  elected  President  for  the 
third  annual  convention,  and  Mason  City  was  selected  as  the 
place  of  meeting.  The  fourth  annual  meeting  convened  at 
Oskaloosa,  in  1901,  with  Mr.  F.  K.  Stebbins,  Mayor  of  Iowa 
City,  in  the  chair.  The  fifth  meeting  of  the  League  was 
held  at  Iowa  City,  in  1902,  with  Mr.  W.  H.  Wray, 
Mayor  of  Oskaloosa,  as  the  presiding  officer.  The  next 
annual  meeting  will  be  held  at  Waterloo,  in  1903,  on  "the 
second  Wednesday  in  October,"  as  prescribed  in  the  consti- 
tution. Mr.  J.  A.  Walter  of  McGregor  will  preside. 

Mr.  F.  G.  Pierce  of  Marshalltown  has  been  the  faithful 
and  efficient  Secretary  and  Treasurer  of  the  League  since  its 
first  meeting.  To  his  energy  is  to  be  credited  the  develop- 
ment of  the  reports  and  proceedings  of  the  annual  conven- 
tions into  the  present  organ  of  the  League — the  Midland 
Municipalities.  This  journal  has  been  published  monthly 
since  October,  1900.  It  is  devoted  to  the  municipal  prob- 
lems and  interests  of  the  Middle  West  and  of  Iowa  in  par- 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  207 

ticular.  It  aims  to  acquaint  the  city  officials  of  Iowa  with 
the  municipal  works  and  improvements  contemplated  or 
under  construction  within  the  State,  together  with  the  cost 
of  the  same.  It  acquaints  the  municipal  officials  of  Iowa 
with  the  decisions  of  our  courts  relative  to  the  powers  and 
duties  of  municipalities  under  Iowa  law.  It  fosters  a  health- 
ful rivalry  among  the  cities  of  Iowa  to  excel  in  beautifying 
and  improving  their  local  surroundings. 

The  League  of  Iowa  Municipalities  is  yet  in  its  infancy; 
and  one  cannot  predict  with  certainty  as  to  what  its  future 
influence  in  the  State  will  be.  It  has,  however,  already 
made  itself  felt.  It  has  a  promising  future  because  it  has  a 
virgin  soil:  rich  with  possibilities  in  which  to  work.  It 
must  stand  for  high  ideals  in  government  and  administration. 
It  must  educate  the  people  in  the  belief  that  municipal  self- 
government,  to  be  successful,  must  be  conducted  on  business 
principles,  and  that  such  government  can  best  be  promoted 
by  the  absolute  separation  of  municipal  affairs  from  State 
and  national  politics. 

The  League  of  Iowa  Municipalities  constitutes  a  college 
for  municipal  officials.  And  where  as  in  our  municipalities 
rotation  in  office  is  the  rule,  this  educational  function  and 
influence  of  the  League  must  increase  rather  than  decrease. 
To  quote  from  the  address  delivered  by  the  Honorable  F. 
K.  Stebbins  at  the  fourth  annual  convention: — u Until  such 
time  as  every  official  in  Iowa  knows  the  cost  of  producing 
an  electric  light  of  a  given  candle  power,  the  cost  of  making 
and  conducting  through  the  pipes  one  thousand  feet  of  gas, 
the  cost  of  furnishing  one  hundred  thousand  gallons  of 
water,  the  cost  of  operating  a  street  car  line,  there  will  be  a 


208  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

legitimate  demand  for  organizations  like  the  League  of  Iowa 
Municipalities." 

The  League  of  Iowa  Municipalities  stands  for  the  develop- 
ment of  that  civic  spirit  which  awakens  the  ordinary  egoistic 
citizen  from  his  lethargy  of  indifference  in  municipal  affairs 
to  a  realization  of  true  social  self-consciousness — to  a  con- 
sciousness that  his  home  is  not  bounded  by  the  pickets  of 
his  own  fence.  He  will  be  made  to  realize  that  he  has  a 
municipal  home  which  demands  his  care  and  attention. 
With  the  growth  of  this  spirit  voluntary  associations  for 
municipal  improvement  are  no  longer  looked  upon  as  a  cen- 
sure upon  the  municipal  administration.  Street  improve- 
ment, park,  charitable,  and  other  associations  must  supple- 
ment the  various  departments  of  city  administration,  since  a 
large  part  of  the  activity  which  goes  to  make  up  good 
municipal  government  is  not  and  can  not  be  provided  for  by 
law. 

The  League  of  Iowa  Municipalities  is  thoroughly  Ameri- 
can. It  has  created  an  interest  in  good  government  from 
within,  where  there  was  indifference  without.  It  has  created 
a  fraternal  spirit  among  that  great  body  of  officials  who 
administer  our  local  government.  It  has  bound  the  munici- 
pal interests  of  Iowa  into  one  united  whole.  The  League 
of  Iowa  Municipalities  is  a  monument  to  the  sagacity  of 
those  public  spirited  men  to  whom  it  owes  its  organization 
and  success. 

FRANK  EDWARD  HORACK 

THE  STATE  UNIVERSITY  OF  IOWA 
IOWA  CITY 


THE  HAMPTON  ROADS   CONFERENCE 

On  May  7,  1902,  in  the  Senate  of  the  United  States,  Sen- 
ator Tillman  of  South  Carolina  took  occasion  to  refer  to  the 
Hampton  Roads  Conference  of  1865.  And  for  the  purpose 
of  showing,  as  he  supposed,  the  willingness  of  President 
Lincoln  to  end  the  war  on  almost  any  terms,  Senator  Till- 
man undertook  to  state  what  was  demanded  and  what 
occurred  at  that  Conference.  He  said: 

The  claim  on  the  part  of  the  North  was,  "Restore  the  Union;  give 
us  the  Union;"  and  Alexander  Stephens  was  told  by  Abraham 
Lincoln  at  the  Hampton  Roads  conference  to  take  a  blank  sheet  of 
paper  and  write,  "Save  the  Union;"  and  President  Lincoln  said, 
"Aleck,  you  fill  out  the  balance,  and  I  will  agree  to  it."1 

This  statement  by  Senator  Tillman  is  in  substance  a  repe- 
tition of  the  story  of  the  celebrated  Conference  which  has 
gained  some  currency  in  recent  years,  having  been  used  by 
no  less  a  person  than  Mr.  Henry  Watterson  in  a  public  lec- 
ture on  Abraham  Lincoln.  Mr.  Watterson  was  corrected, 
however,  by  Hon.  John  H.  Reagan,  who  at  the  time  of  the 
Conference  was  a  member  of  the  cabinet  of  the  Confederate 
States. 

On  the  day  following  the  statement  made  by  Senator 
Tillman,  Senator  Vest  arose  in  the  Senate  and  observed  that, 
while  he  did  not  desire  to  participate  in  the  debate  then 
going  on,  he  felt  compelled  "in  justice  to  both  the  living 


1  Congressional  Record,  57th  Cong.,  1st  Sess.,  Vol.  xxxv,  p.  5100. 


210  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

and  the  dead"  to  notice  the  " remarkable  assertion"  made 
by  Senator  Tillman.     Senator  Vest  then  said: 

Mr.  President,  I  know  personally,  without  having  been  present  at 
that  celebrated  interview,  that  the  incident  is  without  the  slighest 
foundation.  If  true,  it  would  place  the  Government  and  officers  of 
the  Confederate  States  in  the  category  of  criminals,  because,  if  true, 
the  Confederacy  was  offered  all  that  it  ever  demanded  in  the  wildest 
hopes  of  the  most  extreme  partisan  of  that  war,  if  they  would  only 
return  to  the  Union ....  I  happen  to  know  from  the  lips  of  two  of 
the  commissioners,  Alexander  H.  Stephens  and  R.  M.  T.  Hunter, 
that  no  such  incident  ever  occurred  between  the  representatives  of 
the  United  States  and  of  the  Confederate  States  at  Hampton  Roads. l 

Senator  Vest  said  that  he  had  further  knowledge  of  the 
facts,  having  heard  the  "official  report"  made  by  the  com- 
missioners after  their  return  to  Richmond.  From  these 
sources  of  information  Senator  Vest  related  what  occurred 
as  follows: 

When  the  commissioners,  if  I  may  so  term  the  President  and  the 
Secretary  of  State  of  the  United  States,  met  the  commissioners  of  the 
Confederacy,  Mr.  Lincoln,  addressing  himself  to  R.  M.  T.  Hunter, 
whom  he  knew  very  well,  said,  "In  the  first  place,  gentlemen,  I 
desire  to  know  what  are  your  powers  and  instructions  from  the  Rich- 
mond Government?"  avoiding,  as  Mr.  Hunter  told  me  himself,  the 
words  "Confederate  States,"  but  terming  the  Government  that  of 
the  Richmond  Government.  Mr.  Hunter,  to  whom  the  inquiry  was 
addressed,  said,  "Mr.  President,  we  are  instructed  to  consider  no 
proposition  that  does  not  involve  the  independence  of  the  Confed- 
erate States  of  America."  "Then,"  said  Mr.  Lincoln,  "the  inter- 
view had  as  well  terminate  now,  for  I  must  say  to  you  gentlemen 
frankly  and  honestly  that  nothing  will  be  accepted  from  the  Govern- 
ment at  Richmond  except  absolute  and  unconditional  surrender/'  2 


1  Congressional  Record,  57th  Cong.,  1st  Sess.,  Vol.  xxxv,  p.  5160. 
2 Ibid,  p.  5160. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  211 

In  case  these  terms  were  accepted,  President  Lincoln  fur- 
ther said  (according  to  Senator  Vest)  that  "the  largest 
executive  clemency  "  would  be  extended  to  "the  leaders  and 
generals  of  the  Government  at  Richmond."  uThis  termi- 
nated the  interview,"  says  Senator  Vest;  but,  "as  the  com- 
missioners of  the  Confederacy  retired  from  the  chamber, 
Mr.  Lincoln,  addressing  Stephens,  said :  '  Stephens,  you  are 
making  a  great  mistake.  Your  Government  is  a  failure, 
and  when  the  crash  comes,  as  it  soon  must  come,  there  will 
be  chaos,  and  disasters  which  we  cannot  now  foresee  must 
come  to  your  people.'  "  1 

The  account  thus  given,  Senator  Vest  avers  with  the 
utmost  assurance,  is  "substantially  and  almost  word  for 
word"  as  it  came  to  him  from  the  two  commissioners  named. 
Furthermore,  he  adds  that  "to  put  this  matter  beyond  all 
sort  of  dispute,  Judge  Campbell ....  took  down  in  pencil  at 
the  interview,  word  for  word,  what  passed  between  the 
commissioners;"  and  this  "account  in  writing  was  exhibited 
to  many  of  his  [Campbell's]  friends  in  the  city  of  Rich- 
mond." Senator  Vest  says  that  he  himself  was  told  the 
story  by  a  gentleman  who  had  seen  the  written  report, 
which  was  " almost  exactly"  as  he  had  tried  to  relate  it. 
He  closed  his  remarks  to  the  Senate  as  follows: 

I  do  not  want  this  statement,  which  I  have  no  doubt  the  Senator 
from  South  Carolina  believes  to  be  true,  to  go  into  the  records  of 
this  country  without  my  statement  of  these  facts  and  my  solemn 
denial  that  there  is  the  shadow  of  truth  in  this  assertion  which  has 
been  going  the  rounds  of  the  newspapers  of  the  country  for  the  last 
few  years. z 


Congressional  Record,  57th  Cong.,  1st  Sess.,  Vol.  xxxv,  p.  5160. 
d,  p.  5160. 


212  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

Senator  Vest  has  done  a  distinct  service  to  the  truth  of 
history  in  thus  publicly  and  in  such  a  conspicuous  manner 
denying  the  popular  story  as  to  what  occurred  at  the  Hamp- 
ton Roads  Conference — an  event  big  with  possibilities  but 
without  result,  unless  we  accept  as  a  result  the  knowledge 
that  the  war  must  continue  until  ended  on  the  field  of  battle. 

Senator  Tillman  having  been  corrected  by  Senator  Vest, 
it  is  now  in  order  to  correct  Senator  Vest  by  documentary 
evidences1  and  by  the  testimony  of  Mr.  Alexander  H. 
Stephens,  one  of  the  commissioners  of  the  Confederate 
States  and  their  chief  spokesman  at  the  celebrated  Confer- 
ence. Soon  after  the  event  Mr.  Stephens  put  into  enduring 
form  his  recollections  of  what  occurred.2  Senator  Vest's 
account  is  from  his  own  memory  of  what  was  told  to  him 
thirty-seven  years  ago.  From  his  account  it  must  be  in- 
ferred that  the  interview  was  of  short  duration,  if,  as  Sen- 
ator Vest  would  have  us  believe,  President  Lincoln  delivered 
the  ultimatum  of  "unconditional  surrender."  It  must  also 
be  inferred  from  Senator  Vest's  account  that  Mr.  Hunter 
was  the  chief  spokesman  for  the  Confederate  commissioners, 
that  Judge  Campbell  was  a  stenographer,  and  that  he  made 
a  verbatim  report  of  what  was  said.  Neither  of  the  three 
propositions  is  true,  as  will  be  seen  from  the  more  reliable 
evidences  and  testimony  which  follow.  The  interview  was 
of  "several  hours  duration"  according  to  President  Lincoln; 
it  was  "about  four  hours"  long  according  to  Mr.  Stephens. 


aThe  documents  are  found  in  Lincoln's  special  message  to  the 
House  of  Representatives,  Feb.  10,  1865  —  See  Messages  and  Papers 
of  the  Presidents,  Vol.  vi,  pp.  260-269. 

*A  Constitutional  View  of  the  Late  War  Between  the  States.  1867. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  213 

No  record  was  kept  by  any  person ;  nor  was  any  person  per- 
mitted to  take  notes  at  the  interview  of  what  was  said. 
There  can  be  no  doubt  but  that  Mr.  Stephens,  being  at  the 
head  of  the  Confederate  commission,  was  its  chief  spokes- 
man. 

SOME    OTHER    ACCOUNTS    OF    THE    CONFERENCE 

t 

Mr.  Edward  S.  Ellis  in  The  History  of  Our  Country 
quotes  at  considerable  length  from  Wm.  E.  Cameron's  "full 
and  accurate  account,"1  of  which  the  following  is  an  ex- 
tract: 

The  inception  of  the  Conference  was  a  visit  to  Richmond  of 
Francis  P.  Blair,  Sr. ,  armed  with  a  letter  from  Mr.  Lincoln,  in  which 
the  latter  expressed  his  willingness  to  receive  delegates  from  "those 
in  authority  in  the  Southern  States  who  desire  to  make  peace  on  the 
basis  of  one  common  country."  2 

This  part  of  Mr.  Ellis'  account  is  not  true  in  any  essential 
particular.  Mr.  Blair  was  not  sent  by  anybody;  nor  was 
he  on  his  first  trip  "armed  with  a  letter"  or  with  anything 
else  except  a  pass  through  the  lines;  nor  is  the  quotation, 
purporting  to  have  been  made  from  President  Lincoln's  let- 
ter which  was  borne  by  Mr.  Blair  on  his  second  trip,  cor- 
rectly made  either  in  words  or  in  sentiment,  as  will  be  seen 
by  the  letter  below.3 

Mr.  Cameron's  account  of  the  opening  of  the  Conference, 
quoted  by  Ellis,  is  as  follows: 

Mr.  Stephens  opened  the  business  in  hand  by  stating  clearly  and 
with  precision  the  conditions  which  the  Confederates  were  instructed 
to  lay  before  the  President  of  the  United  States. 


Volume  v,  p.  1311. 
*  Ibid,  p.  1311. 
•See  below  p.  218. 


214  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

This  implies  of  course  that  the  Confederate  commissioners 
were  present  with  an  ultimatum  to  the  President  of  the 
United  States,  instead  of  being  present  to  suggest  a  diversion 
in  the  hope  of  securing  by  secret  convention  at  least  a  tem- 
porary cessation  of  hostilities.  In  these  respects  the  Cam- 
eron story  is  entirely  misleading. 

Other  short  accounts  of  the  Conference  are  found  in 
Schouler's  History  of  the  United  States,1  and  Scribner's 
Popular  History  of  the  United  States*  Neither  of  these 
accounts,  however,  is  full  enough  to  convey  a  satisfactory 
idea  of  the  Conference. 

For  a  full  and  accurate  account  of  the  Hampton  Roads 
Conference  from  its  inception  to  its  conclusion  we  must  turn 
to  ( 1 )  the  special  message  of  President  Lincoln  of  February 
10,  1865, 3  (2)  A  Constitutional  View  of  the  Late  War 
Between  the  States,  by  Alexander  H.  Stephens,4  (3)  Abra- 
ham Lincoln,  by  Nicolay  and  Hay,  and  (4)  the  Rise  and 
Pall  of  the  Confederate  Government,  by  Jefferson  Davis. 


Volume  vi,  p.  535. 

2  Volume  v,  p.  325. 

3  Messages  and  Papers  of  the  Presidents,  Volume  vi,  p.  260.     On 
the  10th  day  of  February,   in  response  to  a  resolution  of  the  House 
for  information,  President  Lincoln  sent  a  special  message  giving  all 
of  the  documents  in  the  case  and  briefly  stating  the  main  points  dis- 
cussed and  stating  that  "the  conference  ended  without  result."     On 
the   same  date,  the  Senate  was   "referred"  to  the  documents  trans- 
mitted to  the  House,   and  in  addition  thereto,  the  Senate  was  fur- 
nished with  the  "instructions"  sent  to  Minister  Adams  in  London, 
touching  the  affair,  which  instructions  in  no  material  points  differ 
from  Mr.  Stephens'  account. 

4  Mr.  Stephens  was  Vice  President  of  the  Confederate  States.     His 
two  volume  work  was  written  in  1867. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  215 

MR.  BLAIR'S  MISSION  TO  RICHMOND 

Who  was  Francis  P.  Blair,  Sr.,  the  self-appointed  mes- 
senger to  the  President  of  the  Confederate  States  prior  to 
the  Hampton  Roads  Conference?  Mr.  Davis  calls  him  ua 
distinguished  citizen  of  Maryland."  Mr.  Stephens  styles 
him  the  u Warwick"  of  the  Republican  party.  He  was  for 
many  years  a  prominent  editor  and  politician,  coming  into 
notice  as  a  Jackson  Democrat  in  opposition  to  South  Caro- 
lina Nullification.  He  was  a  friend  and  counsellor  of 
Andrew  Jackson  himself.  Later  he  became  a  Freesoil  Dem- 
ocrat (Barnburner);  and  finally  he  appears  as  a  Republican. 
He  was  intimately  acquainted  with  leading  men,  North  and 
South,  and  was  on  personally  friendly  terms  with  Mr.  Jef- 
ferson Davis. 

In  the  latter  part  of  the  year  1864,  Mr.  Blair  thought  that 
he  might  do  something  to  bring  about  peace  by  an  interview 
with  Mr.  Davis.  He  suggested  the  thought  to  President 
Lincoln  but  got  no  encouragement  from  that  quarter,  not 
even  a  chance  to  explain  himself.  Mr.  Lincoln,  however, 
said  to  him  finally  and  evasively:  "Come  to  me  after  Savan- 
nah falls."1  Mr.  Blair  was  promptly  on  hand  after  that 
event,  and  was  given  a  card  with  these  words: 

DECEMBER  28,   1864. 

Allow  the  bearer,  F.  P.  Blair,  sr. ,  to  pass  our  lines,  go  South, 
and  return.  A.  LINCOLN.* 

With  this  and  this  only  he  passed  the  lines  and  arrived 
at  Richmond  on  January  12,  1865,  where  his  appearance 


1  Nicolay  and  Hay's  Abraham  Lincoln,  Vol.  x,  p.  94. 

2  Messages  and  Papers  of  the  Presidents,  Vol.  vi,  p.  260. 


216  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

"caused  no  little  sensation."  An  interview  was  promptly 
had  with  Mr.  Jefferson  Davis,  which  was  introduced  with 
an  explanation  by  Mr.  Blair  as  to  the  means  used  to  procure 
the  pass.  Mr.  Blair  avowed  his  individual  responsibility  in 
the  matter.  Among  the  first  questions  propounded  to  Mr. 
Davis  was  one  as  to  whether  "he  had  any  commitments 
with  European  powers,"  if  he  was  free  to  answer  such  a 
question,  "which  would  control  his  conduct  in  making 
arrangements  with  the  Government  of  the  United  States." 
To  this  Mr.  Davis  replied  that  he  "was  absolutely  free  and 
would  die  a  free  man  in  all  respects. " 

This  opened  the  way  for  Mr.  Blair  to  read  a  paper 
embodying  his  idea — a  paper  which  he  had  prepared  to  be 
submitted  to  Mr.  Davis  in  case  a  personal  interview  could 
not  be  had.  It  begins  as  follows: 

The  Amnesty  Proclamation  of  President  Lincoln  in  connection 
with  his  last  Message  to  Congress ....  presents  a  basis  on  which  I 
think  permanent  peace  and  union  between  the  warring  sections  of 
our  country  may  be  re-established.  * 

Slavery  being  "doomed,"  a  fact  "admitted  now  on  all 
sides,"  continued  Mr.  Blair,  "the  issue  is  changed  and  war 
against  the  Union  becomes  a  war  for  monarchy."  Having 
developed  these  ideas,  Mr.  Blair  then  reviewed  the  condi- 
tions in  Mexico,  and  said:  "Jefferson  Davis  is  the  fortunate 
man  who  now  holds  the  commanding  position  to  encounter 
this  formidable  scheme  of  conquest."  In  order  to  carry 
out  the  scheme  it  would  first  be  necessary  to  arrange  an 
armistice  so  that  as  much  of  the  Confederate  army  as  might 
be  needed  could  be  transferred  to  Texas.  Juarez,  the  Mex- 


Nicolay  and  Hay's  Abraham  Lincoln,  Vol.  x,  p.  97. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  217 

lean  leader,  was  to  be  " propitiated,"  and  very  likely  Mr. 
Davis  himself  might  be  proclaimed  dictator. 

In  case  the  "  Mexican  recruits  and  the  army  of  the  South" 
proved  unequal  to  the  task,  it  was  suggested  that  "multi- 
tudes of  the  army  of  the  North"  would  take  a  hand,  and 
together  they  would  sweep  the  invaders  out  of  Mexico. 
Having  presented  his  plan  much  more  in  detail  than  is  pos- 
sible in  this  connection,  Mr.  Blair  said:  " There  is  my 
problem  Mr.  Davis;  do  you  think  it  possible  to  be  solved?" 
After  some  reflection  Mr.  Davis  answered:  UI  think  so." 1 

The  interview  continued  for  some  time  and  various  points 
were  discussed.  It  terminated  with  the  understanding  that 
Mr.  Blair  would  sound  President  Lincoln  on  the  subject. 
It  will  be  noted  that  the  plan  here  presented  to  Mr.  Davis 
did  not  contemplate  a  uniting  of  the  Confederate  and  Union 
forces  to  drive  Maximilian  out  of  Mexico.  It  was  to  be  a 
Confederate  movement  to  be  made  possible  by  means  of  an 
armistice.  After  the  interview  Mr.  Davis  made  a  memor- 
andum of  the  conversation,  and  on  the  day  following  sub- 
mitted it  to  Mr.  Blair.  This  memorandum  was  mutually 
agreed  to  be  substantially  correct.  It  is  substantially  cor- 
roborative of  Mr.  Blair's  account,  except  that  Mr.  Davis  con- 
strued the  proposed  movement  on  Mexico  to  be  a  joint  one 
in  support  of  the  Monroe  Doctrine.  Mr.  Blair  was  then  fur- 
nished with  the  following  to  be  shown  to  President  Lincoln: 
F  P  BIAIR  ESQ  RICHMOND,  VA.,  January  12,  1865. 

SIR:  I  have  deemed  it  proper,  and  probably  desirable  to  you,  to 
give  you  in  this  form  the  substance  of  remarks  made  by  me,  to  be 
repeated  by  you  to  President  Lincoln,  etc. ,  etc. 

I  have  no  disposition  to  find  obstacles  in  forms,  and  am  willing,  now 

1  Nicolay  and  Hay's  Abraham  Lincoln,  Vol.  x,  p.  103. 


218  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

as  heretofore,  to  enter  into  negotiations  for  the  restoration  of  peace, 
and  am  ready  to  send  a  commission  whenever  I  have  reason  to  sup- 
pose it  will  be  received,  or  to  receive  a  commission  if  the  United 
States  Government  shall  choose  to  send  one.  That  notwithstanding 
the  rejection  of  our  former  offers,  I  would,  if  you  could  promise  that 
a  commissioner,  minister,  or  other  agent  would  be  received,  appoint 
one  immediately,  and  renew  the  effort  to  enter  into  conference  with 
a  view  to  secure  peace  to  the  two  countries. 

Yours,  etc.,  JEFFERSON  DAVIS. l 

Armed  with  this  proposition  to  enter  into  conference  with 
a  view  to  secure  peace  to  the  two  countries,  Mr.  Blair  re- 
turned to  Washington  and  received  the  following,  with  a 
view  of  securing  peace  to  the  people  of  our  one  common 
country,  to  be  shown  to  Mr.  Davis. 

WASHINGTON,  January  18,  1865. 
F.  P.  BLAIR,  ESQ. 

SIR:  Your  having  shown  me  Mr.  Davis's  letter  to  you  of  the  12th 
instant,  you  may  say  to  him  that  I  have  constantly  been,  am  now, 
and  shall  continue  ready  to  receive  any  agent  whom  he  or  any  other 
influential  person  now  resisting  the  national  authority  may  informally 
send  to  me  with  the  view  of  securing  peace  to  the  people  of  our  one 
common  country.  Yours,  etc.,  A.  LINCOLN.  l 

Mr.  Blair  returned  to  Richmond  and  delivered  the  above 
to  Mr.  Davis,  at  the  same  time  stating  (according  to  Mr. 
Davis)  that  he  (Blair)  had  "modified  the  views  he  formerly 
presented,"  and  had  ua  different  mode  of  procedure"  to 
offer,  to  the  effect  that,  uon  account  of  the  extreme  men  in 

Congress  and  elsewhere,    it  would  not  be   feasible 

for  him  [President  Lincoln]  to  enter  into  any  arrangement 
with  us  by  the  use  of  political  agencies;  that,  if  anything 
beneficial  could  be  effected,  it  must  be  done  without  the  in- 


1  Messages  and  Papers  of  the  Presidents,  Vol.  vi,  pp.  260,  261. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  219 

tervention  of  the  politicians.  He,  therefore,  suggested  that 
Generals  Lee  and  Grant  might  enter  into  an  arrangement  by 
which  hostilities  would  be  suspended." 

To  this  Mr.  Davis  replied  that  he  was  willing  to  entrust 
such  a  negotiation  to  General  Lee.  Later  on  Mr.  Blair  in- 
formed Mr.  Davis  that  ' '  the  idea  of  a  military  convention 
was  not  favorably  received  at  Washington;'7  and  uso  it  only 
remained  for  me,"  says  Mr.  Davis,  "to  act  upon  the  letter 
of  Mr.  Lincoln." 

On  the  day  following  Mr.  Blair's  departure  from  Rich- 
mond, Mr.  Davis,  before  consulting  with  his  cabinet,  called 
Mr.  Stephens  (Vice -President  of  the  Confederate  States)  into 
consultation,  disclosed  to  him  Mr.  Blair's  mission,  and  asked 
his  advice.  Though  not  hopeful  of  any  good  results,  Mr. 
Stephens  thought  a  conference  desirable,  and  suggested  that 
the  two  Presidents  were  the  persons  to  be  brought  together 
if  possible.  To  this  Mr.  Davis  demurred,  and  then  Mr. 
Stephens  suggested  the  names  of  three  persons,  only  one  of 
whom  was  finally  appointed,  as  commissioners.  A  cabinet 
meeting  was  held  immediately  after  this  interview,  and  Mr. 
Stephens'  next  information  was  that  R.  M.  T.  Hunter  (Sen- 
ator), Judge  John  A.  Campbell  (Asst.  Sec.  of  War),  and 
himself  had  been  appointed.  Mr.  Stephens  strongly  objected 
to  the  selection  both  of  himself  and  of  Mr.  Hunter  on  the 
ground  that  absence  from  their  accustomed  official  duties 
would  attract  notice,  whereas  it  was  important  to  observe 
uthe  most  perfect  secrecy."1 

Mr.  Stephens  makes  no  mention  of  either  verbal  or  writ- 


1 A  Constitutional  View  of  the  Late  War  Between  the  States,  by 
Alexander  H.  Stephens,  Vol.  n,  Colloquy  xxm. 


220  THE   IOWA   JOURNAL 

ten  instructions  to  the  commission,  but  each  commissioner 
was  furnished  with  the  following  dated  Richmond,  January 
28,  1865: 

In  conformity  with  the  letter  of  Mr.  Lincoln,  of  which  the  forego- 
ing is  a  copy,  you  are  requested  to  proceed  to  Washington  City  for 
an  informal  conference  with  him  upon  the  issues  involved  in  the 
existing  war,  and  for  the  purpose  of  securing  peace  to  the  two  coun- 
tries. * 

The  commissioners  reached  the  Union  lines  January  29, 
at  Petersburg  (Gen.  Wilson  commanding),  and  asked  to  be 
passed  through  "in  accordance  with  an  understanding  .... 
with  Lieu  tenant -General  Grant."  To  this  the  Secretary  of 
War  replied  that  the  Department  had  no  knowledge  of  such 
an  " understanding"  (nor  was  there  any),  and  they  were 
not  permitted  to  pass.  On  the  next  day  the  commissioners 
addressed  a  note  to  General  Grant  at  City  Point  asking  "to 
pass  your  lines  under  safe -conduct,  and  to  proceed  to  Wash- 
ington." The  request  was  sent  to  the  President,  and  at  the 
same  time  orders  were  sent  by  Grant  to  pass  the  commis- 
sioners on  to  headquarters,  where  they  arrived  on  the  same 
day.  On  the  same  day  also  (Jan.  30)  a  messenger  was 
sent  from  Washington  to  meet  the  commissioners  and  to 
inform  them  that  they  would  be  allowed  to  pass  the  lines  to 
Fortress  Monroe  ufor  the  purpose  of  an  informal  confer- 
ence on  the  basis  of  the  letter"  of  January  18,  1865.  The 
reply  of  the  commissioners  to  the  instructions  of  the  mes- 
senger was  not  "satisfactory,"  and  it  was  so  reported.  The 
commissioners  then  addressed  a  second  request  to  General 


1  The  Jtise  and  fall  of  the  Confederate  Government,  by  Jefferson 
Davis,  Vol.  n,  p.  617. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  221 

Grant  to  be  passed  on  to  Washington  uto  confer  informally 
with  the  President,7'  which  of  course  was  not  granted.1 

While  this  correspondence  was  in  progress,  President 
Lincoln  dispatched  Mr.  Seward,  Secretary  of  State,  to 
Fortress  Monroe,  where  he  arrived  February  1st  under 
instructions  from  the  President  that,  in  the  expected  inter- 
view, "three  things  are  indispensable,"  to  wit: 

1.  The  restoration  of  the  national  authority  throughout  all  the 
States. 

2.  No  receding  by  the  Executive  of  the  United  States  on  the 
slavery  question  from  the  position  assumed  thereon  in  the  late  annual 
message  to  Congress  and  in  preceding  documents. 

3.  No  cessation  of  hostilities  short  of  an  end  of  the  war  and  the 
disbanding  of  all  forces  hostile  to  the  Government. 2 

After  all  of  these  preliminaries,  because  of  the  unsatisfac- 
tory reply  of  the  commissioners  to  the  instructions  of  the 
special  messenger,  the  President  was  about  to  recall  Mr. 
Seward  when  he  received  through  the  War  Department  (on 
February  2d)  a  dispatch  from  General  Grant,3  which  not 
only  determined  him  to  let  the  interview  take  place  but  to 
join  Mr.  Seward,  which  he  did  on  February  2d,  having  sent 


1  Messages  and  Papers  of  the  Presidents,  Vol.  vi,  pp.  262,  265. 

2 Messages  and  Papers  of  the  Presidents,  Vol.  vi,  p.  264. 

*  Grant's  confidential  dispatch  which  determined  the  President  to 
join  Mr.  Seward  is  as  follows: 
"Hox.  EDWIN  M.  STANTON,  Secretary  of  War: 

"Now  that  the  interview  between  Major  Eckert,  under  his  written 
instructions,  and  Mr.  Stephens  and  party  has  ended,  I  will  state  con- 
fidentially, but  not  officially  to  become  a  matter  of  record,  that  I  am 
convinced  upon  conversation  with  Messrs.  Stephens  and  Hunter  that 
their  intentions  are  good  and  their  desire  sincere  to  restore  peace  and 
union.  I  have  not  felt  myself  at  liberty  to  express  even  views  of  my 


222  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

orders  to  Grant  to  "let  nothing  which  is  transpiring  change, 
hinder,  or  delay  your  military  movements  or  plans."  The 
interview  took  place  on  board  a  United  States  steamer,  in 
Hampton  Koads,  near  Fortress  Monroe,  February  3,  1865. 1 

THE  ACCOUNT  OF  THE  CELEBRATED  CONFERENCE  AS  GIVEN  BY 
ALEXANDER  H.  STEPHENS 

After  the  formal  salutations,  inquiries  after  mutual  ac- 
quaintances, and  brief  reminiscences  of  other  days,  Mr. 
Stephens  said  " in  substance:" 

Well,  Mr.  President,  is  there  no  way  of  putting  an  end  to  the  pres- 
ent trouble,  and  bringing  about  a  restoration  of  the  general  good 
feeling  and  harmony  then  existing  between  the  different  States  and 
Sections  of  the  country? 


own  or  to  account  for  my  reticency.  This  has  placed  me  in  an 
awkward  position,  which  I  could  have  avoided  by  not  seeing  them  in 
the  first  instance.  I  fear  now  their  going  back  without  any  expres- 
sion from  anyone  in  authority  will  have  a  bad  influence.  At  the 
same  time,  I  recognize  the  difficulties  in  the  way  of  receiving  these 
informal  commissioners  at  this  time,  and  do  not  know  what  to  recom- 
mend. I  am  sorry,  however,  that  Mr.  Lincoln  cannot  have  an  inter- 
view with  the  two  named  in  this  dispatch,  if  not  all  three  now  within 
our  lines.  Their  letter  to  me  was  all  that  the  President's  instruc- 
tions contemplated  to  secure  their  safe  conduct  if  they  had  used  the 
same  language  to  Major  Eckert  [special  messenger]. 

"U.  S.  GRANT,  Lieutenant- General. 
See  Messages  and  Papers  of  tlie  Presidents,  Vol.  vi,  p.  266. 

1  There  is  a  curious  error  in  a  date,  which  is  perhaps  worth  men- 
tioning, found  in  the  report  of  the  Confederate  commissioners  to 
Mr.  Davis.  As  printed  in  Mr.  Stephens'  A  Constitutional  View  of 
the  Late  War  Between  the  States,  Vol.  n,  Appendix  R,  p.  792,  the 
date  of  the  Conference  is  given  as  "the  30th  inst. ,"  which  would  be 
February  30th,  if  there  could  be  such  a  date.  In  Mr.  Davis'  The 
Rise  and  Fall  of  the  Confederate  Government,  Vol.  u,  p.  619,  the 
date  is  given  as  "the  30th  ult. ,"  which  would  be  the  30th  of  January. 
The  true  date  was  as  given  in  the  text  above,  February  3,  1865. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  223 

Mr.  Seward  said:  It  is  understood,  gentlemen,  that  this  is  to  be 
an  informal  Conference.  There  is  to  be  no  clerk  or  secretary — no 
writing  or  record  of  anything  that  is  said.  All  is  to  be  verbal. 

I,  speaking  for  the  Commissioners,  said  that  was  our  understand- 
ing of  it.  To  this  all  assented,  whereupon  I  repeated  the  question. 

Mr.  Lincoln  in  reply  said,  in  substance,  that  there  was  but  one 
way  that  he  knew  of,  and  that  was,  for  those  who  were  resisting  the 
laws  of  the  Union  to  cease  that  resistance.  All  the  trouble  came 
from  an  armed  resistance  against  the  National  Authority. 

But,  said  I,  is  there  no  other  question  that  might  divert  the  atten- 
tion of  both  Parties,  for  a  time,  from  the  questions  involved  in  their 

present  strife,  until  the  passions  on  both  sides  might  cool,  ? 

Is  there  no  Continental  question,  said  I,  which  might  thus  tempo- 
rarily engage  their  attention?  We  have  been  induced  to  believe  that 
there  is.1 

This  reference  to  a  li Continental  question"  brought  from 
Mr.  Lincoln  the  response:  UI  suppose  you  refer  to  some- 
thing that  Mr.  Blair  has  said."  He  at  once  disavowed 
authority  for  anything  and  everything  that  may  have  been 
said  or  done  by  Mr.  Blair,  but  said  that  he  was  u  always 
willing  to  hear  propositions  for  peace"  on  the  basis  of  "the 
restoration  of  the  Union,"  which  with  him  was  a  "sine  qua 
non"  There  was  silence  for  a  few  moments,  when  Mr. 
Stephens  said: 

But  suppose,  Mr.  President,  a  line  of  policy  should  be  suggested, 
which,  if  adopted,  would  most  probably  lead  to  a  restoration  of  the 
Union  without  further  bloodshed,  would  it  not  be  highly  advisable 
to  act  on  it,  even  without  the  absolute  pledge  of  ultimate  restoration 
being  required  to  be  first  given?  May  not  such  a  policy  be  found  to 
exist  in  the  line  indicated  by  the  interrogatory  propounded?  Is  there 
not  now  such  a  Continental  question  in  which  all  the  parties  engaged 


1  A  Constitutional   View  of  the  Late  War  Between  the  States,  by 
Alexander  H.  Stephens,  Vol.  n,  pp.  599,  600. 


224  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

in  our  present  war  feel  a  deep  and  similar  interest?  I  allude,  of 
course,  to  Mexico,  and  what  is  called  the  'Monroe  Doctrine,' — the 
principles  of  which  are  directly  involved  in  the  contest  now  waging 
there. l 

In  further  elaboration  of  the  question,  Mr.  Stephens  said : 

We  are  under  the  impression  that  the  Administration  at  Wash- 
ington is  decidedly  opposed  to  the  establishment  of  an  Empire  in 
Mexico  by  France,  and  is  desirous  to  prevent  itf  In  other  words, 
they  wish  to  sustain  the  principles  of  the  Monroe  Doctrine,  and  that, 
as  I  understand  it,  is,  that  the  United  States  will  maintain  the  right 
of  Self -Government  to  all  Peoples  on  this  Continent,  against  the 
dominion  or  control  of  any  European  power. 

Mr.  Lincoln  and  Mr.  Seward  both  concurred  in  the  expression  of 
opinion  that  such  was  the  feeling  of  the  majority  of  the  people  of . the 
North. 

Could  not  both  Parties  then,  said  I,  in  our  contest,  come  to  an 
understanding  and  agreement  to  postpone  their  present  strife,  by  a 
suspension  of  hostilities  between  themselves,  until  this  principle  is 
maintained  in  behalf  of  Mexico;  and  might  it  not,  when  successfully 
sustained  there,  naturally,  and  would  it  not  almost  inevitably,  lead 
to  a  peaceful  and  harmonious  solution  of  their  own  difficulties? 
Could  any  pledge  now  given,  make  a  permanent  restoration  or  re- 
organization of  the  Union  more  probable,  or  even  so  probable  as 
such  a  result  would? 

Mr.  Lincoln  replied  with  considerable  earnestness,  that  he  could 
entertain  no  proposition  for  ceasing  active  military  operations,  which 
was  not  based  upon  a  pledge  first  given,  for  the  ultimate  restoration 

of  the  Union and  the  only  basis  on  which  he  would  entertain 

a  proposition  for  a  settlement  was  the  recognition  and  re -establish- 
ment of  the  National  Authority  throughout  the  land. l 

This  answer  seemed  about  to  close  the  interview,  as  the 


1  A    Constitutional  View  of  the  Late  War  Between  the  States,  by 
Alexander  H.  Stephens,  Vol.  11,  pp.  601,  602. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  225 

commissioners  had  no  authority  to  give  pledges,  when  Judge 
Campbell  inquired  in  what  way  a  settlement  might  be  ef- 
fected, supposing  the  Confederate  States  were  to  accept  the 
conditions.  But  Mr.  Seward  desired,  before  answering 
Judge  Campbell's  question,  to  have  the  other  subject  more 
fully  developed,  as  it  seemed  to  him  to  have  a  philo- 
sophical basis."  And  so  Mr.  Stephens  gave  his  views  at 
length  on  the  Monroe  Doctrine  and  on  popular  government, 
and  it  seemed  to  him  that  the  situation  in  Mexico  might 
"afford  a  very  opportune  occasion  for  reaching  a  proper 
solution  of  our  own  troubles  without  any  further  effusion  of 
fraternal  blood. " : 

This  play  upon  the  Monroe  Doctrine  was  evidently  not 
sincere,  for  it  ended  with  a  declaration  by  Mr.  Hunter  that 
"there  was  not  unanimity  in  the  South  upon  the  subject  of 
undertaking  the  maintenance  of  the  Monroe  Doctrine,  and  it 
was  not  probable  that  any  arrangement  could  be  made  by 
which  the  Confederates  would  agree  to  join  in  sending  any 
portion  of  their  Army  into  Mexico."  In  this  view  he  ex- 
pressed the  joint  opinion  of  the  commissioners,  says  Mr. 
Stephens. 

From  this  excursion  into  the  realms  of  speculation,  Mr. 
Lincoln  brought  the  Conference  back  to  business  by  declar- 
ing that  i '  he  could  enter  into  no  treaty,  convention  or  stipu- 
lation, or  agreement  with  the  Confederate  States,  jointly  or 
separately,  upon  that  or  any  other  subject,  but  upon  the 
basis  first  settled,  that  the  Union  was  to  be  restored." 

Judge  Campbell  then  repeated  his  question,  and  the  Pres- 


1  A  Constitutional  View  of  the  Late  War  ^Between  the  /States,  by 
Alexander  H.  Stephens,  Vol.  n,  p.  604. 


226  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

ident  replied  that  restoration  could  take  place  "by  disband- 
ing their  armies  and  permitting  the  National  Authorities  to 
resume  their  functions."  This  point  was  emphasized  by 
Mr.  Seward  by  calling  the  attention  of  the  commissioners 
to  the  President's  last  annual  message  as  embodying  his 
views  on  that  branch  of  the  subject,  and  quoting  therefrom 
from  memory.  After  some  further  discussion,  Mr.  Stephens 
propounded  another  question  as  follows: 

I  asked  Mr.  Lincoln  what  would  be  the  status  of  that  portion  of 
the  Slave  population  in  the  Confederate  States,  which  had  not  then 
become  free  under  his  Proclamation;  or  in  other  words,  what  effect 
that  Proclamation  would  have  upon  the  entire  Black  population? 
Would  it  be  held  to  emancipate  the  whole,  or  only  those  who  had, 
at  the  time  the  war  ended,  become  actually  free  under  it?  l 

Mr.  Lincoln  answered  that  it  was  "a  judicial  question," 
and  he  could  not  say  how  the  courts  would  decide  it.  He 
was  of  opinion,  however,  that  the  Proclamation,  "was  a 
war  measure,  and  would  have  effect  only  from  its  being  an 
exercise  of  the  war  power,  as  soon  as  the  war  ceased,  it 
would  be  inoperative  for  the  future.  It  would  be  held  to 
apply  only  to  such  slaves  as  had  come  under  its  operation 
while  it  was  in  active  exercise.  This  was  his  individual 
opinion,  but,  "the  Courts  might  decide  the  other  way;"  and 
he  declared  that  "he  never  would  change  or  modify  the 
terms  of  the  Proclamation  in  the  slightest  particular." 

Mr.  Stephens  asked  what  relation  the  Confederate  States 
would  sustain  to  other  States  in  case  the  war  was  abandoned. 
"Would  they  be  admitted  to  representation  in  Congress? 


1 A  Constitutional    View  of  the  I^ate  War  Between  the   States,  by 
Alexander  H.  Stephens,  Vol.  u,  p.  610. 


OF   HISTORY   A1SID   POLITICS  997 

Mr.  Lincoln  very  promptly  replied,  that  his  own  individual 
opinion  was,  they  ought  to  be.  He  also  thought  they  would 
be;  but  he  could  not  enter  into  any  stipulation  upon  the 
subject."1 

Being  further  pressed  on  the  subject  of  a  cessation  of 
hostilities,  the  President  replied  that  he  could  not  enter  into 
any  arrangements  "with  parties  in  arms  against  the  Govern- 
ment;" and  so  Mr.  Hunter  undertook  to  remove  this  diffi- 
culty by  citing  the  fact  that  "entering  into  agreements  with 
persons  in  arms  against  the  acknowledged  rightful  public 
authority"  was  no  new  thing;  and  he  cited  the  case  of 
Charles  I  of  England,  to  which  Mr.  Lincoln  replied:  "I 
do  not  profess  to  be  posted  in  history.  On  all  such  matters 
I  will  turn  you  over  to  Seward.  All  I  distinctly  recollect 
about  the  case  of  Charles  I,  is,  that  he  lost  his  head  in  the 
end." 

Mr.  Stephens  urged  upon  the  President  the  view  that,  if 
he  was  justified  in  issuing  the  Emancipation  Proclamation 
as  a  war  measure,  as  a  like  war  measure  he  might  certainly 
enter  into  some  stipulation  with  the  same  object  in  view  to 
end  the  war.  The  President  "then  went  into  a  prolonged 
course  of  remarks  about  the  Proclamation.  He  said  it  was 
not  his  intention  in  the  beginning  to  interfere  with  Slavery 
in  the  States;  that  he  never  would  have  done  it,"  except  to 
"maintain  the  Union;"  that  it  raised  many  "difficult  and 
perplexing  questions;"  that  he  favored  "prohibiting  the 
extension  of  slavery,"  but  believed  that  the  Government 
possessed  no  "power  over  the  subject  in  the  States;"  and 

1A  Constitutional  View  of  the  Late  War  JBetween  the  States,  by 
Alexander  H.  Stephens,  Vol.  n,  p.  612. 


228  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

that  lie  favored  emancipation,  but  not  immediate.  ueven  by 
the  States."      Mr.  Stephens  then  goes  on: 

After  pausing  for  some  time,  his  head  rather  bent  down,  as  if  in 
deep  reflection,  while  all  were  silent,  he  rose  up  and  used  these  words, 
almost,  if  not,  quite  identical: 

Stephens,  if  I  were  in  Georgia,  and  entertained  the  sentiments  I 
do  —  though,  I  suppose,  I  should  not  be  permittted  to  stay  there  long 
with  them;  but  if  I  resided  in  Georgia,  with  my  present  sentiments, 
I'll  tell  you  what  I  would  do,  if  I  were  in  your  place:  I  would  go 
home  and  get  the  Governor  of  the  State  to  call  the  Legislature 
together,  and  get  them  to  recall  all  the  State  troops  from  the  war; 
elect  Senators  and  Members  to  Congress,  and  ratify  this  Constitu- 
tional Amendment  prospectively,  so  as  to  take  effect — say  in  five 
years.  Such  a  ratification  would  be  valid  in  my  opinion.  I  have 
looked  into  the  subject,  and  think  such  a  prospective  ratification 
would  be  valid.  Whatever  may  have  been  the  views  of  your  people 
before  the  war,  they  must  be  convinced  now,  that  Slavery  is  doomed. 
It  cannot  last  long  in  any  event,  and  the  best  course,  it  seems  to  me, 
for  your  public  men  to  pursue,  would  be  to  adopt  such  a  policy  as 
will  avoid,  as  far  as  possible,  the  evils  of  immediate  emancipation. 
This  would  be  my  course,  if  I  were  in  your  place.  * 

After  some  further  discussion  of  the  slavery  side  of  the 
question,  Mr.  Hunter  recapitulated  the  subjects  discussed 
and  arrived  at  the  result  that  nothing  had  been  offered  "but 
an  unconditional  surrender  on  the  part  of  the  Confederate 
States  and  their  people.  There  could  be  no  agreement,  no 
treaty,  nor,  even  any  stipulations  as  to  terms — nothing  but 
unconditional  submission.'7 

Mr.  Stephens  says  this  "summation"  was  given  with  "a 
good  deal  of  force,"  to  which  Mr.  Seward  replied  that  "no 


*  A.  Constitutional  View  of  the  Incite  War  Between  the  States ,  by 
Alexander  H.  Stephens,  Vol.  n,  p.  614. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  229 

words  like  unconditional  submission  had  been  used,  or  any 
importing,  or  justly  implying  degredation,  or  humiliation 
even,  to  the  people  of  the  Confederate  States."  He  thought 
that  submission  to  the  "laws  under  the  Constitution"  could 
not  be  considered  as  "  unconditional  submission  to  con- 
querors, or  as  having  anything  humiliating  in  it."  To  this, 
Mr.  Hunter  replied:  "But  you  make  no  agreement  that 
these  rights  [under  the  Constitution]  will  be  so  held  and 
secured."  Mr.  Lincoln  replied  to  this  by  saying  that  as  far 
as  "the  Confiscation  Acts,  and  other  penal  acts,  were  con- 
cerned, their  enforcement  was  left  entirely  with  him,"  that 
he  was  willing  to  be  "full  and  explicit"  on  that  point,  and 
that  "he  should  exercise  the  power  of  the  Executive  with 
the  utmost  liberality."  Mr.  Stephens  observes  further  that 
Lincoln  "went  on  to  say  that  he  would  be  willing  to  be 
taxed  to  remunerate  the  Southern  people  for  their  slaves. 
He  believed  the  people  of  the  North  were  as  responsible 
for  slavery  as  the  people  of  the  South,  and  if  the  war  should 
then  cease,  with  the  voluntary  abolition  of  slavery  by  the 
States,  he  should  be  in  favor,  individually,  of  the  Govern- 
ment paying  a  fair  indemnity  for  the  loss  to  the  owners." 
But  on  this  subject,  he  said  that  he  "could  give  no  assur- 


ance." 


This  practically  brought  the  Conference  to  a  conclusion; 
and  after  some  arrangements  for  a  special  exchange  of  pris-^ 
oners,  Mr.  Stephens  said:  "I  wish  Mr.  President,  you  would 
re-consider  the  subject  of  an  Armistice  on  the  basis  which 
has  been  suggested.  "     Taking  Mr.  Stephens'  hand  i  i  for  a 

1  A  Constitutional  View  of  the  Late   War  Between  the  States,  by 
Alexander  H.  Stephens,  Vol.  n,  p.  617. 


230  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

farwell  leave,"  Mr.  Lincoln  replied:  "Well,  Stephens,  I 
will  re -consider  it,  but  I  do  not  think  my  mind  will  change, 
but  I  will  re-consider." 

And  so  the  historic  Conference  ended  after  a  full,  fair, 
and  dispassionate  discussion  of  the  momentous  question  of 
peace  by  compromise.  In  that  group  of  statesmen,  anchored 
out  upon  the  waters  of  the  deep  blue  sea,  Abraham  Lincoln 
was  the  imposing  figure,  holding  absolutely  in  his  hand  the 
fate  of  a  continent.  With  another  man  in  his  place  and 
another  man  than  Grant  at  City  Point,  the  current  of  polit- 
ical events  might  have  changed  its  course  in  an  hour. 
Within  ten  weeks  of  this  time  the  Confederacy  had  col- 
lapsed, and  President  Lincoln  had  fallen  at  the  hands  of  an 
assassin — Lincoln,  the  best  and  truest  friend  of  the  fallen 
cause. 

The  commissioners  on  the  way  back  to  Richmond  had 
another  interview  with  General  Grant,  who  "evidently," 
says  Mr.  Stephens,  u  regretted  very  much  that  nothing  had 
been  accomplished  by  the  Conference."  In  Richmond 
"everybody  was  very  much  disappointed,  and  no  one 
seemed  to  be  more  so  than  Mr.  Davis."  Mr.  Stephens 
himself  still  entertained  a  lingering  hope  that  Mr.  Lincoln 
would  "re-consider"  and  that  something  might  yet  come 
of  it. 

JOSEPH  W.  RICH 
IOWA  CITY,  IOWA 


SOME  PUBLICATIONS 

Proceedings  of  the  Iowa  State  J?ar  Association.  Eighth  annual  ses- 
sion, held  at  Dubuque,  1902.  Published  by  the  Association. 
Pp.  227. 

The  temporary  organization  of  the  present  State  Bar  Association  of 
Iowa  was  effected  at  Des  Moines  in  1894,  and  its  first  regular  session 
was  held  in  that  city  during  the  following  year.  Since  that  time  the 
annual  sessions  have  been  held  at  different  places  in  the  State,  during 
the  summer  vacation  of  the  courts.  The  plan  of  having  the  meetings 
in  different  ,places  from  year  to  year  has  been  advantageous  in  that  it 
has  secured  the  active  interest  of  many  lawyers,  who  perhaps  would 
not  have  attended  any  session  if  all  had  been  held  at  one  point;  but 
on  the  other  hand,  it  has  deprived  the  Association  of  a  substantial, 
continuous  body  of  members  who  may  be  expected  to  be  present  at 
all  its  sessions.  The  work  of  the  Association  would  probably  be 
more  effective  if  the  meetings  were  held  each  year  at  the  capital  of 
the  State. 

The  primary  object  of  the  various  State  bar  associations,  as  well  as 
of  the  American  Bar  Association  which  is  composed  of  a  membership 
from  all  the  States,  is  to  promote  the  general  interests  of  the  profes- 
sion of  law  and  stimulate  the  members  of  that  profession  in  the  dis- 
charge of  their  higher  duties  towards  the  State  and  the  public.  The 
constant  aim  of  such  associations  has  been  to  conserve  the  traditions 
of  the  profession,  which  recognize  its  members  as  charged  with  the 
performance  of  a  public  function.  These  traditions  are  based  on  the 
theory  that  lawyers  who  are  licensed  to  practice  their  profession  in 
the  courts  really  constitute  an  essential  part  of  such  courts  in  the 
administration  of  law,  and  are  not  merely  private  persons,  availing 
themselves  of  the  opportunities  of  the  profession  for  the  purpose  of 
individual  gain.  The  contest  is  strenuously  made  against  mere  com- 


232  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

mercialism,  and  the  deliberations  of  the  members  of  such  associations 
do  not  relate  to  the  best  methods  of  practicing  law  to  their  own 
advantage,  but  rather  to  those  matters  in  which  the  profession  is  dis- 
charging a  public  duty.  The  true  objects  of  such  organizations  are 
well  set  forth  in  the  constitution  of  the  one  in  Iowa,  which  declares 
that  "This  association  is  formed  to  cultivate  the  science  of  jurispru- 
dence, to  promote  reform  in  the  law,  to  facilitate  the  administration 
of  justice,  to  elevate  the  standard  of  integrity,  honor  and  courtesy  in 
the  legal  profession,  to  encourage  a  thorough  and  liberal  education, 
and  to  cherish  a  spirit  of  brotherhood  among  the  members  thereof." 
A  brief  review  of  the  proceedings  of  the  eighth  session  will  show 
that  the  Association  is  faithfully  carrying  out  the  objects  for  which 
it  was  organized. 

The  formal  program  of  the  annual  session  usually  consists  of  the 
President's  address,  an  address  by  some  judge  or  lawyer  of  distinc- 
tion, usually  selected  from  outside  the  State,  and  several  papers  by 
members  of  the  Association  relating  to  subjects  of  interest  to  the 
profession.  For  this  session  the  President's  address  was  on  The 
Life,  Character.,  Career  and  Professional  Labors  of  Justice  Samuel 
F.  Miller,  of  the  Supreme  Court  of  the  United  States,  delivered,  as 
usual,  by  the  retiring  President,  who  in  this  case  was  Hon.  J.  H. 
McConlogue,  of  Mason  City.  The  annual  address  was  by  Hon.  Paul 
E.  Carpenter,  of  Milwaukee,  on  Some  of  the  Legal  Phases  of  In- 
finity. It  would  not  be  possible  here  to  synopsize  what  was  said, 
nor  will  it  be  necessary  to  eulogize  the  speakers.  The  addresses  pre- 
sent in  a  full,  fair,  and  interesting  way  the  subject  matter  properly 
indicated  by  their  titles.  The  papers  read  were  by  Hon.  M.  J.  Wade 
on  The  Use  and  Abuse  of  Expert  Evidence,  by  Hon.  H.  M.  Remley, 
on  the  question,  Should  the  Marriage  of  Feeble  Minded  and  Degen- 
erates be  Prohibited  by  Law,  and  by  Hon.  George  W.  Wakefield 
on  The  Need  of  Law  to  Govern  Trial  of  Equity  Cases. 

At  the  previous  session  a  section  of  the  Association  was  provided 
for  to  give  special  attention  to  the  subject  of  Taxation,  and  at  this 
session  papers  were  read  before  the  section  by  Professor  H.  S.  Rich- 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  233 

ards  of  the  College  of  Law  of  the  State  University,  Mr.  A.  E. 
Swisher  of  Iowa  City,  and  Mr.  E.  E.  McElroy  of  Ottumwa.  The 
most  interesting  discussion  of  the  session  was  that  which  followed 
the  reading  of  these  papers.  Hon.  R.  M.  Haines  of  Grinnell,  who 
presided  over  the  section,  was  subsequently  elected  President  of  the 
Association  for  the  ensuing  year;  but  by  his  recent  death  the  Asso- 
ciation has  not  only  been  deprived  of  a  President,  but  also  of  an 
enthusiastic  worker,  and  the  bar  of  one  of  its  strongest,  most  con- 
scientious, and  most  laborious  members. 

The  papers  as  to  expert  evidence  and  trial  of  equity  cases  are  illus- 
trations of  the  constant  attention  which  is  being  given  in  such  asso- 
ciations as  this  to  the  development  of  the  law  in  its  practical  applica- 
tions for  the  purpose  of  administering  justice  to  litigants,  and  they 
deal  with  matters  of  great  interest  to  the  profession.  The  paper 
with  relation  to  the  marriage  of  the  feeble  minded  and  degenerates 
illustrates  the  constant  and  well  recognized  relation  which  must  exist 
between  the  law  and  questions  of  sociology  as  to  which  legislation  is 
thought  to  be  desirable.  While  lawyers  as  members  of  the  legal  pro- 
fession have  no  immediate  concern  with  the  principles  of  sociology,  or 
with  the  proper  subjects  of  legislation,  it  is  recognized  as  practically 
true  that  legislation  can  be  effective  only  so  far  as  it  is  intelligently 
based  on  the  law  as  it  exists,  for  enforcement  of  legislation  must  rest 
largely  with  the  courts. 

Although  lawyers  are  not  by  profession  law  makers,  they  are  the 
wisest  counsellors  in  determining  the  effectiveness  of  proposed 
changes  in  or  additions  to  the  law,  and  those  of  them  who  become 
members  of  legislative  bodies  render  a  valuable  service  in  procuring 
the  passage  of  laws  which  are  for  the  public  interest.  The  constant 
tendency  of  bar  associations  to  discuss  subjects  of  proposed  legisla- 
tion, which  is  not  strictly  within  the  scope  of  jurisprudence,  illus- 
trates the  close  relations  between  the  making  and  the  administration  of 
laws,  whatever  may  be  their  purpose.  It  may  be  questioned  whether 
associations  of  lawyers  do  not  assume  too  much  in  the  interest  which 
they  manifest  in  subjects  of  this  kind,  for  their  primary  and  impor- 


234  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

tant  business  is  to  assist  in  the  administration  of  justice  in  the  courts, 
and  not  to  promote  the  enactment  of  laws.  And  yet  the  intimate 
relation  between  legislation  and  the  administration  of  justice  is  such 
that  it  is  difficult  to  draw  any  accurate  boundary  line,  and  their  bene- 
ficial activity  in  public  life  is  justified  by  the  fitness  which  their  legal 
training  gives  them  to  judge  of  the  expediency  of  proposed  measures. 
It  would  not  be  to  the  public  interest  to  have  the  members  of  the 
legal  profession  feel  that  the  presentation  of  cases  to  courts  and  the 
earning  of  fees  by  consultations  with  clients  as  to  their  legal  rights 
constitute  the  extent  and  whole  scope  of  the  lawyer's  proper  sphere. 

The  papers  on  taxation  and  the  discussion  which  followed  espe- 
cially illustrate  the  relation  of  law  to  legislation.  It  is  peculiarly 
true  as  to  this  subject  that  while  it  is  a  branch  of  public  administra- 
tive law,  legislation  with  reference  thereto  must  be  perfected  not 
only  with  the  purpose  of  making  taxes  more  equitable  and  fair  as  to 
the  persons  affected  and  adequate  for  the  support  of  the  government 
and  its  institutions,  but  also  with  constant  and  careful  reference  to 
the  legal  and  constitutional  limitations  on  legislative  power  in  this 
respect;  and  if  the  advice  of  lawyers  with  reference  to  legislation  is 
ever  permissible,  it  is  certainly  to  be  justified  with  regard  to  legisla- 
tion on  this  most  vital  and  important  subject.  It  may  perhaps  be 
admitted  that  the  deliberations  of  bar  associations  have  not  accom- 
plished very  much  in  the  past  in  the  way  of  promoting  wise  legisla- 
tion, save,  perhaps,  so  far  as  the  law  of  rights  and  remedies  and  the 
regulation  of  admission  to  the  bar  are  concerned.  But  it  is  not  to 
be  doubted  that  these  discussions  have  been  of  value  in  pointing  out 
the  difficulties  to  be  contended  with  and  overcome  if  such  legislation 
shall  be  effectual. 

A  regular  feature  of  the  proceedings  of  the  Association  at  each 
annual  session  has  been  the  reports  of  standing  committees,  especially 
the  committees  on  legal  education  and  law  reform.  At  this  session  the 
committee  on  legal  education  reported  satisfactory  progress  in  secur- 
ing such  modification  in  the  law  as  to  require  increased  educational 
qualifications  on  the  part  of  those  aspiring  to  enter  the  profession; 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  235 

and  the  committee  on  law  reform  proposed  some  recommendations 
for  amendment  of  the  statutes  to  cure  defects  which  have  become 
apparent  in  their  interpretation  by  the  courts.  The  recommendations 
as  to  amendments  were  adopted,  and  no  doubt  will  receive  the  atten- 
tion of  the  legislature.  The  relation  between  the  State  Association 
and  the  American  Association  was  recognized  by  the  reports  of  the 
delegates  who  attended  the  previous  session  of  the  latter,  and  the 
importance  of  this  vital  relation  was  thus  emphasized.  While  the 
State  Association  is  in  no  sense  a  branch  or  offspring  of  the  American 
Association,  it  is  evident  that  the  community  of  interest  is  such  that 
cooperation  must  be  of  constant  advantage. 

No  other  profession  has  so  close  a  relation  to  the  State  as  the  pro- 
fession of  law,  and  no  other  profession  is  doing  so  much  to  promote 
the  general  interests  of  organized  society.  Law  is  a  branch  of  social 
science,  and  the  success  of  proposed  social  reforms  will  largely 
depend  upon  the  care  with  which  they  are  kept  within  the  bounds 
indicated  by  the  rules  and  principles  embodied  in  and  recognized  by 

the  law  as  it  now  is. 

EMLIN  McCLAm 
SUPREME  COURT  CHAMBERS 
DES  MOINES 


Bulletin  of  Iowa  Institutions.     Edited  by  the  BOARD  OF  CONTROL. 

Published  by  the  Authority  of  the  Legislature.    Dubuque:   1902. 

October.     Vol.  IV.    No.  4.     Pp.  123. 

The  last  number  of  the  Bulletin  of  Iowa  Institutions  under  the 
Board  of  Control  like  its  predecessors  contains  a  series  of  selected 
papers  on  subjects  germane  to  the  work  of  the  respective  institutions 
under  the  control  of  the  State  Board,  and  papers  especially  prepared 
for  presentation  to  the  preceding  regular  quarterly  meeting  of  the 
chief  executive  officers  of  the  State  penal  and  charitable  institutions 
with  the  Board  of  Control,  together  with  a  complete  report  of  the 
proceedings  of  the  quarterly  meeting  including  a  verbatim  account  of 
the  discussions  elicited  by  the  papers  read.  The  number  under  re- 


236  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

view  closes  the  fourth  volume  of  the  quarterly  bulletin,  the  first  num- 
ber having  been  issued  in  January,  1899.  The  four  volumes  with 
four  numbers  to  each  volume,  which  have  appeared  to  date,  constitute 
not  only  an  admirable  record  of  the  regular  quarterly  meetings  which 
are  in  the  nature  of  a  deliberative  council  of  experts,  but  they  furnish 
also  a  most  valuable  collection  of  material  for  the  student  of  sociol- 
ogy, particularly  for  the  study  of  certain  problems  of  applied  soci- 
ology. 

A  suggestion  of  the  scope  and  variety  of  topics  considered  will  be 
given  by  citing  the  titles  of  the  more  formal  papers  contained  in  the 
last  number  of  the  Bulletin:  Artesian  Wells  in  Iowa,  by  Samuel 
Calvin;  Institution  Engineering -,  by  Clayton  A.  Dunham;  Selection 
and  Care  of  Dairy  Cows,  by  M.  T.  Gass;  Undesirable  Employees  — 
How  We  Are  to  Protect  Ourselves  Against  Them,  by  Max  E.  Witte; 
The  Juvenile  Court  Probation  System,  by  Mrs.  Isaac  Lea  Hillis; 
Institutional  Expenditures  in  the  State  Budget  of  Iowa,  by  Frank  I. 
Herriott  (Part  V  in  a  series  of  thoughtful  papers  by  the  same  writer); 
The  Juvenile  Offender,  by  Geo.  L.  Cady.  Besides  these  papers  and 
the  discussions  which  followed  the  reading  of  some  of  them,  the  last 
number  of  the  Bulletin  contains  a  record  of  cases  submitted  for  study 
by  the  medical  staff  of  our  State  hospitals.  Each  number  has  its 
special  table  of  contents  and  each  volume  closes  with  a  suitable 
index. 

It  would  be  a  convenience  to  the  general  reader  if  each  number 
of  the  Bulletin  contained  also  an  official  directory  giving  at  least  a 
list  of  the  several  institutions  under  the  Board  of  Control  and  the 
chief  executive  officers  in  charge  of  these  institutions. 

ISAAC  A.  Loos 

THE  STATE  UNIVERSITY  OF  IOWA 
IOWA  CITY 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  237 

The  Conquest:   The  True  Story  of  Lewis  and  Clark.    By  EVA  EMERY 

DYE.  Chicago:  McClurg  &  Co.  1902.  Pp.  443. 
When  a  child,  searching  the  shelves  of  my  father's  library  for 
something  interesting  to  read,  I  used  three  tests  in  selecting  a  book. 
If  it  had  a  sober  binding,  a  plain  prose  title,  and  solid  pages  of  print, 
it  went  back  to  the  shelf  unread.  The  Conquest,  if  it  could  have 
been  there,  would  not  have  had  that  fate.  It  is,  indeed,  bound  in 
sober  gray,  but  the  outlined  head  of  an  Indian  on  the  cover  solemnly 
commends  the  contents.  The  lettering  would  have  been  dark  yellow 
to  me  then  but  now  it  is  old  gold,  reminding  me  that  the  author  is 
the  wife  of  a  former  student  of  the  State  University  of  Iowa.  S.  U. 
I.  is  proud  of  her  distinguished  sons  and  daughters  and  of  her  sons- 
in-law  and  daughters-in-law  as  well.  The  title  is  well  chosen.  It 
may  suggest  anything  that  is  attractive  to  young  men  or  maidens, 
whether  "fierce  wars"  or  "faithful  loves."  The  pages,  too,  look 
interesting.  There  is  plenty  of  conversation  and  the  paragraphs  are 
short.  Besides  all  this  there  is  a  picture  of  a  sweet -faced  lady  with 
the  one  word  "Judith"  below.  I  must  find  out  who  Judith  was. 
So  I,  the  child,  take  the  book  and  curl  myself  up  in  a  great  easy  chair 
to  read. 

There  is  a  note  of  acknowledgement  which  the  child  skips  and  the 
reviewer  reads.  She  finds  that  the  book  is  based  upon  a  large  num- 
ber of  original  documents,  letters,  and  family  traditions;  materials 
not  yet  made  public  and  sought  for  and  gone  over  with  infinite 
patience  by  Mrs.  Dye.  A  very  brief  foreword  gives  us  a  glimpse  of 
what  we  are  to  see  more  in  detail,  border  warfare,  pioneers,  Indians, 
and  buffaloes,  together  with  a  foretaste  of  the  vividly  picturesque 
style  of  the  narrative. 

The  Conquest  is  the  history  of  the  winning  of  the  West  from  the 
Indians.  Its  three  books  tell  of  three  periods,  the  first  from  1774  to 
1803,  the  second  to  1807,  and  the  third  to  the  middle  of  the  century. 
The  central  thought  is  in  the  middle  division,  the  story  of  the  journey 
of  Lewis  and  Clark  to  the  mouth  of  the  Columbia  river;  but,  in  order 
that  we  may  appreciate  that,  a  flying  survey  is  made  of  the  conquest 


238  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

of  the  West  from  Daniel  Boone's  first  appearance  in  Kentucky  until 
the  Indians  were  dispossessed  of  the  Louisiana  Purchase.  , 

The  style  is  vividly  picturesque,  rather  dramatic  than  narrative. 
The  book  is  a  series  of  scenes,  each  touched  lightly  yet  with  details 
enough  to  stir  the  imagination  to  fill  out  the  rest.  Men  speak  for 
themselves,  brief  sentences  and  few,  yet  their  words  make  the  men 
real  to  us.  On  the  wings  of  imagination  we  dart  from  place  to  place 
and  from  event  to  event  over  the  whole  valley  of  the  Mississippi 
and  a  century  of  time.  Such  a  manner  of  writing  has  certain  dis- 
advantages. It  must  be  somewhat  superficial  and  it  is  not  always 
clear.  The  scenes  and  actors  change  so  quickly  that  we  are  occasion- 
ally not  sure  just  where  we  are.  Yet,  when  we  have  finished,  those 
times  and  people  are  present  and  alive  again  in  our  minds.  That  is  a 
great  achievement  in  history. 

I  think  the  book  will  find  its  chief  place  in  school  libraries. 
Wherever  United  States  history  is  being  studied,  it  will  be  an  ex- 
ceedingly useful  and  enjoyable  supplement  to  the  text -book. 

ALICE  YOUNG 

THE  STATE  UNIVERSITY  OF  IOWA 
IOWA  CITY 


New  France  and  New  England.  By  JOHN  FISKE.  Boston:  Houghton, 
Mifnin  &  Co.  Riverside  Press.  1902.  Pp.  xxiii,  378. 

This  posthumous  work  of  Mr.  Fiske  completes  his  notable  series 
of  books  on  American  history.  The  subject  matter  of  the  volume 
had  been  carefully  prepared  before  the  author's  lamented  death  and 
was  presented  in  lectures  before  the  Lowell  Institute  during  the  win- 
ter of  1901-1902.  Only  the  first  two  chapters,  however,  had  been 
finally  revised  for  publication.  The  third  chapter  was  unfinished, 
but  this  has  been  completed  in  accordance  with  notes  left  by  the 
author.  The  marginal  notes  and  references  for  the  remaining  seven 
chapters  have  also  been  supplied  by  the  editor. 

The  present  volume  is  the  sequel  to  two  of  the  previous  numbers 
of  the  series:  The  Beginnings  of  New  England  and  The  Dutch  and 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  239 

Quaker  Colonies  in  America.  In  the  preface  of  the  last-named  work 
the  scope  of  the  volume  is  described  by  the  author  as  follows:  "It  is 
my  purpose,  in  my  next  book,  to  deal  with  the  rise  and  fall  of  New 
France,  and  the  development  of  the  English  colonies  as  influenced 
by  the  prolonged  struggle  with  that  troublesome  and  dangerous 
neighbor.  With  this  end  in  view,  the  history  of  New  England  must 
be  taken  up  where  the  earlier  book  dropped  it,  and  the  history  of  New 
York  resumed  at  about  the  same  time,  while  by  degrees  we  shall  find 
the  history  of  Pennsylvania  and  the  colonies  to  the  south  of  it  swept 
into  the  main  stream  of  Continental  history.  That  book  will  come 
down  to  the  year  1765,  which  witnessed  the  ringing  out  of  the  old 
and  the  ringing  in  of  the  new, — the  one  with  Pontiac's  War,  the 
other  with  the  Stamp  Act." 

The  first  four  chapters  of  the  work  are  devoted  to  the  history  of 
New  France.  The  voyages  of  Cartier,  the  explorations  of  Champlain 
and  Nicolet,  of  Joliet  and  Marquette,  and  the  evolution  of  the  ideal 
of  a  great  continental  empire  conceived  by  Talon,  fostered  by  Fron- 
tenac  and  inaugurated  by  La  Salle,  are  all  described  with  the  author's 
usual  charm  and  vigor. 

The  scene  is  now  abruptly  shifted  to  the  Massachusettes  colonies 
and  the  horrors  of  the  witchcraft  delusion  are  depicted  in  a  manner 
as  critical  and  free  from  sensationalism  as  the  nature  of  the  subject 
will  permit.  Then  follows  a  chapter  devoted  to  "the  great  awaken- 
ing," in  which  are  presented  the  American  phases  of  the  great  ecclesi- 
astical controversies  raging  during  the  first  decades  of  the  eighteenth 
century. 

Political  history  is  then  resumed  and  the  remaining  chapters  are 
devoted  to  the  long  and  arduous  struggle  culminating  in  the  fall  of 
Quebec  and  the  consequent  overthrow  of  French  absolutism  in  North 
America.  Thus  the  work  before  us  completes  the  history  of  the 
New  World  colonies  up  to  the  beginning  of  the  period  which  has 
already  been  treated  in  the  author's  American  Revolution. 

In  this,  as  in  all  his  historical  writings,  Mr.  Fiske  manifests  the 
philosophical  insight  and  the  critical  temperament  of  the  profound 


240  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

student  in  happy  combination  with  the  spirit  and  enthusiasm  of  the 

interesting  narrator. 

LAENAS  GIFFORD  WELD 

THE  STATE  UNIVERSITY  OE  IOWA 

IOWA  CITY  

Annual  Report  of  The  American  Historical  Association  for  the  Year 
1901.  In  two  Volumes.  Vol.  I.  Washington,  D.  C. :  Gov- 
ernment Printing  Office.  1902.  Pp.  575. 

The  Seventeenth  Annual  Report  (1901 )  of  the  American  Historical 
Association  has  issued  from  the  press  at  Washington.  It  comes  as 
usual  in  two  volumes.  The  first  includes  the  Report  of  the  Secre- 
tary and  the  papers  read  before  the  Association,  the  second  contains 
the  Justin  Winsor  Prize  Essay,  Georgia  and  State  Rights,  by  Ulrich 
Bonnell  Phillips,  and  the  Report  of  the  Public  Archives  Commission. 

In  volume  I  it  is  noticeable  that  two  of  the  articles  are  memorials 
of  men  who  have  been  active  in  laying  the  foundations  of  historical 
study  and  teaching  in  America — Moses  Coit  Tyler  of  Cornell  Uni- 
versity, and  Herbert  B.  Adams  of  Johns  Hopkins  University.  Per- 
haps no  meeting  of  this  young  organization  has  been  so  suggestive  of 
the  fact  that  the  great  leaders  in  our  comparatively  new  field  of  labor 
are  beginning  to  give  place  to  younger  workers. 

Both  men  were  preeminently  teachers,  both  were  ripe  scholars,  and 
both  were  able  to  bring  to  bear  upon  their  efforts  a  fine  technical 
training  in  historical  methods.  This  was  particularly  true  of  Mr. 
Adams  whose  sojourn  with  the  European  masters  fitted  him  to  be 
the  father  of  their  methods  in  this  country.  Both  were  men  of  fine 
personality,  and  each  brought  to  his  task  that  culture  and  breadth  of 
vision  so  necessary  for  the  true  historical  spirit. 

One  other  feature  of  the  report  is  also  significant.  In  the  Presi- 
dent's address1  the  note  of  a  new  policy  is  sounded,  which  if  followed 
will  undoubtedly  give  a  new  direction,  if  nothing  more,  to  the 
work  of  the  Association.  Mr.  Adams,  after  briefly  and  critically  re- 


An  Undeveloped  Function,  by  Charles  Francis  Adams. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  241 

viewing  our  presidential  campaigns  for  a  half  century,  points  out  the 
pressing  need  of  something  to  elevate  the  standard  of  the  debates  and 
says:  "I  hold  that  the  time  has  now  come  when  organizations  such 
as  this  of  ours  instead  of,  as  heretofore,  scornfully  standing  aloof 
from  the  political  debate,  are  under  obligations  to  participate  in  it." 
Mr.  Adams  then  suggests  a  plan  by  which  the  Association  shall  pro- 
ceed to  this  new  work. 

There  is  certainly  no  contention  with  Mr.  Adams  as  to  the  main 
point.  There  is  need  of  a  better  historical  spirit,  of  men  with 
the  training  of  students  to  hold  up  the  moral  aspects  of  these  ques- 
tions and  develop  debate  upon  the  "higher  level."  But  as  to  the 
method  suggested  it  would  seem  to  be  a  grave  question  whether  the 
Association  is  an  organization  which  could  adapt  itself  to  the  work 
or  whether  such  an  adaptation  as  Mr.  Adams  proposes  would  ac- 
complish its  purpose. 

II ARE Y  G.  PLUM 
THE  STATE  UNIVERSITY  OF  IOWA 
IOWA  CITY 


Laws  of  the  Territory  of  Iowa,  JZnacted  at  the  /Session  of  the  Legis- 
lature Commencing  on  the  first  Monday  of  November,  A.  D. 
1839.  Published  by  Authority.  Burlington.  Printed  by  J.  H. 
Me  Kenny,  1840.  Des  Moines:  Reprinted  by  the  Historical 
Department  of  Iowa.  1902.  Pp.  227. 

Laws  of  the  Territory  of  Iowa  passed  at  the  Extra  Session  of  the 
Legislative  Assembly.     Begun  and  held  in  the  City  of  Burling- 
ton on  the  first  Monday  in  July  in  the   Year  of  our  Lord  one 
thousand  eight  hundred  and  forty.     Published  by  Authority. 
Burlington.     Printed  by  J.  H.  McKenny.    1840.     Des  Moines: 
Reprinted  by  the  Historical  Department  of  Iowa.    1902.   Pp.  80. 
Copies    of   the    original  editions  of   the  acts    of   the   Territorial 
Assembly  of  1839-40  are  exceedingly  rare;  on  that  account  the  re- 
print issued  by  the  Historical  Department  is  commendable,  since  it 


242  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

renders  these  acts  generally  accessible.  From  the  view  point  of  the 
lawyer  these  statutes  are  of  service  in  the  matter  of  titles  and  as  an 
aid  in  construing  present  day  legislation.  Still  their  chief  value  is 
historical  rather  than  legal. 

The  legislation  as  a  whole  possesses  the  characteristics  common  to 
all  pioneer  law  making.  There  are  numerous  special  acts,  and  very 
little  legislation  of  a  comprehensive  character.  The  development  [of 
the  resources  of  the  new  country  is  the  dominant  thought,  as  evi- 
denced by  the  numerous  special  acts  providing  for  the  laying  out  of 
highways,  the  development  of  water  power,  the  licensing  of  ferries, 
and  the  incorporation  of  manufacturing  enterprises. 

The  general  legislation  covers  a  variety  of  topics.  The  most 
elaborate  statutes  along  this  line  deal  with  the  subjects  of  Recording 
Conveyances,  Regulation  of  Ferries,  Justices  of  the  Peace,  Habeas 
Corpus,  Marriage  and  Divorce. 

The  pioneer  function  of  the  "grocery"  is  illustrated  by  an  exten- 
sive statute  governing  the  sale  of  liquors  by  groceries,  which  shows 
that  the  primitive  enterprise  had  a  far  more  extensive  scope  than  is 
recognized  in  our  day. 

Distinctions  between  legislative  and  judicial  powers  were  not 
always  observed.  This  is  shown  by  a  legislative  divorce  granted  at 
the  extra  session  of  1840,  although  the  legislature  had  passed  a  gen- 
eral statute  on  the  same  subject  at  the  preceding  regular  session. 
Among  the  resolutions  adopted  is  one  concerning  the  then  popular 
project  of  slack  water  navigation  of  the  Des  Moines  river — a  project 
the  failure  of  which  dashed  the  metropolitan  hopes  of  scores  of  ham- 
lets along  the  proposed  route,  and  left  a  host  of  legal  controversies 
for  the  present  generation. 

Although  absorbed  largely  with  plans  for  material  advancement 
the  Legislative  Assembly  was  not  unmindful  of  educational  matters. 
An  extensive  statute  providing  for  a  system  of  common  schools  was 
enacted;  and  charters  were  granted  to  various  educational  enter- 
prises, the  most  pretentious  being  the  Iowa  University  to  be  located 
at  Mt.  Pleasant.  The  Assembly's  generosity  apparently  extended 


OF   HISTORY  AND   POLITICS  243 

no  further  than  the  creation  of  an  imposing  board  of  trustees  of 
twenty-one  members,  with  large  power,  but  without  endowment  or 
other  resources. 

A  conciliatory  resolution  calls  to  mind  the  Missouri  boundary  dis- 
pute which  attracted  so  much  attention  during  the  Territorial  period. 
The  resolution  intimates  the  danger  of  war,  and  asks  Missouri  to 
stay  its  hand  until  Congress  can  act. 

At  the  extra  session  of  1840  the  most  elaborate  act  passed  was  one 
providing  for  the  organization  and  discipline  of  the  Militia.  This 
statute  was  due  largely  to  the  fear  of  trouble  with  the  Indians.  The 
act  apportioning  the  members  of  the  Assembly,  passed  at  the  extra 
session,  shows  that  only  seventeen  counties  were  organized  at  this 
time. 

Although  the  pioneer  period  of  Iowa  did  not  raise  problems  differ- 
ent from  those  of  other  Territories  in  the  same  period  of  development 
yet  there  will  always  be  a  keener  interest  for  lowans  in  the  acts  of 
those  who  helped  to  lay  the  foundations  of  this  Commonwealth. 
Even  a  casual  perusal  of  this  early  legislation  will  kindle  a  desire  for 
a  more  intimate  knowledge  of  the  doings  of  the  pioneers. 

HARRY  S.  RICHARDS 
THE  STATE  UNIVERSITY  OF  IOWA 
IOWA  CITY 

Historic   Highways  of  America.     By  ARCHER  BUTLER    HULBERT. 

Cleveland:     The  Arthur  H.  Clark  Company.      1902.     Pp.   140, 

152,   215.     Vol.  I.,  Paths  of  The  Mound -building  Indians  and 

Great  Game  Animals.     Vol.   II.,  Indian  Thoroughfares.     Vol. 

III.,  Washington's  Road  (Nemacolin's  Path),  The  First  Chapter 

of  the  Old  French  War.     With  Maps  and  Illustrations. 

A  method  of  study  which  is  likely  to  result  in  greatly  increased 

knowledge  of  the  predecessors  of  the  White  Man  in  the  United  States 

is  the  tracing  of  the   highways   of  man   and  of  the  larger  game. 

1  'Every  road  has  a  story,  and  the  burden  of  every  story  is  a  need." 

It  is  the  same  with  man  as  with  the  moose,  the  deer,  or  the  buffalo. 


244  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

Each  must  have  his  new  feeding  ground — or  must  improve  it.  In 
seeking  it  he  makes  highways  of  travel.  Of  the  former  highways 
vast  numbers  are  traceable  in  many  parts  of  the  country.  By  their 
means  there  will  be  found  a  natural  order  of  inhabitants  and  the 
reasons  therefor.  The  Indian  was  not  the  first  here.  The  pioneer 
for  him  was  the  buffalo.  The  buffalo  was  a  great  roadbreaker,  and 
the  Red  Man  followed  his  leading;  and  "until  the  problem  of  aerial 
navigation  is  solved  human  intercourse  will  move  largely  on  the 
paths  first  marked  by  the  buffalo."  Even  our  great  railroads  follow 
these  trails.  Most  interesting  are  the  instances  of  this  seen  in  the 
course  of  the  Baltimore  and  Ohio,  the  Pennsylvania,  the  Chesapeake 
and  Ohio,  and  the  Wabash. 

But  the  buffalo  too  had  a  predecessor,  or  at  least  he  was  a  later  in- 
vader. Mound -builders  were  here  before  him,  and  they  followed 
the  same  laws  in  finding  highways  which  his  brute  instinct  adopted. 
Moreover,  they  improved  the  natural  courses.  But  "with  the  dete- 
rioration of  the  civilization  to  which  the  mound -building  Indians 
belonged,  the  art  of  road -building  became  lost  —  for  the  great  need 
had  passed  away.  The  later  Indians  built  no  such  roads  as  did  their 
ancestors,  nor  did  they  improve  such  routes  on  the  highways  as  they 
found  or  made.  But  they  collected  poll-taxes  from  travelers  along 
them,  setting  an  example  to  generations  of  county  commissioners 
who  collect  taxes  from  roads  they  do  not  improve." 

And  so  all  discovery  and  conquest  since  have  gone  on  along  these 
paths,  for  the  reason  that  they  were  the  natural  courses.  They  were 
the  line  of  least  resistance.  They  were  the  outcome  of  animal  in- 
stinct. The  Mound-builder  found  them  and  artificially  improved 
them.  They  grew  over  with  vegetation  and  were  modified  by  natural 
forces.  The  buffalo  again  found  them.  The  nomad  Indian  followed 
the  buffalo,  and  the  White  Man  followed  the  Indian. 

Here  is  a  clew  for  the  historical  tracing  not  only  of  the  White, 
but  of  his  predecessors.  This  method  of  following  the  White  Man's 
inroads  is  now  revealing  a  hundred  previously  unknown  facts  con- 
cerning his  progressive  march.  It  is  the  object  of  these  volumes  to 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  245 

make  known  these  facts  and  the  reason  for  the  later  distributions  of 
White  settlements.  The  author  states  that  the  time  is  now  ripe  for 
realizing  that  "  there  is  a  vast  deal  of  geographic-historical  work  to  be 
done  throughout  the  United  States."  He  earnestly  recommends  it  to 
local  students  everywhere. 

The  general  theory  upon  which  the  author  works  changes  the  pre- 
vious notion  that  the  ''lines  of  migration  were  along  the  principal 
water-courses."  He  cites  the  investigations  published  by  the  Bureau 
of  Ethnology  to  show  that  ' '  these  lines  of  migration  were  across  the 
large  water-courses  rather  than  up-and-down  them."  The  high  lands 
or  water-sheds,  not  the  river-bottoms,  were  the  road  courses  for  the 
successive  migrations  of  human  and  animal  life. 

One  fact  which  is  at  the  same  time  reason  and  conclusion  from  the 
study  of  these  highways  is,  that  "the  Mound-builders  were  largely  a 
rural  people;  and  in  some  noticeable  instances  their  works  are  found 
more  profusely  on  the  smaller  streams  than  on  the  larger  ones.  This 
is  shown  by  the  location  of  their  archaeological  remains;  and  a  good 
reason  for  it  is  found  in  the  fact  of  the  relation  of  primitive  settle- 
ments to  river  floods.  That  the  buffalo  was  later  than  the  Mound- 
builder  is  inferred  from  the  fact  that  no  buffalo  bones  are  found 
among  mound-builder  relics.  That  mound-builder  roads  (often  much 
improved)  were  followed  by  buffalo  trail  is  seen  by  still  existing  evi- 
dence. The  study  of  the  courses  of  more  primitive  men  and  the  paths 
of  the  great  game  animals  becomes  a  historic  novel.  The  numerous 
maps,  charts,  tables  and  citations  from  early  contemporary  records  add 
greatly  to  interest  and  clearness.  A  look  through  these  volumes 
shows  most  conclusively  that  a  new  source  of  history  is  being  devel- 
oped— a  source  which  deals  with  the  operation  of  the  most  effective 
causes  influencing  human  affairs.  History  is  being  expanded  in 
meaning.  It  is  coming  to  include  the  pre-historic. 

DUREN  J.  H.  WARD 
IOWA  CITY 


246  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

The  Story  of  the  Mormons.  By  WILLIAM  ALEXANDER  LINN,  New 
York:  The  Macmillan  Co.  1902.  Pp.  xxiv,  637. 

The  present  controversies  about  the  admission  of  certain  persons 
to  the  House  of  Representatives  and  the  Senate  of  the  United  States 
because  of  their  religious  affiliations  and  practices,  makes  a  history 
of  the  Mormons  a  very  opportune  book.  The  fact  that  publishers 
believe  there  is  a  demand  for  such  a  book  is  indicated  by  the  appear- 
ance at  this  time  of  Mr.  Linn's  Story  of  the  Mormons  and  Mr. 
Riley's  The  Founder  of  Mormonism  (Dodd,  Mead  &  Co.)  Mr. 
Linn  says  the  purpose  of  his  work  "is  to  present  a  consecutive  his- 
tory of  the  Mormons,  from  the  day  of  their  origin  to  the  present 
writing,"  and  that  "the  search  has  been  for  facts  and  not  for  moral 
deductions."  And  yet  we  fear  that  we  find  signs  in  the  same  para- 
graph from  which  the  above  quotations  were  taken  indicating  that 
the  author's  prejudices  are  too  strong  to  allow  him  to  write  a  fair 
and  impartial  history.  Such  expressions  as  "The  Prophet's  own 
account ....  written  with  an  egoistfs  appreciation  of  his  own  part .... 
all  showing  up,  as  in  a  mirror,  the  character  of  the  persons  who  gave 
this  church  its  being  and  its  growth,"  make  us  feel  that  the  author 
has  little  sympathy  for  the  people  whose  history  he  starts  out  to 
write.  This  impression  is  further  confirmed  by  our  author's  "words 
on  the  sources  of  information,"  in  which  we  are  told  that  our  author 
writes  from  a  diff erent  standpoint  than  that  taken  by  H.  H.  Bancroft 
in  his  history  of  Utah,  which,  according  to  Mr.  Linn  and  a  quotation 
given  from  a  Mormon,  was  written  entirely  from  information  given 
by  the  Mormons  and  which  aims  "to  give  the  Mormon  view  in  the 
text  and  to  refer  the  reader  for  the  other  side  to  a  mass  of  undigested 
notes."  The  writer  of  this  review  knows  so  little  about  the  Mor- 
mons that  he  is  unable  to  decide  whether  Mr.  Linn  has  been  fair  in 
his  selection  of  incidents  and  illustrations.  But  one  is  made  to  feel 
in  reading  the  book  that  the  selection  is,  as  in  Uncle  Tom's  Cabin, 
from  the  extreme  instead  of  the  typical. 

Nevertheless  Mr.  Linn  has  written  a  very  readable  book,  and,  if 
one  takes  it  up  understanding  his  point  of  view,  a  very  valuable 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  247 

story  and  mild  criticism  on  the  Mormons  and  their  religion.  Our 
author  is  of  the  opinion  that  the  Mormons  gain  their  power  over 
people  by  taking  advantage  of  the  natural  credulity  of  man  and  the 
desire  for  a  supplement  or  explanation  to  our  religion  as  to  what 
goes  on  after  death. 

The  book  is  divided  into  six  parts,  namely:  The  origin  of  the 
Mormons,  The  Mormons  in  Ohio,  In  Missouri,  In  Illinois,  The 
Migration  to  Utah,  and  Utah.  A  native  lowan,  with  his  yankee 
instinct  to  claim  everything,  is  piqued  not  to  find  a  division  given  to 
the  Mormons  in  Iowa.  However,  our  author  makes  up  for  this  lack 
by  a  treatment  of  the  Mormons  in  their  relation  to  Iowa  and  lowans, 
under  "The  Mormons  in  Missouri,"  and  "The  Migration  to  Utah." 
The  chapter  called  "From  the  Mississippi  to  the  Missouri"  gives  a 
narrative  of  the  march  across  Iowa,  but  says  nothing  of  the  way 
lowans  felt  "toward  the  Mormons.  In  another  place  (p.  360),  we 
are  told,  "No  opposition  to  them  seems  to  have  been  shown  by  the 
lowans,  who,  on  the  contrary,  employed  them  as  laborers,  sold  them 
such  goods  as  they  could  pay  for,  and  invited  their  musicians  to  give 
concerts  at  the  resting  points." 

While  we  may  not  agree  with  Mr.  Linn  that  he  has  written  an 
impartial  history,  yet  we  must  acknowledge  that  he  has  made  an 
excellent  book.  The  carefully  prepared  table  of  contents  and  the 
copious  index,  the  clear  flowing  style,  the  interesting  quotations  from 
all  classes  of  people,  the  large  collection  of  anecdotes  and  incidents, 
all  go  to  make  the  book  pleasing  reading  and  a  valuable  reference 
work.  The  publishers  have  done  their  part  by  giving  us  excellent 
paper,  print,  and  binding.  So  that  one  feels  free  to  recommend  The 
Story  of  the  Mormons  to  those  who  wish  interesting  and  instructive 
reading  on  that  mysterious  and  awe-inspiring  sect  which  we  call  the 
Mormons  and  who  call  themselves  Latter-Day  Saints. 

ARTHUR  D.  CROMWELL 
HUMBOLDT  COLLEGE 

HUMBOLDT,  IOWA 


248  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

Georgia  and  State  Rights.  By  ULBICH  BONNELL  PHILLIPS,  A.  M., 
PH.  D.  In  the  Annual  Report  of  the  American  Historical  Asso- 
ciation for  the  Year  1901.  Vol.  II.  Washington:  Government 
Printing  Office.  1902.  Pp.  224. 

In  the  early  years  of  the  last  decade  Professor  Gilderslieve  of 
Johns  Hopkins  University,  himself  of  southern  extraction  and  educa- 
tion, stirred  up  a  lively  controversy  by  his  assertion  in  his  reminis- 
cences in  the  Atlantic  that  the  South  entered  upon  the  Civil  War  in 
defense  of  State  Rights  and  not  because  the  southern  people  were 
primarily  or  particularly  concerned  about  the  institution  of  slavery. 
This  essay  of  Dr.  Phillips  throws  a  flood  of  light  upon  the  pros  and 
cons  of  that  controversy,  and  on  this  account  as  well  as  for  various 
other  reasons  is  well  worth  study.  The  narrative  of  the  shiftings 
and  twists  of  political  opinion  in  Georgia  will  convince  most  persons 
that  political  theories  which  affect  the  currents  of  politics  arise  out 
of  the  needs  or  rather  the  desires  of  the  dominant  elements,  and  that 
if  such  theories  are  not  adjustable  to  changing  conditions  and  cannot 
continue  to  do  service  in  the  promotion  of  what  the  mass  of  the  citi- 
zen body  believe  to  be  their  social  or  economic  or  other  vital  interests 
they  are  altered  or  abandoned.  Human  selfishness  both  in  the  large 
and  in  the  narrow  sense  of  the  term  is  the  great  dynamic  force  which 
generally  gives  practical  effect  to  philosophical  theories  of  the  con- 
stitution of  government. 

The  narrative  begins  with  an  account  of  the  part  taken  by  Georgia 
in  the  adoption  of  the  Federal  Constitution  in  1787.  Then,  because 
her  political  existence  seemed  to  be  threatened  by  South  Carolina 
and  the  proximity  of  Indians  and  Spaniards  rendered  the  lives  and 
property  of  citizens  insecure,  the  people  of  that  State  gave  ardent 
and  influential  support  to  the  advocates  of  a  strong  central  national 
government  in  the  constitutional  convention  and  with  astonishing 
unanimity  promptly  adopted  the  Constitution  when  it  was  submitted 
to  them.  In  two  chapters  we  follow  the  tortuous  courses  of  Georgia 
politics  when  the  State  was  attempting  to  oust  the  Creek  and  Cher- 
okee Indians  from  their  lands.  If  one  wants  indubitable  proof  of 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  249 

the  ruthless  character  of  the  forward  march  of  the  dominant  Anglo 
Saxon  when  inferior  races  obstruct  his  path,  Dr.  Phillips  supplies 
it  in  full  measure.  No  sooner  did  the  Georgians  suspect  the  national 
government's  intention  of  protecting  the  Aborigines  in  the  possession 
of  their  hunting  grounds,  guaranteed  to  them  by  formal  treaty,  than 
they  forgot  about  the  great  advantages  of  a  strong  national  power  or 
concluded  that  they  were  of  minor  importance  compared  with  their 
local  need  for  more  land.  When  the  desired  ends  could  not  be 
secured  by  legitimate  diplomacy  sharp  tactics  were  resorted  to,  and 
if  these  failed  then  rough  brute  force  was  exerted.  The  lands  they 
were  bound  to  have,  and  with  President  Jackson's  bluff  and  unjusti- 
fiable refusal  to  carry  out  Marshall's  decision  of  the  Supreme  Court, 
they  got  what  they  wanted.  While  State  Rights  became  a  conscious 
consideration  with  the  Georgians  immediately  upon  that  court's  rul- 
ing in  Chisblm  v.  The  /State  of  Georgia  in  1793,  public  opinion  did 
not  attain  to  a  vigorous  growth  or  become  belligerent  until  the  con- 
tests for  the  Indian's  land  aroused  popular  greed.  Then  the  rights 
of  States  bulked  big,  and  with  the  progress  of  the  debates  over  the 
extension  of  slavery  they  loomed  larger  and  larger  in  the  southerner's 
vision. 

No  less  interesting  and  instructive  are  the  chapters  devoted  to  the 
formation  and  history  of  the  political  factions  and  parties  in  Georgia 
prior  to  1836.  The  reader  suffers  some  confusion  as  the  author  goes 
back  over  ground  more  or  less  covered  in  the  first  three  chapters,  and 
his  perspective  is  not  always  clearly  marked.  But  a  close  study  has 
been  made  of  the  topography  of  Georgia  politics.  The  intimate  rela- 
tions between  social  and  industrial  conditions  in  the  various  sections 
are  shown  and  the  character  and  color  of  local  political  contention  and 
theories  and  their  effect  upon  the  general  drift  of  the  political  action 
of  the  State  as  a  whole  are  demonstrated;  and  in  many  respects  these 
are  the  most  valuable  portions  of  the  essay.  He  traces  in  great 
detail  the  tariff  debates  and  the  attitude  of  the  State  with  respect  to 
nullification.  The  Georgians  furnish  interesting  illustrations  of  the 
frequency  with  which  popular  contentions  are  pushed  forward  by  self 


250  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

stultification.  With  loud  arid  persistent  assertion  they  declared  that 
Congress  had  no  power  to  impose  a  tariff  or  to  tax  them  for  internal 
improvements;  yet  in  the  same  breath  they  instructed  their  congress- 
men to  work  for  a  constitutional  convention  to  amend  the  national 
compact  so  as  to  reduce  the  growing  and  branching  powers  of  the 
federal  government  under  the  Constitution,  the  most  damaging  sort  of 
admission  that  they  not  only  dreaded  but  conceded  that  the  Constitu- 
tion gave  ample  jurisdiction  to  Congress  in  such  matters.  Otherwise 
they  could  have  easily  blocked  such  infractions  of  State  Rights  by 
suits  at  law  in  the  federal  courts  themselves.  The  author,  although 
noting  the  dissenting  opinion  of  Justice  Iredell  in  the  case  of  Chisolm 
v.  Georgia  and  its  expression  of  Georgia's  sentiments  at  the  time  does 
not  recognize,  at  least  he  omits  to  point  out,  that  that  judge  outlined 
the  course  of  judicial  construction  later  followed  by  Marshall  in  his 
celebrated  expositions,  and  furthermore  suggested  the  interpretation 
by  which  the  federal  courts  in  the  cases  arising  out  of  the  Civil  War 
justified  the  conduct  of  the  Union  authorities  in  dealing  with  the 
rebellious  citizens  of  the  seceding  States,  when  he  declared  that  the 
powers  of  the  United  States  "require  no  aid  from  any  State  authority, 
etc." 

The  chapters  on  slavery  and  secession  are  of  absorbing  interest,  but 
space  does  not  permit  their  review.  The  author,  a  southerner  by 
birth  and  early  training  and  from  natural  sympathy  prejudiced  as 
regards  the  controversies  that  aroused  such  bitter  animosities,  writes 
with  marked  reserve  and  judicial  fairness. 

A  number  of  instructive  maps  in  colors  accompany  and  illuminate 
the  text,  exhibiting  graphically  the  political  complexion  of  the 
various  sections.  It  is  much  to  be  wished  that  the  author  continue 
his  investigations  into  the  periods  of  the  war  and  reconstruction  and 
show  us  the  courses  of  opinion  under  the  pressure  of  war  and  in  the 
readjustments  during  reconstruction  and  the  carpet-bag  regime. 


Following  Dr.  Phillips'  essay  in  Volume  II  of  the  Report  of  the 
Historical  Association  is  the  JReport  of  the  Public  Archives  Commis- 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  251 

sion,   signed   by  William   MacDonald,    John   Martin   Vincent   and 
Howard  W.  Caldwell. 

This  report  of  the  Public  Archives  Commission  contains  (1)  an 
elaborate  report  of  the  records  of  the  city  and  county  of  Philadelphia 
by  Drs.  H.  V.  Ames  of  the  University  of  Pennsylvania,  and  A.  E. 
McKinley  of  Temple  College,  which  is  a  continuation  of  the  report  on 
the  Archives  of  Pennsylvania  made  last  year  to  the  Commission;  (2) 
a  digest  of  the  laws  of  North  Carolina  respecting  the  preparation, 
care,  and  publication  of  public  records  by  Prof.  Jno.  S.  Bassett  of 
Trinity  College;  and  (3)  a  preliminary  report  on  the  Archives  of 
Texas  by  Mr.  E.  C.  Barker  of  the  University  of  Texas. 

The  report  on  Philadelphia  is  extensive,  elaborate,  and  very 
detailed  giving  the  results  of  five  months  of  painstaking  work  in  ran- 
sacking public  buildings  and  libraries.  The  exhibits  are  very  uneven, 
some  being  painfully  meager  and  ill  considered  by  the  authorities  in 
charge  and  others  bearing  evidence  that  officials  are  beginning  to 
appreciate  the  inestimable  importance  of  providing  for  the  security 
and  preservation  of  official  documents.  This  report  is  to  be  classed 
with  the  one  made  last  year  by  Professor  Osgood  of  Columbia  Uni- 
versity on  the  Records  of  Neio  York.  It  covers  the  colonial  and 
revolutionary  periods,  the  period  between  1789—1854,  the  records 
of  the  local  governments  from  1682  to  1854,  and  those  of  the  city 
from  1854  to  1901,  and  of  the  county  from  1682  to  1901.  So  far  as 
discovered  the  files  are  all  listed,  and  the  various  efforts  towards  their 
preservation  indicated. 

Some  one  in  authority  here  in  Iowa,  the  Historical  Society,  or  the 
Library  Commission,  or  the  State  librarians  at  Des  Moines  should 
make  it  their  work  to  send  some  such  circular  to  all  of  our  public 
officials  in  our  city  and  county  offices  as  Professor  Osgood  prepared 
and  sent  out  in  the  State  of  New  York.  There  are  scores  of  our  city 
and  county  collections  which  are  now  indiscriminate  heaps  of  grimy, 
mutilated  records  in  cellars,  closets  and  attics,  and  boxes.  The 
writer  saw  one  such  in  one  of  Iowa's  largest  cities  not  long  since. 
There  is  need  of  some  vigorous  evangelistic  work  of  this  kind  in 


252  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

our  State  because  invaluable  records  are  being  recklessly  destroyed 
or  lost  or  mutilated  by  ill  usage  beyond  redemption. 

F.  I.  HERRIOTT 
DES  MOINES,  IOWA 

Proceedings  of  the  Pioneer  Law  Makers  Association  of  Iowa.  Re- 
union 1902,  held  at  Des  Momes,  February  12th  and  13th,  1902. 
Eighth  Biennial  Session.  Des  Moines:  Bernard  Murphy,  State 
Printer.  1902.  Pp.  131. 

The  Pioneer  Law  Makers  Association  of  Iowa  was  organized  in 
1888  largely  through  the  personal  exertions  of  the  late  George  G. 
Wright,  who,  during  his  whole  life,  retained  a  warm  affection  for 
the  pioneer,  always  recalling  his  finer  characteristics  and  forgetting 
his  failings.  In  addition  to  the  social  features  of  the  reunion,  Mr. 
Wright  desired  to  keep  in  memory  the  names  and  the  personnel  of 
the  men  who  formed  the  early  laws  of  the  State.  To  separate  the 
Association  as  far  as  possible  from  political  and  personal  prejudices, 
those  who  were  eligible  to  membership  were  designated  by  the  fol- 
lowing section:  "Its  members  shall  consist  of  all  former  State 
officers,  including  members  and  officers  of  Territorial  and  State  legis- 
latures, Senators  and  Representatives  in  Congress,  members  of  the 
Cabinet  from  Iowa,  United  States  Supreme,  Circuit,  and  District 
Judges,  members  and  officers  of  constitutional  conventions  and  State 
boards  of  education,  Judges  and  District  Attorneys  who  served 
twenty-five  years  prior  to  each  biennial  reunion." 

The  reunion  of  1902  was  attended  by  about  forty  persons.  Some 
of  the  reminiscences  were  quite  touching.  There  was  an  interesting 
discussion  as  to  the  two  names  from  the  State  which  should  be  placed 
on  the  roll  of  honor  in  the  Hall  of  Fame  at  the  Centennial  Louisiana 
Purchase  Exposition  in  St.  Louis. 

Prominent  among  the  names  brought  forward  were  the  early 
pioneers,  Senators  Dodge  and  Jones,  and  Charles  Mason,  Chief  Jus- 
tice of  the  Territory  and  of  the  State.  The  trend  of  opinion  seemed 
to  settle  upon  the  statesmen  who  were  prominent  during  the  Civil 
War.  Among  these  Governor  James  W.  Grimes  was  without  dissent 
the  first  choice  of  the  Association. 


OF   HISTORY   AND  POLITICS  253 

Mr.  Grimes  was  unquestionably  the  ablest  man  of  his  day  in  the 
State.  He  outlined  the  policy  of  the  Constitutional  Convention  of 
1857  and  moulded  State  legislation  while  he  was  Governor  and  for 
some  sessions  before.  To  his  cool  judgment  and  unbounded  in- 
fluence our  State,  cities,  and  counties  owe  the  freedom  from  large 
corporate  indebtedness  which  almost  overwhelmed  Illinois,  Missouri, 
and  other  States  during  the  period  of  early  railroad  construction. 
The  constitutional  provisions  limiting  corporate  and  State  debt  are 
today  a  tribute  to  the  wisdom  and  foresight  exercised  by  him  at  a 
time  when  public  sentiment  ran  wild  in  the  other  direction. 

As  a  member  of  the  United  States  Senate  from  1858  to  1868,  Mr. 
Grimes  had  few  equals  and  no  superiors  in  devising  means  to  meet 
the  exigencies  of  those  trying  times.  I  have  thought  that  his  position 
on  the  impeachment  of  Andrew  Johnson  was  the  greatest  act  of  his 
life. 

William  F.  Coolbaugh,  a  radical  Democrat  who  had  no  sympathy 
with  his  anti- slavery  views,  was,  nevertheless,  a  warm,  personal 
friend  of  Mr.  Grimes.  When  I  first  knew  them  they  roomed  to- 
gether at  the  Clinton  House  in  Iowa  City.  In  general  matters  of 
State  policy  they  were  in  accord.  Mr.  Coolbaugh  afterwards  told 
me  that  when  it  became  apparent  that  Senator  Grimes  would  vote  in 
favor  of  acquitting  President  Johnson  he  went  to  Washington  for 
the  special  purpose  of  advising  him  against  such  a  course.  He  said 
to  Mr.  Grimes: — You  are  the  idol  of  your  party  in  Iowa.  The  party 
is  radical  in  the  extreme  and  wrought  almost  to  frenzy  by  the  murder 
of  Lincoln  and  the  apostacy  of  Johnson.  You  are  the  most  sensitive 
man  I  ever  knew.  By  the  course  you  propose  you  will  bring  upon 
yourself  the  vengeance  of  your  party,  and  your  State  will  disown 
you.  You  will  not  outlive  this  action  a  year.  The  reply  of  Senator 
Grimes  was: — I  have  considered  all  this.  But  my  position  is  right, 
and  if  I  die  tomorrow  I  shall  vote  as  my  convictions  dictate.  I  have 
no  respect  for  President  Johnson  personally  and  less  for  his  policies. 
But  I  believe  each  department  of  the  government  is  independent; 
and  so  long  as  his  official  acts  are  not  in  violation  of  the  Constitution 


254  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

and  the  laws,  the  President  cannot  be  removed  by  the  joint  action  of 
the  House  and  Senate  merely  for  a  difference  of  views  or  for  official 
acts  that  are  entirely  within  his  own  jurisdiction. 

Mr.  Coolbaugh's  prediction  was  fulfilled.  A  cry  went  over  the 
State  that  Grimes  had  turned  traitor  to  the  party.  Shortly  after  this 
he  was  stricken  with  paralysis,  resigned  his  place  in  the  Senate,  and 
did  not  long  survive.  It  is  universally  admitted  now  that  he  was 
right.  It  would  be  difficult  to  point  out  any  official  act  in  his  public 
career  of  which  the  same  might  not  be  said. 

Next  to  Grimes  in  the  discussion,  the  preference  of  the  Associa- 
tion was  divided  between  Harlan  and  Kirkwood.  Harlan  filled  a 
place  in  the  Senate  during  the  war  and  the  reconstruction  period. 
His  course  met  the  approval  of  his  people.  His  encounter  with 
Sumner  was  brought  up,  and  the  consensus  of  opinion  was  that  he 
came  out  of  the  contest  by  no  means  second. 

As  Governor  during  the  war  Kirkwood  developed  a  high  order  of 
executive  ability.  The  State  met  all  demands  for  men  and  money 
made  upon  it,  and  no  citizen  of  Iowa  can  look  upon  his  administra- 
tion without  a  feeling  of  pride.  Upon  the  stump  he  expressed  his 
views  so  clearly  that  the  unlearned  man  carried  home  with  him  some- 
thing which  he  had  heard  and  which  he  never  forgot;  while  in  the 
legislative  halls  his  logic  carried  conviction  to  the  most  scholarly. 
In  this  he  far  surpassed  Mr.  Harlan.  To  use  the  language  of  one  of 
the  pioneers:  "While  we  thought  Harlan's  arguments  were  all 
right  we  sometimes  thought  him  tedious."  Kirkwood  was  the  popu- 
lar favorite,  and  as  long  as  the  men  who  heard  him  speak,  live,  he 
will  remain  so.  We  believe  that  in  all  the  qualities  which  make  the 
statesman  he  was  fully  equal  to  Harlan. 

If  this  Pioneer  Law  Makers  Association  of  Iowa  does  nothing 
more  than  keep  the  present  generation  in  touch  with  that  past  which 
was  so  thoroughly  stamped  with  the  attributes  of  manly  self  reliance 

in  the  hours  of  trial  its  mission  is  not  in  vain. 

PETER  A.  DEY 

THE  STATE  HISTORICAL  SOCIETY  OF  IOWA 
IOWA  CITY 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  255 

Studies  in  United  States  History.     By  SARA  M.  RIGGS.     Ginn  &  Co. 
1902.     Pp.  173. 

The  object  of  this  little  volume  is  clearly  set  forth  in  the  first 
sentence  of  the  preface.  "It  is  an  attempt  (1)  to  place  before  the 
pupil  such  topics,  questions,  and  material  as  will  lead  him  in  his 
study  to  a  thorough  comprehension  of  the  facts  of  American  history 
in  their  relation  to  each  other,  and  (2)  to  present  the  subject  as  a 
connected  whole,  in  accordance  with  the  principles  of  its  develop- 
ment." It  is  essentially  a  worker's  hand  book  and  is  so  planned  as 
to  assist  greatly  the  teacher  in  guiding  the  pupil  to  think  his  way 
through  American  history  and  the  methods  of  solving  our  nation's 
civic  problems. 

Some  of  the  most  prominent  features  of  the  work  are:  a  well 
selected  general  list  of  references  to  sources,  texts,  and  more  exten- 
sive works  on  American  history;  excellent  suggestions  to  both  teacher 
and  pupil  regarding  methods  of  study  and  class  work;  questions  that 
direct  the  pupil  in  attacking  the  work  in  hand;  splendid  lists,  ac- 
companying each  topic,  of  references  to  sources,  texts,  and  bits  of 
literature  bearing  upon  that  specific  topic;  lists  of  topics  for  general 
research;  the  plan  of  correlation  with  geography,  civics,  and  liter- 
ature; and  the  systematic  way  in  which  the  matter  in  hand  is  devel- 
oped. 

The  work  is  intended  to  be  used  in  grades,  high  schools,  normals, 
and  preparatory  schools,  and  is  certainly  a  book  that  will  do  much 
to  put  the  study  of  our  history  on  the  proper  plane  in  the  field  for 

which  it  is  designed. 

J.   F.   MITCHELL 

DRAKE  UNIVERSITY 

DES  MOINES  

Iowa  Official  Register.     Compiled  by  W.  B.  MARTIN,  Secretary  of 
State.     Published  by  the  State  of  Iowa,  by  order  of  the  General 
Assembly.     Bernard  Murphy,  State  Printer.     1903.    Pp.  594. 
The  Iowa  Official  Register  for  1903,  which  has  recently  made  its 

appearance,  is  the  eighteenth  volume  in  a  series  that  was  begun  in 


256  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

1886  and  since  continued  as  an  annual  publication.  There  were  so- 
called  Official  Registers  before  1886.  Lists  of  county  and  State 
officers  on  large  cards  were  issued  as  early  as  1864  for  election  pur- 
poses. For  ten  years,  from  1866  to  1876,  with  the  exception  of 
the  year  1872,  these  lists  were  printed  in  the  set  of  legislative  docu- 
ments as  a  part  of  the  census  returns.  The  list  for  1873  was  also 
published  in  separate  form,  as  a  small  leaflet  of  nineteen  pages,  con- 
taining simply  a  list  of  the  executive  and  judicial  officers  of  the 
State  with  trustees  of  the  State  institutions.  After  1876  they  do  not 
appear  in  the  legislative  set  and  it  is  probable  that  after  that  date 
similar  lists  of  officers  were  compiled  as  separate  pamphlets  annually 
or  biennially  until  1886.  The  State  Historical  Society  has  in  its 
library  copies  for  1873,  1881,  and  1883;  but  unfortunately  these 
copies  bear  no  internal  evidence  as  to  the  frequency  of  issue.  The 
present  series  was  begun  in  1886,  and  has  been  continued  along  the 
lines  marked  out  in  that  number,  the  differences  between  the  later 
and  the  earlier  numbers  being  the  results  of  expansion  and  amplifica- 
tion rather  than  of  radical  change  in  the  character  of  the  contents. 

In  1886  the  Official  Register  did  not  constitute  a  volume  by  itself. 
The  cover  reads:  Rules  and  Standing  Committees  of  the  Twenty -first 
G-eneral  Assembly  with  Iowa  Official  Register,  1886.  Nor  is  there  a 
definite  line  of  demarcation  between  the  rules  of  the  Assembly  and 
the  official  register  proper.  The  book — a  paper  covered  pamphlet 
of  104  pages  —  contains  first  a  list  of  the  executive,  federal,  and 
judicial  officers,  with  the  rules  of  the  General  Assembly;  then  come 
the  lists  and  general  information  concerning  State  boards  and  insti- 
tutions, and  election  statistics  which  form  the  basis  of  the  present 
Official  Register;  and  last  in  the  pamphlet  is  placed  the  Constitution 
of  Iowa.  In  the  number  for  1887,  which  forms  a  volume  distinct 
from  the  rules  of  the  General  Assembly,  lists  of  county  officers  and 
county  statistics  are  added,  and  the  list  of  State  institutions  is  more 
complete.  There  is  then  little  change  until  1889,  when  the  Register 
is  made  more  durable  by  board  covers,  and  bears  as  a  frontispiece  a 
portrait  of  one  of  the  early  Governors  of  Iowa — the  first  of  a  series 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  257 

of  illustrations  and  portraits  of  State  officials  which  is  continued  in 
subsequent  numbers.  With  the  next  number  (1890)  there  are  a  few 
added  items  of  general  interest  relating  to  education,  the  census, 
political  platforms,  and  the  like,  which  become  more  numerous  in 
1891  when  we  find  a  list  of  the  principal  officials  of  the  United  States 
and  of  the  Territories. 

Still  the  volume  does  not  increase  materially  in  size.  It  is  not  un- 
til 1892  that  it  becomes  a  twelvemo,  which  has  been  its  size  uniformly 
since  that  date.  By  an  act  of  the  Twenty -fourth  General  Assembly 
it  was  made  a  State  document,  its  future  publication  assured,  and  its 
distribution  definitely  provided  for.  A  new  feature  of  the  volume 
for  1893  was  the  statistics  of  the  libraries  in  the  State,  a  list  which 
has  appeared  with  additions  and  corrections  in  each  subsequent  issue, 
except  in  1897  and  1898  when  these  lists  were  omitted.  In  1900  ap- 
peared a  bit  of  historical  data  in  the  form  of  a  list  of  officers  of  the 
State  government  since  its  organization  in  1846.  This  list,  which 
was  omitted  in  1901  and  1902,  appears  again  in  the  volume  for  1903. 

The  Official  Register  has  constantly  increased  in  value  because  of 
the  greater  wealth  of  information  which  is  being  brought  to  it  each 
year  and  because  of  the  better  arrangement  of  its  material.  The 
volume  for  1903  is  uniform  in  size  and  general  make  up  with  the  issue 
for  1902.  While  containing  statistics  of  the  same  general  character 
for  those  in  the  last  volume,  the  arrangement  has  been  somewhat 
changed.  It  contains  one  important  historical  feature  which  was 
omitted  in  the  volume  for  1902,  viz.,  a  compilation  of  Iowa's  senators 
and  representatives  in  the  national  legislature  since  the  organiza- 
tion of  the  State  government,  with  a  list  of  the  Iowa  men  who  have 
held  cabinet  positions.  A  table  of  contents  in  addition  to  the  care- 
fully prepared  index  renders  this  issue  of  greater  usefulness  than 
were  the  previous  volumes. 

In  some  of  the  mechanical  details,  however,  the  1903  volume  is 
disappointing,  particularly  in  regard  to  the  type,  which  is  not  clear 
and  is  often  broken.  The  value  of  the  library  statistics  is  marred  by 
inaccuracies.  The  State  Historical  Society,  for  example,  whose 


258  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

library  at  the  present  writing  contains  nearly  27,000  volumes,  is 
reported  to  contain  2,500.  The  number  reported  to  the  compiler 
was  25,000.  The  discovery  of  this  inaccuracy  led  to  an  investigation 
of  the  library  statistics  for  other  libraries  not  only  in  this  but  in  all 
the  volumes  since  1893,  with  the  result  that  similar  errors  were  found 
in  a  large  number  of  cases.  These  are  the  result  either  of  a  deplor- 
able method  of  keeping  statistics  on  the  part  of  the  libraries  them- 
selves, or  of  errors  in  the  editing  of  the  reports  submitted  to  the 
compilers  of  the  Register.  Taking  again  as  an  example  the  State 
Historical  Society,  whose  total  number  of  volumes  as  given  in  1900 
is  20,000,  the  addition  of  1,000  volumes  in  1901  brings  the  total 
number  in  1901  to  2,000  (according  to  the  Register}',  and  though 
1,200  were  added  to  the  library  in  1902,  a  total  of  2,500  is  the  result. 
The  Soldiers'  Home  at  Marshalltown  reports  the  total  number  of  vol- 
umes in  1899  as  1,690;  but  with  the  addition  of  100  volumes  in  1900 
the  total  is  still  1,690,  while  9  new  volumes  added  in  1902  gives  a  total 
for  1902  of  1,900  volumes  in  the  library.  The  statistics  for  the  Law 
Library  of  the  State  University  are  no  more  accurate.  An  addition 
of  400  volumes  to  the  9,901  in  the  library  in  1898  gives  10,260  in 
1899.  Although  129  volumes  are  added  the  next  year,  the  library 
sustains  a  loss  of  about  2,000  volumes,  the  total  for  1900  being  8,527. 
An  addition  of  708  gives  10,400  in  1901,  and  with  an  increase  of  415 
volumes  in  1902  the  whole  number  of  volumes  at  the  end  of  that  year 
is  given  as  10,878.  Even  the  State  Library  at  Des  Moines  is  not  ac- 
curately listed;  and  the  State  University  by  adding  10,000  to  its 
20,450  in  1898  obtains  as  a  result  32,000.  Simpson  College  with 
3,500  as  the  total  number  of  volumes  in  1898,  upon  an  addition  of 
100  volumes  reports  a  total  of  4,000,  and  with  15  added  in  1900,  the 
total  number  of  volumes  has  diminished  at  the  end  of  that  year  to 
3,000. 

These  discrepancies  are  not  confined  to  the  libraries  of  colleges  and 
State  institutions.  The  public  libraries  of  the  State  have  their  share 
of  peculiar  statistics.  The  figures  for  the  Burlington  public  library 
read  as  follows:  with  16,760  as  the  number  of  books  in  1898,  the  addi- 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  259 

tion  of  513  volumes  gives  17,720  in  1899.  An  increase  of  917  in  1900 
gives  as  a  total  19,020,  and  a  further  increase  of  2,'086  volumes  gives 
a  total  of  21,148  in  1901,  while  an  additional  1,719  leaves  them  at 
the  end  of  1902  with  22,802  volumes.  Council  Bluffs  may  be  taken 
as  another  example.  Adding  362  volumes  to  21,562  they  report 
17,406  in  1899.  An  additional  757  the  next  year  brings  the  total 
number  up  to  23,113.  In  1901  the  entire  number  of  volumes  is 
23,923  and  an  increase  of  897  gives  23,520  in  1902.  The  examples 
mentioned  have  been  taken  entirely  at  random;  similar  cases  are  of 
frequent  occurrence. 

It  is  probable  that  some  of  the  losses  noted  are  occasioned  by  the 
withdrawal  of  books  from  circulation  or  similar  causes;  and  often 
upon  reorganization  the  exact  number  of  volumes  in  a  library  will 
be  ascertained  when  the  statistics  previously  given  were  only  approx- 
imate, thus  causing  serious  discrepancies  in  the  statistics.  In  such 
cases,  however,  explanations  should  be  given.  Greater  accuracy  in 
the  preparation  of  statistics  on  the  part  of  libraries  and  institutions, 
and  more  careful  editing  of  the  material  submitted  are  imperative  if 
the  Register  is  to  be  a  source  of  authentic  information. 

MARGARET  BUDINGTON 
THE  STATE  HISTORICAL  SOCIETY  OF  IOWA 
IOWA  CITY  

Early  Voyages  Up  and  Down  the  Mississippi.     By  CAVELIER,   ST. 
COSME,    LE  SUEUR,  GRAVIER,  and  GUIGNAS.     With  an  Intro- 
duction, Notes,  and  an  Index  by  JOHN  GILMARY  SHEA.     A  new 
edition  of  five  hundred  numbered  copies,   reprinted  for  Joseph 
McDonough.     Albany.     1902.     Pp.  viii,  191. 
The  first  edition  of  this  work,  published  by  Joel  Munsell  in  1861 
and  limited  to  one  hundred  copies,  has  become  practically  inacces- 
sible to  the  general  reader.     It  was  issued  by  Dr.  Shea  as  a  sequel  to 
his  Discovery  and  Exploration  of  the  Mississippi  Valley,  which  had 
appeared   some   years  previously  (1853),  and  was  dedicated  by  the 
author  to  the  Historical  Societies  of  Michigan,  Wisconsin,  and  Iowa, 
"as  a  token  of  membership."     The  narratives  preserved  in  the  vol- 


260  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

ume  throw  much  light  upon  the  events  and  conditions  attending  the 
actual  occupation  of  the  Mississippi  valley  by  the  French. 

When  La  Salle  and  Tonti,  in  1681,  floated  out  of  the  Mississippi 
into  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  the  exploration  of  the  great  river  was  prac- 
tically completed  from  the  Falls  of  St.  Anthony  to  its  mouth.  A 
period  of  nearly  twenty  years  elapsed,  however,  before  d'Iberville 
arrived  in  force  and  again  planted  the  standard  of  France  upon  the 
lower  Mississippi,  thus  anticipating  the  intentions  of  both  Spain  and 
England.  During  this  period  fur-traders  frequently  passed  up  and 
down  the  river,  bartering  with  the  Indians,  but  no  accounts  of  their 
voyages  have  been  preserved.  La  Salle  too,  had  founded  his  unfor- 
tunate colony  of  St.  Louis  of  Texas  and,  in  an  attempt  to  reach  his 
old  post  at  Fort  St.  Louis  (Starved  Rock)  on  the  Illinois,  then  in 
charge  of  Tonti,  had  been  assassinated  by  some  of  his  own  men.  Of 
the  party  were  Cavelier  (La  Salle's  brother)  and  Joutel,  who  finally 
made  their  way  to  the  Illinois  post  and,  after  representing  to  Tonti 
that  La  Salle  was  still  alive  and  his  colony  in  need  of  succour,  cleared 
away  for  France.  The  account  of  Cavelier  here  published  narrates 
the  history  of  the  colony  of  St.  Louis  of  Texas,  and  of  the  several 
expeditions  from  this  base,  up  to  a  time  just  prior  to  La  Salle's  death. 
The  genuineness  of  the  document  need  not  be  questioned;  as  its 
veracity  might  well  be  were  it  not,  in  general,  confirmed  by  other 
contemporary  accounts. 

The  next  narrative  which  we  have  is  that  of  Buisson  de  St.  Cosme, 
a  member  of  the  missionary  party  conducted  by  M.  de  Montigny 
to  the  tribes  of  the  lower  Mississippi  in  1698.  This  has  been  pre- 
served in  the  form  of  a  letter  to  the  Bishop  of  Quebec  and  is  here  re- 
produced in  full,  together  with  notes  from  Montigny  himself  and 
from  Thaumur  de  la  Source. 

Scarcely  had  these  missionaries  reached  the  field  of  their  labors 
when  d'Iberville  arrived.  Then  came  Le  Sueur  "with  thirty  work- 
men in  the  Renommee  and  Gironde,  Dec.  7,  1699, to  form  an 

establishment  at  the  source  of  the  Mississippi.  The  object  of  the 
enterprise  was  to  work  a  mine  of  green  earth  that  M.  Le  Sueur  had 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  261 

discovered."  No  account  of  the  voyage  up  the  river  is  given  until 
after  reaching  the  Temarois,  one  of  the  Tribes  of  the  Illinois  who 
had  moved  Southward,  in  advance  of  the  Kaskaskias  and  Cahokias, 
to  the  alluvial  bottom  lands  opposite  to  and  below  the  present  St. 
Louis.  From  here  Le  Sueur  set  out  <  i  with  a  f alucca  and  two  canoes 
manned  by  nineteen  persons."  The  narrative  includes  an  account  of 
Le  Sueur's  establishment  upon  the  Blue  Earth  river,  near  to  its  junc- 
tion with  the  Minnesota. 

The  arrival  of  d'Iberville  had  been  hailed  with  enthusiasm  by  all 
the  tribes  of  the  Mississippi  valley  over  whom  the  French  had  gained 
ascendency.  The  Illinois  nations  were  prepared  to  migrate  in  a  body 
to  the  lower  Mississippi,  regardless  of  consequences.  Gravier,  how- 
ever, succeeded  in  restraining  them,  while  he  himself  voyaged  down 
to  the  new  settlements  to  study  the  situation.  His  journal  is  most 
valuable,  furnishing,  as  it  does,  an  account  of  the  various  river  tribes 
as  the  French  found  them  upon  taking  actual  possession  of  the  coun- 
try. It  is,  withal,  the  most  interesting  and  readable  of  all  the  nar- 
ratives of  the  series. 

Though  the  history  of  events  along  the  lower  Mississippi  from 
this  time  (1700  circa)  forward  is  tolerably  consecutive,  the  next  doc- 
ument extant  relating  to  the  upper  course  of  the  river  bears  the  date 
1728.  It  is  the  extract,  here  published,  from  a  letter  by  Father 
Louis  Ignatius  Guignas  detailing  the  establishment  of  Fort  Beau- 
harnais  at  "about  the  middle  of  the  north  side  of  Lake  Pepin." 
The  subsequent  history  of  this  outpost  as  also,  for  a  considerable 
period,  that  of  the  adjacent  region,  is  almost  unknown.  The  volume 
closes  with  an  extract  from  a  letter  by  La  Salle  to  the  Marquis  de 
Seignelay. 

Upon  the  whole  the  fragmentary  documents  here  preserved  are  of 
great  interest  and  importance;  and  the  enterprise  of  the  publisher  in 
rendering  them  easily  accessible  to  the  general  reader  is  to  be  most 

cordially  commended. 

LAENAS  GIFFORD  WELD 
THE  STATE  UNIVERSITY  OF  IOWA 
IOWA  CITY 


NOTES  AND   COMMENT 

From  Houghton,  Mifflin  &  Co.  comes  the  announcement  that  Mr. 
Albert  Shaw,  editor  of  the  American  JReview  of  Reviews,  will  con- 
tribute the  volume  on  "Iowa"  for  the  American  Commonwealths 
Series.  Mr.  Reuben  G.  Thwaites  will  write  the  volume  on  "Wiscon- 
sin." 

The  address  delivered  by  Major-General  Grenville  M.  Dodge  at  the 
Twenty -eighth  Annual  Encampment  of  the  Department  of  Iowa  of 
the  Grand  Army  of  the  Republic,  which  was  held  at  Des  Moines  on 
May  21,  1902,  has  been  published  in  pamphlet  form.  It  is  entitled: 
Personal  Recollections  of  General  William  T.  Sherman. 

Upon  the  suggestion  of  Mr.  Charles  Aldrich  and  through  the 
active  efforts  of  Mr.  A.  N.  Harbert  a  "Drummond  Memorial  Tab- 
let" will  soon  be  placed  in  the  College  for  the  Blind  at  Vinton, 
Iowa.  A  fund  of  nearly  $100  has  been  raised  by  Mr.  Harbert  for 
this  purpose.  It  is,  indeed,  time  that  many  more  historical  and 
memorial  tablets  and  monuments  were  erected  in  Iowa. 

Volume  I  of  the  Messages  and  Proclamations  of  the  Governors  of 
Iowa  has  been  announced  by  the  State  Historical  Society  of  Iowa 
(Iowa  City)  as  ready  for  distribution.  It  contains  the  messages  and 
proclamations  of  Governors  Dodge,  Lucas,  Chambers,  Clarke, 
Briggs,  and  Hempstead,  covers  about  live  hundred  pages,  and  is 
neatly  bound  in  cloth.  Volume  II  will  be  issued  probably  in  April; 
and  volumes  III  and  IV  will  appear  before  December.  The  price 
per  volume,  express  prepaid,  is  $2.00.  The  edition  is  limited  to  onQ 
thousand  copies. 

Students  of  State  politics  and  finance  will  not  fail  to  be  interested 
in  Dr.  Frank  I.  Herriott's  contributions  in  volumes  III  and  IV  of 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  263 

the  Bulletin  of  Iowa  Institutions  which  have  appeared  under  the 
title  of  Institutional  Expenditures  in  the  State  Budgets  of  Iowa. 
The  subject  has  been  discussed  by  Dr.  Herriott  under  five  heads. 
I.  The  Growth  of  Institutional  Accounts  in  the  State.  II.  Sources 
of  Revenue.  III.  Method  of  Making  Appropriations.  IV.  Ad- 
ministrative Supervision  and  Audit  of  Institutional  Expenditures. 
V.  Legislative  Supervision  and  Control  of  Institutional  Expendi- 
tures. 

Professor  Isaac  A.  Loos,  member  of  the  Board  of  Curators  of  the 
State  Historical  Society,  represented  the  University  of  Iowa  at  the 
Conference  on  Higher  Commercial  Education  which  was  held  at  Ann 
Arbor,  Michigan,  in  January,  under  the  auspices  of  the  Michigan 
Political  Science  Association. 

The  program  of  the  eighth  annual  meeting  of  the  American  His- 
torical Association  (held  at  Philadelphia  in  December,  1902)  included 
two  papers  on  Western  history:  The  West  and  Nationality,  by  Pro- 
fessor John  L.  Stewart;  and  Party  Politics  in  Indiana  during  the 
Civil  War,  by  Professor  James  A.  Woodburn. 

The  Nationalization  of  Municipal  Movements,  an  article  by  Mr. 
Clinton  Rogers  Woodruff  in  the  March  number  of  the  Annals  of  the 
American  Academy  of  Political  and  Social  Science  (Philadelphia) 
will  be  of  interest  in  connection  with  Dr.  Horack's  article  on  The 
League  of  Iowa  Municipalities  which  appears  in  this  number  of  THE 
IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS. 

It  is  an  interesting  fact  that  Mrs.  Eva  Emery  Dye,  the  author  of 
The  Conquest,  the  True  Story  of  Lewis  and  Clark  (a  book  which  is 
noticed  on  page  237  of  this  number  of  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL)  was  at  one 
time  a  resident  of  Iowa  City,  Iowa,  where  her  husband  attended  the 
Law  College  of  the  State  University.  Here  in  the  library  of  the 
State  Historical  Society  of  Iowa  Mrs.  Dye  began  the  historical 
studies  which  have  resulted  in  McLoughlin  and  Old  Oregon  and  The 
Conquest.  At  one  time  she  thought  of  writing  a  story  of  Iowa;  but 
when  she  removed  to  Oregon,  the  plan  developed  into  a  scheme  for  a 


264  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

romance  of  the  Northwest,  which  seemed  more  stirring  in  deeds  and 
picturesque  in  color. 

The  Evolution  of  the  Judicial  Opinion  is  the  subject  of  a  paper 
read  at  Saratoga  Springs  at  the  meeting  of  the  American  Bar  Associ- 
ation (August  28,  1902)  by  Emlin  McClain,  one  of  the  Justices  of 
the  Supreme  Court  of  Iowa.  Judge  McClain's  paper  has  been  issued 
in  a  pamphlet  of  twenty -five  pages. 

In  Harpers  Weekly  for  December  13,  1902,  there  is  a  short  article 
on  the  Iowa  Idea. 

The  addresses  before  the  Grant  Club  (Des  Moines,  Iowa)  since 
October,  1902,  have  been: — October  23,  1902,  National  Politics,  by 
Mr.  Sidney  A.  Foster;  November  20,  1902,  Alexander  Hamilton,  by 
Mr.  H.  H.  Stipp  and  Mr.  J.  U.  Sammis;  December  18,  1902,  Thomas 
Jefferson,  by  Mr.  A.  B.  Cummins  and  Mr.  W.  W.  Witmer;  January 
15,  1903,  Daniel  Webster,  by  Mr.  J.  C.  Davis  and  Mr.  Horace  E. 
Deemer;  February  19,  1903,  John  Marshall,  by  Mr.  Emlin  McClain 
and  Mr.  J.  A.  McCall;  March  19,  1903,  Benjamin  Franklin,  by 
Mr.  Allan  Dawson  and  Mr.  Wallace  R.  Lane. 

At  the  regular  annual  business  meeting  of  the  Political  Science 
Club  (Iowa)  which  was  held  on  January  19,  1903,  Prof.  Benjamin 
F.  Shambaugh  was  elected  President,  and  Prof.  Frederick  E.  Bolton 
was  re-elected  Secretary.  Dr.  Frank  E.  Horack,  Dr.  Paul  S.  Peirce, 
and  Dr.  Margaret  Schaffner  were  elected  members  of  the  Club. 

Under  the  date  of  January,  1903,  the  "circular  of  library  informa- 
tion," issued  by  the  Iowa  Library  Commission  at  Des  Moines,  ap- 
pears as  the  Quarterly  of  the  Iowa  Library  Commission.  The  change 
of  name  from  Bulletin  to  Quarterly  will,  perhaps,  more  clearly  indi- 
cate the  real  character  of  the  circular.  The  January  number  makes 
special  mention  of  some  recent  publications  in  Iowa  history. 

During  the  months  of  January  and  February  there  appeared  in  the 
columns  of  the  Webster  City  papers  a  number  of  interesting  reminis- 
cences from  the  pen  of  Mr.  Charles  Aldrich,  Curator  of  the  Historical 
Department  of  Iowa. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  265 

In  the  January,  1903,  number  of  the  American  Historical  Magazine 
and  Tennessee  Historical  Quarterly  a  strong  plea  is  made  for  the  bet- 
ter preservation  of  the  State  archives  of  Tennessee,  wherein  the  estab- 
lishment of  a  State  Department  of  Archives  and  History  is  recom- 
mended. Alabama  and  Mississippi  have  already  established  such 
a  department. 

Sir  George  Otto  Trevelyan  intends  to  publish,  this  autumn,  two 
volumes  in  completion  of  his  American  Revolution. 

Mr.  Harold  M.  Bowman  (of  Des  Moines),  fellow  in  the  School  of 
Political  Science  at  Columbia  University,  has  written  a  thesis  on  The 
Administration  in  Iowa  which  will  soon  appear  in  print. 

The  advisability  of  a  National  Political  Science  Association  has 
become  evident.  A  committee  of  fifteen  gentlemen  from  different 
parts  of  the  United  States  now  has  the  establishment  of  such  an  or- 
ganization under  advisement.  It  is  hoped  that  when  a  Political 
Science  Association  is  formed  it  will  be  national  in  fact  as  well  as  in 
name. 

Mr.  Charles  Aldrich,  Curator  and  Secretary  of  the  Historical  De- 
partment of  Iowa  (Des  Moines),  is  to  be  congratulated  on  the  com- 
pletion of  the  fifth  volume  of  the  third  series  of  The  Annals  of  Iowa. 

The  First  Annual  Report  of  the  Director  of  the  Department  of 
Archives  and  History  of  the  State  of  Mississippi  has  appeared.  In 
this  report  the  Director  of  the  Department,  Mr.  Dunbar  Rowland, 
gives  an  account  of  ' '  the  organization  and  activities  of  the  Depart- 
ment from  March  14th  to  October  1st,  1902."  This  "State  Depart- 
ment of  Archives  and  History"  was  established  "under  the  auspices 
of  the  Mississippi  Historical  Society"  by  an  act  of  February  26, 
1902.  The  State  of  Alabama  has  a  similar  Department  of  Archives 
and  History  which  was  established  by  an  act  of  the  General  Assembly 
of  February  27,  1901. 

William  Craig  Wilcox,  member  of  the  Board  of  Curators  of  the 
State  Historical  Society  of  Iowa  and  Professor  of  American  History 


266  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

at  the  University  of  Iowa,  spent  the  months  of  January,  Feb- 
ruary, and  March,  1903,  lecturing  in  Illinois,  Wisconsin,  and  Penn- 
sylvania under  the  auspices  of  the  University  of  Chicago.  Six 
lectures  on  Six  Critical  Points  in  American  History  were  given  at 
Wilmerding,  Pa.,  Jacksonville,  111.,  Morrison,  111.,  Oregon,  111., 
and  Milwaukee,  Wis.  A  second  course  of  six  lectures  on  The  Nine- 
teenth Century  in  Europe  was  delivered  at  Alleghany,  Pa.,  West 
End  (Pittsburg)  Pa.,  Hazelwood,  Pa.,  and  Kewanee,  111.  And  a 
third  course  of  six  lectures  on  The  Eastern  Question  was  given  at 
Chicago,  111. 

In  the  Annals  of  Iowa  for  January,  1903,  Mr.  L.  S.  Coffin  contrib- 
utes an  article  on  Safety  Appliances  on  the  Railroads.  The  value 
of  Mr.  Coffin's  article  lies  in  the  fact  that  it  was  largely  through  his 
efforts  that  such  safety  appliances  as  are  now  used  for  coupling  and 
for  stopping  cars  were  adopted.  To  him  is  due  the  major  portion  of 
the  credit  for  national  legislation  which  compelled  the  railroads  to 
make  use  of  self -couplers  and  air-brakes  on  freight  trains. 

An  exceedingly  interesting,  though  very  rare,  little  volume  has 
recently  come  into  the  possession  of  Mr.  A.  N.  Harbert,  a  member 
of  the  State  Historical  Society  of  Iowa,  who  is  making  a  collection  of 
literature  relating  to  Iowa  history.  The  title-page  of  the  volume  re- 
ferred to  reads:  An  Iowa  Grammar,  illustrating  the  Principles  of 
the  Language  used  by  the  loivay,  Otoe  and  Missouri  Indians.  Pre- 
pared and  Printed  by  Rev.  Wrn.  Hamilton  and  Rev.  8.  M.  It-win 
under  the  direction  of  the  Presbyterian  J3.  F.  M.  loway  and  $ac 
Mission  Press,  18^8.  This  little  volume,  which  contains  xix-|-ir>2 
pages,  was  evidently  printed  on  the  frontier. 

Beginning  with  the  issue  of  December  20,  1902,  there  has  appeared 
on  the  editorial  page  of  the  Iowa  City  Republican  a  series  of  articles 
on  the  Evolution  of  the  American  System  of  Protective  Tariffs.  The 
fifteen  chapters  which  have  already  appeared  constitute  an  unusually 
interesting  and  valuable  history  of  our  American  protective  system. 
Rarely  does  a  daily  newspaper  contain  discussions  on  the  tariff  of  so 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  267 

scholarly  a  character.     The  author  of  the  series  is  Mr.  J.  W.  Rich, 
member  of  the  State  Historical  Society  of  Iowa. 

At  the  Kansas  City  meeting  in  1898  the  Missouri  Press  Association 
took  the  initiative  in  the  establishment  of  the  State  Historical  Society 
of  Missouri.  In  March,  1899,  the  new  Society  was  incorporated, 
and  in  May  of  the  same  year  an  act  of  the  General  Assembly  recog- 
nized the  organization  as  a  trustee  of  the  State  of  Missouri.  Then 
followed  a  biennial  appropriation  of  $4,500  by  the  Forty-first  Gen- 
eral Assembly.  The  First  Biennial  Report  of  the  Executive  Com- 
mittee, for  the  two  years  ending  December  31,  1902,  has  been  made 
to  the  Governor  and  is  now  published  in  a  pamphlet  of  fifty  pages. 

The  February,  1903,  issue  of  Midland  Municipalities  contains  the 
following  leading  articles:  Street  Paving  in  Iowa,  by  F.  M.  Norris, 
Mayor  of  Mason  City;  Artesian  Wells  in  Iowa,  by  Samuel  Calvin, 
Iowa  State  Geologist;  Report  of  the  Committee  on  Franchises,  by  P. 
J.  Martin,  of  Waterloo,  Iowa;  and  The  Cost  of  Electric  Street  Lamps, 
by  G.  W.  Bissell,  Professor  in  the  State  College  at  Ames,  Iowa. 

One  of  the  most  valuable  of  the  recent  issues  of  historical  societies 
in  the  United  States  is  volume  five  of  the  Publications  of  the  Buffalo 
Historical  Society  (N.  Y. )  which  is  edited  by  Frank  H.  Severance. 
This  volume  of  535  pages  contains:  (1)  papers  relating  to  the  War 
of  1812  on  the  Niagara,  (2)  papers  relating  to  Buffalo  harbor  and 
early  trade  and  travel  on  the  lakes,  and  (3)  papers  relating  to  recent 
events  in  the  local  "history  of  our  own  times." 

A  sketch  of  classifications,  entitled  The  Human  Races,  by  Duren 
J.  H.  Ward  has  been  recently  < '  privately  printed  "  by  the  author.  The 
pamphlet  contains  twenty -eight  pages. 

Under  the  title  of  The  Story  of  the  Forty -ninth,  Captain  J.  E. 
Whipple,  late  Sergeant  of  Company  G,  49th  U.  S.  Volunteer  Infantry, 
has  published  some  "Recollections"  of  his  regiment.  The  pamphlet 
(which  was  published  at  Vinton,  Iowa)  contains  sixty-six  pages  of 
reading  matter  besides  a  large  number  of  "pictures"  furnished  by 
Mr.  George  E.  Knapp. 


268  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

That  the  Masonic  library  at  Cedar  Rapids  will  be  greatly  improved 
by  the  fitting  up  of  the  "Hull  Annex"  is  gratifying  news  to  all  stu- 
dents of  history.  Under  the  able  administration  of  Dr.  Theodore  S. 
Parvin  and  his  son,  Mr.  Newton  Parvin,  the  largest  collection  of 
Masonic  history  and  literature  in  the  Middle  West  has  been  amassed 
within  the  walls  of  this  unique  institution.  Nor  have  the  Parvins 
ever  neglected  the  interests  of  local  history  in  the  development  of  the 
library.  The  "Iowa  alcove"  contains  one  of  the  largest  collections 
of  Iowa  history  in  the  State. 

In  connection  with  President  James'  paper  on  State  History  in  the 
Public  High  Schools,  which  appears  in  this  number  of  THE  IOWA 
JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS,  readers  may  be  interested  in 
President  Woodrow  Wilson's  address  on  The  Course  of  American 
History ,  which  was  delivered  before  the  New  Jersey  Historical  Society 
in  1895  and  published  in  Volume  VIII  of  the  Collections  of  that  So- 
ciety in  1900.  In  that  address  President  Wilson  declared  that  "local 
history  is  the  ultimate  substance  of  national  history;"  that  "the 
history  of  a  nation  is  only  the  history  of  its  villages  writ  large;"  that 
"the  right  and  vital  sort  of  local  history  is  the  sort  which  may  be 
written  with  lifted  eyes, — the  sort  which  has  an  horizon  and  an  out- 
look upon  the  world;"  that  "usually  the  significance  of  local  history 
is,  that  it  is  a  part  of  a  greater  whole;"  and  that  local  history  is 
"less  than  national  history  only  as  the  part  is  less  than  the  whole." 
He  adds  that  "the  whole  could  not  dispense  with  the  part,  would  not 
exist  without  it,  could  not  be  understood  unless  the  part  were  also 
understood." 

The  Political  Science  Club  (Iowa),  an  association  which  was 
founded  at  Iowa  City  in  1897  for  the  discussion  of  questions  of  in- 
terest along  the  mutually  related  lines  of  history,  politics,  law, 
economics,  sociology,  ethics,  and  public  education  has  continued  to 
hold  its  regular  semi-monthly  meeting  during  the  present  academic 
year.  The  following  papers  have  been  read  and  discussed:  Some 
Facts  and  Fictions  Concerning  Educational  Values,  by  Professor  F. 


OF   HISTORY    AND   POLITICS  269 

E.  Bolton,  October  6,  1902;  France  in  the  Ohio  Valley,  by  Profes- 
sor L.  G.  Weld,  October  20,  1902;  Political  and  Industrial  Greece 
of  Today,  by  Professor  Arthur  Fairbanks,  November  3,  1902;  The 
History  of  the  Tariff  in  the  United  States,  by  Mr.  J.  W.  Rich,  No- 
vember 17,  1902;  A  Brief  History  of  the  State  Historical  Society  of 
Iowa,  by  Professor  B.  F.  Shambaugh,  December  1,  1902;  The  Teu- 
tonic Order  of  Prussia,  by  Professor  H.  G.  Plum,  December  15, 
1902;  The  Clearing  House,  by  Professor  Samuel  Hayes,  January  12, 
1903;  Sir  Samuel  Romilly  and  Law  Reform,  by  Professor  Charles 
N.  Gregory,  January  26,  1903;  Is  Crime  Increasing,  by  Mr.  G.  L. 
Cady,  February  9,  1903;  Commercial  Education — A  Report  of  the 
Michigan  Meeting,  by  Professor  I.  A.  Loos,  February  23,  1903;  The 
Higher  Education  of  Women  in  Spain,  by  Professor  H.  E.  Gordon, 
March  9,  1903;  and  John  Marshall  as  a  Constructive  Statesman,  by 
Judge  Emlin  McClain,  March  23,  1903. 

It  is  safe  to  say  that  in  the  field  of  State  administration  there  is 
no  commission,  bureau,  or  department  whose  work  is  more  effectively 
performed  than  that  of  the  Iowa  Library  Commission.  Its  influence 
is  rapidly  becoming  one  of  the  moulding  forces  in  the  historical  de- 
velopment of  our  provincial  life.  Leaflet  JVo.  2,  which  has  been 
issued  by  the  Commission  several  times,  clearly  shows  that  Miss 
Alice  S.  Tyler  and  her  co-workers  are  enthusiastically  in  earnest  in 
an  effort  to  have  the  public  libraries  of  Iowa  stand  for  good  citizen- 
ship and  intelligent  patriotism.  The  free  public  libraries  are  urged 
to  invest  in  the  literature  of  Iowa  history  and  government. 

At  their  March  meeting  the  Board  of  Curators  of  the  State  His- 
torical Society  of  Iowa  entered  the  following  upon  the  records  of  the 
Society : 

"  Whereas,  T.  Mauro  Garrett,  Life  Member  of  the  State  Historical 
Society  of  Iowa,  died  at  Chicago,  111.,  on  March  4,  1903:  be  it  re- 
solved by  the  Board  of  Curators  that  the  following  be  entered  upon 
the  records  of  the  Society: 

"Mr.  T.   Mauro  Garrett  was  born  in  Burlington,   Iowa,   on  Sep- 


270  THE   IOWA   JOURNAL 

tember  1,  1855.  His  father  was  William  Garrett,  a  distinguished 
citizen  of  Burlington.  The  son  was  educated  in  the  public  schools 
of  Burlington.  When  he  reached  mature  years  he  engaged  in  busi- 
ness in  his  native  town.  Later  he  moved  to  Chicago,  where  he  met 
and  married  the  only  daughter  of  Dr.  Sidney  Sawyer.  A  successful 
business  man,  Mr.  Garrett  was  more  than  a  mere  man  of  affairs.  He 
was  always  the  refined  educated  gentleman.  He  was  much  interested 
in  books.  American  history,  especially  western  American  history, 
was  his  chosen  subject  of  study.  He  was  a  life  member  of  the  Chi- 
cago Historical  Society.  In  his  death  the  State  Historical  Society  of 
Iowa  loses  a  faithful  and  helpful  friend." 

THE    IOWA     SOCIETY    OF    THE     COLONIAL     DAMES    OF     AMERICA 

Above  the  names  of  Miss  Elizabeth  D.  Putnam,  Miss  Alice  French, 
Mrs.  Emlin  McClain,  Mrs.  Samuel  F.  Smith,  and  Mrs.  James  R. 
Kimball,  the  following  announcement  has  been  sent  to  the  universities 
and  colleges  of  Iowa: 

"The  Iowa  Society  of  the  Colonial  Dames  of  America  offers  a 
prize  of  twenty -five  dollars  for  an  essay  on  early  Iowa  history,  writ- 
ten by  any  undergraduate  of  any  Iowa  university  or  college.  The 
writer  may  choose  any  subject  of  Iowa  history  before  1860. 

"Simply  as  a  guide,  the  Historical  Committee  submits  the  follow- 
ing list  of  acceptable  subjects: 

"The  Louisiana  Purchase  as  it  has  affected  Iowa;  Lynch  Law  in 
Early  Iowa;  Lyceums  in  Early  Iowa;  Social  Amusements  of  the 
Pioneers;  The  Mormons  in  Iowa;  Indian  Treaties  Relating  to  Iowa; 
The  Underground  Railroad  in  Iowa;  Railroads  and  Town  Building 
in  Iowa. 

"The  essay  must  be  signed  by  a  fictitious  name  and  be  accompanied 
by  an  envelope  containing  the  subject  of  essay,  the  writer's  real  name 
and  a  certificate  from  the  president  of  his  college  or  university  that 
he  is  an  undergraduate  of  said  college  or  university. 

"The  essays  must  each  be  accompanied  by  an  index  and  biblio- 
graphy. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  271 

« * It  has  been  suggested  by  a  Professor  of  History  that  students  de- 
siring to  compete  for  the  prize,  read  Prof.  F.  J.  Turner's  monograph 
on  The  Significance  of  the  Frontier  in  American  History,  as  a 
model  upon  which  to  base  their  work. 

"The  essays  must  be  sent  to  Miss  Elizabeth  D.  Putnam,  Chairman 
of  the  Historical  Committee,  2013  Brady  Street,  Davenport,  Iowa, 
before  May  1st,  1903. 

"The  Professors  of  History  in  the  State  University,  Iowa  College, 
and  Cornell  College  have  kindly  consented  to  act  as  judges. 

*  <  The  committee  reserves  the  right  to  withhold  the  prize  if  the 
essays  are  not  satisfactory. 

"The  essays  should  have  no  less  than  1,500  and  no  more  than 
2,000  words.  Three  typewritten  copies  must  be  made  and  sent  to 
the  Chairman  of  the  Committee." 


CONTRIBUTORS 

EDMUND  JANES  JAMES,  President  of  Northwestern  University; 
Vice  President  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  the  Illinois  State 
Historical  Society ;  Vice  President  of  the  American  Academy  of 
Political  and  Social  Science;  and  Vice  President  of  the  National 
Municipal  League.  Principal  of  High  School  (Evanston,  111.) 
1878-9;  Principal  of  Model  High  School  (Normal,  111.)  1879-82; 
Professor  Public  Finance  and  Administration  in  the  Wharton 
School  (Uni.  of  Pa.)  1883-95;  etc.,  etc.  At  one  time  editor  of 
the  Annals  of  the  American  Academy  of  Political  and  Social 
Science.  Author  of  Relation  of  the  Modern  Municipality  to 
the  Gas  Supply;  The  Legal  Tender  Decisions;  The  Canal  and 
the  Railway;  Federal  Constitution  of  Germany ;  Federal  Con- 
stitution of  Switzerland;  Education  of  Business  Men  in  Europe; 
Charters  of  the  City  of  Chicago;  Growth  of  Great  Cities  in  Area 
and  Population;  Government  of  a  Typical  German  City — Halle; 
etc.,  etc. 


272  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

JAMES  JUDSON  CROSSLEY,  Lawyer  and  State  Senator.  Mem- 
ber of  the  Twenty-ninth  General  Assembly  of  Iowa.  Born  in 
Madison  County  (Iowa)  1869.  Graduated  from  the  State  Uni- 
versity of  Iowa.  Graduate  Student  in  Political  Science  at  Yale, 
1897-99.  Superintendent  of  Schools  in  Madison  County  (Iowa) 
1893-1897.  Member  of  the  American  Economic  Association. 

FRANK  EDWARD  HORACK,  Instructor  in  Political  Science  at 
the  State  University  of  Iowa.  Born  in  Iowa  in  1873.  Gradu- 
ated from  the  State  University  of  Iowa.  Studied  in  Germany. 
Received  advanced  degree  from  the  University  of  Pennsylvania. 
Member  of  the  Political  Science  Club  (Iowa).  Harrison  Fellow  in 
Political  Science  at  the  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1901-1902. 
Author  of  Constitutional  Amendments  in  Iowa,  and  The  Organ- 
ization and  Control  of  Industrial  Corporations  (in  press). 

JOSEPH  W.  RICH,  Member  of  the  State  Historical  Society  of 

Iowa.  Member  of  the  American  Economic  Association.  Mem- 
ber of  the  Political  Science  Club  (Iowa).  Born  in  New  Jersey, 
1838.  Editor  of  The  Vinton  Eagle  for  16  years.  Regent  of 
the  State  University  of  Iowa  six  years.  Librarian  of  the  State 
University  of  Iowa  six  years.  Author  of  the  Evolution  of  the 
American  System  of  Protective  Tariffs. 

BENJAMIN  FRANKLIN  SHAMBAUGH,  Professor  of  Political 
Science  in  the  State  University  of  Iowa.  President  of  the  Politi- 
cal Science  Club.  Curator  of  the  State  Historical  Society  of 
Iowa.  Member  of  the  American  Historical  Association.  Mem- 
ber of  the  Grant  Club  (political).  Born  in  Clinton  County, 
Iowa,  1871.  Author  of  Documentary  Material  Relating  to  the 
History  of  Iowa  (3  vols.);  Fragments  of  the  Debates  of  the  Con- 
stitutional Conventions  of  1844  wid  1846;  History  of  the  Consti- 
tutions of  Iowa;  Messages  and  Proclamations  of  the  Governors 
of  Iowa  (4  vols.);  The  First  Census  of  Iowa;  Outlines  of  Con- 
stitutional Law;  etc. ,  etc. 


THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 
of  History  and  Politics 

JULY     Nineteen     Hundred     Three 
Volume  One  .       Number   Three 


THE  WISCONSIN  GEEEYMANDERS  OF  1891,  1892 
A  CHAPTER  IN  STATE  CONSTITUTIONAL  HISTORY 

On  the  eleventh  of  November,  1891,  the  Board  of  Super- 
visors of  Adams  county  in  the  State  of  Wisconsin  instructed 
the  District  Attorney  of  that  county  to  institute  proceedings 
in  the  courts  of  the  State  to  the  end  that  judgment  might  be 
rendered,  declaring  null  and  void  the  act  of  the  legislature 
of  1891  which  apportioned  the  State  into  senatorial  and 
assembly  districts,  on  the  ground  that  this  apportionment 
invaded  the  rights  of  the  people  by  depriving  them  of  equal 
representation  in  the  legislative  branch  of  the  government, 
that  it  aimed  to  substitute  the  will  of  the  minority  for  that 
of  the  majority,  and  that  its  provisions  were  unconstitutional 
and,  therefore,  directly  subversive  of  representative  govern- 
ment. The  population  of  the  State  having  been  ascertained 
by  the  federal  enumeration  of  1890,  as  required  by  the 
State  Constitution,1  it  became  the  duty  of  the  legislature  to 
apportion  and  to  redistrict  the  members  of  the  Senate  and 
Assembly  according  to  the  number  of  inhabitants,  excluding 
soldiers  and  officers  of  the  United  States  army  and  navy, 
and  Indians  not  taxed. 

It  was  claimed  that  this  apportionment  should  divide  the 
inhabitants  of  the  State  in  groups,  or  districts,  as  nearly 
equal  as  practicable;  that  the  assembly  districts  should  be 
bounded  by  county,  precinct,  town,  or  ward  lines,  and  that 


1  Art.  4,  Sec.  3. 


276  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

both  assembly  and  senatorial  districts  should  consist  of 
compact  territory — the  object  of  the  constitutional  pro- 
vision for  apportionment  being  to  secure  a  practical  re- 
arrangement and  re-adjustment  of  the  assembly  and  senator- 
ial districts  with  reference  to  changes  in  the  number  of 
inhabitants  from  time  to  time,  and  as  far  as  possible  to 
maintain  equality  of  political  power  and  rights  between  the 
inhabitants  of  these  various  political  subdivisions. 

In  forming  these  districts,  local  interests  unified  by  the 
acquaintance  and  associations  of  their  inhabitants  were  to  be 
conserved  as  far  as  practicable.  By  the  census  of  1890  it 
appeared  that  the  total  population  of  the  State  was  one  mil- 
lion six  hundred  and  eighty-six  thousand  (1,686,000). 
The  State  Constitution  limited  the  number  of  assembly  dis- 
tricts to  one  hundred,  and  the  number  of  senatorial  districts 
to  thirty -three.  This  limitation  of  the  membership  of  the 
two  houses,  therefore,  fixed  the  units  of  representation  at 
sixteen  thousand  eight  hundred  and  sixty-eight  inhabitants 
in  an  assembly  district,  and  at  fifty-one  thousand  one  hun- 
dred and  seventeen  in  a  senatorial. 

The  act  of  Assembly  of  1891  violated  these  constitutional 
provisions  and  duties,  as  was  shown  in  its  apportionment  of 
representation.  Not  only  was  the  unit  of  representation  ex- 
ceeded in  many  districts  and  diminished  in  others,  but  the 
assembly  district  in  many  cases  was  made  to  consist  of 
counties  not  forming  a  compact  territory,  and  to  include 
towns  outside  of  these  counties.  One  district  was  one  hun- 
dred and  three  miles  in  length.  In  one  instance  between 
two  assembly  districts  there  was  a  difference  in  population 
of  thirty  thousand  three  hundred  and  twenty-five  inhabit- 


OF   HISTORY  AND  POLITICS  277 

ants.  Other  variations  were  flagrant.  In  one  case  there 
was  an  excess,  over  the  unit  of  representation,  of  fourteen 
thousand  seven  hundred  and  ninety-nine  persons;  of  sixteen 
thousand  nine  hundred  and  seventy -five  persons  in  another; 
and  of  twenty -one  thousand  nine  hundred  and  thirty-three 
in  a  third;  while  in  others  the  population  fell  below  the 
unit  to  the  number  of  five  thousand  seven  hundred  and 
forty-nine  in  one,  to  twelve  thousand  six  hundred  and 
seventy -six  in  a  second,  and  to  thirteen  thousand  three 
hundred  and  fifty  in  a  third. 

The  apportionment  also  changed  the  senatorial  districts 
throughout  the  State  so  as  to  prevent  large  numbers  of 
electors,  who  had  participated  in  the  election  of  State  sen- 
ators in  1888,  from  participating  in  the  election  of  senators 
in  1894;  while  it  permitted  other  electors,  who  had  partici- 
pated in  the  election  of  State  senators  in  1890,  to  participate 
again  in  such  an  election  in  1892.  The  effect  of  this  re- 
arrangement of  the  senatorial  districts  was  to  disfranchise 
one-fifth  of  the  total  population  of  the  Commonwealth. 

In  order  to  prevent  an  election  under  the  act  of  1891,  the 
supervisors  of  Adams  county  sought  to  enjoin  the  Secretary 
of  State  from  issuing  writs  for  the  next  general  election  on 
the  eighth  of  November,  1892,  when  members  of  Assembly, 
and  State  senators  from  the  even  numbered,  senatorial  dis- 
tricts, would  be  elected  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the 
act.  Unless  restrained  by  an  injunction,  issued  by  the 
Supreme  Court  of  the  State,  the  Secretary  would  issue  the 
writs;  in  which  event  it  was  declared  that  the  electors  of 
Adams  county  and  its  inhabitants  and  the  inhabitants  of  the 
State  would  be  greatly  injured  in  their  political  powers, 


278  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

rights,  and  liberties  as  granted  them  by  the  Constitution. 
In  order  that  the  case  might  be  heard  and  determined  with- 
out delay,  the  Adams  county  supervisors  presented  their 
petition  for  the  injunction  in  the  Supreme  Court  of  the 
State  and  averred  the  invalidity  of  the  act  of  apportionment 
of  1891.  The  District  Attorney  of  Adams  county,  therefore, 
became  the  petitioner,  for  the  supervisors,  to  the  court, 
praying  leave  to  bring  action  there  in  the  name  of  the  State, 
on  the  declaration  of  the  Attorney -General  of  the  State  or 
in  the  name  of  the  county  of  Adams,  or  of  its  District  At- 
torney, or  otherwise  as  the  court  might  direct,  to  restrain 
the  Secretary  of  State  perpetually  from  making,  publishing, 
and  delivering  the  notices  of  election  of  members  of  the 
Senate  and  Assembly  as  directed  by  the  objectionable  law. 
The  Attorney -General,  upon  this  relation  of  Adams 
county  and  of  its  District  Attorney,  with  the  consent  of  the 
Supreme  Court,  came  before  its  justices  at  the  capitol,  in 
the  city  of  Madison,  in  the  name  of  the  State  and  showed 
that,  under  the  practice  of  the  court  and  the  laws  of  the 
State,  persons  and  corporations  having  grievances  and 
claiming  the  exercise  of  the  prerogative  powers  of  the  court 
to  secure  their  rights,  could  be  heard  in  the  court  only 
through  the  office  of  the  Attorney -General  of  the  State  or 
through  other  parties  by  the  consent  of  the  court.  The 
Attorney -General  was  unwilling  that  any  parties  claiming 
an  injury  to  their  rights,  remediable  by  a  judgment  of  the 
court,  should  be  denied  the  use  of  his  official  name,  as  the 
law  officer  of  the  State,  simply  because  that  officer  might  not 
fully  be  convinced  of  the  just  claim  of  the  party  to  be  re- 
lieved; therefore,  without  assenting  or  dissenting  as  to  the 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  279 

truth  of  the  allegations  of  the  complaint  he  brought  the 
question  of  the  constitutionality  of  the  act  before  the  court. 
Thus  the  State  of  Wisconsin  became  the  plaintiff  and  the 
Secretary  of  State  became  the  defendant  in  the  case,  and 
the  first  procedure  was  to  determine  whether  or  not  the 
Secretary  might  be  properly  restrained  from  delivering 
notices  of  election  of  members  of  the  Senate  and  Assembly 
under  the  act. 

The  original  jurisdiction  of  the  court  was  thus  invoked  to 
restrain  the  Secretary  and  his  successor  in  office  from  giving 
notices  of  election  of  members  of  the  legislature,  on  the 
ground  that  the  act  of  1891  was  unconstitutional.  The 
Board  of  Supervisors  of  Adams  county  adopted  their  reso- 
lution on  the  eleventh  day  of  November,  1891.  On  the 
seventh  of  the  following  January  the  District  Attorney  of 
that  county  caused  notice  to  be  given  to  the  Attorney -Gen- 
eral of  the  State  that,  in  obedience  to  the  resolutions  of  the 
supervisors,  he  desired  to  institute  an  action  in  the  Supreme 
Court  in  the  name  of  the  Attorney -General. 

Eight  days  later  the  petition  of  the  District  Attorney  of 
Adams  county  was  filed,  setting  forth  specifically  the  wrongs 
of  which  the  complaint  was  made.  On  the  day  following, 
the  security  for  costs  was  furnished  by  Adams  county;  on 
the  twenty-first,  the  Attorney -General  notified  the  attorney 
for  the  petitioner  that  application  has  been  made  to  the 
Supreme  Court  to  begin  an  action  for  the  purposes  prayed 
for  in  its  petition;  and  on  the  second  of  February  the  court 
granted  leave  to  bring  suit. 

The  Secretary  of  State  was  required  by  law1  to  make  out 

1  Wisconsin  Laws,  1883,  Sec.  1,  chap.  327. 


280  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

a  notice  in  writing,  between  the  first  day  of  July  and  the 
first  of  September  in  each  year  in  which  members  of  Assem- 
bly and  State  senators  were  to  be  elected  for  a  full  term, 
stating  what  senators  were  to  be  chosen  at  the  next  elec- 
tion, specifying  the  districts  in  which  they  were  to  be 
elected,  publishing  a  copy  of  the  notice  in  a  newspaper 
printed  in  the  capital  once  a  week  until  the  day  of  election, 
and  also  transmitting  a  copy  to  the  clerk  of  each  county  in 
which  an  election  was  to  be  held. 

To  the  complaint  filed  by  the  plaintiff  answer  was  made 
by  the  respondent — the  Secretary  of  State — that  the  com- 
plaint did  not  show  that  the  District  Attorney  of  Adams 
county  had  any  interest  in  the  subject  matter  which  would 
entitle  him  to  a  standing  in  court  to  petition  for  a  relief 
from  a  real  or  supposed  grievance;  nor  had  the  court  any 
jurisdiction  in  the  case;  nor  did  the  complaint  state  wrongs 
recognizable  in  a  court  of  equity;  and  finally,  that  the  com- 
plaint failed  to  show  that  the  act  of  1891,  either  in  letter  or 
in  spirit,  was  any  violation  of  the  Constitution  of  Wis- 
consin. 

The  question  on  which  the  action  of  the  court  turned  was 
whether  the  subject  matter  of  the  complaint  was  one  affect- 
ing the  sovereignty  of  the  State,  its  franchises,  or  its  prerog- 
atives.1 The  question  at  issue,  therefore,  involved  the  juris- 
diction of  the  court  and  the  unconstitutionality  of  the  law. 
The  jurisdiction  of  the  court  depended  upon  its  powers 
under  the  Constitution  of  the  State,  which  vested  original 
jurisdiction  in  the  court  to  issue  writs  of  habeas  corpus, 

1  State  Ex  rel.  Drake  vs.  Doyle,  Sec.  State,  40  Wis.  186;  Atty. 
Gen.  vs.  Eau  Glair,  37  Wis.  442. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  281 

mandamus,  injunction,  quo  warranto,  certiorari,  and  other 
remedial  and  original  writs.  The  constitutional  provision 
that  the  court  should  have  power  to  issue  these  writs  and  to 
hear  and  determine  them  conferred  the  fullest  jurisdiction.1 
All  judicial  power  in  matters  of  law  and  equity  are  lodged 
in  the  courts.2  The  Constitution  did  not  define  any  of  the 
terms  describing  the  above  mentioned  writs.  The  full  mean- 
ing of  its  language  had  to  be  ascertained  by  an  examination 
of  the  decisions  of  the  court  itself  and  of  other  courts. 

There  was  slight  doubt  of  the  power  of  the  court  to  issue 
a  writ  of  quo  warranto.  It  had  been  issued  in  an  action 
where  an  information  had  been  filed  charging  the  defend- 
ants and  others  with  exercising  the  powers  of  banking  with- 
out authority  of  law.8  So,  too,  the  writ  had  been  issued  to 
determine  what  person  had  been  elected  Governor  of  the 
State.4 

In  cases  in  which  State  officers  had  been  clothed  with 
power  under  the  Constitution  to  perform  certain  adminis- 
trative acts,  the  original  jurisdiction  of  the  court  had  been 
exercised  in  issuing  a  writ  of  certiorari.  So  a  State  Super- 
intendent of  Instruction  had  been  commanded  to  send  up 
for  review  his  proceedings  in  determining  upon  an  appeal  a 
question  relating  to  the  division  of  a  school  district;5  and 
the  writ  had  been  issued  to  affirm  his  action  in  reversing,  on 

1Wis.  Con.,  Art.  7,  Sec.  3. 

a  Art.  7,  Sec.  2. 

"Atty-Gen.  vs.  Blossom,  1  Wis.  317. 

4Bashford,  relator,  vs.  Barstow,  respondent,  4  Wis.  567;  also  cases 
quoted  in  Simmons'  New  Wisconsin  Digest,  i,  p.  716,  Col.  2.  part  2. 

•State  Ex  rel.  Morland  vs.  Whitford,  54  Wis.  150;  6  Political 
Science  Quarterly,  493. 


282  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

appeal,  the  determination  of  the  district  school  board  that  a 
certain  child  was  not  a  resident  in  a  school  district  in  the 
sense  that  he  was  entitled  to  the  privilege  of  attending  the 
public  school  in  that  district  gratis.1 

The  ministerial  action  of  State  officers  had  been  controlled 
through  the  exercise  of  the  original  jurisdiction  of  the  court 
by  means  of  a  writ  of  mandamus,  as  when  a  Secretary  of 
State  had  been  compelled  to  revoke  the  license  of  a  foreign 
insurance  company,2  and  when  a  writ  was  invoked  on  behalf 
of  the  State  as  a  purely  prerogative  right  in  matters  publici 
juris  it  was  held  that  the  court  had  no  discretion  and  that 
the  writ  goes  ex  debito  justitice*  By  this  writ  a  Secretary 
of  State  had  been  compelled  to  audit  a  claim,  and  it  was 
held  that  the  court  had  a  right  to  direct  him  as  to  the  ques- 
tion of  interest  allowed.4 

Through  this  writ  the  court  could  require  the  Board  of 
State  Canvassers  to  determine,  in  accordance  with  law, 
which  one  of  the  candidates  for  the  office  of  representative 
in  Congress  was  entitled  to  a  certificate  of  election.5  So  by 
writ  of  mandamus  the  Secretary  of  State,  State  Treasurer, 
and  Attorney -General,  ex  officio  land  commissioners,  had 
been  compelled  to  issue  patents  for  State  lands  to  certain 
petitioners. 6 


1  State  Ex  rel.  School  Die.  vs.  Thayer,  Supt.,  74  Wis.  150. 

2  State  Ex.  rel.  Drake  vs.  Doyle,  Sec.  State,  40  Wis,  175. 

3  State   Ex  rel.    Continental   Ins.    Co.    vs.   Doyle,    Sec.    State,    40 
Wis.  220,  236. 

4  State  Ex  rel.  Sloan  et  al.  vs.  Warner,  Sec.  of  State,  55  Wis.  271. 

5  State  Ex.  rel.  McDill  vs.  Board  of  State  Canvassers,  36  Wis.  498. 

6  State  Ex  rel.  Com.  Pub.  Lands,  60  Wis.   344;  70  Wis.    627;  73 
Wis.  211. 


OF   HISTORY  AND   POLITICS  283 

From  these  decisions  it  was  claimed  that  a  State  officer 
was  not  clothed  with  discretion  in  the  performance  of  official 
duty;  that  his  action  would  be  reviewed  by  the  court,  which 
would  compel  him  to  perform  his  duty  according  to  law; 
and  that  in  all  cases  the  court  would  interpret  the  law  and 
the  Constitution  and  compel  action  accordingly. 

In  all  matters  publici  juris  affecting  the  sovereignty  of 
the  State,  its  franchises,  or  prerogatives,  or  the  liberties  of 
the  people,  the  writ  of  injunction  issues  as  a  matter  of  strict 
right  and  duty,  and  the  court  had  no  more  discretion  to 
withhold  it  to  restrain  violation  of  public  right  than  to 
withhold  mandamus  to  enforce  public  duty.1  The  phrase 
"liberties  of  the  people"  in  judicial  sense  signifies  the  aggre- 
gate political  rights  and  franchises  of  the  people  of  a  State 
at  large.2 

It  was  claimed  that  the  cases  involving  the  apportionment 
of  the  State  under  the  act  of  1891  affected  the  liberties  of 
the  people;  that  the  provisions  of  the  law,  if  carried  out  by 
the  Secretary  of  State,  would  violate  the  Constitution  and 
deprive  a  large  portion  of  the  inhabitants,  that  is,  electors  of 
the  State,  of  an  equal  and  just  proportion  of  political  power 
and  right  in  the  choice  of  representatives  in  the  legislature; 
in  which  case  the  legislative  body  would  restrain  the  liberty 
of  every  citizen  of  the  State.  With  equal  right  it  might 
change  the  laws  relating  to  inheritance  and  the  jurisdiction 
of  property.  It  might  raise  or  lower  the  rates  of  taxation ; 
or  largely  increase  the  number  of  officials  in  the  State  and 

^tty-Gen.  vs.  Railways,   35  Wis.    425    and  595;  State  Ex.  ret. 
Atty-Gen.  vs.  Eau  Clair,  37  Wis.  400. 
2  In  re  Pierce,  44  Wis.  441. 


284  THE   IOWA   JOURNAL 

the  expense  of  maintaining  them;  or  determine  the  fees  of 
all  officials  who  enforced  the  mandates  of  the  court. 

From  this  review  of  these  cases  it  was  maintained  that 
there  could  be  no  controversy  over  the  original  jurisdiction 
of  the  court  to  control  the  action  of  the  Secretary  of  State 
in  the  discharge  of  his  duties,  which,  as  in  giving  notice  of 
election,  were  purely  ministerial  and  involved  no  element  of 
discretion.1  There  was  no  doubt  that,  were  the  act  of  1891 
a  constitutional  provision,  and  were  the  Secretary  of  State 
inclined  for  any  reason  to  disregard  it,  and  were  he  to 
refuse  to  call  the  coming  election  under  the  law,  the  court 
would  send  its  mandate  to  him  to  compel  him  to  obey  the 
law.  If  it  appeared  that  the  law  which  he  proposed  to  obey 
was  clearly  in  violation  of  the  Constitution,  the  court  was 
under  a  solemn  duty  to  act  with  equal  promptness  in  re- 
straining him  from  doing  a  great  public  wrong. 

Chief-Justice  Ryan  had  distinguished  between  the  action 
on  a  writ  of  injunction  and  that  of  mandamus.  Mandamus 
commands;  injunction  forbids.  Mandamus  compels  duty; 
injunction  restrains  wrong;  and  there  is  sometimes  a  doubt 
which  is  the  proper  writ  to  issue.  It  was  safe  to  assume 
that  the  Constitution  gives  injunction  to  restrain  excess  in 
the  same  class  of  cases  in  which  it  gives  mandamus  to  sup- 
ply defect.2 

Nor  were  there  wanting  cases  from  the  supreme  courts  of 
other  Commonwealths  which  illustrated  the  doctrine.  The 
Auditor  of  the  State  of  Ohio  had  been  enjoined  for  the  pur- 


1  Martin,  relator,  vs  Doyle,  Sec.  State,  38  Wis.92;  State  Ex  rel.  vs 
School  Dis.,  65  Wis.  631. 

2  Railway  Cases,  35  Wis.  520. 


OF  HISTORY  AND   POLITICS  285 

pose  of  protecting  a  United  States  bank  in  that  State  in  the 
exercise  of  its  franchises,  whicfy  were  threatened  in  1824 
by  an  act  of  the  State  legislature  in  violation  of  the  Consti- 
tution of  the  United  States.1 

So  the  Governor  and  other  State  officers  acting  as  a 
Board  of  Liquidation  had  been  restrained  from  carrying  out 
the  provisions  of  a  State  law  in  liquidating  an  indebtedness 
claimed  to  be  due  from  the  State,  on  the  ground  that  such 
action  would  impair  securities  already  issued  and  thus  vio- 
late the  obligation  of  the  contract.2 

In  general  the  United  States  courts  clearly  established 
the  doctrine  that  in  the  exercise  of  equitable  jurisdiction 
the  officers  of  a  State  could  be  enjoined  from  proceeding  to 
act  under  a  State  law  which  violates  the  Constitution  of  the 
United  States  and  invades  the  rights  of  citizens  of  other 
States. 

This  feature  of  government,  the  power  of  courts  to  de- 
clare a  law  or  a  statute  unconstitutional,  is  peculiar  to  the 
American  political  system  and  may  be  called  a  discovery  in 
civil  government.  A  fundamental  difference  between  the 
governmental  system  of  Great  Britain  and  that  of  the 
United  States  is  illustrated  in  the  place  and  function  of  the 
judiciary  in  the  American  system,  to  which  the  British  sys- 
tem has  no  corresponding  part.  The  law  in  the  United 
States  is  fundamentally  set  forth  in  a  written  Constitution 
"  established  and  ordained  by  the  people  of  the  United 
States." 


1Osborn  vs  U.  S.  Bank,  9  Wheaton  739;  affirmed  in  Davis  vs  Gray, 
16  Wallace,  803. 

*  Board  of  Liquidation  vs.  Maocmb,  92  U.  S.  531;  Mecham  Pub. 
Off.  Sect.  997. 


286  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

The  Constitution  of  the  United  States  and  the  laws  and 
treaties  made  under  it  are  the  supreme  law  of  the  land. 
Because  of  this  supremacy  of  the  Constitution  the  several 
federal  States  as  civil  corporations  maintain  their  existence 
by  express  grants.  The  executive,  legislative,  and  judicial 
powers  of  the  United  States  and  of  the  several  States  are 
subordinated  to  this  Constitution  and  are  controlled  by  it. 
Neither  the  President  of  the  United  States,  nor  Congress, 
nor  the  Governor  of  a  State,  nor  its  legislature,  nor  its 
courts  can  legally  exercise  power  inconsistent  with  the  pro- 
visions of  the  federal  Constitution.  Every  State  legisla- 
ture, therefore,  becomes  a  subordinate  law-making  body, 
its  laws  being  of  the  nature  uof  by-laws,  valid  whilst  within 
the  authority  conferred  upon  it  by  the  Constitution,  but  in- 
valid or  unconstitutional  if  they  go  beyond  the  limits  of 
such  authority."1  All  the  power  of  the  English  state  is 
concentrated  in  the  imperial  Parliament,  and  all  departments 
of  government  are  legally  subject  to  absolute  parliamentary 
control.  The  British  judiciary  does  not  rank  with  the 
British  Parliament  as  a  coordinate  branch  of  government, 
and  it  might  be  modified,  or  even  abolished,  by  act  of  Par- 
liament without  violation  of  the  British  principles  of  con- 
stitutional government. 

In  America,  on  the  contrary,  the  federal  judiciary  is  co- 
ordinate with  the  President  and  with  Congress,  and  the 
State  judiciary  with  the  Governor  and  the  legislature. 
The  coordination  of  the  powers  of  the  judiciary  and  the  ex- 
ecutive and  legislature  is  usually  set  forth  in  a  State  Con- 
stitution, just  as  the  coordination  in  analogous  federal  mat- 

1  Dicey,  The  Law  of  the  Constitution,  Lecture  IV. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  287 

ters  is  set  forth  in  the  Constitution  of  the  United  States. 
By  means  of  the  written  Constitutions  of  the  State,  and  of 
the  United  States  the  duties  and  powers  of  a  judge,  whether 
federal  or  State,  are  clear.  The  State  is,  therefore,  bound  to 
consider  as  void  every  act  of  the  legislature  inconsistent 
with  the  State  Constitution  or  with  the  Constitution  of  the 
United  States. 

A  State  judge  has  before  him  two  Constitutions,  that  of 
the  State  and  that  of  the  United  States.  By  them  the  pro- 
cess of  government,  both  in  the  Commonwealth  and  in  the 
United  States,  is  made  practically  certain  and  clear,  and  one 
of  the  chief  objects  of  government  is  secured.  This  organ- 
ization of  government  in  the  State  does  not  merely  produce 
a  system  of  checks  and  balances  in  which  the  coordinate 
departments  of  the  Commonwealth  or  of  the  United  States 
are,  as  it  were,  pitted  against  each  other  for  the  purpose  of 
conserving  the  interest  of  the  State,  though  often  conceived 
as  the  intended  expression  of  such  checks  and  balances. 
The  existence  and  coordination  of  the  three  departments  of 
government  are  rather  to  be  conceived  as  functional,  and  as 
the  three-fold  aspect  of  the  civil  unit.  The  unit  is  repre- 
sentative and  consists  of  powers  delegated  by  the  sovereign 
power  in  the  State.  The  entire  civil  provision  is,  therefore, 
a  device  whereby  to  conserve  the  interests  of  the  civil  organ- 
ism; to  identify  them;  and  to  free  from  uncertainty  all  civil 
procedure  in  which  they  are  involved. 

In  a  representative  government  like  our  own,  any  confu- 
sion in  the  terms  by  which  its  powers  are  delegated  must 
cause  civil  discord  and  prevent  the  people  from  enjoying  all 
the  harmonious  results  which  daily  give  a  definition  not 


288  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

only  of  popular  rights  and  liberties,  but  also  of  the  normal 
progress  of  the  State  in  its  industrial  affairs. 

The  judicial  system  in  American  government  is  illustrative 
of  one  of  the  most  remarkable  evolutions  in  the  modern 
state;  and  the  applications  of  its  functions  in  determining 
the  harmonious  development  of  civil  institutions  in  America 
constitute,  perhaps,  the  primary  evidence  of  the  claim  of  rep- 
resentative government  to  a  future  of  wide  extension  in  the 
world. 

The  question  whether  the  apportionment  of  representa- 
tion in  Wisconsin  in  1891  was  constitutional  raised  far  more 
than  a  point  of  technical  procedure  in  a  court  of  law.  An 
act  of  apportionment  affects  all  the  political  interests  of  a 
State  and  its  citizens,  and  is  of  such  fundamental  importance 
as  to  conserve  and  correlate  or  to  imperil  them.  The  in- 
terpretation of  the  validity  of  that  act  must  necessarily  test 
the  nature  of  American  representative  government.  In  the 
course  of  that  interpretation  not  only  appears  the  power  of 
the  legislature  to  make  such  an  apportionment  as  inter- 
preted by  the  coordinate  branch  of  the  government,  the 
supreme  court,  but  there  also  appear  the  principles  of  gov- 
ernment upon  which  such  an  apportionment  must  be  made; 
the  application  of  these  principles  by  the  legislature  in  a 
legislative  act;  the  interpretation  of  that  act  by  a  coordinate 
branch  of  that  government;  the  duties  of  ministerial  officers 
in  the  State  in  the  execution  of  the  terms  of  that  act;  or, 
fundamentally,  and  in  brief,  the  relations  which  exist  be- 
tween the  three  representative  agencies  in  the  State,  the  ex- 
ecutive, the  legislative,  and  the  judiciary. 

An  act  apportioning  representation  thus  becomes  a  test  of 


OF   HISTORY  AND   POLITICS  289 

the  quality  of  representative  government  in  a  free  common- 
wealth; and  in  its  comprehensiveness,  in  its  political  effect, 
in  the  relations  in  which  it  places  one  elector  to  another, 
and  groups  of  electors  to  other  groups,  in  its  effect  in  equal 
izing  the  representation  of  the  citizens  of  the  State,  it  is  a 
process  which  exemplifies  the  character  of  the  administra- 
tion of  public  affairs.  Tested  by  the  principles  of  repre- 
sentative government,  an  act  apportioning  representation  is 
the  evidence  of  a  sound  or  of  an  unsound  condition  of  the 
State.  The  judicial  department,  therefore,  becomes  the  one 
tribunal  through  which  the  unlawful  assumption  of  power 
by  the  legislative  body  can  be  prevented  and  by  which  the 
action  of  all  legislative  bodies  can  be  restrained  according  to 
the  provisions  of  a  written  Constitution. 

The  relation  between  courts  of  justice  and  the  legislative 
authority  is  clearly  laid  down  in  the  Federalist.  u  There  is 
no  position,"  says  Hamilton,  " which  depends  on  clearer 
principles  than  that  every  act  of  a  delegated  authority,  con- 
trary to  the  tendency  of  the  commission  under  which  it  is 
exercised,  is  void.  No  legislative  act,  therefore,  contrary 
to  the  Constitution,  can  be  valid.  To  deny  this  would  be 
to  affirm  that  the  deputy  is  greater  than  his  principal,  that 
the  servant  is  above  his  master,  that  the  representatives  of 
the  people  are  superior  to  the  people  themselves,  that  men 
acting  by  virtue  of  powers  delegated  may  do  not  only  what 
their  powers  do  not  authorize  but  what  they  forbid.  If  it 
be  said  that  the  legislative  body  are  themselves  the  consti- 
tutional judges  of  their  own  powers  and  that  the  construc- 
tion they  put  upon  them  is  conclusive  upon  the  other  de- 
partments, it  may  be  answered  that  this  cannot  be  the 


290  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

natural  presumption  where  it  is  not  to  be  collected  from  any 
of  the  provisions  in  the  Constitution.  It  is  not  otherwise 
to  be  supposed  that  the  Constitution  could  intend  to  enable 
the  representatives  of  the  people  to  substitute  their  will  for 
that  of  their  constituents.  It  is  far  more  rational  to  sup- 
pose that  the  courts  were  designed  to  be  the  intermediate 
body  between  the  people  and  the  legislature,  designed, 
among  other  things,  to  keep  the  latter  within  the  limits 
assigned  to  their  authority.  The  interpretation  of  the  laws 
is  the  proper  and  peculiar  province  of  the  courts.  The  Con- 
stitution is  in  fact  and  must  be  regarded  by  the  judges  as 
the  fundamental  law.  It,  therefore,  belongs  to  them  to  ascer- 
tain its  meaning,  as  well  as  the  meaning  of  any  particular 
act  proceeding  from  a  legislative  body.  If  there  should 
happen  to  be  an  irreconcilable  variance  between  the  two, 
that  which  has  the  superior  obligation  and  validity  ought, 
of  course,  to  be  preferred;  or,  in  other  words,  the  Constitu- 
tion should  be  preferred  to  the  statute;  the  intention  of  the 
people  to  the  intention  of  their  agents.  Nor  does  this  con- 
clusion by  any  means  suppose  the  superiority  of  the  judicial 
to  the  legislative  power.  It  only  supposes  that  the  power 
of  the  people  is  superior  to  both ;  and  that  where  the  will  of 
the  legislature,  declared  in  its  statutes,  stands  in  opposition 
to  that  of  the  people,  declared  in  the  Constitution,  the 
judges  ought  to  be  governed  by  the  latter  rather  than  the 
former.  They  ought  to  regulate  their  decisions  by  the 
fundamental  laws  rather  than  by  those  which  are  not  funda- 
mental."1 


The  Federalist,  LXXVIII. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  291 

In  the  Massachusetts  Convention  of  1820,  Webster,  in 
discussing  the  independence  of  the  judiciary,  further  illus- 
trated the  fundamental  ideas  thus  set  forth  by  Hamilton  in 
the  Federalist.  "It  can  not  be  denied,"  said  Webster, 
"that  one  great  object  of  written  constitutions  is  to  keep 
the  departments  of  government  as  distinct  as  possible  and 
for  this  purpose  to  impose  restraints  designed  to  have  that 
effect,  and  it  is  equally  true  that  there  is  no  department  in 
which  it  is  more  necessary  to  impose  restraints  than  the 
legislative.  The  tendency  of  things  is  almost  always  to 
augment  the  power  of  that  department  in  its  relation  to  the 
judiciary.  It  is  the  theory  and  plan  of  the  Constitution  to 
restrain  the  legislature,  as  well  as  other  departments,  and  to 
subject  their  acts  to  judicial  decision  whenever  it  appears 
that  such  acts  infringe  constitutional  limits.  The  Constitu- 
tion is  the  supreme  law.  Any  act  of  the  legislature,  there- 
fore, inconsistent  with  the  supreme  law,  must  yield  to  it; 
and  any  judge  seeing  this  inconsistency,  and  yet  giving  effect 
to  the  law,  would  violate  both  his  duty  and  his  oath.7'1 

In  illustration  of  the  same  principle,  Chief-Justice  Mar- 
shall declared  that  the  object  of  a  written  Constitution  is 
not  only  to  define  and  limit  the  powers  of  the  legislature, 
but  also  to  prevent  those  limits  from  being  mistaken  or 
forgotten.2 

No  principle  in  American  law  is  better  established  than 
that  of  the  independence  of  the  judiciary  and  its  right  and 
duty  to  decide  the  constitutionality  of  a  law.  The  applica- 
tion of  this  principle  in  the  case  affecting  the  constitution- 

1  Webster's  Works,  in,  29,  30,  31. 
2Marbury'ys.  Madison,  1  Cranchl37. 


292  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

ality  of  the  Wisconsin  apportionment  act  of  1891  illustrated 
the  right  and  power  of  the  supreme  court  of  a  State  to  enjoin 
the  Secretary  of  State  from  making  and  publishing  notices 
for  an  election  under  such  an  act.  The  question  of  jurisdic- 
tion was,  therefore,  settled.  But  was  the  act  itself  unconsti- 
tutional? 

In  order  to  determine  whether  or  not  the  act  was  uncon- 
stitutional, it  became  necessary  to  examine  the  provision  of 
the  State  Constitution  concerning  apportionment,  and  in 
such  an  examination  the  debates  in  the  convention  which 
framed  that  Constitution  are  primary  evidence.  The  article 
in  the  Wisconsin  Constitution1  on  the  apportionment  of  rep- 
resentation differed  somewhat  from  the  propositions  on  the 
subject  originally  introduced  in  the  convention.  It  was  first 
proposed  that  the  members  of  Assembly  should  be  chosen 
by  single  districts,  annually,  on  the  day  of  the  general  elec- 
tion, by  the  qualified  electors  of  the  districts,  and  that  Sen- 
ators should  be  chosen  for  two  years  at  the  same  time  and 
in  the  same  manner  as  members  of  Assembly.  Senators 
were  to  be  chosen  in  each  senatorial  district  and,  at  the  first 
session  of  the  legislature,  were  to  be  divided  by  lot  into 
two  equal  classes;  the  seats  of  the  first  class  to  be  vacated  at 
the  expiration  of  the  first  year,  and  of  the  second  class  at 
the  expiration  of  the  second  year,  so  that  one-half  of  the 
Senate  should  be  chosen  annually.2 

This  provision  created  what  is  known  as  the  double  dis- 
trict system — two  senators  in  each  district — and  illustrates 


1  Wisconsin  Const.,  Art.  iv,  See's.  3,  4,  5. 

2  Journal  of  the  Wisconsin  /State   Constitutional  Convention,  Mad- 
ison, W.T.  Tenney,  Smith  and  Holt,  Printers,  1848,  p.  117. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  293 

the  persistency  of  the  ideas  held  by  the  framers  of  Constitu- 
tions in  the  northern  States,  that  local  representation  should 
always  be  preserved.  No  restrictions  were  placed  upon  the 
legislature  in  making  either  assembly  or  senatorial  districts. 
In  the  discussion  of  this  apportionment,  an  amendment  re- 
quiring that  districts  containing  the  requisite  population 
should  be  as  compact  as  possible  was  adopted  without  dis- 
sent.1 Whether  the  members  of  Assembly  should  be  elected 
from  single  districts  within  a  county,  or  on  a  general  county 
ticket,  was  finally  determined  by  providing  for  single  dis- 
tricts. 

In  order  to  prevent  gerrymandering,  it  was  decided  that 
the  convention  itself  should  make  the  first  apportionment 
and  not  leave  it  either  to  the  legislature  or  to  the  county 
boards.  The  senatorial  districts  were  to  be  of  convenient 
and  compact  territory,2  and  no  assembly  district  was  to  be 
divided  in  the  formation  of  a  senatorial  district. 

In  1881  the  Constitution  of  Wisconsin  was  amended  and 
the  sessions  of  the  legislature  were  changed  from  annual  to 
biennial.  The  amendment  provided  that  members  of  As- 
sembly should  be  chosen  biennially  by  single  districts;  that 
these  districts  should  be  bounded  by  county,  town,  ward,  or 
precinct  lines,  should  consist  of  continguous  territory,  and 
be  in  as  compact  form  as  practicable.  Senators  were  to  be 
elected  by  single  districts  of  convenient,  contiguous  terri- 
tory, and,  as  before,  no  assembly  district  was  to  be  divided 
in  the  formation  of  a  senatorial  district. 


1  Id.  p.  255. 

2  "Contiguous  territory"  is  the  wording  of  the  clause. 


294  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

Therefore,  in  order  to  prove  the  unconstitutionality  of  the 
act  of  1891  it  was  necessary  to  show  that  its  apportionment 
did  not  comply  with  the  provisions  of  the  Constitution. 
The  excess  over  the  unit  of  representation  in  certain  dis- 
tricts, and  the  deficiency  in  other  districts,  were  exhibited 
to  prove  the  plain  deviation.  It  was  shown  also  that  in  the 
formation  of  the  districts  the  constitutional  provision  for 
compact  territory  had  been  violated.1 

The  intention  of  the  framers  of  a  State  Constitution  is 
best  known  from  the  debates  in  the  convention  which  framed 
it.  The  debates  in  the  Wisconsin  convention  of  1848  show 
that  the  system  of  apportionment,  finally  incorporated  in 
the  Constitution,  was  to  preserve  county  lines,  which  would 
follow  the  adoption  of  the  single  district  system.  The 
fundamental  idea  in  representation  in  America,  that  each 
county  is  a  corporate  community  constituting  a  representa- 
tive unit  having  communal  interests,  has  been  illustrated 
repeatedly  in  the  formation  of  all  the  State  Constitutions, 
and  was  at  the  basis  of  the  theory  of  representation  in  Wis- 
consin. The  county  should  be  viewed  in  the  light  of  a 
family.  It  was  necessary  that  individual  rights  should  be 
defined  and  that  no  difficulty  be  left  for  the  head  of  the 
family  to  settle2 — an  idea  patriarchal  in  antiquity,  and  early 
illustrated  in  the  civil  organization  of  New  England  as  well 


JThe  excess  or  the  deficiency  in  population  in  the  districts,  with 
maps  showing  the  union  of  counties  or  towns  under  the  Act  of  1891, 
with  much  historical  and  explanatory  matter,  are  given  in  an  exhaust- 
ive pamphlet  on  The  Gerrymander  of  Wisconsin,  A  Review  of  the 
Legislative  Apportionment  Act  of  1891,  by  A.  J.  Turner,  of  Portage, 
Wisconsin. 

2  Debates,  Wisconsin  Convention,  1848. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  295 

as  of  the  middle  and  southern  Colonies.  Each  organized 
county  was  conceived  as  having  separate  interests;  as  being 
a  small  republic  that  could  not  be  properly  represented  ex- 
cept by  its  resident  citizens.1  It  may  be  considered  as  set- 
tled in  American  government  that  the  county,  organized  as 
a  corporation,  is  the  fundamental  unit  of  representation,  and 
that  a  county  can  be  represented  only  by  its  own  citizens 
who  reside  within  its  boundaries  and  who  are  identified  with 
its  commercial  interests. 

Although  Webster,  in  the  Massachusetts  convention  of 
1820,  denied  the  legal  and  political  claims  which  were  put 
forward  by  Judge  Levi  Lincoln  and  others  in  defence  of 
corporate  representation,  it  must  be  admitted  that  the  course 
of  the  evolution  of  representative  government  in  this  coun- 
try has  brought  out  clearly  and  indisputably  the  legal  and 
political  claims  of  the  county  to  this  fundamental  place  as 
a  political  corporation.  There  was  a  particular  application 
of  this  idea  in  the  making  of  the  Wisconsin  Constitution  of 
1848,  expressed  in  the  language  of  a  member  of  the  con- 
vention, "that  population  should  not  be  the  basis  of  repre- 
sentation," "that  territory  should  be  the  basis  in  particular, 
but  population  in  the  main,"2  implying  that  one  county, 
though  small,  should  be  entitled  to  representation  as  well 
as  another  though  large,  but  that  the  unit  of  representation 
should  be  a  number  of  people  within  an  organized  territory, 
that  is,  within  a  county.  Therefore,  as  the  county  lines 
always  partially  coincided  with  the  town  and  ward  lines,  the 
meaning  of  the  word  county  in  the  Constitution  would  be 

1  Id.  p.  385. 

*  Debates,  p.  390. 


296  THE   IOWA   JOURNAL 

wholly  lost  if,  in  the  apportionment  of  representation, 
these  lines  were  disregarded.  This  interpretation  conforms 
to  that  principle  of  constitutional  law  laid  down  by  Justice 
Cooley,  that  effect  is  to  be  given  if  possible  to  the  whole 
instrument,  and  to  every  section  and  clause,  and  in  favor  of 
a  construction  which  will  render  every  word  operative. : 

What  power  authorizes  an  apportionment  of  representa- 
tion to  be  made?  Does  it  reside  in  the  legislature,  or  is  the 
legislature  to  be  an  agent  in  exercising  that  power?  A 
power  affecting  so  fundamentally  the  interests  of  the  people 
of  the  State  must  be  defined  in  a  written  Constitution,  in 
order  to  avoid  the  civil  confusion  which  its  abuse  would 
produce.  An  apportionment  of  representation  by  the  legis- 
lature, therefore,  involves  the  powers  of  the  legislature,  and 
the  relative  authority  of  a  legislative  act  and  of  the  Consti- 
tution itself.  Such  an  apportionment  must  have  for  its 
original  authority  the  will  of  the  sovereign  power  in  the 
State,  which,  in  the  American  political  system,  resides  in 
the  people  and  not  in  any  branch  or  department  of  govern- 
ment.2 The  Constitution,  therefore,  limits  the  power  of  the 
legislature.  It  does  not  merely  direct  what  the  legislature 
shall  do,  but  forbids  the  legislature  to  do  certain  things.3 
In  construing  a  Constitution,  the  same  rules  in  the  interpre- 
tation of  language  are  applicable  as  in  construing  the  acts 
of  a  legislature. 4 


,  Constitutional  Limitations,  5th  ed. ,  pp.  70-71. 
2Bashfordvs.  Barstow,  4  Wis.  567. 

3  State  Ex  rel.  Brayton  vs.   Merriman,    6   Wis.    14;     Varney   vs. 
Justice,  86  Ky.,  569. 

4  1  S.  &  B.  Am.  Stat.  p.  35. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  297 

The  Constitution  and  a  law  passed  by  a  legislature  are 
not  of  the  same  rank;  when  they  conflict,  the  law  must  give 
way  to  the  Constitution.  It  is  the  function  of  the  courts  to 
determine  whether  such  conflict  exists.1 

The  rapid  strengthening  of  the  national  government  has 
attracted  to  it  the  attention  of  statesmen  and  of  writers  on 
government  and  jurisprudence,  but  little  attention  has  been 
given  to  the  development  of  government  in  the  Common- 
wealths; yet  without  a  knowledge  of  this  development  it  is 
impossible  to  understand  the  origin,  nature,  and  evolution 
of  American  democracy.  Of  the  principal  aids  in  our  under- 
standing of  the  government  of  the  Commonwealths  there 
exists  the  work  of  the  constitutional  conventions,  much  of 
which  exists  in  print;  the  acts,  public  and  private,  of  State 
legislatures,  nearly  all  of  which  are  printed;  the  ordinances 
of  cities,  and  the  reports  of  judicial  decisions  in  the  superior 
courts  of  record  in  all  the  States.  In  the  determination  of 
constitutional  questions  the  proceedings  in  constitutional 
conventions  are  primary  evidence,  and  it  may  be  laid  down 
as  fundamental  in  American  government  that  in  the  inter- 
pretation of  a  State  Constitution  the  meaning  of  words  as 
construed  by  the  people  at  the  time  of  its  adoption  and  the 
remarks  made  by  the  members  of  the  convention  which 
framed  the  fundamental  law  are  strong  primary  evidence.2 

The  principle  has  been  touched  on  by  Justice  Cooley,  that 
.every  Constitution  has  a  history  of  its  own  which  is  likely 


Constitutional  Limitations,  5th  ed.,  p.  55. 
2  Railway  Co.  vs.  Taylor  Co.,  52  Wisconsin   37,  63,   64.     Cooley, 
Constitutional  Limitations,  p.  81.     Bay  City  vs.  State  Treasurer,  23 
Mich.  506. 


293  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

to  be  more  or  less  peculiar,  and  unless  interpreted  in  the 
light  of  its  history  is  liable  to  be  construed  to  express  pur- 
poses which  were  never  in  the  minds  of  the  people  when 
agreeing  to  it.  In  the  interpretation  of  a  Constitution, 
therefore,  a  court  of  law  keeps  in  mind  this  history  and  the 
times  and  circumstances  under  which  the  Constitution  was 
formed,  in  order  to  "enforce  the  law  which  the  people  have 
made  and  not  some  other  law  which  the  words  of  the  Con- 
stitution may  possibly  be  made  to  express." 1 

It  follows  that  when  a  Constitution  prescribes  the  manner 
of  making  an  apportionment  of  representation,  it  is,  in 
effect,  a  prohibition  of  any  manner  save  that  prescribed.2 
An  act  of  a  legislature  evading  or  invalidating  the  purpose 
of  the  Constitution,  whether  expressed  or  implied,  is,  there- 
fore, void.3  A  provision  of  the  Constitution  which  declares 
the  manner  in  which  an  apportionment  should  be  made  must 
be  construed  according  to  the  ordinary  meaning  of  words  as 
understood  at  the  time  when  the  Constitution  was  made, 
and  if  by  clear  expression,  or  by  implication,  the  legislature 
be  excluded  from  pursuing  any  course,  such  limitation  is  as 
valid  as  if  the  legislature  were  prohibited  from  that  course 
by  a  special  provision  of  the  Constitution.  The  effect  is  the 
same  as  if  the  legislative  act  were  repugnant  to  such  a 
special  provision.4  A  constitutional  provision  is  not  merely 
directory,  to  be  obeyed  at  the  discretion  of  any  of  the  de- 
partments of  the  government;5  such  a  provision  is  mandatory. 

People  vs  Harding,  53  Mich.  485. 

2  State  Ex  rel  Murphy  vs.  Barnes,  24  Florida  29. 

8  People  vs.  Albertson,  55  N.  Y.  50. 

4 Page  vs.  Allen,  Penn.  State  338;  S.  C.,  98  Am.  Dec.  272. 

6  Hunt  vs.  The  State,  Texas  and  S.  W.  in.  233. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  299 

The  legislature  in  making  an  apportionment  must  not 
deviate  from  the  mandate  of  the  Constitution;  nor  can  it  be 
conceived  to  have  any  discretion  in  the  exercise  of  its  pow- 
ers in  making  an  apportionment.  It  must  proceed  accord- 
ing to  the  plain  interpretation  of  the  language  of  the  Con- 
stitution itself.  It  might  be  said  that  when  a  legislature 
lays  off  a  State  into  congressional  districts  it  exercises  a 
political,  discretionary  power,  for  which  it  is  responsible  to 
the  people.  It  may  be  asked  what  is  the  distinction  be- 
tween the  political  and  the  legislative  power?  The  Consti 
tution  might  have  vested  the  power  to  make  an  apportion- 
ment of  representation  in  the  Governor,  in  the  courts  of 
law,  or  in  a  commission  specially  organized  for  the  purpose. 

In  1870  the  people  of  Louisiana  empowered  the  Governor 
and  Secretary  of  State  to  " ascertain  and  fix  the  apportion- 
ment of  the  State  for  members  of  the  first  house  of  repre- 
sentatives." In  Ohio,  by  the  Constitution  of  1850,  the  power 
for  making  such  apportionment  was  vested  in  a  board  of 
State  officers.  In  either  case  the  power  to  district  a  State 
would  be  restricted  by  the  Constitution  itself.  Legislative 
power  extends  only  to  the  making  of  laws,  and  in  its  exer- 
cise it  is  limited  and  restricted  by  the  paramount  authority 
of  the  Federal  Constitution  and  of  State  Constitutions.  Po- 
litical rights  do  not  differ,  as  subjects  of  legislation,  from 
any  other  rights  of  a  free  people.  An  apportionment  of  rep- 
resentation affects  the  interests  of  political  parties,  but  such 
interests  are  in  no  instance  cognizable  under  a  State  Consti- 
tution. In  the  administration  of  the  affairs  of  a  Common- 
wealth, its  counties  and  towns  are  political  subdivisions  and 
are  factors  to  be  considered  by  the  legislature  in  its  acts. 


300  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

The  legislature  which  violates  a  restriction  of  the  Constitu- 
tion relating  to  these  counties  and  towns,  or  one  relating  to 
their  powers  of  local  self-government,  by  depriving  them  of 
the  right  of  self-government  and  the  equality  of  representa- 
tion, transcends  its  powers. 

It  is  not  enough  that  an  apportionment  of  representation 
merely  redistricts  the  State.  The  power  of  the  legislature 
is  not  absolute  in  such  an  apportionment  and  the  courts 
must  determine  its  constitutionality.  An  apportionment 
act  must  be  strictly  construed;  because  the  State  Constitu- 
tion expressly  indicates  the  direction  in  which  the  legisla- 
ture shall  go  in  making  such  an  apportionment.  There  are 
powers  of  the  legislature  under  the  Constitution  which  are 
not  so  restricted;  but  an  examination  of  all  the  State  Con- 
stitutions, from  the  earliest  to  the  latest,  discloses  the  grad- 
ual and  closer  definition  of  the  process  by  which  an  appor- 
tionment of  representation  shall  be  made.  Directly  after 
the  Revolution  this  definition  of  process  began  and  it  has 
continued  until  the  present  time  with  ever  increasing  preci- 
sion, and  consequently  with  limitation  of  the  power  of  the 
legislature  to  apportion  representation. 

The  whole  weight  of  representative  government  falls  upon 
the  equality  of  representation.  Any  variation  from  a  basis 
of  equality  will  disturb  the  civil  poise.  This  process  of  de- 
fining the  duties  and  powers  of  a  State  legislature  in  appor- 
tioning representation  is  from  uncertainty  at  the  close  of  the 
eighteenth  century  to  certainty  at  the  close  of  the  nine- 
teenth, and  the  language  of  the  Commonwealth  Constitu- 
tions themselves  demonstrates  that  it  was  the  intention  of 
the  framers  that  the  power  of  apportionment  should  be 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  301 

strictly  construed.  A  certain  definition  of  the  powers  of 
each  branch  of  the  government;  a  certain  definition  of  the 
rights  which  the  people  have  delegated  to  their  represent- 
atives; a  certain  definition  of  what  rights  they  have  retained 
unto  themselves; — these  can  be  made  by  a  written  Constitu- 
tion. The  limitation  on  the  power  of  State  legislatures, 
which  has  developed  so  rapidly  in  the  later  State  Constitu- 
tions in  the  numerous  inhibitions  on  special  legislation,  are 
of  a  similar  nature  although  not  of  a  similar  rank  with  the 
limitation  upon  the  legislature  in  making  an  apportionment 
of  representation. 

Early  in  our  national  history,  Mr.  Justice  Paterson,  of  the 
Supreme  Court  of  the  United  States,  defined  the  relation  of 
legislatures  to  the  Constitution:  they  are  the  creatures  of  the 
Constitution;  they  owe  their  existence  to  the  Constitution; 
they  derive  their  powers  from  the  Constitution.  It  is  their 
commission,  and,  therefore,  all  their  acts  must  be  comform- 
able  to  it  or  else  they  will  be  void.  The  Constitution  is  the 
work,  the  will,  of  the  people  themselves  in  their  original 
sovereign,  unlimited  capacity;  law  is  the  work,  the  will,  of 
the  legislature  in  their  derivative,  subordinate  capacity. 
The  one  is  the  work  of  the  creator,  the  other  of  the  creature. l 

If  an  act  of  the  legislature  districting  a  State  is  declared 
unconstitutional,  it  does  not  follow  that  the  court  would 
thereby  make  an  apportionment  act  and  substitute  its  judg- 
ment for  that  of  the  legislature.  Such  an  assumption  con- 
fuses two  departments  of  government.  The  court  in  declar- 
ing a  law  unconstitutional  does  not  thereby  make  a  new  law. 
It  is  the  function  of  a  court  of  justice  to  declare  the  law. 

JVan  Horn  vs.  Dorrance,  2  Dallas  308. 


302  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

It  is  the  function  of  a  court  to  determine  whether  the  con- 
stitutional provision  for  an  apportionment  of  representation 
has  been  obeyed  by  a  legislative  act  brought  before  it  for 
adjudication  by  due  process  of  law. 

It  was  contended  by  the  learned  counsel  who  represented 
the  State  against  the  Secretary  of  State  in  the  case  involv- 
ing the  Wisconsin  apportionment  of  1891,  that  the  act 
violated  the  provisions  of  the  Constitution,  and  that  the 
court  had  jurisdiction  to  determine  not  only  the  constitu- 
tionality of  the  act,  but  also  to  issue  an  injunction  pro- 
hibiting the  Secretary  from  issuing  notices  of  election  under 
the  act. 

The  decision  of  the  court  was  long  and  able.  It  affirmed 
its  own  jurisdiction  in  the  case,  which  meant  that  the  ques- 
tion involved  was  one  publid  juris,  presenting  a  case  in 
which  the  interposition  of  the  court  was  required  to  preserve 
the  State's  prerogative  of  legislation,  because  the  Senate 
and  Assembly  elected  under  an  unconstitutional  apportion- 
ment act  would  not  be  bodies  which  could  lawfully  exercise 
the  prerogatives  of  legislation.  The  court  had  original 
jurisdiction  because  the  apportionment  act,  if  unconstitu- 
tional, would  deprive  the  people  of  equal  representation  in 
the  legislature,  a  right  guaranteed  them  by  the  Constitution. 

Nor  was  the  jurisdiction  of  the  court  an  invasion  of  the 
constitutional  provisions  of  the  legislative  department,  but 
an  inquiry  into  the  constitutionality  of  the  law.  The  case 
concerned  matters  strictly  publici  juris  in  which  no  one  citi- 
zen had  any  special  interest  other  than  those  common  to  all 
citizens.  The  case  was,  therefore,  properly  brought  by  the 
Attorney -General  in  the  name  of  the  State  on  a  complaint 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  303 

made  to  him  by  a  private  citizen;1  nor  was  it  necessary  that 
the  private  citizen  should  be  joined  with  the  Attorney -Gen- 
eral in  the  complaint,  nor  that  it  be  shown  that  either  he  or 
that  citizen  had  any  special  interest  in  the  case. 

An  act  of  the  legislature  apportioning  the  State  into  sen- 
ate and  assembly  districts  is  passed  in  the  exercise  of  its 
legislative  and  not  of  its  political  power,  and,  therefore,  the 
constitutionality  of  such  an  act  is  the  subject  of  judicial  in- 
quiry. The  Secretary  of  State  is  a  ministerial  officer,  and 
his  duty  in  respect  to  the  notices  of  the  election  of  members 
of  the  Senate  and  of  the  Assembly  under  an  apportionment 
act  are  ministerial,  not  political;  if  such  an  act  is  unconsti- 
tutional, he  may  be  restrained  by  injunction  from  proceed- 
ing under  it. 

The  provisions  of  the  Constitution  requiring  the  legisla- 
ture to  apportion  the  State  are  mandatory  and  not  subject 
to  legislative  discretion.  And  when  the  Constitution  de- 
clares that  assembly  and  senatorial  districts  shall  be 
bounded  by  county,  precinct,  town,  or  ward  lines,  and  shall 
consist  of  contiguous  territory  in  as  compact  form  as  prac- 
ticable, the  integrity  of  county  lines  must  be  preserved  and 
the  formation  of  a  district  partly  out  of  one,  or  of  more 
than  one  county,  or  of  a  fraction  of  another  county,  or  of 
fractions  of  several  counties,  can  not  be  made,  and  such  a 
law  violating  the  Constitution  will  be  void. 

Such  a  law  further  violated  the  Constitution  in  its  appor- 
tionment of  population,  for  the  Constitution  required  the 
apportionment  of  the  State  to  be  according  to  the  number 
of  inhabitants.  As  the  number  of  senators  and  of  members 


A.  J.  Turner,  Esq.,  of  Portage,  Wisconsin. 


304  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

of  Assembly  are  determined  by  the  Constitution,  the  unit  of 
representation  could,  therefore,  be  known  upon  the  basis  of 
the  federal  census.  An  apportionment  by  which  the  most 
populous  senate  district  contained  sixty-eight  thousand  and 
the  least  populous  thirty-seven  thousand,  and  by  which  the 
most  populous  assembly  district  contained  thirty-eight  thou- 
sand and  the  least  populous  six  thousand,  was  not  an  appor- 
tionment according  to  the  meaning  of  the  Constitution.  The 
several  provisions  of  the  act  apportioning  the  State  were 
largely  dependent  on  each  other;  therefore,  if  some  of  the 
districts  were  apportioned  unconstitutionally  the  entire  act 
would  be  void. * 

The  court  in  this  celebrated  case  not  only  entered  into  an 
examination  of  its  own  jurisdiction,  but  also  with  equal 
learning  set  forth  several  principles  of  representative  govern- 
ment in  America.  The  question  before  the  court  affected 
the  integrity  and  stability  of  the  political  system.  An  ap- 
portionment act  affects  no  one  class  of  people,  no  one  local- 
ity, but  all  the  people  of  a  State  in  their  collective  and  in- 
dividual rights  and  interests.  Such  an  act  can  not  be  de- 
clared void  because  it  was  supposed  to  violate  the  natural, 
social,  or  political  rights  of  the  people,  unless  it  was  made 
clear  that  the  act  was  violative  of  rights  guaranteed  or  pro- 
tected by  the  Constitution.  It  would  not  be  sufficient  to 
show  that  the  act  violated  principles  of  government  unle'ss 
these  principles  were  placed  beyond  legislative  encroach- 
ment by  the  Constitution  itself.  Nor  was  it  sufficient  that 


1  State  Ex  rel.  Atty-Gen.  vs.  Cunningham,  Sec.  of  State,  Circuit 
Court  of  Wisconsin,  March  22,  1892.  Northwestern  Reporter, 
Vol.  51,  725. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  305 

the  act  in  a  general  sense  was  opposed  to  the  spirit  of  the 
Constitution.  The  unconstitutionally  of  such  an  act  con- 
sisted in  its  repugnance  to  the  expressed  provision  of  the 
Constitution  and  to  those  limitations  necessarily  or  conclu- 
sively implied  from  it;  for  in  all  matters  of  unlimited  dis- 
cretion, or  in  matters  involving  only  considerations  of  pub- 
lic policy,  the  determination  of  the  legislature  must  be  final 
and  conclusive.  The  courts  could  not  change  it. 

Nor  could  the  act  be  held  void  because  of  any  supposed 
improper  motives  or  unconstitutional  intentions  of  the  legis- 
lative body  which  had  passed  it.  Reasons  of  public  policy 
forbade  a  judicial  inquiry  made  with  a  view  of  defeating  the 
operation  of  any  public  legislative  enactment.  The  motives 
of  the  legislature  are  not  the  subject  of  judicial  inquiry. 
Such  an  inquiry  can  only  be  made  into  the  powers  of  the 
legislature  under  the  Constitution.  The  ancient  doctrine 
that  the  king  can  do  no  wrong  applies  to  the  motives  of  the 
legislative  body,  for  it  is  never  supposed  that  the  legislature 
has  acted  improperly,  unadvisedly,  or  from  other  than  pure, 
public  motives  under  any  circumstances,  when  acting  within 
the  constitutional  limits  of  its  authority. 

The  rights  to  be  guarded  by  an  apportionment  act  are  of 
such  a  character  that  provisions  regarding  them  in  the  Con- 
stitution are  to  be  construed  as  mandatory  and  not  as  direct- 
ory merely.  The  language  of  a  Constitution,  therefore,  was 
a  proper  subject  for  interpretation,  under  the  general  princi- 
ple that  effect  is  to  be  given  to  every  clause  or  word  of  a 
statute,  and  that  no  word  was  to  be  treated  as  unmeaning  if 
a  construction  could  be  legitimately  found  which  would  pre- 
serve it  and  make  it  effectual — a  rule  applicable  with  special 


306  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

force  to  written  Constitutions,  in  which  the  people  are  pre- 
sumed to  have  expressed  themselves  in  careful  and  measured 
terms  corresponding  in  importance  to  the  powers  delegated, 
leaving  as  little  as  possible  to  implication.1 

The  entire  constitutional  history  of  Wisconsin  showed 
that  it  was  the  intention  of  the  makers  of  the  Constitution 
of  1848  to  avoid  opening  the  door  to  gerrymandering.  In 
consideration  of  all  the  facts  and  circumstances,  and  having 
due  regard  to  the  language  of  the  Constitution,  the  court 
was  compelled  to  the  conclusion  that  the  Constitution  was 
not  intended  to  permit  the  legislature  to  dismember  any 
county  in  the  formation  of  districts,  but  that  the  legislature 
was  prohibited  from  placing  one  county,  or  more  than  one, 
and  a  portion  of  a  county,  or  portions  of  two  or  more  coun- 
ties, in  the  same  assembly  district,  and  that  such  prohibi- 
tions were  found  in  the  constitutional  provision  which  re- 
quired that  assembly  districts  should  be  bounded  by  county, 
town,  or  ward  lines. 

The  principle  of  apportionment  according  to  population 
was  violated  in  the  act  of  1891.  "The  county  is  the  pri- 
mary territorial  unit  in  the  formation  of  assembly  districts, 
and  members  of  Assembly  must  first  be  apportioned  to 
counties."  There  must,  therefore,  be  substantial  equality 
of  representation  in  proportion  to  population  as  between  all 
the  different  counties,  and  between  districts  composed  of 
two  or  more  counties.2  As  the  assembly  districts  were  the 
unit  of  civil  measure,  the  senatorial  districts  could  not  be 
formed  until  the  assembly  districts  had  been  properly  ap- 

1  Cooley,  Constitutional  Limitations ,  p.  72. 
2N.  W.  Reporter,  Vol.  51,  p.  Y44. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  397 

portioned.     The  act  of  1891  was,  therefore,  unconstitutional 
and  void. 

Because  of  this  adjudication  the  Governor  of  the  State, 
on  the  first  day  of  June,  1892,  issued  a  proclamation  con- 
vening the  legislature  in  special  session  on  the  twenty-eighth 
day  of  the  month,  to  apportion  the  State  into  senatorial  and 
assembly  districts. 

The  legislature  assembled  and  apportioned  representation 
in  the  State,  but  its  act  was  as  much  in  violation  of  the  Con- 
stitution as  the  act  which  the  court  shortly  before  had  de- 
clared unconstitutional  and  void,  and  this  second  apportion- 
ment act  became  the  subject  of  judicial  examination  in  the 
Supreme  Court  on  the  ground  that,  like  the  preceding  act,  it 
was  unconstitutional.  The  apportionment  of  1892  varied  but 
little  in  its  method  from  that  of  1891.  Although  it  appor- 
tioned the  State  according  to  the  divisions  of  county,  town, 
and  ward  lines,  like  the  preceding  act,  it  grouped  the  popula- 
tion unequally,  so  that  the  variation  from  the  unit  of  repre- 
sentation was  a  deficiency  of  more  than  twenty  thousand  of 
the  population  in  the  fourth  senatorial  district  and  an  excess, 
in  the  seventeenth  district,  of  nearly  fifteen  thousand.  Sim- 
ilar variations  from  the  representative  unit  were  made  in  the 
assembly  districts. 

Meantime  a  similar  case  of  the  violation  of  representation 
had  arisen  in  Michigan,1  and  the  Supreme  Court  of  that 
State  declared  that  the  time  had  arrived  for  plain  speech 
against  the  outrageous  practice  of  gerrymandering  which 
had  become  so  common  in  the  country.  It  had  been  too 
long  suffered  without  rebuke  and  it  threatened  not  only  the 

1  Giddiugs  vs.  Blackner,  52  N.  W.  Rep.  544. 


308  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

peace  of  the  people  but  the  permanency  of  free  institutions. 
The  rights  of  the  people  could  be  saved  by  Congress  alone, 
who  could  give  them  a  fair  count  and  equality  of  represen- 
tation. Every  intelligent  school  boy  knew  the  motives  of 
these  legislative  apportionments.  "It  is  idle  for  the  courts 
to  excuse  the  act  on  other  grounds,  or  to  keep  silent  on  the 
real  reason,  which  is  nothing  more  or  less  than  partisan  ad- 
vantage taken  in  defiance  of  the  Constitution  and  in  utter 
disregard  of  the  rights  of  the  citizen." 

The  principle  of  apportionment  was  well  illustrated  by 
Webster,  in  1832,  in  his  report  to  the  Senate  on  the  appor- 
tionment of  representation  in  the  United  States.  A  Consti- 
tution must  be  understood  not  as  requiring  an  absolute  rela- 
tive equality,  because  that  would  be  demanding  an  impossi- 
bility, but  as  requiring  Congress  to  make  an  apportionment 
of  representation  among  the  several  States  according  to  their 
respective  numbers  as  near  as  may  be.  That  which  cannot 
be  done  perfectly  must  be  done  as  near  perfection  as  possi- 
ble. If  exactness  from  the  nature  of  things  cannot  be  ob- 
tained, then  the  greatest  possible  approach  to  exactness 
should  be  made.1  Congress  is  not  absolved  from  all  rule 
merely  because  the  rule  of  perfect  justice  cannot  be  applied. 
In  such  cases  the  approximation  becomes  the  rule,  it  takes 
the  place  of  that  very  rule  which  would  be  preferable,  but 
which  is  found  to  be  inapplicable,  and  because  it  is  an  obli- 
gation of  binding  force;  the  nearest  approximation  to  exact 
truth  or  exact  right,  when  either  cannot  be  reached,  prevails 
in  every  case,  not  as  a  matter  of  discretion  but  as  an  intel- 
ligible and  definite  rule,  dictated  by  justice  and  conforming 

1  Webster's  Works,  in.  p.  375: 


OF   HISTORY  AND   POLITICS  309 

to  the  common  sense  of  mankind;  a  rule  of  binding  force  in 
each  case  to  which  it  is  applicable,  and  no  more  to  be  de- 
parted from  than  any  other  rale  or  obligation.1  So  it  may 
be  laid  down  as  settled  in  State  government  that  represen- 
tation shall  be  apportioned  to  population  as  near  as  may  be.2 
It  may  also  be  laid  down  as  a  fundamental  principle  of 
American  government  that  in  apportioning  representation 
the  discretion  of  the  legislature  is  limited  by  the  mandates 
of  the  Constitution  which  are  to  be  carried  out  as  nearly  as 
possible.  The  purpose  of  the  written  Constitution  is  to 
eliminate  from  legislation  the  element  of  mere  arbitrary  dis- 
cretion. Otherwise  the  legislature  will  trample  upon  the 
Constitution,  and  the  statute  will  take  the  place  of  the  fun- 
damental law  of  the  Commonwealth.  Equality  of  repre- 
sentation is  a  principle  in  American  government;  therefore 
it  was  never  contemplated  in  a  Constitution  that  one  elector 
should  possess  more  influence  than  another  in  the  person  of 
a  representative  or  a  senator.  Each  elector  in  the  Common- 
wealth is  possessed  under  the  Constitution  of  equal  power 
and  influence,  and  such  equality  lies  at  the  basis  of  free  gov- 
ernment. The  right  to  equal  suffrage  is  a  high  right  exer- 
cised by  a  citizen  in  a  free  country,  and  equal  representation 
is  the  expression  of  that  right  in  the  making  and  in  the  ad- 
ministration of  the  laws  of  the  land.  A  written  Constitu- 
tion fixes  the  right  of  the  elector  beyond  dispute.  It  re- 
duces his  rights  and  privileges  to  a  certainty,  of  which  a 
court  of  justice  can  take  cognizance.  The  legislature  can- 
not deprive  him  of  his  right  to  such  equal  representation.3 

1  Story,  Commentaries,  n,  682,  note,  and  Kent  Commentaries,  i,  231. 
8 People  vs.  Cannaday,  73,  N.  C.  198. 
3  Vol.  52,  N.  W.  Reporter,  946. 


310  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

It  was  argued,  in  defense  of  the  second  gerrymander  in 
Wisconsin,  that  an  equal  apportionment  of  property  was  a 
sufficient  equivalent  for  a  variation  in  population  in  two  dis- 
tricts— a  doctrine  which  was  a  revival  and  a  perversion  of  the 
doctrine  of  property  as  a  basis  of  government  advocated  by 
Webster  seventy  years  before.  In  this  second  decision, 
handed  down  by  the  Supreme  Court  of  Wisconsin,  on  the 
seventh  of  October,  1892,  the  opinions  in  the  previous  case 
were  re- affirmed,  with  the  additional  opinion  that  when  a 
district  with  less  population  than  another  was  given  the 
same  representation  because  of  the  greater  value  of  the  prop- 
erty in  it  and  on  account  of  the  nature  and  character  of  its 
population  and  of  its  business  interests,  a  constitutional  ap- 
portionment of  representation  had  not  been  made.  Not 
only  should  such  a  district  be  bounded  by  county,  town, 
precinct,  or  ward  lines,  and  consist  as  far  as  practicable  of 
contiguous  territory  in  compact  form,  but  the  legislature  in 
its  apportionment  should  also  make  the  districts  as  nearly  as 
may  be  according  to  the  number  of  inhabitants;  an  unequal 
districting  was  beyond  the  discretionary  power  of  the  legis- 
lature. l 

The  evil  running  through  these  unconstitutional  acts  was 
their  assumption  that  the  only  limit  to  the  discretionary 
power  of  the  legislature,  in  making  such  apportionment,  was 
the  major  and  minor  fractions  of  the  unit  of  representation; 
in  asserting  a  broad  discretionary  power  in  the  formation  of 
assembly  districts  by  giving  to  the  inhabitants  of  one  as- 
sembly district  three  times  the  representative  power  pos- 

1  State  Ex  rel.  Lamb  vs.  Cunningham,  Sec.  of  State,  N.  W.  Re- 
porter, Vol.  53,  p.  35. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  31 1 

sessed  by  another;  and  in  the  formation  of  senatorial  districts 
by  giving  to  the  inhabitants  of  one  of  them  more  than  twice 
the  representative  power  possessed  by  the  inhabitants  of  an- 
other. For  such  obnoxious  standards  the  Constitution  gave 
no  warrant  and  would  not  bear  such  a  construction. 

The  first  Wisconsin  case  was  the  first  in  this  country  in 
which  an  entire  apportionment  act  was  passed  upon  by  a 
court.  The  attorneys  representing  the  interests  of  the  Com- 
monwealth were  in  great  doubt  whether  the  court  would 
take  jurisdiction  of  the  case,  but  the  court  placed  no  ob- 
stacle in  the  way  and  the  matter  of  jurisdiction  proved  to  be 
a  simple  one.  The  case  is  also  important  as  sustaining  the 
right  of  a  private  citizen  to  bring  an  action  publici  juris 
without  the  consent  of  the  Attorney -General. 

The  great  significance  of  the  judicial  decisions  in  these 
cases  implies  that  the  power  which  a  legislative  body  is 
compelled  to  exercise  by  the  Constitution  cannot  be  consid- 
ered as  discretionary.  The  constitutional  rights  of  the  citi- 
zen to  equal  representation  and  a  just  apportionment  of 
representation  in  the  Commonwealth  are  mandatory  upon 

its  legislature. 

FRANCIS  NEWTON  THORPE 
MT.   HOLLY,  NEW  JERSEY 

NOTE:  The  Wisconsin  gerrymander  of  1891  is  the  subject  of  a  valu- 
able pamphlet  by  A.  J.  Turner,  of  Portage,  Wisconsin.  Mr.  Turner 
inaugurated  the  test  case  in  the  Supreme  Court  of  the  State.  In 
1893  Mr.  Turner  generously  placed  in  my  hands  a  copy  of  his  pam- 
phlet together  with  copies  of  the  briefs  filed  by  both  sides  in  the  Wis- 
consin gerrymander  cases.  Of  counsel,  in  this  case,  among  others, 
were  Hon.  William  F.  Vilas,  in  support  of  the  constitutionality  of  the 
act  of  1891,  and  Hon.  John  C.  Spooner,  against  its  constitutionality. 

F.  N.  T. 


ANTHROPOLOGICAL  INSTRUCTION  IN  IOWA 

In  the  January  number  of  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY 
AND  POLITICS  the  writer  discussed  the  Historico-  Anthropo- 
logical Possibilities  in  Iowa.  It  is  desirable  now  to  ask 
how  such  anthropological  possibilities  are  finding  expres- 
sion through  the  organized  means  of  public  instruction?  To 
what  extent  has  Anthropology  been  taught,  or  to  what  ex- 
tent is  it  being  taught?  What  agencies  are  active  in  dissem- 
inating it?  Judged  by  these  agencies,  what  is  the  estimate 
placed  upon  it  by  our  educational  authorities?  Compared 
with  the  stress  laid  upon  it  by  the  national  government 
and  by  some  of  our  higher  institutions  of  learning,  where 
does  Iowa  rank? 

The  academic  side  of  this  inquiry  is  answered  in  the  large 
by  two  articles  from  the  pen  of  Dr.  George  Grant  McCurdy, 
of  Yale  University.  In  these  articles  Dr.  McCurdy  gives 
the  results  of  inquiries  from  the  principal  universities  and 
colleges  of  Europe  and  the  United  States.  He  desired  to 
learn  the  amount  and  character  of  instruction  in,  or  of  tend- 
ency toward,  anthropological  subjects.1 

IOWA    WORKERS    OF    FORMER    YEARS 

In  that  aspect  of  Anthropology  which  has  been  most 
cultivated  in  Iowa  it  was  shown,  in  the  article  referred  to 
as  having  appeared  in  a  previous  number  of  THE  IOWA 

'See  Science  for  December  22,  1899,  and  February  7,  1902. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  313 

JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS,  that  much  valuable  in- 
formation is  at  hand  and  much  more  is  waiting  to  be  uncov- 
ered by  the  diligence  of  students  who  should  now  presum- 
edly be  working  in  this  field.  It  was  pointed  out  that  in 
anthropological  interests  Iowa  presents  the  finest  of  possi- 
bilities. Again,  it  is  known  that  Iowa  has  produced  more 
than  her  quota  of  original  or  pioneer  workers.  These 
investigators  have  done  a  great  amount  of  profitable  labor, 
though  the  results  have  not  been  put  together.  Indeed, 
the  public  is  not  aware  of  the  really  creditable  efforts  in 
which  it  shares  the  honor.  Several  of  the  most  eminent 
Anthropologists  and  Ethnologists  in  America  to-day  have 
either  been  raised  upon  Iowa  soil,  or,  at  least,  have  had  a 
considerable  amount  of  their  schooling  in  the  study  of 
archaeological  remains  and  other  anthropological  investiga- 
tions in  this  State.  I  refer  of  course  to  William  J.  McGee, 
Frederick  Starr,  William  H.  Holmes,  Frank  Russell,  to  the 
various  men  connected  with  the  Davenport  Academy  of 
Sciences  during  its  years  of  growth  and  usefulness,  and  to 
the  men  who  have  written  for  and  supported  The  Annals  of 
Iowa.  In  any  adequate  treatment  of  this  subject,  the  work 
of  these  and  other  investigators  should  severally  receive 
attention.  They  have  done  much  in  the  way  of  u  Anthro- 
pological Instruction,"  chiefly  because  of  their  love  of 
science,  and  not  so  much  as  part  of  any  organized  educa- 
tional effort  toward  such  an  end.  It  is  doubtful  if  any 
other  State  in  the  Union  has  furnished  so  many  Anthropol- 
ogists of  the  first  rank.1 

1  It  is  perhaps  not  altogether  creditable  to  our  State  enterprise  that 
not  one  of  the  four  Anthropologists  just  named  has  been  kept  within 
our  borders. — EDITOR. 


314  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

In  addition  to  those  already  mentioned,  there  have  been 
numerous  workers  who  have  contributed  much  to  public 
intelligence  and  interest  (if  not  in  all  cases  to  scientific 
accuracy)  by  lectures,  articles,  pamphlets,  books,  and  collec- 
tions. Among  them  I  must  mention  Charles  Aldrich,  W. 
E.  Alexander,  W.  V.  Banta,  Edwin  A.  Barber,  F.  E.  L. 
Beal,  Major  Beebe,  Geo.  W.  Bettisworth,  A.  Blurner,  A.  L. 
Brace,  Allie  B.  Busby,  Samuel  Calvin,  Augustus  Campbell, 
John  Campbell,  George  Catlin,  A.  D.  Churchill,  E.  W. 
Claypole,  A.  J.  Conant,  J.  B.  Cutts,  Robt.  N.  and  Chas. 
L.  Dahlberg,  M.  W.  Davis,  Seth  Dean,  J.  O.  Dorsey,  S. 
B.  Evans,  P.  J.  Farnsworth,  R.  J.  Farquharson,  J.  W. 
Foster,  A.  R.  Fulton,  Isaac  Gallard,  John  Garretson,  J. 
Gass,  Charles  E.  Harrison,  Richard  Hermann,  S.  S.  Howe, 
Cora  M.  Jordan,  Charles  R.  Keyes,  L.  G.  Kimberling, 
Isaac  Loos,  Clarence  Lindley,  E.  P.  Lynch,  Garrick  Mai- 
lery,  Benjamin  Morgan,  Justus  M.  T.  Myers,  Samuel 
Murdoch,  J.  R.  Nissley,  Charles  Negus,  C.  C.  Nutting, 
Stephen  D.  Peet,  W.  H.  Pratt,  S.  V.  Proudfit,  C.  E.  Put- 
nam, E.  Schmidt,  G.  Seyffarth,  R.  E.  Sloan,  J.  E.  Stephen- 
son,  C.  Thomas,  Theron  Thompson,  A.  S.  Tiffany,  William 
L.  Toole,  G.  C.  Van  Allen,  Clement  L.  Webster,  Charles 
A.  White,  William  Williams,  F.  M.  Witter,  and  H.  T. 
Woodman. 

THE    DAVENPORT    ACADEMY    OF    SCIENCES 

Another  feature  worthy  of  special  note  is  the  contribution 
made  by  the  Davenport  Academy  of  Sciences  during  the 
thirty -five  years  of  its  existence.  Anthropology  has  really 
received  a  great  deal  of  attention  from  this  remarkable  insti- 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  315 

tution.  Many  of  the  names  above  mentioned  have  been  in 
one  way  or  another  related  to  the  Academy.  In  its  museum 
there  is  a  large  and  creditable  collection  of  objects  illustrat- 
ing anthropological  topics.  The  Proceedings  of  the  Daven- 
port Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  contain  many  articles 
descriptive  of  the  "finds"  and  summarizing  the  discussions 
and  papers  read  at  its  meetings.  This  work,  as  a  whole,  has 
commanded  the  respect  of  scientific  organizations  throughout 
the  world.  Its  publications  have  been  passed  in  exchange 
for  those  of  other  societies  here  and  in  Europe.  It  has 
steadily  accumulated  these  exchanges  and  other  works  until 
it  has  a  library  of  perhaps  forty  thousand  volumes,  printed 
in  more  than  a  score  of  languages.  In  addition  to  this,  the 
Academy  has  from  year  to  year  maintained  public  lectures 
and  scattered  its  influence  in  definite  ways  through  the 
schools  of  Davenport  and  other  places. 

ANTHROPOLOGICAL    COLLECTIONS 

In  a  paper  of  this  character  there  ought  to  be  a  heading 
on  the  anthropological  collections  in  Iowa;  but  it  would  be 
hard  to  make  any  just  statement  or  estimate  concerning  such 
collections.  The  one  at  Davenport  in  connection  with  the 
Academy  by  far  exceeds  all  others.  There  are  numerous 
individual  collections  in  many  parts  of  the  State.  Some 
have  attracted  considerable  attention.  Among  these  I 
should  mention  those  of  Mr.  M.  W.  Davis,  of  Iowa  City, 
Mr.  Clement  L.  Webster,  of  Charles  City,  Mr.  Seth  Dean, 
of  Glenwood,  etc.  Certain  institutions  possess  articles  of 
interest  which  may  some  day  be  assembled  in  an  anthropo- 
logical museum  that  will  do  credit  to  the  State  and  be  a 


316  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

center  of  public  instruction.  Such  institutions  are  the  State 
Historical  Society  of  Iowa  at  Iowa  City,  the  Historical  De- 
partment at  Des  Moines,  the  State  University,  several  of  the 
Iowa  colleges,  and  some  of  the  secret  societies  —  e.  g.  the 
Masonic  Library  at  Cedar  Rapids. 

ACADEMIC    INSTRUCTION 

The  foregoing  remarks  are  merely  suggestive  of  what  has 
been  done  outside  the  sphere  of  purposive,  organized,  edu- 
cational effort.  It  will  be  seen  from  what  follows  that 
anthropological  instruction  has  entered  very  little  into  the 
organic  educational  consciousness  of  the  State.  In  occasional 
departments  here  and  there  in  the  higher  institutions  a  few 
lectures  or  references  are  made  to  the  science  of  man.  Occa- 
sionally a  professor  realizes  this  gap  and  supplies  in  his 
course  a  few  lectures  to  make  the  proper  connections  with 
his  subject. 

The  honor  of  the  first  definite  college  work  in  Anthro- 
pology within  the  United  States  is  believed  to  belong  to 
Rochester  University,  through  the  enterprise  of  Professor 
Gilmore.  To  Iowa  belongs  the  second  place.  About  1886 
or  1887,  Professor  Frederick  Starr  (now  of  Chicago  Uni- 
versity) taught  classes  in  Anthropology  at  Coe  College.1 

THE    STATE    UNIVERSITY    OF    IOWA 

From  the  catalogue  for  1902-3  the  following  branches, 
courses,  and  hours  of  instruction  are  taken: — Greek,  35 

1  Perhaps  Harvard  University  has  third  place  through  Dr.  Duren 
J.  H.  Ward's  lectures  delivered  in  1888-9.  For  years  before  all  this, 
Harvard,  through  Professor  Putman,  and  Pennsylvania,  through  Dr. 
Brinton  had  fostered  the  archaeological  work  which  must  pioneer  the 
way  for  Anthropology  as  a  science. — EDITOR. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  317 

courses,  with  1218  hours;  Latin,  37 — 1476;  Sanskrit,  2 — 
72;  French,  16—1620;  Spanish,  2—108;  Italian,  2—108; 
German,  20 — 2304;  Scandinavian,  20 — 468;  English,  30 — 
1576;  Public  Speaking,  19—540;  History,  14—576;  Sociol- 
ogy, 13— 43 2;  Political  Economy,  20— 6 30;  Political  Science, 
14—648;  Philosophy,  20—936;  Education,  13—900;  Ani- 
mal Morphology  and  Physiology,  10 — 684;  Zoology  7 — 360; 
Botany,  10—576;  Geology,  12—792;  Chemistry,  11—450; 
Physics,  16 — 558;  Mathematics,  30 — 1961;  Astronomy,  2 — 
180;  Civil  Engineering,  17—1008;  Anthropology,  0—28 
hours;  Ethnology,  0—7  hours.  Total,  392  courses,  20,217 
hours.  Total  in  anthropological  studies,  35  hours. 

SOME    DETAILED    COMPARISONS 

In  the  average  college  curriculum  there  are  no  superfluous 
studies.  Every  branch  has  inestimable  importance.  The 
comparisons  here  instituted  are  on  the  basis  of  the  proverb, 
" These  ought  ye  to  have  done,  and  not  to  leave  the  other 
undone."  Among  things  of  great  value  to  life,  the  oppor- 
tunity for  each  must  be  provided,  and  then  the  choice  must 
be  left  to  the  individuals.  There  is  no  good  reason  why  a 
college  education  should  be  marked  out  as  four  years  long. 
Within  these  years  no  one  can  take  all  the  studies  now 
laid  down  in  the  catalogue.  And  still  they  are  there,  and 
in  ever  greater  number — for  choice.  Their  influence,  their 
relative  importance,  are  by  common  consent  acknowledged 
by  their  presence  in  the  list.  But  there  are  others  not  yet 
seen  by  average  catalogue-makers.  In  the  nature  of  things, 
knowledge  must  increase.  He  errs  who  thinks  uto  finish 
his  education"  by  completing  any  course  whatever. 


318  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

From  the  University  catalogue  let  us  next  take  at  random 
one  study  under  each  department  and  observe  the  number 
of  hours  of  instruction,  i.  e.,  the  relative  importance  assigned 
to  it.  Let  us  follow  this  with  a  chapter  or  section  from 
Anthropology  or  Ethnology.  Sometimes  there  may  be 
analogous  relationships,  sometimes  not.  In  this  way,  per- 
haps, we  may  see  the  fact  of  disproportion. 

GREEK — Old  Greek  life — House,  dress,  marriage,  funeral, 
market,  trade,  war,  etc.  72  hours. 

Ethnology — The  same  of  Chinese,  Japanese,  Hindus, 
Egyptian,  Slavic,  Scandinavian,  American,  Polynesian 
and  African  peoples.  00. 

ROMAN — Plautus — Captivi,  Trinummus,  Mensechmi,  Rud- 
ens,  Amphitruo,  Miles  Gloriosus,  and  Pseudolus.     54  hours. 
Anthropology — Beginnings    of   Thought-interchange — 
Cries,    signs,    gestures,    articulated   vocals,    language 
(types:    agglutinative,  inflectional,  monosyllabic,  and 
positional),  records  (quipos,  pictographs,  ideographs, 
phonetics — alphabets,  words,  syntax,  rhetoric,  litera- 
ture,   poetry,    science,  history),    engraving,   printing, 
etc.     00. 

FRENCH — Merimee,  Colomba,  or  Quatre  Contes;  and  Al- 
phonse  Daudet,  Tartarin  de  Tarascon.  450  hours. 

Anthropology — Psychogeny — Origin  of  literature,  forces 

or    motives   developing   it,    stimulations,    inventions, 

artistic  outcome  in  prose,  poetry,  etc.     000. 

GERMAN — Old  High — Tatian's  Evangelienharinonie,  Ben- 

edictiner  Regel,  Isidor,  Notker's  translation  of  Boethius  de 

consolatione  philosophise,  and  the  Trierer  capitulare.     Also 

Hildebrandslied,    Muspilli,    Wessobrunner    Gebet,    Merse- 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  319 

burger  Zaubersprueche,  Ludwigslied,  and  Otfrid's  Evangel- 
ienbuch.     72  hours. 

Ethnology — Origin  and  characteristics  of  the  German, 
French,  Italian,  Spanish,  English,  Scandinavian, 
Slavic,  Roman.  Greek,  Persian,  and  Hindu  races — 
thence  back  again  to  the  early  Aryan,  Semitic,  Turan- 
ian, Mongolian,  etc.  00. 

SCANDINAVIAN — Norse — Readings  from  Bjornson's  Sma- 
astykker,  En  Glad  Gut,  and  Synnoeve  Solbakken,  Jonas 
Lie's  Fortsellinger  og  Skilldringer  fra  Norge,  and  Ibsen's 
Et  Dukkehjem.  108  hours. 

Anthropology — Primitive   Man — Physical,    intellectual, 
social  and  religious  development  of  prehistoric  Euro- 
pean races — Canstadt,  Furfooz,  Cromagnon,  etc.    000. 
ENGLISH — Old  and  Middle — Chaucer's  Canterbury  Tales, 
Langland's  Piers  the  Plowman,  Beowulf,  etc.     180  hours. 
Anthropology — Religiogeny — Source  of  religious  atti- 
tude (objective  and  subjective  or  external  and  inter- 
nal); Animism,  Fetichism,  Revelation,  Nature  Wor- 
ship, etc.     000. 

PUBLIC  SPEAKING — Literary  Interpretation — Lyric,  epic, 
dramatic,  and  oratoric  forms.  72  hours. 

Ethnology — Ethnical   cultus — Ceremonies,    ordinances, 

organization,  orders,  symbols,  places,  etc.     00. 
HISTORY — Greece  and  Rome.     72  hours. 
Anthropology — Historical    landmarks — Yesalius,    Lin- 
naeus,   Buffon,    Blumenbach,    Prichard,    Boucher   de 
Perthes,  Spencer,  Darwin,  Lyell,  Huxley,  etc.     00. 
SOCIOLOGY — General — From   Plato  to  Spencer.     Social 
amelioration:  police,  sanitation,  charities,  correction,  public 
utilities,  education,  etc.     108  hours. 


320  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

Anthropology — Sociogeny — Zoogenic  associations,    zo- 
ogenic  industry,  economogeny,  etc.,  etc.     (Treated  in 
Sociology,  first  semester  by  several  lectures.)     6. 
POLITICAL  SCIENCE — Historical  and  descriptive — Primi- 
tive man,  evolution,  relations  to  Anthropology,  Indo-Euro- 
pean peoples,  origin  of  government,  political  institutions  of 
Greeks,  Romans,  Germans,  etc.     54  hours. 

Anthropology — Sociogeny — Politics,  origin  of  law  and 
order,  justice  and  equity,  administration  and  govern- 
ment, etc.  (Treated  in  Political  Science,  first  course 
by  several  lectures.)  10. 

PHILOSOPHY — Abnormal  Psychology — Perception,  mem- 
ory, imagination,  reasoning,  will  and  feeling  discussed  with 
reference  to  sleep,  hypnosis,  illusions,  automatisms,  altera- 
tions of  personality,  insanity,  degeneracy,  and  crime.  36 
hours. 

Anthropology — Ethnical  outlooks — Ideas  of  man's  or- 
igin, of  relation  to  supernatural  beings,  of  salvations 
from  certain  evils,  of  future  lives  and  destinies.  00. 
Courses  9  and  12  of  Philosophy  are  in  close  connec- 
tion with  chapters  in  Anthropology. 

EDUCATION — Principles — Meaning  of  education  from 
standpoint  of  psychology,  neurology,  biology,  anthropology, 
sociology,  heredity  and  environment;  nervous  system,  men- 
tal hygiene,  habit,  association,  memory,  imagination,  apper- 
ception, instinct,  sense  perception,  observation,  feeling, 
volition,  motor  training,  suggestion,  imitation,  etc.,  etc. 
108  hours. 

Anthropology — Sociogeny — Origin  of  purposive  train- 
ing, cultivation  of  rational  selection,  imitation  by  the 


OF   HISTORY  AND   POLITICS  321 

young,  primitive  teaching,  learning  trades,  origin  of 
schools,  division  of  knowledge,  beginnings  of  science, 
specialization  in  teaching,  origin  of  book  methods, 
museum  collections,  reactions,   etc.     (Touched  upon 
in  one  division  under  " Principles,"  above.)     6. 
ANIMAL  MORPHOLOGY  AND  PHYSIOLOGY — Vertebrates  — 
Laboratory  study  of  representative  protochordates:  lamprey, 
shark,   skate,  catfish,  necturus,  frog,  turtle,  pigeon,  rabbit, 
etc.     108  hours. 

Anthropology — Somatogeny — Man  as  an  organic  being, 
his  embryological  and  anatomical  characteristics,  ori- 
gin of  his  physiological  and  pathological  peculiarities 
(gestation,  lactation,  puberty,  longevity,  diseases,  etc.) 
(Incidentally  touched  in  courses  1,  3,  8,  and  10  of 
Animal  Morphology.)  00. 

ZOOLOGY — Speculative — Theories  of  origin  and  develop- 
ment of  animal  forms,  historical  review  of  prominent  work- 
ers; special  attention  to  habits,  instincts  and  intelligence  of 
animals.  72  hours. 

Ethnology — Physiological  varieties  among  races:  gesta- 
tion, lactation,  puberty,  longevity,  diseases,  deteriora- 
tion, fertility,  sterility,  amalgamation,  etc.     00. 
(Frequent  reference  is  made  to  Anthropology  in  the 
Zoological  Department.) 

BOTANY — Plant  physiology:  laboratory  and  field  work, 
processes  of  absorption,  assimilation,  respiration,  transpira- 
tion, geotropism,  hydrotropism,  etc.  72  hours. 

Anthropology — Ethnogeny — Origin  of  races,  modes  of 
classification,  (zoological,  linguistic,  mythological, 
social,  genealogical,  etc.);  evolution  and  race,  destiny 
of  races.  00. 


322  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

GEOLOGY — Rock  Types  and  Families.     144  hours. 
Ethnology — Human  Types  and  Families.     000. 
CHEMISTRY  —  Aliphatic,    Carbocyclic,    and    Heterocyclic 
compounds.      144  hours. 

Anthropology — Families — Consanguine,  Punaluan,  Syn- 
dyasmian,  Polyandrous,  Polygamous  and  Monogam- 
ous. 000. 

PHYSICS — Heat  and  Thermodynamics,  Alternate  Currents 
and  Transformers.  144  hours. 

Ethnology  — Anatomical,  Physiological,  Psychological, 
Sociological,  Moral,  and  Religious  Characteristics  of 
the  Human  Races.  000. 

MATHEMATICS — Rectangular  and  Polar  Coordinates;  Loci 
in  general,  including  the  Graphs  of  the  Rational  Integral 
Function;  Circle,  .Ellipse  and  Hyperbola;  Tangents,  Nor- 
mals and  Asymptotes.  144  hours. 

Anthropology — Psychogeny — The  beginnings  of  Calcu- 
lation and  Computation — counting,  weighing,  com- 
bining and  generalizing  things;  measuring  matter, 
laws  and  processes.  000. 

ENGINEERING — Mechanical  and  Freehand  Drawing;   ob- 
lique, isometric,  cabinet  and  orthographic  projections  and 
lettering;  linear  perspective,  shades  and  shadows.    72  hours. 
Anthropology  —  Origin  of  Art  for  the  eye:  marking, 

scratching,  painting,  carving,  sculpturing,  etc.     00. 
MILITARY  SCIENCE  AND  TACTICS.     336  hours. 
Anthropology — Sociogeny — Origin  of  Administration  or 
Government,  law,  order,  violation,   civil  disturbance, 
war,  etc.     (Treated  briefly  in  course   1  in  Political 
Science.)     10. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  323 

Who  will  undertake  to  say  that  the  subjects  above  named 
under  the  paragraphs  beginning  "Anthropology"  and  "Eth- 
nology" are  unworthy  of  academic  recognition?  Who  will 
care  to  say  that  they  are  of  less  value  than  the  studies 
named  before  them?  Is  not  every  one  conscious  that  they 
would  hold  an  honored  place  in  any  consensus  of  opinions  ? 
And  who  can  render  any  satisfactory  explanation  for  this 
wholesale  neglect? 

THE    STATE    NORMAL    SCHOOL 

In  the  catalogue  issued  in  June,  1902,  there  are  offered 
about  20  branches  of  study  under  the  headings  of  57  courses. 
The  number  of  hours  not  being  stated,  the  relative  propor- 
tions of  time  given  are  not  obtainable.  They  include  the 
customary  studies  and  are  treated  in  commendable  spirit  and 
method.  It  does  not  appear  that  Anthropology  and  Eth- 
nology receive  any  attention  as  sciences.  Undoubtedly  the 
anthropological  attitude  and  some  of  the  facts  are  found  in 
several  of  the  courses.  No  systematic  study  of  Mankind  in 
the  State  Normal  School?  And  yet  the  people  who  leave 
its  halls  are  expected  to  deal  most  intimately  in  the  schools 
with  growing  and  developing  human  beings ! 

DRAKE    UNIVERSITY 

A  study  of  the  catalogue  issued  in  May,  1902,  shows  the 
following  facts.  In  the  College  of  Liberal  Arts  there  are 
28  branches  taught  in  68  courses,  covering  8154  hours  of 
instruction.  Of  these  Christian  History  and  Evidences 
occupy  3  courses,  with  284  hours;  Hebrew,  3 — 432;  Ara- 
maic, 1 — 28;  Syriac,  2 — 116;  Assyrian,  2 — 144;  Semitic 
Antiquities,  1 — 14;  Ancient  Inscriptions,  1 — 36;  while 


324  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

Sociology  and  Political  Economy  have  but  1  course  with 
144  hours,  and  Anthropology  and  Ethnology  0  courses  with 
000  hours!  The  College  of  the  Bible  gives  9  branches  in 
23  courses  of  2536  hours.  The  descriptions  of  instruction 
given  in  Physiology  and  Archaeology  show  close  relation- 
ship to  Anthropology. 

IOWA    COLLEGE 

In  the  catalogue  for  1902-3,  instruction  leading  to  the 
two  bachelor  degrees  of  arts  and  philosophy  is  offered  in  18 
branches  with  148  courses  and  8928  hours.  Among  these, 
Greek.  Latin,  English,  Mathematics,  Philosophy,  Political 
Science  and  Zoology  are  most  emphasized. 1  Music  is  offered 
in  7  courses  with  342  hours.  Anthropology  and  Eth- 
nology are  not  mentioned  under  these  or  other  titles. 

CORNELL    COLLEGE 

The  catalogue  examined  is  for  1901-2.  Twenty-five 
branches  are  treated  in  51  courses  and  6442  hours.  Latin, 
Greek  and  Engineering  are  strongly  emphasized.  The  Eng- 
lish Bible  is  studied  in  2  courses  of  112  hours,  and  Theism 
and  Apologetics  in  2  courses  of  88  hours,  while  Anthropol- 
ogy and  Ethnology  are  omitted. 


1  This  long  detailed  study  has  some  rewards  in  the  curious  con- 
trasts presented  in  certain  features  of  the  courses  of  various  colleges. 
For  example,  Iowa  College  offers  12  courses  with  540  hours  in  Polit- 
ical Science;  and  Drake  offers  1  with  144  hours  in  Sociology  and 
Political  Economy.  Drake  offers  10  courses  with  570  hours  in 
Semitic  Languages  and  Literature;  and  Iowa  College  offers  nothing 
in  this  line  for  bachelor  degrees.  Iowa  College  mentions  148  courses 
with  8928  hours,  and  Drake  68  courses  with  8154  hours. 


OF   HISTORY  AND  POLITICS  325 

THE    GEE  AT    OVERSIGHT 

The  above  is  a  small  part  of  the  result  of  an  analytic  and. 
comparative  study  of  the  courses  offered  in  several  of  the 
representative  institutions  of  higher  education  in  the  State 
of  Iowa.  The  catalogues  of  the  other  colleges  have  also 
been  examined.  They  do  not  show  that  Anthropology  and 
Ethnology  are  offered  as  branches  for  a  liberal  education, 
nor  that  their  facts  and  laws  are  treated  under  other 
branches.  Thus  it  would  appear  that  the  two  or  three  dozen 
lectures,  voluntarily  given  by  professors  in  several  of  the  de- 
partments of  the  State  University,  constitute  the  sum  of 
definite  academic  instruction  along  this  line  within  the  State. 

If  "liberal  education"  includes  intelligence  regarding 
mankind  in  the  largest  available  ways,  a  great  mistake  is 
being  made.  From  the  point  of  view  of  time  relations,  no 
study  can  open  up  the  mind  to  a  realization  of  the  vastness 
and  meaning  of  human  life  as  can  Anthropology — whose 
special  business  it  is  to  study  man  from  the  point  of  view  of 
origins,  that  is,  his  antiquity,  the  beginnings  of  his  faculties 
as  human,  and  the  first  stages  of  his  accomplishments  as 
conscious  upward  effort.  Again,  from  the  point  of  view  of 
space  ralations,  no  other  study  of  the  " humanities"  so 
broadens  the  intelligence  of  man  about  man  as  "kind"  as 
does  Ethnology — whose  very  essence  is  the  study  of  all 
kinds,  the  understanding  of  the  causes  for  their  varied  racial 
characteristics,  for  their  wondrous  distributions,  and  for 
their  widely  varied  languages,  customs,  societies,  and  re- 
ligions. 


326  TftE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

A    SCIENCE    WITHOUT    A    PLACE 

It  is  now  forty  years  since  Sir  Charles  Lyell  published 
his  Antiquity  of  Man.  In  that  year  (1863)  the  London 
Anthropological  Society  was  formed.  Men  of  science  in 
Paris  had  founded  the  since  world- renowned  Societe  <VAn- 
thropologie  four  years  before,  in  1859,  the  year  in  which 
Darwin's  epoch-making  Origin  of  Species  appeared.  Since 
then  a  long  array  of  scientific  scholarship  has  elaborated  a 
line  of  facts  and  laws  strange  to  men  before.  Among  books 
of  recent  years,  whose  trend  and  central  thoughts  are  indis- 
pensable, for  up-to-date  culture,  the  following  might  be 
mentioned:  E.  B.  Tylor,  Anthropology]  E.  B.  Tylor, 
Primitive  Culture,  2  vols. ;  A.  De  Quatrefages,  The  Human 
Species;  A.  J.  and  F.  D.  Hubertson,  Man  and  His  Work; 
P.  Topinard,  Anthropology;  Fr.  Starr,  Some  First  Steps  in 
Human  Progress;  Fr.  Ratzel,  Mankind,  3  vols. ;  Fr.  Ratzel, 
Anthropogeographie;  E.  Haeckel,  Natural  History  of  Man; 
A.  H.  Keane,  Ethnology;  A.  H.  Keane,  Man,  Past  and 
Present;  Joseph  Deniker,  The  Races  of  Man;  D.  G.  Brin- 
ton,  Races  and  Peoples;  Edward  Clodd,  Story  of  Creation; 
Edward  Clodd,  Story  of  Primitive  Man;  Henry  Drum- 
mond,  Ascent  of  Man;  Charles  Morris,  Man  and  His  An- 
cestor; Sir  John  Lubbock,  Prehistoric  Times,  6th  ed.;  Sir 
John  Lubbock,  Origin  of  Civilization:  G.  De  Mortillet, 
Le  Prehistorique;  G.  F.  Wright,  Man  and  the  Glacial 
Period;  McLean,  Manual  of  the  Antiquity  of  Man;  T.  H. 
Huxley,  Marts  Place  in  Nature;  R.  Wiedersheirn,  The 
Structure  of  Man;  G.  J.  Romanes,  Origin  of  Human 
Faculty;  O.  T.  Mason,  Origin  of  Inventions;  W.  J.  Hoff- 
mann, Beginnings  of  Writing;  E.  Grosse,  Beginnings  of 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  327 

Art;  R.  Wallaschek,  Primitive  Music;  Greddes  &.  Thomson, 
Evolution  of  Sex;  Ch.  Letourneau,  Evolution  of  Marriage 
and  the  Family;  J.  F.  McLennan,  Primitive  Marriage;  C. 
N.  Starcke,  The  Primitive  Family;  Edward  Westermarck, 
History  of  Marriage;  A.  Sutherland,  Origin  and  Growth 
of  the  Moral  Instinct;  Lewis  H.  Morgan,  Ancient  Society. 
" Anthropology  is  now  a  well  established  science,"  says 
Professor  Putnam  of  Harvard.  To  which  of  the  sciences 
then  belongs  the  task  of  explaining  why  this  field  of  knowl- 
edge, cultivated  so  ably  and  by  such  eminent  workers,  has 
not  long  ago  been  adopted,  provided  for,  and  unquestion- 
ably and  efficiently  expounded  in  every  curriculum  labeled 
u liberal,"  "higher,"  " advanced,"  or  "collegiate"  education? 

PRACTICAL    SUGGESTIONS 

For  the  furtherance  of  anthropological  science  within 
the  State  and  elsewhere,  there  should  now  be  organized  an 
Anthropological  Academy  of  Iowa.  It  should  have  a  branch 
in  every  county  and  in  every  important  town.  It  should  be 
founded  and  maintained  for  the  development  of  this  large 
field  of  information  and  interest  which  is  in  no  other  way 
adequately  cared  for. 

For  the  complementation  of  the  opportunities  for  "liberal 
education, "  each  university  and  college  should  at  the  earliest 
possible  moment  provide  from  one  to  several  courses  in  this 
rich  but  neglected  field. 

1.  An  introductory  course  in  General  Anthropology,  or 
the  Science  of  Man  as  a  whole,  covering  also  a  sketch  of 
the  landmarks  in  the  rise  of  this  science. 

2.  A  course  in  Iowa  Ethnology,  or  the  Races  who  have 
inhabited  the  State. 


328  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

3.  A  course  in  Iowa  Anihropogeny,   or  the  Origin  of 
these  Eaces. 

4.  A  course  in    General  Ethnology,    or  the  Eaces  of 
Mankind. 

5.  Seminaries  on  special  questions  of  paramount  im- 
portance, instituting  archaeological  investigations  in  various 
parts  of  the  State,  and  undertaking  the  collection  of  data 
for  numerous  problems  awaiting  solution. 

6.  Museums  should  be  begun  by  adding  to  and  develop- 
ing the  present  available  collections  by  the  work  of  students, 
professors,  and  volunteers. 

DUKEN  J.  H.  WAED 
IOWA  CITY,  IOWA 


LETTERS  BY  MRS.  JAMES  W.  GRIMES 

CONTRIBUTED  BY  E.  M.  NEALLEY 

The  following  letters  by  Mrs.  James  W.  Grimes  were 
taken  from  a  collection  of  letters  which  have  been  preserved 
by  Mrs.  Margaret  E.  Nealley,  whose  husband,  Joseph  B. 
Nealley,  was  Mrs.  Grimes'  brother. 

LETTER  TO  MRS.  MARGARET  E.  NEALLEY 

WASHINGTON,   March  7th,  '61. 
Dear  Maggie: 

You  know  there  were  great  things  to  be  done  here  which 
required  the  most  absorbing  attention  and  the  most  pro- 
found skill  and  wisdom,  but  I  cannot  say  I  have  contributed 
of  my  fullness  in  these  particulars  to  further  this  great  work 
of  saving  our  "ship  of  state"  from  its  dreadful  peril.  I 
have  believed  much  in  Mr.  Lincoln  and  have  waited  patiently 
for  his  coming,  and  now  I  am  convinced  I  have  not  believed 
amiss.  The  good  face  which  inspired  the  confidence  of  my 
heart  is  inspiring  the  same  trust  in  thousands  here.  Such 
weight  is  there  in  plain  wisdom  and  rectitude  of  purpose,  in 
cleanness  of  heart  and  morals!  They  shine  like  a  glory  in 
this  atmosphere.  "God  bless  old  Abe!"  Oh  how  my  heart 
of  hearts  prays  it!  There  was  much  bitter  feeling  and 
anxiety  about  the  formation  of  the  Cabinet,  during  the  pro- 
cess, but  the  work  completed  seems  to  satisfy.  All  who 


330  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

approach  the  President  corne  away  with  improved  feeling 
toward  him,  with  confidence  and  respect.  He  looked  well 
on  inauguration  day,  was  very  pale  as  he  walked  into  the 
Senate  Chamber  and  took  his  seat  by  Mr.  Buchanan.  Ladies 
sitting  by  me  in  the  gallery  exclaimed,  how  handsome  he  is! 
They  had  heard  quite  a  different  tale,  and  he  looked  so 
much  better  than  they  expected  to  see  him  that  they  called 
him  handsome.  His  inaugural  was  delivered  with  great 
dignity  and  feeling,  and  his  oath  was  taken  as  though  he 
felt  its  full  solemnity.  He  spoke  very  slowly,  pausing  at 
every  sentence.  And  now  we  hope  for 1 

LETTER  TO  MRS.   MARGARET  E.  NEALLEY 

WASHINGTON,  Jan.  9th,  1866. 
My  Dear  Sister: 

I  anrall  alone  this  evening,  Mr.  Grimes  having  gone  to  a 
Committee  meeting  at  the  Capitol,  and  the  forms  of  that 
faraway  mother  and  of  her  little  child,  called  of  her  Moses, 
rise  before  me  in  the  deep  silence  and  bid  me  write.  But 
how  much  pleasanter  would  it  be  to  me  could  I  come  to  you 
in  person  for  a  little  while  and  comfort  my  heart  with  a 
real  participation  in  your  quiet  happiness.  I  would  be  still 
more  pleased  could  you  and  your  husband  be  with  me  in 
our  own  cheerful  rooms  here  for  the  evening.  I  cannot  feel 
quite  satisfied  not  to  have  you  know  how  things  look  here 
where  we  are  spending  so  much  of  our  lives, — but  then  it  is 
not  for  us  to  be  satisfied  in  any  home -sense  in  a  place  where 
we  feel  that  we  are  only  staying  for  a  brief  period,  mere 
sojourners,  with  our  dear  home  in  Iowa  always  in  mind.  I 


1  The  remainder  of  this  letter  is  missing. 


OF   HISTORY  AND   POLITICS  331 

get  to  feel  a  real  homesickness  after  being  here  a  few 
months  and  am  impatient  to  leave  when  the  spring  comes. 

We  are  quite  near  the  White  House  this  winter  and  pass 
under  the  very  porch  sometimes  in  coming  from  the  Capitol. 
We  lift  our  eyes  to  it  without  any  feeling  of  awe  much  less 
of  envy,  indeed  it  seems  a  place  strangely  wanting  in  attrac- 
tions, as  perhaps  it  would  necessarily  after  the  loss  from  it 
of  such  a  man  as  Mr.  Lincoln.  He  drew  multitudes  about 
him  from  the  first  by  the  magnetism  of  his  kind  heart  and 
by  a  combination  of  traits  that  gave  a  strange  charm  to  his 
homely  person  and  conversation. 

Mr.  Johnson  is  as  yet  hardly  known  by  the  people,  and 
we  hear  very  little  about  him,  only  as  we  hear  discussed 
here  in  Washington  his  views  and  measures  of  "  Reconstruc- 
tion," which  Congress  seems  determined  to  examine  a  little 
before  adopting.  Does  not  Congress  begin  business  very 
carefully  and  promise,  at  any  rate,  not  to  commit  the 
blunder  of  too  great  haste  in  restoring  the  States  that  have 
committed  such  injury  to  the  country  and  to  themselves  by 
their  violent  "secession?"  There  is  no  unwillingness  to 
deal  kindly  with  them,  but  there  is  an  anxious  desire  to 
know  the  very  best  course  to  pursue.  Mr.  Grimes  says  of 
the  Committee,  whose  business  it  is  to  inquire  into  the  con- 
dition of  the  Southern  States,  that  it  is  a  very  able  Com- 
mittee. You  know  the  members  are  chosen  from  both 
Houses. 

They  say  we  are  in  a  very  favorable  part  of  the  City  this 
winter  for  the  parties  and  receptions  and  gayeties  of  every 
description,  but  I  am  afraid  the  devotees  of  such  pleasures 
will  gain  nothing  by  our  being  here.  We  find  there  are 


332  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

attractions  of  other  kinds  here,  a  society  more  agreeable  to 
our  modest  tastes,  or  moderate  tastes  I  might  better  say. 

We  have  the  Hawk- Eye  and  know  of  the  fairs  and  con- 
certs and  other  things  of  public  and  general  interest  trans- 
piring in  Burlington.  Mr.  Salter's  people  seem  fully  to 
have  resolved  to  build  a  new  church ;  but  are  they  not  going 
to  place  it  too  near  the  Presbyterian?  I  understand  there 
will  be  only  the  space  of  an  alley  between  them. 

I  have  not  been  to  church  or  hardly  anywhere  else  as  yet 
this  winter,  as  I  have  had  colds  nearly  all  the  time,  not  very 
bad  but  enough  so  to  oblige  me  to  be  very  careful,  and  I 
fear  to  go  to  church  and  sit  with  cold  feet.  I  wish  you 
could  write  me  but  will  not  insist  upon  it  knowing  your 
many  cares.  I  long  to  see  the  baby  sometimes  and  think 
it  very  hard  to  be  always  such  a  stranger  to  him  that  he 
will  not  care  anything  about  me. 

I  hope  you  and  your  husband  are  well  this  winter,  and 
that  all  is  well  at  your  father's  house. 

With  love  to  everyone  there  and  in  the  country. 

Yr.  aff.  sister, 

E.   S.   GRIMES. 

LETTER  TO  JOSEPH  B.   NEALLEY 

WASHINGTON,  May  13th,  1868. 
My  Dear  Brother: 

I  suppose  you  see  by  the  Tribune  yesterday  that  Mr. 
Grimes  is  "dead,"  and  you  have  probably  learned  before 
this  all  the  particulars  of  the  closing  scene.  To  my  mind 
there  is  no  such  evidence  of  life  as  that  of  a  man's  being 
able  in  a  time  like  this  steadfastly  to  follow  the  dictates  of 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  333 

his  own  clear  intellect  and  his  good  conscience,  —  and  hav- 
ing taken  an  oath  to  do  impartial  justice  in  this  greatest 
trial  known  to  our  government,  to  feel  bound  by  it  in  spite 
of  all  such  shameless  misrepresentations  and  menaces  as 
those  of  the  IV.  Y.  Tribune  and  other  papers.  The  en- 
closed is  cut  from  the  JV.  Y.  Evening  Post,  which  I  think 
will  seem  to  you  as  the  more  truthful  view  of  things. 

I  believe  Mr.  Grimes'  " opinion,"  which  was  only  partly 
read  in  the  secret  session  on  Monday,  is  published  in  the 
Chicago  Tribune.  You  will  have  seen  it  before  this  reaches 
you.  Mr.  Fessenden's  and  Mr.  Trumbull's  are  longer,  and 
Mr.  Grimes  says  they  argue  the  case  more  fully,  and  he 
thinks  their  papers  very  able.  We  have  seen  all  that  is 
worst  in  politics  in  the  course  of  this  trial  of  impeachment. 
But  I  cannot  begin  to  tell  you  in  the  space  of  this  letter  how 
much  we  have  felt  to  be  involved  in  it. 

Mary  and  I  are  packing  our  trunks  to-day,  and  expect  to 
take  leave  of  Washington  next  Monday,  the  18th.  Mr. 
Grimes  will  go  with  us  to  N.  Y. 

I  hope  Maggie  and  the  children  are  well.  I  should  have 
written  her  if  I  could  write  letters  with  ease  as  some  do. 
When  I  could  write  I  have  written  to  Matty  from  an  old 
habit,  and  you  have  heard  from  me  occasionally  in  that  way. 
I  have  been  feeling  quite  weak  this  spring,  but  believe  I  am 
gaining  a  little  now.  Mr.  Grimes  is  pretty  well  worn  out 
by  this  tedious  trial — has l 


1  The  remainder  of  this  letter  is  missing. 


CONGRESSIONAL   DISTRICTING  IN  IOWA 

It  is  the  purpose  of  this  paper  to  outline  briefly  the  history 
of  legislation  on  the  subject  of  congressional  districting  in 
Iowa — pointing  out  the  changes  made  from  time  to  time, 
showing  by  means  of  maps  the  exact  form  and  extent  of  the 
districts  established  by  the  several  acts  of  the  General  As- 
sembly, and  commenting  upon  the  motives  and  circumstances 
prompting  alterations  in  the  boundaries  of  these  districts. 

Prior  to  1847  there  were  no  congressional  districts  in  the 
State.  From  1838  to  1846  Iowa  existed  as  a  separate  Ter- 
ritory, entitled  to  one  Delegate  in  Congress,  wlio  was  chosen 
for  a  term  of  two  years  and  who  represented  the  entire  ter- 
ritorial area  and  population.1  Then  came  the  change  inci- 
dent to  statehood.  On  August  4,  1846,  Congress  passed 
an  act  defining  the  boundaries  of  the  State  of  Iowa  and  pro- 
viding that,  until  the  next  census  and  apportionment,  the 
new  State  should  be  entitled  to  two  seats  in  the  House  of 
Representatives.2  A  State  Constitution  was  adopted,  and 
on  December  28,  1846,  Iowa  entered  the  Union.  The  State 
had  not,  however,  been  districted  in  time  for  the  election  of 
that  year;  hence  the  two  congressmen  were  chosen  on  a 
general  ticket,  each  to  represent  the  State  as  a  whole.3  Since 
that  time  Iowa  congressmen  have  been  elected  by  districts, 


1  Laws  of  Iowa,  1838,  p.  38. 

2  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  Vol.  ix,  p.  52. 

3  The  Iowa  Standard,  Nov.  4,  Nov.  11,  and  Dec.  2,  1846. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  335 

and  the  General  Assembly  has  enacted  seven  laws  respecting 
the  division  of  the  State  for  this  purpose. 

THE    ACT    OF    1847 

On  December  7,  1846,  the  State  Senate  voted  that  a 
4 'select  committee  of  seven"  be  appointed  to  "report  a  bill 
to  the  Senate,  dividing  the  State  into  two  congressional  dis- 
tricts, so  as  to  include,  as  nearly  as  can  be  done,  an  equal 
portion  of  the  territory  and  an  equal  portion  of  the  popula- 
tion of  the  State  in  each  district,  and  that  the  vote  given  in 
August  last  for  and  against  the  constitution  be  taken  as  the 
basis  in  dividing  the  population. " 1  This  committee  reported 
a  bill  which  was  later  referred  to  a  selected  committee  of 
three  from  each  judicial  district.2  From  this  body  the  bill 
emerged  in  a  somewhat  modified  form;8  and,  after  consider- 
able discussion  and  amendment  both  in  the  Senate4  and  in 
the  House,6  it  became  a  law,  February  22,  1847. 6  This 
first  statute  on  the  subject  divided  the  State  into  two  con- 
gressional districts :  the  first  was  to  consist  of  the  counties 
of  Lee,  Van  Buren,  Jefferson,  Wapello,  Davis,  Appanoose, 
Henry,  Mahaska,  Monroe,  Marion,  Jasper,  Polk,  Keokuk, 
and  the  country  south  of  a  line  drawn  from  the  northwest 
corner  of  Polk  county  west  to  the  Missouri  river;  the  second 
was  composed  of  the  counties  of  Clayton,  Dubuque,  Dela- 
ware, Jackson,  Clinton,  Jones,  Linn,  Poweshiek,  Benton, 
Iowa,  Johnson,  Cedar,  Scott,  Muscatine,  Washington,  Louisa, 


1  Senate  Journal,  1st  G.  A.,  p.  31.  *  Ibid,  pp.  50,  69. 

3  Ibid,  p.  109.  4  Ibid,  pp.  117-118. 

5 House  Journal,  1st  G.  A.,  pp.  339,  355. 
6  Laws  of  Iowa ,  1st  Sess.,  1st  G.  A.,  p.  84. 


336  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

Des  Moines,   and  all  north  of  a  line  from  the  northwest 
corner  of  Polk  county  west  to  the  Missouri. 

From  the  standpoint  of  area,  of  population,  and  of  poli- 
tics, this  arrangement  seems  to  have  been  equitable.  Turn- 
ing to  Map  I,  on  which  the  limits  of  the  two  districts  are 
indicated,  we  see  that  the  dividing  line  marks  off  a  southern, 
or  first  district,  and  a  northern,  or  second  district,  which 
are  fairly  regular  in  outline,  but  quite  unequal  in  area.  This 
inequality  is,  however,  readily  explained  in  this  way.  To 
compensate  for  the  sparse  settlement  of  the  northwest,  the 
eastern  portion  of  the  boundary  line  veers  to  the  south  so 
that  the  comparatively  dense  population  of  the  southeast 
may  be  shared  by  the  second  district.  In  population,  on 
the  other  hand,  the  first  (and  smaller)  district  leads  by  more 
than  2,000;x  while  in  voters  it  outnumbers  the  second  dis- 
trict by  about  500. 2  As  to  politics,  each  district  returned  a 
Democratic  majority  of  a  few  hundred.3  But  there  is  little 
ground  for  a  charge  of  gerrymander;  for,  while  the  Whig 
minority  was  large  in  each  case,  it  was  so  distributed  as  to 
make  the  formation  of  even  one  Whig  district4  impossible, 
except  through  the  establishment  of  the  most  irregular  and 
unnatural  boundaries. 


1  Hull's  Historical  and  Comparative  Census  of  Iowa,  p.  196. 

2  The  Iowa  Standard,  Sept.  15,  1847. 

3  Ibid. 

4  Whig  majorities  in  1847  were: — Henry  131,  Jasper  38,  Mahaska 
25,  Dallas  7,  Clayton  4,  Cedar  22,  Delaware  20,  Jones  2,  Scott  13, 
Muscatine  14,  Washington  80,  Louisa  103.     Total  459. —  The  Iowa 
Standard,  Sept.  15,  1847. 


OF   HISTORY  AND   POLITICS  337 

THE   ACT    OF    1848 

Early  in  January,  1848,  a  bill  was  introduced  into  the 
House  of  Representatives  providing  for  the  transfer  of  Powe- 
shiek  county  from  the  second  congressional  district  to  the 
first.1  Apparently  without  opposition,  this  measure  passed 
both  houses,  and  on  January  24  received  the  signature  of 
the  Governor.2  Why  this  transfer  was  made,  is  not  clear. 
It  is  true  that  on  this  same  January  24  the  first  law  was 
passed  for  the  organization  of  the  county  of  Poweshiek,3 
whose  boundaries  had  been  fixed  a  few  years  before;4  but 
this  change  in  the  status  of  the  county  did  not  necessitate  a 
change  in  its  relation  to  the  congressional  districting  of  the 
State.  The  transfer  was  not  to  equalize  the  population  of 
the  two  districts;  for  the  census  returns  for  1847,  1848,  and 
1849  show  that  the  inhabitants  of  the  first  district  outnum- 
bered those  of  the  second  by  several  thousand.5  Nor  could 
the  political  motive  have  been  weighty;  for,  while  the  elec- 
tion returns  indicate  a  decreasing  Democratic  majority  in 
the  first  district  and  an  increasing  Democratic  majority  in 
the  second,  the  Whig  majority  of  five  in  Poweshiek  was 
not  sufficient  to  make  any  material  difference  in  the  political 
complexion  of  either  district.6  The  chief  merit  of  the  law 
seems  to  have  been  that  it  tended  to  straighten  the  dividing 

1  House  Journal,  1st  G.  A.,  Extra  Sess.,  pp.  37,  64. 

*  House  Journal,  1st  G.  A.,  Extra  Sess.,  p.  70;  Senate  Journal,  p. 
59;  Laws  of  Iowa,  1st  G.  A.,  Extra  Sess.,  p.  34. 

3 Laws  of  Iowa,  1st  G.  A.,  Extra  Sess.,  p.  55. 

4  Revised  Statutes  of  the  Territory  of  Iowa,  1842-1843,  p.  131. 

5 House  Journal,  1st  G.  A.,  Extra  Sess.,  p.  69;  Hull's  Historical 
and  Comparative  Census,  pp.  196,  198. 

'Fairall's  Manual,  1882,  pp.  14,  15. 


338  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

line  and  so  make  the  form  of  the  districts  more  regular. 
(See  Map  II). 

THE    ACT    OF    1857 

On  January  24,  1857,  Mr.  Foster  from  the  Senate  com- 
mittee on  apportionment  reported  a  bill  to  alter  the  bound- 
aries of  the  congressional  districts.1  The  measure  promptly 
passed  both  houses  without  amendment,2  and  on  January 
28  became  a  law.  By  its  terms,  three  counties  (Des  Moines, 
Louisa,  and  Washington)  were  detached  from  the  second 
district  and  attached  to  the  first.3  The  reasons  for  this 
change  are  not  far  to  seek.  In  the  first  place,  the  popula- 
tion of  the  second  district  had  been  increasing  much  more 
rapidly  than  that  of  the  first.  In  1849  the  latter  had  num- 
bered 86,899  inhabitants,  while  the  former  had  only  68,074; 
but  in  1856  the  order  of  precedence  was  reversed,  since  the 
first  district  had  but  222,120,  whereas  the  population  of  the 
second  had  grown  to  285, 755. 4  A  slight  change  of  bound- 
aries was,  therefore,  warranted  in  order  to  restore  equality. 
Moreover,  several  circumstances  argued  in  favor  of  the 
transfer  of  the  three  counties  mentioned  in  the  act.  It 
tended  to  equalize  the  population  of  the  two  districts,  and 
yet  guarded  against  the  necessity  of  a  too  early  readjust- 
ment, by  giving  the  first  district  a  slight  excess  of  inhab- 
itants to  offset  the  more  rapid  increase  in  the  second.5  Fur- 


1  Senate  Journal,  6th  G.  A.,  p.  450. 

2  Senate  Journal,  6th  G.  A.,  pp.  464,  488;  House  Journal,  6th  G. 
A.,  pp.  492,  516. 

*Laws  of  Iowa,  6th  G.  A.,  p.  323. 

4  Hull's  Historical  and  Comparative  Census,  p.  196. 

5  Ibid,  p.  196.       By  the  new  arrangement  the  first  district  had 
262,999  and  the  second  244,876  inhabitants. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  339 

thermore,  it  served  to  secure  greater  regularity  in  the  bound- 
aries and  forms  of  the  districts  than  any  other  arrangement 
would  have  done.1  But  it  seems  also  to  have  subserved 
partisan  ends.  In  the  congressional  election  of  1856  the 
second  district  returned  a  Republican  majority  of  6,017, 
while  the  first  went  Republican  by  only  955  votes.2  The 
second  was  safe;  but  no  great  change  of  sentiment  would  be 
requisite  to  give  the  first  to  the  Democrats.  The  coun- 
ties of  Des  Moines,  Louisa,  and  Washington  alone  had,  in 
1856,  given  a  majority  of  862  for  the  Republican  candidate. 
This  vote  could  be  shifted  to  the  first  district;  and  so,  with- 
out endangering  party  success  in  the  northern  district,  the 
Republican  chances  in  case  of  general  Democratic  gains 
would  be  strengthened  several  fold.  The  outcome  of  the 
election  of  1858  vindicated  the  wisdom  of  this  precautionary 
step;  for  the  Republican  majorities  were  reduced  to  2,739  in 
the  second  district  and  600  in  the  first,  while  the  three  coun- 
ties in  question  were  carried  by  only  499  votes.  This  last 
number  subtracted  from  the  600  would  have  left  the  domin- 
ant party  with  the  uncomfortably  narrow  margin  of  101  in 
the  southern  district.3  The  act  of  1857  had  relieved  the 
Republicans  of  great  anxiety  and  fortified  their  success  for 
the  future. 

THE   ACT   OF    1862 

The  census  of  1860  revealed  marvelous  growth  on  the 
part  of  Iowa.     During  the  decade  then  closing  the  popula- 


1  See  Maps  II  and  III. 
sFairall's  Manual,  1882,  p.  21. 
8  Tipton  Advertiser,  Dec.  11,  1858. 


340  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

-tion  of  the  State  had  increased  more  than  250  per  cent.1  For 
the  same  period  the  ratio  of  national  representation,  fixed 
by  Congress  after  the  taking  of  each  census,  had  been  raised 
only  about  37  per  cent.2  When  the  new  figures  for  the 
population  of  Iowa  were  divided  by  the  new  ratio  the  result 
wsisjlve  and  a  large  fraction.  Moreover,  in  1862  Congress 
decided  to  increase  the  total  number  of  Representatives  from 
233  to  241,  and,  in  recognition  of  the  fraction  above  men- 
tioned, to  award  one  of  these  new  representatives  to  the 
State  of  Iowa.8  Thus  the  number  of  seats  in  Congress  to 
which  Iowa  was  entitled  was  suddenly  increased  from  two  to 
six.  The  State  was  to  be  redistricted  accordingly.  This 
work  was  promptly  taken  up  by  the  General  Assembly.  It 
was  on  March  25,  1862,  that  Mr.  Eaton  introduced  into  the 
House  a  bill  which  was  speedily  passed  and  presented  to 
the  Senate  on  the  very  day  of  its  introduction  in  the  House.4 
Here  it  was  referred  to  the  committee  on  congressional  dis- 
tricts, from  which  it  was  reported  with  important  amend- 
ments. Over  this  report  a  spirited  discussion  arose;  numer- 
ous additional  amendments  were  suggested  and  lost;  but  the 
bill  was  finally  passed  substantially  as  it  came  from  the 
Senate  committee.5  Thereupon  the  House  refused  to  con- 
cur in  the  senate  amendments.  A  committee  of  conference 


Population  of  Iowa  in  1850  was  192,214;  in  1860,    674,913.— 
Hull's  Historical  and  Comparative  Census,  pp.  198-9. 

2  Ratio  of  representation  fixed  after  the  census  of  1850  was  93,500; 
after  the  census  of  1860  it  was  127,941. 

3  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  Vol.  xii,  p.  353.     Act  of  March  4,  1862. 
4 House  Journal,  9th  G.  A.,  p.  692;  vote  53  to  22. 

5  Senate  Journal,  9th   G.  A.,  pp.    449,  456,    516,    517,    519,   536; 
vote  26  to  16. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  341 

was  chosen  by  each  house,  and  a  compromise  measure  was 
agreed  upon,  which  became  a  law  April  5,  1862.1 

By  this  act  the  State  was  divided  into  the  following  six 
districts:  The  first,  consisting  of  the  counties  of  Lee,  Van 
Buren,  Davis,  Jefferson,  Henry,  Des  Moines,  Louisa,  and 
Washington;  the  second,  of  Muscatine,  Scott,  Clinton,  Jack- 
son, Cedar,  Jones,  and  Linn;  the  third,  of  Dubuque,  Clay- 
ton, Allamakee,  Winneshiek,  Howard,  Mitchell,  Buchanan, 
Floyd,  Chickasaw,  Bremer,  Fayette,  and  Delaware;  the 
fourth,  of  Appanoose,  Monroe,  Wapello,  Marion,  Mahaska, 
Keokuk,  Jasper,  Poweshiek,  Iowa,  Johnson,  Tama,  and 
Benton;  the  fifth,  of  Polk,  Dallas,  Guthrie,  Audubon, 
Shelby,  Harrison,  Warren,  Madison,  Adair,  Cass,  Pottawat- 
tamie,  Lucas,  Clarke,  Union,  Adams,  Montgomery,  Mills, 
Wayne,  Decatur,  Binggold,  Taylor,  Page,  and  Fremont; 
the  sixth,  of  Worth,  Cerro  Gordo,  Black  Hawk,  Grundy, 
Butler,  Franklin,  Hardin,  Marshall,  Story,  Hamilton, 
Wright,  Hancock,  Winnebago,  Boone,  Webster,  Humboldt, 
Kossuth,  Greene,  Calhoun,  Pocahontas,  Palo  Alto,  Emmet, 
Carroll,  Sac,  Buena  Vista,  Clay,  Dickinson,  Crawford,  Ida, 
Cherokee,  O'Brien,  Osceola,  Monona>  Woodbury,  Plymouth, 
Sioux,  and  Buncombe.2 

The  territorial  features  of  this  enactment  are  clearly  rep- 
resented on  Map  IV.  Perhaps  the  most  striking  fact  in  this 
^connection  is  the  great  inequality  in  the  size  of  the  districts. 

1  Senate  Journal,  9th  G.  A.,  pp.  550,  564,  580,  586,  595.  It  is 
probable  that  this  is  the  senatorial  plan  for  the  six  districts  which 
is  given  in  the  Dubuque  Weekly  limes,  April  10,  1862. 

-Laws  of  Iowa,  9th  G.  A.,  Reg.  Sess.,  p.  182.  Buncombe  was 
the  original  name  of  Lyon  county.  The  name  was  changed,  Decem- 
ber 10,  1862; — see  Laws  of  Iowa,  9th  G.  A.,  Extra  Sess.,  p.  22. 


342  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

A  vast  area,  more  than  half  the  State,  is  embraced  in  two 
districts;  while  the  sixth  district  alone  occupies  more  than 
one-third  of  the  entire  Commonwealth.  This  is  suggestive 
of  the  unequal  distribution  of  population  throughout  the 
State;  but  the  territorial  inequality  of  the  districts  is  by  no 
means  commensurate  with  the  inequality  in  the  distribution 
of  population.  In  fact,  the  population  of  the  districts  varies 
almost  inversely  as  their  areas.  The  first  had  138,032  in- 
habitants in  1860;  the  second,  125,036;  the  third,  128,646; 
the  fourth,  134,895;  the  fifth,  101,571;  and  the  sixth,  46,- 
732.1  Had  the  people  of  Iowa  been  divided  equally  among 
six  districts,  made  up  of  contiguous  territory,  these  large 
districts  would  have  been  still  larger  and,  perhaps,  would 
have  exceeded  the  limits  consistent  with  the  most  serviceable 
and  effective  representation.  Nor  were  political  considera- 
tions lost  sight  of.  The  dominant  party  not  unnaturally 
looked  out  for  its  own  interests.  The  population  of  the 
several  districts  was  made  almost  exactly  proportionate  to 
the  strength  of  the  Democratic  opposition  in  those  districts. 
The  success  of  these  party  efforts  was  apparent  in  the  fall  of 
1862;  for,  while  the  Democrats  cast  more  than  three-sevenths 
of  the  vote  of  the  State,  each  one  of  the  new  districts  chose 
a  Republican  representative.2  The  distribution  of  territory 


1  Hull's  His torical  and  Comparative  Census,  p.  197. 

2  Vote  for  congressmen,  in  1862: — 


PARTY 
Republican. 

1ST 
DlST. 

12705 

2ND 
DlST. 

12433 

3RD 
DlST. 

12112 

4TH 
DlST. 

12900 

5TH 
DlST. 

10306 

6TH 
DlST. 

5396 

Democratic  

10486 

8930 

8452 

11520 

7346 

2755 

Rep.  Maioritv.  . 

2219 

3503 

3660 

1380 

2960 

2631 

— FairalPs  Manual,  1882,  p.  26. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  343 

and  voters  by  which  this  result  was  accomplished  was  not, 
however,  especially  remarkable  or  reprehensible;  for,  while 
the  Democratic  vote  was  strong,  it  was  so  distributed  as  to 
make  the  erection  of  more  than  one  or  two  Democratic  dis- 
tricts (e.  g.  the  first  and  fourth)  impossible  without  resort 
to  palpable  gerrymandering  in  favor  of  Democracy. 

THE    ACT  OF    1872 

On  July  14,  1862,  Congress  passed  a  law  prescribing  that 
in  each  State,  entitled  to  more  than  one  representative,  the 
number  to  which  such  State  should  be  entitled  should  be 
elected  by  districts  composed  of  contiguous  territory  and 
equal  in  number  to  the  number  of  representatives  to  which 
the  State  should  be  entitled.1  Since  that  time,  each  federal 
statute  relating  to  the  number  and  apportionment  of  repre- 
sentatives in  Congress,  has  re-enacted  these  provisions  and 
has  further  specified  (1)  that  the  districts  in  each  State  shall 
contain,  as  nearly  as  practicable,  an  equal  number  of  inhab- 
itants, and  (2)  that,  if  the  number  of  representatives  from 
any  State  be  increased,  the  State  shall  choose  a  delegate  at 
large  until  the  State  legislature  shall  have  re -districted  the 
State.2 

As  Iowa  legislation  on  the  subject  had  hitherto  been 
roughly  conformable  to  these  conditions,  their  enactment 
into  national  law  had  no  appreciable  effect  upon  the  later 
laws  of  the  State  relating  to  the  congressional  districting. 
It  may  be  of  interest,  however,  to  note  that  the  first  act 


1  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  Vol.  xn,  p.  572. 

2  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  Vol.  xvu,  p.  28;  Vol.  xxn,  p.  5;  Vol. 
xxvi,  p.  735. 


344  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

subsequent  to  this  national  regulation  was  that  of  1872. 
The  congressional  apportionment  act  of  February  22,  1872, 
increased  the  number  of  representatives  assigned  to  Iowa 
from  six  to  nine.1  Even  in  anticipation  of  a  new  apportion- 
ment, the  Iowa  State  Senate  had  appointed  a  congressional 
districting  committee  consisting  of  one  senator  from  each 
judicial  district,  and  had  later  augmented  the  membership 
of  this  committee  by  three.2  They  reported  a  bill,  which 
was  slightly  altered,  and,  after  the  failure  of  numerous  other 
amendments,  was  passed  by  the  Senate.3  Upon  being  sub- 
mitted to  the  House,  the  bill  was  referred  to  the  committee 
on  congressional  districts,  was  reported  favorably,  and 
passed  without  amendment,4  but  by  a  strictly  party  vote, 
all  Democrats  voting  in  the  negative.5 

This  act,  which  was  signed  by  the  Governor,  April  17, 
1872,  divided  the  State  into  nine  districts:  \he  first  consist- 
ing of  Lee,  VanBuren,  Jefferson,  Henry,  DesMoines,  Louisa, 
and  Washington  counties;  the  second  of  Muscatine,  Scott, 
Clinton,  Jackson,  Jones,  and  Cedar;  the  third,  of  Dubuque, 
Clayton,  Allamakee,  Winneshiek,  Fayette,  Buchanan,  and 
Delaware;  \h&  fourth,  of  Black  Hawk,  Bremer,  Chickasaw, 
Howard,  Mitchell,  Floyd,  Butler,  Grundy,  Hardin,  Franklin, 
Cerro  Gordo,  Worth,  Winnebago,  Hancock,  and  Wright;  the 
fifth,  of  Johnson,  Iowa,  Poweshiek,  Marshall,  Tarna,  Benton, 
and  Linn;  the  sixth,  of  Davis,  Wapello,  Keokuk,  Mahaska, 


1  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Z/arge,  Vol.  xvn,  p.  28. 

?  Senate  Journal,  14th  G.  A.,  pp.  13,  35,  44. 

3 Ibid,  pp.  381,  403;  vote,  34  to  7. 

1  House  Journal,  19th  G.  A.,  pp.  519,  549,  591,  688. 

5 Iowa  State  Register,  April  17,  1872. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS 


345 


Jasper,  Marion,  Monroe,  and  Appanoose;  the  seventh,  of 
Wayne,  Decatur,  Clarke,  Lucas,  Warren,  Polk,  Dallas, 
Madison,  Adair,  Guthrie;  the  eighth,  of  Binggold,  Union, 
Adams,  Taylor,  Page,  Montgomery,  Cass,  Audubon,  Shelby, 
Hanison,  Pottawattamie,  Mills,  Fremont;  the  ninth,  of 
Story,  Boone,  Hamilton,  Webster,  Humboldt,  Kossuth, 
Crocker,1  Emmet,  Palo  Alto,  Pocahontas,  Calhoun,  Greene, 
Carroll,  Sac,  Buena  Vista,  Clay,  Dickinson,  Osceola,  O'Brien, 
Cherokee,  Ida,  Crawford,  Monona,  Plymouth,  Sioux,  Lyon, 
and  Woodbury.2 

The  following  table  shows  the  population  and  the  polit- 
ical complexion  of  each  district: 


NUMBER  OF          POPULATION* 
DISTRICT                  1870 

REPUBLICAN* 
VOTE 

1872 

DEMOCRATIC*  REPUBLICAN* 
VOTE            MAJORITY 
1872                   1872 

1st   District  

153269 

15149 

10961 

4188 

2nd  District  

157725 

12521 

12346 

175 

3rd  District  

159617 

13654 

11774 

1880 

4th  District  

118385 

15615 

4574 

11041 

5th  District  

144364 

15531 

7434 

8097 

6th  District  

155585 

14638 

11703 

2935 

7th  District  

125211 

14909 

7702 

7207 

8th  District  
9th  District  .    ... 

94121 
85743 
1194020 

12675 
12402 
127094 

6999 
6152 
79645 

5676 
6250 
47449 

Total  .  . 

JMay  13,  1870,  a  law  was  enacted  erecting  the  northernmost  town- 
ships of  Kossuth  county  into  a  separate  county  known  as  Crocker.— 
See  Laws  of  Iowa,  13th  G.  A.,  p.  239.  But  on  December  11,  1871, 
the  Supreme  Court  declared  the  law  unconstitutional  on  the  ground 
that  these  townships  did  not  contain  the  minimum  area  required  for  a 
county  erected  under  the  Constitution  of  the  State.— Stiles  Reports, 
xii,  16  (old  series);  xxxni,  16  (new  series). 

2 Laws  of  Iowa,  14th  G.  A.,  Reg.  Sess.,  p.  63. 

3  Hull's  Historical  and  Comparative  Census,  pp.  197-9. 

4  Census  of  Iowa,  1873,  p.  80;  vote  for  congressmen. 


346  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

From  Map  V,  it  will  be  seen  that  these  districts  were 
reasonably  regular  and  that  the  grouping  of  counties  was 
fairly  convenient  from  a  territorial  point  of  view;  while 
variation  in  extent  of  districts  was  naturally  much  less  strik- 
ing than  before. 

The  case  in  1872  closely  paralleled  that  of  1862.  Con- 
gress had  made  a  new  apportionment  in  accordance  with  a 
new  census.  Iowa's  representation  had  been  increased.  The 
Republicans  were  in  control  of  the  State,  and  sought  to 
secure  the  new  districts  as  well  as  the  old.  The  Democrats 
still  cast  about  two -fifths  of  the  votes  of  the  State.  The 
formation  of  a  few  Democratic  districts  would  have  been 
easy,1  but  convenience  and  regularity  of  districting  did  not 
demand  it.  The  Republicans  lived  up  to  all  their  oppor- 
tunities. As  in  1862,  population  was  made  to  vary  directly 
as  the  strength  of  Democratic  opposition.  Eastern  districts 
were  made  the  more  populous,  and  at  the  first  election  after 
the  new  apportionment  all  the  districts  returned  Republican 
majorities.  But  in  1872  the  second  district  was  carried  by 
the  narrow  margin  of  only  175  votes,2  and  in  1874  the  third 
went  Democratic  by  63  votes.3 

Early  in  1878  a  majority  of  the  Iowa  house  committee 
on  congressional  districts  reported  favorably  a  bill  for  the 
redistricting  of  the  State.4  The  minority,  however,  protested 


1  The  second,   for  example,  by  transferring  Cedar  or  Jones   (each 
with  about  1400  Republican  majority)  to  the  fifth  district.  —  Census 
of  Iowa,  1873,  pp.  75-76. 

2  Census  of  Iowa,  1873,  p.  80. 

3 Fail-all's  Manual,  1882,  p.  40. 

4 House  Journal,  !7thG.  A.,  pp.  414,  444. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  347 

on  two  grounds:  (1)  that  the  census  of  1880  would  soon 
lead  to  a  reorganization  of  the  districts  and  would  probably 
increase  the  number  alloted  to  Iowa;  (2)  that  the  proposed 
changes  were  unwise  and  unjustifiable  since  they  affected 
only  the  third  and  fourth  districts  and  destroyed  the  sym- 
metry of  both,  making  both  reach  from  the  Mississippi  far 
westward  in  narrow  strips  of  twenty-four  by  a  hundred  and 
seventy -five.1  Nothing  ever  came  of  this  proposition,  which 
was  evidently  an  attempt  to  divide  the  Democratic  vote  of 
the  northeastern  part  of  the  State  in  such  a  way  as  to  make 
the  dubious  third  district  securely  Republican. 

THE   ACT  OF    1882 

In  accordance  with  the  census  of  1882,  Iowa's  quota  of 
representatives  was  increased  to  eleven.  The  new  appor- 
tionment bill  was  enacted  February  25,  1882.2  Immediately 
the  question  of  redistricting  the  State  was  taken  up  in  ear- 
nest by  the  General  Assembly  and  the  press.  Within  two 
weeks  nearly  a  dozen  plans  had  been  published  in  the  State 
Register  alone,3  and  no  less  than  four  distinct  bills  had  been 
introduced  in  the  Senate,4  and  three  in  the  House.5  In  each 
house  these  proposals  were  referred  to  the  proper  committee, 
which,  in  each  case,  reported  a  substitute  for  the  numerous 
measures  submitted.6  The  two  houses  passed  their  respec- 

1  House  Journal,  17th  G.  A.,  p.  461. 

2  U.  S.  Statutes  at  Large,  Vol.  xxn,  p.  5. 
"February  18,  22,  23,  24,  25,  26,  March.  1. 

4  Senate  Journal,  19th  G.  A.,  pp.  239,  260,  288,  337. 
5 House  Journal,  19th  G.  A.,  pp.  324,  355. 

6  Senate  Journal,  19th  G.  A.,  pp.  239,  260,  292,  337,  365;  House 
Journal,  19th  G.  A.,  324,  355,  479. 


348  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

tive  substitutes  almost  simultaneously  and,  on  the  same  day, 
March  14,  each  was  notified  of  the  action  of  the  other.1 
In  the  House,  the  senate  substitute  was  referred  to  the  com- 
mittee on  congressional  districts.2  In  the  Senate,  the  house 
substitute  was  so  amended  as  to  change  radically  the  com- 
position and  boundaries  of  the  western  districts.3  The 
House  refused  to  concur  in  these  amendments;4  the  Senate 
refused  to  recede  from  its  position;  and  a  committee  of  con- 
ference was  decided  upon.5  This  committee  agreed  upon  a 
slightly  modified  form  of  the  Senate  measure,6  and  their 
report  was  adopted  by  both  houses,7  submitted  to  the  Gov- 
ernor, and  on  March  23  became  a  law. 

The  arrangement  was  as  follows:  first  district,  made  up 
of  the  counties  of  Lee,  Des  Moines,  Henry,  Van  Buren,  Jef- 
ferson, Washington,  and  Louisa;  the  second,  of  Jones,  Jack- 
son, Clinton,  Cedar,  Scott,  and  Muscatine;  the  third,  of 
Dubuque,  Delaware,  Buchanan,  Black  Hawk,  Bremer,  But- 
ler, and  Grundy;  the  fourth,  of  Clayton,  Fayette,  Winne- 
shiek,  Allamakee,  Howard,  Mitchell,  Floyd,  and  Chickasaw; 
the  fifth,  of  Marshall,  Tama,  Benton,  Linn,  Johnson,  and 


1  Senate  Journal,  19th.  G.   A.,   pp.   403-405,   428;  House  Journal, 
19th  G.  A.,  p.  520. 

2 Rouse  Journal,  19th  G.  A.,  p.  526. 
'  3  Senate  Journal,  19th  G.  A.,  p.  446. 

4  House  Journal,  pp.  561,  562. 

5  Ibid,  pp.  578,  579,  584. 

6  Ibid,  p.  599;   Senate  Journal,  p.  496;  State  Register,  March  17, 
1882.     Audubon  was  changed  from  the  7th  to  the  9th  district;  Kos- 
suth  from  the  llth  to  the  10th;  Monona  from  the  9th  to  the  llth. 

'' 'House  Journal,   19th  G.   A.,  pp.  599,  600,  604;   Senate  Journal, 
p.  497 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  349 

Iowa;  the  sixth,  of  Jasper,  Poweshiek,  Mahaska,  Monroe, 
Wapello,  Keokuk,  and  Davis;  the  seventh,  of  Guthrie,  Dal- 
las, Polk,  Adair,  Madison,  Warren,  and  Marion;  the  eighth, 
of  Clarke,  Lucas,  Binggold,  Decatur,  Wayne,  Appanoose, 
Union,  Adams,  Page,  and  Taylor;  the  ninth,  of  Pottawat- 
tamie,  Cass,  Mills,  Audubon,  Crawford,  Montgomery, 
Shelby,  Fremont,  and  Harrison;  the  tenth,  of  Boone,  Story, 
Hardin,  Hamilton,  Webster,  Franklin,  Wright,  Humboldt, 
Hancock,  Cerro  Gordo,  Worth,  Winnebago,  and  Kossuth; 
and  the  eleventh,  of  Lyon,  Osceola,  Dickinson,  Emmet, 
Sioux,  O'Brien,  Clay,  Palo  Alto,  Plymouth,  Cherokee, 
Buena  Vista,  Pocahontas,  Woodbury,  Ida,  Sac,  Calhoun, 
Monona,  Carroll,  and  Greene.1 

According  to  the  census  of  1880,  the  population  was  now 
somewhat  more  evenly  distributed  than  by  any  previous 
arrangement,  the  first  district  having  156,972  inhabitants, 
the  second,  164,958,  the  third,  144,418,  the  fourth,  149,227, 
the  fifth,  152,112,  the  sixth,  146,831,  the  seventh,  147,125, 
the  eighth,  148,397,  the  ninth,  153,683,  the  tenth,  137,368, 
and  the  eleventh,  121,534.2  But  territorially  the  districts 
of  1882  compare  less  favorably.  On  Map  VI  the  long,  slim 
figures  of  the  third  and  the  eighth,  and  the  ragged  outlines 
of  the  sixth  especially  arrest  our  attention.  Further  exam- 
ination of  the  situation  shows  that  these  irregular  boundaries 
are  the  result  of  an  attempt  to  render  harmless  the  Demo- 
cratic and  Greenback  opposition  of  the  east  and  south. 
Apparently  this  object  had  been  accomplished;  for  on  the 
basis  of  the  election  returns  of  1880  each  of  the  eleven  new 


*Laws  of  Iowa,  19th.  G.  A.,  Reg.  Sess.,  p.  150. 

2  Hull's  Historical  and  Comparative  Census,  pp.  196-7. 


350  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

districts  was  Republican  by  several  thousand.1  But  this 
sweeping  triumph  was  only  apparent.  In  the  fall  of  1882, 
the  Democrats  carried  three  Districts  (the  second,  fourth, 
and  ninth),  while  the  fifth  gave  a  Republican  majority  of 
only  twenty -three.2  The  political  weakness  of  this  grouping* 
was  further  demonstrated  in  1884,  when  the  second,  fifth,  and 
sixth  districts  went  Democratic,  and  the  vote  in  the  first, 
fourth,  and  ninth  was  very  close.3  The  climax,  however,  was 
reached  in  1885,  when  in  the  State  election  the  Fusionists 
carried  six  of  the  congressional  districts  (the  first,  second, 
third,  fifth,  sixth,  and  ninth);  while  the  Republicans  carried 
only  five  districts  (the  fourth,  seventh,  eighth,  tenth,  and 
eleventh).4 

Early  in  March,  1886,  Republican  newspapers  and  legis- 
lators began  the  vigorous  agitation  of  the  question  of  reor- 
ganizing the  congressional  districts  of  the  State.  No  addi- 
tions had  been  made  to  Iowa's  representation  in  Congress; 
no  new  apportionment  bill  had  been  passed  at  all.  But  the 
press  advocated  redistricting  on  several  grounds:  (1)  that 
the  increase  in  population  since  the  last  apportionment  had 
disturbed  the  equality  then  established,  and  so  wrought 
manifest  injustice  as  among  the  different  districts;  (2)  that 
Iowa  was  a  Republican  State  and  should  have  a  Republican 
delegation  in  Congress,  but  under  the  present  arrangement 
Democrats  were  likely  to  fill  a  large  percentage  of  her  seats 


'Fairall's,  Manual,  1882,  p.  49-51. 
2  Ibid,  pp.  58-59. 
\Tbid,  1885,  p.  34. 

4  Census  of  Iowa,   1885,  p.  356-397;  Iowa  Official  Register,   1886, 
p.  82. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  351 

in  the  national  legislature;1  (3)  that  redistricting  in  the 
interests  of  a  stronger  ^Republican  delegation  from  Iowa  was 
especially  desirable  at  that  time,  when  the  Republicans  had 
a  reasonable  hope  of  gaining  control  of  the  next  Congress.2 
The  relative  importance  of  these  arguments  is  not  difficult 
to  determine.  While  the  shifting  of  population  was  a  mat- 
ter to  be  taken  into  consideration  after  a  redistricting  had 
been  decided  upon,  it  alone  was  not  of  sufficient  importance 
to  warrant  a  reorganization  so  soon.  In  fact  the  inequal- 
ities were  less  notable  than  immediately  after  the  passage  of 
earlier  redistricting  acts.3  The  paramount  consideration  was 
political.  This  the  press  was  free  to  acknowledge,  and  in 
answer  to  Democratic  criticism  was  cited  the  disfranchise- 
ment  of  the  negro  in  the  South.4 

THE    ACT    OF    1886 

Separate  bills  for  the  redivision  of  the  State  were  early 
introduced  into  the  two  branches  of  the  General  Assembly.6 
The  senate  measure  was  reported  favorably  from  the  com- 

1  Iowa  State  Register,  March  5,  1886  (From  Dallas  County  News). 
zIUd,  March  17,  1886;  March  30,  1886. 
3  A  comparative  table  may  be  serviceable. 
No.  OF  DISTRICT  1862  1872  1882  1885 


1st  District 
2nd  District 

138032 
125036 

153269 
157725 

156972 
164958 

150214 
165262 

3rd  District 
4th  District 
5th  District 
6th  District 
7th  District 
8th  District 
9th  District 
10th  District 
llth  District 

....            128646 
134895 
101571 
.    .    .          46732 

159617 
119385 
126788 
155585 
125211 
94117 
75743 

144418 
149227 
152112 
146831 
147125 
148397 
153683 
137368 
121534 

146195 
141681 
152516 
147209 
160025 
151967 
173258 
164806 
200849 

—  See  Hull's  Historical  and  Comparative  Census,  pp.  196-200;  also  Census  of 
Iowa,  1888,  pp.  1-81. 

*Iowa  State  Register,  March  6,  March  17,  April  10,  1886. 
5 Senate  Journal,  21st,  G.  A.,  p.  296;  Souse  Journal,  p.  324. 


352  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

mittee  on  congressional  districts;1  but  during  the  discussion 
a  substitute  was  offered2  which  was  promptly  accepted  by 
the  House8  and,  on  April  10,  received  the  signature  of  the 
Governor.4  In  the  words  of  the  State  Register,  "The 
measure  had  the  support  of  a  strong  majority,  but  was  op- 
posed by  some  of  the  strongest  and  best  Republicans  in  the 
House."5 

This  act  apportioned  the  counties  as  follows:  the  first 
district,  Washington,  Louisa,  Jefferson,  Henry,  Des  Moines, 
Lee,  and  VanBuren;  the  second,  Muscatine,  Scott,  Clinton, 
Jackson,  Johnson,  and  Iowa;  the  third,  Dubuque,  Delaware, 
Buchanan,  Black  Hawk,  Bremer,  Butler,  Franklin,  Hardin, 
and 'Wright;  the  fourth,  Clayton,  Allamakee,  Fayette, 
Winneshiek,  Howard,  Chickasaw,  Floyd,  Mitchell,  Worth, 
and  Cerro  Gordo;  the  fifth,  Jones,  Linn,  Benton,  Tama, 
Marshall,  Grundy,  and  Cedar;  the  sixth,  Davis,  Wapello, 
Keokuk,  Mahaska,  Poweshiek,  Monroe,  and  Jasper;  the 
seventh,  Story,  Dallas,  Polk,  Madison,  Warren,  and  Marion; 
the  eighth,  Adams,  Union,  Clarke,  Lucas,  Page,  Appa- 
noose,  Wayne,  Decatur,  Ringgold,  Taylor,  and  Fremont; 
the  ninth,  Harrison,  Shelby,  Audubon,  Guthrie,  Pottawat- 
tamie,  Cass,  Adair,  Mills,  and  Montgomery;  the  tenth, 
Crawford,  Carroll,  Greene,  Boone,  Calhoun,  Webster, 
Hamilton,  Pocahontas.  Humboldt,  Palo  Alto,  Kossuth, 
Hancock,  Emmet,  and  Winnebago;  and  the  eleventh,  Lyon, 
Osceola,  Dickinson,  Sioux,  O'Brien,  Clay,  Plymouth,  Cher- 
okee, Buena  Vista,  Woodbury,  Ida,  Sac,  and  Monona.6 


1  Senate  Journal,  p.  404.  zIUd,  pp.  688,  707,  736. 

*  House  Journal,  pp.  721,  744.  4  Senate  Journal,  pp.  766,  773. 

5  April  10,  1886.          <Zaws  of  Iowa,  21st  G.  A.,  Reg.  Sess.,  p.  180. 


OF   HISTORY  AND   POLITICS  353 

The  first  district  remained  unchanged.  Slightly  Demo- 
cratic in  1885  and  surrounded  by  Democratic  counties,  it 
could  not  well  be  transformed  into  a  sure  Republican  dis- 
trict. The  odd  new  second  district  was  formed  by  taking 
the  Republican  counties  of  Cedar  and  Jones  away  from  the 
old  second  and  replacing  them  by  the  strongly  Democratic 
counties  of  Johnson  and  Iowa,  thus  adding  nearly  1600 
votes  to  the  already  heavy  Democratic  majority  of  the  dis- 
trict, while  a  500  Republican  majority  was  released  for  use 
where  it  could  be  used  to  advantage.  The  elongated  third 
and  fourth  were  stretched  still  farther  westward  so  as  to  in- 
clude enough  Republican  counties  to  counteract  the  Demo- 
cratic influence  of  Dubuque,  Clayton,  Allamakee  and  Fay- 
ette.  Both  were  now  unmistakably  Republican.  From  the 
remnants  of  the  old  second,  third,  and  fifth  was  pieced  to- 
gether a  long  new  fifth,  solidly  Republican.  The  doubtful 
sixth  remained  unchanged,  although  various  suggestions  had 
been  made  with  a  view  to  assuring  it  to  the  dominant  party.1 
The  seventh  lost  Guthrie  and  Adair,  gained  Story  and  re- 
mained decidedly  Republican.  The  eighth  gained  the  Dem- 
ocratic county  of  Fremont,  which  its  vigorous  Republicanism 
readily  assimilated.  The  ninth  lost  Democratic  Fremont 
and  Crawford  and  gained  Republican  Adair  and  Guthrie, 
and  so  became  Republican  by  a  small  majority.  The  tenth 
exchanged  Republican  Worth,  Cerro  Gordo,  Franklin, 
Wright,  Hardin  and  Story  for  Democratic  Crawford  and 
Carroll  and  Republican  Greene,  Palo  Alto,  Pocahontas, 
Calhoun  and  Emmet,  thus  retaining  its  position  beside  the 


1  Ottumwa  Democrat,  April  11,  March  5,  1886;  Iowa  State  Register -, 
March  6,  1886. 


354 


THE   IOWA   JOURNAL 


depleted  eleventh  as  an  overwhelmingly  Republican  dis- 
trict. According,  then,  to  the  vote  of  1885,  eight  of  the 
new  districts  were  Republican  and  three  Democratic.  Since 
that  time  various  changes  have  taken  place  in  the  political 
sentiments  of  the  voters  in  these  several  groups  of  counties.1 
In  1888  the  Democrats  lost  two  of  their  districts;  in  1890 
they  succeeded  in  electing  five  congressmen;  in  1892  they 
returned  but  one  representative  to  Congress;  while  from 
1894  to  1902  they  failed  to  carry  a  single  district.  In  the 
campaign  of  1902,  Judge  M.  J.  Wade  (Democrat  of  the 
second  district)  succeeded  in  breaking  into  the  Iowa  delega- 
tion. From  time  to  time,  bills  have  been  introduced  into 
the  General  Assembly  for  the  reorganization  of  these  con- 
gressional districts;  but  all  have  come  to  nought.  It  is  the 
arrangement  of  1886  which  obtains  to-day  and  which  gives 
to  the  State  of  Iowa  one  Democratic  and  ten  Republican 
representatives  in  the  American  Congress. 

PAUL  S.  PEIRCE 
THE  STATE  UNIVERSITY  OF  IOWA 
IOWA  CITY 


1  This  table  gives  the  pluralities  in  each  congressional  district  since 
the  last  districting.  Democratic  pluralities  are  marked  D;  Repub- 
lican, R. 

No.  OF  DIST.    1886       1888      1890      1892       1894       1896      1898      1900       1902 


1st    District 

R1037JR    874 

D1071 

R    629 

R    3836 

R    3295 

R3249 

R    3368 

R    1923 

2nd  District 

D  7300  D  5032 

D9010 

D7772 

R     436 

R    3320 

R1282 

R    1465 

D    1158 

3rd  District 

R  2929'R  4585 

R    198 

R1459 

R    1459 

R  10423 

R7019 

R  11325 

R    5539 

4th  District 

R1930 

R2222 

D1949 

R1590 

R    1590 

R    8868 

R7619 

R  10863 

R    5023 

5th   District 

R    733 

R2516 

R    293 

R1098 

R    5774 

R    7368 

R5365 

R    8858 

R    5783 

6th  District 

D    618 

R    828 

D1520 

R1175 

R    6836 

R    1201 

R1471 

R    3144 

R    1813 

7th   District 

R    926 

R5397 

R2545 

R6080 

R    7225 

R    6226 

R7652 

R  12143 

R   9123 

8th  District 

D2225 

R   995 

R    116 

R4331 

R    4134 

R     827 

R3824 

R    5451 

R   6861 

9th  District 

R2206 

R3694 

D1343 

R2478 

R    3057 

R    2382 

R  4492 

R    6948 

R    7358 

10th  District 

R3899 

R5368 

R1311 

R4944 

R  14357 

R  10968 

R7403 

R  15936 

R  12774 

llth  District 

R4437 

R6259 

R    907 

R1277 

R    9981 

R    6828 

R6283 

R  12152 

R    9133 

— From  Iowa  Official  Registers. 


A  BIBLIOGRAPHY  OF  IOWA  STATE  PUBLICA- 
TIONS  FOR   1900  AND   1901 

INTRODUCTION 

The  growing  appreciation  in  late  years  of  the  historical 
value  of  the  United  States  documents,  together  with  a  more 
general  use  of  the  " source  method"  in  the  study  and  teach- 
ing of  history,  has  awakened  a  keener  interest  in  the  publi- 
cations of  the  several  States.  It  has  been  discovered  that 
these  publications  contain  a  wealth  of  information — histor- 
ical, political,  scientific,  and  statistical — which  is  indispensa- 
ble to  the  student  of  State  and  local  history.  And  to  those 
students  of  our  national  history  who  have  accepted  the  view 
that  State  history  is  an  essential  part  of  American  history, 
supplementing  at  almost  every  point  the  annals  of  the  nation, 
these  same  publications  are  equally  indispensable.  For  a 
confirmation  of  this,  it  is  necessary  only  to  mention  such 
State  publications  as  the  following:  statute  laws;  legislative 
journals;  legislative  documents;  official  registers;  supreme 
court  reports;  and  the  reports  of  the  several  administrative 
departments,  the  boards  of  health,  the  railroad  commission- 
ers, the  bureaus  of  labor  statistics,  the  State  institutions, 
and  the  various  special  commissions.  Apart  from  the  im- 
mediate practical  purpose  for  which  all  of  these  documents 
are  published  by  the  State,  they  become  in  time  invaluable 
to  the  historian  for  the  light  which  they  throw  upon  the 
social,  political,  and  economic  history  of  the  State  and 
nation. 


i 

OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  363 

But  in  many  of  the  States  this  valuable  data  has  too 
often  been  inaccessible  owing  to  incomplete  or  inadequate 
bibliographical  records.  Recently  in  several  States  bibliog- 
raphies have  been  compiled;  but  in  Iowa  no  regular  or  com- 
plete bibliography  of  State  publications  has  yet  been  pub- 
lished. It  is  hoped  that  the  list  given  below  for  the  years 
1900  and  1901  may  be  the  beginning  of  a  series  which  will 
eventually  appear  as  a  reasonably  complete  bibliography  of 
all  publications  issued  by  the  State  of  Iowa  from  its  organ- 
ization in  1846. 

The  difficulties  in  the  way  of  compiling  such  a  bibliogra- 
phy are  very  great.  Completeness  can  hardly  be  expected. 
It  will  be  found  impossible  to  secure  all  of  the  pamphlets 
and  miscellaneous  documents  which  were  published  in  earlier 
days  when  few  efforts  were  made  to  preserve  State  publica- 
tions for  their  historical  value.  No  adequate  provision 
seems  to  have  been  made  by  the  State  for  their  permanent 
preservation.  Many  of  the  administrative  departments  do 
not  have  in  their  offices  in  the  capitol  complete  files  of  their 
own  publications.  This  is  true  even  of  the  last  biennial 
period.  These  conditions  make  the  compilation  of  a  bibli- 
ography all  the  more  necessary,  so  that  at  least  a  record  of 
our  State  publications  may  be  preserved. 

There  is  one  quarter  in  particular  in  which  a  bibliography 
of  our  State  publications  should  be  welcomed.  I  refer  to 
the  public  libraries  of  the  State.  Many  of  these  libraries 
are  now  in  their  infancy,  and  few  have  been  able  to  under- 
take the  collection  and  preservation  even  of  the  more  valu- 
able of  the  State  publications.  But  in  time  the  public  will 
demand  that  these  libraries  become  depositories  of  at  least 


364  THE   IOWA   JOURNAL 

the  more  important  State  documents  and  publications.  A 
reliable  and  reasonably  complete  bibliography  will  then  be- 
come indispensable  to  the  public  libraries  as  a  check  list. 

The  plan  followed  in  the  compilation  of  this  bibliography 
is  a  simple  alphabetical  list  of  the  departments,  institutions, 
etc. ,  each  with  its  publications.  In  each  case  the  title  page 
of  the  publication  is  exactly  quoted.  The  typography  of 
titles  and  title  pages  is  such  as  to  make  the  problem  of  cap- 
italization a  difficult  one  in  any  bibliography.  There  is, 
perhaps,  no  system  of  rules  with  regard  to  capitalization 
which  can  satisfactorily  be  followed  in  quoting  titles  of  pub- 
lications. In  this  bibliography  the  usual  library  rules  are 
followed,  and  capitals  are  avoided  wherever  practicable. 
The  division  of  titles  into  lines  on  the  title  page  is  indicated 
by  the  insertion  of  uprights.  Abbreviations  used  in  de- 
scribing the  publications  are  as  follows: 

S.  sixteenmo  p.  pages  v.  p.  various  paging 

D.  duodecimo  cl.  cloth  illus.  illustrations 

O.  octavo  sh.  sheep  col.  colored 

por.  portraits  pi.  plates  pap.  paper 

The  preparation  of  this  bibliography  was  suggested  to  me 
by  the  editor  of  the  IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLI- 
TICS, upon  whose  request  the  work  was  undertaken.  To 
the  officers  in  the  State  departments  and  institutions  I  am 
indebted  for  many  courtesies,  and  especially  to  Mr.  A.  J. 
Small,  of  the  Iowa  State  Library,  whose  ready  assistance 
has  made  the  task  of  compilation  much  less  laborious  than 

it  otherwise  would  have  been. 

MARGARET  BUDINGTON 

THE  STATE  HISTORICAL  SOCIETY  OF  IOWA 
IOWA  CITY 


OF   HISTORY  AND   POLITICS  365 

BIBLIOGRAPHY 
ACADEMY     OF    SCIENCES 

Proceedings  |  of  the  |  Iowa  academy  of  sciences  |  for  1900.  |  Vol- 
ume 8.  |  Edited  by  the  secretary.  |  Published  by  the  state.  |  Des 
Moines:  |  B.  Murphy,  state  printer.  |  1901.  | 

278  p.  pi.  O.  cl. 

Contents:  Official  directory.  Constitution  of  the  Academy.  Members  of  the 
Academy.  Proceedings  of  the  fifteenth  annual  session.  President's  address,  by 
W.  H.  Norton.  Review  of  the  Tettigonidse  of  North  America  north  of  Mexico,  by 
E.  D.  Ball.  Morphology  and  function  of  the  amphibian  ear,  by  H.  W.  Norris. 
Combination  of  chromic  acid,  acetic  acid  and  formaline  as  a  fixitive  for  animal 
tissues,  by  H.  W.  Norris.  Note  on  the  time  of  sexual  maturity  in  certain  Unios,  by 
H.  M.  Kelly.  Influence  of  chlorine  as  chlorides  in  the  determination  of  oxygen 
consumed  in  the  analysis  of  water,  by  J.  B.  Weems  and  H.  N.  Grettenberg. 
Diphenyl  ether  derivatives,  by  Alfred  N.  Cook.  Some  recent  analyses  of  Iowa 
building  stones,  also  of  potable  waters,  by  Nicholas  Knight.  Contribution  to  the 
study  of  reversible  reactions,  by  W.  N.  Stull.  Depositional  equivalent  of  hiatus  at 
base  of  our  coal  measures;  and  the  Arkansan  series,  a  new  terrane  of  the  Carbon- 
iferous in  the  Western  Interior  Basin,  by  Charles  R.  Keyes.  Names  of  coals  west 
of  the  Mississippi  river,  by  Charles  R.  Keyes.  Volcanic  necks  of  Piatigorsk, 
Southern  Russia,  by  Charles  R.  Keyes.  Comparison  of  media  for  the  quantitative 
estimation  of  bacteria  in  milk,  by  C.  H.  Eckles.  Method  of  isolating  and  counting 
gas  producing  bacteria  in  milk,  by  C.  H.  Eckles.  Total  solar  eclipse  of  May  28, 
1900,  by  David  E.  Hadden.  Preliminary  list  of  the  flowering  plants  of  Adair 
county,  by  James  E.  Gow.  Juglandacese  of  Iowa,  by  T.  J.  and  M.  F.  L.  Fitzpat- 
rick.  Betulacese  of  Iowa,  by  T.  J.  and  M.  F.  L.  Fitzpatrick.  Fagaceas  of  Iowa, 
by  T.  J.  and  M.  F.  L.  Fitzpatrick.  Shrubs  and  trees  of  Madison  county,  by  H.  A. 
Mueller.  Terrace  formation  in  the  Turkey  river  valley  in  Fayette  county,  Iowa, 
by  G.  E.  Finch.  Pure  food  laws,  by  C.  0.  Bates.  Notes  on  the  early  development 
of  Astragalus  caryocarpus,  by  F.  W.  Faurot.  Thistles  of  Iowa,  with  notes  on  a  few 
other  species,  by  L.  H.  Pammel.  Bacteriological  investigation  of  the  Iowa  state 
college  sewage,  by  L.  R.  Walker.  Notes  on  the  bacteriological  analysis  of  water, 
by  L.  H.  Pammel.  Drift  exposure  in  Tama  county,  by  T.  E.  Savage. 

Proceedings  |  of  the  |  Iowa  academy  of  sciences  |  for  1901.  |  Volume 
9.  |  Edited  by  the  secretary.  |  Published  by  the  state.  |  Des  Moines:  | 
B.  Murphy,  state  printer.  |  1902.  | 

244  p.  0.  pi.  cl. 

Contents:  Officers  of  the  Academy.  Members  of  the  Academy.  Proceedings 
of  the  sixteenth  annual  session.  Presidential  address,  by  A.  A.  Veblen.  Some 
improved  laboratory  devices  and  apparatus,  by  A.  A.  Veblen.  Study  in  the  hered- 
itary transmission  of  finger  patterns,  by  A.  A.  Veblen.  Factors  of  extinction,  by 
Herbert  Osborn.  Forestry  in  Iowa,  by  B.  Shimek.  Analyses  of  certain  clays 
used  for  making  paving  brick  for  Cedar  Rapids,  by  C.  O.  Bates.  Sanitary  analy- 


366  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

sis  of  some  Iowa  deep  well  waters,  by  J.  B.  Weems.  Chemical  composition  of 
sewage  of  the  Iowa  state  college  sewage  plant,  by  J.  B.  Weems,  J.  C.  Brown,  and 
E.  C.  Myers.  Menke's  method  of  preparing  hyponitrites,  by  Alfred  N.  Cook. 
Calcium  carbide  as  a  dehydrating  agent  for  alcohols,  by  Alfred  N.  Cook  and  Arthur 
L.  Haines.  Sioux  City  water  supply,  by  Alfred  N.  Cook  and  C.  F.  Eberly. 
Igneous  rocks  of  the  Central  Caucasus,  and  the  work  of  Loewinson-Lessing,  by 
Charles  R.  Keyes.  Evidences  of  recent  uprisings  of  the  shores  of  the  Black  Sea, 
by  Charles  R.  Keyes.  Devonian  hiatus  in  the  continental  interior — its  character 
and  depositional  equivalents,  by  Charles  R.  Keyes.  Paroxymetamethylacetophenone 
and  some  of  its  derivatives,  by  J.  G.  Goodwin.  On  the  occurrence  of  rhizopods  in 
the  Pella  beds  in  Iowa,  by  J.  A.  Udden.  Pleuroptyx  in  Iowa  coal  measures,  by  J. 
A.  Udden.  University  of  Montana  biological  station,  by  Maurice  Ricker.  A 
large  red  hydra,  by  Maurice  Ricker.  Some  new  double  bromides  and  their  disso- 
ciation in  aqueous  solution,  by  Nicholas  Knight.  Vascular  cryptogams  of  Iowa 
and  the  adjoining  parts  of  southeastern  Minnesota  and  western  Wisconsin,  by  L. 
H.  Pammel  and  Charlotte  M.  King.  Preliminary  notes  on  the  flora  of  western 
Iowa,  especially  from  the  physiographical  ecological  standpoint,  by  L.  H.  Pammel. 
Ruling  engine  for  making  zone  plates,  by  W.  M.  Boehm.  List  of  plants  collected 
in  Lee  county,  Florida,  by  A.  S.  Hitchcock.  Ustilaginse  of  Iowa,  by  H.  H.  Hume. 

ADJUTANT    GENERAL 

Report  of  the  |  adjutant -general  to  the  governor  |  of  the  |  state 
of  Iowa  |  for  biennial  period  ending  November  30,  1901  |  Printed  by 
order  of  the  General  assembly  |  Des  Moines  |  B.  Murphy,  state  printer] 
1900.  | 

101  -f  147  p.  O.  cl. 

Contained  also  in  the  set  of  Iowa  documents,  1902,  vol.  2. 

AGRICULTURAL    DEPARTMENT 

The  |  Iowa  year  book  of  agriculture  |  issued  by  the  Iowa  department 
of  agricul  |  ture,  succeeding  the  forty- sixth  |  annual  report  of  the  Iowa 
state  |  agricultural  society.  Containing  information  for  the  closing 
year  of  the  Iowa  state  |  agricultural  society,  legislated  out  of  exist- 
ence by  |  chapter  58,  Acts  of  the  twenty- eighth  General  |  assembly, 
the  act  establishing  the  Iowa  |  department  of  agriculture.  |  Also  |  Re- 
port of  the  Iowa  |  state  fair  |  for  the  year  1900.  |  Full  report  of  the 
State  farmers'  institute  for  the  year  1900;  State  |  agricultural  conven- 
tion for  the  year  1900;  meeting  of  the  State  board  of  agriculture;  re- 
port of  meeting  of  State  fair  |  managers,  with  extracts  from  the  report 
of  the  Iowa  |  state  dairy  commissioner,  State  dairy  association,  |  Iowa 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  367 

agricultural  experiment  station,  Iowa  |  weather  and  crop  service,  Im- 
proved |  stock  breeders'  association;  also,  papers  |  read  at  county  farm- 
ers' institutes,  |  reports  of  local,  county  and  |  district  fairs,  statistics 
and  |  other  things  of  interest.  |  Edited  by  |  G.  H.  Van  Houten,  secre- 
tary of  agriculture.  |  Des  Moines.  |  B.  Murphy,  state  printer.  |  1901.  | 
675  p.  por.  pi.  O.  cl. 

The  |  Iowa  year  book  of  agriculture  |  issued  by  the  Iowa  department 
of  agriculture  |  containing  |  full  report  of  the  State  farmers'  institute 
for  the  year  1901;  State  |  agricultural  convention  for  the  year  1901; 
meeting  of  the  State  |  board  of  agriculture;  report  of  meeting  of  State 
fair  managers,  with  extracts  from  the  report  of  the  Iowa  |  state  dairy 
commissioner,  State  dairy  association,  |  Iowa  agricultural  experiment 
station,  Iowa  |  weather  and  crop  service,  Improved  |  stock  breeders' 
association;  also,  papers  |  read  at  county  farmers'  institutes,  |  reports 
of  local  county  and  |  district  fairs,  statistics  and  |  other  things  of  in- 
terest. |  Also  |  report  of  the  Iowa  state  fair  for  the  year  1901  |  Edited 
by  |  J.  C.  Simpson,  |  secretary  State  board  of  agriculture.  |  Des 
Moines.  |  B.  Murphy,  state  printer.  |  1902.  | 

667  p.  por.  pi.  O.  cl. 

Iowa  state  fair  catalogue  |  containing  |  rules  and  premium  list  |  for 
the  |  forty -sixth  annual  exhibition  |  under  the  auspices  of  the  |  State 
board  of  agriculture  |  to  be  held  at  |  Des  Moines,  Iowa,  |  the  capital 
and  great  railway  center  of  the  state,  |  Friday-Saturday-Sunday- 
Monday— Tuesday -Wednesday— Thursday  |  Friday  and  Saturday,  Au- 
gust 24-25-26-27-28-29-30-31  and  Sept.  1,  1900.  |  Read  the 
rules  carefully,  that  you  may  conform  with  them  when  |  you  make 
your  entries,  and  avoid  errors  and  misunderstandings.  |  For  special 
premiums  see  latter  pages  of  the  book  |  Des  Moines:  |  The  Homestead 
co.  |  1900.  | 

77  p.  O.  pap. 

Iowa  state  fair  catalogue  containing  |  rules  and  premium  list  |  for 
the  |  forty- seventh  annual  exhibition  |  under  the  auspices  of  the  |  State 
board  of  agriculture  |  to  be  held  at  |  Des  Moines,  Iowa,  |  the  capital 
and  great  railway  center  of  the  state,  |  Friday -Saturday -Sunday- 


368  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

Monday -Tuesday -Wednesday -Thursday  |  Friday  and  Saturday,  Au- 
gust 23-24-25-26-27-28-29-30-31,  1901.  |  Read  the  rules  care- 
fully, that  you  may  conform  with  them  when  |  you  make  your  entries, 
and  avoid  errors  and  misunderstandings.  For  special  premiums  see 
latter  pages  of  the  book  |  Des  Moines:  |  The  Homestead  co.  |  1901.  | 
59  p.  O.  pap. 

United  States  |  Department  of  agriculture,  |  Weather  bureau.  |  An- 
nual report  |  of  the  |  Iowa  weather  and  crop  service  |  in  co-operation 
with  the  |  United  States  weather  bureau,  |  for  the  year  1900.  |  John 
R.  Sage,  director.  |  Geo.  M.  Chappel,  local  forcast  official  |  U.  S. 
weather  bureau  |  assistant  director.  |  Printed  by  order  of  the  general 
assembly.  |  Des  Moines:  |  B.  Murphy,  state  printer,  |  1901.  | 

55  p.  0.  pap. 

U.  S.  Department  agriculture — Weather  bureau.  Monthly  review 
of  the  Iowa  weather  and  crop  service.  Volume  11.  January-Decem- 
ber 1900.  Nos.  1-12. 

No  general  title  page  is  issued  for  the  monthly  numbers  of  the  Monthly  review. 
The  annual  report  of  the  department  is  supposed  to  serve  as  a  condensation  of  the 
information  contained  in  the  Monthly  review.  No.  12  of  the  Review  for  each  year 
contains  a  summary  for  the  year. 

U.  S.  Department  agriculture — Weather  bureau.  Monthly  review 
of  the  Iowa  weather  and  crop  service.  Volume  12.  January-De- 
cember, 1901.  Nos.  1-12. 

ATTORNEY    GENERAL 

Second  biennial  report  |  of  the  |  attorney  -  general  |  of  the  |  state  of 
Iowa.  |  Charles  W.  Mullan,  |  attorney -general.  |  Transmitted  to  the 
governor,  January,  1902.  |  Printed  by  order  of  the  General  assembly.  | 
Des  Moines:  B.  Murphy,  state  printer.  |  1902.  | 

217  p.  O.  Pap. 

Contained  also  in  the  set  of  Iowa  documents,  1902,  vol.  3. 

AUDITOR    OF    STATE 

Biennial  report  |  of  the  |  auditor  of  state  |  to  the  |  governor  of  Iowa  | 
July  1,  1901  |  Frank  F.  Merriam,  auditor  of  state  |  Printed  by  order 


OF   HISTORY  AND   POLITICS  369 

of  the  General  assembly  |  Des  Moines  |  Bernard  Murphy,  state  printer  | 
1901.  | 

535  p.  O.  cl. 

Contained  also  in  the.set  of  Iowa  documents,  1902,  vol.  1. 

Thirty- first  annual  |  report  |  of  the  |  auditor  of  state  |  of  the  state 
of  Iowa  |  on  |  insurance  |  1900,  ]  Volume  1.  |  Frank  F<  Merriam  | 
auditor  of  state.  |  Compiled  from  annual  statements,  for  the  year  end- 
ing December  31,  1899.  |  Des  Moines:  |  F.  R.  Conaway,  state 
printer.  |  1900.  | 

464  p.  O.  cl. 

Contained  also  in  the  set  of  Iowa  documents,  1900,  vol.  7. 

Thirty -first  annual  |  report  |  of  the  |  auditor  of  state  |  of  the  state 
of  Iowa  |  on  |  insurance  |  1900,  |  Volume  2  |  Life  |  Frank  F.  Merriam,  | 
auditor  of  state.  |  Compiled  from  annual  statements,  for  the  year  end- 
ing December  31,  1899.  |  Des  Moines:  |  F.  R.  Conaway,  state  printer.  | 

1900.  | 

504  p.  O.  cl. 

Contained  also  in  the  set  of  Iowa  documents,  1900,  vol.  7. 

Thirty -second  annual  report  |  of  the  |  auditor  of  state  |  of  the  state 
of  Iowa  |  on  |  insurance  |  1901  |  Volume  1  |  Frank  F.  Merriam  |  audi- 
tor of  state  |  Compiled  from  annual  statements,  for  the  year  ending 
December  31,  1900  |  Des  Moines:  |  Bernard  Murphy,  state  printer  | 

1901.  | 

520  p.  O.  cl. 

Contained  also  in  the  set  of  Iowa  documents,  1902,  vol.  6. 

Thirty -second  annual  report  |  of  the  |  auditor  of  state  |  of  the  state 
of  Iowa  |  on  |  insurance  |  1901  |  Volume  2  |  Life  |  Frank  F.  Merriam  | 
auditor  of  state  |  Compiled  from  annual  statements,  for  the  year  end- 
ing December  31,  1900  |  Des  Moines:  |  Bernard  Murphy,  state  printer  | 
1901.  | 

509  p.  O.  cl. 

Contained  also  in  the  set  of  Iowa  documents,  1902,  vol.  6. 

The  insurance  reports  contain  the  annual  statements  and  statistical  tables  show- 
ing the  condition  and  business  of  all  life  and  fire  insurance  companies  doing  busi- 
ness in  Iowa  for  the  period  given. 


370  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

Revenue  laws  |  of  the  |  state  of  Iowa  |  compiled  in  pursuance  of  | 
section  1369  of  the  code  |  by  |  Frank  F.  Merriam,  |  auditor  of  state  | 
Give  this  to  county  auditor  when  assessment  is  finished  |  Des  Moines  | 
B.  Murphy,  state  printer  |  1901.  | 

452-553  -4-  86  p.  0.  pap. 

Containing  in  addition  to  the  revenue  laws  of  Iowa,  all  laws  relating  to  taxation, 
so  far  as  they  affect  the  duties  of  the  board  of  supervisors,  county  auditors,  town- 
ship clerks  and  assessors;  and  the  amendments  of  the  27th  general  assembly,  1898. 

BOARD    OF    CONTROL    OF    STATE    INSTITUTIONS 

Second  biennial  report  |  of  the  |  Board  of  control  of  |  state  insti- 
tutions |  of  |  Iowa  |  for  the  biennial  period  ending  June  30,  1901.  | 
Des  Moines  |  B.  Murphy,  state  printer  |  1901.  | 

748  p.  O.  cl. 

Contained  also  in  the  set  of  Iowa  documents,  1902,  vol.  5. 

The  annual  report  of  the  Board  of  control  is  divided  into  three  parts,  part  1  con- 
taining general  statements  in  regard  to  the  condition  of  the  several  institutions  and 
recommendations  to  the  legislature  for  their  proper  care,  part  2  consisting  of  sta- 
tistical and  financial  tables,  and  part  3  presenting  the  reports  for  the  period  of  the 
chief  executive  officers  of  the  institutions  under  the  charge  of  the  Board  of  control. 

Bulletin  |  of  |  Iowa  institutions     (Under  the  Board  of  control)  | 
Published  quarterly    Volume  1.     1900  |  Geo.  A.  Miller  printing  co., 
Des  Moines.  | 

555  p.  0.  cl. 

Bulletin  |  of  |  Iowa  institutions  |  (Under  the  Board  of  control)  | 
Published  quarterly.  |  Volume  2  |  1900  |  Herald  printing  co.,  |  Du- 
buque.  | 

556  p.  pi.  0.  cl. 

Bulletin  |  of  |  Iowa  institutions  |  (Under  the  Board  of  control)  | 
Published  quarterly  |  Volume  3  |  1901  |  Welch  printing  company  | 
Des  Moines.  | 

339  p.  pi.  0.  cl. 

These  bulletins  contain  many  articles  giving  information  in  regard  to  the 
charitable  and  penal  institutions  in  the  state,  particularly  those  dealing  with 
the  labor  problem  and  with  the  often  asked  question,  "Do  reformatories  reform?" 
Among  the  papers  on  the  education  of  the  blind  and  the  deaf  is  one  that  describes 
at  length  the  different  systems  of  embossed  print;  there  are  a  large  number  of 
articles  on  the  care  of  the  insane,  together  with  a  history  of  the  several  Iowa  state 
institutions. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  371 

COLLEGE    FOR    THE    BLIND 

Biennial  report  |  of  the  superintendent  |  of  the  |  College  for  the 
blind  |  at  |  Vinton,  Iowa  |  to  the  |  Board  of  control  of  state  institu- 
tions |  for  the  period  ending  June  30,  1901  |  Glenwood,  Iowa  |  State 
institution  press  |  1902.  | 

27  p.  0.  pap. 

CUSTODIAN    OF    PUBLIC    BUILDINGS 

Report  |  of  the  |  custodian  of  public  buildings  |  and  property  |  to 
the  |  governor  of  Iowa,  |  for  the  years  1900  and  1901.  |  January  1, 
1902.  |  J.  D.  McGarraugh  |  custodian  of  public  buildings  and  prop- 
erty |  Des  Moines  |  B.  Murphy,  state  printer.  |  1902.  | 

61  p.  pi.  O.  pap. 

Contained  also  in  the  set  of  Iowa  documents,  1902,  vol.  1. 

DAIRY    COMMISSIONER 

Fourteenth  annual  report  |  of  the  |  state  dairy  commissioner  to 
the  |  governor  of  the  state  of  Iowa  |  for  the  year  1900.  |B.  P.  Norton,  | 
state  dairy  commissioner.  |  Printed  by  order  of  the  General  assembly.  | 
Des  Moines:  |  F.  R.  Conaway,  state  printer  |  1900.  | 

129  p.  O.  pap. 

Contained  also  in  the  set  of  Iowa  documents,  1902,  vol.  5. 

Fifteenth  annual  report  |  of  the  |  state  dairy  commissioner  |  to  the  | 
governor  of  the  state  of  Iowa  |  for  the  year  1901.  |  B.  P.  Norton,  | 
state  dairy  commissioner.  |  Printed  by  order  of  the  General  assembly.  | 
Des  Moines:  |  B.  Murphy,  state  printer.  1901.  | 

115  p.  O.  pap. 

Continued  also  in  the  set  of  Iowa  documents,  1902,  vol.  5. 

EXECUTIVE    COUNCIL 

Report  |  of  the  |  Executive  council  of  Iowa  |  of  |  expenses  and  dis- 
position of  fees  and  monies  |  collected  of  state  officers  and  |  institu- 
tions |  for  the  period  from  |  January  1,  1900,  to  July  1,  1901.  |  Made 
in  compliance  with  requirements  of  chapter  |  six,  acts  of  twenty-eighth 
General  |  assembly.  |  Des  Moines:  |  B.  Murphy,  state  printer,  |  I901.| 

365  p.  O.  pap. 


372  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

Twenty-ninth  annual  report  |  of  the  |  assessed  valuation  |  of  |  rail- 
road property  |  in  the  |  state  of  Iowa  |  as  fixed  by  the  |  Executive 
council  of  the  state  |  March  23,  1900  |  Compiled  by  A.  H.  Davison  | 
secretary  of  executive  council  Printed  by  order  of  the  twenty-eighth 
General  assembly  |  Des  Moines  |  F.  R.  Conaway,  state  printer  |  1900.| 

55  p.  O.  pap. 

Contained  also  in  the  set  of  Iowa  documents,  1900,  Vol.  3. 

Containing,  in  addition  to  the  statistical  tables  which  form  the  main  part  of  the 
report,  a  nine  page  list  of  the  principal  officers  of  the  railroads  of  the  state,  with 
post  office  addresses;  also  the  laws  governing  the  assessment  and  taxation  of  railway 
property. 

Thirtieth  annual  report  of  the  |  assessed  valuation  |  of  |  railroad 
property  |  in  the  |  state  of  Iowa  |  as  fixed  by  the  Executive  council  of 
the  state  |  March  23,  1901.  |  Compiled  by  A.  H.  Davison  |  secretary 
of  executive  council  |  Printed  by  authority  of  chapter  four,  acts 
twenty-eighth  General  assembly.  |  Des  Moines  |  Bernard  Murphy, 
state  printer.  |  1901.  | 

61  p.  0.  pap. 

Contained  also  in  the  set  of  Iowa  documents,  1902,  vol.  2. 

FISH    AND     GAME    WARDEN 

Fourteenth  biennial  report  |  of  the  state  fish  and  game  warden  |  to 
the  |  governor  of  the  state  of  Iowa  |  1900-1901  |  Geo.  A.  Lincoln, 
warden.  |  Printed  by  order  of  the  General  assembly.  Des  Moines:  | 
B.  Murphy,  state  printer.  |  1902.  | 

22  p.  pi.  O.  pap. 

Contained  also  in  the  set  of  Iowa  documents,  1902,  vol.  4. 

GENERAL    ASSEMBLY 

Acts  and  resolutions  |  passed  at  the  |  regular  session  |  of  the  |  twenty- 
eighth  General  assembly  |  of  the  |  state  of  Iowa.  |  Begun  January  8 
and  ended  April  6,  1900.  |  Published  under  authority  of  the  state.  | 
Des  Moines:  |  F.  R.  Conaway,  state  printer.  |  1900.  | 

206  p.  Q.  sh. 

Rules  and  standing  |  committees  |  of  the  twenty-eighth  General 
assembly  |  1900.  |  Printed  by  order  of  the  General  assembly.  Des 
Moines:  |  F.  R.  Conaway,  state  printer.  |  1900.  | 

68  p.  O.  pap. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  373 

Legislative  documents  |  submitted  to  the  |  twenty-eighth  General 
assembly  |  of  the  |  state  of  Iowa  |  which  convened  at  Des  Moines, 
January  8,  1900  |  Leslie  M.  Shaw,  governor  |  J.  C.  Milliman,  lieu- 
tenant-governor and  president  of  the  senate  |  G.  W.  Dobson,  secre- 
tary of  state  |  Frank  F.  Merriam,  auditor  of  state  |  John  Herriott, 
treasurer  of  state  |  Richard  C.  Barrett,  superintendent  of  public  in- 
struction |  Milton  Remley,  attorney -general  |  D.  H.  Bowen,  speaker 
of  the  House  of  representatives  |  Volume  1  |  Des  Moines  |  F.  R. 
Conaway,  state  printer  |  1900  | 

v.  p.  O.  sh. 

Contents:  Governor's  message.  Governor's  inaugural  address.  Report  of 
auditor.  Report  of  treasurer.  Report  of  convictions. 

Legislative  documents  |  submitted  to  the  |  twenty -eighth  General 
assembly  |  of  the  state  of  Iowa  |  which  convened  at  Des  Moines, 
January  8,  1900  Leslie  M.  Shaw,  governor  |  J.  C.  Milliman,  lieu- 
tenant-governor and  president  of  the  senate  |  G.  W.  Dobson,  secre- 
tary of  state  |  Frank  F.  Merriam,  auditor  of  state  |  John  Herriott, 
treasurer  of  state  |  Richard  C.  Barrett,  superintendent  of  public  in- 
struction |  Milton  Remley,  attorney -general  |  D.  H.  Bowen,  speaker 
of  the  House  of  representatives  |  Volume  2  |  Des  Moines  |  F.  R.  Cona- 
way, state  printer  |  1900  | 

v.  p.  O.  sh. 

Contents:  Report  of  superintendent  of  public  instruction.  Report  of  State 
university.  Report  of  State  normal  school.  Report  of  State  agricultural  college. 
Report  of  librarian.  Report  of  State  historical  society.  Report  of  Historical  de- 
partment. Report  of  custodian  of  public  buildings.  Report  of  Land  department. 
Report  of  oil  inspectors. 

Legislative  documents  |  submitted  to  the  |  twenty  -  eighth  General 
assembly  |  of  the  |  state  of  Iowa  which  convened  at  Des  Moines, 
January  8,  1900  |  Leslie  M.  Shaw,  governor  J.  C.  Milliman,  lieuten- 
ant-governor and  president  of  the  senate  |  G.  W.  Dobson,  secretary 
of  state  |  Frank  F.  Merriam,  auditor  of  state  |  John  Herriott,  treas- 
urer of  state  |  Richard  C.  Barrett,  superintendent  of  public  instruc- 
tion |  Milton  Remley,  attorney -general  |  D.  H.  Bowen,  speaker  of 
the  House  of  representatives,  |  Volume  3  |  Des  Moines  |  F.  R.  Cona- 
way, state  printer  |  1900  | 

v.  p.  O.  sh. 


374  THE   IOWA   JOURNAL 

Contents:  Railroad  commissioners'  report  for  1898.  Railroad  commissioners' 
report  for  1899.  Railway  assessment  for  1899.  Railway  assessment  for  1900. 
Report  on  pardons.  Rules  of  the  twenty  -  eighth  General  assembly.  Report  of 
mine  inspectors. 

Legislative  documents  |  submitted  to  the  |  twenty -eighth  General 
assembly  of  the  |  state  of  Iowa  |  which  convened  at  Des  Moines, 
January  8,  1900  |  Leslie  M.  Shaw,  governor  |  J.  C.  Milliman,  lieuten- 
ant-governor and  president  of  the  senate  |  G.  W.  Dobson,  secretary 
of  state  |  Frank  F.  Merriam,  auditor  of  state  |  John  Herriott,  treas- 
urer of  state,  Richard  C.  Barrett,  superintendent  of  public  instruc- 
tion |  Milton  Remley,  attorney -general.  |  D.  H.  Bowen,  speaker  of 
the  House  of  representatives  |  Volume  4  |  Des  Moines  |  F.  R.  Cona- 
way,  state  printer  |  1900  | 

v.  p.  pi.  O.  sh. 

Contents:  Board  of  health  report.  Bureau  of  labor  statistics  report.  Dairy 
commissioner's  report  for  1898.  Dairy  commissioner's  report  for  1899.  Pharmacy 
commissioners'  report.  State  veterinary  surgeon's  report. 

Legislative  documents  |  submitted  to  the  |  twenty  -  eighth  General 
assembly  |  of  the  |  state  of  Iowa  which  convened  at  Des  Moines, 
January  8,  1900  Leslie  M.  Shaw,  governor  |  J.  C.  Milliman,  lieuten- 
ant-governor and  president  of  the  senate  |  G.  W.  Dobson,  secretary 
of  state  |  Frank  F.  Merriam,  auditor  of  state  John  Herriott,  treas- 
urer of  state  |  Richard  C.  Barrett,  superintendent  of  public  instruc- 
tion |  Milton  Remley,  attorney -general  |  D.  H.  Bowen,  speaker  of 
the  House  of  representatives  |  Volume  5  Des  Moines  |  F.  R.  Cona- 
way,  state  printer  |  1900  | 

v.  p.  0.  sh. 

Contents:  Report  of  attorney -general.  Report  of  adjutant -general.  Weather 
and  crop  service  report  for  1898.  Weather  and  crop  service  report  for  1899.  Re- 
port of  Improved  stock  breeders'  association.  Report  of  fish  commissioner. 

Legislative  documents  |  submitted  to  the  twenty -eighth  General 
assembly  of  the  |  state  of  Iowa  |  which  convened  at  Des  Moines, 
January  8,  1900  |  Leslie  M.  Shaw,  governor  J.  C.  Milliman,  lieuten- 
ant-governor and  president  of  the  senate  |  G.  W.  Dobson,  secretary 
of  state  |  Frank  F.  Merriam,  auditor  of  state  |  John  Herriott,  treas- 
urer of  state  |  Richard  0.  Barrett,  superintendent  of  public  instruc- 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  375 

tion  |  Milton  Remley,  attorney -general  |  D.  H.  Bowen,  speaker  of 
the  House  of  representatives  |  Volume  6  |  F.  B.  Conaway,  state 
printer  |  1900  | 

v.  p.  O.  sh. 

Contents:     Keport  of  the  Board  of  control. 

Legislative  documents  |  submitted  to  the  |  twenty  -  eighth  General 
assembly  |  of  the  |  state  of  Iowa  |  which  convened  at  Des  Moiiies, 
January  8,  1900  |  Leslie  M.  Shaw,  governor  |  J.  C.  Milliman,  lieu- 
tenant-governor and  president  of  the  senate  |  G.  W.  Dobson,  secre- 
tary of  state  |  Frank  F.  Merriam,  auditor  of  state  |  John  Herriott, 
treasurer  of  state  |  Richard  C.  Barrett,  superintendent  of  public  in- 
struction |  Milton  Remley,  attorney -general  |  D.  H.  Bowen,  speaker 
of  the  House  of  representatives  |  Volume  7  |  Des  Moines  |  F.  R. 
Conaway,  state  printer  |  1900  | 

v.  p.  0.  sh. 

Contents:  Insurance  report  for  1899.  Volume  1,  Insurance  report  for  1900. 
Volume  2,  Insurance  report  for  1900. 

For  reprint  of  statute  laws,  1838-39,  see  Historical  department  of 
Iowa. 

GEOLOGICAL    SURVEY 

Iowa  I  geological  survey  |  Volume  11.  |  Administrative  reports  | 
Samuel  Calvin,  A.M.,  Ph.D.,  state  geologist  |  A.  G.  Leonard,  assist- 
ant state  geologist  |  Des  Moines:  |  Published  for  the  Iowa  geological 
survey  |  1901  | 

619  p.  pi.  maps,  Q.  cl. 

Contents:  Administrative  reports.  Mineral  production  of  Iowa  in  1900,  by  S. 
W.  Beyer.  Geology  of  Louisa  county,  by  J.  A.  Udden.  Geology  of  Marion  county, 
by  B.  L.  Miller.  Geology  of  Pottawattamie  county,  by  J.  A.  Udden.  Geology  of 
Cedar  county,  by  W.  H.  Norton.  Geology  of  Page  county,  by  Samuel  Calvin. 
Geology  of  Clay  and  O'Brien  counties,  by  T.  H.  Macbride. 

Some  of  the  more  valuable  features  of  the  volume  are:  (1)  The  discussion,  by 
the  state  geologist,  of  the  often  asked  question,  "Why  do  we  not  find  gold,  silver, 
petroleum,  natural  gas,  salt,  etc.,  in  Iowa  ?"  He  summarizes  the  conditions  under 
which  these  minerals  are  deposited  and  the  relations  in  which  they  are  found,  re- 
views the  geological  history  of  the  state  and  shows  that  the  necessary  conditions 
and  relations  are  not  found,  and  probably  never  existed  in  Iowa.  (2)  The  statis- 
tics of  the  mineral  production  of  the  state  for  the  year  1900,  in  which  it  is  shown 
that  the  total  value  of  these  products  was  about  $10,000,000,  of  which  coal  fur- 


376  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

nished  about  70  per  cent  and  clay  about  22  per  cent.  Separate  tables  show  the 
coal,  the  clay,  the  stone  and  the  total  mineral  production  by  counties.  (3)  The 
discussion  of  the  physiography  or  physical  geography  of  the  various  counties,  in 
which  are  treated  the  development  of  the  various  types  of  topography;  the  origin 
and  history  of  the  drainage  systems;  the  general  elevation  of  the  region,  etc.;  the 
distribution  of  the  various  rock  formations,  their  lithologic  characters,  geologic 
age  and  organic  remains;  the  treatment  of  the  mantle  rock  residual  clays,  glacial 
deposits,  alluvium,  soils,  etc.;  the  water  supply  and  artesian  conditions,  well 
records  etc. ;  the  economic  products  of  the  various  counties  surveyed  during  the 
year. 

Iowa  |  geological  survey  Volume  12  |  Annual  report,  1901,  with  | 
accompanying  papers.  Samuel  Calvin,  A.M.,  Ph.D.,  state  geologist  | 
A.  G.  Leonard,  assistant  state  geologist  |  Des  Moines;  |  Published 
for  the  Iowa  geological  survey  |  1902.  | 

511  p.  pi.  maps,  Q.  cl. 

Contents:  Administrative  reports.  Mineral  production  in  Iowa  for  1901,  by 
S.  W.  Beyer.  Geology  of  Webster  county,  by  F.  A.  Wilder.  Geology  of  Henry 
county,  by  T.  E.  Savage.  Geology  of  Cherokee  and  Buena  Vista  counties,  with 
notes  on  the  limits  of  the  Wisconsin  drift  as  seen  in  northwestern  Iowa,  by  T.  H. 
Macbride.  Geology  of  Jefferson  county,  by  J.  A.  Udden.  Geology  of  Wapello 
county,  by  A.  G.  Leonard. 

The  volume  contains  the  administrative  report  by  the  state  geologist,  and  re- 
ports on  the  mineral  production  of  the  state  and  the  geology  of  Webster,  Henry, 
Cherokee,  Buena  Vista,  Jefferson  and  Wapello  counties.  Some  of  the  more  val- 
uable features  of  the  volume  are:  The  report  by  the  state  geologist  which  con- 
tains a  bibliography  (with  contents  tables)  of  the  publications  of  the  Survey,  a 
review  of  the  work  accomplished  by  the  Survey,  particularly  in  glacial  geology, 
and  a  further  discussion  of  the  question  of  petroleum  and  natural  gas  in  Iowa. 
The  report  on  mineral  production  of  the  state  for  1901,  showing  the  total  produc- 
tion in  quantity  and  value  of  the  various  minerals,  the  production  of  the  more  im- 
portant minerals  by  counties  and  the  total  production  by  counties;  coal,  clay, 
stone  and  gypsum  make  up  nearly  99  per  cent  of  the  value.  The  report  on  the 
gypsum  deposits  of  Webster  county  is  accompanied  by  a  very  valuable  article  on 
gypsum,  discussing  the  deposition,  mining,  uses  and  manufacture  of  cement, 
plaster,  etc.,  together  with  a  description  of  the  gypsum  industry  of  Germany,  and 
a  discussion  of  the  possibilities  of  improvement  in  methods  of  manufacture  and 
the  extension  of  the  industry  in  this  state;  the  treatment  of  the  physiography  of 
the  various  counties  is  full,  and  is  of  great  value  to  teachers  of  physical  geography; 
the  lithologic  characters,  distribution  and  age  of  the  indurated  rocks  are  discussed; 
the  surfacial  geology;  the  Pleistocene  deposits;  the  economic  products  and  possi- 
bilities, the  artesian  conditions  and  water  supply. 

Iowa  geological  survey  Bulletin  No.  1  |  The  |  grasses  of  Iowa  | 
Des  Moines,  Iowa  1901.  | 

525  p.  col.  pi.  0. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  377 

By  L.  H.  Pammel,  J.  B.  Weems,  and  F.  Lamson-Scribner. 

Contents:  Grasses — Graminae.  Purity  and  vitality  of  grass  seed.  Cereals. 
Fungus  diseases  of  grasses.  Bacterial  diseases.  Pastures  and  meadows  of  Iowa. 
Weeds  of  meadows  and  pastures.  Chemistry  of  foods  and  feeding.  Lawns  and 
lawn  making  in  Iowa. 

Mineral  production  in  Iowa  |  for  1900  |  by  S.  W.  Beyer.  |  From 
Iowa  geological  survey,  vol.  11.  |  Annual  report,  1900,  pp.  37-53.  | 
Des  Moines:  |  B.  Murphy,  state  printer  |  1901  |  Geology  |  of  |  Louisa 
county  |  by  J.  A.  Udden.  |  From  Iowa  geological  survey,  vol.  11.  | 
Annual  report,  1900,  pp.  55-126.  |  Des  Moines:  |  B.  Murphy,  state 
printer  |  1901  | 

maps. 

Geology  |  of  |  Marion  county  |  by  B.  L.  Miller.  |  From  Iowa 
geological  survey,  vol.  11.  |  Annual  report,  1900,  pp.  1 2 7-1 97.  | 
Des  Moines:  |  B.  Murphy,  state  printer  |  1901  | 

map. 

Geology  |  of  |  Pottawattamie   county  |  by   J.    A.   Udden.  |  From 
Iowa  geological  survey,  vol.  11.  |  Annual  report,  1900,  pp.  201-277.  | 
Des  Moines:  |  B.  Murphy,  state  printer  |  1901  | 
map. 

Geology  |  of  |  Cedar  county  |  by  William  Harmon  Morton.  |  From 
Iowa  geological  survey,  vol.  11.  |  Annual  report,  1900,  pp.  279-396.  | 
Des  Moines:  |  B.  Murphy,  state  printer  |  1901  | 

maps. 

Geology  |  of  |  Page  county  |  by  Samuel  Calvin.  |  From  Iowa  geo- 
logical survey,  vol.    11.  |  Annual  report,    1900,  pp.   397-460.  |  Des 
Moines:  |  B.  Murphy,  state  printer  |  1901  | 
map. 

Geology  |  of  |  Clay  and  O'Brien  counties  |  by  Thomas  H.  Mac- 
bride.  |  From  Iowa  geological  survey,  vol.  11.  |  Annual  report,  1900, 
pp.  461-508.  |  Des  Moines:  B.  Murphy,  state  printer  |  1901  | 

maps,  illus. 

Mineral  production  in  Iowa  |  for  1901.  |  By  S.  W.  Beyer.  |  From 


378  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

Iowa  geological  survey,  vol.  12.  |  Annual  report,   1901.  pp.  37-61  | 
Des  Moines:  |  B.  Murphy,  state  printer  |  1902  | 
pl.  0.  pap. 

Geology  |  of  Webster  county  |  by  Frank  A.  Wilder  From  Iowa 
geological  survey,  vol.  12.  |  Annual  report,  1901,  pp.  63-235.  |  Des 
Moines:  |  B.  Murphy,  state  printer,  |  1902.  | 

pl.  maps,  0.  pap. 

Geology  of  Henry  county  |  by  T.  E.  Savage.  |  From  Iowa  geo- 
logical survey,  vol.  12.  |  Annual  report,  1901,  pp.  237-302.  |  Des 
Moines:  |  B.  Murphy,  state  printer,  |  1902.  | 

illus.  map,  0.  pap. 

Geology  |  of  |  Cherokee  and  Buena  Vista  counties  |  with  notes  on 
the  limit  of  the  Wisconsin  drift  as  seen  |  in  northwestern  Iowa.  |  By 
Thomas  H.  Macbride.  |  From  Iowa  geological  survey,  vol.  12.  An- 
nual report,  1901,  pp.  303-353.  |  Des  Moines:  |  B.  Murphy,  state 
printer,  |  1902.  | 

maps,  0.  pap. 

Geology  |  of  |  Jefferson  county  |  by  J.    A.    Udden.  |  From  Iowa 
geological   survey,    vol.    12.  |  Annual   report,    1901,    pp.    355-436.  | 
Des  Moines:  |  B.  Murphy,  state  printer,     1902.  | 
map,  0.  pap. 

Geology  of  |  Wapello  county  |  by  A.  G.  Leonard.  |  From  Iowa 
geological  survey,  vol.  12.  |  Annual  report,  1901,  pp.  439-499.  |  Des 
Moines:  |  B.  Murphy,  state  printer,  |  1902.  | 

illus.  map,  0.  pap. 

GOVERNOR 

Report  |  by  the  |  governor  of  Iowa  |  of  |  pardons,  suspensions  of 
sentence  commutations  and  remissions  of  fines.  |  From  January  10, 
1898,  to  January  10,  1900.  |  Printed  by  order  of  the  General  assem- 
bly. |  Des  Moines:  |  F.  R.  Conaway,  state  printer.  |  1900.  | 

58  p.  0.  pap. 

Contained  also  in  the  set  of  Iowa  documents,  1900,  vol.  3. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  379 

Inaugural  address  |  of  |  Leslie  M.  Shaw  |  governor  of  the  state  of 
Iowa  |  delivered  |  at  his  second  inauguration  |  January  11,  1900  | 
Printed  by  order  of  the  General  assembly.  | 

19  p.  O.  pap. 

Contained  also  in  the  set  of  Iowa  documents,  1900,  vol.  1. 

Biennial  message  |  of  |  Leslie  M.  Shaw  |  governor  of  the  state  of 
Iowa  |  to  the  |  twenty-eighth  General  assembly  |  January,  1900  | 
printed  by  authority  of  the  General  assembly  |  Des  Moines  |  F.  R. 
Conaway,  state  printer  |  1900  | 

40  p.  O.  pap. 

Contained  also  in  the  set  of  Iowa  documents,  1900,  vol.  1. 

HEALTH,    STATE    BOARD    OF 

Eleventh  |  biennial  report  |  of  the  |  Board  of  health  |  of  the  |  state 
of  Iowa  |  for  the  |  period  ending  June  30,  1901.  |  [Seal]  |  Des  Moines:  | 
B.  Murphy,  state  printer.  |  1901.  | 

517  p.  pi.  O.  cl. 

Contained  also  in  the  set  of  Iowa  documents,  1902,  vol.  4. 

Iowa  health  bulletin.  |  Published  by  |  the  State  board  of  health.  | 
Josiah  Forrest  Kennedy,  editor.  [Notice,  1  line]  |  Vol.  13.  Des 
Moines,  January-[May,]  1900.  No.  8-[12.]  | 

97-192  p.  O.  pap. 

Iowa  health  bulletin.  |  Published  by  |  the  State  board  of  health.  | 
Josiah  Forrest  Kennedy,  editor  |  [Notice,  1  line]  Vol.  14,  Des 
Moines,  June,  1900— [May,  1901,]  No.  1-[12.]  | 

16-192  p.  O.  pap. 

After  no.  8,  published  at  Denison,  Iowa. 

HISTORICAL    DEPARTMENT    OF    IOWA 

Fifth  biennial  report  |  of  the  |  Historical  department  [  of  |  Iowa. 
Made  to  the  trustees  of  the  state  library,  |  November  1,  1901.     By 
Charles  Aldrich,  |  curator.  |  Printed  by  order  of  the  General  assem- 
bly. |  Des  Moines  |  B.  Murphy,  state  printer  |  1901  | 

70  p.  por.  pi.  O.  pap. 

Contained  also  in  the  set  of  Iowa  documents,  1902,  vol.  3. 


380  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

The  |  annals  of  Iowa.  |  A  historical  quarterly.  |  Volume  four  — 
third  series.  |  Edited  by  |  Charles  Aldrich,  A.  M.,  |  [5  lines]  |  Pub- 
lished by  the  |  Historical  department  of  Iowa,  |  Des  Moines.  |  1899- 
1901.  |  » 

Nos.  4-8,  January,  1900-January,  1901. 

The  |  annals  of  Iowa.  |  A  historical  quarterly.  |  Volume  five — 
third  series.  |  Edited  by  |  Charles  Aldrich,  A.  M. ,  |  [6  lines]  |  Pub- 
lished by  the  |  Historical  department  of  Iowa,  |  Des  Moines,  |  1901- 
1903.  | 

Nos.  1-3,  April-October,  1901. 

The  statute  laws  |  of  the  |  territory  of  Iowa,  |  enacted  at  the  first 
session  of  the  Legislative  |  assembly  of  said  territory,  held  at  |  Bur- 
lington, A.  D.  1838-39.  |  Published  by  authority.  |  Du  Buque:  | 
Russell  &  Reeves,  printers.  |  1839.  |  Reprinted  by  the  |  Historical 
department  of  Iowa,  |  1900.  | 

634  p.  O.  sh. 

HORTICULTURAL     SOCIETY 

Report  |  of  the  |  Iowa  state  horticultural  society  |  for  the  year  1900  | 
containing  proceedings  of  the  thirty-fifth  annual  session,  |  held  at  | 
Des  Moines,  December  11,  12,  13,  14,  1900,  |  also,  transactions  of 
the  |  southeastern,  northeastern,  northwestern  and  |  southwestern 
horticultural  societies.  |  Edited  by  the  secretary.  |  Volume  35.  |  Pub- 
lished by  order  of  the  General  assembly.  |  Des  Moines  |  Bernard 
Murphy,  state  printer  1901  | 

578  p.  pi.  O.  cl. 

Report  |  of  the  |  Iowa  state  horticultural  society  |  for  the  year 
1901,  |  containing  the  proceedings  of  the  thirty -sixth  annual  session, 
held  at  |  Des  Moines,  December  10,  11,  12,  1901,  |  also  transactions 
of  the  southeastern,  northwestern,  northeastern  and  |  southwestern 
horticultural  societies.  |  Edited  by  the  secretary.  |  Volume  36.  |  Pub- 
lished by  the  order  of  the  General  assembly.  |  Des  Moines  |  Bernard 
Murphy,  state  printer  |  1902  | 

622  p.  pi.  O.  cl. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  381 

Programme  |  of  the  |  thirty -fifth  annual  convention  |  of 'the  |  Iowa  | 
state  horticultural  society  |  to  be  held  in  the  horticultural  |  room  in 
the  capitol  |  Des  Moines  |  December  11,  12,  13  and  14,  |  1900  |  You 
are  invited  to  attend  and  take  |  part  in  the  discussions  | 
8  p.  S.  pap. 

Programme  |  of  the  |  thirty  -  sixth  annual  convention  |  of  the  |  Iowa  | 
state  horticultural  society  |  to  be  held  in  the  horticultural  room  in 
the  capitol  |  Des  Moines  |  December  10,  11  and  12,  1901  |  You  are 
invited  to  attend  and  take  |  part  in  the  discussions  | 

8  p.  S.  pap. 

HOUSE    OF    REPRESENTATIVES 

Journal  of  the  House  |  of  the  |  twenty|- eighth  General  assembly  | 
of  the  |  state  of  Iowa  |  which  convened  at  the  capitol  at  Des  Moines,  | 
January  8,  1900.  |  Des  Moines:  |  F.  R.  Conaway,  state  printer,  |  1900.  | 

1343  p.  O.  sh. 

INDUSTRIAL    SCHOOL    FOR    GIRLS    AT    MITCHELLVILLE 

Seventeenth  biennial  report  |  of  the  |  superintendent  |  of  the  |  In- 
dustrial school  for  girls  |  at  |  Mitchellville  |  to  the  |  Board  of  control 
of  the  state  institutions  |  for  the  period  ending  June  30,  1901  |  Glen- 
wood,  Iowa  |  State  institution  press  |  1902  | 

25  p.  0.  pap. 

INSTITUTION    FOR    FEEBLE    MINDED    CHILDREN 

Thirteenth  biennial  report  |  of  the  |  superintendent  |  of  the  |  Iowa 
institution  |  for  |  feeble-minded  children  |  at  Glenwood  |  to  the  | 
Board  of  control  of  the  state  institutions  |  for  the  period  ending  June 
30,  1901.  |  Glenwood  institution  press  |  1901  | 

44  p.  O.  pap. 

LABOR    STATISTICS,    BUREAU    OF 

Ninth  biennial  report  |  of  the  |  Bureau  of  labor  statistics  |  for  the  | 
state  of  Iowa  |  1899-1900  |  C.  F.  Wennerstrum  |  commissioner  |  Des 
Moines:  |  B.  Murphy,  state  printer.  |  1901  | 

698  p.  O.  cl. 


382  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

Contents:  Factory  inspection.  Manufacturing  industries  of  Iowa.  Wage 
earners  of  Iowa.  Kailroad  statistics  of  Iowa.  Trade  unions  in  Iowa.  Co-operation 
and  profit  sharing.  Locations  for  new  industries  in  Iowa.  Manual  training  in  Iowa. 
Stjikes  in  Iowa.  Lockouts  in  Iowa.  The  shorter  work  day  in  the  United  States.  Cost 
of  labor  bureaus  in  the  United  States.  Statutory  investigation  in  Iowa.  Intro- 
ductory to  the  manufacturing  statistics,  by  W.  R.  Patterson.  Value  and  influence 
of  labor  statistics,  by  Carroll  D.  Wright.  Some  of  the  economic  and  industrial 
phases  of  the  Amana  society  or  the  Community  of  true  inspiration,  by  Mrs.  Bertha 
H.  Shambaugh.  The  kindergarten  as  an  educational  force,  by  Francis  E.  Cook. 
Manual  training  versus  trade  schools,  by  Caloni  Milton  Woodward.  Icarian  col- 
ony of  Iowa.  Free  employment  offices  in  the  United  States,  by  Kate  B.  Miller. 
Labor  laws  of  the  state  of  Illinois.  The  workings  of  the  Department  of  labor,  by 
Carroll  D.  Wright.  Labor  laws  of  Iowa. 

This  report  is  full  of  interest  to  the  practical  student  of  sociology.  Carefully 
prepared  statistics  and  accounts  are  given  regarding  problems  of  current  interest, 
relative  to  the  growth  and  development  of  the  factory  system  and  of  organized 
labor  in  the  state  of  Iowa.  The  special  report  by  Mrs.  Shambaugh  on  the  Amana 
community  is  the  most  authentic  account  of  the  economic  and  industrial  life  of 
Iowa's  one  successful  communistic  society.  A  valuable  paper  giving  a  concise 
account  of  the  history  and  functions  of  the  Labor  department  is  contributed  by 
the  Hon.  Carroll  D.  Wright. 

Contained  also  in  the  set  of  Iowa  documents,  1902,  vol.  4. 

The  |  law  | 

An  8  page  pamphlet  giving  the  law  governing  the  Bureau  of  labor  statistics,  with 
the  amendments  made  by  the  29th  General  assembly,  and  new  laws  of  1902. 

LAND    DEPARTMENT 

Report  I  of  the  |  secretary  of  state  |  to  the  |  governor  of  Iowa,  |  of 
the  transactions  of  the  Land  department,  July  1,  1899  to  June  30, 
1901.  W.  B.  Martin,  secretary  of  state.  |  Des  Moines:  B.  Murphy, 
state  printer.  |  1901  | 

128  p.  O.  cl. 

Contained  also  in  the  set  of  Iowa  documents,  1902,  vol.  1. 

LIBRARY     COMMISSION 

Iowa  library  |  commission  |  Des  Moines,   la.   |    Leaflet    no.    1.    | 
"Shall  |  a  free  |  public  library  |  be  established?"  | 
20  p.  T.  pap. 

Iowa  library    commission,  |  Des  Moines,  la.  |  Leaflet  no.  2.  |  Iowa 
The  anniversary  of  her  |  statehood  |  December  28  |  A  few  books 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  383 

about  Iowa     "The  affections  of  |  her  people,  like  |  the  rivers  of  her  | 
borders,  flow  to  an  |  inseparable  union."  | 
12  p.  T.  pap. 

Iowa  library  |  commission  Des  Moines,  la.  |  Leaflet  no.  3.  |  Peri- 
odicals |  their  value  and  use  |  with  something  about  indexes  |  to  peri- 
odicals, and  information  regarding  the  collection  and  distribution 
of  periodicals  by  the  |  Iowa  library  commission.  | 

12  p.  T.  pap. 

Iowa  library  commission,  |  the  capitol,  |  Des  Homes,  la.  |  100  good 
books  for  girls  and  boys.  | 
4  p.  T.  pap. 

Shakespeare  |  A  selection  from  |  the  literature  pertaining  |  to  his 
life  and  works  |  for  the  use  of  study  |  clubs.  Prepared  by  |  the 
library  committee  of  the  Iowa  federation  of  women's  |  clubs  and  the 
Iowa  |  library  commission  |  These  books  will  be  loaned  |  by  the 
traveling  library  |  department  of  the  |  Iowa  state  library  | 

4  p.  T.  pap. 

Bulletin  of  the  Iowa  |  library  commission  |  Issued  quarterly.     Des 
Moines,  Iowa,  January-[October,]  1901.     Volume  1.  Number  1-[~4.]| 
64  p.  O.  pap. 

MINE    INSPECTORS 

Tenth  biennial  report  |  of  the  |  state  mine  inspectors  |  to  the  |  gov- 
ernor of  the  state  of  Iowa  |  for  the  |  two  years  ending  June  30, 
1901.  |  James  A.  Campbell,  district  no.  1;  John  Verner,  district  no. 
2;  |  James  W.  Miller,  district  no.  3.  |  Printed  by  order  of  the  Gen- 
eral assembly  |  Des  Moines:  |  Bernard  Murphy,  state  printer.  |  1901. 

97  p.  0.  pap. 

Contained  also  in  the  set  of  Iowa  documents,  1902,  vol.  4. 

Iowa  |  mining  laws  |  according  to  code  of  1897.   [1901]  | 

13  p.  O.  pap. 

Report  of  commission  |  appointed  to  inquire  into  |  and  investigate 
the  mat|ters  of  explosions  in  the  |  coal  mines  of  Iowa  | 

14  p.  0.  pap. 


384  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

OIL    INSPECTORS 

Biennial  report  |  of  |  inspectors  of  oils.  |  1900-1901  |  Compiled 
by  W.  B.  Martin,  secretary  of  state.  |  Printed  by  order  of  the  Gen- 
eral assembly.  |  Des  Moines:  |  B.  Murphy,  state  printer.  |  1901.  | 

18  p.  0.  pap. 

Contained  also  in  the  set  of  Iowa  documents,  1902,  vol.  5. 

PENITENTIARY,     ANAMOSA 

Fifteenth  biennial  report  |  of  the  |  warden  of  the  penitentiary  | 
at  |  Anamosa,  Iowa,  |  to  the  |  Board  of  control  of  state  institutions  | 
for  the  period  ending  June  30,  1901  |  The  prison  press:  |  Penitentiary 
at  Anamosa,  Iowa.  |  1902.  | 

73  p.  pi.  O.  pap. 

PENITENTIARY,    FORT    MADISON 

Biennial  report  |  of  the  |  warden  |  of  the  |  Iowa  state  penitentiary  | 
at  |  Fort  Madison  |  to  the  |  Board  of  control  of  state  institutions  | 
for  the  period  ending  June  30,  1901  |  Glenwood,  Iowa  |  State  insti- 
tution press  |  1902.  | 
41  p.  O.  pap. 

PHARMACY    COMMISSION 

Eleventh  biennial  report  |  of  the  |  commissioners  of  pharmacy  | 
for  the  |  state  of  Iowa  |  1901  |  Printed  by  order  of  the  General  assem- 
bly. |  Des  Moines.  |  B.  Murphy,  state  printer.  |  1901.  | 

18  p.  0.  pap. 

Contained  also  in  the  set  of  Iowa  documents,  1902,  vol.  5. 


Pioneer  |  law  makers'  association  |  of  Iowa.  |  Reunion  of  1900,  | 
held  at  Des  Moines,  February  14  and  15,  1900.  |  Seventh  biennial 
session.  |  Published  by  authority  of  the  state  of  Iowa.  |  Des  Moines:  | 
F.  R.  Conaway,  state  printer.  [  1900.  | 

102  p.  0.  pap. 

PUBLIC    INSTRUCTION,    DEPARTMENT    OF 

Biennial  report  |  of  the  superintendent  |  of  |  public  instruction  | 
of  the  |  state  of  Iowa  |  November  1,  1901  |  Richard  0.  Barrett  |  super- 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  336 

intendent  of  public  instruction  |  Printed  by  order  of  the  general 
assembly  |  Des  Moines  |  B.  Murphy,  state  printer  |  1902  | 

471  +  98  p.  pi.  0.  cl. 

Contents:  Introductory  remarks.  Consolidation  of  schools  and  transportation 
of  children.  Recent  school  legislation  in  other  states.  Iowa  state  teachers'  asso- 
ciation. Education  of  Iowa  teachers.  School  architecture.  State  certificates 
and  diplomas.  Free  text  books  for  public  schools.  Manual  for  high  schools. 
Accredited  high  schools.  Reports  from  county  superintendents.  Reports  from 
higher  institutions.  National  congress  of  mothers.  Manual  training.  Miscel- 
laneous: Medical  inspection  of  schools.  Necrology.  Appendix:  Statistics;  Gen- 
eral summary;  Abstracts  from  reports  of  1900;  Abstracts  from  reports  of  1901; 
index. 

Inner  cover  reads: 

State  of  Iowa  Department  of  public  instruction  |  Des  Moines  | 
superintendent  of  public  instruction  |  Richard  C.  Barrett  |  deputy 
superintendent  |  Albert  C.  Ross  |  stenographer  |  Byrdella  Johnson  | 
state  board  of  educational  examiners  |  Richard  C.  Barrett,  ex-officio 
president,  Des  Moines  |  George  E.  MacLean,  ex-officio^  Iowa  City  | 
Homer  H.  Seerley,  ex-officio^  Cedar  Falls  |  Hamlin  H.  Freer,  Mt. 
Vernon  |  Mary  Alice  Bradrick,  Chariton  |  [Notices,  3  lines]  | 

Being  the  Iowa  school  report  for  1900-1901. 

Contained  also  in  the  set  of  Iowa  documents,  1902,  vol.  3. 

Iowa  |  educational  directory  |  for  the  school  year  |  commencing 
September,  1900  |  Issued  by  the  Department  of  public  instruction  | 
November  15,  1900  Des  Moines  |  F.  R.  Conaway,  state  printer  | 
1900 

unp.  D.  pap. 

Iowa  |  educational  directory  |  for  the  school  year  commencing 
September,  1900  |  Issued  by  the  Department  of  public  instruction  | 
November  15,  1901  |  Des  Moines  |  B.  Murphy,  state  printer  |  1901  | 

unp.  D.  pap. 

Iowa  state  teachers'  |  association  |  A  high  school  |  manual  |  issued 
under  the  direction  |  of  a  committee  of  twelve,  |  appointed  by  the 
general  |  association,  |  December,  1899  |  1901  |  Des  Moines,  Iowa, 
December,  1901.  | 

133  p.  O.  pap. 


386  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

Twenty -seventh  |  annual  session  |  of  the  |  Johnson  county  |  normal 
institute  |  State  university  of  Iowa,  |  Iowa  City,  Iowa  |  July  2nd  to 
July  21st  |  1900  | 

52  p.  T.  pap. 

Outside  cover  reads: 

Hand-book  for  |  Johnson  county  teachers  |  and  |  normal  insti- 
tute |  Announcement  |  1900  | 

Hand-book  |  for  |  Iowa  schools  |  Edition  of  1900  |  Issued  by  the 
Department  of  public  instruction  |  Richard  C.  Barrett  |  superintend- 
ent of  public  instruction  |  This  book  is  the  property  of  the  school 
district  |  Des  Moines:  |  F.  R.  Conaway,  state  printer.  |  1900.  | 

194  p.  0.  pap. 

A  course  of  study  for  county,  township  and  village  schools,  final  report  of  com- 
mittee on  course  of  study  for  high  schools,  school  law  directly  affecting  teachers, 
and  excerpts  from  the  report  of  the  committee  of  twelve  relating  to  rural  school 
improvement. 

List  of  library  books  |  for  school  districts  of  Iowa  |  recommended 
by  the  State  board  of  educational  examiners  |  Issued  by  the  Depart- 
ment of  public  instruction  |  1900  |  Des  Moines:  |  F.  R.  Conaway, 
state  printer,  |  1900.  | 

106  p.  0.  pap. 

A  graded  and  annotated  list. 

Manual  |  for  |  special  day  |  exercises  |  1901  |  Issued  by  the  De- 
partment of  public  instruction  for  use  in  the  |  schools  of  Iowa'| 
Richard  C.  Barrett  |  superintendent  of  public  instruction  | 

96  p.  O.  pap. 

Outer  cover  reads: 

Special  days  |  Iowa  public  schools  |  1901  |  Issued  by  the  Depart- 
ment of  education  |  Richard  C.  Barrett,  |  supt.  of  public  instruction  | 
F.  R.  Conaway,  |  state  printing  house.  | 

Arbor  Day  |  Friday,  April  27,  1900  |  [Cut  of]  motherwort  and 
Virginia  creeper.  |  Even  a  clump  of  weeds  looks  well  in  the  corner 
by  the  house.  |  ' '  Arbor  Day  is  the  only  holiday  which  speaks  for  the 
future;  all  others  cele|brate  the  past."  |  State  of  Iowa  |  Department 
of  public  instruction  | 

4  p.  0.  pap. 


OF   HISTORY  AND   POLITICS  387 

Programme  |  of  the  |  Central  Iowa  teachers'  association  |  third 
annual  meeting  |  held  in  |  Boone,  Iowa  |  February  20,  21  and  22, 
1902  |  Officers  |  president,  E.  D.  Y.  Culbertson,  Des  Moines  secre- 
tary, Carolyn  Anderson,  Marshalltown  |  treasurer,  C.  E.  Moore, 
Waterloo  |  railroad  secretary,  R.  V.  Veneman,  Boone  |  executive 
committee  |  chairman,  J.  C.  King,  Boone  |  F.  E.  Willard,  Marshall- 
town.  E.  W.  Fellows,  Clarion  |  musical  director  |  E.  L.  Coburn, 
Boone  | 

8  p.  0.  pap. 

Program  |  of  the  |  Northwestern  Iowa  |  teachers'  association  to 
be  held  in  high  school  building,  |  twelfth  and  Jackson  streets,  |  Sioux 
City,  |  April  19,  20  and  21,  1900.  |  Officers.  |  N.  Spencer,  Algona, 
president.  |  D.  M.  Odle,  Hull,  vice-president.  |  Agnes  Robertson, 
Cherokee,  recording  secretary  |  F.  M.  Harding,  Sioux  City,  rail- 
road sec'y.  |  H.  B.  Pierce,  Rock  Rapids,  treasurer.  |  Executive  com- 
mittee. H.  E.  Kratz,  Sioux  City,  chairman.  |  H.  E.  Blackmar, 
Emmetsburg.  W.  F.  Cole,  Webster  City.  | 

6  p.  O.  pap. 

Program  |  of  the  Southwestern  |  Iowa  teachers'  |  association  |  to 
be  held  at  |  Council  Bluffs,  |  November  1,  2  and  3,  1900.  |  Officers:  | 
William  Wilcox,  Mt.  Vernon,  president.  |  Jessie  G.  Nutting,  Glen- 
wood,  vice-president.  |  D.  M.  Kelley,  Cedar  Falls,  recording  secre- 
tary. |  C.  M.  Peters,  Creston,  railroad  secretary.  |  W.  N.  Clifford, 
Council  Bluffs,  |  chairman  executive  committee  | 

8  p.  S.  pap. 

State  of  Iowa  |  Department  of  |  public  instruction  |  Des  Moines  | 
Northeastern  Iowa  teachers'  association  |  Clinton,  October  18  r  19: 
20  |  September  20,  1900  | 

1  p.  O.  pap. 

Program  |  of  the  |  Southeastern  Iowa  |  teachers'  association  |  sev- 
enth annual  session  |  Grinnell,  Iowa,  April  4,  5,  6,  1901  |  [Cut  of] 
Blair  hall,  Iowa  College,  Grinnell,  Iowa.  |  Officers:  |  supt.  J.  F. 
Riggs,  Sigourney,  president.  |  county  supt.  C.  M.  Donaldson, 
Wapello,  vice-president.  |  Miss  Etta  M.  Bardwell,  Ottumwa,  sec- 


388  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

retary.  |  Supt.    F.  W.  Else,    Mt.  Pleasant,  treasurer.  |  Supt.  C.  H. 
Carson,    Marengo,    chairman    executive    committee.  |    Supt.    D.    A 
Thornburg,    Grinnell,    chairman   local    committees.  |  Prin.    W.    J. 
Samson,  Burlington,  railroad  secretary.  | 
15  p.  S.  pap. 

Circular  of  information  |  no.  2  |  Relating  to  transportation  of 
pupils  |  increased  educational  facilities  for  advanced  pupils  |  and 
township  graded  schools  for  all  pupils  |  Issued  by  the  Department  of 
public  instruction  November  1,  1900  |  Richard  C.  Barrett  |  superin- 
tendent |  Des  Moines  |  F.  R.  Conaway,  state  printer  |  1900  | 

10  p.  O.  pap. 

State  of  Iowa  |  Department  of  |  public  instruction  |  Des  Moines  | 
Official  call  for  spring  conventions  of  |  Iowa  county  superintendents  | 
Richard  C.  Barrett  |  superintendent  public  instruction  |  Albert  C. 
Ross,  deputy  Des  Moines,  |  B.  Murphy,  state  printer.  |  1902. 

4  p.  O.  pap. 

State  of  Iowa  |  Department  of  |  public  instruction    Des  Moines  | 
Opinions  of  attorney -general  | 
Dated  Jan.  17,  1901.     Des  Moines.     4  p.  0.  pap. 

State  of  Iowa  Department  of  |  public  instruction  |  Des  Moines  | 
Official  call  |  to  county  superintendents  of  Iowa:  |  Richard  C.  Bar- 
rett, |  superintendent  public  instruction.  |  December  9,  1900.  | 

4  p.  0.  pap. 

State  of  Iowa  Department  of  |  public  instruction  |  Des  Moines  | 
Official  call.  |  To  county  superintendents  of  Iowa:  |  Richard  C.  Bar- 
rett, |  superintendent  public  instruction.  |  December  9,  1901.  | 

4  p.  O.  pap. 

State  of  Iowa  |  Department  of  |  public  instruction  |  Des  Moines  | 
Library  circular  [Oct.  1900.]  | 
4  p.  O.  pap. 

RAILROAD     COMMISSIONERS 

Twenty -third  annual  report  of  the  |  Board  of  railroad  commis- 
sioners |  for  the  |  year  ending  June  30,  1900.  |  State  of  Iowa  |  Printed 


OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS  389 

by  order  of  the  General  assembly.  |  Des  Moines:  |  B.  Murphy,  state 
printer.  |  1901.  | 

469  p.  O.  cl. 

Contained  also  in  the  set  of  Iowa  documents,  1902,  vol.  2. 

Twenty -fourth  annual  report  |  of  the  |  Board  of  railroad  commis- 
sioners |  for  the  |  year  ending  June  30,  1901.  |  State  of  Iowa  |  Printed 
by  order  of  the  General  assembly.  |  Des  Moines.  |  B.  Murphy,  state 
printer.  |  1902.  | 

633  p.  0.  cl. 

Contained  also  in  the  set  of  Iowa  documents,  1902,  vol.  2. 

These  reports  contain  a  large  amount  of  statistical  information  in  regard  to 
the  returns  of  the  railway  companies  in  the  state,  their  mileage  and  lists  of  officers 
and  directors,  the  decisions  of  the  commissioners  on  various  railroad  cases,  and 
reports  of  accidents  in  Iowa.  The  report  for  1901  contains,  in  addition,  the  Iowa 
freight  classification  no.  12,  with  which  is  incorporated  the  schedule  of  reasonable 
maximum  rates  of  charges  for  the  transportation  of  freight  and  cars. 

Laws  of  Iowa  |  pertaining  to  |  railways,  express  companies,  etc., 
etc.  |  Appendix  to  the  twenty-second  annual  report  (1899)  |  of  the  | 
Board  of  railroad  commissioners.  |  (Published  by  permission  of  the 
Executive  council,  from  |  the  code  of  1897,  including  session  laws  | 
of  1898  and  1900.)  Des  Moines:  |  F.  R.  Conaway,  state  printer,  | 
1900 

515  p.  O.  cl. 

State  of  Iowa.  |  Schedule  of  reasonable  |  maximum  rates  of  charges  | 
for  the  transportation  of  |  freight  and  cars  |  on  each  of  the  railroads 
of  the  state  of  Iowa,  |  together  with  a  |  classification  of  freights.  | 
Prepared  by  the  railroad  commissioners,  |  in  accordance  with  the 
laws  of  the  state.  Taking  effect  October  1,  1901.  |  Des  Moines:  |  B. 
Murphy,  state  printer.  |  1901.  | 

170  p.  Q.  pap. 

Inner  title  page  reads: 

Iowa  classification  no.  12  |  (taking  effect  October  1,  1901.)  |  with 
which  is  incorporated  the  schedule  of  |  reasonable  maximum  rates  of 
charges  |  for  the  transportation  of  |  freight  and  cars,  |  and  |  classifica- 
tion of  railroads.  |  Prepared  by  the  board  of  railroad  commissioners 
of  the  state  of  Iowa,  in  accordance  with  the  laws  of  the  state.  I 


390  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

Map  of  |  Iowa  |  prepared  and  printed  for  the  |  railroad  commis- 
sioners, |  to  accompany  their  report.  |  Rand,  McNally  &  co.,  en- 
gravers, Chicago.  | 

Scale:     8  miles  =  1  inch. 

SCHOOL    FOR    THE    DEAF 

Twenty -fourth  biennial  report  |  of  the  |  superintendent  |  of  the  | 
Iowa  school  for  the  deaf  |  at  Council  Bluffs,  |  to  the  |  Board  of  con- 
trol of  state  institutions  for  the  period  ending  June  30,  1901  |  Glen- 
wood,  Iowa  |  State  institution  press  |  1902  | 

30  p.  pi.  0.  pap. 

SECRETARY    OF    STATE 

Fifteenth  year  |  Iowa  |  official  |  register  |  published  by  the  |  secre- 
tary of  state  by  order  of  |  the  General  assembly.  |  1900  | 

492  p.  por.  D.  cl. 

Contents:  Pt.  1:  Early  history  of  Iowa.  Iowa  constitution.  Territorial  and 
state  officers.  Pt.  2:  State,  district  and  county  officers.  Pt.  3:  Board  of  control. 
State  institutions.  Iowa  national  guard.  Pt.  4:  Transactions  of  the  Executive 
council  for  the  year  1899.  Pt.  5:  Election  statistics  of  the  state  election,  1899. 
Pt.  6:  National  election  1896.  Statistics,  party  platforms,  organizations,  etc. 
Pt.  7:  National  and  state  governments.  Treaty  of  peace.  Our  new  possessions. 
Pt.  8:  Miscellaneous  statistics. 

Sixteenth  year  |  Iowa  |  official  |  register  |  published  by  the  |  secre- 
tary of  state  by  order  of  |  the  General  assembly.  |  1901  | 

528  p.  por.  map,  D.  cl. 

Contents:  Organic  law  of  Iowa.  Admission  of  Iowa  into  the  union.  Con- 
stitution of  Iowa.  Pt.  2:  State,  district  and  county  officers.  Pt.  3:  Board  of 
control.  State  institutions.  Iowa  national  guard.  Library  statistics.  Pt.  4: 
Transactions  of  the  Executive  council  for  the  year  1900.  Pt.  5:  Political  plat- 
forms and  parties.  Iowa  statistics  of  the  general  election  1900.  Pt.  6:  National 
and  state  governments.  Military  and  civil  governments  of  our  new  possessions. 
Pt.  7:  U.  S.  Census  statistics.  Census  of  Cuba,  Porto  Rico  and  the  Hawaiian 
islands.  Miscellaneous  statistics. 

Report  |  of  the  |  secretary  of  state  |  relating  to  |  criminal  convic- 
tions |  for  the  years  1900  and  1901.  |  William  B.  Martin,  secretary 
of  state.  |  Printed  by  order  of  the  |  General  assembly.  |  [Des  Moines,  | 
B.  Murphy,  state  printer.  1901.] 

149  p.  O.  pap. 

Contained  also  in  the  set  of  Iowa  documents,  1902,  vol.  1. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  391 

SENATE 

Journal  of  the  Senate  |  of  the  |  twenty -eighth  General  assembly  |  of 
the  |  state  of  Iowa  |  which  convened  at  the  capitol  at  Des  Moines  | 
January  8,  1900.  |  Des  Moines:  |  F.  R.  Conaway,  state  printer,  | 
1900  | 

1127  p.  O.  sh. 

Eighteenth  biennial  report  |  of  the  |  superintendent  |  of  the  |  Iowa 
soldiers'  orphans'  home  |  at  |  Davenport  |  to  the  |  Board  of  control  of 
state  institutions  |  for  the  period  ending  June  30,  1901  |  Glenwood, 
Iowa  |  State  institution  press  |  1902  | 

31  p.  pi.  O.  pap. 

STATE    AGRICULTURAL    COLLEGE 

Nineteenth  biennial  report  |  of  the  Iowa  state  college  of  agri- 
culture |  and  the  mechanic  arts  made  to  |  the  governor  of  Iowa  |  for 
the  years  1900-1901  |  Printed  by  order  of  the  General  assembly,  | 
Des  Moines  |  B.  Murphy,  state  printer  |  1901  | 

85  p.  O.  cl. 

Contained  also  in  the  set  of  Iowa  documents,  1902,  vol.  3. 

Iowa  state  college  |  of  |  agriculture  |  and  |  the  mechanic  arts.  |  Cata- 
log 1900-1901.  |  "Science  with  practice"  1901.  |  By  the  college.  | 
Ames.  | 

332  p.  D.  pap. 

Bulletin  44.  February  1900  |  Iowa  agricultural  college  |  Experi- 
ment station.  |  Ames,  Iowa.  |  Department  of  horticulture  and  for- 
estry. |  Observations  and  suggestions  on  the  |  root -killing  of  fruit 
trees.  |  Ames,  Iowa.  |  Intelligencer  printing  house.  |  1899.  | 

179-213  p.  O.  pap. 

Bulletin  45.  February  1900.  Iowa  agricultural  college  |  Experi- 
ment station,  |  Ames,  Iowa.  |  Field  experiments  with  |  corn,  oats, 
barley,  wheat,  brome  grass,  rape,  sorghum,  |  soy  beans,  cow  peas, 
and  sugar  beets.  |  Ames,  Iowa.  |  Intelligencer  printing  house.  |  1900.  | 

215-229  p.  pi.  O.  pap, 


392  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

Bulletin  46.  March,  1900.  |  Iowa  agricultural  college  |  Experiment 
station  |  Ames,  Iowa  |  Department  of  horticulture  and  forestry  | 
Facts  and  opinions  about  |  plums  and  plum  growing  |  in  Iowa  |  Re- 
publican printing  co.  |  Cedar  Rapids,  la.  |  printers  &  binders.  | 

232-303  p.  pi.  O.  pap. 

Bulletin  47  March  1900  |  Iowa  agricultural  college  |  Experiment 
station  |  [Cut  of  sweet  potato  patch — Horticultural  experiment 
grounds]  |  Department  of  horticulture  and  forestry  |  Ames,  Iowa  | 
Notes  on  vegetables,  |  cucumbers,  lima  beans,  tomatoes,  |  egg  plants, 
sweet  potatoes,  peppers  |  Press  of  Carter  &  Hussey  Des  Moines, 
Iowa.  | 

307-337  p.  illus.  O.  pap. 

Bulletin  48.  June  1900  |  Iowa  agricultural  college  |  Experiment 
station,  |  Ames,  Iowa.  |  Department  of  animal  husbandry.  [Con- 
tents, 8  lines]  |  Ames,  Iowa.  |  Intelligencer  printing  house.  1900. 

339-460  p.  illus.  0.  pap. 

Bulletin  49  June,  1900  Iowa  agricultural  college  |  Experiment 
station  |  Ames,  Iowa  |  Department  of  entomology  |  Miscellaneous  in- 
sects |  Republican  printing  co.  |  Cedar  Rapids,  la.  |  printers  & 
binders.  | 

9  p.  illus.  0.  pap. 

Bulletin  50  June,  1900  Iowa  agricultural  college  |  Experiment 
station  |  Ames,  Iowa  |  Department  of  entomology  |  Insecticide  meth- 
ods |  Republican  printing  co.  |  Cedar  Rapids,  la.  printers  &  bind- 
ers. | 

11-23  p.  0.  pap. 

Bulletin  51  |  August,  1900  Iowa  agricultural  college  |  Experiment 
station  Ames,  Iowa  |  Department  of  agriculture  |  Winter  wheat  | 
Ames,  Iowa  |  The  Times  press  | 

21-30  p.  O.  pap. 

Bulletin  52  September,  1900  Iowa  agricultural  college  |  Experi- 
ment station  |  Ames,  Iowa  |  Dairy  and  chemistry  departments  |  1. 
Cream  testing.  |  2.  The  influence  of  certain  conditions  in  churning 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  393 

on  the  amount  of  water  in  butter.  |  3.   A  study  of  butter  increasers.  | 
1900  |  The  Times  press  |  Ames,  Iowa  | 
29-59  p.  O.  pap. 

Bulletin  53.  November  1900  Iowa  agricultural  college  |  Experi- 
ment station,  |  Ames,  Iowa.  The  asparagus  rust  in  Iowa.  |  Ames, 
Iowa.  |  Intelligencer  printing  house  |  1900.  | 

58-67  p.  O.  pap. 

Bulletin  54  January,  1901.  Iowa  agricultural  college  |  Experi- 
ment station  |  Ames,  Iowa  |  Grasses  |  by  L.  H.  Pammel,  J.  B.  Weems 
and  F.  Lamson-Scribner  |  F.  R.  Conaway  |  Des  Moines,  Iowa  |  1901.  | 

71-344  p.  0.  pap. 

Bulletin  55  February,  1901  |  Iowa  agricultural  college  |  Experi- 
ment station  |  Ames,  Iowa  |  Field  experiments  |  Corn,  test  of  varie- 
ties, methods  of  cultivation,  selection,  shrinkage;  oats,  barley,  spring 
wheat,  speltz,  sorghum,  rape,  kohlrabi,  soy  beans  and  sugar  beets  | 
Ames,  Iowa  |  The  Ames  Times  press  |  1901  | 

362-84  p.  illus.  O.  pap. 

Bulletin  56  March  1901  |  Iowa  agricultural  college  |  Experiment 
station  |  Ames,  Iowa  |  Pastures  and  meadows  of  Iowa  |  by  |  L.  H. 
Pammel;  J.  B.  Weems  and  F.  Lamson-Scribner  |  F.  R.  Conaway  | 
Des  Moines,  Iowa  |  1901  | 

385-621  p.  illus.  O.  pap. 

Bulletin  57  April,  1901  |  Iowa  agricultural  college  |  Experiment 
station  |  Ames,  Iowa  |  Experiments  in  curing  |  cheese  |  Ames,  Iowa  | 
Press  of  the  Times  |  1901  | 

14  p.  illus.  O.  pap. 

Bulletin  58.  April  1901.  |  Iowa  agricultural  college  Experiment 
station,  Ames,  Iowa.  |  Parturient  paralysis  and  the  Schmidt  treat- 
ment. List  of  bulletins  published  by  the  |  Iowa  experiment  station.  | 
Ames,  Iowa.  [  Intelligencer  printing  house  |  1901. 

17-36  p.  O.  pap. 

Bulletin  59  August,  1901  |  Iowa  agricultural  college  |  Experiment 
station  |  Ames,  Iowa  |  A  bacteriological  study  of  the  college  |  cream. 


394  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

ery  milk  supply  |  A  case  of  putrid  butter  |  Purification  of  milk  by 
the  centrifugal  |  separator  |  Ames,  Iowa  |  Press  of  the  Ames  Times  | 
1901  | 
37-59  p.  illus.  0.  pap. 

Bulletin  60.  September,  1901.  |  Iowa  agricultural  college  |  Experi- 
ment station,  |  Ames,  Iowa.  |  The  aphididse  of  North  America.  | 
Ames,  Iowa.  |  Intelligencer  printing  house.  |  1901.  | 

63-138  p.  O.  pap. 

Bulletin  62  December,  1901  |  Iowa  agricultural  college  |  Experi- 
ment station  |  Ames,  Iowa  |  A.  study  on  the  germination  and  |  growth 
of  leguminosse,  espec|ially  with  reference  to  small  and  large  seed  | 
Reprinted  from  Proceedings  of  the  twenty- second  annual  meeting  of 
the  |  society  for  the  promotion  of  agricultural  science,  1901.  |  Ames, 
Iowa  |  1901  | 

156-177  p.  illus.  O.  pap. 

STATE    HISTORICAL    SOCIETY    OF    IOWA 

Twenty -third  biennial  report  |  of  the  |  Board  of  curators  |  of  the  I 
State  historical  society  |  to  the  |  governor  of  the  state  |  1901  |  Printed 
by  order  of  the  General  assembly  |  Des  Moines:  |  B.  Murphy,  state 
printer  |  1901  | 

12  p.  0.  pap. 

Contained  also  in  the  set  of  Iowa  documents,  1902,  vol.  3. 

Iowa  |  historical  record  |  published  by  the  |  State  historical  so- 
ciety |  at  |  Iowa  City  |  Volume  16,  17  and  18.  |  1900-1901-1902  | 
Iowa  City,  Iowa  |  1901  | 

602  p.  por.  pi.  O. 

Issued  quarterly,  four  numbers  constituting  a  volume.  Vols.  16  and  17  only 
belong  to  the  period  covered  by  this  bibliography,  1900-1901. 

Documentary  material  |  relating  to  |  the  history  of  Iowa  |  edited 
by  |  Benjamin  F.  Shambaugh,  A.  M.,  Ph.  D.  |  professor  in  the  State 
university  of  Iowa.  |  Volume  2.  |  Numbers  13,  14,  15,  16.  |  Pub- 
lished by  |  the  State  |  historical  society  of  Iowa  |  Iowa  City,  Iowa  | 
1900  | 

147-288  p.  O.  pap. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  395 

Numbers  9,  10,  11,  12  of  this  volume  were  published  by  the  State  university  of 
Iowa.  With  number  13  the  publication  of  the  series  was  resumed  by  the  State 
historical  society.  Volume  2  is  also  issued  as  a  complete  volume,  of  288  pages, 
containing  numbers  9-16. 

Documentary  material  |  relating  to  |  the  history  of  Iowa  |  edited 
by  |  Benjamin  F.  Shambaugh,  A.  M.,  Ph.  D.  |  professor  in  the  State 
university  of  Iowa  |  Volume  3  |  Local  government  |  Published  by  | 
the  State  historical  society  of  Iowa  |  Iowa  City,  Iowa  |  [1901]  | 

325  p.  O.  pap. 

This  volume  is  a  continuation,  as  to  contents,  of  volume  2  and  deals  with  local 
government.  It  covers  the  period  from  1836  to  1842. 

Fragments  of  the  debates  |  of  the  |  Iowa  |  constitutional  conven- 
tions |  of  1844  and  1846  |  along  with  |  press  comments  and  other  ma- 
terials |  on  the  |  constitutions  of  1844  and  1846  |  Compiled  and  edited  | 
by  |  Benjamin  F.  Shambaugh,  A.  M.,  Ph.  D.  |  professor  of  govern- 
ment and  administration  |  in  the  university  of  Iowa  |  Published  by 
the  |  State  historical  society  of  Iowa  |  Iowa  City,  Iowa  |  1900  | 

415  p.  0.  pap. 

This  volume  is  one  of  the  most  valuable  source  books  in  Iowa  history,  since  it 
makes  available  and  accessible  the  documentary  materials  relative  to  the  making 
of  the  constitutions  of  1844  and  1846.  There  were  preserved  no  complete  official 
reports  of  the  debates  of  the  conventions  of  1844  and  1846. 

STATE    LIBRARY 

Biennial  report  |  of  the  |  state  librarian  |  to  the  |  governor  of  the 
state  of  Iowa  |  July  1,  1901  |  Johnson  Brigham  |  state  librarian  | 
Printed  by  order  of  the  General  assembly  |  Des  Homes:  |  Bernard 
Murphy,  state  printer  |  1902  | 

198  p.  O.  pap. 

Contained  also  in  the  set  of  Iowa  documents,  1902,  vol.  3. 

STATE    NORMAL    SCHOOL 

Thirteenth  biennial  report  |  of  the  |  state  normal  school  |  at  |  Cedar 
Falls,  Iowa.  |  School  years  1899-1900  and  1900-1901.  |  Printed  by 
order  of  the  General  assembly.  |  Des  Homes:  |  Bernard  Murphy, 
state  printer.  |  1901.  | 

48  p.  illus.  O.  pap. 

Contained  also  in  the  set  of  Iowa  documents,  1902,  vol.  4. 


396  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

Bulletin  |  of  the  |  State  normal  school  |  Cedar  Falls,  Iowa.  |  1900  | 
Vol.  1.  June.  No.  1.  |  Issued  quarterly.  |  Published  by  the  Normal 
school.  |  Entered  at  the  post  office  at  Cedar  Falls  as  second  class 
matter. 

142  p.  pi.  0.  pap. 

Bulletin  |  of  the  |  State  normal  school  |  1900.  |  Vol.  1.  October. 
No.  2.  |  Issued  quarterly.  |  Published  by  the  Normal  school.  |  Entered 
at  the  post  office  at  Cedar  Falls  as  second  class  matter.  | 

53  p.  plans,  0.  pap. 

Bulletin  |  of  the  |  State  normal  school  1901.  |  Vol.  1.  January. 
No.  3.  |  Issued  quarterly.  |  Published  by  the  Normal  school.  Entered 
at  the  post  office  at  Cedar  Falls  as  second  class  matter.  | 

47  p.  0.  pap. 

Containing  announcement  of  the  5th  annual  session  of  the  summer  term,  June 
15- July  26,  1901. 

Bulletin  |  of  the  |  State  normal  school.  |  Vol.  1.  April,  1901.  No. 
4.  |  Issued  quarterly.  |  Published  by  the  Normal  school.  |  Entered 
at  the  post  office  at  Cedar  Falls  as  second  class  matter.  | 

192  p.  pi.  0.  pap. 

The  inner  cover  reads: 

Quarterly  centennial  register  |  of  the  |  State  normal  school,  |  in- 
cluding a  brief  history  of  the  founding,  organization,  growth  |  and 
development  of  the  institution.  |  State  normal  bulletin.  |  Vol.  1. 
April  No.  4.  |  1901.  | 

Bulletin  |  of  the  |  State  normal  school  Cedar  Falls,  Iowa.  |  1901.  | 
Vol.  2.  June.  No.  1.  |  Issued  quarterly.  |  Published  by  the  Normal 
school.  Entered  at  the  post  office  at  Cedar  Falls  as  second  class 
matter.  | 

159  p.  pi.  0.  pap. 

Catalogue  and  circular  for  school  year  1900-1901. 

Bulletin  |  of  the  |  State  normal  school  |  Cedar  Falls,  Iowa.  |  1901. 
Vol.  2.  October.  No.  2.  |  Issued  quarterly.  |  Published  by  the  Nor- 
mal school.  |  Entered  at  the  post  office  at  Cedar  Falls  as  second  class 
matter.  | 

217  p.  pi.  0.  pap. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  397 

The  inner  cover  reads: 

State  normal  manual  |  for  |  public  school  teachers  |  by  |  Wilbur  H. 
Bender,  Ph.B.  |  supervisor  |  advanced  training  department.  |  Iowa 
state  normal  school  |  Cedar  Falls,  Iowa  |  State  normal  school  bul- 
letin, |  Vol.  2.  October.  No.  2.  |  1901.  | 

STATE    UNIVERSITY    OF    IOWA 

The  State  university  of  Iowa  |  Iowa  City  |  Twenty-second  biennial 
report  |  to  the  |  governor  |  and  the  |  twenty-ninth  General  assembly  | 
October  15,  1901.  |  Printed  by  order  of  the  General  assembly.  |  Des 
Moines:  |  B.  Murphy,  state  printer.  |  1901.  | 

89  p.  O.  pap. 

Contained  also  in  the  set  of  Iowa  documents,  1902,  vol.  3. 

Bulletin  of  the  State  university  of  Iowa,  no.  7  |  Announcement  | 
of  the  |  summer  session  |  for  1900  |  State  university  of  Iowa  |  Pub- 
lished by  the  university  |  Iowa  City,  Iowa  |  [Notices,  3  lines]  | 

26  p.  I),  pap. 

The  State  university  of  Iowa  |  A  bibliography  |  of  the  |  publica- 
tions of  the  university  |  and   its  members  |  The   university  press 
Iowa  City,  Iowa  |  [1900]  | 

64  p.  0.  pap. 

Bulletin,  new  series,  no.  8.     March,  1900. 

Annual  announcement  |  of  the  |  law  department  |  of  the  |  State 
university  of  Iowa  |  Iowa  City,  Iowa  |  1900-1901  |  Published  by  the 
university  |  1900.  | 

29  p.  0.  D.  pap. 

Bulletin,  new  series,  no.  9.     April,  1900. 

Annual  announcement  |  of  the  |  medical  department  |  of  the  |  State 
university  of  Iowa  |  Iowa  City,  Iowa  |  1900-1901  |  Published  by  the 
university  |  1900  | 

35  p.  D.  pap. 

Bulletin,  new  series,  no.  10,  April,  1900. 

Annual   announcement  |  of   the     homoeopathic  |  medical   depart- 
ment |  of  the  |  State  university   of  Iowa  |  Iowa   City,   Iowa  |  1900 
1901  |  Published  by  the  university  |  1900  | 

24  p.  D.  pap. 

Bulletin,  new  series,  no.  11.     April,  1900. 


398  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

Annual  announcement  |  of  the  |  dental  department  |  of  the  |  State 
university  of  Iowa  |  Iowa  City,  Iowa  |  1900-1901  |  Published  by  the 
university  |  1900  | 

32  p.  pi.  D.  pap. 

Bulletin,  new  series,  no.  12.     April,  1900. 

Annual  announcement  |  of  the  |  pharmacy  department  |  of  the  |  State 
university  of  Iowa  |  Iowa  City,  Iowa  |  1900-1901  |  Published  by  the 
university  |  1900  | 

18  p.  pi.  D.  pap. 

Bulletin,  new  series,  no.  13.     April,  1900. 

Calendar  |  of  the  State  university  of  Iowa  |  Iowa  City,  Iowa  | 
1899-1900  |  With  announcements  for  1900-1901  |  Published  by  the 
university  |  1900  | 

266  p.  D.  pap. 

Bulletin,  new  series,  no.  14.     May,  1900. 

Announcement  |  of  the  |  graduate  college  |  of  the  |  State  university 
of  Iowa  |  for  1900-1901  |  Published  by  the  university  |  August  1900  | 

82  p.  D.  pap. 

Bulletin,  new  series,  no.  17.     August,  1900. 

The  State  university  of  Iowa  |  Announcement  |  of  |  the  Iowa  school  | 
of  |  political  and  social  science  |  for  |  1900-1901  |  Graduate  and  un- 
dergraduate courses  |  History,  sociology,  |  economics,  statistics,  | 
politics,  commerce,  jurisprudence,  |  Iowa  City,  Iowa  |  September, 
1900 

29  p.  0.  pap. 

Bulletin,  new  series,  no.  18.     September,  1900. 

Announcement  |  of  |  the  summer  session  |  of  |  the  State  university 
of  Iowa  |  June  17-July  27  |  1901  |  Iowa  City,  Iowa  |  December,  1900  | 

47  p.  O.  pap. 

Bulletin,  new  series,  no.  20.     December,  1900. 

Vol.  5.  No.  2.  |  Bulletin  |  from  the  |  laboratories  of  natural  his- 
tory |  of  the  |  State  university  of  Iowa.  |  Published  by  authority  of 
the  regents.  |  Iowa  City,  Iowa:  |  May,  1901.  | 

216  p.  pi.  O.  pap. 

Contents:  The  ranunculacesB  of  Iowa,  by  T.  J.  and  M.  F.  L.  Fitzpatrick. 
Pyramidula  shimekii  (Pilsbry)  Shimek,  by  B.  Shimek.  Iowa  pteridophyta  in 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  399 

the  herbarium  of  the  State  university  of  Iowa,  by  B.  Shimek.     Descriptions  of 
American  uredinese,  111,  by  J.  C.  Arthur  and  E.  W.  D.  Holway.    Loess  of  Iowa 
City  and  vicinity,  by  B.  Shimek.     Iowa  pteridophyta  (continued),  by  B.  Shimek. 
Addenda  to  the  Flora  of  Lyon  county,  Iowa,  by  B.  Shimek. 
Bulletin,  no.  21. 

The  |  State  university  of  Iowa  |  Announcement  |  of  the  |  graduate 
college  |  1901-1902  |  [Seal]  |  Published  by  the  university  |  Iowa 
City,  Iowa  |  1901  | 

105  p.  D.  pap. 

Bulletin,  new  series,  no.  25.     April,  1900. 

The  |  State  university  of  Iowa  |  Announcement  |  of  the  |  college 
of  liberal  arts  |  1901-1902  |  Published  by  the  university  |  Iowa  City, 
Iowa,  |  1901  | 

195  p.  D.  pap. 

Bulletin,  new  series,  no.  27.  April,  1901. 

The  |  State  university  of  Iowa  |  Announcement  |  of  the  |  college  of 
dentistry  |  1901-1902  |  [Seal]  Published  by  the  university  |  Iowa 
City,  Iowa  |  1901  | 

44  p.  O.  pi.  pap. 

Bulletin,  new  series,  no.  28.  April,  1901. 

The  |  State  university  of  Iowa  |  Announcement  |  of  the  |  college  of 
pharmacy  |  1901-1902  |  Published  by  the  university  |  Iowa  City, 
Iowa  |  1901  | 

28  p.  pi.  D.  pap. 

Bulletin,  new  series,  no.  29.  April,  1901. 

The  |  State  university  of  Iowa     Calendar  |  1900-1901  |   [Seal]  | 
Published  by  the  university  |  Iowa  City,  Iowa  |  1901  | 
464  p.  D.  pap. 
Bulletin,  new  series,  no.  30.  June,  1901. 

The  |  law  bulletin  |  of  the  State  university  |  of  Iowa  |  for  the  use 
of  students  |  Edited  by  the  faculty  of  the  law  department  |  Number 
thirty -five  |  February  1900  |  Contents  [2  lines]  Iowa  City  |  Pub- 
lished by  the  university  |  1900  | 

32  p.  0.  pap. 

The  |  law  bulletin  |  of  |  the  State  university  |  of  Iowa  |  for  the  use 
of  students  |  Edited  by  the  faculty  of  the  law  department  |  Number 


400  THE   IOWA   JOURNAL 

thirty-six    April  1900  |  Contents  [7  lines]  |  Iowa  City  |  Published 
by  the  university  |  1900  | 


by  the  university  |  1900 
24  p.  O.  pap. 


The  |  law  bulletin  |  of  |  the  State  university  of  Iowa  |  for  the  use 
of  students  |  Edited  by  the  faculty  of  the  college  of  law  Number 
thirty -seven  |  October,  1900  |  Contents.  [2  lines]  |  Iowa  City  Pub- 
lished by  the  university  |  1900  | 

22  p.  O.  pap. 

The  |  law  bulletin  |  of  |  the  State  university  |  of  Iowa  for  the  use 
of  students  |  Edited  by  the  faculty  of  the  college  of  law  |  Number 
thirty -eight  |  December,  1900  |  Contents.  [4  lines]  |  Iowa  City  | 
Published  by  the  university  |  1901  | 

24  p.  0.  pap. 

The  |  law  bulletin  |  of  |  the  State  university  |  of  Iowa  |  for  the  use 
of  students  |  Edited  by  the  faculty  of  the  college  of  law  |  Number 
thirty -nine  |  February,  1901  |  Contents.  [5  lines]  |  Iowa  City  Pub- 
lished by  the  university  |  1901  | 

24  p.  0.  pap. 

The  law  bulletin  |  of  |  the  State  university  |  of  Iowa  |  for  the  use 
of  students  |  Edited  by  the  faculty  of  the  college  of  law  |  Number 
forty  |  April  1901  |  Contents  [1  line]  |  Iowa  City  |  Published  by  the 
university  |  1901  | 

24  p.  O.  pap. 

The  |  law  bulletin  |  of  |  the  State  university  |  of  Iowa  |  for  the  use 
of  students  |  Edited  by  the  faculty  of  the  college  of  law  Number 
forty-one.  |  October  1901  |  Contents  [  1  line]  |  Iowa  City  |  Published 
by  the  university  |  1901 

28  p.  O.  pap. 

The  |  law  bulletin  |  of  |  the  State  university  |  of  Iowa  for  the  use 
of  students  Edited  by  the  faculty  of  the  college  of  law  Number 
forty-two  December,  1901  Contents  [1  line]  |  Iowa  City  Published 
by  the  university  1901  | 

42  p.  O.  pap. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  4Q1 

SUPREME   COURT 

Reports  |  of  |  cases  at  law  and  in  equity  |  determined  by  the  |  Su- 
preme court  |  of  the  |  state  of  Iowa.  |  December  14,  1899- April  11, 
1900.  |  By  |  Benj.  J.  Salinger.  |  Volume  21;  |  being  volume  110  of 
the  series.  |  Des  Moines,  Iowa:  |  Geo.  II.  Ragsdale,  publisher,]  1901. | 

886  p.  O.  sh. 

Reports  |  of  |  cases  at  law  and  in  equity  |  determined  by  the  |  Su- 
preme court  |  of  the  |  state  of  Iowa.  |  April  12,  1900-October  3, 

1900.  By  |  Benj.  J.  Salinger.  |  Volume  22,  |  being  volume  111  of  the 
series.  |  Des  Moines,  Iowa:  |  Geo.  H.  Ragsdale,  publisher  |  1901.  | 

899  p.  O.  sh. 

Reports  |  of  |  cases  at  law  and  in  equity  |  determined  by  the  |  Su- 
preme court  |  of  the  |  state  of  Iowa.  |  October  3,  1900— January  18, 

1901.  |  By  Benj.  J.  Salinger.  |  Volume  23,  |  being  volume  112  of  the 
series.  |  Des  Moines,  Iowa:  |  Geo.  H.  Ragsdale,  publisher  |  1901.  | 

876  p.  0.  sh. 

Statutes  and  rules  |  regulating  |  admissions  to  the  bar  in  Iowa  | 
in  force  from  and  after  |  July  4,  1901  |  Published  by  the  Supreme 
court  |  Des  Moines  |  1901.  | 

7  p.  O.  pap. 

Supreme  court  docket  |  January  term,  A.  D.  1900.  |  At  |  Des 
Moines,  Iowa.  |  [Notices,  3  lines.  Index,  20  lines.  Names  of  judges, 
9  lines.]  |  Terms  of  supreme  court  commence  |  third  Tuesday  in  Jan- 
uary, |  second  Tuesday  in  May,  |  first  Tuesday  in  October.  | 

33  p.  Q.  pap. 

Supreme  court  docket  |  May  term,  A.  D.  1900.  |  At  |  Des  Moines, 
Iowa.  |  [Notices,  3  lines.  Index,  20  lines.  Names  of  judges,  9 
lines.]  |  Terms  of  supreme  court  commence  |  third  Tuesday  in  Janu- 
ary, |  second  Tuesday  in  May,  |  first  Tuesday  in  October.  | 

33  p.  Q.  pap. 

Supreme  court  docket  |  October  term,  A.  D.  1900.  |  At  |  Des 
Moines,  Iowa.  |  [Notices,  3  lines.  Index,  20  lines.  Names  of  judges, 
9  lines.]  |  Terms  of  supreme  court  commence  |  third  Tuesday  in  Jan- 
uary, |  second  Tuesday  in  May,  |  first  Tuesday  in  October.  | 

33  p.  Q.  pap. 


402  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

Supreme  court  docket  |  January  term,  A.  D.  1901.  |  At  |  Des 
Moines,  Iowa.  |  [Notices,  3  lines.  Index,  20  lines.  Names  of  judges, 
9  lines.]  |  Terms  of  supreme  court  commence  |  third  Tuesday  in  Jan- 
uary, |  second  Tuesday  in  May,  |  first  Tuesday  in  October.  | 

33  p.  Q.  pap. 

Supreme  court  docket  |  May  term,  A.  D.  1901.  |  At  |  Des  Moines, 
Iowa.  [Notices,  3  lines.  Index,  20  lines.  Names  of  judges,  9 
lines.]  |  Terms  of  supreme  court  commence  |  third  Tuesday  in  Janu- 
ary, |  second  Tuesday  in  May,  |  first  Tuesday  in  October.  | 

33  p.  Q.  pap. 

Supreme  court  docket  |  October  term,  A.  D.  1901.  At  Des  Moines, 
Iowa.  |  [Notices,  3  lines.  Index,  20  lines.  Names  of  judges,  9 
lines.]  |  Terms  of  supreme  court  commence  third  Tuesday  in  Janu- 
ary, |  second  Tuesday  in  May,  first  Tuesday  in  October.  | 

33  p.  Q.  pap. 

TREASURER    OF    STATE 

Biennial  report  |  of  the  treasurer  of  state  of  Iowa  |  for  the  |  bien- 
nial period  ending  June  30,  1901  |  G.  S.  Gilbertson  |  treasurer  of  the 
state  of  Iowa  |  Des  Moines  |  B.  Murphy,  state  printer  |  1901  | 

293  p.  O.  cl. 

Contained  also  in  the  set  of  Iowa  documents,  1902,  vol.  1. 

Circular  no.  12,  Feb.  1901 — 1,000.  Division  inheritance  taxes.  | 
Attorney's  fees  are  not  to  be  deducted  in  computing  |  the  collateral 
inheritance  tax.  |  The  following  is  an  opinion  of  the  attorney-general 
with  reference  to  the  deduction  of  attorney's  fees  as  |  one  of  the 
items  included  in  the  term  "debts,"  as  defined  in  section  1,  chapter 
51,  acts  of  the  twenty -eighth  General  assembly.  |  G.  S.  Gilbertson  | 
treasurer  of  state  February  15,  1901.  |  [33  lines]  | 

1  p.  Q.  pap. 

Circular  no.  14 — July,  1901.  1,000. — Division  inheritance  taxes.  | 
The  collateral  inheritance  tax  is  imposed  only  upon  the  |  estate  owned 
by  the  decedent  at  time  of  death  and  not  upon  |  interest  or  income 
subsequently  arising.  |  State  of  Iowa,  |  Treasury  department,  |  Des 
Moines,  July  24,  1901.  |  The  question  as  to  whether  the  collateral  in- 


OF  HISTORY  AND   POLITICS  403 

heritance  tax  should  be  computed  on  the  |  value  of  an  estate  as  it  ex- 
isted at  the  time  of  death  of  the  decedent,  or  upon  its  value  at  |  the 
time  of  distribution  to  the  heirs  or  legatees,  having  often  arisen,  and 
there  being  a  |  considerable  division  of  opinion  on  this  point  among 
those  concerned  in  the  settlement  |  of  this  tax,  the  Treasury  depart- 
ment called  upon  Hon.  Ohas.  W.  Mullen,  attorney  gen  |  eral,  for  an 
opinion  covering  the  question.  |  His  opinion  follows  herein.  We  re- 
quest county  attorneys  and  clerks  of  the  district  |  court  to  give  this 
publicity  among  the  attorneys  of  the  several  counties  of  the  state.  | 
G.  S.  Gilbertson,  |  treasurer  of  state.  | 
3  p.  Q.  pap. 

VETERINARY    SURGEON 

Third  biennial  report  |  of  the  |  veterinary  surgeon  |  of  the  |  state  of 
Iowa  |  to  the  |  governor  of  Iowa  |  for  the  |  period  ending  June  30, 
1901  |  Des  Moines:  B.  Murphy,  state  printer  1901  | 

46  p.  por.  O.  pap. 

Contained  also  in  the  set  of  Iowa  documents,  1902,  vol.  5. 

VICKSBTJRG    COMMISSION 

Commissioner's  report  |  Commission  to  locate  the  position  of  |  Iowa 
troops  |  in  the  |  siege  of  Vicksburg  |  J.  K.  P.  Thompson,  chairman  | 
1901  |  Des  Moines:  |  B.  Murphy,  state  printer  |  1901  | 

48  p.  map,  O.  pap. 


SOME  PUBLICATIONS 

John  Marshall,  Life,  Character,  and  Judicial  Services.    As  portrayed 
in   the   Centenary   and   Memorial   Addresses   and   Proceedings 
throughout  the  United  States  on  Marshall  Day,  1901,  and  in  the 
Classic  Orations  of  Binney,  Story,  Phelps,  Waite,  and  Rawle. 
Compiled  and  Edited  with  an  Introduction.     By  JOHN  F.  DIL- 
LON.     Chicago:    Callaghan  &  Company.      1903.     Vol.   I,   pp. 
viii,  528.      Vol.  II,  pp.  565.      Vol.  Ill,  pp.  523. 
No  more  characteristic  or  eulogistic  tribute  was  ever  paid  in  this 
or  any  other  country  to  the  memory  of  an  illustrious  public  man  than 
that  involved    in   the   commemoration    of   the   centennial    of   John 
Marshall's  installation  as  Chief  Justice  of  the  Supreme  Court  of  the 
United  States,  February  4th,  1801.     In  response  to  a  request  made 
by  the  American  Bar  Association,    the  day  was   observed   at   the 
national  capital,  and  in  thirty -eight  of  the  States  of  the  Union,  and 
at  assemblages  of  various  kinds,  spontaneously  called  in  response  to 
this   suggestion,    addresses   were   delivered   in   which   calmly,    argu- 
mentatively  and  conclusively  the  life,  character,  and  genius  of  the 
great  Chief  Justice  were  described  and  extolled.     But  this  general 
tribute  was  significant  of  something  of  larger  value  than  the  personal 
greatness  of  one  man.     It  was   significant  of  the  completion  of  a 
century  of  constitutional  development  in  the  United  States,  the  ulti- 
mate vindication  of  the  principles  on  which  the  federal  government 
was  founded,  and  the  final  demonstration  of  the  success   of  demo- 
cratic institutions,  resting  for  their  security  on  the  respect  for  law 
and  good  government  prevailing  with  the  body  of  the  people  of  this 
nation.     It  was  not  a  tribute  to  military  glory  nor  to  regal  power, 
but  a  spontaneous  intellectual  recognition  of  the  greatness  of  charac- 
ter, faithful  services,  and  eminent  attainments  of  one  whose  claims  to 
recognition  as  a  great  man  among  the  leaders  in  the  world's  history 
rested  upon  the  administration  of  the  duties  and  the  discharge  of  the 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  495 

responsibilities  of  a  judicial  office  in  which  there  was  no  opportunity 
for  distinction,  save  as  it  was  afforded  by  the  wisdom,  learning,  and 
j  udgment  involved  in  pronouncing  the  law  of  the  land,  that  system 
of  law  recognized  in  and  guaranteed  by  our  constitution,  and  resting 
for  its  effective  enforcement  on  the  acquiesence  of  the  people  gov- 
erned. Chief  Justice  Marshall's  fame  was  already  established,  and 
needed  not  this  volume  of  concurrent  tribute  to  make  it  known. 
But  the  spontaneous  and  unanimous  response  to  an  appeal  which  did 
not  proceed  from  any  formal  or  commanding  source,  but  from  those 
who  were  recognized  as  proper  custodians  of  the  dignity  and  author- 
ity of  the  law  as  a  rule  of  conduct,  rather  than  the  command  of  a 
sovereign,  was  most  significant  as  to  the  preponderating  influence  in 
the  government  under  which  it  is  our  privilege  to  live. 

These  volumes  are,  therefore,  of  great  value,  not  only  for  what 
they  contain,  but  for  what  they  typify,  and  they  constitute  a  monu- 
ment, or,  as  it  were,  a  milestone  of  a  significant  and  important  epoch, 
not  only  in  our  national  history,  but,  as  we  may  justly  believe,  in 
the  history  of  civilization.  They,  however,  are  not  merely  in  them- 
selves a  monument  or  a  mark,  but  they  contain  a  most  interesting 
and  fundamental  exposition  of  our  whole  theory  of  constitutional 
government;  for  Marshall's  announcement  of  the  principles  in  accord- 
ance with  which  the  federal  constitution  must  be  interpreted,  and 
the  results  of  such  interpretation,  have  been  accepted  by  all  as  a  part 
of  our  fundamental  law,  and  it  is  not  derogatory  to  the  credit  to 
which  the  great  Chief  Justice  is  entitled,  but  rather  in  enhancement 
of  it,  that  he  is  recognized,  not  as  the  originator,  but  merely  as  a 
careful  and  conscientious  expounder  of  the  great  system  of  govern- 
ment which,  as  the  result  of  historical  development  and  human  wis- 
dom combined,  was  embodied  in  our  constitutional  system.  No  one 
could  speak  with  better  right  and  more  conclusively  than  those 
whose  addresses  are  included  in  these  volumes.  Among  them  it  will 
not  be  invidious  to  mention  Justice  Gray,  Judge  Dillon,  Wayne 
MacVeagh,  Professor  Thayer,  Richard  Olney  and  Bourke  Cockran. 
By  preserving  the  most  significant  portions  only  of  the  addresses  which 


406  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

are  included  in  the  compilation,  and  at  the  same  time  giving  some 
matter  from  each  of  the  many  which  were  delivered,  the  editor  has 
constructed  a  work  which  presents  at  once  many  views  of  the  ques- 
tions which  are  suggested  by  the  life  and  services  of  Chief  Justice 
Marshall,  evidences  the  wide  extended  recognition  of  his  services, 
and  embodies  practically  all  that  the  most  careful  biographer  would 
be  able  to  collect  as  to  his  life.  The  addition  of  the  monumental  ora- 
tions of  Horace  Binney  and  Justice  Story,  delivered  soon  after 
Marshall's  death,  the  address  on  Marshall  delivered  in  1879  by  Ed- 
ward J.  Phelps  before  the  American  Bar  Association,  and  the  ad- 
dresses of  Chief  Justice  Waite  and  William  Henry  Rawle  in  connec- 
tion with  the  unveiling  of  the  statue  of  Marshall  at  Washington  in 
1884,  make  this  work  a  practically  complete  embodiment  of  that 
which  those  best  qualified  to  speak  on  the  subject  have  had  to  say 
with  reference  to  John  Marshall. 

The  preparation  of  these  volumes  is  itself  a  monumental  work, 
and  another  evidence  of  the  devotion  of  Judge  Dillon  to  the  system 
of  jurisprudence  of  which  he  has  been  so  eminent  an  expounder  as 
lawyer,  judge,  lecturer,  and  author.  That  he  was  willing  to  under- 
take so  great  a  task,  and  give  such  valuable  and  painstaking  service 
to  the  presentation  of  that  which  others  have  said  by  way  of  tribute 
to  the  first  great  Chief  Justice,  entitles  him  to  our  deepest  gratitude. 
His  work  has  been  worthily  supplemented  by  that  of  the  publisher, 
and  nothing  is  left  to  be  desired  in  the  embodiment  in  permanent  and 
accessible  form  of  the  national  tribute  paid  to  the  memory  of  Marshall 
on  the  centennial  of  his  elevation  to  the  office  of  Chief  Justice. 

EMLIN  McCLAiN 
SUPREME  COURT  CHAMBERS 
DBS  MOINES 


Texas.     By  GEORGE  P.  GARRISON.     Boston:  Houghton,  Mifflin  & 

Co.      1903.     Pp.  v,  320. 

Of  the  commonwealths  once  included  within  the  Spanish  province 
of  Louisiana,  Texas  alone  has  had  an  independent  existence;  its  his- 
tory has,  accordingly,  a  certain  unity  not  to  be  found  in  that  of  States 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  407 

which  have  been  carved  artificially  out  of  the  national  domain.  For 
this,  if  for  no  other  reason,  the  volume  on  Texas  is  a  welcome  addi- 
tion to  the  American  commonwealth  series.  The  author  has  pre- 
ferred to  call  his  contribution  to  the  series  a  study  based  on  the 
history  of  Texas  rather  than  a  history  proper.  It  has  been  his  aim 
to  give  "a  picture  of  what  Texas  is  and  of  the  process  by  which  it 
has  become  such."  This  prefatory  promise  lacks  something  of  com- 
plete realization.  The  experience  of  the  people  of  Texas,  which  the 
author  professes  to  recite,  proves  to  be  almost  exclusively  political 
experience;  and  the  reader  will  thumb  the  pages  of  the  volume  in 
vain  for  the  social  and  institutional  aspects  of  the  history  of  the 
southwest.  Except  for  a  brief  chapter  on  Spanish  modes  of  occupa- 
tion, there  is  hardly  a  suggestion  of  the  economic  and  social  life  of 
the  early  colonists.  The  advent  of  the  l  <  Anglo-American "  is  her- 
alded and  his  political  mission  duly  emphasized;  but  where  he  came 
from,  and  why  he  came,  and  what  social  and  political  institutions  he 
brought  with  him,  and  how  these  institutions  were  adapted  to  a 
quasi-Spanish  environment,  the  reader  is  left  to  surmise.  In  his  first 
chapter  the  author  assures  us  that  Spanish  influences  left  "inefface- 
able marks"  on  the  institutions  of  Texas,  but  just  what  these  marks 
are,  does  not  appear.  We  are  told  that  no  feature  of  Texan  history 
is  more  instructive  than  the  development  of  the  public  land  policy, 
but  no  further  information  is  vouchsafed,  save  in  a  brief  reference  to 
the  public  land  reservations  for  educational  purposes. 

Had  the  volume  professed  to  be  no  more  than  a  sketch  of  the  polit- 
ical history  of  this  vast  commonwealth  of  the  southwest,  the  reader 
would  pronounce  it  a  meritorious  piece  of  work,  since  it  bears  evi- 
dence of  laborious  study  of  the  original  sources  and  patient  accumu- 
lation of  data  at  first  hand.  If  the  treatment  of  Texan  history  un- 
der Spanish  rule  seems  disproportionately  long,  the  fault,  if  it  is 
such,  may  be  readily  condoned,  for  the  writer  has  imparted  thereby 
a  decided  old-world  flavor  to  Texan  life  and  created  an  admirable 
setting  for  the  study  of  later  political  changes.  Three  short  chapters 
are  made  to  suffice  for  the  history  of  Texas  since  annexation  to  the 


408  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

United  States.  Reconstruction  days  are  passed  over  with  a  laconic 
brevity  that  suggests  volumes  of  pent-up  feeling.  "Texas  of  To-day" 
is  the  title  of  a  concluding  chapter  of  somewhat  encyclopedic  character. 
Population,  resources,  education,  and  industries  receive  here  a  brief 
consideration;  but  recent  experiences  connected  with  the  "free  grass" 
movement  and  the  farmers'  alliance  are  passed  over  in  silence. 

While  the  author  has  admirably  preserved  the  attitude  of  impartial 
critic  throughout  his  study,  there  are,  nevertheless',  some  statements, 
here  and  there,  which  are  open  to  question.  We  fail  to  see  on  what 
grounds  the  inference  rests,  that  Texas  "would  likely  soon  have 
become  a  commanding  figure  in  its  role  of  nationality."  (p.  228). 
Frequent  bickerings  with  France  and  England  and  continued  hostil- 
ities with  Mexico  would  seem  to  be  sufficient  evidence  to  the  con- 
trary. Statistics  will  hardly  bear  out  the  contention  that  Texas  is 
"the  one  southern  State  that  has  really  grown  by  immigration."  (p. 
305).  The  remark  that  "there  are  few  States  whose  people  are  so 
cosmopolitan"  (p.  306),  will  hardly  pass  unchallenged.  The  author's 
enthusiastic  admiration  of  the  defense  of  the  Alamo  as  "the  superla- 
tively dramatic  episode  in  the  history  of  America"  (p.  68)  and  as  the 
most  heroic  event  in  American  history,"  (p.  207)  is  not  likely  to  kindle 
corresponding  emotions  in  American  readers.  It  is  instructive  to  find 
Bancroft,  in  his  History  of  Mexico,  averring  that  "the  blood,  both  of 
Mexicans  and  Texans,  shed  at  Alamo  was  a  useless  sacrifice.  " 

ALLEN  JOHNSON 
IOWA  COLLEGE 
GRINNELL 


The  Government  of  Maine.    By  WILLIAM  MAC  DONALD,  LL.  D.    New 

York:    The  Macmillan  Co.      1902.     Pp.263. 

In  1901  the  Macmillan  Company  began  the  publication  of  a  series 
on  our  State  governments,  entitled  the  Handbooks  of  American 
Government,  to  be  edited  by  Professor  Lawrence  B.  Evans  of 
Tufts  College.  The  volume  before  us  is  the  third  of  the  series  to  be 
published,  having  been  preceded  in  1901  by  Professor  McVey's 
The  Government  of  Minnesota,  and  in  1902  by  Professor  Morey's 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  409 

The  Government  of  New  York.  Two  forth-coming  volumes  are  an- 
nounced as  "in  preparation:" — one  on  Ohio,  by  W.  H.  Siebert,  A.  M., 
and  one  on  Michigan,  by  Webster  Cook,  Ph.  D. 

The  present  volume  "begun  at  Bowdoin  College"  was  "finished  at 
Brown  University"  by  one  well  equipped  for  the  task.  It  is  a  small 
volume  of  263  pages,  of  which  188  make  up  the  body  of  the  text,  75 
being  given  to  four  appendices. 

The  field  covered  is  the  whole  range  of  State  and  local  govern- 
ment, and,  if  the  book  is  small,  we  are  reminded  by  the  author  that 
he  has  "tried  to  keep  in  mind  the  needs  of  students  in  the  high 
schools  and  academies,  for  whose  use  it  is  particularly  designed,  and 
to  avoid  overloading  the  text  with  relatively  unimportant  details." 
This  quotation  explains  the  aim  of  the  whole  series  as  well  as  of  this 
one  volume. 

The  first  two  chapters  are  given  to  a  historical  sketch  of  Maine  as 
Province,  District,  and  State,  covering  a  period  from  1603  to  ]903. 
The  history  of  Maine  as  a  District  of  Massachusetts  is  certainly  inter- 
esting, and  here  we  wish  the  author  might  have  been  fuller.  What 
he  tells  us  is  good,  but  he  does  not  tell  all.  The  admission  of  Maine 
in  1820  is  spoken  of,  but  that  does  not  tell  the  whole  story.  Maine 
had  been  in  the  Union  since  1789.  We  are  not  told  that  the  people  of 
Maine  ratified  the  constitution  in  1788  and  voted  for  president  from 
1789  to  1820.  The  event  of  1819-20  was  rather  a  division  of  Mas- 
sachusetts into  two  States.  We  are  not  told  the  exact  reason  why  the 
people  of  the  District  wished  to  be  separated  from  Massachusetts 
proper. 

An  exposition  of  the  central  government  of  the  State  is  prefaced  by  a 
discussion  of  the  terms  of  admission  to  the  Union,  constitution-mak- 
ing, amendment  of  constitutions,  declarations  of  rights,  etc.  Then 
follow  chapters  upon  local  government,  nominations  and  elections, 
and  the  administration  of  justice.  An  interesting  chapter  on  educa- 
tion explains  the  State  system  from  district  school  to  State  University. 
Under  the  caption,  "The  Protection  and  Comfort  of  the  State,"  are 
discussed  the  militia,  State  charities,  correctional  institutions,  the 


410  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

prohibition  law,  etc.  The  final  chapter  treats  of  revenue  and  expend- 
iture. 

A  valuable  part  of  the  book  consists  of  four  appendices.  One  is 
chronological,  one  statistical,  while  a  third  gives  a  very  helpful  analy- 
sis of  the  State  and  local  government  in  outline.  A  fourth  contains 
fifty  pages  of  valuable  documentary  material  including  the  "Grant  of 
Maine  to  Gorges  and  Mason,"  the  "Second  Charter  of  Mass.,  1691," 
the  "Articles  of  Separation,"  "Act  of  Cession,"  "Act  admitting 
Maine  into  the  Union,"  "the  Constitution  of  Maine,"  etc. 

Each  chapter  is  prefaced  by  a  list  of  references,  all  of  which  taken 
together  make  up  a  working  bibliography  on  the  government  of 
Maine. 

The  plan  of  the  whole  series,  which  is  to  give  in  brief  space  clear 
and  concise  accounts  of  the  every  day  workings  of  our  State  and  local 
governments,  as  well  as  the  execution  of  the  volume  in  hand,  is  to 

be  highly  commended. 

F.   H.   GARVER 

MORNINGSIDE    COLLEGE 

Sioux  CITY 


The  Government  of  JVeio  York.  Its  History  and  Administration. 
By  WILLIAM  C.  MOREY.  New  York :  The  Macmillan  Co.  1902. 
Pp.  xiii,  294. 

This  little  volume  appears  in  the  series,  Handbooks  of  American 
Government,  edited  by  Dr.  Lawrence  B.  Evans,  Professor  of  History 
in  Tufts  College.  The  idea  of  which  it  is  the  embodiment  is  one 
which  is  rightly  winning  its  place  in  the  minds  of  educators.  It  is 
in  reality  the  substitution  of  the  inductive  for  the  deductive  methods 
of  reasoning  in  the  study  of  politics  and  history. 

The  attempt  means  that  more  attention  is  to  be  paid  to  the  prac- 
tical workings  of  government,  hence  the  history  of  government  is  to 
become  more  prominent.  This  will  enable  the  student  to  familiarize 
himself  with  the  facts  which  heretofore  have  been  used  mainly  by  the 
teacher  to  work  out  the  principles  which  the  student  has  accepted, 
because  they  were  given  him.  The  method  here  laid  down  can  not 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  411 

help  but  make  clearer  thinkers  of  our  students  of  government  because 
of  the  added  data  by  which  to  correct  false  deductions. 

This  book,  like  all  of  Professor  Morey's  efforts,  is  a  model  of 
scientific  arrangement  and  analysis.  In  this  respect  it  may  well 
serve  to  guide  workers  in  similar  fields  elsewhere.  It  is  divided  into 
three  parts,  namely:  The  Growth,  The  Structure,  and  The  Work  of 
the  Government.  The  first  part  traces  the  historical  development  of 
institutions  from  the  landing  of  the  Dutch  to  the  final  revision  of 
the  Constitution  in  1894.  The  second  part  treats  of  the  Relation  of 
the  State  Constitution  to  the  Federal  Constitution,  the  Relation  of 
the  Citizen  to  the  State,  and  the  Structure  of  State  and  Local  Gov- 
ernment; while  the  third  part  treats  of  the  Functions  of  the  Organs 
of  Government  in  the  Administration  of  Justice,  the  Protection  of 
the  People,  the  Support  of  Public  Education,  the  Supervision  of 
Charities  and  Corrections,  the  Control  of  Economic  Interests,  and  the 
Management  of  Public  Finances.  There  is  added  an  appendix  con- 
taining excerpts  from  the  most  important  and  useful  documents,  to- 
gether with  other  important  material  which  the  teacher  finds  useful 
and  the  student  finds  interesting. 

The  work  has  been  carefully  done  and  the  student  and  teacher  will 
find  it  a  valuable  guide  and  an  extremely  suggestive  work  for  an  in- 
troduction to  the  more  general  and  philosophical  study  of  the  theory 

of  our  institutions. 

H.  G.  PLUM 
THE  STATE  UNIVERSITY  OF  IOWA 

IOWA  CITY  

Exploration  of  the  Great  Lakes  in  1669-1670.  By  DOLLIER  DE 
CASSON  and  DE  BREHANT  DE  GALINEE.  JAMES  H.  COYNE, 
editor  and  translator.  Part  I  of  Vol.  IV  of  the  Papers  and 
Records  of  the  Ontario  Historical  Society.  Toronto:  1903.  Pp. 
xxxviii,  90. 
When  Champlain,  in  1609,  set  out  from  Quebec  with  a  party  of 

Montagnais  warriors  to  explore  the  country  to  the  south  of  the  St. 

Lawrence  he  little  realized  the  effect  which  that  expedition  was  to 


412  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

have  upon  the  development  of  the  French  empire  in  North  America. 
While  his  primary  object  was  exploration,  he  was  bound,  in  order  to 
accomplish  his  purpose,  to  espouse  the  cause  of  his  allies  and  was 
thus  led  into  an  unprovoked  attack  upon  an  Iroquois  village  near 
Ticonderoga.  An  easy  victory  won  for  New  France  only  the  lasting 
hostility  of  the  Iroquois  confederacy.  These  formidable  adversaries 
were  for  the  next  half  century  able  to  check  all  attempts  of  the 
French  to  occupy  the  country  to  the  south  of  the  St.  Lawrence  and 
even  rendered  traffic  along  the  upper  course  of  the  river  too  hazard- 
ous to  be  profitable.  The  south  being  thus  closed  and-  the  regions  to 
the  north  being  uninviting,  French  enterprise  naturally  turned  west- 
ward, following  the  upward  course  of  the  Ottawa. 

By  this  route  the  Great  Lakes  were  first  reached.  The  shores  of 
the  fresh  water  sea  ( Mer  Douce)  were  quickly  explored  to  the  north- 
ward and  westward  from  the  Georgian  Bay  of  Lake  Huron  until  the 
vast  areas  of  Lake  Superior  on  the  one  hand  and  of  Lake  Michigan 
on  the  other  seemed  for  a  time  capable  of  absorbing  the  combined 
energies  of  missionary,  fur -trader  and  prospector.  Thus  it  happened 
that  the  French  were  established  at  the  head  of  Green  Bay  and  at 
Chequamegon  Bay  at  a  time  when  Lake  Erie  and  Lake  Ontario  were 
known  only  through  vague  reports  furnished  by  vagrant  Indians, 
and  the  forest  trails  of  Wisconsin  were  familiar  to  the  Jesuit  and  the 
coureur  de  bois  while  western  New  York  was  still  terra  incognita. 

The  success  of  the  Iroquois  in  exterminating  or  scattering  neigh- 
boring tribes  had,  by  1665  (circa)  left  them  quite  isolated  in  the 
midst  of  a  vast  hunting  preserve  comprising  the  territory  of  their 
former  foes.  They  thus  lost  their  former  advantageous  position  in 
which  they  had  acted  as  intermediaries  in  the  fur  trade  carried  on 
between  the  Dutch  and  the  tribes  in  the  interior  of  the  continent. 
Peace  with  the  French  was  now  their  only  recourse,  and  thus  travel 
along  the  upper  St.  Lawrence  and  the  Lower  Lakes  became  subject 
to  only  the  ordinary  hazards. 

Jesuit  and  Sulpitian  missionaries  at  once  entered  the  newly  opened 
region,  and  were  immediately  followed  by  emissaries  of  the  state. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  413 

A  new  passageway  to  the  northwest  was  demanded,  more  practicable 
than  that  by  way  of  the  Ottawa.  Pere  traced  out  a  portage  route 
from  Gandatseteigon,  on  the  north  shore  of  Lake  Ontario,  to  the 
Georgian  Bay,  Jolliet  was  sent  to  locate  the  copper  mines  in  the 
northwest,  of  which  there  was  already  much  talk.  Upon  their  return 
to  Montreal  the  two  explorers  descended  the  St.  Clair  and  Detroit 
rivers  together,  followed  the  north  shore  of  Lake  Erie  for  a  long 
distance,  then  struck  out  overland  for  the  head  of  Lake  Ontario. 
Here  they  were  met  by  the  party  in  which  we  are  more  immediately 
interested,  that  of  La  Salle  and  the  Sulpitians  De  Casson  and  Galinee. 

Having  left  left  Montreal  two  months  previously  (July  6,  1669) 
La  Salle's  party  had  ascended  the  St.  Lawrence,  passed  the  Thou- 
sand Islands,  coasted  the  south  shore  of  Lake  Ontario,  entered  the 
Niagara  River,  noting  the  roar  of  the  distant  cataract,  and  had 
finally  reached  the  western  extremity  of  the  lake.  The  meeting  with 
Jolliet  at  this  point  completed  the  solution  of  the  problem  of  the 
Great  Lakes.  There  was,  to  be  sure,  the  channel  of  the  Niagara, 
which  had  not  yet  been  traced;  but  a  great  geographical  fact  had 
been  demonstrated — the  continuity  of  the  water-way  from  Lake 
Michigan  or  Lake  Superior  to  the  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence. 

After  Jolliet  and  his  companions  had  taken  their  leave,  the  party, 
which  from  the  first  had  evidently  been  divided  both  as  to  its  leader- 
ship and  its  purposes,  actually  separated.  La  Salle,  with  a  few  of  the 
company,  seems  to  have  repassed  the  mouth  of  the  Niagara  and  then 
struck  off  across  western  New  York  to  the  sources  of  the  Ohio,  fol- 
lowing that  waterway  for  a  considerable  distance;  though  of  this  we 
have  no  certain  information.  As  for  the  Sulpitians,  they  made  their 
way  by  forest  trail  and  portage  to  Lake  Erie,  and  after  wintering  near 
Port  Dover,  continued  their  difficult  voyage  along  the  north  shore, 
ascended  the  Detroit  and  St.  Clair  rivers  and  at  last  reached  Machili- 
mackinac.  Thence  they  returned  to  Montreal  by  the  old  Ottawa 
route,  to  find  that  they  had  long  been  given  up  for  lost. 

Such  is  the  " setting"  of  the  work  under  review.  Besides  the  nar- 
rative of  Galinee,  of  which  the  French  original  and  the  English 


414  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

version  are  given  on  opposite  pages,  it  includes  the  proces-verbal  by 
which  possession  was  taken  of  the  lands  of  Lake  Erie  in  the  name  of 
Louis  XIV.,  and  Galinee's  map  with  its  legends.  There  is  also  an 
introduction  of  twenty-seven  closely  printed  pages,  replete  with  inter- 
esting historical  and  bibliographical  matter.  A  second  part,  to  con- 
tain appendices,  explanatory  notes,  and  an  alphabetical  index,  is 
promised  at  an  early  date. 

It  is  to  be  hoped  that  the  present  interest  in  the  detailed  history  of 
western  discovery  and  exploration  will  not  abate  until  every  extant 
document  which  has  relation  to  the  subject  has  been  made  as  readily 
available  as  the  important  one  here  treated  now  is.  It  can  hardly  be 
expected  that  the  work  will  be  as  well  and  as  thoroughly  done  in 
every  case  as  in  this. 

LAENAS  GIFFORD  WELD 
THE  STATE  UNIVERSITY  OF  IOWA 
IOWA  CITY 

The  Loyalists  in  the  American  Revolution.  By  CLAUDE  HALSTEAD 
VAN  TYNE.  New  York :  The  Macmillan  Co.  1902.  Pp.360. 

This  is  a  book  by  a  scholar  and  for  scholars,  and  yet  it  is  not  with- 
out some  interest  for  the  general  reader.  As  the  author  says,  "The 
formation  of  the  Tory  or  Loyalist  party  in  the  American  Revolution, 
its  persecution  by  the  Whigs  during  a  long  and  fratricidal  war,  and 
the  banishment  or  death  of  over  one  hundred  thousand  of  the  most 
conservative  and  respectable  Americans  is  a  tragedy  rarely  paralleled 
in  the  history  of  the  world." 

Probably  every  teacher  of  American  History  has  asked  himself, 
"Why  in  our  text  books  and  even  in  our  larger  histories,  do  we  find 
so  little  on  the  Tories?"  Is  it  because  our  historians  do  not  dare  to 
tell  the  truth  about  the  matter?  This  may  have  been  true  in  the  past 
but  it  certainly  is  not  true  to-day.  If  it  is  because  the  information 
is  not  in  a  form  where  the  historian,  especially  the  compiler  of  a 
school  text-book,  can  get  at  it,  then  Dr.  Van  Tyne  has  rendered  val- 
uable services  to  his  fellow  workers. 

It  should  be  said  by  way  of  parenthesis  that  while  an  examination 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  415 

of  a  dozen  text-books  shows  nothing  like  an  adequate  treatment  of  the 
Loyalists,  the  more  recent  ones,  especially  Channing's,  show  an 
improvement.  Prof.  Hart's  forthcoming  text,  if  we  may  judge  by  the 
outline,  shows  a  still  larger  proportion  of  space  given  to  the  subject. 

The  Loyalists  in  the  American  Revolution  should  be  classed  under 
scientific  history.  The  author  is  fair  in  his  selection  of  incidents 
and  illustrations.  In  his  power  to  resist  temptations  to  digress,  in 
his  power  to  leave  out  all  comparisons  with  events  of  the  present 
which  are  analogous  but  almost  always  misleading,  in  his  power  to 
resist  the  temptation  to  generalize,  in  all  these,  Dr.  Van  Tyne  shows 
himself  marvelously  strong. 

It  has  been  claimed  that  the  book  is  lacking  in  style,  certainly  it  is 
lacking  in  interest  except  that  which  is  inherent  in  the  thrilling 
events  narrated.  But  it  remains  to  be  demonstrated  whether  a  man 
can  be  strictly  scientific  and  at  the  same  time  interesting  to  the  gen- 
eral reader.  That  Dr.  Van  Tyne  resisted  at  least  one  temptation  to 
digress  for  the  sake  of  making  his  book  interesting  is  shown  by  his 
statement,  "In  the  preparation  of  a  work  on  the  Loyalists  there  was  a 
temptation  to  go  over  the  usual  ground  of  a  history  of  the  Revolu- 
tion, and  doubtless,  the  dramatic  interest  could  have  been  attained 
only  by  so  doing;  but  such  a  treatment  would  have  greatly  increased 
the  volume  of  this  work,  and  would  have  buried  the  real  contribution 
to  our  knowledge  of  the  American  Revolution  in  a  mass  of  well 
known  facts  concerning  campaigns  and  historic  personages."  Dr. 
Van  Tyne  has  made  a  distinct  and  valuable  contribution  to  American 
history.  He  has  collected,  read,  and  organized  in  the  utmost  spirit 
of  fairness,  and  with  a  scholarship  broad  enough  to  see  and  classify 
according  to  true  but  subtile  relations,  a  mass  of  material  hitherto 
buried,  as  local  history  is  liable  to  be,  in  the  most  unexpected  places. 
From  now  on  it  will  be  easy  for  his  fellow  workers,  whether  teachers 
or  writers,  to  bring  up  a  long  neglected  topic  —  the  Tories  or  Loy- 
alists. 

ARTHUR  D.  CROMWELL 

HUMBOLDT  COLLEGE 
HUMBOLDT,  IOWA 


NOTES  AND   COMMENT 

At  the  special  meeting  of  the  Board  of  Curators  of  the  State  His- 
torical Society  of  Iowa,  which  was  held  on  Wednesday,  June  24, 
1903,  the  Hon.  Peter  A.  Dey  was  re-elected  President  of  the  Board 
of  Curators  and  of  the  Society;  Dr.  Frank  E.  Horack  was  elected 
Corresponding  and  Recording  Secretary  to  succeed  Mr.  M.  W.  Davis; 
and  Miss  Margaret  Budington  was  re-elected  Librarian  and  Cataloguer. 

A  volume  of  four  hundred  pages  on  The  Black  Hawk  War  is  an- 
nounced by  Mr.  Frank  E.  Stevens,  1205  Chamber  of  Commerce 
Building,  Chicago.  This  is,  perhaps,  the  most  complete  and  most 

reliable  work  on  the  great  Indian  chief  that  has  ever  been  published. 

* 

In  the  new  Carnegie  library  building  at  Chariton,  Iowa,  for  which 
plans  have  been  made  and  accepted,  a  room  is  set  aside  for  the  local 
historical  society.  This  suggests  that  local  libraries  throughout 
the  State  may  appropriately  be  made  the  homes  of  the  local  historical 
societies. 

Volume  II  of  the  Messages  and  Proclamations  of  the  Governors  of 
Iowa  has  been  issued  by  the  State  Historical  Society  of  Iowa.  It 
covers  500  pages  and  contains  the  messages  of  Governor  James  W. 
Grimes,  Governor  Ralph  P.  Lowe,  and  Governor  Samuel  J.  Kirk- 
wood.  The  third  volume  has  also  been  issued.  This  volume  con- 
tains 472  pages  and  includes  the  messages  and  proclamations  of  Gov- 
ernor William  Milo  Stone  and  Governor  Samuel  Merrill. 

In  addition  to  those  named  in  the  April  number  of  THE  IOWA 
JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AXD  POLITICS,  the  following  papers  were  read 
before  the  Political  Science  Club  during  the  year  which  closed  June 
1,  1903:  A  New  England  Town  of  Fifty  Years  Ago,  by  Professor 
Amos  N.  Currier;  and  The  Freedmarfs  Bureau,  by  Dr.  Paul  S. 
Peirce. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  417 

Sir  Frederick  Pollock,  Corpus  Professor  of  Jurisprudence  in  the 
University  of  Oxford,  is  scheduled  for  a  brief  course  of  lectures  in 
the  College  of  Law  of  the  State  University  of  Iowa  in  October,  1903. 

Dr.  F.  E.  Horack's  article  on  The  League  of  Iowa  Municipalities 
which  appeared  in  the  April  number  of  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HIS- 
TORY AND  POLITICS  was  reprinted  in  the  May  number  of  Midland 
Municipalities. 

The  pamphlets  and  public  documents  which  had  been  collected  by 
Senator  James  W.  Grimes  during  his  life,  and  which  since  his  death 
had  been  preserved  in  the  Nealley  homestead  at  Burlington,  have 
recently  been  donated  to  the  Burlington  Public  Library. 

/ 
At  the  regular  annual  meeting  of  the  State  Historical  Society  of 

Iowa,  which  was  held  on  Monday,  June  22,  1903,  the  following  nine 
local  Curators  were  elected  to  serve  for  the  term  of  two  years: 
Peter  A.  Dey,  M.  W.  Davis,  Samuel  Calvin,  George  W.  Ball,  Benj. 
F.  Shambaugh,  Isaac  A.  Loos,  W.  C.  Wilcox,  A.  E.  Swisher,  and 
Joseph  W.  Rich.  Greetings  were  sent  to  Dr.  J.  L.  Pickard,  Ex- 
President  of  the  Society;  and  the  faithful  services  rendered  by  the 
Secretary,  Mr.  M.  W.  Davis,  were  commended  in  a  resolution  which 
was  entered  upon  the  minutes  of  the  Society. 

The  unveiling  of  two  bronze  statues — one  of  Abraham  Lincoln 
and  the  other  of  David  B.  Henderson — at  Clermont  on  Friday,  June 
19,  1903,  was  an  event  of  more  than  local  significance.  These  mon- 
uments are  the  gift  of  Mr.  William  Larrabee,  Ex -Governor  of  the 
State,  to  the  town  of  Clermont;  but  the  people  of  the  whole  State 
benefit  by  this  gift.  Monuments  of  our  national  and  local  statesmen 
and  heroes  are  among  the  most  effective  agencies  in  promoting 
patriotism.  ^They  daily  teach  civic  virtue  and  ever  tend  to  deepen 
that  love  of  country  wherein  lies  the  political  salvation  of  the  people. 
Mr.  Larrabee's  act  receives  the  applause  of  the  whole  State.  The 
example  which  he  has  set  herein  should  be  followed  by  other  men 
and  in  a  hundred  other  towns  throughout  the  State. 


418  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

Three  more  chapters  have  been  added  to  Mr.  Rich's  Evolution  of 
the  American  System  of  Protective  Tariffs.  The  whole  series,  which 
has  been  published  in  the  Iowa  City  Republican,  comprises  eighteen 
chapters. 

An  account  of  the  Battle  of  Shiloh,  written  by  General  Henry  H. 
Wright,  has  been  published  in  three  installments  in  the  Semi-  Weekly 
lowegian  (Centerville,  Iowa)  under  the  dates  of  April  3,  6,  10,  1903. 
It  was  taken  from  a  History  of  the  Sixth  Iowa  Regiment  which  Gen. 
Wright  now  has  in  manuscript. 

The  May,  1903,  Century  contains  a  short  article  on  Five  Hundred 
Farmers  —  an  Economic  Experiment  in  Iowa.  The  author  of  this 
article,  Mr.  W.  S.  Harwood,  seems  to  believe  that  the  experience  of 
the  Rockwell  farmers  suggests  that  the  common  people  have  in  them- 
selves the  power  to  apply  a  remedy  to  some  of  the  evils  of  trusts  and 
monopolies. 

In  summing  up  the  results  of  the  late  elections  in  Iowa  towns  and 
cities,  the  editor  of  the  Midland  Municipalities  observes  that,  "The 
most  important  tendency  shown  by  the  spring  elections  in  Iowa,  is 
the  gradual  elimination  of  party  politics  in  municipal  elections. 
Party  lines  were  drawn  in  but  few  of  the  municipalities,  and  where 
so  drawn  the  ticket  of  the  dominant  party  was  in  the  majority  of 
cases  defeated  and  the  minority  party  was  able  to  elect  its  ticket." 

Mr.  C.  F.  Wennerstrum  of  Des  Moines,  sometime  Commissioner 
of  Labor  Statistics  in  Iowa,  has  made  and  published  an  interesting 
compilation  of  statistics  relative  to  the  Scandinavian -born  popula- 
tion of  Iowa  as  shown  by  the  census  returns  for  1900.  From  Mr. 
Wennerstrum's  compilation  it  appears  that  there  are  72,611  persons 
of  Scandinavian  birth  in  Iowa,  of  whom  17,102  are  Danes,  25,634 
Norwegians,  and  29,875  are  Swedes.  The  four  States  having  the 
largest  number  of  Scandinavian -born  people  are  Minnesota  with  a 
total  of  236,673,  Illinois  with  144,812,  Wisconsin  with  103,942,  and 
Iowa  with  72,611. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  419 

Mr.  R.  R.  Bowker,  who  has  already  compiled  and  published  pro- 
visional lists  of  the  publications  of  many  of  the  States,  has  now  in 
preparation  a  provisional  list  of  the  publications  of  the  State  of  Iowa. 

The  March,  1903,  Midland  Municipalities  contains  an  article  on 
The  Filtration  of  Public  Water  Supplies,  by  Prof.  Charles  Magowan. 
In  the  same  number  Mr.  W.  H.  Schooley,  Mayor  of  Indianola,  writes 
on  Governing  a  Municipality.  In  the  April  number  of  this  same 
periodical  Prof.  Magowan  continues  his  discussion  on  The  Filtration 
of  Public  Water  Supplies;  Mr.  C.  H.  Van  Law,  of  Marshalltown, 
writes  on  Municipal  Administration  of  Public  Utilities;  and  Prof. 
Elmer  A.  Wilcox  discusses  Village  Improvement. 

Mr.  Lawrence  Marshall  Byers,  who  has  recently  been  elected  to  a 
professorship  in  the  College  of  Law  at  the  State  University  of  Iowa, 
was  born  at  Horgen,  in  the  Canton  of  Zurich,  Switzerland,  on  Aug- 
ust 18,  1872.  He  graduated  from  Penn  College  (Oskaloosa,  Iowa) 
in  1890  with  the  degree  of  A.  B.,  from  Haverford  College  (Penn- 
sylvania) in  1891  with  the  degree  of  M.  A.,  and  from  Yale  Uni- 
versity in  1893  with  the  degree  of  LL.  B.  In  1891  Mr.  Byers  stud- 
ied at  the  University  of  Zurich,  Switzerland.  He  has  practiced  law 
in  Des  Moines,  Iowa,  and  has  been  professor  of  law  at  Drake  Uni- 
versity. 

WHEREAS  Jacob  J.  Mosnat,  Member  of  the  State  Historical 
Society  of  Iowa,  died  on  June  20,  1903,  at  Belle  Plaine,  Iowa: 

Be  it  Resolved  that  the  following  be  entered  upon  the  records  of 
the  State  Historical  Society  of  Iowa: 

Jacob  J.  Mosnat  was  born  in  Bohemia  in  1857.  Early  in  life  he 
mastered  the  trade  of  machinist.  Later  he  studied  law,  graduating 
from  the  Law  Department  of  the  State  University  of  Iowa  in  1875. 
He  settled  at  Belle  Plaine,  Iowa,  where  he  practiced  'his  profession 
until  the  day  of  his  death.  In  1890  he  was  elected  to  the  Iowa  Sen- 
ate, which  position  he  occupied  in  the  23rd  and  24th  General  Assem- 
blies. 


420  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

Under  the  title  of  Studies  and  Exercises  in  Economics,  Professor 
L.  W.  Parish  of  the  Iowa  State  Normal  School  at  Cedar  Falls  has 
recently  published  in  pamphlet  form  an  outline  course  of  study  em- 
bracing in  part  I  the  subjects  of  exchange  and  money  and  in  part  II 
value,  price,  and  distribution.  The  first  part  of  these  studies  and 
exercises  is  largely  descriptive  and  historical,  the  second  part  is  theo- 
retical; the  newer  aspects  of  the  theory  of  value  developed  by  the 
Austrian  school  and  the  use  of  mathematical  forms  in  the  statement 
of  economic  principles  receive  considerable  attention.  A  vocabulary 
of  economic  terms  covering  eleven  pages  is  supplied  as  an  appendix. 

Dr.  Frank  Irving  Herriott  has  been  appointed  professor  of  Eco- 
nomics and  Political  Science  at  Drake  University,  Des  Moines,  Iowa. 
Dr.  Herriott  received  the  A.  B.  degree  from  Iowa  College  (Grinnell, 
Iowa)  in  1890,  the  M.  A.  degree  from  the  same  institution  in  1893, 
and  the  Ph.  D.  degree  from  Johns  Hopkins  University  in  1893.  He 
was  instructor  in  Political  Economy  at  the  Woman's  College,  (Balti- 
more, Md.)  in  1892-93,  lecturer  on  Civics  for  the  American  Society 
for  the  Extension  of  University  Teaching  (Philadelphia,  Pa.)  in 
1894,  Editor  of  University  Extension  in  1893-94,  acting-professor  of 
Political  Science  at  Iowa  College  in  1895-96,  and  Deputy  Treasurer 
of  the  State  of  Iowa  from  1897  to  1901.  Dr.  Herriott  is  a  trustee  of 
Iowa  College,  a  member  of  the  Executive  Council  of  the  Associated 
Charities  of  Des  Moines  (Iowa),  Director  of  the  Roadside  Settlement 
Association  (Des  Moines),  and  member  of  the  American  Economic 
Association.  His  most  valuable  publications  are: — Introduction  to 
the  History  of  Corporation  Taxes  in  Iowa;  Institutional  Expendi- 
tures in  the  State  Budget  of  Iowa;  and  The  Vital  Statistics  of  Iowa. 

Indicative  of  the  thoughtful  consideration  which  is  being  given  to 
the  practical  value  of  the  study  of  History  and  Politics  (including 
local  history  and  local  politics)  is  the  call  recently  made1  by  Andrew 
D.  White,  one  of  America's  most  illustrious  diplomats,  for  $14,000,- 
000  to  be  used  for  the  following  objects:  "First — Endowments  in 


JAt  the  semi-centennial  of  the  class  of  1853  of  Yale  University,  held  in  June, 
1903. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  421 

twenty-five  American  universities  of  professorships  and  fellowships, 
to  be  used  in  the  study  of  public  affairs.  Second — Professorships 
and  fellowships  in  twenty-five  American  universities  for  courses  in  the 
administration  of  government  in  town,  State,  and  nation.  Third — 
The  establishment  on  a  similarly  large  scale  in  American  universities 
of  professorships  in  international  law.  Fourth — The  establishment 
of  twenty-five  professorships  and  fellowships  in  the  history  of  civil- 
ization. Fifth — Endowments  in  twenty-five  universities  for  chairs 
in  American  history.  Sixth — Similar  endowments  in  twenty-five 
American  universities  for  the  study  of  music  and  literature  as  inspir- 
ing accompaniments  to  civic  virtue  and  public  life." 

ASSOCIATED    CHARITIES    OF    DES    MOINES 

With  the  accepted  principles  of  modern  philanthropy  as  a  basis, 
the  Associated  Charities  of  Des  Moines  was  organized  out  of  the  old 
time  relief  societies  which  flourished  after  the  Civil  War.  To  reduce 
pauperism,  to  encourage  thrift,  to  protect  the  unfortunate,  to  protect 
the  charitably  inclined  from  fraud,  to  inculcate  the  idea  that  the  bet- 
ter educated  and  well-to-do  must  act  as  guardians  of  the  poor,  are 
some  of  the  objects  of  the  society  today. 

In  order  that  the  association  may  serve  the  many  fraternal,  benevo- 
lent, and  church  societies  which  co-operate,  as  well  as  the  overseer 
and  city  officials,  a  general  secretary  is  employed;  an  office  is  main- 
tained where  a  card  catalogue  and  envelope  system  of  registration  is  in 
vogue,  in  which  the  history  of  more  than  four  thousand  families  is  re- 
corded; makes  investigations  without  charge  and  through  some  co-oper- 
ating charity  furnishes  adequate  relief;  holds  parlor  conferences  for 
the  acquirement  and  dissemination  of  knowledge  regarding  the  social 
and  economic  welfare  of  the  community;  maintains  a  provident  fund; 
serves  tax  payers  by  helping  enforce  the  law  relative  to  residence  of 
defectives  who  are  legal  charges  of  other  counties  than  Polk. 

The  society  is  duly  incorporated,  is  supported  by  voluntary  con- 
tributions, two  dollars  or  more  entitling  the  contributor  to  member- 
ship. Administration  is  vested  in  a  council  of  fifteen,  five  elected  at 


422  THE   IOWA   JOURNAL 

each  annual  meeting  in  April.  The  general  secretary  is  the  only 
paid  officer.  Members  and  supporters  the  past  year  number  six  hun- 
dred and  twenty-five. 

JOSHUA     NEWBOLD. 

At  his  home  in  Mt.  Pleasant,  Iowa,  Joshua  G.  Newbold,  Ex-Gov- 
ernor of  the  State  of  Iowa,  died  June  10,  1903.  Several  years  ago  a 
list  of  eleven  questions  was  submitted  to  Mr.  Newbold  for  the  pur- 
pose of  securing  reliable  data  concerning  his  life.  The  questions 
with  Mr.  Newbold's  answers  are  as  follows:  Name — Joshua  G. 
Newbold.  Date  of  Birth— May  12th,  1830.  Native  State  or  Coun- 
try— Fayette  Co. ,  Pennsylvania.  Nationality — (English)  my  Father 
born  in  America.  Several  places  of  residence  (with  dates)  before 
coming  to  Iowa — Fayette  Co.,  Pennsylvania.  Date  of  removal  to 
Toioa — March,  1854.  Place  of  residence  in  Iowa  at  time  of  election 
to  the  office  of  Governor  —  Hillsboro  Henry  County,  Iowa.  By  what 
political  party  elected — Republican.  Was  elected  Lieut.  Governor 
on  ticket  with  Kirkwood.  He  was  elected  to  U.  S.  Senate.  I  filled 
out  his  unexpired  term.  Dates  of  term  or  terms  of  office  as  Governor 
—From  March,  1875  until  Jan.,  1877.  [Should  read:  From  Feb.,  1877 
to  Jan.,  1878].  Occupation  at  time  of  and  before  election — Merchant. 
Offices  held  before  election  to  the  office  of  Governor — Member  of  the 
13,  14  and  15  General  Assemblies  of  Iowa.  Also  after  serving  as 
Gov. ,  I  was  a  member  of  the  18th  General  Assembly. 

LETTER  FROM  GENERAL  DODGE  ON  THE  HAMPTON  ROADS  CONFERENCE 

No.  1.    Broadway,  New  York—  April  2,  1903. 

Dear  Sir: — I  have  read  with  much  interest  the  article  by  Joseph 
W.  Rich  in  the  April  number  of  the  IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND 
POLITICS  on  the  "Hampton  Roads  Conference."  From  conversa- 
tions I  have  had  with  General  John  A.  Rawlins,  Chief  of  Staff  to 
General  Grant,  and  with  General  Grant  himself,  I  am  satisfied  that 
the  statement  made  by  Senator  Tillman  that  Lincoln  said  to  Alex- 
ander Stephens,  "take  a  blank  sheet  and  write  'Save  the  Union,"' 
and  "Aleck  you  fill  out  the  balance  and  I  will  agree  to  it,"  is  sub- 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  423 

stantially  what  Mr.  Lincoln  said  to  General  Grant  at  City  Point  after 
the  conference,  and  was  not  said  to  Vice-President  Stephens. 

During  the  summer  of  1867,  when  I  was  building  the  Union  Pa- 
cific Railway,  General  Rawlins  accompanied  me  across  the  plains  to 
Utah,  and  back  by  way  of  Snake  River  and  the  South  Pass,  on 
horseback.  In  our  long  days'  rides  together  the  campaigns  and  inci- 
dents of  the  war  were  naturally  our  principal  subject  of  conversa- 
tion. My  desire  to  obtain  information  concerning  those  portions  of 
the  field  I  was  not  on  myself  was  a  natural  one,  and  General  Raw- 
lins generously  gave  me  a  great  deal  of  information.  This  confer- 
ence between  Mr.  Lincoln  and  the  Confederate  Commission  was  one 
of  the  subjects  that  was  of  great  interest  to  me,  on  account  of  the 
hope  we  all  had  of  some  good  result  from  it.  General  Rawlins 
spoke  of  the  great  disappointment  of  General  Grant  at  the  result. 
General  Rawlins'  statement  of  what  Mr.  Lincoln  said  corresponds 
very  closely  to  what  General  Grant  has  said  in  his  Memoirs  concern- 
ing this  conference,  which  seems  to  have  always  been  overlooked  in 
discussions  of  this  matter.  On  page  422  of  volume  II  of  his  Memoirs 
General  Grant  says:  "It  was  not  a  great  while  after  they  met  that 
the  President  visited  me  at  City  Point.  He  spoke  of  his  having  met 
the  Commission,  and  said  he  told  them  there  would  be  no  use  in  en- 
tering into  any  negotiations  unless  they  would  recognize,  first,  that 
the  nation  as  a  whole  must  be  forever  preserved,  and,  second,  that 
slavery  must  be  abolished.  If  they  were  willing  to  consider  these 
two  questions,  then  he  was  ready  to  enter  into  negotiations,  and  was 
almost  willing  to  hand  them  a  blank  sheet  of  paper  with  his  signa- 
ture attached  for  them  to  fill  in  the  terms  upon  which  they  were 
willing  to  live  with  us  in  Union,  and  be  one  people." 

Now,  I  wish  to  suggest  this  query.  Have  not  the  people  who 
have  quoted  Lincoln  as  having  said  this  to  Alexander  Stephens  ob- 
tained the  idea  by  reading  what  he  actually  did  say  to  Grant  at  City 
Point,  and  then  assuming  that  it  was  said  to  Stephens,  when  as  a 
matter  of  fact  it  was  really  what  Mr.  Lincoln  had  said  to  General 
Grant  after  the  conference? 


424  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

I  also  think  that  the  statement  from  Lincoln  to  Grant  is  clear  evi- 
dence that  he  did  not  make  that  statement  to  the  Commission,  be- 
cause they  were  not  authorized  and  would  not  give  the  assurances 
Mr.  Lincoln  required.  Very  truly  yours, 

GBENVILLE  M.  DODGE 

CONTRIBUTOR 

FRANCIS  NEWTON  THORPE,  Author  and  Member  of  the  Bar. 
(See  IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS  for  Jan.,  1903.) 

DUREN  J.  H.  WARD,  Lecturer  on  Anthropology. 

(See  IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS  for  Jan.,  1902.) 

EDWARD  M.  NEALLEY,  Member  of  the  Bar.  Born  at  Burling- 
ton, Iowa,  October  17,  1864.  Member  of  the  State  Historical 
Society  of  Iowa.  Mr.  Nealley  is  a  devoted  student  of  political 
and  social  science.  He  has  graduated  from  both  the  College  of 
Liberal  Arts  and  from  the  College  of  Law  of  the  State  Uni- 
versity of  Iowa.  He  has  studied  at  the  University  of  Chicago; 
and  has  traveled  and  studied  abroad. 

PAUL  SKEELS  PEIRCE,  Instructor  in  History  at  the  State  Uni- 
versity of  Iowa.  Born  at  Johnson  Creek,  N.  Y.,  in  1874. 
Graduated  from  Cornell  University  (Ithaca,  N.  Y.)  in  1897. 
Received  the  degree  of  Ph.  D.  from  Yale  University  in  1900. 
Professor  of  English  and  History  at  Hedding  College  (Abingdon, 
111.)  in  1900-1901.  Member  of  the  Political  Science  Club 
(Iowa). 

MARGARET  BUDINGTON,  Librarian  and  Cataloguer  of  the  State 
Historical  Society  of  Iowa.  Born  at  Kingston,  New  York. 
Graduated  from  Vassar  College.  Member  of  the  State  Historical 
Society  of  Iowa.  Member  of  the  American  Library  Association. 
In  1901  Miss  Budington  occupied  the  position  of  Assistant  Cat- 
aloguer in  the  library  of  the  Cincinnati  University,  and  in  1902 
she  held  the  same  position  in  the  library  of  the  State  University 
of  Iowa. 


THE  IOWA   JOURNAL 

of  History  and  Politics 

OCTOBER    Nineteen  Hundred    Three 
Volume  One  Number  Four 


CHIEF  JUSTICE  MAKSHALL  AS  A  CON- 

STKUCTIVE  STATESMAN1 

I 

John  Marshall  served  with  credit  in  the  Revolutionary 
army,  was  a  most  effective  champion  of  the  proposed  Fed- 
eral Constitution  in  the  convention  of  Virginia,  won  the  high 
approval  of  President  Adams  and  great  popular  applause 
for  the  dignity  with  which  he  maintained  the  honor  of  the 
United  States  in  an  unsuccessful  mission  to  France,  and 
served  with  eminent  distinction  as  Secretary  of  State  during 
the  latter  part  of  the  Adams  administration.  But  had  he 
left  public  life  when  the  Federalists  were  swept  out  of  office 
by  the  election  of  Jefferson  to  the  presidency,  had  his  last 
public  service  (and  it  would  undoubtedly  have  been  his  last, 
for  he  was  a  strong  Federalist,  and  the  anti- Federalists  for 
many  years  after  the  retirement  of  John  Adams  dominated 
the  policies  of  the  government)  been  as  Secretary  of  State, 
I  venture  to  say  that  he  would  not  have  been  remembered 
in  our  time  as  an  eminent  statesman.  His  claim  to  distinc- 
tion is  as  a  judge;  and  yet  it  is  because,  while  performing 
his  duty  as  judge,  he  had  the  opportunity,  owing  to  the 
peculiar  nature  of  the  court  over  which  he  presided  as  Chief 


1  The  substance  of  this  paper  was  delivered  as  an  address  before  the 
Grant  Club,  Des  Moines,  on  February  19,  1903.  In  the  form  in 
which  it  is  here  published  it  was  read  in  full  before  the  Political 
Science  Club,  Iowa  City,  on  March  9,  1903. 


428  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

Justice,  and  because  he  so  presided  at  a  formative  period  in 
the  history  of  the  government  and  the  court,  to  exercise  the 
molding  influence  of  a  statesman  as  well,  that  he  has  been 
given  so  high  a  rank  among  the  men  of  his  time  and  his 
country.  It  will  be  well  worth  while,  therefore,  to  consider 
for  a  few  moments  how  it  came  about  that  a  member  of  a 
judicial  tribunal  could  properly,  in  discharging  the  functions 
of  that  office,  show  the  highest  skill  in  statesmanship;  for  I 
am  compelled  to  confess  that,  after  comparing  the  genius 
displayed,  as  well  as  the  results  accomplished  by  the  men 
who  molded  our  institutions,  I  find  none  of  them  to  have 
possessed  a  stronger  insight,  or  to  have  been  more  capable 
or  successful  as  to  the  results  achieved,  than  John  Marshall. 
The  Federal  Constitution  is  not  a  mere  historical  growth, 
though  it  is  the  result  of  historical  development;  nor,  on  the 
other  hand,  is  it  an  original  creation,  though  in  form  a  spe- 
cific instrument.  Those  who  see  in  it  merely  an  adaptation 
to  circumstances  of  the  principal  features  of  the  English 
Constitution  on  the  one  hand,  are  as  far  wrong  as  those  who, 
on  the  other,  make  use  of  the  antithesis  of  Gladstone  when 
comparing  it  to  the  English  Constitution,  which  latter  he 
described  as  the  greatest  product  of  the  creative  forces  of 
human  history,  while  characterizing  the  Constitution  of  the 
United  States  as  uthe  most  wonderful  work  ever  struck  off 
at  a  given  time  by  the  brain  and  purpose  of  man."  Our 
Constitution  has  the  two  characteristics  subtly  combined. 
There  are  preserved  in  it  the  concrete  achievements  of  long 
centuries  of  struggle  for  freedom  by  the  English  people — 
local  self-government,  representation,  popular  suffrage, 
independence  of  the  three  coordinate  departments  of  govern- 


OF   HISTORY  AND   POLITICS  429 

ment,  the  right  to  have  infringement  of  personal  liberty 
inquired  into  by  means  of  the  writ  of  habeas  corpus,  the 
fundamental  right  to  due  process  of  law.  Even  historically, 
however,  it  stands  for  more  than  these.  It  embodies  the 
concrete  results  of  the  struggles  of  the  American  Colonies 
for  independence.  The  characteristics  prominent  over  all 
others  in  the  State  governments  formed  by  the  Colonies 
when  they  declared  their  independence,  was  that  just  gov- 
ernment derives  its  authority  ultimately  from  the  people, 
and  that  public  officers  exercise,  by  reason  of  the  trust  im- 
posed in  them,  powers  delegated  by  the  people,  the  source 
of  all  the  powers  of  government.  The  framework  of  the 
State  governments,  as  organized  after  independence,  was 
strikingly  the  same  as  that  of  the  charter  governments  estab- 
lished by  the  King  of  England  in  the  exercise  of  his  royal 
prerogative,  but  the  source  of  the  authority  exercised  under 
them  was  essentially  different.  Take  from  the  charter  the 
royal  power  as  its  basis,  and  substitute  for  it  the  power  of 
ultimate  sovereignty  in  the  people,  and  you  have  a  State 
Constitution  such  as  that  adopted  in  Massachusetts,  or  Vir- 
ginia, or  Connecticut. 

This  substitution  of  the  will  of  the  whole  people  as  the 
ultimate  source  of  authority  was  a  new  thing  in  practical 
government.  The  people  of  England  had  never  realized 
it.  The  notion  of  ultimate  responsibility  of  the  ruler  for 
the  welfare  of  his  subjects,  the  realization  that  the  inter- 
ests of  his  subjects  were  the  highest  interests  which  he 
could  consider  in  the  administration  of  his  authority,  the 
conception  that  in  the  people  reposed  the  ultimate  force 
which  the  ruler  must  employ  and  rely  upon  if  his  gov- 


430  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

ernment  should  be  stable, — these  ideas  were  not  new,  but 
practical  embodiment  of  them  in  a  form  of  government  was 
strikingly  original.  Such  ideas  did  not  inhere  either  in  con- 
stitutional or  representative  governments  such  as  had  previ- 
ously been  known.  It  would  be  interesting  to  search  for 
the  sources  of  this  American  doctrine.  That  it  did  not 
spring  full  fledged  from  the  minds  of  constitutional  drafts- 
men, and  that  it  was  not  adopted  off-hand,  without  some 
preparation  and  period  of  development,  must  be  conceded. 
Some  language  in  the  earliest  State  Constitutions,  as  well  as 
in  the  Declaration  of  Independence,  would  indicate  the  be- 
lief that  it  is  the  result  of  the  adoption  of  the  general  theory 
embodied  in  the  social  compact  as  to  the  necessity  of  the 
consent  of  the  governed  as  a  foundation  for  governmental 
authority,  and  that  this  theory  was  acquired  from  the  phi- 
losophers, whose  dissertations  on  the  natural  rights  of  man 
led  to  the  deification  of  Liberty,  Fraternity,  and  Equality, 
and  prepared  the  way  for  the  French  Revolution.  But  as  a 
matter  of  fact  the  social  compact  theory  is  clearly  traceable 
to  English  philosophy,  and  the  agitation  of  the  eighteenth 
century  with  relation  to  individual  liberty  seems  to  have 
been  as  active  in  England  as  in  France.  It  was  but  a  phase 
of  the  struggle  for  the  recognition  of  extreme  individualism 
which  followed  quickly  on  the  heels  of  the  complete  over- 
throw of  the  ideas  which  underlay  the  Feudal  system.  But 
the  government  of  England  had  acquired  its  final  definite 
form  before  the  right  of  the  people  to  participate  in  the 
affairs  of  the  government  was  fully  established,  and  while 
individual  liberty  has  there  achieved  recognition  as  fully  as 
elsewhere,  the  constitutional  forms  have  not  been  changed 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  431 

to  adequately  represent  its  ultimate  triumph  as  against  the 
doctrine  of  the  inherent  possession  of  power  by  the  govern- 
ing body.  In  France  the  breaking  down  of  the  Feudal 
system  at  a  later  date  than  in  England  gave  full  opportunity 
for  an  embodiment  in  actual  form  of  the  theories  of  natural 
right.  But  the  practical  protection  of  individual  rights  was 
no  more  fully  secured  in  France  than  in  England,  and  I 
doubt  very  much  whether  as  to  these  latest  developments  of 
our  governmental  system  we  owe  any  more  to  French  phi- 
losophizing, and  the  French  advocacy  of  liberty,  than  we  do 
to  the  agitation  which  was  carried  on  in  England  without 
any  such  tangible  results  in  constitutional  forms. 

The  Constitution  of  the  United  States  is  a  specific  instru- 
ment of  government,  adopted  by  lawful  authority,  binding  on 
those  owing  allegiance  to  the  government  of  which  it  is  the 
charter,  and  subject  like  any  other  written  instrument  to 
authoritative  interpretation  and  enforcement  by  the  judicial 
department  of  the  federal  government,  to  which  the  people, 
in  the  exercise  of  their  sovereign  power  have  delegated  that 
authority.  It  is  not  an  unwritten  Constitution,  reduced  ten- 
tatively and  experimentally  to  written  language,  subject  to 
constant  alteration  and  revision,  as  particular  circumstances 
or  emergencies  may  arise  calling  for  modification,  but  an 
instrument  binding  as  written,  to  be  adapted,  however,  to 
new  conditions  or  circumstances  by  the  same  power  of  inter- 
pretation which  is  exerted  in  applying  a  statute  or  a  contract 
to  conditions  not  anticipated  when  it  was  framed.  If  it  lacks 
the  flexibility  of  the  unwritten  Constitution  of  Great  Britain 
on  the  one  hand,  it  possesses  on  the  other  the  distinguishing 
merit  of  resting  on  sovereign  authority,  an  authority  para- 


432  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

mount  to  that  of  the  different  departments  of  the  govern- 
ment, and  capable  of  a  binding  interpretation.  Add  to 
these  characters  that  other  one  which  has  remained  unique, 
that  there  is  a  tribunal  with  not  only  the  authority,  but 
the  courage,  to  determine  whether  those  who  administer  the 
legislative  and  the  executive  authority  have  kept  within  the 
limits  prescribed  for  them  by  the  sovereign  will,  and  it  is 
clear  that  the  government  under  that  Constitution  has  a  re- 
sponsiveness to  public  needs,  a  power  of  resistance  as  against 
the  sudden  gusts  of  passion  or  the  insidious  burrowings  of 
corruption,  and  an  efficiency  in  the  protection  of  personal 
and  property  rights  which  distinguish  it  as  the  best  govern- 
ment which  has  existed  or  now  exists  in  the  civilized  world. 
The  supreme  excellence  of  our  Constitution,  in  the  ultimate 
analysis,  consists  in  its  adaptability  by  interpretation  to  new 
conditions  and  the  vesting  of  the  power  of  interpretation  in 
a  tribunal  proceeding  in  accordance  with  the  established  tra- 
ditions of  the  law,  that  system  of  law  which  has  in  the 
whole  history  of  systems  of  jurisprudence  attained  the  high- 
est development  with  respect  to  the  protection  of  the  indi- 
vidual rights  of  the  subject,  and  given  the  fullest  scope  of 
liberty  to  individual  efforts.  The  power  of  interpretation 
being  given  to  a  conservative  tribunal,  it  is  but  reasonable 
that  it  should  be  liberally  exercised;  without  such  liberal 
exercise  our  Constitution  would  have  been  a  straight  jacket 
to  stifle,  instead  of  an  armor  to  protect,  the  institutions 
existing  under  it.  Amendment  has  proven  to  be  cumber- 
some and  inadequate  as  a  means  of  adjustment.  Interpreta- 
tion, on  the  other  hand,  has  furnished  the  elasticity  which 
has  been  necessary.  Essential  principles  alone  being  em- 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  433 

bodied  in  the  written  Constitution,  so  long  as  these  princi- 
ples remain  unchanged  (and  they  are  so  fundamental  that 
until  our  entire  theory  of  government  undergoes  a  revolu- 
tion a  change  can  hardly  be  imagined),  the  power  of  inter- 
pretation will  give  the  necessary  means  of  adjustment. 

There  are  those  who  pretend  to  think  that  liberality  of 
interpretation  has  destroyed  the  value  of  this  organic  instru- 
ment. But  they  have  been  unable  to  point  out  any  material 
respect  in  which  the  ideals  of  a  free  government,  embodied 
in  the  Constitution  as  originally  framed,  have  been  departed 
from  or  abandoned.  There  must  always  be  differences  of 
opinion  as  to  the  expediency  of  any  particular  construction 
as  between  those  who  are  conservative  and  those  who  are 
liberal  in  their  views  on  such  questions.  But  a  difference  of 
judgment  as  to  one  particular  act  of  interpretation  cannot 
furnish  any  adequate  basis  for  a  claim  that  as  a  whole  the 
instrument  has  been  wrenched  from  its  original  purpose.  In 
fact  those  who  have  in  one  particular  instance  been  found 
insisting  upon  a  strict  construction  have  often  in  some  other 
particular  case  been  the  most  zealous  in  availing  themselves 
of  a  broad  and  liberal  construction,  and  there  is  now  really 
no  serious  controversy  as  to  the  general  principles  to  be 
applied  in  constitutional  interpretation. 

Assuming,  then,  that  from  the  beginning  it  must  have 
been  apparent  that  interpretation  would  be  necessary,  it  is 
evident  that  it  was  a  matter  of  great  concern  to  determine  by 
what  authority  such  interpretation  should  be  made,  and  on 
what  sanction  it  should  rest.  If,  as  was  true  of  the  Articles 
of  Confederation,  which  formed  the  basis  of  the  federal 
authority  prior  to  the  adoption  of  the  Constitution  in  1789. 


434  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

this  power  of  interpretation  was  left  to  the  States,  then  dis- 
cord and  disunion  must  inevitably  have  followed.  If  the 
very  instrument  itself,  which  purported  to  be  the  charter  of 
a  more  perfect  union,  designed  to  secure  the  blessings  of 
liberty  to  those  on  whose  authority  it  was  made  to  rest  and 
their  posterity,  embodied  such  a  theory,  it  contained  the  ele- 
ments of  its  own  destruction,  the  limitations  of  its  own  exist- 
ence. If,  on  the  other  hand,  the  power  of  interpretation  was 
vested  in  those  departments  of  government  whose  authority 
it  purported  to  define  and  limit,  then  it  could  afford  no  spe- 
cific protection  as  against  the  exercise  of  arbitrary  and  unlim- 
ited power,  or  at  best  only  the  protection  of  giving  a  justifica- 
tion for  revolt  against  authority  and  the  disastrous  remedy  of 
revolution.  But  Anglo-Saxon  love  for  that  which  is  lawful 
and  orderly  and  certain,  and  for  law,  blind  to  private  inter- 
ests, irresponsive  to  the  attempt  to  exercise  tyrannical 
authority,  made  possible  the  vesting  of  this  power  of  inter- 
pretation in  a  tribunal  as  far  removed  as  any  human  institu- 
tion can  be  from  the  exercise  of  undue  influence,  on  the  one 
hand  or  the  other,  and  better  adapted  than  any  other  con- 
ceivable agency  for  maintaining  a  just  balance  between  the 
irresponsible  public  will  and  equally  irresponsible  exercise 
of  unlimited  power.  Such  a  tribunal,  a  court  furnished 
with  the  machinery  and  operating  in  accordance  with  well 
established  traditions  in  the  administration  of  justice,  was 
ready  at  hand.  The  judicial  department  was  a  recognized 
branch  of  the  government  of  England.  Its  protection  had 
been  invoked,  and  the  justice  which  it  alone  was  calculated 
to  administer  had  been  demanded  by  the  Colonists  as  a  part 
of  their  inalienable  inheritance  as  Englishmen.  As  State 


OF    HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  435 

Constitutions  were  formed  the  judicial  department  in  each 
was  created  as  coordinate  with  the  legislative  and  executive 
departments.  It  was  reasonable,  and  it  was  inevitable,  that 
in  the  formation  of  a  federal  government,  one  which  should 
be  a  government  in  fact,  and  not  a  mere  compact  between 
contracting  parties,  a  judicial  department  should  be  provided 
to  determine  controversies  among  individuals  arising  under 
the  laws  which  that  government  was  authorized  to  make. 
And  it  seemed  reasonable  and  natural  that  to  this  depart- 
ment should  be  entrusted  the  interpretation  of  the  funda- 
mental law  on  which  the  authority  of  the  federal  government 
was  to  rest.  It  was  reasonable  and  natural,  and  yet  it  was 
the  unique  and  supreme  result  of  the  struggle  for  law  and 
liberty  combined. 

It  must  be  borne  in  mind  that  the  federal  judiciary  depart- 
ment, at  the  head  of  which  stands  the  Supreme  Court,  was 
not  primarily  created  for  the  interpretation  of  the  Constitu- 
tion, nor  for  the  application  of  limitations  to  the  powers  of 
the  legislative  and  executive  branches  of  the  federal  govern- 
ment. That  department  was  established  for  the  purpose  of 
administering  justice  to  those  whose  controversies  might 
legitimately  be  brought  before  it.  No  other  system  of 
courts  in  England  or  the  United  States  has  so  great  or  varied 
a  jurisdiction.  It  administers  all  branches  of  the  law.  It 
adjudges  punishments  for  crimes,  gives  redress  for  torts, 
gives  damages  for  breach  of  contract,  applies  the  admiralty 
and  maritime  law  and  expounds  the  law  of  nations.  And 
the  new  and  crowning  feature  of  the  jurisprudence  intrusted 
to  it  is  that  of  constitutional  interpretation.  I  mention  the 
wide  scope  of  its  jurisprudence  for  the  purpose  of  showing 


436  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

how  wisely  and  how  safely  the  constitution -makers  acted  in 
bringing  forth  their  one  original,  though  perhaps  unconscious, 
creation  in  the  development  of  the  theories  of  government, 
by  which  was  entrusted  to  the  Supreme  Court  of  the  United 
States  ultimate  and  binding  authority  in  the  matter  of  inter- 
pretation of  the  Constitution,  the  authority  which,  for  the 
preservation  of  perpetual  peace  and  union,  must  be  vested 
somewhere,  and  could  not  safely  be  vested  elsewhere. 

It  is  not  impossible  that  the  federal  tribunals,  acting  as  a 
coordinate  branch  of  the  federal  government,  shall  depart 
from  the  letter  or  the  spirit  of  the  Constitution.  But  if 
ultimate  power  of  decision  is  to  be  vested  anywhere,  where 
more  safely  than  in  a  tribunal  presided  over  by  those  skilled 
in  the  law,  and  imbued  with  the  traditions  of  the  law, 
removed  as  far  as  possible  from  any  influence  of  self-interest, 
with  no  offices  at  their  disposal,  no  treasury  to  draw  upon,  no 
army  at  their  command,  incapable  of  coercing  any  obedience 
save  that  which  the  great  body  of  Anglo-Saxon  people  yields 
to  the  impressive  and  sublime  majesty  of  the  law.  As  Chief 
Justice  Marshall  has  said,  "That  department  has  no  will,  in 
any  case.  If  the  sound  construction  of  the  act  [creating  a 
bank  of  the  United  States]  be,  that  it  exempts  the  trade  of 
the  bank,  as  being  essential  to  the  character  of  a  machine 
necessary  to  the  fiscal  operations  of  the  government,  from 
the  control  of  the  States,  courts  are  as  much  bound  to  give 
it  that  construction,  as  if  the  exemption  had  been  established 
in  express  terms.  Judicial  power,  as  contradistinguished 
from  the  power  of  the  laws,  has  no  existence.  Courts  are 
the  mere  instruments  of  the  law,  and  can  will  nothing. 
When  they  are  said  to  exercise  a  discretion,  it  is  a  mere 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  437 

legal  discretion,  a  discretion  to  be  exercised  in  discerning 
the  course  prescribed  by  law;  and,  when  that  is  discerned,  it 
is  the  duty  of  the  court  to  follow  it.  Judicial  power  is 
never  exercised  for  the  purpose  of  giving  effect  to  the  will 
of  the  judge;  always  for  the  purpose  of  giving  effect  to  the 
will  of  the  legislature;  or,  in  other  words,  to  the  will  of  the 
law."1  The  Supreme  Court  of  the  United  States  has  exer- 
cised its  great  and  conservative  power  in  the  preservation  of 
our  institutions  and  the  protection  of  our  national  prosperity, 
not  because  of  the  individual  ability  of  its  judges,  though 
among  them  have  been  great  lawyers  and  great  statesmen 
nor  because  its  judgments  are  infallible,  for  no  human  tri- 
bunal can  claim  this  prerogative  of  omnipotence,  but  because 
of  the  nature  of  the  law  itself,  and  the  respect  which  is  ac- 
corded to  it  by  the  people  in  whom  sovereign  authority 
rests.  It  was  as  the  Chief  Justice  of  this  tribunal,  and  as  a 
judge  administering  the  law,  that  Marshall  was  able  to  exer- 
cise the  highest  prerogatives  of  statesmanship,  and  to  prove 
himself  to  be  entitled  to  a  place  among  the  founders  of  our 
great  federal  system. 

It  is  not  to  be  denied  that  judges  are  human,  and  are 
capable,  even  though  honest  and  sincere  in  their  convictions, 
of  entertaining  the  prejudices  and  passions  of  other  human 
beings.  It  is  not  possible  to  apply  judicial  methods  to  the 
solution  of  difficulties  which  do  not  have  the  nature  of  legal 
controversies.  The  results  of  judicial  deliberations  are  satis- 
factory because  they  relate  to  subjects  within  the  scope  of 
judicial  investigation  and  determination.  When  judges  have 


9  Wheaton,  866. 


438  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

acted  in  matters  pertaining  to  other  fields  in  the  affairs  of 
the  government,  they  have  been  found  to  be  subject  to  the 
same  limitations,  and  affected  by  the  same  weaknesses,  as 
those  which  are  found  in  others  who  attempt  to  render  like 
services.  If  the  judges  of  the  Supreme  Court  have  been 
preeminently  successful  in  dealing  with  constitutional  ques- 
tions, it  is  because  the  nature  of  the  controversies  involving 
the  interpretation  of  the  Constitution  and  the  determination 
of  the  authority  of  the  coordinate  branches  of  the  govern- 
ment especially  adapts  them  to  judicial  solution,  and  because 
the  Supreme  Court,  as  a  court,  has  dealt  with  them  as  other 
questions  of  law  given  to  it  for  decision. 

The  Supreme  Court  has  no  policy  to  maintain,  nor  does  it 
undertake  to  determine  beforehand  or  prospectively  ques- 
tions which  may  be  mooted  as  to  the  interpretation  of  the 
Constitution  or  the  laws.  When  a  cause  has  arisen  involv- 
ing their  determination,  has  been  brought  before  it  in  an 
orderly  form  of  procedure,  and  has  been  presented  with  full 
argument  by  men  trained  in  legal  reasoning,  representing 
with  their  utmost  energies  the  different  sides  of  the  contro- 
versy, it  is  then,  and  then  only,  that  the  court,  in  the  light 
of  the  argument,  attempts  to  announce  its  decision  relating 
to  the  very  case  presented.  That  the  results  have  always 
been  free  from  the  influence  of  that  partisanship  which  is 
inevitable  in  the  consideration  of  matters  of  public  concern 
cannot  be  claimed.  But  this  can  be  truthfully  said,  that  no 
other  method  of  determining  such  questions  is  so  likely  to 
lead  to  a  feasible,  satisfactory,  and  permanent  solution. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  439 

II 

It  was  not,  however,  merely  because  Marshall  was  Chief 
Justice  of  the  Supreme  Court  of  the  United  States,  and  dis- 
charged his  duties  with  signal  courage,  integrity,  fairness 
and  ability,  that  he  is  entitled  to  be  called  a  statesman.  The 
nature  of  the  court,  and  the  character  of' the  questions  which 
it  was  called  upon  to  determine,  gave  him  his  opportunity. 
But  his  position  as  presiding  justice  entitled  him  to  no  domi- 
nance in  the  deliberations  of  the  court,  and  no  peculiar 
credit  for  its  decisions.  The  fact  that  he  did,  however,  in 
a  just  sense  dominate  the  court,  not  by  virtue  of  his  position 
but  through  the  strength  of  his  mind  and  the  justness  of 
his  conclusions,  is  made  apparent  by  the  fact  that  of  all  the 
opinions  delivered  on  constitutional  questions  during  his 
thirty-five  years  of  service,  more  than  one-half  were  written 
by  him;  that  practically  all  of  the  decisions  on  these  ques- 
tions, rendered  during  his  term,  which  are  now  cited  as 
fundamental  and  of  undoubted  authority,  were  among  those 
in  which  he  wrote  the  opinions ;  that  the  acquiescence  of  his 
associates  was  not  by  reason  of  any  partisan  agreement,  for 
very  soon  after  his  appointment  the  majority  of  the  court, 
by  reason  of  appointments  to  fill  vacancies,  was  constituted 
of  those  selected  by  Presidents  placed  in  power  by  a  party 
hostile  to  the  views  of  the  Federalists,  a  party  which  re- 
mained in  control  of  the  government  throughout  his  entire 
period  of  service,  the  staunchest  and  ablest  supporter, 
admirer  and  champion  whom  he  had  among  his  associates 
being  Justice  Story,  a  Democrat  by  party  affiliation,  and  the 
appointee  of  President  Madison.  It  was  not,  therefore,  as 
a  Federalist  or  a  partisan  that  Chief  Justice  Marshall  domi- 


440  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

nated  the  court  and  determined  the  character  and  tendency 
of  its  decisions  on  constitutional  questions.  His  associates, 
without  regard  to  party,  credited  him  with  unimpeachable 
personal  character,  a  broad,  sound  and  unbiased  judgment, 
and  a  majestic  courage.  The  majesty  of  his  mind  can  only 
be  compared  to  that  of  Washington,  his  clearness  of  insight 
and  strength  of  intellect  only  to  that  of  Hamilton. 

It  was,  however,  as  a  judge  that  he  had  occasion  to  deal 
with  questions  vitally  affecting  the  character  of  the  govern- 
ment created  through  the  Federal  Constitution,  which  others 
had  considered  from  the  standpoint  of  statesmen.  If,  then, 
the  final  interpretation  of  the  Federal  Constitution  devolved 
upon  the  Supreme  Court;  if  in  that  interpretation  it  was 
necessary  to  settle  important  questions  as  to  the  nature  of 
the  federal  government,  the  scope  of  the  powers  and  the  re- 
lations to  each  other  of  its  departments,  and  the  division  of 
sovereignty  between  it  and  the  governments  of  the  States; 
if  on  some  questions,  most  vital  in  their  nature,  there  was 
radical  and  irreconcileable  difference  of  opinion;  if  we  believe 
in  the  light  of  subsequent  history  that  among  these  conflict- 
ing opinions  some  were  more  conducive  to  the  prosperity  of 
the  people  and  the  perpetuity  of  the  Union  than  others,  and 
that  it  is  of  importance  that  what  we  now  think  to  be  the 
sounder  opinions  prevailed;  that  it  was  in  accordance  with 
the  fundamental  purpose  of  those  who  framed  and  success- 
fully labored  for  the  adoption  of  the  Constitution,  that  those 
views  of  the  nature  of  the  instrument,  and  the  government 
which  was  created  under  it,  should  be  adopted  which  would 
promote  the  prosperity  of  the  people  and  the  perpetuity  of 
the  Union;  that,  though  men  with  unselfish  and  patriotic 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  441 

motives  might  differ  in  their  views,  yet  strength  of  intellect, 
cogency  of  reasoning  and  clearness  of  foresight  as  to  results, 
and  courage  of  conviction  as  to  principles,  would  be  valu- 
able guides  in  determining  which  of  conflicting  interpreta- 
tions of  the  Constitution  as  applied  to  new  conditions  was 
more  nearly  in  harmony  with  the  ultimate  intent  and  pur- 
pose of  the  framers  of  the  instrument,  then,  I  think,  we 
must  agree  that  the  adoption  of  a  sound  interpretation  in- 
volved not  only  the  technical  skill  of  a  great  judge,  but  the 
highest  abilities  of  a  great  statesman,  and  that  to  Chief 
Justice  Marshall  should  be  accorded  preeminence  in  this  con- 
structive statesmanship.  He  carried  into  the  discussion  of 
constitutional  questions  that  fairness  and  impartiality  which 
we  traditionally  demand  of  a  judge,  but  seem  rarely  to  ex- 
pect of  a  statesman.  His  reasoning  was  legal  reasoning, 
his  conclusions  were  legal  conclusions,  and  his  judgments 
were  fortunately  the  judgments  of  a  court,  and  not  of  the 
forum.  Greater  judges  have  sat  upon  the  bench  than  he. 
Story,  Taney,  and  Gray  had  better  knowledge  of  the 
branches  of  law  included  within  the  scope  of  the  jurisdiction 
of  the  ordinary  courts.  They  knew  the  precedents  and 
intricacies  of  admiralty,  equity,  and  commercial  law  better 
than  he.  But  in  capacity  for  legal  thinking,  and  power  of 
legal  reasoning,  he  was  inferior  to  none,  and  in  the  clear 
grasp  of  the  principles  on  which  the  Constitution  rested,  and 
the  problems  which  must  be  worked  out  in  its  interpreta- 
tion, he  was  superior  to  all.  And  thus  he  was  a  statesman, 
and  a  greater  statesman  because  he  was  a  great  judge. 


442  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

III 

I  have  dealt  in  these  generalizations  because  it  would  be 
impossible,  within  the  reasonable  limits  of  this  paper,  to  dis- 
cuss in  detail  the  work  which  Marshall  actually  did,  and  to 
point  out  the  specific  beneficent  results  which  have  flowed 
from  his  wisdom  and  sound  judgment.  But  I  should  feel 
that  my  characterization  of  him  and  his  accomplishments 
was  empty  and  impotent  indeed  if  it  rested  in  the  mere 
statement  of  them.  I  cannot  do  better  in  justifying  what  I 
have  said,  nor  do  less  in  justice  to  the  character  and  ability 
of  Marshall,  than  to  point  out  in  specific  instances  some  of 
the  problems  presented  to  him,  the  strength  of  reasoning 
and  judgment  with  which  he  sought  their  proper  solution, 
and  the  conclusive  proof  of  the  wisdom  of  the  conclusions 
finally  reached,  as  established  by  subsequent  events  in  our 
national  history.  And  for  this  purpose  I  have  selected  a 
few  of  the  most  noted  cases  in  which  he  announced  the  con- 
clusions of  the  Supreme  Court,  confining  myself,  as  more 
appropriate  for  this  paper,  to  those  involving  the  exercise 
of  the  wisdom  of  the  statesman  rather  than  those  showing 
merely  his  skill  and  learning  as  a  judge. 

The  case  of  Marbury  v.  Madison,  decided  by  the  Supreme 
Court  in  1803,  that  is,  within  less  than  two  years  after  Mar- 
shall's appointment,  was  the  first  of  the  great  cases  in  which 
the  Chief  Justice  expounded  the  nature  of  the  power  con- 
ferred by  the  Constitution  upon  the  federal  judiciary.  It  is 
the  first  case,  and  the  conclusive  one,  indicating  on  the  part 
of  the  court  an  intelligent  appreciation  of  the  unique  posi- 
tion in  which  that  court  was  placed  in  our  system  of  govern- 
ment, and  the  resolute  courage  essential  to  the  full  and  bene- 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  443 

ficial  employment  of  that  power.  Up  to  this  time  the  court 
had  temporized  when  approaching  the  determination  of  its 
relations  to  the  other  departments  of  the  government.  Now 
those  relations  were  to  be  made  clear  and  definite. 

The  case  was  briefly  this:  John  Adams,  who,  as  Presi- 
dent, had  been  unable  to  secure  a  reelection  because  of  the 
dissatisfaction  of  some  of  the  leading  Federalists,  and  be- 
cause of  the  breaking  down,  which  perhaps  was  inevitable, 
of  the  Federalist  party,  was  about  to  retire  and  give  place 
to  Thomas  Jefferson,  the  choice  of  the  then  so-called  Repub- 
licans. The  term  of  office  of  certain  justices  of  the  peace 
for  the  District  of  Columbia  had  expired,  and  on  the  last 
day  of  his  administration  Adams  had  sent  to  the  Senate 
nominations  to  fill  these  offices,  which  had  been  ratified,  and 
the  commissions,  duly  made  out  and  signed  by  the  Presi- 
dent, had  been  deposited  during  the  very  last  hours  of  the 
administration  in  the  office  of  the  Secretary  of  State,  ready 
to  receive  the  official  seal  of  the  United  States,  which  by 
law  was  placed  in  the  custody  of  the  Secretary,  and  to  be 
recorded  and  delivered.  President  Jefferson  had  treated  the 
commissions  not  thus  sealed  and  delivered  at  the  hour  when 
his  term  of  office  commenced  as  invalid,  and  had  made  other 
appointments  to  the  offices.  One  Marbury,  claiming  ap- 
pointment under  Adams,  asked  the  issuance  of  a  mandamus 
by  the  Supreme  Court  of  the  United  States  to  compel  the 
new  Secretary  of  State,  James  Madison,  to  seal  and  deliver 
his  commission,  and  it  was  argued  for  him,  first,  that  the 
Supreme  Court  had  jurisdiction  to  award  an  original  writ  of 
mandamus;  second,  that  such  writ  could  issue  to  the  Secre- 
tary of  State  so  far  as  his  duties  were  ministerial  and  pre- 


444  THE   IOWA   JOURNAL 

scribed  by  law,  and  third,  that  the  present  case  was  a  proper 
one  for  the  exercise  of  such  authority.  So  far  as  appears 
from  the  report  of  the  case  no  argument  was  made  on  the 
other  side. 

The  Chief  Justice,  in  delivering  the  opinion  of  the  court, 
considered,  first,  whether  Marbury  was  entitled  to  his  com- 
mission, and  on  this  point  held  that  after  it  had  been  signed 
by  the  President  and  delivered  to  the  Secretary  of  State, 
nothing  remaining  essential  to  its  validity  save  the  minis- 
terial act  of  sealing,  recording,  and  delivering,  it  became 
valid,  and  Marbury  was  entitled  to  it,  and  his  right  was  of 
such  nature  that  a  court  should  protect  it  by  proper  process, 
the  writ  of  mandamus  being  the  appropriate  writ  for  that 
purpose.  Second,  that  in  respect  to  the  ministerial  duties, 
imposed  on  the  Secretary  of  State  by  law,  to  affix  the  seal 
of  the  United  States  in  proper  cases,  make  record  in  his 
office  of  such  instruments  as  this  when  duly  signed  and 
sealed,  and  deliver  them  to  the  proper  persons,  the  Secre- 
tary of  State  was  a  mere  ministerial  officer,  the  performance 
of  whose  duty  in  a  proper  case  could  be  enforced  by  legal 
process.  Third,  that  an  act  of  Congress  which  authorizes 
the  Supreme  Court  to  issue  original  writs  in  case  of  man- 
damus was  unconstitutional,  because  by  the  Constitution 
itself  the  original  jurisdiction,  as  distinct  from  the  appellate 
jurisdiction  of  the  Supreme  Court  of  the  United  States  was 
defined  and  limited,  and  did  not  extend  to  such  a  case.  The 
result  was  that  the  Supreme  Court  declined  to  interfere,  and 
Marbury  was  defeated. 

But  the  opinion  of  the  Chief  Justice  was  bitterly  assailed 
at  that  time  by  the  supporters  of  the  administration  of  Jef- 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  445 

ferson  on  account  of  the  assertion  of  its  authority  to  control 
the  acts  of  an  officer  of  the  executive  department  of  the  gov- 
ernment, and  it  has  since  been  criticised  repeatedly  by  those 
who  consider  themselves  the  followers  of  Jefferson  because 
of  the  assertion  by  the  court  of  the  power  to  declare  a 
statute  of  Congress  to  be  unconstitutional  and  void.  It  will 
be  seen  that  these  two  grounds  of  criticisms  have  no  neces- 
sary connection  with  each  other,  though  they  have  this  in 
common  that  each  relates  to  an  assumed  usurpation  of 
authority  by  the  judiciary  over  coordinate  branches  of  the 
government.  As  to  the  correctness  of  the  first  point  there 
is  no  longer  any  controversy.  It  has  become  established 
law,  as  indeed  it  was  at  the  time  the  decision  was  made,  that 
a  ministerial  officer  is  subject  to  the  control  of  the  courts  as 
to  the  execution  of  his  trust,  and  when  it  was  made  clear 
that  the  Secretary  of  State  was  in  respect  to  the  duties  in 
question  a  purely  ministerial  officer,  whose  duties  were 
pointed  out  by  statute,  and  not  a  mere  agent  of  the  Presi- 
dent, the  head  of  the  executive  department,  it  was  demon- 
strated to  a  lawyer  that  judicial  inquiry  into  the  performance 
of  the  duty  required  by  statute  was  proper.  Chief  Justice 
Marshall  takes  great  pains  to  make  this  distinction  clear, 
for  he  says  that  where  the  head  of  a  department  <  'is  directed 
by  law  to  do  a  certain  act  affecting  the  absolute  rights  of 
individuals,  in  the  performance  of  which  he  is  not  placed 
under  the  particular  direction  of  the  President,  and  the  per- 
formance of  which  the  President  cannot  lawfully  forbid,  and 
therefore  is  never  presumed  to  have  forbidden,  as,  for  ex- 
ample, to  record  a  commission  or  a  patent  for  land,  which 
has  received  all  the  legal  solemnities,  or  to  give  a  copy  of 


446  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

such  record;  in  such  cases  it  is  not  perceived  on  what  ground 
the  courts  of  the  country  are  further  excused  from  the  duty 
of  giving  judgment  that  right  be  done  to  the  injured  indi- 
vidual, than  if  the  same  services  were  to  be  performed  by  a 
person  not  at  the  head  of  a  department."1  And  he  further 
says  that  uthe  province  of  the  court  is  solely  to  decide 
on  the  rights  of  individuals,  not  to  inquire  how  the  execu- 
tive or  executive  officers  perform  duties  in  which  they  have 
a  discretion.  Questions  in  their  nature  political,  or  which 
are  by  the  Constitution  and  laws  submitted  to  the  executive, 
can  never  be  made  in  this  court.  But  if  this  be  not  such  a 
question,  if  so  far  from  being  an  intrusion  into  the  secrets 
of  the  cabinet  it  respects  a  paper  which,  according  to  the 
law,  is  upon  record,  and  to  a  copy  of  which  the  law  gives  a 
right  on  the  payment  of  ten  cents,  if  it  be  no  intermeddling 
with  a  subject  over  which  the  executive  can  be  considered  as 
having  exercised  any  control,  what  is  there  then  in  the  ex- 
alted station  of  the  officer  which  shall  bar  a  citizen  from 
asserting  in  a  court  of  justice  his  legal  rights,  or  shall  forbid 
a  court  to  listen  to  the  claim,  or  to  issue  a  mandamus,  direct- 
ing the  performance  of  a  duty  not  depending  on  executive 
discretion,  but  on  particular  acts  of  Congress  and  the  gen- 
eral principles  of  law?"2  And  yet,  this  clear  and  conclusive 
reasoning  on  the  question,  which  was  according  to  well  set- 
tled law,  furnished  the  occasion  of  much  bitterness  of  feeling 
on  the  part  of  President  Jefferson  and  his  friends,  and  was 
made  the  excuse  by  the  President  for  expressions  of  distrust, 
which  were  reiterated  from  time  to  time,  until  he  finally 

Jl  Cranch,  171. 
*  Hid,    170. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  447 

said:  "It  has  long  been  my  opinion  that  the  germs  of  dis- 
solution of  our  federal  government  are  in  the  constitution  of 
the  federal  judiciary,  an  irresponsible  body,  working  like 
gravity,  day  and  night,  gaining  a  little  today  and  a  little 
tomorrow,  advancing  its  noiseless  step  like  a  thief  over  the 
field  of  jurisdiction  until  all  shall  be  usurped."  President 
Jefferson*  was  the  one  detractor  to  impugn  the  honesty  of 
the  motives  which  actuated  the  Chief  Justice  in  rendering 
this  decision.  It  is  not  necessary  to  attribute  to  Jefferson 
conscious  unfairness  or  low  partizanship  in  explaining  his 
attitude  towards  Chief  Justice  Marshall  and  the  court  over 
which  he  presided.  It  is  enough  to  say  that  it  is  not  given 
to  many  men  to  be  in  all  directions  equally  great,  and  it 
was  the  conspicuous  defect  of  Jefferson  that  he  could  not 
appreciate  the  necessity  of  that  stability,  certainty,  and  order 
in  the  operations  of  government  which  is  afforded  by  incor- 
porating into  it  the  administration  of  law  as  a  coordinate 
branch,  and  that  he  could  not  credit  to  a  judge  the  imparti- 
ality which  by  legal  training  becomes  to  him  a  second 
nature.  If  so  able  a  man  as  Jefferson  could  so  far  misunder- 
stand the  necessities  of  a  federal  system  of  government  as  to 
pen  the  Kentucky  Resolutions,  or  so  far  misconceive  the 
functions  of  a  court  as  to  insist  that  it  should  in  some  way 
be  amenable  to  the  vicissitudes  of  the  popular  whim,  it  is 
not  strange  that  throughout  our  national  history  there  have 
been  many,  less  strongly  endowed  with  intellect  than  he, 
who  have  sought  to  discredit  and  belittle  the  value  of  the 
judicial  interpretation  of  the  Constitution,  and  judicial  re- 
straint upon  the  unlimited  exercise  of  power.  In  objecting 
to  this  exercise  of  authority  by  the  Supreme  Court  with 


448  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

reference  to  an  executive  officer,  the  President  was  oblivious 
to  history,  for  it  was  by  the  assertion  of  precisely  this 
authority  on  the  part  of  Parliament  and  the  courts  as  against 
the  administration  of  the  King  that  the  royal  prerogative  in 
Great  Britain  was  most  effectually  limited  and  the  rights  of 
the  people  protected. 

But  the  conclusion  reached  on  the  other  branch  of  the 
case,  that  is,  as  to  the  power  of  the  court  to  hold  unconsti- 
tutional a  statute  of  Congress  attempting  to  confer  upon  it 
a  new  jurisdiction,  was  practically  without  support  in  pre- 
vious judicial  decisions,  and  the  authority  thus  asserted  has 
repeatedly  been  questioned  by  non- professional  men  whose 
judgment  is  entitled  to  some  consideration  as  to  a  matter  af- 
fecting a  question  of  public  policy.  There  was  judicial  prece- 
dent, but  not  of  a  conclusive  character,  and  Marshall  did  not 
attempt  to  bolster  his  views  by  citing  a  few  scattering  cases 
in  early  State  courts  in  which  a  like  authority  of  the  judiciary 
had  been  asserted  or  suggested,  but  struck  out  boldly  on  the 
sea  of  constitutional  interpretation,  guided  by  the  compass 
of  reason,  the  needle  of  which  indicated  a  course  calculable 
only  from,  the  fundamental  theories  of  sovereignty  and 
responsibility  on  which  the  Constitution  was  founded.  The 
course  indeed  was  plainly  indicated.  Hamilton  had  in  the 
Federalist  stated  in  a  few  sentences  the  controlling  consider- 
ations. This  is  his  terse  and  cogent  language: 

Some  perplexity  respecting  the  rights  of  the  courts  to  pronounce 
legislative  acts  void  because  contrary  to  the  Constitution  has  arisen 
from  an  imagination  that  the  doctrine  would  imply  a  superiority  of 
the  judiciary  to  the  legislative  power.  *  *  *  There  is  no  position 
which  depends  on  clearer  principles  than  that  every  act  of  a  delegated 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  449 

authority,  contrary  to  the  tenor  of  the  commission  under  which  it  is 
exercised,  is  void.  No  legislative  act,  therefore,  contrary  to  the  Con- 
stitution, can  be  valid.  To  deny  this  would  be  to  affirm  that  the 
deputy  is  greater  than  his  principal,  that  the  servant  is  above  his 
master,  that  the  representatives  of  the  people  are  superior  to  the  peo- 
ple themselves,  that  men  acting  by  virtue  of  power  may  do  not  only 
what  their  powers  do  not  authorize,  but  what  they  forbid.  *  *  *  It 
can  be  of  no  weight  to  us  that  the  courts,  on  the  pretense  of  a  repug- 
nancy, may  substitute  their  own  pleasure  to  the  constitutional  inten- 
tions of  the  legislature.  This  might  as  well  happen  in  the  case  of  two 
contradictory  statutes,  or  it  might  as  well  happen  in  every  adjudica- 
tion upon  any  single  statute.  The  courts  must  declare  the  sense  of  the 
law,  and  if  they  should  be  disposed  to  exercise  will  instead  of  judg- 
ment, the  consequence  would  equally  be  the  substitution  of  their 
pleasure  to  that  of  the  legislative  body.  The  observation,  if  it  prove 
anything,  would  prove  that  there  ought  to  be  no  judges  distinct  from 
that  body.1 

Marshall  did  not  hesitate  to  endorse  this  line  of  reasoning, 
and  he  made  it  more  clear  and  persuasive  by  his  own  illus- 
trations. 

The  question,  whether  an  act,  repugnant  to  the  constitution,  can 
become  the  law  of  the  land,  is  a  question  deeply  interesting  to  the 
United  States;  but,  happily,  not  of  any  intricacy  proportioned  to  its 
interest.  It  seems  only  necessary  to  recognize  certain  principles,  sup- 
posed to  have  been  long  and  well  established,  to  decide  it.  That  the 
people  have  an  original  right  to  establish,  for  their  future  govern- 
ment, such  principles  as,  in  their  opinion,  shall  most  conduce  to  their 
own  happiness  is  the  basis  on  which  the  whole  American  fabric  has 
been  erected.  The  exercise  of  this  original  right  is  a  very  great  exer- 
tion; nor  can  it,  nor  ought  it,  to  be  frequently  repeated.  The  prin- 
ciples, therefore,  so  established,  are  deemed  fundamental;  and  as  the 
authority  from  which  they  proceed  is  supreme,  and  can  seldom  act, 


1  Lodge's  Federalist,  pp.  485-7. 


450  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

they  are  designed  to  be  permanent.  This  original  and  supreme  will 
organizes  the  government,  and  assigns  to  different  departments  their 
respective  powers.  It  may  either  stop  there,  or  establish  certain  lim- 
its not  to  be  transcended  by  those  departments.  The  government  of 
the  United  States  is  of  the  latter  description.  The  powers  of  the  leg- 
islature are  defined  and  limited;  and  that  those  limits  may  not  be  mis- 
taken or  forgotten,  the  constitution  is  written.  To  what  purpose  are 
powers  limited,  and  to  what  purpose  is  that  limitation  committed  to 
writing,  if  these  limits  may,  at  any  time,  be  passed  by  those  intended 
to  be  restrained?  The  distinction  between  a  government  with  limited 
and  unlimited  power  is  abolished,  if  those  limits  do  not  confine  the 
persons  on  whom  they  are  imposed,  and  if  acts  prohibited  and  acts 
allowed  are  of  equal  obligation.  It  is  a  proposition  too  plain  to  be 
contested,  either  that  the  constitution  controls  any  legislative  act 
repugnant  to  it;  or,  that  the  legislature  may  alter  the  constitution  by 
an  ordinary  act.  Between  these  alternatives  there  is  no  middle 
ground.  The  constitution  is  either  a  superior  paramount  law,  un- 
changeable by  ordinary  means,  or  it  is  on  a  level  with  ordinary  legis- 
lative acts,  and,  like  other  acts,  is  alterable  when  the  legislature  shall 
please  to  alter  it.  If  the  former  part  of  the  alternative  be  true,  then 
a  legislative  act  contrary  to  the  constitution  is  not  law;  if  the  latter 
part  be  true,  then  written  constitutions  are  absurd  attempts,  on  the 
part  of  the  people,  to  limit  a  power  in  its  own  nature  illimitable. l 

But  I  cannot  follow  further  his  course  of  reasoning  and 
illustration.  Suffice  it  to  say  that  as  a  legal  proposition  it 
has  never  been  seriously  questioned  from  this  announcement 
of  it  until  the  present  day,  and  it  is  only  those  who  miscon- 
ceive the  functions  of  a  court  and  the  nature  of  the  federal 
system  who  have  seriously  questioned  it. 

One  other  suggestion  is  pertinent  with  reference  to  this 
case,  for  it  has  been  made  the  occasion  of  the  only  serious 


1  Cranch,  176-7. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  451 

attack  on  the  fairness  of  judgment  of  the  great  Chief  Justice, 
and  the  only  foundation  in  the  minds  of  lawyers  for  imputing 
to  him  partisanship  in  the  discharge  of  the  duties  of  his  judi- 
cial office.  It  is  said  that  the  case  might  have  been  decided 
by  simply  declaring  the  statute  giving  the  court  jurisdiction  in 
such  cases  unconstitutional,  as  was  done  in  the  end,  and 
then  abstaining  from  the  further  discussion  which  was  so 
obnoxious  to  the  President  and  his  friends  as  to  the  authority 
of  the  Secretary  of  State  to  withhold  Marbury's  commission. 
It  is  said  that  if  the  court  has  not  jurisdiction,  this  should 
be  declared  at  once  and  the  merits  of  the  case  should  not  be 
considered.  And  unquestionably  this  is  a  sound  rule  in  the 
performance  of  judicial  duty.  It  is  the  rule  which  Chief 
Justice  Taney  unfortunately  departed  from,  to  his  own  great 
discredit  and  to  the  peril  of  the  Union  (though  in  the  vain 
hope,  it  must  be  said,  of  perpetuating  rather  than  imperiling 
it)  when  in  the  Dred  Scott  case,  after  finding  that  the  court 
had  no  authority  to  entertain  jurisdiction  because  Dred  Scott, 
a  former  slave,  was  not  a  citizen,  he  proceeded  to  discuss  at 
length  and  to  declare  invalid  the  provisions  of  the  act  of 
Congress  known  as  the  Missouri  Compromise,  which  prohib- 
ited the  further  extension  of  slavery  into  portions  of  the 
territory  of  the  United  States  from  which  by  that  act  it  was 
forever  excluded.  Those  who  have  looked  at  the  matter 
superficially  have  been  inclined  to  say  that  Chief  Justice 
Marshall  as  well  as  Chief  Justice  Taney  erred  in  the  attempt 
to  commit  the  court  unnecessarily  in  matters  not  directly  in- 
volved in  the  adjudication  of  the  case  before  it.  But  it  has 
been  pointed  out,  and  I  think  with  sound  reason,  that  Chief 
Justice  Marshall  pursued  the  proper  course  of  entering  upon  a 


452  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

discussion  of  the  constitutionality  of  an  act  of  Congress  only 
when,  after  determining  every  other  point  on  which  the  case 
could  be  decided,  it  appeared  that  the  determination  of  the 
constitutionality  of  the  legislative  act  was  absolutely  essen- 
tial. He  properly,  therefore,  postponed  that  question  until 
it  became  apparent  in  the  course  of  the  discussion  that  it 
could  not  be  avoided.  Chief  Justice  Taney  on  the  contrary, 
after  holding  that  the  court  had  no  jurisdiction  of  the  case, 
proceeded  unnecessarily  to  discuss  the  constitutionality  of  an 
act  of  Congress.  The  comparison,  instead  of  showing  Chief 
Justice  Marshall  to  be  subject  to  the  criticism  which  is  prop- 
erly made  on  the  action  of  Chief  Justice  Taney,  shows 
clearly  that  Marshall  exhibited  proper  deference  to  the  leg- 
islative department,  while  Taney  unnecessarily  pursued  the 
opposite  and  unjustifiable  course. 

The  powers  and  functions  of  the  court  having  been  settled 
by  this  early  decision,  the  court  had  occasion  in  subsequent 
cases  to  consider  many  questions  as  to  the  extent  of  the 
powers  of  the  federal  government  and  its  relations  to  the 
States.  Perhaps  the  most  instructive  case  is  that  of 
McGullocJi  v.  Maryland,  decided  sixteen  years  later,  involv- 
ing the  constitutionality  of  the  act  incorporating  a  United 
States  bank,  and  the  power  of  a  State  to  tax  a  bank  created 
by  federal  authority.  The  first  Congress  under  the  Consti- 
tution, acting  under  the  advice  and  at  the  urgent  solicitation 
of  Hamilton  as  Secretary  of  the  Treasury,  who  regarded 
such  an  institution  at  the  time  as  one  of  the  most  promising 
agencies  for  promoting  the  welfare  of  the  country  by  giving 
the  government  credit  and  stability,  chartered  the  Bank  of 
the  United  States,  and  that  bank  established  a  branch  in  the 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  453 

city  of  Baltimore.  The  legislature  of  Maryland,  however, 
in  1818  passed  an  act  uto  impose  a  tax  on  all  banks  or 
branches  thereof  in  the  State  of  Maryland  not  chartered  by 
the  legislature,"  thus  plainly  raising  the  issue,  not  merely 
whether  the  bank  created  by  the  federal  government  could 
be  subjected  to  the  same  taxing  laws  as  those  institutions 
created  by  the  authority  of  the  State,  but  whether  the  State 
could,  by  discriminative  legislation,  prevent  the  federal  insti- 
tution from  carrying  on  its  business  in  the  State  in  compe- 
tition with  banks  existing  under  State  authority.  Suit  was 
brought  by  the  State  against  the  officer  of  the  Baltimore 
branch  of  the  United  States  Bank  for  the  recovery  of  the 
taxes  claimed  to  be  due  to  the  State  under  this  statute,  and 
the  decision  of  the  State  court  being  that  the  tax  must  be 
paid,  the  officer  acting  for  the  bank  appealed  to  the  Supreme 
Court  of  the  United  States.  Elaborate  arguments  for  the 
bank  were  made  by  Webster,  Wirt  (as  Attorney- General) 
and  Pinkney,  and  for  the  State  of  Maryland  by  its  Attorney- 
General  and  others. 

It  may  be  noticed  as  interesting  that  although  the  estab- 
lishment of  the  Bank  of  the  United  States  had  been  strongly 
opposed  by  the  anti- Federalists,  and  the  control  of  the  gov- 
ernment was  in  the  hands  of  their  successors,  who  had  come 
to  be  known  as  Democrats,  Monroe  being  President,  there 
was  no  partisan  feeling  at  this  time  with  reference  to  the  ex- 
istence of  the  bank.  Its  powers  had  been  extended,  with 
the  approval  of  Jefferson,  during  his  administration,  and  its 
charter  had  been  renewed  under  the  administration  of 
Madison.  The  fact  is,  that  strongly  as  Jefferson  and  his 
political  sympathizers  had  resisted  every  measure  calculated 


454  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

to  make  the  government  of  the  United  States  under  the 
Constitution  effective,  they  cheerfully  accepted  the  machin- 
ery provided  for  them  by  Hamilton  and  his  associate  Fed- 
eralists, and  administered  it  with  great  satisfaction  to  them- 
selves, and  with  eminent  success. 

The  case  involved,  therefore,  not  in  a  partisan,  but  in  a 
fundamental  way  the  ultimate  question  of  the  authority  of 
a  State  to  interfere  with  the  operations  of  a  corporation 
created  by  the  United  States,  and  I  know  of  nothing  to  indi- 
cate that  the  Democratic  administration  sympathized  with  the 
effort  of  the  State  to  interfere  by  discriminative  legislation 
with  the  discharge  by  the  bank  of  its  functions  as  a  creature 
of  the  federal  government.  Nevertheless  the  original  con- 
tention that  the  federal  government  had  no  authority  under 
the  Constitution  to  charter  a  banking  corporation,  coupled 
with  the  further  argument  that  even  though  such  action  had 
been  justifiable  on  the  ground  of  necessity  when  the  bank 
was  first  created,  the  necessity  had  disappeared  and  the 
power  no  longer  existed,  was  urged  upon  the  court,  and  in 
disposing  of  this  contention  Chief  Justice  Marshall  had 
occasion  to  announce  in  plain  terms,  and  as  the  result  of  an 
incontestable  course  of  reasoning,  the  rule  as  to  implied 
powers,  and  the  doctrine  of  liberal  interpretation. 

It  is  impossible  to  reproduce  here,  even  in  outline,  the 
points  of  his  argument.  His  unanswerable  logic  has  never 
been  refuted,  and  in  fact  no  systematic  attempt  has  ever 
been  made  to  refute  it,  and  his  conclusion  that,  although 
the  government  of  the  United  States  is  one  of  enumerated 
and  not  of  general  powers,  yet  under  the  authority  given  by 
the  Constitution  to  Congress  to  make  "all  laws  which  shall 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  455 

be  necessary  and  proper  for  carrying  into  execution"  the 
powers  vested  in  it,  Congress  has  authority  to  pass  all  laws 
appropriate  to  the  exercise  of  the  authority  conferred  upon 
it,  is  announced  in  one  cogent  sentence: 

Let  the  end  be  legitimate,  let  it  be  within  the  scope  of  the  Consti- 
tution, and  all  means  which  are  appropriate,  which  are  plainly  adapted 
to  that  end,  which  are  not  prohibited  but  consistent  with  the  letter 
and  spirit  of  the  Constitution,  are  constitutional.1 

But  let  it  be  observed  that  this  doctrine,  neither  in  its 
theory  nor  its  application,  involved  the  general  assertion  of 
unlimited  power  within  the  discretion  of  Congress  as  to  the 
unexpressed  purposes  for  which  the  federal  government  was 
created.  Marshall  puts  his  finger  on  the  express  provisions 
of  the  Federal  Constitution  from  which  the  power  to  create  a 
bank  must  necessarily  arid  properly  be  inferred,  and  uses  no 
language  which  would  relieve  us  from  the  necessity  of  put- 
ting our  fingers  on  the  specific  provisions  of  the  Federal 
Constitution  relied  upon  when  we  assert  for  the  federal  gov- 
ernment an  implied  power. 

In  determining  the  other  branch  of  the  case,  that  is,  the 
question  of  the  power  of  the  State  to  interfere  by  taxation 
or  other  discriminative  legislation  with  the  exercise  of  its 
legitimate  powers  on  the  part  of  the  federal  government, 
the  opinion  of  the  Chief  Justice  is  equally  fundamental  in 
the  premises  assumed  and  conclusive  as  to  the  results 
reached.  Here  again  he  founds  his  reasoning  on  the  lan- 
guage of  the  Constitution  itself: 

This  constitution,  and  the  laws  of  the  United  States  which  shall  be 
made  in  pursuance  thereof  *  *  *  shall  be  the  supreme  law  of  the 

1 4  Wheaton,  421. 


456  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

land,  and  the  judges  in  every  state  shall  be  bound  thereby,  anything 
in  the  constitution  or  laws  of  any  state  to  the  contrary  notwithstan$- 
ing. 

Whatever  be  the  power  given  to  the  federal  government, 
in  the  exercise  of  that  power  it  is  supreme,  and  no  State 
authority  can  limit  or  interfere  with  its  assertion;  and  from 
this  premise,  found  in  the  fundamental  charter  which  the 
people  have  given  to  the  federal  government,  follow  conclu- 
sions as  far  reaching  in  their  logical  scope  as  they  have  been 
beneficent  in  their  application.  Indeed,  the  case  of  McCul- 
locli  v.  Maryland  has  furnished  the  clew  for  the  solution  of 
a  multitude  of  questions  arising  in  the  operation  of  our  com- 
plex system  of  government,  involving  as  it  does  a  divided 
sovereignty  as  between  the  States  and  the  federal  govern- 
ment, each  sovereign  and  supreme  within  the  scope  of  its 
legitimate  powers.  I  need  not  trace  the  line  of  subsequent 
decisions  as  to  the  right  of  the  States  to  interfere  with  the 
operations  of  banks  chartered  by  the  federal  government  by 
taxation  or  otherwise,  except  in  so  far  as  the  right  of  taxa- 
tion is  conceded  to  the  States  by  the  federal  authority. 

In  the  subsequent  case  of  Osborne  v.  United  States  Bank, 
the  whole  matter  was  again  reviewed  by  the  Supreme  Court 
in  the  light  of  arguments  by  Webster  and  Clay  in  support 
of  the  federal  power,  resisted  in  this  instance  by  the  State 
of  Ohio,  which,  without  resorting  to  the  forms  of  taxation, 
had  appropriated  to  itself  by  way  of  penalty  or  forfeiture  a 
part  of  the  property  of  the  United  States  Bank.  Chief 
Justice  Marshall  in  an  elaborate  opinion  in  this  case  again 
went  over  the  whole  ground.  Nor  need  I  refer  to  the  sub- 
sequent cases  in  which  the  principles  announced  in  Me  Cut- 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  457 

loch  v.  Maryland  were  applied  in  determining  that,  without 
the  consent  of  the  United  States,  no  State  can  levy  taxes 
upon  the  notes,  bonds  or  other  securities  issued  by  the  fed- 
eral government  in  the  exercise  of  its  legitimate  functions. 
But  the  conclusive  solution  of  the  whole  question  as  to  the 
right  of  a  State  to  tax  the  agencies  or  instrumentalities 
which  the  United  States  government  sees  fit  to  make  use  of 
in  the  exercise  of  the  authority  vested  in  it  by  the  Constitu- 
tion is  found  in  the  terse  statement  by  the  Chief  Justice  that 
the  power  to  tax  or  regulate  involves  the  power  to  destroy, 
and  that  the  power  on  the  part  of  a  State  to  destroy  is 
hostile  to  and  incompatible  with  the  power  of  the  federal 
government  to  create  and  preserve,  and  that  where  any  such 
repugnancy  exists  that  authority  which  is  supreme  must 
control,  not  yield,  to  that  over  which  it  is  supreme."  "The 
sovereignty  of  the  state,"  he  says,  "extends  to  everything 
which  exists  by  its  own  authority,  and  is  introduced  by  its 
permission,  but  it  does  not  extend  to  those  means  which 
are  employed  by  Congress  to  carry  into  execution  powers 
conferred  on  that  body  by  the  people  of  the  United  States."1 
The  same  line  of  reasoning  has  been  followed  in  the  many 
cases  involving  the  validity  of  State  laws  as  affecting  inter- 
state commerce.  The  first  of  these  was  that  of  Gibbons  v.. 
Ogden,  in  which  the  right  of  the  State  of  JSTew  York  to  give 
an  exclusive  franchise  to  private  parties  for  the  purpose  of 
operating  vessels  propelled  by  steam  power  upon  the  waters 
within  the  jurisdiction  of  that  State  was  questioned.  As 
illustrating  the  importance  of  the  case,  the  interesting  fact 


4  Wheaton,  429. 


458  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

was  pointed  out  in  the  arguments  of  counsel  that  the  State 
of  Connecticut  absolutely  excluded  from  the  waters  within 
its  jurisdiction,  including  a  portion  of  Long  Island  Sound, 
those  vessels  having  a  license  from  the  State  of  New  York, 
while  the  State  of  New  Jersey,  under  a  system  of  reprisal, 
was  imposing  upon  vessels  entering  into  its  waters  with  New 
York  license  the  same  penalties  that  were  imposed  by  the 
State  of  New  York  on  vessels  coming  from  New  Jersey  and 
interfering  with  the  exclusive  privilege  which  New  York 
had  given.  In  other  words,  the  States  of  Connecticut  and 
New  Jersey  were  in  an  attitude  of  hostility  towards  the 
State  of  New  York  with  reference  to  commerce  coming  from 
that  State  on  account  of  the  attempt  of  New  York  to  grant 
an  exclusive  monopoly  to  steam  navigation  within  its  own 
waters.  That  such  a  conflict  might  ultimately  lead  to  con- 
sequences as  disastrous  to  commerce  as  a  state  of  war  was 
evident,  and  yet,  unless  there  was  something  in  the  Federal 
Constitution  to  render  invalid  such  State  legislation,  there 
was  no  reasonable  hope  for  relief  from  the  resulting  inter- 
ference with  interstate  commerce. 

Gibbons  was  the  owner  of  certain  vessels  operated  by 
steam,  and  had  obtained  from  the  United  States  a  license  to 
engage  in  the  coasting  trade,  a  trade  which  Congress 
assumed  power  to  regulate  by  virtue  of  the  provisions  of 
the  Constitution  giving  it  authority  with  reference  to  foreign 
and  interstate  commerce.  Ogden,  as  the  assignee  of  the 
rights  of  Livingston  and  Fulton,  who  had  the  exclusive  mo- 
nopoly from  the  State  of  New  York,  sought  in  the  courts  of 
New  York  to  enjoin  Gibbons  from  operating  his  vessels 
within  the  limits  of  the  State,  even  though  coming  into  its 


OF   HISTORY  AND   POLITICS  459 

waters  from  another  State,  and,  therefore,  being  engaged  in 
carrying  on  commerce  among  the  States.  In  the  Supreme 
Court  of  New  York,  and  on  appeal  in  the  Court  of  Errors  of 
the  same  State,  the  exclusive  monopoly  granted  to  Living- 
ston and  Fulton  had  been  upheld  as  against  the  contention 
that  it  interfered  with  Gibbons'  rights  under  the  Constitution 
of  the  United  States  to  carry  on  interstate  commerce,  and 
especially  to  operate  his  vessels  in  New  York  waters  under 
the  license  given  him  by  the  federal  government.  Gibbons 
appealed  to  the  Supreme  Court  of  the  United  States,  and 
his  case  was  presented  to  that  tribunal  by  Webster  and 
Wirt,  who  took  the  broad  ground  that  State  interference 
with  interstate  commerce  was  invalid.  Emmett  on  the  other 
side  contended  that  the  powers  of  the  federal  and  State 
governments  as  to  interstate  commerce  were  coordinate, 
there  being  nothing  in  the  language  of  the  Constitution  to 
indicate  an  intention  to  make  the  authority  of  the  United 
States  in  that  respect  exclusive. 

The  opinion  of  Chief  Justice  Marshall  contains  an  expo- 
sition of  the  nature  of  the  power  to  regulate  interstate  com- 
merce, declares  that  such  regulation  extends  to  navigation, 
and  every  species  of  commercial  intercourse  among  the 
States,  and  does  not  stop  at  the  external  boundaries  of  the 
State,  and  the  court  supported  him  unanimously  in  the  con- 
clusion that  the  exclusive  privileges  granted  to  Livingston 
and  Fulton  were  invalid  so  far  as  they  were  invoked  to  pre- 
vent such  commerce.  As  indicating  the  original  and  funda- 
mental character  of  the  reasoning  employed  it  may  be  inter- 
esting to  note  that  Webster  and  Wirt  cite  but  two  or  three 
authorities  in  the  course  of  their  extended  arguments,  as 


460  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

reported  in  the  Supreme  Court  reports, "and  that,  although 
many  authorities  are  referred  to  on  the  other  side,  the  Chief 
Justice  cites  none  whatever  in  his  extended  and  elaborate 
opinion.  Where  the  conclusion  reached  must  depend  upon 
reasons  which  could  not  in  the  nature  of  things  have  been 
presented  to  other  courts  for  conclusive  adjudication  he  evi- 
dently thought  that  the  strength  of  the  reason,  and  not  the 
multitude  of  authorities  which  might  be  collaterally  referred 
to,  would  alone  justify  the  conclusions  reached. 

Again,  in  Brown  v.  Maryland,  the  question  as  to  the 
power  of  a  State  to  interfere  with  interstate  commerce  was 
presented  to  the  court.  Brown  had  brought  into  Maryland 
a  cargo  of  goods,  paying  the  United  States  import  duty. 
The  State  of  Maryland  attempted  to  compel  him  to  pay  a 
tax  for  the  privilege  of  selling  these  goods,  imposed  on  im- 
porters only,  by  way  of  a  license,  and  it  was  contended  by 
counsel  for  Brown,  one  of  whom  was  Wirt,  that  this  was  an 
unconstitutional  interference  with  the  power  of  Congress 
under  the  authority  given  to  it  to  regulate  foreign  and  inter- 
state commerce.  Taney  on  the  other  hand,  as  counsel  for 
the  State  of  Maryland,  contended  that  this  was  not  a  duty 
on  imports,  nor  was  it  an  interference  with  the  power  of 
Congress  to  regulate  commerce.  But  the  Chief  Justice  ex- 
pressed the  opinion  of  the  court  to  the  effect  that  such  a 
license  tax  was  in  effect  a  duty  on  imports,  and  also  that  it 
was  an  interference  with  the  power  of  Congress  under  the 
commerce  clause,  and  suggested  that  the  same  objection 
would  exist  if  an  attempt  were  made  to  impose  such  a  license 
tax  on  the  sale  by  the  importer  of  goods  brought  into  a  State 
from  a  sister  State.  This  case  is  notable  because  it  contains 


OF   HISTORY  AND   POLITICS  461 

the  first  pronouncement  of  the  court  with  reference  to  origi- 
nal packages,  and  it  is  a  case  constantly  referred  to  as  funda- 
mental in  the  subsequent  discussion,  which  has  extended 
down  to  the  present  time,  as  to  the  authority  of  a  State,  in 
the  exercise  of  its  power  of  police  regulation,  to  interfere 
with  the  sale  of  goods  which  are  brought  into  the  State  in 
pursuance  of  interstate  commerce. 

It  is  impossible  to  pursue  further  the  ramifications  of  the 
controversies  which  have  constantly  arisen,  and  must  still 
arise,   in   determining   the   respective  limits  of  State  and 
federal  authority.     One  other  class  of  cases,  however,  must 
be  referred  to,  namely,  those  involving  the  power  of  the 
Supreme  Court  of  the  United  States  to  review  the  action  of 
the  highest  tribunals  of  a  State  in  cases  involving  some 
right,  privilege,  or  immunity  claimed  under  the  Constitution, 
laws,  or  treaties  of  the  United  States  wherein  the  decision 
has  been  against  the  person  relying  on  such  right,  privilege, 
or  immunity.     The  question  was  first  discussed  and  elabo- 
rated by  Justice  Story  in  Martin  v.  Hunters  Lessee,  on  writ 
of  error  from  the  Court  of  Appeals  of  Virginia;  but  later,  in 
Cohens  v.  Virginia,  the  whole  subject  was  elaborately  re- 
argued  by  Barbour,  later  one  of  the  justices  of  the  Supreme 
Court  and  an  extreme  strict  constructionist,  on  the  one  hand, 
and  by  Ogden  and  Pinkney  on  the  other,  and  Chief  Justice 
Marshall,  delivering  the  opinion,  shows  the  magnitude  of 
the  questions  involved  by  saying  that  the  contention  on  the 
part  of  the  State  of  Virginia  is  that  "the  nation  does  not 
possess  a  department  capable  of  restraining  peaceably  and 
by  authority  of  law  any  attempts  which  may  be  made  by  a 
part  against  the  legitimate  powers  of  the  whole,  and  that 


462  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

the  government  is  reduced  to  the  alternative  of  submitting 
to  such  attempts  or  of  resisting  them  by  force."  "They 
maintain,"  he  says,  "that  the  Constitution  of  the  United 
States  has  provided  no  tribunal  for  the  final  construction  of 
itself  or  of  the  laws  or  treaties  of  the  nation,  but  that  this 
power  may  be  exercised  in  the  last  resort  by  the  courts  of 
every  state  in  the  Union;  that  the  Constitution,  laws  and 
treaties  may  receive  as  many  constructions  as  there  are 
states,  and  that  this  is  not  a  mischief,  or,  if  a  mischief,  is 
irremediable."  Quoting  then  the  language  defining  t  the 
power  of  the  federal  judiciary,  he  continues: 

The  American  states,  as  well  as  the  American  people,  have  believed 
a  close  and  firm  union  to  be  essential  to  their  liberty  and  to  their  hap- 
piness. They  have  been  taught  by  experience  that  this  union  cannot 
exist  without  a  government  for  the  whole,  and  they  have  been  taught 
by  the  same  experience  that  this  government  would  be  a  mere  shadow 
that  must  disappoint  all  their  hopes  unless  invested  with  large  por- 
tions of  that  sovereignty  which  belongs  to  independent  states.  * 

Without  further  quotation  it  is  sufficient  to  say  that  the 
court  entertained  no  doubt  under  the  language  of  the  Con- 
stitution of  its  power  to  review  the  action  of  the  highest 
tribunal  of  a  State  wherein  a  right  or  privilege  claimed 
under  the  Constitution  or  laws  of  the  United  States  was 
denied,  and  declared  that  if  the  Constitution  or  laws  may  be 
violated  by  proceedings  instituted  by  the  State  against  its 
own  citizens,  and  if  that  violation  may  be  such  as  to  essen- 
tially affect  the  Constitution  or  laws,  such  as  to  arrest  the 
progress  of  the  government  in  its  constitutional  course,  these 
cases  should  not  be  excepted  from  those  provisions  which 


Wheat  on,  380. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  463 

expressly  extend  the  duties  and  power  of  the  Union  to  all 
cases  arising  under  the  Constitution  and  laws. 

As  to  the  power  of  the  Supreme  Court  to  enforce  its  judg- 
ments as  against  those  acting  under  State  authority,  Chief 
Justice  Marshall  had  already  said  in  a  previous  case: 

If  the  legislatures  of  the  several  states  may,  at  will,  annul  the 
judgments  of  the  courts  of  the  United  States,  and  destroy  the  rights 
acquired  under  those  judgments,  the  Constitution  itself  becomes  a 
solemn  mockery;  and  the  nation  is  deprived  of  the  means  of  enforcing 
its  laws  by  the  instrumentality  of  its  own  tribunals.  So  fatal  a  result 
must  be  deprecated  by  all,  and  the  people  of  Pennsylvania  [the  case 
was  one  arising  in  that  state]  as  well  as  the  citizens  of  every  other 
state  must  feel  a  deep  interest  in  resisting  principles  so  destructive 
of  the  Union  and  in  averting  consequences  so  fatal  to  themselves. 

As  the  great  interpreter  for  all  time  of  the  rules  to 
be  followed  in  construing  the  fundamental  law  and  the 
authority  of  the  Supreme  Court  to  give  a  final  and  con- 
clusive interpretation  binding  on  all  as  to  the  construction 
of  that  Constitution  and  of  the  laws  passed  by  Congress;  as 
the  first  judicial  champion  of  the  supremacy  of  federal 
authority  as  embodied  in  the  declarations  of  the  Federal  Con- 
stitution, the  acts  of  Congress  passed  in  pursuance  thereof 
and  the  decisions  of  the  federal  courts  interpreting  and  ap- 
plying them,  and  the  supremacy  of  the  federal  government 
over  the  States  in  those  matters  as  to  which  the  federal  gov- 
ernment is  by  the  Constitution  given  authority,  Chief  Justice 
Marshall  stands  preeminent  and  without  comparison  as  a 
judge  and  a  statesman. 

In  justice  to  the  subject,  however,  I  must  give  one  further 
illustration  of  the  incontestable  skill  with  which  Chief 
Justice  Marshall  dealt  with  new  and  difficult  questions.  In 


464  THE   IOWA   JOURNAL 

the  case  of  American  Insurance  Company  v.  Canter1  decided 
in  1828,  was  involved  the  relation  of  Florida,  recently  ac- 
quired from  Spain  and  having  a  territorial  government,  to 
the  United  States.  On  the  one  side  it  was  argued  by  Ogden 
that  the  Constitution  of  the  United  States  at  once  extended 
over  the  newly  acquired  territory  so  that  admiralty  cases, 
which  by  the  Federal  Constitution  are  within  the  jurisdic- 
tion of  the  federal  courts,  could  not  be  adjudicated  by  courts 
created  by  the  legislature  of  the  territory  under  the  legis- 
lative power  given  to  it  by  Congress;  while  on  the  other 
hand  it  was  contended  by  Webster  that  the  Constitution  of 
the  United  States  had  no  application  to  the  government  of 
a  territory  like  this,  formed  out  of  the  newly  acquired  pro- 
vince. These  arguments  have  a  familiar  sound.  They  seem 
to  suggest  the  question  whether  the  Constitution  follows  the 
flag.  But  just  as  a  patient  investigation  of  the  difficulties 
arising  out  of  the  recent  acquisition  of  new  territory  will 
show  that  no  glittering  generality  will  furnish  a  satisfactory 
solution,  so  Chief  Justice  Marshall,  in  the  decision  of  this 
case,  committed  himself  to  no  broad  generalization,  but  pro- 
ceeded to  ascertain  the  exact  controversy  before  the  court 
and  to  apply  to  its  solution  the  plain  tests  furnished  by 
careful  constitutional  interpretation. 

He  reached  the  conclusion  that  ' '  under  the  power  of  mak- 
ing war  and  making  treaties,  the  goverment  of  the  United 
States  possesses  the  power  of  acquiring  territory,  either  by 
conquest  or  by  treaty."  Inasmuch  as  the  treaty  with  Spain 
by  which  the  territory  was  acquired,  provided  that  the  in- 
habitants thereof  should  be  admitted  to  the  enjoyment  of 

'1  Peters,  511. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  465 

the  privileges,  rights,  and  immunities  of  citizens  of  the 
United  States,  he  found  it  unnecessary  to  determine  whether 
without  such  provision  the  inhabitants  would  be  in  that  con- 
dition. He  found  further  that  under  the  power  to  "make  all 
needful  rules  and  regulations  respecting  the  territory  or  the 
property  of  the  United  States,"  Congress  had  authority  to 
establish  a  territorial  government  and  to  authorize  that  gov- 
ernment to  establish  courts,  and  he  concluded  that  the  power 
of  Congress  in  providing  either  directly  for  the  establish- 
ment of  courts  or  in  authorizing  the  territorial  legislature  to 
provide  for  such  courts,  was  not  limited  by  the  language  of 
that  article  of  the  Constitution  defining  the  jurisdiction  of 
the  federal  judiciary;  in  other  words,  that  in  providing  for 
the  government  of  acquired  territory  Congress  is  not  limited 
to  those  enumerated  powers  conferred  upon  it  with  reference 
to  territory  and  people  existing  under  the  established  gov- 
ernments of  the  States  of  the  Union.  What  he  decided  has 
long  been  acquiesced  in  without  controversy.  His  authority 
is  invoked  on  each  side  of  the  question  still  unsettled  as  to 
the  relations  of  the  inhabitants  of  our  newly  acquired  terri- 
tories to  the  federal  government.  Nothing  could  more  con- 
duce to  a  satisfactory  solution  of  present  uncertainties  grow- 
ing out  of  the  new  situation  confronting  the  Supreme  Court 
than  that  patient,  clear,  impartial,  and  statesmanlike  frame 
of  mind  which  Chief  Justice  Marshall  so  successfully  em- 
ployed in  the  solution  of  the  greater  and  more  difficult  ques- 
tions with  which  the  Supreme  Court  was  confronted  during 
the  thirty -five  years  of  his  administration  as  Chief  Justice. 
It  is  not  necessary  for  a  just  and  proper  appreciation  of 
the  services  which  Marshall  rendered  to  his  country  to  main- 
tain that  his  contributions  were  greater  than  those  of  any 


466  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

other.  Many  States  together  make  the  Union,  no  one  is 
primarily  essential  to  its  existence;  there  are  three  depart- 
ments of  the  government,  no  one  of  which  is  superior  to  the 
other  two;  great  men  contributed  their  strength  and  their 
wisdom,  to  the  development  of  our  system  of  government, 
but  it  is  not  for  us  to  say  that  the  contribution  of  one  was 
essential  or  valuable  rather  than  that  of  another.  Washing- 
ton was  the  great  leader,  holding  together  discordant 
elements  and  influences  which,  without  his  power  of  com- 
mand, would  have  made  for  separation  and  rendered  inde- 
pendence and  union  impossible.  Hamilton  furnished  the 
great  organizing  brain,  which,  with  marvelous  skill  and 
foresight,  proposed  the  measures  of  finance  and  admistration 
which  were  essential  to  bring  order  out  of  chaos  and  infuse 
strength  into  weakness.  Jefferson  brought  the  scheme  of 
government  into  responsive  touch  with  the  popular  will, 
without  which  it  could  not  have  permanently  existed.  Mar- 
shall expounded  the  principles  which  must  govern  the  various 
departments  in  their  relation  with  one  another  and  the  federal 
government  in  its  relation  with  the  States  in  order  that  by 
peaceful  means  all  controversy  should  be  determined  and  all 
friction  avoided.  Had  the  true  force  and  significance  of  the 
principles  he  announced  been  appreciated  and  recognized, 
even  an  attempt  at  disunion  would  have  been  impossible.  It 
was  not  his  fault  that  such  an  attempt  was  made,  but  it  is  to  his 
perpetual  glory  that  the  principles  which  he  announced  have 
prevailed  over  all  opposition,  and  that  the  great  and  enlight- 
ened government  of  a  reunited  country  continues  to  recognize 
them  as  the  landmarks  by  which  its  course  is  guided. 

EMLIN  McCLAiN 

SUPREME  COURT  CHAMBERS 
DES  MOIXES 


PKOBLEMS  IN  THE  ADMINISTRATION  OF 

IOWA 

Since  the  close  of  the  Reconstruction  period  in  American 
history  many  students  of  government  have  been  impressed 
with  the  belief  that  the  most  useful  work  which  they  can 
find  to  do  is  no  longer  in  the  field  of  constitutional  history 
and  constitutional  law.  With  the  advent  of  the  Hayes 
administration  and  the  withdrawal  of  the  federal  troops 
from  the  South,  most  of  the  questions  there  involved  re- 
ceived, if  a  crude,  a  comparatively  tenable  settlement. 
Hence  the  turning  and  the  change  from  grand  to  petit  polit- 
ical thought,  from  the  outline  to  the  anatomy.  Hence  the 
flood  of  discussion  which  of  late  years  has  emphasized  the 
business,  rather  than  the  philosophy,  of  government.  We 
have  moved  from  the  study  of  constitutional  to  the  study  of 
administrative  law.1  And,  whatever  may  have  been  the 


1It  may  be  well  to  indicate  briefly  the  sense  in  which  adminis- 
trative law  is  here  distinguished  from  constitutional  law.  Constitu- 
tional law  prescribes  the  structure  and  the  organization  of  govern- 
ment, defines  sovereignty,  and  regulates  its  exercise;  administrative 
law  is  concerned  with  the  business  of  government.  But  the  study  of 
organization  is  essential  to  the  study  of  administration.  Moreover, 
the  minutiae  of  organization  are  administrative  rather  than  constitu- 
tional. Administrative  law  has  to  do  more  properly  with  what 
Wilson  names  the  "ministrant"  functions  of  government.  —  Wood- 
row  Wilson's  The  State,  p.  614. 

But  it  is  in  fact  almost  impossible  to  draw  a  close  distinction  be- 
tween administrative  and  constitutional  law.  They  inevitably  shade 
one  into  the  other.  I  know  of  no  statement  which  so  excellently 


468  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

compulsion  of  constitutional  study  in  the  past,  from  the 
standpoint  of  the  necessities  of  the  present  the  administrative 
is  perhaps  of  more  importance.  Our  problems  of  today  are 
problems  of  execution,  of  public  business  management  and 
service. 

The  problem  of  government  in  Iowa  is  the  same  as  that 
of  its  sister  States — one  of  efficiency,  responsibility,  and 
independence  in  the  administration,  both  State  and  local. 
It  is  a  complex  problem,  and  one  that  will  be  fully  solved, 
no  doubt,  only  after  many  painful  trials.  But  the  essential 
that  is  fundamental  to  its  solution,  that  which  must  precede 
all  others,  is  the  delimitation  of  the  spheres  of  local  and 
State  government  and  the  fixing  within  these  spheres  of  the 
services  that  properly  belong  to  each. 

The  characteristic  of  the  American  State  government  of 
the  past  hundred  years  has  been  its  complexity  and  con- 
fusion, obscuring  or  destroying  responsibility,  until  oftener 
than  not  it  has  been  a  snare  and  a  trap  to  the  elector,  and  a 
haven  to  the  politician.  Ask  the  man  in  the  street  today, 


brings  this  out,  and  so  well  shows  the  relation  of  the  two  fields  of 
law,  as  the  following,  by  Luigi  Miraglia.  He  says:  "JJamminis- 
trazione  sta  alia  constitiozione  come  Vattimta  alia  forma  immanente, 
come  la  funzione  alia  struttura  degli  organi.  E  poche  non  e  possibile 
intendere  ejfettivamente  la  funzione  degli  organi,  senza  conoscerne  la 
struttura,  cosl  non  si  pud  separare  il  Diritto  am?ninistrativo  dal  con- 
stituzionale.  UUHO  e  Valtro  sono  parti  integranti  del  Diritto  Pubblico 
inter  no,  sebbene  nell  'uno  predomini  il  momenta  dinamico,  e  nell  'altro 
prevalga  il  momenta  statico.  U  amministrazione  rappresenta  Vazione 
molteplice  e  continua  delpotere  esecutivo,  ossia  lattivita  per  eccellenza; 
la  constituzione  rappresenta  invece  la  base  solida  su  cui  procede  questa 
funzione."  In  Atti  della  Reale  Accademia  di  Scienze  Morali  e  Poli- 
tiche,  di  Napoli,  1883,  v.  17,  p.  7. 


OF   HISTORY  AND  POLITICS  469 

what  branch  of  the  government  is  acting  when  a  policeman 
exercises  the  duress  of  the  law  upon  his  person,  and  it  is 
likely  he  could  not  answer.  If  he  chanced  to  live  in  Ken- 
tucky or  ISTew  York,  he  would  find  eventually  that  the 
officer  represented  the  local  or  municipal  authority;  whereas, 
if  he  lived  in  Michigan,  Nebraska,  Kansas,  Maryland,  or 
Iowa,  that  same  officer  would  represent  the  State  alone.1 

"What,"  he  would  say,  "are  not  these  policemen  of  Des 
Moines,  Sioux  City,  Burlington,  who  are  appointed  and  con- 
firmed by  local  authorities,  officers  of  the  city?"  Let  him 
seek  to  recover  damages  of  the  city  for  the  negligence  of 
such  an  officer,  and  he  will  learn  to  his  loss  the  true  inward- 
ness of  his  error.2 

This  is  but  an  example.  How  many  others  might  be  ad- 
duced— in  the  public  health,  the  public  safety,  education, 
taxation,  corrections,  charities,  highway  management,  and 
indeed  in  almost  every  branch  of  government!  The  power 
is  now  here,  now  there,  in  State,  in  county,  in  city,  in  town, 
according  to  the  particular  Commonwealth  had  in  mind  and 
the  particular  year  in  that  Commonwealth's  history  with 
which  the  inquiry  is  concerned.  And,  to  make  confusion 
worse  confounded,  not  only  must  one  be  uncertain  of  the 
source  of  power,  but  often  he  finds  an  officer  who  in  the  last 
analysis  is  exercising  a  purely  State  function,  labeled  by  the 
very  law  itself  a  municipal  or  county  officer,  and  as  such  he 
votes  for  that  officer!  Or  the  thing  may  be  just  reversed. 
If  then,  the  great  desideratum  in  American  government  be 


JSee  Frank  J.  Goodnow,  Municipal  Home  Rule,  p,  88. 

8  See,  for  example,  Lahner  v.  Town  of  Williams,  112  Iowa,  and 


cases  cited  therein. 


470  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

efficiency,  responsibility,  and  independence  in  administra- 
tion, what  more  pertinent  than  the  assertion  that  before  we 
can  construct  we  must  clarify.  Will  a  servant  be  efficient 
or  responsible  when  he  is  in  doubt  as  to  whom  (excepting 
always  to  his  political  creator)  he  owes  allegiance?  Can  he 
be  independent  when  two  sets  of  authorities,  however  erro- 
neously, claim  him? 

We  may  examine,  though  very  briefly  and  in  a  general 
way,  to  see  to  what  degree  the  State  of  Iowa,  in  the  course 
of  its  administrative  history,  has  created  distinct  spheres  of 
State,  and,  to  a  lesser  degree,  of  municipal  administration. 
Equipped  with  this  information,  we  may  be  able  to  form 
some  opinion  both  of  the  general  excellence  and  of  the 
deficiencies  of  our  organization.  The  fields  with  which  we 
shall  be  concerned  are  public  education,  charities  and  cor- 
rections, public  health  and  safety,  and  public  finance;  for  it 
is  in  these  fields,  more  particularly,  that  the  debatable  ques- 
tions have  arisen,  that  the  local  organization  has  trenched 
upon  the  State,  or  the  State  upon  the  local,  with  its  attend- 
ant confusion  of  responsibility. 

PUBLIC    EDUCATION 

The  history  of  the  administration  of  education  in  Iowa 
may  be  divided  roughly  into  six  periods,  as  follows: 

1.  1839-1842.     Organization   of   the   School   System. 

Territorial  Superintendent. 

2.  1842-1847.     Period  of  Decentralization  and  Demor- 

alization. 

3.  1847-1858.     Period  of  Union  of  the  Educational  and 

Financial  Administration  of  the  Schools. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  471 

4.  1858-1863.     Kfcgime  of  the  State  Board  of  Educa- 

tion. 

5.  1863-1870.     Period  of  Quiescence  or  Comparative 

Keaction. 

6.  1870-1903.     Period  of  Growth,  both  in  Central  and 

Local  Administration. 

The  first,  third,  fourth,  and  sixth  of  these  periods  are  all 
marked  by  a  greater  or  less  degree  of  centralization,1  though 
the  sixth  is  more  typical  of  the  average  tendencies  through- 
out the  entire  educational  history  than  any  of  the  others. 
The  second  period  may  be  most  properly  characterized  as 
one  of  demoralization,  the  fifth  as  one  of  reaction  toward 
legislative  non-interference,  both,  though  the  latter  only 
slightly,  bringing  in  their  train  a  certain  decentralization. 

As  early  as  1841  Iowa  had  a  territorial  Superintendent. 
He  was  a  vigorous  man,  a  man  with  almost  a  genius  for 
organization,  imbued  with  an  enthusiasm  for  the  con- 
structive work  before  him  remarkable  in  a  day  of  pioneer 
difficulties.  With  the  creation  of  this  office,  and  with  the 
not  entirely  bona  fide  legislation  for  township  and  school 


1  The  argument  throughout  is  one  for  centralization,  but  not  cen- 
tralization in  the  odious  sense  in  which  the  word  is  sometimes  em- 
ployed. It  is  not  believed  that  there  should  be  any  diminution  in 
local  self-government.  On  the  contrary,  any  function  exercised  by 
the  State  which  concerns  the  locality  personally,  rather  than  the  State, 
should  be  transferred  to  the  locality.  But  at  the  same  time,  Com- 
monwealth functions,  mistakenly  administered  by  local  officers, 
should  be  returned  to  the  State's  control.  Centralization  of  the 
kind  denned  and  denounced  by  Toulmin  Smith,  to  whose  scathing 
language  John  Fiske  has  given  his  support,  is  not  at  all  that  consid- 
ered in  this  discussion.  See  Fiske's  Civil  Government  in  the  United 
States,  p.  274. 


472  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

district  organization,  it  seemed  that  the  Territory  was  about 
to  claim  the  schools  as  its  own  especial  charge,  and  make 
their  direction  and  sustenance  by  itself  of  real  significance. 
But  it  was  only  a  passing  shadow.  Within  a  year  the  office 
of  Superintendent  was  abolished — a  step  in  retreat — and 
until  the  new  State  government  was  ushered  in,  there  was 
little  of  educational  progress.  The  law  abolishing  the  office 
of  territorial  Superintendent  provided  that  the  reports  from 
the  school  units,  which  had  been  made  to  the  Superintendent, 
should  now  be  made  to  the  Legislative  Assembly.  Thus 
the  legislature  would  assume  the  central  administrative  con- 
trol, and  address  its  fiat  no  longer  to  an  administrative 
intermediary,  but  to  its  own  august  person.  Perhaps  we 
may  excuse  the  legislators,  for  it  is  possible  that  the  shades 
of  Montesquieu  or  the  Fathers  were  not  present  at  this 
heroic  violation  of  political  science — the  legislative  library 
had  been  very  slow  in  getting  across  the  prairies  and  up  the 
waterways.  But  the  sorry  part  of  it  is  this,  that  the  legis- 
lature, which  had  appointed  itself  thus  to  administer,  ad- 
ministered not  at  all.  There  is  little  evidence  that  the 
reports  from  the  school  districts  were  ever  made  to  it. 
There  is  practically  none  that  the  legislature  was  much  con- 
cerned at  this.  In  a  day  when  organization  was  the  prime, 
almost  a  clamoring  necessity,  when  the  legislature  had  at 
its  hands  the  man  who  could  do  this  work,  it  turned  its  back 
upon  the  obligation,  and  in  consequence  public  education 
was  stranded  for  a  season. 

In  1847  a  law  was  passed  providing  for  a  State  Superin- 
tendent of  Public  Instruction.  Some  years  afterwards, 
county  school  fund  commissioners — the  precursors  of  the 


OF    HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  473 

county  superintendents — were  created,  and  from  then  until 
1857,  there  was  from  the  financial  point  of  view,  a  greater 
degree  of  centralization  in  the  school  administration  than 
has  ever  been  known  since  that  time.  These  educational 
officers  were  made  custodians  of  the  school  fund,  which, 
derived  from  the  public  lands  granted  to  the  State  by  the 
United  States  government,  constituted  a  very  large  part  of 
the  school  support.  But  it  was  an  unhappy  combination; 
for  the  school  fund  commissioners,  if  we  may  judge  from 
the  arraignment  which  they  have  received  at  the  hands  of 
more  than  one  Governor  and  Superintendent,  were  about  as 
incompetent  a  class  of  civil  servants  as  Iowa  has  ever 
known.  Moreover,  the  union  of  financial  and  educational 
duties  in  the  State  Superintendent  was  not  fortunate,  and 
was  decried  by  the  incumbents  of  this  office  almost  from  the 
first.  And  so  strong  did  the  sentiment  upon  this  matter 
become  that  in  1857,  when  the  new  Constitution  was  framed, 
it  was  ordained  therein  that  thenceforth  the  financial  admin- 
istration of  the  schools  should  be  in  the  hands  of  purely 
financial  officers. 

It  was  in  1857  that  the  celebrated  commission  for  the 
revision  of  the  school  laws  made  its  report,  and  this, 
together  with  the  constitutional  provision  above  noted  and 
those  creating  the  State  Board  of  Education  and  providing 
that  the  State  University  should  consist  of  a  single  institu- 
tion, permanently  located  at  Iowa  City,  mark  the  year  as 
the  most  significant  in  the  history  of  educational  adminis- 
tration in  Iowa.  The  legislation,  to  which  the  report  stood 
as  a  sponsor,  markedlthe  adoption  of  the  free  school,  vof  the 
compromise  township  district  system,  and  of  the  county 


474  THE   IOWA   JOURNAL 

superintendency,  all  elements  of  the  very  foundation  and 
structure  of  the  present  school  system. 

The  regime  of  the  State  Board  of  Education,  from  1858 
to  1863,  must  be  considered  a  remarkable  chapter  in  Amer- 
ican institutional  history.  The  Board  was  made  a  distinct 
legislature  for  school  matters;  every  law  connected  with  the 
schools,  except  laws  involving  contractual  and  money  obli- 
gations, must  originate  with  it;  and  over  the  acts  thus 
passed  the  General  Assembly  had  only  a  power  to  amend 
and  alter.  The  history  of  this  Board  is  replete  with  curious 
instances  of  friction  and  strife — the  results  of  an  instrument 
of  government  not  well  adjusted  to  the  other  parts  of  the 
State  administration,  indeed,  almost  a  violation  of  what 
may  be  deemed  the  canons  of  constituent  polity.  These 
episodes,  however  interesting,  may  not  give  us  pause  here. 
It  is  to  be  observed,  however,  that  in  the  legislation  by  the 
Board  two  important  steps  toward  centralization  were  taken ; 
first,  the  school  tribunals  were  erected,  the  county  superin- 
tendent being  made  the  court  of  first,  and  the  secretary  of 
the  Board  the  court  of  final,  instance;  second,  the  State 
Board  of  Educational  Examiners,  in  its  first  form,  was  called 
into  being.1 

In  1863,  when  the  State  Board  of  Education  was  abol- 
ished and  the  State  Superintendent  again  created,  the  legis- 
lature seems  to  have  been  disinclined  to  push  further  the 
State  control.  Disintegration  in  the  school  unit  again  set 

1  This  Board,  as  originally  constituted,  was  composed  of  the 
faculty  of  the  State  University.  During  its  career  but  seventeen 
persons  applied  for  certificates,  eight  of  whom  were  rejected.  The 
Board*  was  abolished  after  some  years,  and  the  present  State  Board  of 
Educational  Examiners  was  created  in  1882. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  475 

in,  the  creation  of  the  compromise  township  district  having 
given  it  a  temporary  check.  The  powers  of  the  county 
superintendent  were  enhanced  somewhat,  while  the  powers 
of  the  State  Superintendent  were  increased  not  at  all. 
About  1870,  however,  though  the  date  is  rather -arbitrary, 
the  central  control  again  began  to  receive  accessions  of 
strength,  and  down  to  the  present  time  this  has  continued, 
until  to-day  it  may  be  said  that  the  armor  of  centralization 
is  almost  complete,  and  practically  all  that  is  needed  now 
is  that  it  shall  be  riveted  together.  But  that  may  not  be 
done  for  many  years. 

Let  us  examine  to  see  how  it  is  that  the  State  has  come 
so  near  to,  yet  still  remains  a  measurable  distance  from, 
central  control.  We  need  cite  but  a  few  points.  The  power 
of  the  State  Superintendent  to  publish  the  courses  for  the 
common  schools;  this,  with  the  change  of  a  word  or  two, 
will  bring  the  power  to  direct,  to  a  large  extent,  the  observ- 
ance of  these  courses.  His  power  to  pass  upon  courses  in 
higher  schools  awaits  only  the  provisions  for  assistants  in 
his  office  to  render  it  effective.  His  power  to  appoint  sub- 
stitutes when  county  superintendents  fail  to  make  reports  is 
the  next  step  to  the  power  to  appoint  substitutes  when  they 
fail  in  any  of  their  duties.  It  is  very  near  to  the  power  of 
removal.  The  ever  increasing  authority  of  the  State  Board 
of  Educational  Examiners  to  grant  various  certificates  on 
examination,  and  its  power  to  revoke  such  certificates,  are 
not  far  from  a  complete  central  control  of  teacher's  examin- 
ations. Its  authority  to  inspect  private  normal  schools  and 
accredit  them,  and  to  enter  into  reciprocal  relations  with 
other  States  in  granting  certificates,  clears  the  way  for  the 


476  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

assumption  in  time  of  almost  complete  direction  of  the  edu- 
cational qualifications  of  teachers.  The  manual  prepared 
by  the  State  Teachers'  Association,  and  published  under 
the  authority  given  the  State  Superintendent  to  prepare  a 
course  for  high  schools,  has  created  a  standard  for  high 
schools  that,  once  given  statutory  sanction,  may  bring  the 
day  of  State  examination  of  high -school  students.  And  the 
laws  making  the  State  Superintendent  a  member  of  the 
boards  of  the  three  State  educational  institutions,  and  presi- 
dent of  one  of  them,  and  the  Governor  a  member  of  two 
and  the  president  of  one,  have  pointed  the  way  toward  the 
welding  of  all  the  school  interests  under  one  supervisory 
authority.  In  fact,  there  is  hardly  a  direction  in  which 
some  step  has  not  been  taken  toward  central  control,  except 
in  the  matter  of  common  school  finance,  other  than  the 
school  fund,  and  the  regulation  of  the  independent  colleges, 
other  than  the  normal  schools.  And  yet  it  must  be  said 
that  the  great,  the  vital,  powers  of  educational  administra- 
tion are  to-day  exercised  by  the  local  authorities. 

CHARITIES    AND    CORRECTIONS 

The  most  important  act  in  the  development  of  the  char- 
ities and  corrections  of  Iowa  was  that  of  March  26,  1898. 
This  act  at  one  stroke  consummated  the  centralization  of  the 
control  of  State  institutions  under  the  Board  of  Control. 
Only  second  in  importance  was  the  act  of  April  7,  1900, 
which  provided  that  the  Board  of  Control  should  have 
power  to  inspect  and  supervise  local  institutions,  county  or 
private,  in  which  insane  persons  are  cared  for.  This  law 
marked  the  first  step  toward  the  central  direction  of  local 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  477 

administration  in  the  administration  of  charities  and  correc- 
tions. Though  the  administration  of  State  institutions  and 
the  administration  of  local  institutions  are  closely  related,  it 
will  conduce  to  clearness  if  they  are  distinguished  and  dis- 
cussed somewhat  apart.  And  first,  of  the  local  administra- 
tion. 

The  local  administration  of  charities  in  Iowa  has  been 
confined  to  poor  relief,  and,  largely  as  an  incident  thereto, 
the  care  of  the  insane.  The  care  of  the  blind,  of  the  deaf 
and  dumb,  and  of  the  feeble  minded,  has  ever  "been  assumed 
by  the  State.  Local  correctional  or  reformatory  adminis- 
tration is  lacking,  while  that  of  a  punitive  character  is  con- 
fined to  the  prisons  or  jails. 

The  care  of  the  poor,  throughout  the  entire  history  of  the 
State,  save  for  a  brief  wavering  at  its  beginning,  has  been  a 
charge  upon  the  county.  And,  since  1851,  the  counties 
have  been  left  amenable  to  their  own  consciences  in  the  care 
and  inspection  of  the  jails.  Previous  to  1851  only  the  gen- 
eral laws  regulating  the  management  of  prisons  and  the  care 
of  prisoners  afforded  any  guaranty  that  abuses  would  not 
exist,  and  though  bills  have  been  introduced  at  various 
times  for  a  State  prison  commission,  none  has  been  enacted 
into  a  law.  And  it  is  probable  that  in  the  jails  there  are 
to  be  found  at  the  present  time  conditions  as  deplorable  as 
were  those  in  the  local  institutions  where  the  insane  are  kept 
before  the  act  of  April  7,  1900,  became  a  moving  force. 

This  act  imposes  upon  the  Board  of  Control  the  duty  of 
inspecting,  through  its  own  members,  or  persons  appointed 
by  it,  all  private  and  county  institutions,  where  insane  per- 
sons are  cared  for.  The  advance  was  made  not  in  response 


478  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

to  any  avowed  intention  to  centralize  charities  generally  in 
the  care  of  the  State,  but  simply  because  it  was  essential  to 
give  the  Board  this  power,  if  its  authority  in  regard  to 
insane  already  in  the  State  asylums  was  to  be  adequate. 

The  administration  of  the  State  institutions  evinces  two 
chief  periods:  that  from  the  foundation  of  the  institutions 
to  1898,  a  period  of  large  administrative  independence;  and 
that  from  1898  to  the  present  time,  a  period  of  adminis- 
trative dependence  upon  the  central  board.  But  there  is 
the  lively  suggestion,  at  least,  of  a  third  period,  a  period  of 
agitation  and  transition,  with  elements  of  limited  centrali- 
zation. Of  the  fitful  career  of  the  penitentiary  at  Ft.  Madi- 
son, of  its  administration  in  a  dozen  different  ways,  of  the 
rise  and  growth  of  the  State  institutions  under  varying 
forms  of  guidance  and  government — this  their  history  down 
to  1898  would  tell.  But  for  want  of  space  we  may  dispatch 
it  here  with  the  observation  that  the  usual  type  was  admin- 
istration by  a  local  board  of  trustees,  modified  slightly  in 
later  years  by  a  certain  central  authority  exercised  by  the 
Governor  and  the  Executive  Council. 

It  may  be  said  that  the  report  of  the  Healy  Investigating 
Committee  of  1897  is  the  one  document  of  prime  impor- 
tance in  the  history  of  the  State  charities  and  corrections.  It 
constituted  a  cogent  and  severe  indictment  of  institutional 
administrative  independence.  Faults  and  blemishes  it  found 
on  almost  every  hand.  Lack  of  uniform  method  in  the 
purchasing  of  supplies  for  subsistence  or  construction  pur- 
poses; the  consumption  of  different  grades  of  supplies  in 
hospitals  treating  the  same  kinds  of  patients;  the  interming- 
ling of  different  funds,  in  violation  of  law;  the  non-observ- 


OF   HISTORY  AND   POLITICS  479 

ance  of  statutory  limitations  in  expenditures  for  specific 
purposes;  total  failure  in  some  places  to  audit  bills,  or  aud- 
iting after  the  bills  were  paid;  the  payment  of  different 
salaries  for  the  same  services  by  institutions  of  the  same 
character;  these  were  among  its  general  criticisms,  but  there 
were  many  others,  and  the  committee  found  itself  forced  to 
a  radical  conclusion.  uWe  attempted,"  it  said,  "with  some 
care  to  prepare  a  list  of  statutory  amendments,  but  on  re- 
flection it  was  ascertained  that  the  greater  number  of  such 
amendments  can  properly  form  a  part  of  a  measure  creating 
a  central  or  supervisory  board.  The  disease  is  organic,  and 
too  deep-seated  for  the  use  of  palliatives." 

And  thus  the  most  radical  step  that  Iowa  has  ever  taken 
in  the  reformation  of  its  administration  was  witnessed.  The 
Board  of  Control,  if  outward  signs  and  every  evidence  of 
inward  conditions  are  to  govern  the  judgment,  has  been 
most  successful.  Indeed,  it  is  to  be  doubted  if  any  other 
branch  of  the  administration  has  even  approximated  the 
excellent  results  that  have  been  attained  in  charities  and 
corrections  under  this  high  degree  of  centralization.  It  has 
been  demonstrated  that  it  has  achieved  a  great  financial 
saving,  and  it  is  averred  that  the  improvement  in  the  condi- 
tion of  the  inmates  of  the  various  institutions,  in  the  char- 
acter of  the  service  in  such  institutions,  in  equipment,  and 
general  morale,  have  been  no  less  conspicuous.  Certain  it 
is  that  many  in  other  States,  seeking  means  to  improve  their 
administration  of  charities  and  corrections,  have  turned  to 
Iowa  for  instruction.  One  supreme  lesson  we  may  read 
from  this:  that  any  radical  change  is  not  to  be  discredited 
simply  because  it  is  far-reaching  and  the  offspring  of 
temerity. 


480  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

PUBLIC  HEALTH  AND  SAFETY 

Only  in  recent  years  has  the  health  administration  been 
considered  in  Iowa  as  much  more  than  an  accidental  phase 
of  government.  An  inland  State,  it  has  been  free  from 
those  epidemics  of  foreign  importation  which  occasionally 
have  ravaged  the  coast  States,  epidemics  that  have  caused 
the  insistence  upon  strict  quarantine  and  preventive  meas- 
ures. The  advancement  of  the  health  administration  in  a 
number  of  eastern  States  has  often  been  given  its  primary 
impetus  by  the  yellow  fever,  the  Asiatic  cholera,  or  other 
scourge  from  abroad,  until  the  State  afflicted  has  made  a 
virtue  of  necessity  and  brought  its  health  administration  to 
a  high  degree  of  perfection.  There  has  been  no  such  spur 
to  the  Iowa  law-makers.  Moreover,  the  lack  of  large  cities 
and  the  diffusion  of  population  over  extensive  areas  have 
tended  to  conceal  or  moderate  the  appearances  of  disease, 
even  when  of  serious  extent,  disease  that  might  in  congested 
districts,  because  of  its  more  evident  destruction,  have 
aroused  public  demand  for  reform.  Add  to  this  the  general 
conviction,  founded  as  it  is  in  fact,  that  the  health  of  the 
State  is  unusually  good,  and  it  needs  little  further  to  explain 
the  slowness  with  which  the  machinery  of  health  administra- 
tion has  developed. 

For  it  has  developed  slowly.  Down  to  1866  the  health 
administration  was  purely  an  incidental  function.  The 
earlier  laws  took  one  of  two  forms,  in  the  one  case  vesting 
in  electors  the  duty  of  removing  nuisances  and  otherwise 
caring  for  the  public  health;  in  the  other,  imposing  this 
duty  upon  the  mayor  and  council.  Not  until  1853  do  we 
find  specific  provisions  for  health  officers,  and  then  only  in 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  481 

isolated  instances.  In  1866,  however,  the  health  adminis- 
tration was  made  an  obligatory  function,  an  act  of  that  year 
having  constituted  the  mayor  and  council  of  any  incorpo- 
rated town  or  city,  or  the  trustees  of  any  township  not 
incorporated,  a  board  of  health.  The  powers  of  such  board 
were  full,  definite,  and  described  in  considerable  detail.  The 
results  of  the  establishment  of  such  local  boards,  however, 
were  not  particularly  obvious. 

In  1880  a  step  was  taken  toward  the  supervision  of  the 
local  boards  by  a  State  authority.  In  that  year  the  State 
Board  of  Health  was  created.  Legislatures  are  occasionally 
diverted,  or  practiced  in  statesmanship — it  is  difficult  to  tell 
which — by  the  creation  of  an  apparatus  calculated  to  pro- 
duce or  consume  ad  libitum,  yet  so  cunningly  put  together 
as  to  have  no  digestive  or  assimilative  paraphernalia  what- 
ever. The  State  Board  of  health  had  all  the  outward  show 
and  panoply  of  strength.  Inwardly  it  was  a  vacuum.  Local 
boards  were  required  to  report  to  it.  There  was  little  or  no 
means  to  make  them  do  so.  Local  boards  were  required  to 
observe  its  regulations.  Another  instance  of  the  irony  of 
the  law!  The  State  Board  should  collect  vital  statistics. 
But  the  vital  statistics  collected  have  ever  been  notorious 
for  their  worthlessness.  In  fine,  in  everything  that  relates 
to  its  connection  with  local  boards,  the  State  Board  of 
Health,  until  the  year  1902,  was  but  a  caricature  of  what  it 
might  have  been  had  the  law  been  framed  by  minds  less 
timorous. 

On  the  other  hand,  in  those  spheres  in  which  the  Board 
of  Health  acted  as  a  peculiarly  State  authority,  it  accom- 
plished much.  Its  publications,  the  dissemination  of  infor- 


482  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

mation  concerning  disease  and  sanitary  conditions,  assistance 
in  diagnosis,  the  introduction  of  a  system  of  licensing  em- 
balmers — these  things,  among  many  others,  attest  its  ser- 
viceableness. 

Finally,  in  1902,  the  occasion  being  the  great  small-pox 
pest  of  that  year,  the  State  Board  of  Health  was  given  the 
authority  that  it  should  have  had  from  the  first.  It  was 
empowered  itself  to  put  its  rules  and  regulations  into  opera- 
tion in  any  community  neglecting  to  observe  them.  It  is 
too  early  to  give  statistical  evidence  of  the  operation  of  this 
law,  but  that  great  benefit  is  to  be  expected  from  it  there 
can  be  little  doubt. 

In  addition  to  this  development  of  central  control  in  what 
may  be  considered  peculiarly  the  health  administration,  it  is 
to  be  observed  that  in  auxiliary  matters  some  advance  has 
been  made.  The  creation  of  the  office  of  State  Veterinary 
Surgeon  in  1884,  the  centralization  in  mine  inspection  in 
1880,  and  the  power  granted  to  the  State  Dairy  Commis- 
sioner in  1892  to  inspect  milk  in  cities  of  over  10,000  popu- 
lation, all  have  evinced  a  tendency  to  bring  the  public 
health  and  safety  under  the  closer  scrutiny  of  the  State 
administration.  Both  the  State  Veterinary  Surgeon  and  the 
Mine  Inspectors  have  a  certain  connection  with  the  State 
Board  of  Health. 

PUBLIC    FINANCE 

The  income  administration  of  the  State  of  Iowa,  and  its 
finance  administration  generally,  is  instructive,  not  so  much 
for  what  it  now  is  as  for  what  it  has  been.  As  a  development 
it  is  of  striking  suggestiveness.  In  those  branches  of  the 
administration  which  we  have  reviewed,  the  State  legislature 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  483 

and  the  executive  agencies  of  the  State  have  guided  the  de- 
velopment, but  here  we  come  into  contact  with  the  judicial 
department.  Judicial  decision  has  played  a  great,  a  dispro- 
portionate share  in  the  finance;  and  but  for  it  there  might 
to-day  be  a  far  different  system,  so  far  as  taxation  is  con- 
cerned, than  that  which  exists.  There  is  little  of  present 
interest  in  the  finances  of  Iowa  prior  to  1851.  With  the 
Code  of  1851,  well-nigh  revolutionary  changes  in  the  organs 
of  county  administration,  and  so  in  the  local  administration 
of  the  income,  were  made.  There  were  also  sweeping  alter- 
ations in  the  taxing  system,  both  in  the  laws  of  the  taxes 
and  in  the  machinery  of  their  administration.  We  may 
here  pass  over  the  County  Judge  and  the  question  of 
local  finances  in  1851 — though  they  are  of  surpassing  inter- 
est— and  come  to  some  consideration  of  segregation,  State 
assessments,  State  equalization  and  the  State  control  of  local 
financial  administration. 

Though  there  had  been  several  antecedent  developments 
of  minor  importance,  the  law  that  made  segregation,  or  the 
separation  of  State  and  local  sources  of  income,  of  material 
importance  was  that  of  1862  taxing  railroads  on  their 
gross  earnings.  At  first  a  half  of  the  income  from  this  tax 
was  given  to  the  State  and  a  half  to  the  counties.  Later 
the  counties  fared  better.  They  were  allowed  four -fifths  of 
the  proceeds,  while  the  State  was  to  be  content  with  one- 
fifth.  Nothing  under  either  law  was  to  be  given  to  the 
cities.  This  fact  was  to  wreck  the  system  and  bring  about 
the  general  property  tax  on  railroads.  The  city  of  Daven- 
port, after  several  years  of  sharp  fighting  in  the  courts, 
finally  wrested  from  the  Supreme  Court  a  decision  to  the 


484  THE   IOWA   JOURNAL 

effect  that  the  law  contravened  the  section  of  the  State  Con- 
stitution which  provides  that  "the  property  of  all  corpora- 
tions for  pecuniary  profit  shall  be  subject  to  taxation  the 
same  as  that  of  individuals."  It  was  by  the  narrowest 
margin  that  this  constitutional  obstacle  was  placed  in  the 
way  of  segregation.  Davenport  in  its  first  case  had  received 
the  favorable  decision  of  the  inferior  court.  On  the  appeal 
the  Supreme  Court  was  evenly  divided,  so  that  the  finding 
of  the  lower  court  was  affirmed  only  by  default  of  majority. 
In  1872,  as  a  result,  railroads  were  made  taxable  upon  their 
general  property  for  State  and  local  purposes. 

But  this  decision  did  not  put  an  end  to  all  segregation. 
At  various  times,  and  until  a  second  decision  in  1899,  tele- 
graph, telephone,  express,  and  insurance  companies  were 
made  to  pay  taxes  to  the  State  alone.  In  1899,  however, 
Polk  county  having  resisted  the  exclusive  State  tax  on 
domestic  insurance  companies,  the  Supreme  Court  extended 
the  effect  of  the  decisions  of  1864  and  1874,  and  decided 
that  the  county  as  well  as  the  State  was  entitled  to  tax  such 
companies.  With  the  exclusive  State  taxes  on  domestic 
insurance  companies  there  now  went  down  the  allied  taxes, 
those  on  express,  telegraph,  and  telephone  companies.  Thus 
the  last  and  the  conclusive  blow  was  dealt  to  the  segregation 
of  State  and  local  taxes,  so  far  as  corporations  are  concerned. 
The  spirit  of  the  State  legislation  had  been  toward  the 
separation  of  State  and  local  sources,  to  a  large  extent,  from 
1862  onward.  And  there  is  ample  room  for  the  opinion 
that  the  members  of  the  constitutional  convention,  when 
framing  the  section  of  the  Constitution  that  has  wrought 
such  havoc  in  the  laws,  did  not  intend  the  inhibition  of 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  485 

segregation  that  lias  resulted.  There  is  ground  here  for  a 
strong  argument  that  judicial  interpretation  has  defeated  the 
public  will  and  the  public  interest.  At  the  present  stage  in 
the  development  of  the  science  of  finance,  it  is  hardly  neces- 
sary to  point  out  the  advantages  of  segregation  and  the 
well-nigh  imperative  need  for  it  in  any  justly  constructed 
revenue  system.1  The  arguments  upon  which  it  is  made  to 
rest  are  arguments  of  practical  administrative  expediency. 
Is  more  than  a  hint  needed  to  suggest  to  the  reader's  own 
mind  a  flood  of  reasons  why  the  administration,  hence  poli- 
tics, and  so  the  public  good,  would  be  simplified,  clarified, 
and  potently  subserved,  if  to  each  grade  of  government  a 
distinct  source  of  revenue  were  assigned? 

The  other  steps  in  segregation  need  be  but  briefly  noted 
here.  In  1896  the  collateral  inheritance  tax  law  was  passed, 
the  proceeds  from  which  tax  go  entirely  to  the  State.  The 
tax  on  peddlers,  which  had  been  a  State  tax,  was  transferred 
to  the  counties  in  1897,  though  a  new  tax,  that  on  itinerant 
physicians,  was  reserved  to  the  State.  These  taxes  and  the 
various  miscellaneous  income  from  State  offices,  State  lands, 
etc.,  constitute  the  only  exclusive  State  resources  at  the 
present  time. 

In  the  history  of  taxation  in  Iowa,  the  discussion  of  State 
assessment  follows  naturally  upon  an  examination  of  the 
separation  of  sources  of  income.  For  when  segregation  has 
failed,  recourse  has  been  had  immediately  in  several  impor- 
tant instances  to  State  assessment,  as  though  no  jot  of  the 
central  control  once  gained  were  to  be  sacrificed,  except 


'See  H.  C.  Adams,  The  Science  of  Finance,  pp.  448,  449,  491. 


486  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

under  compulsion.  Neglecting  in  this  place  the  laws  and 
developments  of  lesser  importance,  we  may  consider  for  a 
moment  the  laws  of  1872  and  1900.  When  in  1872  the 
gross  receipts  tax  on  railroads  was  abolished  and  the  tax  on 
property  valuation  substituted,  assessment  and  apportion- 
ment of  such  valuation  upon  a  mileage  basis  by  the  Execu- 
tive Council  was  provided  for.  And  again  in  1900  when 
express  companies,  telegraph,  and  telephone  companies 
were  made  subject  to  taxation  for  State  and  local  purposes 
on  their  property  valuation,  it  was  provided  that  the  assess- 
ment should  be  made  by  the  State  Board  of  Review.  The 
advantages  of  State  assessment  of  properties  extending  over 
more  than  one  taxing  district  are  obvious.  In  the  taxation 
of  railroads,  while  a  consensus  as  to  the  proper  basis  of  tax- 
ation has  hardly  been  reached  in  the  United  States,  opinion 
is  practically  unanimous  that  when  that  basis  is  the  general 
property  the  assessment  must  be  by  the  State.  Iowa,  there- 
fore, in  this  respect,  has  done  no  more  than  keep  step  with 
the  progress  of  the  day. 

Whoever  examines  the  history  of  State  equalization  in 
Iowa  will  be  met  with  several  surprises.  For  one  thing, 
State  equalization  has  a  rather  dim  and  uncertain  beginning. 
Until  1900,  except  in  four  or  five  lonely  instances  so  un- 
usual that  they  leave  one  questioning  whether  they  were  not 
the  fruit  of  some  abnormal  influence,  the  equalization  was 
no  more  than  a  general  county  equalization  of  real  property 
values.  That  is,  there  was  no  equalization  of  urban  realty 
within  a  county  on  a  different  basis,  i.  e.  at  a  different  rate, 
from  the*  farm  values  of  the  county. 

The  law  did  not  provide  for  State  equalization  of  person- 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  487 

alty  values  until  1897.  Even  after  1897  the  State  Board  of 
Eeview  down  to  1902  had  taken  advantage  of  its  new  pow- 
ers in  only  two  years,  1899  and  1900,  and  then  with  respect 
to  live  stock  alone.  The  failure  to  adjust  even  the  live 
stock  values  in  1901  seems  to  threaten,  if  not  a  discontinu- 
ance, at  least  a  broken  continuance,  of  any  equalization 
whatever  of  personalty. 

An  estimate  of  the  general  results  of  equalization  by  the 
State  Board  can  be  merely  an  estimate  of  the  adjustment  of 
general  real  property  values  between  counties.  The  sum 
total  of  these  adjustments,  it  must  be  admitted,  has  been 
much  to  the  advantage  of  the  State.  From  1870  to  1901 
the  reported  values  were  increased  at  every  equalization, 
except  in  1900,  running  in  amount  from  a  sum  under  a 
million  to  over  sixteen  millions.  But  how  many  mistakes 
and  inequalities,  how  much  injustice  and  consequent  harm 
to  the  State,  must  be  hidden  under  those  lapses  in  the  law 
or  the  custom  of  the  State  Board  which  have  left  to  a  chance 
hit,  or  have  wholly  ignored,  personalty  and  the  urban 
element  in  realty. 

The  Kevenue  Commission  of  1892  proposed  a  striking 
change  in  the  State  Board  of  Equalization,  viz. ,  a  partial  re- 
organization by  enlargement  through  the  addition  of  eleven 
persons,  one  from  each  congressional  district,  whose  knowl- 
edge of  values  in  their  several  districts  would,  it  was  be- 
lieved, enable  the  Board  to  approach  more  closely  to  accu- 
rate justice  in  the  adjustment  of  the  burdens  of  taxation.  It 
is  to  be  hoped  that  the  day  will  be  hastened  when  State 
equalization,  by  the  grace  of  a  wise  segregation,  may  be 
dispensed  with.  But  as  long  as  it  continues,  some  such 


488  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

measure  as  that  recommended  by  the  Revenue  Commission 
would  seem  a  very  desirable  thing. 

If  segregation  has  not  been  adopted  by  a  State,  or  has 
been  provided  for  or  enforced  in  such  a  way  that  certainty 
has  not  been  secured  or  responsibility  located  in  the  admin- 
istration of  the  finances,  or  if  State  assessment  or  State 
equalization  has  failed  to  encompass  these  ends,  there  still 
exist  possible  measures  whereby  they  can  be  realized  in  a 
greater  or  less  degree.  The  local  administration  may  be 
brought  to  a  higher  plane  of  efficiency  by  administrative 
control  from  the  center.  This  has  been  a  possible,  but,  ex- 
cept in  the  inheritance  tax,  not  a  practiced  alternative  in  Iowa. 
Much  that  is  worthy  of  reflection  will  be  found  in  the  nega- 
tive history  of  discussion,  of  which  it  is  made  up,  but  noth- 
ing of  actual  experiment.  The  most  striking  fact  in  the 
history  of  this  opinion  apparently  is  that  the  central  control 
of  local  assessments  has  never  been  seriously  considered. 
States  have  often  placed  much  reliance  upon  this  device, 
but  in  Iowa  it  has  been  passed  by.  It  has  been  neglected 
more  than  scorned,  and  it  is  probable  that  under  favorable 
conditions  and  a  winning  presentment  it  might  attract  many 
adherents.  The  paramount  object  of  almost  every  effort  to 
secure  a  better  local  administration  has  been  to  insure  the 
prompt  collection  and  payment  into  the  treasury  of  the 
sums  due  from  the  counties  on  the  general  State  levy.  It 
has  been  believed  by  many  that  the  best  means  to  bring  this 
about  was  to  make  the  counties  absolutely  responsible  for 
the  State  levy.  This  amounted  to  a  proposal  for  a  legis- 
lative and  judicial  control,  and  not  for  the  administrative 
control  above  suggested.  The  second,  and  only  other  im- 


OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS  489 

portant  means,  suggested  with  any  emphasis  or  at  all  con- 
tinuously, for  the  betterment  of  State  and  local  organs  in 
matters  of  finance,  has  been  that  of  a  central  inspection  or 
direction  of  local  accounts,  or  the  two  of  these  instrumental- 
ities combined. 

Thus  we  see  that  there  have  been  certain  broad  tendencies 
at  work  in  Iowa,  powerfully  shaping  the  course  of  the  in- 
come administration.  It  is  to  be  observed  that  the  correla- 
tion of  some  of  these  forces  is  rather  close.  Judicial  decision 
stands  out  as  the  correlating  medium.  Judicial  decision  has 
grievously  arrested  the  course  of  a  healthful  separation  of 
State  and  local  sources  of  revenue,  with  the  attendant  pros- 
pect of  a  simplified  administration  and  a  greater  certainty  in 
taxation.  But  as  judicial  decision  has  destroyed,  it  has  also 
been  the  occasion  for  bringing  to  the  front  forces  which,  to 
a  degree,  have  served  much  the  same  purpose  as  segrega- 
tion. These  forces  are  State  assessment,  and,  indirectly, 
State  equalization  and  the  discussion  of  the  State  control  of 
local  administration. 

CONCLUSIONS 

It  is  impossible  within  the  compass  of  these  pages  to 
attempt  an  analysis  of  the  various  branches  of  the  adminis- 
tration so  minute  as  to  show  just  what  elements  of  each  may 
be  considered  local,  and  what  State,  in  character.  But  a 
few  general  conclusions  may  be  derived.  Not  many  will 
dispute  the  contention  that  public  education,  public  health 
and  safety,  charities  and  corrections,  and  the  income  neces- 
sary to  the  maintenance  of  the  State  services,  are  much 
more  than  local  in  their  character.  They  have  a  local 
element,  no  doubt,  but  their  Commonwealth  significance 


490      •  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

preponderates.  If  this  be  true,  how  eminently  fitting  is  it 
that  in  the  course  of  time  the  State  should  have  been  given 
a  larger  share  in  their  administration.  For  the  description 
of  a  function  of  government  as  a  State  function,  or  a  local 
function,  is  an  assertion  that  it  is  most  successfully  admin- 
istered when  administered  by  the  grade  of  government  in 
which  it  has  been  classified.  Only  a  part  of  the  confusion 
has  been  removed  in  Iowa;  there  are  still  many  treacherous 
spots  in  our  administration  which  make  it  an  easy  prey  to 
politics.  The  cities  are  as  yet  the  victims  of  legislative  ad- 
ministration; their  sphere  of  local  home  rule  has  been  poorly 
defined,  or  defined  not  at  all.1  But  for  what  has  been  done 
the  citizen  should  be  grateful;  and  by  it  he  should  be  en- 
couraged. 

If  this  article  has  suggested  in  the  slightest  measure  the 
delicacy  of  the  problems  of  administration  that  lie  hidden  in 
our  Commonwealth  government,  it  will  have  achieved  its 
purpose.  Delicate  they  are  indeed,  some  of  them  calling 
for  a  refinement  of  legal  and  political  science  which  demands 
all  the  intricacy  of  highly  developed  economic  and  social 
organs,  and  yet  must  cleave  to  the  everlasting  facts  as 
closely  as  may  be.2 

1  See  State  v.  Baker,  89  N.  W.  204.  It  is  remarkable  that  this 
case,  decided  in  February,  1902,  was  the  first  in  which  the  position 
of  the  city  and  its  relation  to  the  State  was  at  all  closely  defined. 
Judge  Deemer,  who  wrote  the  opinion,  was  of  course  strongly  guided 
by  the  precedents  of  the  general  law  of  municipal  corporations.  At 
the  same  time,  one  cannot  escape  the  impression  that  he  was  deeply  in- 
fluenced by  the  writings  of  publicists,  a  thing  that  must  be  applauded 
by  every  one  cognizant  of  their  sterling  contributions  in  this  field  of 
study. 

*  An  instance  illustrative  of  the  delicacy  of  some  of  the  problems 


OF  HISTORY  AKD  POLITICS  491 

Can  we  read  the  signs  of  the  times  and  be  mistaken  in  the 
belief  that  there  is  an  insistent  demand  for  disinterested 
non-political  study  and  work  in  administrative  law.  The 
words  of  Dr.  Andrew  D.  White,  calling  for  endowments 
for  the  study  of  comparative  administration,  are  fresh  in  our 
minds.  At  a  recent  eastern  university  commencement,  at 
which  the  Governor  of  New  York  was  publicly  honored,  no 
words  were  spoken  more  fitting  and  more  timely  than  those 
in  praise  of  his  " thankless"  constructive  labors  in  the  fields 
of  public  finance  and  public  administration.  A  thousand 
doctrines  and  dogmas  have  fallen  by  the  way,  a  thousand 
will  fall — but  who  can  doubt  that  the  law  and  the  privilege 
of  service,  the  religion  of  work,  will  continue  to  increase  in 


of  administrative  law  is  to  be  found  in  the  school  tribunals  of 
America,  or,  more  immediately,  in  those  of  Iowa.  If  it  were  at- 
tempted to  trace  exactly  the  jurisdiction  of  the  county  and  State 
superintendents,  a  very  devious  line  would  result.  In  Iowa  there  is 
a  shadowy  borderland  in  which  both  the  school  courts  and  the  regu- 
lar judicial  tribunals  exercise  jurisdiction,  and  there  is  a  wide  field 
in  which  the  judicial  tribunals  may  supplement,  direct,  or  even  con- 
trol the  school  courts,  through  their  writs  of  mandamus,  certiorari,  or 
injunction. 

The  school  court  is  as  yet  embryonic,  and,  like  all  administrative 
courts  in  this  country  —  saving  always  the  justices  of  the  peace  of 
the  colonial  and  early  State  period — it  is  an  exotic.  But  it  should 
none  the  less  be  carefully  preserved.  It  probably  contains  the  germ 
of  much  that  will  prove  beneficial  in  American  government.  It  will 
develop  slowly,  no  doubt,  but  the  separation  of  justice  from  admin- 
istration in  continental  countries  has  been  only  a  very  gradual  thing. 
As  Gneist  says  of  the  development  in  the  German  states :  *  *  *  Trennung 
der  Verwaltung  von  der  Justiz'  macht  sich  daher  zuerst  im  Polizeirecht 
als  eine  gebieterische  Forderung  des  practischen  Lebens  geltend,  vott- 
zieht  sich  aber  in  den  einezelnen  Territorien  sehr  langsam  und  unter 
zahllosen  Variationen."  Rudolph  Gneist,  Der  Mechtsstaat,  p.  118. 


492  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

the  cubits  of  its  strength.  And,  if  so,  in  what  field,  consid- 
ering our  present  public  needs,  can  it  plead  more  eloquently 

for  followers  than  in  the  field  of  administrative  study a 

field  barren  to  the  outlook,  and,  it  may  be,  discouraging  to 
the  first  research,  but  containing  the  secrets  of  social  organ- 
ization and  the  practical  solutions  of  social  difficulties. 

HAROLD  M.  BOWMAN 

COLUMBIA  UNIVERSITY 
NEW  YORK 


THE  DEVELOPMENT   OF  PARTY  ORGANIZA- 
TION IN  IOWA 

The  importance  of  party  organization  is  but  dimly  recog- 
nized by  the  average  citizen.  The  part  it  plays  in  the  work- 
ing of  our  governmental  system — from  the  school  district 
to  the  national  government  itself — is  not  generally  under- 
stood by  the  great  mass  of  voters  in  whose  loyal  adherence 
it  finds  its  chief  support.  Though  the  fact  of  organization  is 
seen  on  every  hand,  the  motives  which  are  behind  it,  the 
methods  used  by  it,  and  the  results  attained  through  it  are 
not  so  evident.  On  the  contrary,  there  is  a  distinct  lack  of 
appreciation  of  the  real  significance  of  these  great  organiza- 
tions whose  beginnings  date  back  to  our  first  experience  as 
a  nation.  This  unsatisfactory  condition  is  due  partly  to 
actual  ignorance  and  partly  to  the  confusion  which  has 
arisen  from  the  extreme  emphasis  placed  by  many  students 
of  politics  upon  that  portion  of  the  party  organization  which 
has  come  to  be  known  popularly  as  the  " machine."  The 
failure  to  distinguish  properly  between  the  rural  party 
organization  and  that  of  the  city  has  added  to  this  confusion. 
Indeed,  the  question  of  rural  party  organization  has  been 
almost  wholly  neglected,  while  that  of  municipal  party 
organization  has  received  extended  discussion  and  has  been 
taken  as  representative  of  the  organization  throughout  the 
entire  country.  And  this  is  the  real  situation  in  spite  of  the 
fact  that  the  great  majority  of  our  people  are  members  of 
the  rural  organizations. 


494  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

The  study  of  party  organization  in  its  larger  aspects  is  a 
work  of  the  future,  but  it  is  a  work  which  must  be  accom-  ' 
plished  before  any  adequate  understanding  of  our  party 
history  and  our  governmental  theory  can  be  attained.  A 
number  of  points  of  view  will  be  elucidated  in  such  a  study. 
Among  these  are:  (1)  the  party  organization  as  the  agent 
of  the  people  in  the  administration  of  government  in  harmo- 
nizing the  interests  of  the  legislative  and  executive  depart- 
ments; (2)  party  organization  as  a  unifying  force  in  the  life 
of  the  people;  (3)  the  psychology  of  party  organization;  (4) 
the  significance  of  party  discipline;  (5)  the  influence  of  party 
organization  upon  the  social,  educational,  and  even  religious 
life  of  the  people;  (6)  the  immense  power  wielded  by  the 
organization  through  the  control  of  party  nominations.  In 
addition  to  these  are  the  well  worn  questions  of  the  spoils 
system,  the  corrupt  use  of  money,  and  the  use  of  the  party 
machinery  to  promote  the  selfish  interests  of  the  party  man- 
agers. In  all  these  different  phases  the  subject  of  party 
organization  offers  opportunities  for  investigations  which 
will,  no  doubt,  be  valuable  contributions  to  our  stock  of 
knowledge  and  throw  additional  light  upon  our  local  and 
national  history. 

The  following  brief  account  of  the  beginnings  of  the  party 
organizations  in  Iowa  is  not  an  attempt  to  discuss  the  subject 
in  the  manner  suggested  above,  but  is  simply  the  founda- 
tion for  a  future  study  in  which  the  elaboration  of  these 
points  of  view  may  be  undertaken.  For  the  present,  it  is 
the  purpose  to  trace  the  development  of  party  machinery  in 
Iowa  from  its  beginning  to  its  present  perfect  state.  The 
result  will  be  the  outline  of  the  mechanism  of  our  political 


OF   HISTORY  AND   POLITICS  495 

parties;  their  motives  and  methods  are  reserved  for  future 
consideration. 

There  are  two  kinds  of  party  organization,  the  distinction 
between  which  should  be  made  at  the  outset.  There  is 
what  may  be  called  the  " paper"  organization,  which  may 
be  easily  effected;  and  there  is  what  may  be  called  the 
" institutional"  organization,  which  has  its  roots  deep  in  the 
minds  of  its  members  and  which  requires  years  for  its  devel- 
opment. The  former  is  best  illustrated  by  the  organiza- 
tions of  the  minor  parties.  A  State  central  committee  com- 
posed of  one  member  from  each  congressional  district  is 
appointed;  a  congressional  committee  composed  of  one  rep- 
resentative from  each  county  is  chosen  for  each  congressional 
district;  a  similarly  constituted  committee  is  selected  for 
each  judicial  district;  and  in  each  county  a  committee  is 
organized  which  is  composed  of  representatives  from  all  the 
townships  in  the  county.  The  mechanism  is  complete,  but 
in  spite  of  its  completeness  is  ineffectual  because  it  is  artifi- 
cial in  its  nature  and  does  not  exist  in  response  to  the  de- 
mands of  any  considerable  part  of  the  people.  It  exists  for 
the  most  part  in  the  minds  of  the  few  men  who  are  its  pro- 
moters and  managers.  It  is  not  a  great  organic  party, 
although  it  manifests  all  the  outward  signs  of  an  organic 
party.  As  a  matter  of  fact  it  is  far  from  possessing  this 
complete  machinery — a  condition  which  only  emphasizes 
the  radical  difference  between  this  imperfect  organization 
and  that  which  is  genuinely  institutional  in  its  character. 

This  latter  type  is  illustrated  by  either  of  the  great  par- 
ties, but  especially  by  the  Democratic  party  which  has  be- 
hind it  a  century  of  unbroken  tradition.  Its  outward 


496  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

appearance  is  the  same  as  that  of  the  minor  party;  its  form 
of  organization  is  the  same;  and  its  methods  are  the  same. 
But  it  differs  from  the  minor  party  as  the  sound  nut  differs 
from  the  empty  shell;  and  it  differs  in  precisely  the  same 
manner.  The  one  is  a  complete  organization  with  that  inner 
vital  life  which  makes  it  the  organic  party  that  it  is;  the 
other  is  the  mere  outward  form — the  empty  shell.  The 
difference  is  a  psychological  one.  Men  are  born  into  the 
Democratic  party  and  instinctively  become  an  inherent  part 
of  this  great  mechanism.  They  unconsciously  acquire  the 
habit  of  Democracy,  as  it  were,  and  act  with  that  party  as 
naturally  as  they  adjust  themselves  to  the  social  world  of 
which  they  are  a  part.  It  is  this  institutional  organization 
which  has  made  our  great  parties  live  from  decade  to  decade, 
and  has  given  them  the  mighty  power  that  is  theirs.  It  is 
this  type  of  organization  which  offers  to  the  student  of  poli- 
tics a  rich  field  for  research  and  study.  An  appreciation  of 
this  point  of  view  is  essential  to  a  correct  understanding 
of  party  organization  in  Iowa. 

The  first  settlements  in  the  State  were  made  at  a  time 
when  Andrew  Jackson  was  at  the  height  of  his  power. 
Party  discipline  had  been  made  effective.  The  spoils  system 
had  but  recently  been  introduced,  and  the  efficiency  of  thor- 
ough organization  been  made  manifest.  The  early  settlers 
of  the  Black  Hawk  Purchase,  which  was  then  a  part  of  the 
Territory  of  Michigan,  were  largely  from  the  southern 
States  where  party  feeling  ran  high  and  party  lines  were 
rigidly  drawn.  The  instinct  for  politics  was  in  them.  The 
training  for  party  management  was  theirs.  Naturally  one 
of  the  first  suggestions  that  came  to  them  after  their  emigra- 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  497 

tion  to  the  country  west  of  the  Mississippi  was  their  organ- 
ization as  a  part  of  the  great  national  parties  to  which  they 
belonged.  By  this  means  better  than  any  other  could  their 
interest  in  national  politics  be  maintained  and  the  local 
interests  of  their  new  home  promoted.  But  their  first 
efforts  at  organization  were  not  only  the  result  of  a  desire 
to  serve  the  public  good;  they  were  a  necessity.  The  germ 
of  party  organization  was  in  them,  and  it  could  no  more 
help  springing  into  life  than  can  the  bud  into  bloom.  Even 
though  the  organization  at  first  was  very  incomplete  and  far 
less  efficient  than  it  has  since  become,  yet  it  satisfied  the  in- 
stinctive desire  of  the  Iowa  pioneers  for  party  association. 
They  were  unable,  and  indeed  had  no  inclination,  to  dis- 
card their  party  prejudices  and  antipathies,  and  this  early 
organization  was  a  natural  outgrowth  of  their  strong  party 
convictions.  In  other  words  the  consciousness  of  member- 
ship in  the  two  great  parties  was  brought  to  Iowa  by  the 
first  settlers,  and  the  local  organizations  began  at  once  to 
develop  along  the  lines  followed  in  the  States  from  which 
they  came.  The  fact  that  the  population  was  very  small 
and  that  the  influence  of  the  Territory  upon  the  current 
political  opinion  was  quite  imperceptible,  was  either  un- 
thought  of  or  ignored.  The  first  opportunity  to  draw  party 
lines,  and  by  so  doing  to  furnish  the  necessity  for  local 
organization,  was  seized  with  avidity,  and  used  in  as  effective 
a  manner  as  the  territorial  conditions  would  permit. 

This  opportunity  came  in  the  year  1836  just  after  the 
creation  by  Congress  of  the  Territory  of  Wisconsin,  in 
which  the  Iowa  District  was  included.  The  occasion  was 
the  election  of  the  first  territorial  legislature  in  which  the 


498  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

Iowa  District  was  represented  by  eighteen  members  in  the 
House  of  Representatives  and  nine  members  in  the  Council.1 
At  once  after  the  organization  of  the  Territory  and  even 
before  the  apportionment  of  the  representation  to  the  differ- 
ent counties  by  Governor  Henry  Dodge,  candidates  began 
to  announce  themselves  and  to  make  appeals  to  the  voters 
for  their  support.  The  only  records  we  have  of  this  first 
campaign  are  found  in  the  files  of  the  Du  Buque  Visitor, 
the  first  newspaper  published  within  the  limits  of  the  Iowa 
District.2  The  first  reference  to  the  pending  campaign  is 
found  in  the  issue  of  August  10,  1836,  in  which  the  follow- 
ing announcements  appear.  These  may  be  taken  as  typical 
of  the  statements  made  by  the  candidates  and  their  friends 
in  announcing  their  candidacies. 

Messrs.  Editors: — You  will  please  to  insert  in  your  paper,  that  I 
intend  offering  myself  as  a  candidate  for  Constable  for  this  county  at 

the  ensuing  election. 

Yours  respectfully, 
Durango,  5th  July,  1836.  C.  KELLER. 

Whether  Mr.  Quigley  or  his  friends  were  responsible  for 
the  second  announcement  is  veiled  in  mystery. 

If  Patrick  Quigley,  Esq.  will  consent  to  become  a  candidate  for 
the  Council  at  the  ensuing  election,  he  will  be  supported  by 
Du  Buque,  Aug.  10,  1836.  MANY  VOTERS. 

The  first  suggestion  as  to  the  need  of  concerted  action  in 


1  Of  this  number  Des  Moines  County  was  entitled  to  7  representa- 
tives and  3  councilmen;  Iowa  County  to  6  representatives  and  3 
councilmen;  and  Dubuque  County  to  5  representatives  and  3  coun- 
cilmen. 

8  Published  May  11,  1836,  to  June  16,  1838.  On  file  in  the  library 
of  the  Historical  Department  of  Iowa,  Des  Moines. 


OF   HISTORY  AND  POLITICS  499 

the  nomination  of  candidates  is  in  a  communication  from  a 
citizen  who  signed  himself  " Voter,"  which  appeared  in  the 
issue  of  the  Du  Buque  Visitor  of  August  17,  1836.  He 
suggested  that  in  order  to  have  every  part  of  the  county 
represented  in  the  legislature,  a  convention  of  the  citizens 
of  the  county  should  be  held  at  Dubuque  or  some  other 
suitable  point,  for  the  purpose  of  nominating  candidates. 
This  convention,  he  thought,  would  give  the  people  an  op- 
portunity to  become  acquainted  with  one  another  and  with 
their  candidates,  insure  equal  representation  to  the  different 
parts  of  the  county,  and  guarantee  the  capability  of  the  men 
nominated.  This  communication  brought  forth  a  protest  in 
the  issue  of  the  following  week,  in  which  it  was  claimed 
that  the  candidates  had  the  right  to  announce  themselves  in 
any  civil  manner  they  may  choose.  A  week  later  a  second 
protest  against  the  plan  of  calling  a  caucus  appeared.  This 
came  from  a  candidate,  who  closes  his  protest  with  this  elo- 
quent defense  of  the  people's  character.  "This  people,  this 
enlightened  people  revolt  at  the  idea  of  relinquishing  their 
free  right  of  suffrage  into  the  hands  of  a  few  self-important 
individuals."  Two  weeks  later,  in  the  issue  of  September 
14,  " Voter,"  the  originator  of  this  discussion,  replied  to  his 
critics  and  argued  strongly  for  the  county  convention.  He 
takes  pains,  however,  to  state  his  opposition  to  the  "secret 
caucus  system."  The  following  week  another  citizen,  sign- 
ing himself  "A  Miner,"  answered  the  criticisms  of  those 
opposed  to  the  convention  and  announced  a  meeting  to  be 
held  on  Saturday,  October  1,  for  the  purpose  of  nominating 
a  candidate  for  delegate  to  Congress  and  candidates  for  the 
territorial  legislature.  It  was  expected  that  those  who  were 


500  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

striving  for  the  nominations  would  be  present  and  address 
the  convention. 

Thus  far  the  discussion  had  been  carried  on  by  men  of 
both  parties,  and  the  effort  to  secure  a  convention  to  nom- 
inate candidates  acceptable  to  all  the  people  was  an  attempt 
to  promote  a  non-partisan  election.  It  is  fair  to  suppose, 
and  later  developments  seem  to  substantiate  the  claim,  that 
the  Whigs,  who  were  greatly  in  the  minority,  were  largely 
responsible  for  this  non-partisan  plan.  But  the  Democrats, 
much  stronger  in  numbers  than  the  Whigs,  could  not  endure 
the  thought  of  seeing  men  of  opposite  political  faith  fill- 
ing offices  which  they  themselves  had  power  to  control. 
The  instinctive  feeling  of  opposition  to  anyone  and  anything 
not  in  sympathy  with  the  time-honored  Democracy,  came  at 
once  into  play.  Democrats  were  of  one  accord.  All  de- 
sired to  see  their  party  supreme  in  the  new  Territory.  But 
this  desire  to  control  the  acts  of  the  legislature,  and  through 
them  the  destiny  of  the  Territory,  was  due  no  more  to  their 
belief  that  their  party  could  best  serve  the  interests  of  the 
Territory  than  to  their  inborn  wish  to  present  an  unconquer- 
able opposition  to  their  political  opponents.  Devotion  to 
their  party  led  them  to  look  upon  this  first  campaign  as  a 
propitious  one  in  which  to  effect  a  local  organization.  Ac- 
cordingly, the  following  call  for  a  convention,  which  illus- 
trates in  an  excellent  manner  the  institutional  type  of  party 
organization,  appeared  in  The  Du  Buque  Visitor  of  Sep- 
tember 21,  1836 — the  issue  which  contained  also  the  call 
mentioned  in  the  preceding  paragraph. 


OF   HISTORY  AND   POLITICS  501 

A    CALL. 

To  the  Democrats  of  Du  Buque  County. 

An  important  election  is  about  to  be  held  for  the  choice  of  Coun- 
cilmen  and  Representatives  in  the  Legislative  Assembly  of  this  new 
Territory.  At  such  an  important  epoch  as  the  first  election  for  legis- 
lative officers  for  this  vast  scope  of  country,  it  is  not  proper  that  the 
Democracy  of  this  county  should  stand  idle.  The  price  of  liberty  is 
eternal  vigilance.  The  character  of  the  first  Legislative  Assembly 
will  have  an  important  bearing  upon  the  future  political  prospects  of 
the  States  that  will  be  formed  from  this  Territory.  The  enemies  of 
the  people  are  always  upon  the  alert.  They  are  always  ready  and 
anxious  to  plant  their  noxious  principles  wherever  they  will  take  root. 
Let  not  the  Democracy  of  the  county  be  stigmatized  as  too  dull  to 
apprehend  their  rights,  or  too  indolent  to  maintain  them.  But,  fel- 
low-citizens, be  not  deceived  by  hollowhearted  professions  of  friend- 
ship. We  have  been  told  that  all  who  cry  Father !  Father  !  shall  not 
enter  the  Kingdom  of  Heaven;  neither  shall  all  those  who  cry  "  De- 
mocracy" and  "the  people"  be  considered  as  genuine  disciples  of  Jef- 
ferson and  Jackson.  There  are  those  who,  to  effect  a  temporary 
object,  may  seem  to  adopt  our  principles,  although  they  are  at  vari- 
ance with  their  past  conduct.  Trust  them  not;  they  have  clothed 
themselves  with  the  lion's  skin,  but  elect  them  to  office  and  they  will 
show  by  their  braying  what  they  are.  You  hear  a  great  deal  said, 
fellow-citizens,  about  "no-party," — that  the  citizens  of  this  Territory 
have  nothing  to  say  in  politics,  and  that  the  question  should  not  be 
raised  at  the  coming  election.  These  are  but  the  arts  and  snares  and 
stratagems  of  a  wily  enemy.  Examine  the  list  of  candidates  offered. 
How  many  of  them  do  you  recognize  as  your  political  friends,  who 
stood  by  President  Jackson  in  "days  of  panic,"  and  whose  good 
wishes  now  are  for  the  success  of  the  Democratic  candidates,  Van 
Buren  and  Johnson?  Depend  upon  it,  those  who  are  not  for  us  are 
against  us.  "No  party  men"  and  "fence  men"  are  always  against 
the  Democratic  party — and  we  had  better  have  an  open  enemy  than 
a  pretended  friend. 


502  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

It  is  well  known  that  a  large  majority  of  the  citizens  of  this  county 
are  democrats,  friends  of  Jackson  and  Van  Buren,  and  it  is  highly 
important  that  this  majority  should  have  something  to  say  in  the 
choice  of  public  officers.  They  can  only  effect  their  object  by  union 
and  concert  of  action  among  themselves.  In  union  there  is  strength 
and  victory.  But  if  we  permit  our  enemies  to  retain  the  vantage 
ground  which  they  have  assumed — if  we  suffer  our  strength  to  be 
frittered  away  by  casting  our  votes  in  the  dark  for  candidates  with 
whose  principles  we  are  unacquainted  and  without  any  understand- 
ing amongst  ourselves,  we  shall  ensure  the  election  of  a  majority  of 
our  political  opponents.  For  the  purpose,  therefore,  of  ensuring 
concert  and  union  among  themselves,  the  Democratic  Republicans  of 
Du  Buque  County  are  invited  to  meet  at  the  cabin  of  Mr.  Miller  at 
the  mouth  of  Bee  Branch  on  Cooley,  near  Samuel  Hulitt's,  on  the 
26th  day  of  Sept.  (inst)  at  10  o'clock  A.  M.  for  the  purpose  of  tak- 
ing the  necessary  steps  preparatory  to  the  next  general  election  in 
this  Territory. 

Sept.  19,  1836.  MANY  DEMOCRATS. 

The  convention  was  held  in  accordance  with  this  remark- 
able call,  and  in  the  next  week's  paper  appeared  an  account 
of  the  proceedings.  The  chairman  of  the  convention  was 
W.  W.  Chapman,  who  was  afterwards  the  first  delegate  to 
Congress  from  the  Territory  of  Iowa.1  A  committee  of 
eleven  was  appointed  to  select  the  candidates  for  the  ensu- 
ing election,  and  a  committee  of  five  to  draw  up  resolutions 
and  an  address  to  the  people.  Col.  George  W.  Jones  was 
nominated  for  the  office  of  delegate  to  Congress,  three  of 
the  leading  citizens  of  Dubuque  for  the  Council,  and  four 
for  the  House  of  Representatives.2  One  vacancy  in  the  list 

JThe  Territory  of  Iowa  was  organized  July  3,  1838. 

8  The  candidates  nominated  for  the  Council  were  Stephen  Lang- 
worthy,  John  Foley,  Thomas  McCraney.  Those  nominated  for  the 
House,  H.  T.  Camp,  P.  H.  Engle,  Hardin  Nowlin,  Patrick  Quigley. 


OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS  503 

of  candidates  for  the  House  was  left  to  be  filled  by  the 
Democrats  from  the  lower  end  of  the  county,  who  were  not 
represented  in  the  convention.  The  report  of  the  committee 
on  resolutions  expressed  great  confidence  in  General  Jackson 
and  his  administration;  considered  the  election  of  Van  Buren 
and  Johnson  as  necessary  to  the  country's  prosperity; 
deemed  it  necessary  that  the  laws  of  the  Territory  should 
be  democratic  in  their  features;  condemned  the  acts  of  their 
political  opponents;  and  required  the  candidates  of  the  con- 
vention to  pledge  in  writing  (the  pledges  to  be  published 
as  well)  to  do  all  in  their  power  to  secure  the  seat  of  the  ter- 
ritorial government  for  Dubuque. 

Two  of  the  candidates1  nominated  at  once  prepared  and 
had  published  long  communications  in  which  they  accepted 
the  nominations,  stating  how  unworthy  they  would  be  if 
they  refused  to  respond  to  the  wishes  of  the  people,  and 
giving  their  personal  views  upon  both  local  and  national 
questions. 

In  this  same  issue  of  the  Visitor,  that  of  September  28, 
1836,  appeared  a  call,  signed  by  "Many  Voters,"  in  which 
the  miners  and  citizens  of  Dubuque  County  generally,  who 
were  opposed  to  caucus  dictation,  were  invited  to  meet  at 
the  Methodist  church  in  Dubuque  on  Saturday,  September 
31,  for  the  purpose  of  making  arrangements  for  the  coming 
election.  It  was  expected  that  the  candidates  for  the  legis- 
lature would  be  present  and  again  address  the  people. 

When  the  day  of  the  election  arrived  there  were  seven 
active  candidates  for  the  three  positions  on  the  Council,  and 
seventeen  candidates  for  the  five  places  in  the  House  of 

*P.  H.  Engle  and  Stephen  Langworthy. 


504  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

Representatives.  The  Democrats  succeeded  in  electing  two 
of  the  three  candidates  for  the  Council  and  all  four  of  the 
candidates  nominated  for  the  House.1  Although  no  records 
could  be  found  to  give  the  facts,  it  is  probable  that  the 
manner  of  conducting  the  campaign  and  the  election  in  Des 
Moines  and  Iowa  counties  was  similar  to  that  used  in 
Dubuque.  As  compared  with  the  thoroughly  organized 
campaigns  of  the  present  day,  it  was  most  simple  and  inef- 
fective. The  campaign  was  almost  entirely  a  personal  one 
in  which  the  candidates  themselves  took  the  largest  part. 
In  fact,  the  work  of  the  candidates  was  practically  all  that 
was  done  to  promote  the  interests  of  the  opposing  parties. 
There  were  no  central  committees  to  direct  the  campaign 
and  to  effect  an  organization  of  the  party  workers  for  a 
thorough  canvass  in  the  different  counties.  Several  years 
were  to  pass  by  before  this  feature  of  the  modern  party 
organization  was  to  be  adopted. 

The  death,  in  the  spring  of  1837,  of  one2  of  the  men 
elected  to  the  House  of  Representatives,  caused  a  vacancy 
which  was  filled  at  a  special  election  held  July  10,  1837. 
The  methods  of  nominating  the  candidates  and  conducting 
the  campaign  were  similar  to  those  already  described.  Some 
of  the  candidates  announced  themselves;  others  were  brought 
forward  by  admiring  friends.  Some  were  nominated  in 


1  The  number  of  votes  polled  in  the  town  of  Dubuque  was  621, 
while  the  vote  of  the  whole  county  exceeded  1000.  Not  all  the  votes, 
however,  in  the  southern  part  of  the  county  were  polled.  It  is  pos- 
sible that  an  earlier  election  may  have  been  held  while  Iowa  was 
still  a  part  of  Michigan  Territory,  although  no  records  to  this  effect 
were  discovered. 

8  H.  T.  Camp. 


OF    HISTORY  AND  POLITICS  505 

mass  conventions  in  different  sections  of  the  county;  others 
came  before  the  people  without  this  formality  and  without 
the  prestige  which  accompanied  a  convention  nomination. 
All  the  candidates  made  use  of  the  columns  of  the  news- 
paper to  communicate  with  the  voters.  Each  one  used 
whatever  methods  he  deemed  most  effectual.  A  campaign 
more  picturesque  than  that  conducted  by  the  modern 
smoothly  and  silently  working  machine,  was  the  inevitable 
result.  Men  were  just  as  eager  for  office  then  as  now;  just 
as  willing  to  sacrifice  themselves  to  the  call  of  public  duty; 
but  the  science  of  political  management  had  not  then  been 
developed  to  its  present  state  of  perfection. 

In  1838  the  territorial  government  of  Iowa  was  estab- 
lished and  an  election  of  a  territorial  legislature  was  called 
for  September  10th.  At  once  party  politics  took  on  a  more 
aggressive  appearance,  although  party  lines  were  not  gener- 
ally observed  in  the  first  and  second  elections — those  of 
1838  and  1839.  In  these  first  elections  members  of  the 
legislature  and  delegates  to  Congress  were  the  only  officers 
chosen,  and  the  Territory  being  so  new,  questions  of  purely 
local  interest  prevented  the  division  of  the  voters  upon 
strictly  party  lines.  But  in  1840  the  whole  situation  was 
changed.  Political  enthusiasm  ran  high.  The  spirit  of  the 
great  presidential  campaign  in  the  States  pervaded  the 
whole  Tenitory. 

During  the  two  or  three  years  preceding  the  campaign  of 
1840,  large  numbers  of  new  settlers  had  come  to  Iowa, 
bringing  with  them  strong  party  convictions  and  an  enthu- 
siasm greatly  excited  by  the  coming  presidential  election. 
Iowa  could  have  no  part  in  that  election,  but  that  was  no 


506  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

reason  why  the  followers  of  Harrison  and  Van  Buren  should 
be  idle.  The  hereditary  party  feeling  was  too  strong  to 
permit  of  an  inactive  campaign.  The  result  was  that  for 
the  most  part  the  legislature  was  elected  by  a  party  vote, 
the  Democrats  securing  a  small  majority  in  both  houses.  In 
some  of  the  eighteen  counties  which  existed  then,  the  county 
seat  question  and  other  considerations  of  a  local  nature  pre- 
vented this  strict  party  division.  The  Whigs  seem  to  have 
lost  more  than  the  Democrats  by  defections  of  this  kind. 
But  even  in  these  counties  the  minority  party  was  so  ag- 
gressive that  it  was  necessary  to  look  after  the  interests  of 
the  majority  with  the  utmost  care.  This  intensity  of  party 
feeling  was  strengthened  by  the  efforts  of  the  Democrats 
during  the  summer  of  1840  to  effect  an  organization  of  the 
Democratic  supporters  throughout  the  Territory.  Many 
Democrats  were  opposed  to  this  movement,  but  the  pro- 
moters of  the  plan  arranged  for  a  territorial  convention, 
which  met  at  Bloomington  (Muscatine)  August  19,  and 
nominated  General  A.  C.  Dodge  for  the  office  of  delegate  to 
Congress.  The  convention  was  not  a  large  one,  and  was 
gotten  up  in  a  very  informal  manner.  It  was,  however,  the 
first  attempt  at  party  organization  for  the  whole  Territory, 
and  as  such  is  of  peculiar  interest  to  the  student  of  this 
period.  The  editor  of  the  Territorial  Gazette  and  Adver- 
tiser,1 published  at  Burlington,  referred  to  the  nomination 
of  General  Dodge  in  1840  in  these  words: 

The  nomination  of  General  Dodge  by  the  democracy  was  the  first 
step  that  had  ever  been  publicly  taken  in  the  Territory  towards  a 

1  Editorial  in  issue  of  June  26,  1841.    File  of  Territorial  Gazette  and 
Advertiser  at  the  library  of  the  Historical  Department,  Des  Moines. 


OF   HISTORY  AND  POLITICS  507 

distinct  party  organization.  A  very  respectable  minority  resisted 
the  drawing  of  party  lines  as  impolitic  and  out  of  time;  and  although 
the  majority  of  such  in  the  end  fell  in  with  and  supported  the  nom- 
ination, it  is  well  known  that  there  are  some  who  refused  to  do  so. 

During  the  closing  days  of  the  campaign  the  Democratic 
leaders  urged  on  the  work  of  organization.  As  it  became 
more  and  more  evident  that  the  Whig  nominees  on  the 
national  ticket  would  be  elected,  the  zeal  of  the  Democrats 
became  more  intense,  with  the  result  that  they  saved  the 
day  and  elected  General  Dodge  by  a  small  majority. 

When  the  legislature  met  in  the  fall  both  houses  were 
organized  on  party  lines,  with  the  Democrats  in  control — a 
circumstance  which  tended  to  increase  the  already  intense 
party  feeling  and  gave  a  marked  impetus  to  the  work  of 
organization.  The  actual  control  of  the  legislature  gave 
the  Democrats  a  knowledge  of  their  strength;  the  fact 
that  the  Democratic  majority  in  each  house  was  very  small 
made  the  Whigs  see  the  possibilities  that  lay  behind  an 
effective  party  organization.  The  result  was  a  greater 
activity  among  the  rank  and  file  of  both  parties,  and  a  closer 
feeling  of  kinship  among  the  party  leaders  in  the  legislature. 
It  is  a  significant  fact  that  the  division  of  the  parties  in  the 
legislature  was  due  largely  to  a  question  of  patronage.  The 
question  whether  the  legislative  printing  should  be  given  to 
the  Hawkeye  or  to  the  Gazette — the  official  organs  of  the 
Whig  and  Democratic  parties  respectively — was  the  cause 
of  this  division  and  was  a  bone  of  contention  during  the 
entire  session. 

The  failure  of  several  Democratic  legislators,  who  were 
elected  by  the  aid  of  the  Whigs,  to  abide  by  their  ante-elec- 


508  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

tion  promises  that  they  would  oppose  the  organization  of 
the  legislature  upon  party  lines,  gave  great  encouragement 
to  the  work  of  organization  among  the  Whigs.  The  Burling- 
ton Hawkeye  and  Patriot,  edited  by  James  G.  Edwards,  a 
stalwart  Whig,  did  valiant  service  for  the  party  in  its  advo- 
cacy of  concerted  action.  In  the  issue  of  November  12, 
the  editor  "  trusts  that  all  the  Whigs  in  this  territory  will 
have  an  eye  upon  a  thorough  organization  of  the  Harrison 
party  before  winter  closes."  Three  weeks  later  there  ap- 
peared an  editorial  on  Organization  in  which  it  was  urged 
that  the  Whigs  should  follow  the  Democrats  in  effecting  an 
organization  of  the  party  throughout  the  territory.  It  was 
suggested  that  if  a  general  meeting  of  the  Whigs  could  not 
be  held  in  some  suitable  place,  steps  should  be  taken  at 
once  to  insure  active  and  harmonious  efforts  in  the  interest 
of  the  party  in  the  different  counties.  It  was  proposed  that 
a  general  jubilee  to  celebrate  the  election  of  General  Har- 
rison to  the  presidency  might  be  held  at  Burlington  while 
the  legislature  was  still  in  session,  and  that  the  plans  for 
the  organization  of  the  party  might  then  be  adopted.  But 
if  this  was  inconvenient,  a  "  Territorial  Corresponding  Com- 
mittee" should  be  appointed  who  should  correspond  with 
such  persons  in  each  county  as  were  recommended  by  the 
Whig  members  of  the  Legislature.  These  men  should  be 
instructed  to  call  county  meetings  where  the  issues  between 
Harrison  and  Van  Buren  should  be  discussed.  In  this  way 
the  Whigs  could  be  united  and  victory  assured. 

Four  weeks  later,  December  31,  there  appeared  a  call, 
signed  by  William  B.  Ewing  and  Henry  W.  Starr,  for  a 
meeting  of  the  friends  of  William  Henry  Harrison  through- 


OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS  509 

out  the  Territory  to  be  held  at  Burlington,  January  6,  1841. 
Although  the  time  for  circulating  the  notice  of  the  meeting 
was  very  short,  a  goodly  number  of  prominent  Whigs  from 
different  parts  of  the  Territory  assembled  at  the  appointed 
time.  The  meeting  was  held  in  the  Methodist  church  and 
was  presided  over  by  E.  P.  Lowe  of  Bloomington.  After 
a  committee  had  been  authorized  to  draw  up  a  congratula- 
tory address  to  General  Harrison,  resolutions  to  the  follow- 
ing effect  were  adopted: — That  the  meeting  should  proceed 
to  the  organization  of  the  Democratic  Whig  party,  for  the 
Territory  of  Iowa,  with  a  view  to  produce  a  union  and  con- 
cert of  action  in  regard  to  its  interests  and  duties;  that  a 
central  committee1  to  consist  of  five  members  from  Des 
Moines  county  and  one  member  from  each  of  the  remaining 
counties  should  be  appointed;  and  that  the  meeting  should 
recommend  to  the  Whig  voters  in  the  several  counties  that 
they  organize  and  appoint  county  committees  and  unite 
their  influence  with  that  of  their  fellow -citizens  in  an  en- 
deavor to  produce  a  harmony  of  feeling  and  a  zealous  coop- 
eration in  every  honorable  effort  to  ensure  success  to  the 
Democratic  Whigs  of  Iowa  in  their  future  proceedings.  In 


1  The  central  committe  chosen  in  accordance  with  these  resolutions 
was  composed  of  the  following  persons:  Henry  W.  Starr,  J.  P. 
Bradstreet,  James  G.  Edwards,  J.  D.  Learned,  W.  B.  Ewing,  all 
from  Des  Moines  county;  Stephen  Whicher,  Jr.  of  Muscatine;  G.  C. 
R.  Mitchell  of  Scott;  Hamilton  Robb  of  Henry;  Horace  Smith  of 
Johnson;  Daniel  F.  Miller  of  Lee;  George  H.  Walworth  of  Jones; 
Isaac  N.  Lewis  of  Van  Buren;  Francis  Springer  of  Louisa;  James 
Crawford  of  Dubuque;  Robert  C.  Bourne  of  Clinton;  J.  K.  Moss  of 
Jackson;  Dr.  J.  S.  Waugh  of  Jefferson;  A.  Cowles  of  Linn;  S.  P. 
Higginson  of  Cedar;  Lemuel  G.  Collins  of  Washington;  Quigley, 
P.  M.  of  Clayton. 


510  THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 

a  second  resolution  it  was  voted  to  recommend  the  holding 
of  a  convention  at  Davenport  on  May  5,  for  the  purpose  of 
nominating  a  candidate  for  delegate  to  Congress,  and  to 
instruct  the  central  and  county  committees  to  report  at  that 
time  the  progress  that  may  have  been  made  in  organizing 
the  party  throughout  the  Territory.  It  was  also  voted  that 
the  Central  Committee  should  instruct  the  county  com- 
mittees, and  through  them  the  people,  to  hold  primary 
meetings  at  which  delegates  to  the  Davenport  convention 
should  be  chosen.  The  representation  in  this  convention 
was  twice  as  many  delegates  for  each  electoral  district,  of 
which  there  were  ten,  as  it  had  representatives  in  the  legis- 
lature. 

At  once  the  Whigs  began  the  work  of  organization 
throughout  the  Territory.  The  same  form  of  organization 
was  adopted  in  all  the  counties  by  the  conventions  called  for 
that  purpose.  The  proceedings  in  Louisa  county  were  typ- 
ical of  those  in  all  the  counties.  Here  a  mass  convention 
was  held  January  6,  1841,  for  the  purpose  of  selecting  dele- 
gates to  the  territorial  convention,  of  choosing  a  County 
Central  Committee,  and  of  perfecting  plans  for  the  local 
organization.  A  committee  was  appointed  to  submit  a  list 
of  delegates  to  the  convention  and  a  list  of  persons  to  con- 
stitute the  county  committee.  This  committee  was  made 
up  of  one  person  from  each  township.  Resolutions  were 
adopted  to  the  effect  that,  as  vigilance  and  a  perfect  organ- 
ization are  the  only  means  of  preserving  and  perpetuating 
the  principles  of  democracy,  it  should  be  recommended 
to  the  Whigs  of  each  township  to  organize  immediately 
by  the  formation  of  township  committees  of  vigilance, 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  51 1 

and  by  the  adoption  of  such  other  measures  as  might  be 
deemed  expedient.  The  members  of  the  County  Committee 
were  authorized  to  call  meetings  in  their  respective  town- 
ships for  these  purposes.  The  County  Committee  was  also 
authorized  to  call  a  convention  at  which  candidates  for  all 
the  county  offices  should  be  nominated.  The  resolutions 
also  advocated  thorough  organization  throughout  the  Ter- 
ritory and  pledged  the  support  of  Louisa  County  to  the 
candidate  of  the  Davenport  convention.  Particular  emphasis 
was  laid  upon  the  necessity  of  supporting  the  party  ticket. 
It  was  the  claim  of  the  Whigs  that  they  had  the  numerical 
strength  to  carry  the  Territory,  and  this  could  easily  be 
done  if  all  would  unite  upon  a  candidate  and  support  him  at 
the  polls.  The  result  was  that  in  all  these  first  county  con- 
ventions the  members  pledged  themselves  to  support  the 
convention  nominees  and  to  discourage  the  running  of  inde- 
pendent candidates.  Township  meetings  were  held  as  rec- 
ommended, vigilance  committees  appointed,  and  plans 
adopted  for  an  effective  campaign. 

Similar  plans  were  adopted  in  the  other  counties,  and  by 
the  time  of  the  Davenport  convention  the  Whigs  of  the 
Territory  had  been  pretty  thoroughly  aroused.  The  con- 
vention assembled  May  5.  All  of  the  counties  were  repre- 
sented except  Dubuque  and  Clayton.  The  delegates  from 
these  counties  were  unable  to  attend  because  of  the  bad  con- 
dition of  the  roads,  resulting  from  heavy  rains.  The  object 
of  the  convention  was  to  nominate  a  candidate  for  delegate 
to  Congress.  After  a  brief  and  friendly  contest  Alfred 
Rich  of  Lee  County  was  made  the  nominee.  The  Central 
Committee,  appointed  at  Burlington,  was  instructed  to 


512  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

report  to  the  people  an  address  suitable  to  the  approaching 
election.  It  was  recommended  to  the  counties  that  they 
hold  conventions  for  the  purpose  of  nominating  full  Demo- 
cratic Whig  tickets  for  the  legislature  and  county  offices, 
and  that  they  discountenance  the  claims  of  all  who  would 
not  submit  to  such  arrangements.  As  an  incentive  for  ag- 
gressive work  it  was  voted  to  present  a  banner  to  the  county 
giving  the  largest  Whig  majority  for  delegate  to  Congress. 
In  the  meantime  the  Democrats  were  putting  forth  equally 
energetic  efforts  to  unify  the  interests  and  organize  the  forces 
of  the  Democracy.  After  the  election  of  1840  it  was  borne 
in  upon  the  Democrats  that  they  held  the  Territory  by  a 
very  narrow  margin,  and  that  unless  they  did  organize  the 
Whigs  would  soon  have  control.  This  feeling  was  greatly 
intensified  by  the  success  of  the  Whigs  in  effecting  an  organ- 
ization at  their  jubilee  meeting  January  6,  1841.  Indeed  so 
urgent  did  the  necessity  for  organization  seem,  that  only 
eight  days  after  the  Whig  meeting  a  similar  meeting  of  the 
Democratic  legislators  and  the  Democracy  of  Burlington 
was  held  for  the  purpose  of  starting  the  work  of  organiza- 
tion throughout  the  Territory.  They  urged  the  Democrats 
of  the  different  counties  to  adopt  effectual  measures  for  a 
thorough  and  efficient  organization  of  the  party,  without 
which  defeat  would  be  inevitable.  In  the  last  three  sections 
of  their  resolutions,  their  belief  was  expressed  that  the 
organization  they  desired  could  be  best  promoted  and  per- 
fected by  township,  county,  and  territorial  con ventions ;  and 
the  holding  of  such  conventions  was  recommended  in  order 
that  the  nominations  for  the  various  offices  might  be  made 
by  the  people  themselves  and  not  by  a  few  active  and  inter- 


OF   HISTORY  AND   POLITICS  513 

ested  parties.  They  recommended  also  the  holding  of  a 
territorial  convention  at  Iowa  City  on  the  first  Monday  in 
June  for  the  purpose  of  nominating  a  delegate  to  Congress. 
It  was  voted  further  to  request  the  Democratic  electors  of 
each  county  to  nominate  full  county  tickets  and  to  discoun- 
tenance the  pretentious  of  all  other  aspirants  of  their  own 
party.  It  was  also  decided  that  a  Central  Committee1  to 
consist  of  five  members  from  Des  Moines  County  and  com- 
mittees of  correspondence  to  consist  of  one  member  from 
each  remaining  county  should  be  appointed,  and  that  it 
should  be  recommended  to  the  voters  to  organize  county 
committees  and  to  unite  their  influence  with  that  of  their 
political  friends  in  an  effort  to  produce  a  harmony  of  feeling 
and  a  zealous  cooperation  in  every  honorable  effort  to  en- 
sure success  to  the  Democratic  party  in  all  its  future  pro- 
ceedings. 

The  plan  thus  adopted  was  exactly  the  same  as  that 
adopted  by  the  Whigs  the  week  before,  notwithstanding  the 
Democrats  of  Burlington  had  ridiculed  it  at  that  time.  In 
fact  the  resolution  providing  for  the  appointment  of  a 
Central  Committee  was  taken  almost  word  for  word  from 
that  of  their  political  opponents.  Likewise,  the  plans  fol- 


1  The  Central  Committee  chosen  was  as  follows:  Stephen  Gear- 
hart,  John  Johnson,  George  Hepner,  James  M.  Morgan,  J.  W. 
Woods,  all  from  Des  Moines  County;  John  Cams  of  Van  Buren;  Sul- 
livan S.  Ross  of  Jefferson;  William  Thompson  of  Henry;  Thomas 
Baker  of  Washington;  Samuel  C.  Trowbridge  of  Johnson;  James  W. 
Isett  of  Louisa;  Edward  E.  Fay  of  Muscatine;  Harman  Van  Antwerp 
of  Cedar;  Andrew  Logan  of  Scott;  Samuel  R.  Murray  of  Clinton; 
John  G.  McDonald  of  Jackson;  Thomas  McCraney  of  Dubuque; 
Frederick  Andross  of  Clayton;  John  C.  Berry  of  Linn;  Thomas 
Denson  of  Jones. 


514  THE  IOW A  JOURNAL 

lowed  out  in  the  work  of  organizing  the  counties  were  simi- 
lar to  those  already  described  as  being  used  by  the  Whigs. 
They  provided  for  the  holding  of  primary  township  meet- 
ings for  the  purpose  of  appointing  township  committees  and 
devising  plans  for  a  more  complete  organization;  for  the 
appointment  of  delegates  to  the  county  conventions,  at 
which  full  tickets  should  be  nominated  and  a  county  central 
committee  chosen;  and  for  the  selection  of  delegates  to  the 
territorial  convention — each  county  to  send  twice  as  many 
delegates  as  it  had  representatives  in  the  legislature. 

As  in  the  case  of  the  Whigs,  the  party  workers  responded 
nobly  to  this  call,  enthusiastic  meetings  were  held,  and  local 
tickets  nominated,  so  that  by  the  time  June  arrived  the 
Democracy  of  Iowa  was  ready  for  the  territorial  convention 
and  the  vigorous  campaign  that  was  to  follow.  In  this 
work  of  local  organization  great  care  was  taken  to  impress 
upon  the  voters  the  need  of  supporting  the  party  ticket  at 
all  times  and  under  all  circumstances.  Each  party  claimed 
that  the  other  was  raising  the  "  no  -party"  cry  in  order  to 
mislead  the  critics,  while  at  the  same  time  it  was  secretly 
perfecting  its  own  organization.  But  this  was  merely  a 
campaign  cry.  Both  parties,  as  expressed  in  their  leading 
newspapers,  were  anxious  for  a  strict  party  division;  and 
they  hoped  to  bring  this  object  about  by  their  thorough 
organization. 

The  Democratic  territorial  convention  assembled  at  Iowa 
City  at  the  time  designated  in  the  call.  There  were  one 
hundred  and  fifty  delegates  present,  representing  all  the 
counties  except  Scott  and  Clinton.  General  A.  C.  Dodge 
was  renominated  for  the  office  of  delegate  to  Congress,  and 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  515 

plans  were  made  for  an  aggressive  campaign.  In  the  elec- 
tion that  followed  the  Democratic  candidate  was  successful 
by  a  majority  of  513. 

Our  present  political  machines,  which  work  so  perfectly 
and  effectually,  are  the  evolutionary  product  of  this  early 
organization.  The  mechanism  has  remained  the  same. 
The  form  of  the  organization  is  unchanged,  but  its  spirit 
and  methods  are  entirely  different.  The  evolution  which 
has  gone  on  has  not  resulted  in  the  invention  of  new 
machinery,  but  in  the  perfection  of  that  which  already 
existed.  This  evolution,  of  course,  was  more  rapid  in  the 
older  counties.  In  the  newer  counties  the  work  of  organi- 
zation gradually  developed  as  the  population  increased  and 
the  importance  of  the  local  political  units  became  greater. 
But  in  none  of  the  counties  was  the  organization  made  com- 
plete from  the  first.  The  work  of  establishing  the  county 
machine,  with  all  its  representatives  in  every  township  and 
school  district,  was  slow,  and  for  many  years  was  attended 
with  only  partial  success. 

The  institutional  party  was  brought  to  Iowa  by  the 
first  settlers,  and  the  first  organizations  were  due  to  their 
instinctive  desire  for  party  association  and  for  affiliation 
with  the  parties  in  the  States  from  which  they  had  come. 
But  as  the  Territory  developed  and  the  time  drew  near  for 
her  admission  into  the  Union,  the  interest  of  each  party 
in  its  organization  was  greatly  intensified  by  the  further 
desire  to  see  the  new  State  organized  under  its  own  super- 
vision, and  the  policy  of  the  new  Commonwealth  under  its 
own  control.  The  struggle  over  the  question  of  holding  a 
State  constitutional  convention,  and  the  difficulty  of  secur- 


516  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

ing  the  adoption  of  the  Constitution  after  the  admission  of 
the  State  had  been  agreed  to,  were  largely  due  to  this  con- 
test for  party  supremacy.  The  tightening  of  party  lines 
and  attempts  at  party  discipline  were  the  natural  result.  A 
great  impetus  was  given  to  the  work  of  organization  in  both 
parties. 

The  advent  of  the  slavery  question  into  Iowa  politics  gave 
a  second  and  even  greater  impetus  to  party  activity.  Al- 
though it  meant,  eventually,  the  division  of  one  party  and 
the  dissolution  of  the  other  no  change  in  the  form  of  their 
organizations  was  due  to  its  introduction.  The  Democratic 
party  was  inclined  to  be  pro-slavery  in  its  sympathies 
although  many  of  its  members  were  opposed  to  slavery  ex- 
tension and  united  with  the  Whigs  in  1856  to  organize  the 
new  Republican  party.  The  Whigs  were  largely  anti- 
slavery  men,  and,  as  the  interest  in  the  subject  grew,  were 
able  to  increase  their  strength  until,  in  1854,  under  the 
leadership  of  James  W.  Grimes  they  for  the  first  time 
elected  their  State  ticket.  Opposition  to  Douglas's  Ne- 
braska Bill  was  the  keynote  of  this  campaign,  and  carried 
the  State  for  the  Whigs  by  nearly  two  thousand  majority. 
The  following  year,  with  a  total  vote  which  had  been  in- 
creased by  only  five  hundred,  they  were  able  to  carry  the 
State  a  second  time  by  a  majority  greater  by  three  thousand 
than  that  of  1854. 

During  these  two  years  a  new  alignment  of  the  parties 
was  being  made  in  most  of  the  northern  States.  The  op- 
ponents of  slavery  extension  were  coming  together  upon 
this  single  issue  and  organizing  the  Republican  party  to 
make  their  opposition  effective.  This  movement  met  with 


OF   HISTORY   AND  POLITICS  517 

a  cordial  response  from  the  anti-slavery  people  of  Iowa. 
Immediately  after  the  election  of  1855  the  plans  for  the 
organization  of  the  Republican  party  were  made,  and  by  the 
first  of  the  next  year  the  time  was  ripe  for  a  public  an- 
nouncement. In  the  issue  of  January  14,  1856,  of  the 
Muscatine  Journal  is  found  the  following  call  which  was 
written  by  Governor  Grimes,  although  that  fact  was  not 
made  known  at  the  time.1 

To  THE  CITIZENS  or  IOWA. 

Believing  that  a  large  majority  of  the  people  of  Iowa  are  opposed 
to  the  political  principles  of  the  present  administration,  and  to  the 
introduction  of  slavery  into  the  territory  now  free,  and  also  that 
made  free  by  the  compromise  of  1820;  and  that  the  party,  styling 
itself  the  "Democratic  party,"  are  striving  to  make  slavery  a  great 
national  institution,  contrary  to  the  principles  laid  down  in  the 
Declaration  of  Independence  and  the  Constitution,  as  taught  by  the 
fathers  of  the  Republic;  we  would  call  upon  all  such  free  citizens  to 
meet  in  convention,  at  Iowa  City  on  the  22nd  of  February,  for  the 
purpose  of  organizing  a  Republican  party,  to  make  common  cause 
with  a  similar  party  already  formed  in  several  other  states  of  the 
Union. 

Jan.  3rd,  1856.  MANY  CITIZENS. 

The  other  Whig  papers  published  the  call,  and  at  once 
the  work  of  organization  began  in  all  parts  of  the  State. 


1  In  the  same  issue  of  the  Muscatine  Journal  is  found  this  editorial 
comment  upon  the  call  for  the  Republican  convention.  "Papers 
friendly  to  the  above  call  will  give  it  a  publication  in  their  columns, 
and  urge  upon  their  countrymen  the  importance  of  a  representation 
in  said  convention.  It  will  hardly  be  expected  that  a  large  delega- 
tion will  be  in  attendance;  but  then,  those  who  do  go  should  be  good 
men  and  true."  File  of  Muscatine  Journal,  in  the  library  of  the 
Historical  Department,  Des  Moines. 


518  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

Mass  and  delegate  conventions  were  held  in  all  the  counties, 
and  representatives  chosen  to  the  Iowa  City  convention. 
Great  enthusiasm  prevailed.  Democrats  of  long  standing 
united  with  their  old-time  political  opponents  in  this  effort 
against  the  extension  of  slavery  into  the  territories.  The 
convention,  which  assembled  on  February  22,  1856,  more 
than  satisfied  the  friends  of  the  movement.  The  Muscatine 
Journal  speaks  of  it  in  these  words: 

It  was  the  largest,  most  intelligent  and  enthusiastic  ever  convened 
in  the  state.  The  old  settlers  who  have  attended  all  the  political 
conventions  of  the  state  since  its  organization,  were  unanimous  in 
the  opinion  above  expressed.  Democrats  who  thronged  the  lobbies 
and  aisles  of  the  chamber  during  the  session  of  the  convention, 
frankly  admitted  that  it  never  had  its  equal  in  point  of  numbers  or 
ability  in  Iowa.  We  noticed  one  fact  indicative  of  the  character 
of  the  newcomers  to  this  state,  that  the  ablest  speeches  were 
delivered  by  those  who  have  not  resided  within  our  borders  over 
two  years.  The  "old  stagers"  who  have  heretofore  controlled, 
and  we  might  say  moulded,  all  the  state  conventions  to  suit  them- 
selves, found  in  this  convention  a  growth  of  young  giants  who  over- 
powered them  in  many  a  well  fought  encounter  and  placed  themselves 
side  by  side  with  the  best  intellects  of  the  state.  This  was  a  most 
refreshing  evidence  of  the  sincerity  of  the  mass.  Every  member  of 
the  convention  thought  for  himself,  and  subscribed  to  the  dictation 
of  no  other,  and  hence  the  honesty  and  integrity  of  the  members, 
and  the  value  of  their  proceedings. 

Four  hundred  delegates  from  all  parts  of  the  State  were 
in  attendance.  Philip  Velie  of  Lee  County  was  made  chair- 
man, and  J.  T.  Lane,  N.  M.  Hubbard,  J.  B.  Stewart  and 
C.  C.  bourse  were  elected  secretaries.  Committees,  con- 
sisting of  one  member  from  each  county — thirty -nine  in  all 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  519 

— were  appointed  to  draw  up  resolutions  and  to  choose 
candidates  for  State  officers,  presidential  electors,  and  dele- 
gates to  the  national  convention.  Only  one  issue  was  con- 
sidered in  the  resolutions  as  adopted — that  of  opposition  to 
slavery  extension.  In  addition  to  the  resolutions,  there 
was  issued  an  address  to  the  people  prepared  by  a  com- 
mittee of  which  Hon.  J.  B.  Grinnell  was  chairman  and 
Samuel  J.  Kirkwood  and  William  M.  Stone,  future  Gov- 
ernors of  the  State,  were  members. 

The  organization  adopted  by  the  Republicans  was  the 
same  in  form  as  that  of  the  Democrats  and  Whigs.  A 
State  Central  Committee1  of  five  members  was  appointed. 
A  committee  of  five  in  each  of  the  two  Congressional  dis- 
tricts was  chosen.  County  committees  composed  of  repre- 
sentatives from  all  the  townships  were  organized.  Mass 
conventions  were  held,  and  every  opportunity  seized  to 
make  clear  the  issues  between  the  two  parties. 

This  organization  was  as  much  institutional  in  its  char- 
acter as  that  of  either  of  the  two  parties  from  which  its 
members  were  drawn.  The  instinct  for  organization  was  in 
them  as  in  the  first  settlers  of  the  State  and  the  experience 
gained  in  the  many  heated  contests  between  the  Democrats 
and  the  Whigs  gave  them  a  knowledge  of  practical  politics 
which  was  invaluable  to  them  in  the  great  campaign  about 
to  be  waged  in  the  cause  of  liberty.  Their  great  success  in 
this  cause  was  due  to  the  fact  that  their  ability  to  use  party 


1  The  members  of  this  first  Republican  State  Central  Committee 
were  as  follows:  A.  J.  Stevens  of  Polk  county;  J.  P.  Grantham  of 
Henry;  W.  E.  Miller  of  Johnson;  John  Casady  of  Poweshiek;  and  S. 
M.  Ballard  of  Audubon. 


520  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

organization  was  reinforced  by  a  profound  conviction  upon 
a  great  moral  as  well  as  upon  a  political  question.  To  them 
the  fate  of  the  Republic  hung  in  the  balance,  and  their  zeal 
for  party  supremacy  was  increased  immeasurably  by  their 
championship  of  human  rights.  Furthermore  the  move- 
ment for  the  new  party  was  a  movement  among  the  masses 
of  the  people  and  not  among  the  political  leaders  alone. 
Otherwise  it  could  not  have  developed  into  the  great  organic 
party,  which  it  now  is. 

As  the  summer  of  1856  passed  and  the  election  day  drew 
near,  the  Republican  organization  became  more  efficient  and 
more  complete,  until,  in  the  minds  of  its  members,  it  was 
almost  irresistible.  It  won  a  sweeping  victory  in  the  elec- 
tion, and  proved  in  an  effective  manner  its  inherent  power. 

In  the  Dubuque  Republican  of  November  26, 1856,  is  the 
following  statement  which  expresses  in  a  few  words  the 
feeling  of  the  leaders  of  the  new  party: 

The  Republican  party  of  Iowa  is  now  fully  organized,  and  holds 
within  its  hands  the  destinies  of  the  State.  The  Executive,  Judici- 
ary, and  both  branches  of  the  legislature  are  Republican,  and  the 
convention  to  revise  the  Constitution  of  the  State  has  a  strong  work- 
ing Republican  majority. 

The  foregoing  is  a  brief  account  of  the  beginnings  of 
party  organization  in  Iowa.  As  has  already  been  suggested, 
our  present  great  organizations  are  the  outgrowth  of  these 
early  attempts  at  party  management.  There  has  been  a 
continuous  development  from  that  time  to  this.  But  this 
development  has  not  altered  the  outward  form  of  the  organ- 
ization. The  State,  the  congressional  districts,  the  judicial 
districts,  the  counties,  and  the  townships  are  still  the  basis 


*  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS  521 

of  its  existence.  A  division  of  labor  among  the  respective 
committees  is  still  the  rule  of  procedure.  But  the  motive 
that  controls  the  organization,  and  the  methods  by  which 
its  work  is  accomplished,  are  very  different. 

No  greater  mistake  can  be  made  by  the  student  of  this 
question  than  to  carry  the  present  conceptions  of  party  man- 
agement and  machine  politics  into  his  study  of  this  early 
period.  The  abnormal  features  of  present  day  politics  had 
not  then  developed.  The  idea  of  a  State  Central  Committee 
practically  controlling  the  policies  of  the  State  did  not  then 
prevail.  There  was  no  conception  of  an  all-powerful  polit- 
ical u machine"  in  our  modern  sense — an  inner  organization 
whose  interests  are  often,  if  not  always  antagonistic  to  those 
of  the  great  party  it  is  supposed  to  represent.  The  party 
system  in  this  State  at  that  time  was  the  normal  one.  The 
two  great  parties  held  within  their  ranks  practically  all  the 
people  of  the  State.  The  voters  in  each  party  were  in  a 
real  sense  members  of  its  organization.  There  was  no 
organization  apart  from  the  great  mass  of  voters.  In  fact 
it  was  their  organization,  and  theirs  alone.  The  committees 
were  their  representatives;  the  responsibilities  of  the  cam- 
paign were  their  burden;  and  its  success  was  their  glory. 
To-day  the  situation  is  very  different.  The  great  mass  of 
voters  have  very  little  to  say  in  determining  the  policies  of 
the  parties;  they  have  even  less  to  say  concerning  their 
management.  The  importance  of  the  individual  voter,  ex- 
cept as  he  counts  on  election  day,  has  greatly  diminished; 
the  importance  of  the  party  manager  has  greatly  increased. 

The  change  that  has  taken  place  since  the  Civil  War  is 
illustrated  by  the  difference  in  the  manner  of  conducting  the 


522  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

campaigns.  In  the  early  days  there  were  no  attempts  at 
regulating  nominations  by  law.  There  was  no  primary 
system,  and  at  first  few  party  rules  to  be  observed.  For 
the  first  years  anyone  could  stand  as  a  candidate  for  any 
office  to  which  he  aspired.  Later  the  parties  succeeded 
almost  entirely  in  preventing  the  candidacies  of  all  except 
the  party  nominees.  Independent  candidates  became  excep- 
tional. But  during  all  the  time  the  campaign  methods  were 
simplicity  itself  as  compared  with  the  complicated  pro- 
cedure of  the  present.  The  personal  canvass  made  by  the 
candidates  was  the  principal  means  of  stirring  party  enthusi- 
asm and  of  influencing  public  opinion.  A  joint  debate  be- 
tween rival  candidates  occasionally  enlivened  a  campaign. 
No  accurate  knowledge  of  the  party's  strength  could  be 
ascertained  before  the  election.  Except  the  circular  letters 
published  in  the  newspapers  the  candidates  made  very  little 
use  of  campaign  literature.  A  speech  was  sometimes  printed 
in  pamphlet  form,  but  this  was  rare.  The  public  rally  and 
newspaper  were  the  most  successful  and  the  most  common 
methods  of  reaching  the  people.  The  party  committees 
filled  a  subordinate  place  in  the  early  campaigns.  Their 
principal  work  was  to  arrange  for  the  necessary  conventions ; 
to  prepare  an  occasional  address  to  the  people;  and  to  assist 
the  different  communities  in  effecting  their  local  organiza- 
tions. The  brunt  of  the  battle  was  met  by  the  candidates 
themselves,  and  the  direction  of  the  campaign  was  largely  in 
their  hands. 

Later  years  have  made  it  necessary  to  surround  the  mak- 
ing of  nominations  with  legal  restrictions.  Nomination 
papers  must  be  filed  with  the  Secretary  of  State.  The  print- 


OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS  523 

ing  and  marking  of  ballots  are  regulated  by  law.  Party 
rules  have  become  many.  It  is  no  longer  possible  for  any 
man  to  stand  as  a  candidate.  He  must  first  gain  the  con- 
sent of  the  party  managers,  and  then  secure  the  approval  of 
his  party  associates  at  their  primary  meetings.  The  part 
which  the  party  managers  now  take  in  making  nominations 
is  very  different  from  that  which  they  took  in  the  period 
under  discussion.  Then,  the  committees  were  simply  the 
agents  of  the  voters  and  had  no  more  influence  in  determin- 
ing the  nomination  of  candidates  than  the  rank  and  file. 
Now,  through  the  influence  of  patronage,  contributions  for 
campaign  expenses,  allotment  of  campaign  and  public  print- 
ing, the  selection  of  places  for  the  holding  of  conventions, 
and  other  means,  the  central  committees  are  supreme,  and 
have  it  in  their  power  to  secure  the  nomination  of  almost 
anyone  whom  they  may  wish  to  favor. 

But  the  methods  of  conducting  the  campaign  itself  have 
also  greatly  changed.  The  personal  work  of  the  candidates 
is  no  longer  the  controlling  factor  in  the  campaign.  Its 
supervision  is  entirely  in  the  hands  of  the  State  committee. 
Vast  sums  of  money  are  used  each  year  to  distribute  great 
quantities  of  campaign  literature,  and  to  hire  campaign 
speakers.  Every  ward  and  school  district  in  the  State  has 
its  committeeman,  and  through  him  a  thorough  canvass  is 
made.  In  a  few  days'  time  the  State  committee  can  know 
the  party  preference  of  every  voter  in  the  State.  The  work 
progresses  smoothly  and  quickly,  each  part  of  the  machine 
doing  its  own  work  and  contributing  its  full  share  to  the 
final  result.  The  influence  of  the  machine  is  felt  every- 
where, and  in  fact  is  predominant  in  the  politics  of  the 
State. 


524  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

In  this  State,  as  in  other  States  and  in  the  nation  as  a 
whole,  this  predominance  of  the  party  managers — the  bosses 
— furnishes  the  great  problem  in  our  politics.  To  some  the 
party  boss  is  the  natural  product  of  the  party  system.  To 
others  his  existence  is  due  to  abnormal  conditions  and  in- 
fluences. To  all  his  power  is  a  source  of  danger  and  brings 
home  to  the  student  of  present  day  politics  the  need  of 
careful  investigation  into  the  source  of  this  power — the 
party  organization. 

That  the  party  organizations  have  rendered  service  of 
great  value  to  the  State  and  nation  cannot  be  questioned. 
In  the  early  days  of  the  State,  when  communication  was 
difficult  and  communities  were  jealous  of  one  another,  the 
party  organizations  did  more  than  any  other  cause  to  pre- 
vent sectional  feelings.  They  united  the  interests  of  the 
people  and  brought  them  together  in  a  common  purpose 
and  a  common  task.  And  this  influence  has  been  at  work 
ever  since.  The  fact  that  the  great  Democratic  party  never 
became  a  sectional  party  during  the  dark  days  of  the  Re- 
bellion, but  remained  in  a  true  sense  a  national  party,  made 
the  task  of  bringing  the  North  and  the  South  into  genuine 
fellowship  immeasurably  easier  than  it  otherwise  would  have 
been.  That  the  party  organizations  have  also  fostered  evils 
of  the  greatest  consequence  is  equally  true — a  fact  which 
only  emphasizes  the  importance  of  the  subject,  and  makes 
plain  the  duty  of  faithful  study  and  a  conscientious  use  of 
the  facts  discovered. 

JOHN  W.   GANNAWAY 
GBINNKLL,  IOWA 


LOCAL  TKADITION 

Sir  William  Jones,  in  Ms  noble  poem,  What  Constitutes 
a  State,  negatively  exhausts  the  subject  of  statehood;  but 
there  is  one  positive  factor  in  the  problem  of  commonwealth 
making  which  is  scarcely  more  than  suggested  in  the  poet's 
splendid  dream.  True,  "men,  high-minded  men,"  must 
ever  constitute  the  main  element  of  strength  in  a  state;  but 
the  poet  names  only  one — and  that  the  least  important — of 
the  two  influences  which  together  affect  men  in  the  aggre- 
gate, namely:  " Sovereign  law,  the  State's  elected  will." 
The  other  influence,  more  potent  than  statutes,  too  subtle  to 
be  confined  in  a  body  of  laws,  too  elusive  to  be  found  by 
index,  is  the  spirit  which  broods  over  community  life  and, 
without  show  of  force,  compels  the  representatives  of  com- 
munities and  of  the  commonwealth  to  do  or  withhold,  to 
approve,  to  hold  in  abeyance,  or  to  condemn. 

For  want  of  a  better  term,  we  call  this  elusive,  subtle, 
intangible,  yet  potent  influence  " Tradition" — not  in  the 
ordinary  sense  in  which  that  term  is  used,  not  in  the  sense 
in  which  the  folk-lorist  uses  it,  but  more  nearly  with  the 
meaning  which  Paul  conveyed  in  his  exhortation  to  the 
Thessalonians  that  they  hold  the  traditions  which  they  had 
been  taught. 

To  illustrate.  One  community  has  a  theological  tradi- 
tion with  its  accompanying  virtues  and  possibly  its  narrow- 
ing tendencies.  Another  has  broadened  out  beyond  mere 
dogma  and  in  the  process  has  retained  all  its  original  respect 


526  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

and  regard  for  religion  but  may  have  dangerously  lapsed  in 
its  judgments  as  to  conduct.  In  one  community  temperance 
means  total  abstinence;  in  another,  it  means  moderate  use. 
One  community  is  healthfully  public -spirited,  scattering  and 
yet  increasing;  another  is  wildly  public-spirited,  and  bank- 
rupt; in  another  the  motto  is  "get  and  keep,"  and  yet  the 
prevailing  tendency  is  to  want,  and  the  getters  and  keepers 
groan  over  "poor  expenses."  One  aggregation  of  indi- 
viduals and  communities,  called  a  State,  in  its  influence  upon 
the  nation  is  repressive.  Its  favorite  maxim  is  "the  world 
is  governed  too  much."  Another,  separated  from  the  first 
by  only  an  imaginary  line,  bases  its  political  philosophy 
upon  the  lessons  taught  by  the  confederacy  of  1777-81,  out 
of  the  confessed  weakness  of  which  grew  the  national  idea. 
One  State  accords  to  women  every  political  and  legal  right 
which  men  enjoy;  another  carries  Paul's  admonition  still 
further  and  lets  the  women  keep  silence  in  state  as  well  as 
church  affairs.  In  one  State  the  sale  of  intoxicants  as  bever- 
ages is  prohibited,  on  the  ground  that  the  greatest  good  to 
the  greatest  number  is  thereby  subserved.  Just  over  the 
line  in  another  State,  the  licensed  sale  of  liquor  is  every- 
where sanctioned,  and  every  assault  upon  the  license  sys- 
tem is  regarded  as  an  attack  upon  personal  liberty.  In 
every  case  the  laws  would  be  powerless  but  for  that  same 
rarely  mentioned  but  generally  felt  and  recognized  tradition 
from  which  there  would  seem  to  be,  and  in  a  single  lifetime 
there  generally  is,  no  successful  appeal.  The  term  "public 
opinion,"  though  often  used  as  a  substitute  for  it,  is  not 
synonymous,  for  public  opinion  is  but  the  latest  indicator 
of  a  trend  which  has  its  beginning  far  back  in  the  past. 


OF   HISTORY  AND   POLITICS  527 

In  every  instance  there  is  a  starting  point  of  character 
and  habits  in  the  first  settlers.  Rough  in  manner  and  crude 
in  habits  of  thought  as  many  of  these  pioneers  were  of 
necessity,  their  potent  spell  is  upon  us;  the  strongest  among 
us  feel  it,  and  the  wisest,  after  a  brush  of  experience,  cease 
fighting  it.  Though  these  "rude  forefathers  of  the  hamlet" 
lived  and  died  in  ignorance,  or  scorn,  of  the  Socratic  method 
of  reasoning  with  all  the  comparatively  modern  improve- 
ments, and  enjoyed  a  sublime  confidence  in  those  rational 
instincts  which  we  call  intuitions,  though  we  may  pronounce 
their  vision  short  and  its  range  narrow,  yet  the  product  of 
their  aggregated  individual  experiences  as  crystallized  into 
tradition  is  in  many  instances  as  irresistible  as  dialect,  or 
climate. 

Hegel  well  terms  this  spirit  "the  latent  germ  of  being," 
"the  capacity  or  potentiality,  striving  to  realize  itself;" 
"not  of  such  a  nature  as  to  be  tossed  to  and  fro  amid  the 
superficial  clay  of  accidents,  but  rather  the  absolute  arbiter 
of  things." 

The  German  philosopher  ranges  history  under  three 
heads:  original  history,  reflective  history,  and  philosoph- 
ical history.  But  the  reflective  and  the  philosophical  are 
only  two  phases  of  history's  aftergrowth.  The  philosophy 
of  history,  with  all  kindred  thought,  is  the  leafing  and  flow- 
ering of  original  history.  The  common  source  of  all  systems 
of  social  philosophy  is  fact,  and  history  is  fact  with  gener- 
alization drawn  therefrom. 

We  do  well  to  turn  again  and  again  to  the  history  of  the 
Jews,  the  Greeks,  the  Romans,  the  Dutch,  the  Germans,  the 
French,  the  English.  But  we  cannot  unqualifiedly  apply 


528  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

old-world  experiences  to  new-world  conditions.  The  genius 
of  old-world  institutions,  the  trend  of  old-world  traditions, 
the  very  germs  of  old-world  community  life,  are  unlike  ours. 
The  statesman's,  the  historian's,  the  journalist's  parallel,  if 
not  " deadly,"  is  at  least  misleading  and  mischievous,  unless 
it  be  explained  away  so  thoroughly  as  to  be  no  parallel  at 
all. 

Every  people,  every  age,  must  be  measured  by  itself 
alone.  The  closest  comparisons  are  at  most  but  remote 
approximations.  Speaking  with  literal  truth,  they  are  not 
comparisons  at  all.  Like  rival  lines  of  railroad,  their  gen- 
eral direction  and  destination  are  the  same,  but  they  wind 
in  and  out  and  cross  each  other,  one  tunneling  where  another 
goes  round  or  climbs. 

The  wise  philosopher  of  history,  or  student  of  social 
science,  will  also  differentiate  one  community,  or  one  group 
of  communities  from  another.  In  fact,  at  every  turn  of 
original  investigation  into  the  condition  of  society  as  he 
finds  it,  and  of  states  as  they  present  themselves  ready-made 
for  his  inspection  and  study,  the  historiographer,  or  the 
sociologist,  is  forced  to  establish  and  all  along  the  line 
maintain  close  and  reliable  connection  with  the  original 
sources  of  history,  just  as  an  invading  army  must  establish 
and  maintain  connection  with  its  base  of  supplies. 

JOHNSON  BRIGHAM 
THE  STATE  LIBRARY 
DES  MOINE8 


SOME  PUBLICATIONS 

The  Second  Bank  of  the  United  States.  By  RALPH  C.  H.  CAT- 
TERALL.  Chicago:  The  University  of  Chicago  Press.  1903. 
Pp.  xiv,  538. 

Students  of  political  and  economic  history  have  generally  agreed 
that  the  failure  to  recharter  the  Second  Bank  of  the  United  States 
was  a  serious  mistake.  The  judgments  of  the  student  and  of  the 
man  of  public  affairs  may  also  coincide,  but,  even  if  they  do,  the 
bases  of  the  two  judgments  are  necessarily  widely  divergent.  It  is 
a  violent  tax  upon  the  imagination  to  endeavor  to  conceive  of  Mr. 
Jackson  as  a  student  of  history,  politics,  economics,  or  anything  else. 
As  a  rule  he  did  not  possess  one  scintilla  of  accurate  information 
upon  any  subject  which  he  undertook  to  discuss.  But  Jackson  was 
a  man  of  practical  affairs,  and  his  opinions  are  entitled  to  respect  on 
this  basis.  Unfortunately  Jackson  was  the  idolized  leader  of  a 
vulgar  and  rampant  democracy,  flushed  with  victory  and  anxious  to 
make  use  of  the  opportunity  now  offered  for  the  first  time.  In  spite 
of  his  rugged  individuality  Jackson  was  a  creature  of  circumstances 
and  the  most  interesting  features  of  his  administration  are  the  points 
where  he  was  compelled  to  offer  reluctant  testimony  to  this  fact. 

There  were  many  who  opposed  the  bank,  some  who  supported  it, 
very  few  who  understood  it  and  appreciated  it.  The  presidential 
campaigns  of  1832  and  1896  have  many  points  in  common.  Even 
now  it  is  doubtful  whether  a  United  States  bank  would  receive  sup- 
port in  a  national  referendum.  It  is  easy  to  speak  of  Jackson's  mis- 
take, but  the  speaker  would  most  likely  follow  in  Jackson's  footsteps 
if  he  were  to  try  the  experiment  for  himself  under  the  same  condi- 
tions. 

Mr.  Catterall's  book  on  The  Second  Bank  of  the  United  States  is 
eminently  just  in  its  treatment  of  Jackson  in  the  light  of  his  environ- 


530  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

ment.  The  author  believes,  as  all  students  believe,  that  Jackson 
made  a  mistake,  but  he  does  what  never  has  been  done  before,  he 
explains  Jackson's  mistake.  The  volume  is  a  rare  combination  of 
the  student's  views  with  a  most  delicate  appreciation  of  the  circum- 
stances of  the  time  under  discussion.  Jackson  was,  even  more  than 
Jefferson,  strongly  predisposed  to  entertain  feelings  of  violent  ani- 
mosity toward  anything  which  he  could  not  understand.  It  is  Mr. 
Catterall's  opinion  that  Jackson  was  hostile  to  the  bank  from  the 
very  start,  and  that  the  well  known  occurrences,  which  are  so  often 
recited  as  the  original  causes  of  Jackson's  anti-bank  feeling,  simply 
contributed  to  develop  a  feeling  already  in  existence.  The  democ- 
racy was  opposed  to  the  bank.  Jackson  was  the  leader  of  this 
democracy.  The  impulses  of  the  mob  coincided  with  the  predilec- 
tions of  the  President.  Hence  the  war  on  the  bank.  This  war  may 
have  been  a  blunder,  but  it  was  under  the  circumstances  of  the  time 
inevitable. 

Mr.  Catterall's  volume  is  the  first  real  history  of  the  bank.  The 
need  of  such  a  volume  was  great,  the  opportunity  presented  itself, 
and  the  man  was  not  lacking.  It  is  seldom  that  the  opportunity  and 
the  man  are  in  such  happy  accord.  The  book  is  full  of  the  marks  of 
superior  scholarship,  but  nowhere  is  the  evidence  of  the  capacity  for 
original  research  more  clearly  shown  than  in  the  treatment  of 
Nicholas  Biddle's  letters  and  official  papers  which,  for  the  most 
part,  see  the  light  for  the  first  time  in  this  volume.  Much  light  is 
thrown  upon  the  history  of  the  bank,  but  it  is  not  flashed  in  the  eyes 
of  the  reader  in  the  offensive  manner  only  too  common  among  some, 
who  mar  their  discovery  of  real  truth  by  the  unpleasant  panorama  of 
the  discoverer. 

Another  feature  of  the  work,  which  is  especially  noteworthy,  is 
the  fact  that  the  author  is  equally  at  home  in  the  realms  of  political 
history  and  economics.  The  author  has  mastered  the  principles  of 
public  finance.  The  chapters  which  deal  with  the  technicalities  of 
the  bank  are  fully  up  to  the  high  level  of  the  chapters  on  the  bank's 
political  history.  This  feature  is  more  exceptional  than  it  ought  to 


OF   HISTORY  AND   POLITICS  531 

be.     There  is  still  something  to  be  said  for  the  old-fashioned  com- 
bination of  history  and  economics. 

The  volume  shows  the  results  of  the  most  painstaking  research. 
Still  more  does  it  show  the  capacity  to  make  judicious  use  of  such 
results.  The  author  was  gradually  bringing  this  work  to  completion 
during  a  period  of  nearly  ten  years.  The  final  outcome  is  a  new 
departure  in  the  study  of  the  Jacksonian  period  in  United  States 
history.  A  new  view  is  given  of  the  mutual  relations  of  Jackson, 
Biddle,  and  Clay. 

The  general  effect  of  the  volume  is  greatly  enhanced  by  a  good 
index,  by  a  bibliography  which,  in  spite  of  its  disclaimer  of  com- 
pleteness, is  far  more  exhaustive  than  any  other  on  this  period,  and 
by  foot  notes  so  full  and  frequent  that  the  reader  is  able,  if  he  so 
wishes,  to  follow  every  step  which  the  author  has  taken.  The  press 
work  on  the  volume  is  highly  satisfactory.  It  is  seldom  that  a  vol- 
ume appears,  among  the  numerous  contributions  to  American  history, 
which  exhibits  so  many  points  of  excellence  and  so  few  defects. 

WILLIAM  CRAIG  WILCOX 
THE  STATE  UNIVERSITY  OF  IOWA 
IOWA  CITY 


A  Beautiful  Life  and  its  Associations.     By  ANNA  HOWELL  CLARK- 
SON.     Illustrated.     Autograph  Edition.    New  York:    Under  the 
auspices  of  the  Historical  Department  of  Iowa.     1903.    Pp.  217. 
This  is  a  story  of  a  rarely  interesting  personality.     The  subject, 
Mrs.   Drusilla  Allen  Stoddard,  was  born  eighty-two  years  ago  in 
Western  New  York,  and  grew  to  womanhood  under  pioneer  condi- 
tions.    These  developed  in  her  resourcefulness  and  self-reliance,  and 
with  her  heritage  of  good  ancestry,  good  health,  and  keen  intellect 
made  her  the  power  for  good  which  she  has  been  and  still  is  in  the 
world.     Her  final  training  in  Mrs.  Willard's  famous  school  for  girls 
at  Troy  was  followed  by  her  marriage  in  1847  to  the  Rev.  Ira  Joy 
Stoddard  and  departure  with  him  to  their  mission  field  in  India.     Of 


532  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

their  successful  work  there,  this  short  notice  cannot  speak.  Because 
of  Mr.  Stoddard's  ill  health,  they  came  back  with  their  three  children 
nine  years  later,  and  soon  after — in  1858 — Mrs.  Stoddard  was  called 
to  the  principalship  of  the  Ladies'  Department  of  the  newly  organ- 
ized Central  College  at  Pella,  Iowa.  This  is  a  Baptist  school — one 
of  the  oldest  denominational  schools  in  the  State — and  to  this  faith 
— her  husband's  —  Mrs.  Stoddard  was  converted,  though  born  and 
brought  up  a  Quaker.  Here  she  labored  for  nearly  twenty  years 
except  when,  in  1866,  Mr.  Stoddard's  health  being  reestablished,  the 
call  of  India  was  too  strong  to  be  resisted  and  they  went  back  for 
three  years  more. 

Returning,  she  took  up  her  college  work  again.  She  taught — and 
she  was  a  most  admirable  teacher — but  the  greater  value  of  her  work 
lay  in  what  she  was,  in  every  way,  to  "my  girls,"  as  she  fondly 
called  them.  Coming,  as  many  of  them  did,  from  country  or  small 
village  homes  and  narrow  circumstances,  this  cultivated,  gracious 
woman  was  a  revelation  to  them.  Health,  morals,  manners,  religious 
training,  all  came  within  her  province,  and  scores  of  letters  from 
former  pupils  bear  grateful  testimony  to  what  they  gained  from  her 
care.  Nor  from  girls  alone.  Men  of  high  station  write  from  various 
parts  of  the  country  in  appreciation  of  her  work  in  the  class  room 
and  of  the  charming  hospitality  of  her  home. 

Mrs.  Clarkson  has  given  a  most  life-like  portrayal  of  Mrs.  Stod- 
dard's character  and  work,  and  her  book  is  further  enriched  by 
sketches  of  the  other  women  and  men  whose  self-sacrificing  labors 
made  Central  College  what  it  is.  The  roll  is  too  long  to  be  called 
here,  but  their  names  live  in  the  hearts  of  the  men  and  women  they 
trained.  And  in  these  days  of  ready-made  universities  and  million 
(or  more)  dollar  donations  to  them  one  wonders  if,  after  all,  there 
isn't  much  to  be  said  in  favor  of  the  small  colleges  whose  beginning 
and  growth  through  prayer  and  toil  and  sacrifice  impress  upon  their 
pupils  the  feeling  that  these,  more  than  money,  are  the  true  values. 

CKLIA  A.  M.  CUKBIEB 
IOWA  CITY,  IOWA 


OF   HISTORY  AND  POLITICS  533 

Actual  Government  as  Applied  under  American  Conditions.  By 
ALBERT  BUSHNELL  HART.  New  York:  Longmans,  Green  & 
Co.  1903.  Pp.  xliv,  599. 

This  is,  perhaps,  the  best  general  work  on  American  government 
which  has  appeared  since  James  Bryce  wrote  The  American  Com- 
monwealth. It  is  quite  readable;  but  one  does  not  get  the  impression 
that  its  pages  are  simply  printed  " talks"  or  reprinted  magazine 
essays.  It  is  filled  with  details  and  statistics;  and  yet  it  does  not 
read  like  an  encyclopedia  of  political  facts  or  the  report  of  a  govern- 
ment bureau.  It  contains  hundreds  of  references  without  being  a 
bibliographical  wilderness.  Although  the  volume  is  designed  by  its 
author  as  a  text  for  upper  high-schools  and  colleges,  it  is  certainly 
more  than  a  "text-book."  It  is  a  plain,  simple,  coherent  description 
of  both  the  organization  and  the  functions  of  American  government. 

Perhaps  the  most  questionable  statement  in  the  whole  book  is 
where  the  author,  in  the  opening  sentence  of  the  preface,  remarks 
generously  enough  that  there  are  already  "many  clear,  well-thought, 
and  accurate  text-books  upon  the  government  of  the  United  States." 

In  writing  Actual  Government  Professor  Hart  has  five  points  of 
view  which  are  clearly  set  out  in  the  preface.  "First  of  all,  the 
American  governmental  system  should  be  treated  as  a  whole:  state 
government  and  the  various  phases  of  local  government  should  come 
in,  not  as  after  thoughts  to  the  national  system,  but  as  integral  parts 
of  one  American  government.  The  second  necessity  is  to  study  the 
actual  workings  of  government:  the  text  of  constitutions  and  of 
statutes  is  only  the  enveloping  husk;  the  real  kernel  is  that  personal 

interest  and  personal  action  which  vitalizes  the  government 

In  the  third  place,  a  thorough  text-book  must  discuss  not  only  the 
machinery  of  government  but  the  operations  of  government;  legis- 
latures do  not  exist  simply  to  be  investigated  by  students,  but  to 
express  the  public  will  that  things  be  done;  the  functions  of  govern- 
ment— such  as  the  administration  of  justice,  taxation,  expenditure, 
transportation,  the  maintenance  of  order — are  more  important  than 
the  details  of  governmental  organization In  the  fourth 


534  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

place  the  historical  part  of  the  book  is  not  separated  out  from  the 
descriptive."  Finally,  Prof.  Hart  deems  it  proper  "to  prefix  a 
bibliography  of  the  subject,  as  well  as  to  insert  classified  references 
at  the  heads  of  the  chapters." 

BENJ.   F.  SHAMBAUGH 
THE  STATE  UNIVERSITY  OF  IOWA 
IOWA  CITY 


The  Organization  and  Control  of  Industrial  Corporations.  By 
FRANK  EDWARD  HORACK.  Philadelphia:  C.  F.  Taylor.  Equity 
Series  Vol.  V,  No.  4.  University  Edition,  January,  1903. 
Regular  Edition,  July,  1903.  Pp.  207. 

Probably  no  subject  before  the  American  people  today  is  receiving 
more  discussion  combined  with  as  little  clearness  and  understanding 
as  the  subject  of  industrial  corporations.  As  the  author  suggests 
this  is  because  these  corporations  affect  us  so  vitally  in  their  every 
action  and  because  their  life  as  it  exists  at  the  present  time  is  so 
shielded  by  secrecy  of  administration.  A  necessity  to  the  develop- 
ment of  our  economic  life,  they  have  been  granted  every  freedom 
only  to  become  a  menace  and  peril.  The  recognition  of  the  menace 
on  the  part  of  the  people  and  the  readiness  with  which  the  political 
parties  have  taken  up  the  subject  endangers  the  cool  study  and  settle- 
ment of  the  question;  and  in  view  of  this  fact  the  present  study  is 
is  the  more  interesting. 

Dr.  Horack  has  very  wisely  limited  himself  to  the  legal  and  polit- 
ical phase  of  his  study.  It  has  been  merely  "to  ascertain  if  the  cry 
of  'more  publicity '  is  warranted  by  the  facts."  A  summary  of  the 
chapters  will  perhaps  show  how  well  he  has  followed  his  purpose. 
The  introduction  deals  with  the  nature  of  a  corporation  and  with  the 
source  and  development  of  corporation  law.  Chapter  two  compares 
the  various  States  with  reference  to  the  publicity  and  control  of  the 
organization  of  corporations.  Chapter  three  deals  exclusively  with 
publicity,  examines  into  its  nature  and  content,  discusses  public  and 
private  publicity  and  draws  some  interesting  comparisons  by  referring 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  535 

to  publicity  in  England,  France,  and  Germany.  Chapter  four,  on 
the  nature  and  status  of  foreign  corporations  gets  to  the  heart  of 
.the  matter  by  pointing  out  the  fact  that  comparatively  few  corpor- 
ations do  business  exclusively  in  the  State  in  which  they  are  organ- 
ized, and  very  many,  in  fact  the  great  majority,  do  no  business  in 
their  own  State.  The  necessary  evils  resulting  from  such  impossibility 
to  control  and  the  competition  on  the  part  of  States  to  secure  the 
revenue  from  such  organizations  should  become  as  notorious  as  the 
North  Dakota  divorce  laws.  In  chapter  five,  the  author  occupies 
only  six  pages  in  drawing  up  his  conclusions  which  are  moderate 
and  modestly,  if  decisively,  stated. 

Dr.  Horack  contends  "that  the  present  industrial  development 
has  outgrown  the  legislation  enacted  for  its  regulation  when  indus- 
tries were  comparatively  localized  and  that  the  granting  of  charters 
'for  revenue  only'  has  not  been  and  can  not  be  productive  of  a  sound 
legal  system.  More  publicity  of  organization  and  management  is 
necessary, "and  such  publicity  can  best  be  secured  by  legislation  which 
shall  "be  national  in  extent  and  uniform  throughout  the  United 
States.  This  can  be  obtained  and  made  efficient  only  by  giving 
Congress  power  to  create  and  dissolve  corporations  carrying  on  inter- 
state trade,  commerce  or  business."  The  State,  if  it  stands  true  to 
its  real  end,  must  look  out  for  the  welfare  of  its  people,  and  in  so 
doing  must  insist  that  all  fraudulent  organizations  be  brought  to 
account.  The  impossibility  of  our  States  to  secure  protection  against 
corporations  imposes  upon  the  United  States  the  great  fundamental 
duty,  and  if  our  Constitution  does  not  grant  Congress  such  power,  it 
ought  so  to  do. 

The  book  is  a  timely  product  of  fertile  thought  produced  by  a 
careful  and  long  continued  study  of  a  subject  difficult  to  handle,  and 
is  to  be  commended  for  its  simplicity  and  directness  and  for  its 

practical  method  of  attacking  the  question. 

HAKRY  G.  PLUM 

THE  STATE  UNIVERSITY  OF  IOWA 
IOWA  CITY 


536  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

Proceedings  of  the  Iowa  Park  and  Forestry  Association.  Second 
Annual  Meeting,  Des  Moines,  Iowa.  December  8,  9,  10,  1902. 
Iowa  City,  Iowa:  Published  by  the  Association.  1903.  Pp. 
xv,  143. 

So  runs  the  title  page  of  a  unique  publication  just  from  the  press. 
A  cursory  glance  through  its  pages  reveals  much  interesting  matter 
which  readily  fascinates  the  reader  who  is  in  any  way  enthusiastic 
about  trees,  shrubs,  or  flowers. 

On  November  16,  1901,  fourteen  kindred  spirits  met  at  Ames  and 
perfected  an  organization  to  be  known  as  The  Iowa  Park  and  For- 
estry Association.  The  objects  of  such  association  as  stated  in  the 
constitution  then  adopted  were:  "to  create  an  interest  in,  and  to 
encourage  the  establishment  of  parks;  the  beautifying  of  our  cities, 
the  better  care  of  cemeteries,  the  planting  of  trees  in  country  homes 
for  aesthetic  purposes  as  well  as  for  the  supply  of  timber  for  com- 
merce; the  proper  utilization  of  our  remaining  timber,  and  to  assist 
in  the  inauguration  of  rational  methods  of  forest  management  and 
thus  help  in  the  protection  of  our  wild  game  and  song  birds;  the 
creation  of  one  or  more  State  parks  in  the  vicinity  of  our  lakes  and 
streams;  to  encourage  State  and  national  legislation  for  rational 
forest  management,  and  the  creation  of  more  forest  reserves."  The 
first  officers  were  Prof.  T.  H.  Macbride,  president;  Wesley  Greene, 
vice-president;  Prof.  L.  H.  Pammel,  secretary;  Silas  Wilson,  treas- 
urer; and  C.  A.  Hosier,  Prof.  H.  C.  Price,  and  Geo.  H.  Van  Houten 
members  of  the  executive  board.  The  other  charter  members  were 
J.  L.  Budd,  A.  T.  Erwin,  A.  Hoffman,  E.  E.  Little,  G.  F.  Parker, 
J.  Sexton,  and  W.  F.  Thompson.  The  next  meeting  which  is 
known  as  the  first  annual  meeting  was  held  at  Des  Moines,  December 
10  and  11,  1901,  when  the  membership  was  more  than  doubled.  The 
papers  presented  at  this  meeting  were  published  in  a  neat  illustrated 
pamphlet  of  80  pages. 

In  the  volume  of  the  proceedings  of  the  second  annual  meeting 
Prof.  Macbride  in  his  presidential  address  felicitates  on  the  present 
status  of  Iowa  parks;  Prof.  Pammel  writes  on  the  progress  of  for- 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  537 

estry  in  the  United  States  during  the  past  year;  H.  C,  Price  gives 
his  idea  on  forestry  and  its  effect  on  western  climate;  Prof.  J.  B. 
Weems  investigated  dendro- chemistry;  E.  R.  Hodson  writes  in- 
structively on  the  farm  wood -lot;  A.  T.  Erwin  idealizes  on  evergreens 
for  wind-breaks;  Wm.  H.  Mast  notes  the  progress  of  forestry  and 
the  work  of  the  bureau  in  Iowa;  Franklin  Brown  gives  the  advan- 
tages of  the  soft  maple  for  the  farmer's  wood -lot;  C.  A.  Hosier 
shows  his  enthusiasm  for  trees  and  notes  with  displeasure  the  passing 
of  the  forests  and  the  past  poor  policy  of  the  government;  Elmer  M. 
Reeves  studies  the  red  cedar;  J.  C.  Blumer  gives  the  experience  of 
the  government  in  forest  planting  in  the  sandhills  of  Nebraska; 
Prof.  B.  Shimek  contributes  an  entertaining  article  on  the  Iowa 
oaks;  Eugene  Secor  gives  a  readable  article  on  one  of  Iowa's  beauty 
spots,  a  noted  landscape  view  near  Forest  City,  Iowa;  Charlotte  M. 
King  states  what  ought  to  be  done  in  forest  preservation  in  Iowa; 
Frank  H.  Nutter  gives  directions  for  parks  and  public  grounds  for 
small  cities;  G.  H.  Van  Houten  writes  on  community  and  individual 
effort  in  tree  planting;  Henry  Lau  entertains  us  with  hardy  shrubs 
and  herbaceous  plants;  D.  L.  Sheldon  gives  civic  improvement  for 
small  cities;  J.  T.  D.  Fulrner  gives  a  short  essay  on  city  parks; 
Albert  Duebendorfer  contrasts  the  elm  and  other  shade  trees;  E.  E. 
Little  shows  the  advantages  of  the  beautifying  and  utilizing  of  rail- 
road grounds;  and  W.  A.  Burnap  closes  with  sensible  advice  on 
street  trees  and  parkings. 

The  book  is  well  edited,  the  articles  are  all  good,  the  paper  and 
press  work,  save  the  illustrations,  some  of  which  are  not  clear,  are 
all  that  need  be  desired.  The  publication  as  a  whole  reflects  credit 
upon  the  organization  which  sends  it  forth. 

T.  J.  FITZPATBICK 
IOWA  CITY,  IOWA 


538  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

The  Political  Ideas  of  Modern  Japan.  By  KAKL  KIYOSHI  KAWA- 
KAMI.  Iowa  City:  The  University  of  Iowa  Press.  1903. 
Studies  in  Sociology,  Economics,  Politics,  and  History.  Vol. 
II,  No.  2.  Pp.  208. 

Mr.  Kawakami's  study  of  the  Political  Ideas  of  Modern  Japan  was 
prepared  and  submitted  as  a  master's  thesis  in  the  Department  of 
Political  Science  of  the  State  University  of  Iowa  during  his  incum- 
bency of  a  fellowship  in  the  Iowa  School  of  Political  and  Social 
Science  in  the  academic  year  1901—02.  It  may  safely  be  recommended 
to  the  general  reader  as  well  as  to  the  special  student  as  an  attractive 
and  original  presentation  of  the  manner  in  which  "western  political 
ideas  have  been  developed  in  Japan,  what  ideas  have  been  accepted, 
modified,  discarded,  or  misunderstood,  and  whether  these  ideas  have 
had  a  wholesome  or  unwholesome  growth"  (Preface,  p.  vi). 

In  sketching  the  origin  of  the  Japanese  nation  Mr.  Kawakami 
ventures  to  state  some  reasons  for  believing  that  the  Japanese  people 
have  an  intermixture  of  Aryan  blood.  He  maintains,  however,  that 
the  Japanese  are  predominantly  oriental  and  that  they  are  destined 
to  be  the  dominant  power  in  the  forward  movement  of  the  Orient. 
The  author  is  particularly  happy  in  his  lucid  explanation  of  the  con- 
tact of  the  eastern  mind  with  western  thought  and  his  clear-sighted 
delineation  of  the  influence  of  religions  upon  the  development  of 
political  ideas  in  Japan. 

This  study  has  secured  the  distinction  of  being  reprinted  in  Japan 
within  four  months  after  its  publication  by  the  State  University  of 
Iowa.  The  Japanese  edition,  which  contains  an  " editor's  note"  by 
Isoh  Yamagata,  is  published  at  Tokyo  by  the  proprietor  of  the 
Shokwabo. 

ISAAC  A.  Loos 
THE  STATE  UNIVERSITY  OF  IOWA 
IOWA   CITY 


OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS  539 

Early  Political  Machinery  in  the  United  States.  By  GEORGE  D. 
LUETSCHER.  Philadelphia.  1903.  Pp.  1(60. 

This  very  interesting  and  valuable  monograph  was  presented  to 
the  faculty  of  Philosophy  of  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  in  par- 
tial fulfillment  of  the  requirements  of  that  University  for  the  degree 
of  Doctor  of  Philosophy.  Through  its  publication  Dr.  Luetscher 
has  made  a  valuable  contribution  to  the  early  history  of  political 
parties  in  the  United  States.  Dealing  with  the  period  of  their 
organization  at  the  close  of  Washington's  administration,  when 
property  qualifications  for  suffrage  disfranchised  more  than  one -half 
of  the  male  population  above  twenty -one  years  of  age,  he  carefully 
traces  the  abolition  of  these  qualifications,  the  formation  of  new  elec- 
tion districts,  and  the  consequent  increase  in  the  ballots  cast. 

The  origin  and  workings  of  the  Democratic  societies  as  an  oppo- 
sition party  to  the  Federalists  is  perhaps  the  most  interesting  chapter. 
Dr.  Luetscher's  thesis  deals  with  a  subject  that  is  most  difficult  to 
treat  for  the  period  covered.  The  paucity  of  material,  such  as 
official  election  returns,  has  given  the  author  the  laborious  task  of 
searching  the  newspaper  files  of  this  period.  Four  well  constructed 
maps  giving  a  graphic  representation  of  the  encroachment  of  the 
Republican  party  upon  the  Federal  area  from  1788  to  1804  add  much 

to  the  value  of  the  monograph. 

FRANK  EDWARD  HORACK 

THE  STATE  UNIVERSITY  OF  IOWA 
IOWA  CITY 


Democracy  and  the  Organization  of  Political  Parties.  By  M.  OSTRO- 
GORSKI.  Translated  from  the  French  by  Frederick  Clarke. 
Preface  by  the  Right  fc  Honorable  James  Bryce.  New  York: 
The  Macmillan  Co.  1902.  Vols.  I,  II.  Pp.  Iviii,  xliii,  627, 
793. 

It  is  clearly  evident  that  the  emphasis  in  the  study  of  what  James 
Bryce  says  « *  is  beginning  to  be  called  political  science "  has  shifted 
from  a  consideration  of  the  organization  of  government  to  a  dis- 


540  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

cussion  of  the  administration  and  the  actual  workings  of  government. 
Thus,  the  study  of  this  new  science  of  Politics  enters  upon  a  third 
stage  of  development. 

The  first  stage  was  characterized  by  the  predominance  of  the  his- 
torical. Indeed  so  strongly  was  the  emphasis  placed  upon  the  history 
of  government  by  such  men  as  Freeman,  Stubbs,  and  Seeley,  that 
the  motto  of  students  of  political  science  for  a  time  was:  " History 
is  past  Politics,  and  Politics  is  present  History." 

The  history  of  government  proved  to  be  a  fertile  field  for  political 
investigation.  Nevertheless  it  was  not  long  before  the  chief  interest 
in  the  study  of  Political  Science  shifted  from  the  history  of  govern- 
ment to  the  organization  of  government.  The  study  of  political 
organization  through  Comparative  Constitutional  Law  represents  the 
second  stage  in  the  recent  development  of  Political  Science.  Burgess, 
Boutmy,  Dicey,  and  Cooley  are  typical  exponents  of  this  second 
stage.  To  the  third  stage,  which  is  characterized  by  literature  on 
administration  and  political  parties,  belongs  the  work  of  M.  Ostro- 
gorski. 

Democracy  and  Political  Parties  is  a  work  to  which  M.  Ostrogorski 
has  devoted  fifteen  years  of  labor.  In  his  research  he  did  not  avoid 
libraries  and  ignore  the  documents,  but  owing  to  the  nature  of  the 
investigation  he  gathered  the  greater  part  of  his  materials  from  real 
life.  Here  he  investigated  minutely  the  workings  of  democratic 
government.  It  is  upon  political  forces  rather  than  upon  political 
forms  that  he  dwells  throughout  the  two  volumes;  and  he  is  con- 
vinced that  "the  best  way  to  study  political  forces  is  to  study  polit- 
ical methods."  He  says  that  to  really  understand  the  character  of 
social  action,  its  modes  of  procedure  must  be  studied  in  the  light  of 
the  character  of  those  who  apply  them,  and  of  the  social  and  political 
conditions  in  which  their  wills  are  formed  and  manifested.  It  is 
only  in  this  sense  that  the  investigation  of  political  methods  will 
have,  in  addition  to  a  philosophical  value,  a  genuine  practical  value. 
It  is  a  study  of  the  methods  of  democratic  government  conceived  in 
this  spirit,  a  study  of  social  and  political  psychology,  based  on 


OF   HISTORY  AND   POLITICS  541 

observation,  that  I  have  tried  to  undertake,  and  it  is  that  which  is 
the  aim  of  this  book." 

M.  Ostrogorski's  field  of  observation  is  England  and  the  United 
States.  And  so  volume  one  is  devoted  to  political  parties  in  England, 
while  volume  two  considers  American  phenomena.  In  his  preface 
Mr.  Bryce  mildly  protests  against  the  gloom  with  which  the  author 
depicts  the  "Caucus "  in  England.  It  remains  for  American  students 
to  enter  a  similar  protest  against  the  unquestionable  pessimism  which 
fills  the  second  volume.  But  it  must  be  said  that,  notwithstanding 
his  gloomy  picture,  M.  Ostrogorski  has  given  us  a  singularly  careful 
and  intelligent  account  of  our  political  methods. 

This  work  on  Democracy  and  Political  Parties  is  one  that  should 
be  found  in  every  library  which  aims  to  collect  political  literature. 
For  students  of  political  parties  it  is  the  most  valuable  book  which 
has  yet  appeared.  It  has  throughout  a  tone  of  moral  earnestness 
which  adds  not  a  little  to  its  merits. 

BENJ.  F.   SHAMBAUGH 
THE  STATE  UNIVERSITY  OF  IOWA 
IOWA  CITY 


Campaigns  and  Battles  of  the  Twelfth  Regiment  Iowa,  Veteran  Vol- 
unteer Infantry,  from  Organization,  September,  1861,  to  Muster- 
out,  January  W,  1866.  By  Major  DAVID  W.  REED.  Evanston, 
111. 

The  author  of  this  life  of  a  regiment,  covering  more  than  four 
years  of  active  service  in  the  Civil  War,  is  fortunate  in  having  been, 
from  beginning  to  end,  part  of  that  life.  He  is  further  fortunate  in 
having  been,  for  several  years  past,  Secretary  of  the  Shiloh  National 
Military  Park  Commission,  which  has  put  him  in  close  touch  with 
prominent  military  men  on  both  sides  and  has  given  him  free  access 
to  official  records. 

The  author's  style  is  strictly  narrative  but  with  sufficient  "inci- 
dent" to  fix  attention  and  enliven  the  story.  Official  documents  are 
used  sparingly  but  sufficiently.  Fifty  pages  are  given  to  the  battle 


542  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

of  Shiloh,  for  the  purpose  of  correcting  history  and  doing  justice  to 
men  and  regiments,  suffering  for  more  than  forty  years  the  injustice 
of  misrepresentation  and  falsehood.  There  is  extant  but  one  other  as 
full  and  complete  account  of  that  important  battle  as  is  given  in  this 
history,  and  that  account,  just  published  by  the  Government,  is  by 
the  same  author  under  the  title,  The  Battle  of  Shiloh  and  the 
Organizations  Engaged.  Major  Reed  is  the  best  living  authority 
on  that  battle. 

Another  important  battle  fully  described  is  that  of  Nashville,  in 
which  the  Twelfth  took  an  active  part,  though  it  went  into  the  fight 
without  a  single  commissioned  company  officer  in  command.  Every 
company  was  commanded  by  the  ranking  sergeant. 

The  author  tells  us  that  the  Twelfth  threw  away  its  knapsacks 
within  a  month  after  going  into  the  field,  and  that  it  was  ever  after 
in  "light  marching  order;"  that  it  was  never  called  upon  to  do  gar- 
rison duty  or  provost -guard  duty;  that  it  never  had  a  dress  coat  on 
its  back  or  white  gloves  on  its  hands —  its  * '  best "  coat  was  the  reg- 
ulation "fatigue  blouse."  As  a  specimen  of  active  service,  it  is 
stated  that  the  regiment,  in  two  and  one-half  months,  in  1864,  cov- 
ered by  steamboat  722  miles,  by  rail  50  miles,  and  in  marching  950 
miles.  On  election  day  of  that  year  (Nov.  8,  1864)  the  regiment 
waded  Osage  river,  in  Missouri,  waist-deep  in  ice-cold  water,  then 
halted  upon  the  bank  to  vote  for  President  of  the  United  States. 
There  were  cast  210  votes — Lincoln,  190;  McClellan,  20. 

The  regiment  has  to  its  credit  seventeen  pitched  battles  and 
twelve  skirmishes,  and  it  was  never  repulsed.  The  story  of  its  life 
is  plainly  but  simply  and  admirably  told,  though  the  work  is  marred 
by  poor  proof-reading.  There  are  two  elaborate  maps  of  the  field  of 
Shiloh  and  several  illustrations. 

The  edition  is  limited  to  500  copies,  is  not  copyrighted,  is  privately 
printed,  and  is  sold  at  the  actual  cost  of  printing  ($2.00). 

JOSEPH  W.  RICH 
IOWA  CITY,  IOWA 


NOTES  AND   COMMENT 

In  September  (1903)  the  Twenty -fourth  Biennial  Report  of  the 
State  Historical  Society  of  Iowa  was  submitted  to  the  Governor  of 
the  State.  This  report  contains:  (1)  an  historical  sketch  of  the 
Society;  (2)  a  statement  relative  to  the  organization  of  the  Society; 
(3)  the  names  of  the  officers  and  members;  (4)  a  financial  statement; 
(5)  an  account  of  publications;  (6)  a  statement  relative  to  the  library; 
and  (7)  recommendations  for  additional  support.  The  whole  report 
will  be  printed  by  the  State,  and  in  due  time  may  be  found  in  the 
series  of  legislative  documents  for  1904. 

Mr.  Harold  M.  Bowman,  writer  of  the  article  contained  in  this 
number  of  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS  on  Prob- 
lems in  the  Administration  of  Iowa  is  the  author  of  a  monograph 
entitled  The  Administration  of  Iowa,  A  Study  in  Centralization. 
The  problems  cursorily  reviewed  in  the  article,  and  others,  are  ex- 
amined in  detail  in  the  monograph,  where  full  references  to  sources 
are  given.  A  number  of  practical  suggestions  for  alteration  in 
administrative  organization  and  practice  are  also  incorporated.  The 
Macmillan  Company,  New  York,  announce  that  the  monograph  will 
be  published  in  October,  as  Number  1  of  Volume  XVIII  of  the 
Columbia  Studies  in  History,  Economics,  and  Public  Law.  Copies 
are  to  be  obtained  from  the  Macmillan  Company,  or  from  Professor 
E.  R.  A.  Seligman,  Columbia  University,  New  York. 

The  fourth  volume  of  The  Messages  and  Proclamations  of  the 
Governors  of  Iowa,  which  has  just  been  issued  by  the  State  His- 
torical Society  of  Iowa,  contains  the  messages  and  proclamations  of 
Governor  Cyrus  Clay  Carpenter  (1872-1876),  Governor  Samuel 
Jordan  Kirkwood  (third  term,  1876-1877),  and  Governor  Joshua 
Giddings  Newbold  (1877-1878).  This  volume  contains  about  four 
hundred  pages. 


544  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

The  fifth  volume  of  The  Messages  and  Proclamations  of  the  Gov- 
ernors of  Iowa ,  which  is  now  in  press,  will  cover  the  administrations 
of  John  Henry  Gear  and  Buren  R.  Sherman.  The  volume  will 
appear  in  December,  1903. 

A  very  commendable  undertaking  is  the  Semi-Centennial  Anni- 
versary of  the  Founding  of  Grinnell  (Iowa),  which  is  to  be  celebrated 
on  May  18,  1904.  Appropriate  exercises  have  been  arranged  for 
that  day.  The  whole  matter  is  in  the  hands  of  a  general  committee, 
which  has  held  several  meetings  and  adopted  general  plans.  Among 
other  things,  the  committee  has  named  persons  to  prepare  papers  on 
the  different  phases  of  the  local  history  of  the  town  of  Grinnell. 
These  papers  are  to  be  permanently  preserved  as  historical  records  in 
the  Stewart  library.  It  is  hoped  that  other  towns  and  cities  will 
follow  the  example  of  Grinnell. 

Dr.  Duren  J.  H.  Ward  has  recently  investigated  a  number  of  Iowa 
mounds.  Some  of  the  results  of  his  work  will  probably  be  published 
in  the  January,  1904,  number  of  the  IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND 
POLITICS. 

In  an  editorial  in  the  March- April,  1903,  American  Antiquarian 
an  attempt  is  made  "to  so  describe  the  relics  which  have  been  dis- 
covered in  the  various  portions  of  the  Mississippi  Valley,  that  the 
reader  may  discover  the  unity  and  diversity  which  has  prevailed 
among  the  prehistoric  populations,  and  gain  a  picture  of  the  condi- 
tion of  each  particular  district  in  prehistoric  times." 

The  program  for  1903-1904  of  the  Pilgrim  Chapter  (Iowa  City, 
Iowa)  of  the  Daughters  of  the  American  Revolution  contains  a 
lecture  on  Early  Iowa. 

Chapter  "E"  of  the  P.  E.  O.  (Iowa  City,  Iowa)  has  arranged  a 
program  of  Studies  in  the  History  of  Iowa.  The  titles  of  the  papers  as 
announced  on  the  printed  program  for  1903-1904  are  as  follows:  (1) 
Life  Among  the  Pioneers;  (2)  The  Claim  Laws;  (3)  The  Territorial 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  545 

Governors;  (4)  The  Constitutions  of  1844-46,  and  Admission  into  the 
Union;  (5)  The  Capitals  of  Iowa;  (6)  James  Wilson  Grimes,  the  Op- 
ponent of  Slavery;  (7)  Samuel  Jordan  Kirkwood,  the  War  Governor; 
(8)  Iowa  Indians;  (9)  Black  Hawk  and  Keokuk;  (10)  the  Spirit  Lake 
Massacre;  (11)  The  Indian  Reservation  at  Tama;  (12)  Old  John 
Brown  in  Iowa;  (13)  The  Iowa  Band;  (14)  The  Mormons  in  Iowa; 
(15)  The  Colonies  of  Iowa;  (16)  Iowa's  Contribution  to  Literature; 
(17)  Iowa's  Contribution  to  Art;  (18)  Iowa  of  To-day.  At  the  opening 
meeting  on  September  25,  Dr.  B.  F.  Shambaugh  gave  an  address  on 
The  Opening  of  Iowa. 

The  legislature  of  the  State  of  Missouri  appropriated  $5,000  for 
the  use  of  the  State  Historical  Society  of  Missouri  for  the  current 
biennial  period. 

The  Proceedings  of  the  Neio  Hampshire  Historical  Society,  from 
June  1899  to  June  1902,  being  Pt.  I  of  Vol.  IV  of  the  series,  has 
recently  been  published  and  distributed  by  the  Society.  The  chief 
contributions  in  this  part  are:  (I)  The  Capture  of  Fort  William 
and  Mary,  by  Prof.  Charles  L.  Parsons;  (2)  The  Life  and  Character 
of  Bishop  Carlton  Chase,  by  the  Rt.  Rev.  W.  W.  Niles;  (3)  Nathan 
Lord,  by  Professor  John  K.  Lord;  (4)  The  Scotch- Irish  and  Irish 
Presbyterian  Settlers  of  New  Hampshire,  by  Hon.  Gordon  Wood- 
bury. 

It  is  gratifying  to  learn  that  the  Abigail  Adams  Chapter  of  the 
Daughters  of  the  American  Revolution  has  decided  to  devote  the 
year  to  marking  the  site  of  the  old  Ft.  Des  Moines. 

"The  old  pioneer  days  are  gone,  with  their  roughness  and  their 
hardship,  their  incredible  toil  and  their  wild  half-savage  romance. 
But  the  need  for  the  pioneer  virtues  remains  the  same  as  ever.  The 
peculiar  frontier  conditions  have  vanished;  but  the  manliness  and 
stalwart  hardihood  of  the  frontiersmen  can  be  given  even  freer  scope 
under  the  conditions  surrounding  the  complex  industrialism  of  the 
present  day." — Pres.  Roosevelt  in  St.  Louis  address,  April  30,  1903. 


546  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

At  the  encampment  of  the  Iowa  Department  of  the  Grand  Army 
of  the  Republic,  which  was  held  at  Cedar  Rapids  in  May,  1903,  the 
following  were  among  the  resolutions  passed: 

That  we  commend  to  the  Governor  and  General  Assembly  of  Iowa  and  to  our 
delegation  in  Congress,  the  justice  of  placing  at  an  early  date  suitable  memorial 
statues  of  Iowa's  colossal  old  war  Governor,  Samuel  J.  Kirkwood,  in  the  capitols 
at  Des  Moines  and  Washington. 

That  a  committee  on  legislation  be  appointed  by  this  department  to  secure  the 
early  adoption  of  a  law  providing  for  the  preparation  and  publication  of  a  com- 
plete and  permanent  personal  register,  by  military  organizations,  of  all  Iowa 
soldiers  in  the  Civil  War,  also  of  all  other  resident  veterans,  and  such  other  legis- 
lation as  will  give  veterans  preferred  rights  in  official  positions,  and  secure  justice 
to  all  survivors  of  the  great  war,  and  promote  the  interests  of  this  department. 

Six  lectures  on  The  Industrial  Revolution  have  been  scheduled  for 
the  extension  course  at  Cedar  Rapids,  Iowa,  for  January  and  Febru- 
ary, 1904.  The  lectures  will  be  given  by  Professor  Isaac  A.  Loos 
who  is  a  member  of  the  Board  of  Curators  and  Vice -President  of  the 
State  Historical  Society  of  Iowa. 

Professor  Jesse  Macy  of  Iowa  College,  Grinnell,  Iowa,  has  been 
granted  a  leave  of  absence  and  will  spend  the  year  in  Washington, 
D.  C. 

A  Beardshear  Memorial  Volume  has  been  announced.  The  object 
of  the  committee  having  charge  of  the  volume  is  to  produce  a  book 
which  will  contain  some  of  the  best  things  which  the  late  Dr. 
Beardshear,  President  of  the  State  Agricultural  College  at  Ames, 
Iowa,  produced  during  his  active  career  in  Iowa.  Subscribers  will 
be  charged  one  dollar  for  the  volume.  Mr.  Herman  Knapp,  Ames, 
Iowa,  has  charge  of  the  subscription  list. 

The  Ohio  State  Archaeological  and  Historical  Society  has  recently 
issued  an  index  "supplement  to  vol.  xi,"  which  covers  the  subjects 
and  contents  of  the  first  ten  volumes  of  the  "annual  publications"  of 
the  Society  and  the  July  and  October  numbers  of  the  Ohio  Archceo- 
logical  and  Historical  Quarterly. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  547 

To  the  April  number  of  the  Iowa  Medical  Journal,  Professor  F. 
I.  Herriott  contributed  an  article  on  Death  Returns  in  Iowa's  Cities 
and  the  Profession.  This  was  followed  in  the  May  and  April  num- 
bers by  articles  on  Vital  Statistics. 

The  State  Historical  Society  of  Iowa  has  received  from  Mr.  J.  W. 
Dean,  of  Chapel  Hill,  Missouri,  files  of  New  York  and  Missouri 
newspapers  of  the  early  part  of  the  19th  century. 

In  the  Annals  of  Iowa  for  April,  1903,  there  are  two  interesting 
articles  which  contain  reminiscences  of  pioneer  life.  These  are 
Coming  into  Iowa  in  1837,  by  George  C.  Duffield,  and  Pioneer  Pro- 
tection from  Horse  Thieves,  by  James  E.  Parker.  An  Iowa  Fugitive 
Slave  Case  is  a  reprint  of  a  pamphlet  published  by  George  Frazee. 
It  contains  a  full  report  of  a  fugitive  slave  case  which  was  heard  and 
decided  in  the  District  Court  of  the  United  States  for  the  southern 
district  of  Iowa  in  1850.  The  July  Annals  contains  an  article  by 
Charles  A.  Clark  on  Indians  of  Iowa,  an  account  of  the  Icarian  Com- 
munity,  by  Charles  Gray,  a  biographical  sketch  of  the  Rev.  J.  A.  M. 
Pelamourgues,  by  Rev.  J.  F.  Kempker,  and  a  discussion  of  Pub- 
licity in  our  Local  Finance,  by  Dr.  F.  I.  Herriott. 

A  valuable  contribution  to  State  history  is  Dr.  Charles  Clinton 
Weaver's  monograph  on  Internal  Improvements  in  North  Carolina 
Previous  to  1860,  which  appears  as  numbers  3  and  4  of  Series  XXI  of 
the  John  Hopkins  University  Studies  in  Historical  and  Political  Science. 

Several  important  additions  have  recently  been  made  to  the  library 
of  the  State  Historical  Society  of  Iowa.  Among  the  most  valuable 
are  294  volumes  of  laws  of  the  Northwest  Territory,  Ohio,  Michigan, 
and  Indiana.  Other  accessions  are  State  publications  of  Pennsyl- 
vania and  Alabama  received  from  the  Pennsylvania  State  Library 
and  the  Alabama  Department  of  Archives  and  History,  and  92  vol- 
umes of  Ohio  State  publications. 

An  unusually  interesting  and  valuable  article  on  Chancellor  Kent 
appears  in  the  April  number  of  the  Columbia  Law  Review.  The 


548  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

author  of  this  article  is  John  F.  Dillon,  formerly  of  the  Iowa  bar 
and  at  one  time  Chief  Justice  of  the  Supreme  Court  of  Iowa.  In 
comparing  Kent  and  Marshall  the  author  says: 

"The  two  great  figures  eminent  over  all  in  our  early  constitutional,  judicial 
and  legal  history  are  those  of  John  Marshall  and  James  Kent.  I  said  early 
history,  and  this  is  true;  and  it  is  largely  true  that  their  pre-eminence  remains 
down  to  the  present: 

Chancellor  Kent  has  as  strong  a  title  as  Chief  Justice  Marshall  to  the  profes 
sional  and  public  regard,  gratitude  and  veneration  for  his  genius,  character  and 
labors.  Marshall's  field  was  the  development  of  the  Constitution  of  the  United 
States;  Kent's  was  the  field  of  general  jurisprudence,  and  in  this  he  rendered 
services,  throughout  a  judicial  career  extending  from  1798  to  1823,  which  are 
inferior  in  value  and  importance  to  Marshall's  only,  if  at  all,  because  the  develop- 
ment and  adaptation  of  the  system  of  jurisprudence  from  the  English  principles 
and  models  may  be  regarded  as  less  vital  and  important  than  the  work  of  ex- 
pounding and  developing  the  principles  of  the  Constitution  of  the  Union." 

Professor  W.  C.  Wilcox,  member  of  the  Board  of  Curators  of  the 
State  Historical  Society  of  Iowa,  is  scheduled  to  give  university 
extension  lectures  as  follows :  The  Six  Great  Powers  and  the  Eastern 
Question,  Clear  Lake,  Iowa,  Oct.  2,  1903;  The  Possible  Solutions  of 
the  Eastern  Question,  Clear  Lake,  Iowa,  Oct.  16,  1903;  The  Struggle 
for  Race  Supremacy,  Garner,  Iowa,  Oct.  3,  1903;  The  Crisis  in  the 
Inevitable  Conflict,  Garner,  Iowa,  Oct.  15,  1903;  The  Manifest  Des- 
tiny of  the  United  States,  Marshalltown,  Iowa,  Dec.  10,  1903;  Henry 
Clay,  the  Leader  of  the  Whig  Party,  Morrison,  111.,  Oct.  9,  1903; 
Daniel  Webster,  the  Expounder  of  the  Constitution,  Morrison,  111., 
Oct.  23,  1903;  Stephen  A.  Douglas,  the  Advocate  of  Squatter  Sover- 
eignty, Morrison,  111.,  Nov.  6,  1903;  Horace  Greeley,  the  Prince  of 
American  Journalism,  Morrison,  111.,  Nov.  20,  1903;  Samuel  J. 
Tilden,  the  Statesman  of  the  Democratic  Party,  Morrison,  111. ,  Dec. 
4,  1903;  James  G.  Blaine,  the  Statesman  of  the  Hepublican  Party, 
Morrison,  111,  Dec.  18,  1903;  The  History  of  the  Eastern  Question, 
Davenport,  Iowa,  Oct.  10,  1903;  The  Eastern  Question  in  Europe, 
Davenport,  Iowa,  Oct.  24,  1903;  The  Eastern  Question  in  Asia, 
Davenport,  Iowa,  Nov.  7,  1903;  The  Eastern  Question  in  Africa, 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  549 

Davenport,  Iowa,  Nov.  21,  1903;  The  Six  Great  Powers  and  the 
Eastern  Question,  Davenport,  Iowa,  Dec.  5,  1903;  The  Possible 
Solutions  of  the  Eastern  Question,  Davenport,  Iowa,  Dec.  19,  1903. 

The  Work  of  the  State  Historical  Society  of  Iowa  is  the  subject  of 
a  paper  on  the  program  of  the  Marshalltowjj  meeting  of  the  Iowa 
Library  Association. 

A  contribution  to  comparative  State  legislation  has  recently  ap- 
peared in  a  monograph  on  The  Organization  and  Control  of  Indus 
trial  Corporations  by  Dr.  F.  E.  Horack,  the  Secretary  of  the  State 
Historical  Society  of  Iowa. 

In  all  probability  there  will  be  in  connection  with  the  Iowa  exhibit 
at  the  St.  Louis  Exposition  some  representation  of  the  contributions 
made  by  Iowa  to  local  and  State  history.  The  Iowa  Commission 
now  have  the  matter  under  advisement. 

Mr.  Barry  Gilbert,  who  has  recently  been  appointed  Professor  of 
Law  in  the  Law  College  of  the  State  University  of  Iowa,  was  born 
in  Cairo,  Illinois,  May  16,  1876.  He  is  a  graduate  of  both  the  Col- 
lege of  Liberal  Arts  and  the  School  of  Law  of  Northwestern  Uni- 
versity; and  he  has  practiced  law  in  Cedar  Rapids,  Iowa.  Mr. 
Gilbert  has  contributed  the  following  articles:  (1)  Laic  of  the  Inde- 
pendent Contractor  in  Illinois;  (2)  The  Law  of  Track  Elevation  in 
Iowa;  and  (3)  Right  of  Asylum  in  U.  S.  Legations. 

The  grave  of  Timothy  Brown,  a  soldier  of  the  American  Revolu- 
tion, has  recently  been  located  at  Washington,  Iowa.  The  remains 
have  been  removed  and  are  in  the  custody  of  "The  Timothy  Brown 
American  Revolution  Memorial  Association."  This  memorial  asso- 
ciation now  proposes  to  erect  a  suitable  monument  to  the  memory  of 
the  Revolution  patriot.  The  work  of  marking  the  graves  of  soldiers 
of  the  Revolution  buried  in  Iowa  has  been  very  much  encouraged  by 
the  Sons  of  the  American  Revolution  and  by  the  Daughters  of  the 
American  Revolution  in  the  State. 


550  THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 

D.  Appleton  &  Co.  have  recently  published  a  volume  of  387  pages 
on  Trust  Finance — a  Study  of  the  Genesis,  Organization,  and  Man- 
agement of  Industrial  Corporations.  The  author  is  Dr.  Edward  S. 
Meade  of  the  University  of  Pennsylvania. 

During  the  biennial  period  from  July  1,  1901,  to  June  30,  1903, 
approximately  4,149  volumes  have  been  added  to  the  library  of  the 
State  Historical  Society  of  Iowa.  Of  this  number  3,484  were  ob- 
tained through  gift  and  exchange,  and  665  through  purchase. 

Volume  I  of  Collections  of  the  Illinois  State  Historical  Library 
has  recently  been  issued  by  the  Board  of  Trustees.  The  book,  which 
is  edited  and  annotated  by  Hiram  W.  Beckwith,  President  of  the 
Board,  contains  documents  and  papers  relative  to  the  early  history  of 
Illinois  and  the  Northwest. 

Mr.  T.  J.  Fitzpatrick  has  resigned  his  position  in  the  Iowa  City 
High  School  to  accept  the  editorship  of  the  Esthermlle  Enterprise. 
His  Bibliography  of  the  Scientific  Literature  of  Iowa,  which  will 
make  a  pamphlet  of  about  200  pages,  will  soon  be  published  by  the 
State  Historical  Society  of  Iowa. 

On  September  17,  1903,  a  monument,  erected  and  dedicated  to  the 
memory  of  Charles  Shepherd,  a  soldier  of  the  Revolutionary  War,  was 
unveiled  at  Mt.  Pleasant,  Iowa.  The  inscription  on  the  monument 
reads:  "Charles  Shepherd,  a  Soldier  of  the  Revolution.  Born  Dec. 
25,  1763.  Died  Sept.  1845.  Served  four  years  five  and  one-half 
months.  Was  in  the  Battles  of  Brandywine  and  Germantown.  Was 
buried  on  the  NE  \  SE£  of  Section  17,  Twp.  72  N.  R.  7  W. 
Erected  by  the  State  of  Iowa  aided  by  McFarland  Post,  G.  A.  R. 
and  the  D.  A.  R.  Pro  Patria  Dulce  Et  Decorum  Est."  The  special 
appropriation  made  by  the  Twenty-ninth  General  Assembly  of  Iowa 
for  the  purpose  of  erecting  this  monument  amounted  to  five  hundred 
dollars. 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS  551 

Miss  Harriet  Wood,  a  member  of  the  State  Historical  Society  of 
Iowa,  has  gone  from  the  library  of  the  State  University  of  Iowa  to 
Cedar  Rapids,  Iowa,  to  take  charge  of  the  public  library  at  that 
place. 

In  his  Company  B  of  Davenport  Mr.  George  Cram  Cook  has  con- 
tributed an  unusually  interesting  and  readable  volume  of  142  pages. 
It  was  printed  in  1899  for  Company  B  by  the  Davenport  Democrat 
Co.,  Davenport,  Iowa. 

The  following  letter  by  Abraham  Lincoln,  which  was  published 
for  the  first  time  in  the  January,  1903,  number  of  the  Pennsylvania 
Magazine^  has  an  interesting  bearing  upon  the  political  history  of 
Iowa. 

HENRY  O'CONNER,  ESQ.,  SPRINGFIELD,  Sept.  14,  1856. 

Muscatine,  Iowa. 
Dear  Sir: 

Yours,  inviting  me  to  attend  a  mass  meeting  on  the  23rd  inst  is  received.  It 
would  be  very  pleasant  to  shake  hands  with  the  Fremonters  of  Iowa,  who  have 
led  the  van  so  splendidly,  in  this  grand  charge  which  we  hope  and  believe  will 
end  in  a  most  glorious  victory — All  thanks,  all  honor  to  Iowa!  !  But  Iowa  is  out 
of  all  danger,  and  it  is  no  time  for  us,  when  the  battle  still  rages,  to  pay  holy -day 
visits  to  Iowa — I  am  sure  you  will  excuse  me  for  remaining  in  Illinois,  where 

much  hard  work  is  still  to  be  done —  Yours  very  truly 

A.  LINCOLN. 

The  following  is  the  letter  of  acceptance  written  by  James  W. 
Grimes  on  the  occasion  of  his  election  to  the  office  of  President  of 
the  State  Historical  Society  of  Iowa  in  1857.  Mr.  Grimes  was  the 

first  President  of  this  Society. 

IOWA  CITY,  Feb.  28th,  1857. 
My  dear  Sir: — 

I  have  received  your  note  informing  me  that  I  have  been  elected  President  of 
the  Iowa  State  Historical  Society. 

I  accept  the  position  which  the  partiality  of  the  Society  has  assigned  to  me. 

It  will  be  my  pleasure,  as  I  believe  it  will  be  my  duty,  to  do  whatever  may  be 
in  my  power  to  promote  the  objects  of  the  association. 

Your  obdt  servt 
KEV.  C.  BILLINGS  SMITH  JAMES  W.  GRIMES. 

Secty.  &c 


CONTKIBUTORS 

HAROLD  MARTIN  BOWMAN.  Member  of  the  bar.  Born  in 
Des  Moines,  Iowa,  January  17,  1876.  From  the  University  of 
Michigan  he  received  the  degree  LL.  B.  in  1899,  and  A.  M.  in 
1901.  During  the  year  1902-1903  he  was  University  Fellow  in 
Administrative  Law  at  Columbia  University,  New  York.  Author 
of  Iowa  Board  of  Control,  and  The  Administration  of  Iowa,  A 
Study  in  Centralization.  Compiler,  for  the  Interstate  Com- 
merce Commission,  of  A  Twelve-  Year  Survey  of  State  Railroad 
Taxation. 

EMLIN  McCLAiN.  One  of  the  Justices  of  the  Supreme  Court 
of  Iowa.  Born  in  Salem,  Ohio,  November  26,  1851.  Gradu- 
ated from  the  State  University  of  Iowa.  He  was  Chancellor  of 
the  Law  Department  of  the  State  University  of  Iowa  from  1890 
to  1901.  Author  of  Digest  of  Iowa  Reports;  Annotated  Code 
and  Statutes  of  Iowa  (1888);  Criminal  Law;  Cases  on  the  Law 
of  Carriers;  Cases  on  Constitutional  Law;  Article  on  Carriers 
in  Cyclopedia  of  Law  and  Procedure;  etc. 

JOHN  W.  GANN AWAY.  Fellow  in  Political  Science,  University 
of  Wisconsin,  Madison.  Born  at  Pleasant  Grove  in  Des  Moines 
County,  Iowa,  in  1877.  Graduated  from  Iowa  College  in  1902. 
Received  the  degree  of  Master  of  Arts  from  Iowa  College  in 
1903. 

JOHNSON  BRIGHAM.  State  Librarian  for  Iowa.  Des  Moines. 
(See  IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY  AND  POLITICS  for  Jan.,  1903). 


AN  INDEX 


IOWA  JOURNAL  OF  HISTORY   AND   POLITICS 

VOLUME   ONE 

1903 


INDEX  TO   ARTICLES 


NOTE — The  names  of  contributors  of  articles  to  the  Iowa  Journal  of  History 
and  Politics  are  printed  in  SMALL  CAPITALS.  The  titles  of  books,  articles,  and 
papers  referred  to  are  printed  in  italics. 


Academy  of  Sciences,  the  Davenport, 
work  in  anthropology  of,  313,  315 

Academy  of  Sciences,  Iowa,  bibliogra- 
phy of  publications  of,  for  1900-1901, 
365 

Adams  County  (Wisconsin),  gerryman- 
der case  in,  277 

Adams,  John,  20 

Adjutant-General  (Iowa),  bibliography 
of  publications  of,  for  1900-1901,  366 

Administration  of  Iowa,  Problems  in 
the,  by  HAROLD  M.  BOWMAN,  467 

Administration,  constructive  work  of 
Governor  of  N.  Y.  in,  491 

Administration  (in  Iowa),  defects  of, 
490;  delicacy  of  problems  of,  490;  of 
charities  and  corrections,  476;  of  pub- 
lic education,  470;  of  public  finance, 
482;  of  public  health  and  safety,  480; 
of  State  institutions,  478;  State  con- 
trol of  local,  483. 

Administrative  law,  demand  for  non- 
political  study  in,  491 

Agricultural  Department  (Iowa),  bibli- 
ography of  publications  of,  for  1900- 
1901,  366. 

Ainsworth,  author  of  Becollections  of  a 
Civil  Engineer,  103 

Akamsea  (Arkansas),  southermost  point 
reached  by  Marquette,  8,  9,  12 

Aldrich,  Hon.  Charles,  curator  of  the 
Historical  Department  of  Iowa,  83,  88 

Allison,  William  B.,  vice-president  of 
State  Historical  Society  of  Iowa,  151. 

Amana  Society,  history  of  the,  88,  89 

American  community,  political  char- 
acter of,  determined  by  history,  45 


American  government,  equality  of  rep- 
resentation a  principle  in,  309 

American  history,  proper  place  for  the 
study  of,  in  public  schools,  154 

American  Insurance  Company  v.  Can- 
ter, decision  of  Marshall  in  the  case 
of,  464 

American  Municipalities,  League  of, 
194 

American  Naturalist,  73 

American  political  institutions,  con- 
trasted with  British  institutions,  19; 
dominant  idea  of,  19 

American  State  government,  character- 
istics of,  468 

Amish  Mennonites  in  Iowa,  151 

Anglo-Saxon  love  for  law,  434 

Annals  of  Iowa,  72;  1st,  2nd,  and  3rd 
series  of,  83;  the  first  number  of,  150; 
war  sketches  in,  89;  writers  of  anthro- 
pology in,  313 

Anthropological  Academy  of  Iowa  (pro- 
posed), 327 

Anthropological  collections  in  Iowa, 
315 

Anthropological  Instruction  in  Iowa,  by 
DUREN  J.  H.  WARD,  312 

Anthropology,  a  science  without  a  place, 
326;  as  a  science,  47;  definition  of, 
47;  divisions  of,  48;  literature  of, 
326,  327;  problems  of,  in  America, 
57;  questions  of,  regarding  Iowa,  65; 
work  of  the  Davenport  Academy  in, 
70 

Anthropology  (in  Iowa),  academic  in- 
struction in,  316;  courses  of  instruc- 
tion in,  in  State  University,  318,  322, 


556 


THE  IOWA  JOURNAL 


in  the  State  Normal  School,  323,  in 
Drake  University,  323,  in  Iowa  Col- 
lege, 324,  in  Cornell  College,  324; 
first  college  work  in,  316;  four  leading 
Iowa  workers  in,  313;  proposed  col- 
lege course  in,  327,  328;  workers  of 
former  years  in,  312,  313,  314 

Apportionment,  mandatory  provisions 
of  Wisconsin  Constitution  regarding, 
303 

Archaeology,  American,  64;  materials 
for,  in  mounds,  57;  Mound  Builders' 
works  a  problem  in,  56;  of  Iowa,  sum- 
mary of  the,  by  Frederick  Starr,  71; 
resources  of,  in  the  study  of  anthro- 
pology, 47,  55 

Archives  Commission  of  the  American 
Historical  Association,  128 

Arizona,  Pueblos  of,  58 

Articles  of  Confederation,  location  of 
the  power  of  interpretation  under,  434 

Aryans,  59 

Assemblies,  the  Iowa  General,  early 
work  of,  86 

Assembly  of  Iowa, General,  bibliography 
of  publications  of,  for  1900-1901, 
372;  railroad  policy  of  fifth,  86 

Assessment,  advantages  of  State,  486 

Association,  State  Teachers,  476 

Attorney-General  (Iowa),  bibliography 
of  publications  of,  for  1900-1901,  368 

Auditor  of  State  (Iowa),  bibliography 
of  publications  of,  for  1900-1901,  368 

Avery,  Elizabeth  H.,  author  of  Some 
Fragments  of  Iowa  History,  103 

Bain,  51 

Baltimore  Reform  League,  193 

Bancroft,  Geo.,  letter  of,  152;  member 
of  State  Historical  Society  of  Iowa, 
152 

Banks,  State,  political  value  of  State 
constitutional  history  in  the  study 
of,  32 

Bank  of  United  States,  the,  case  of 
McCulloch  v.  Maryland  in  regard  to, 
453;  case  of  Osborne  v.  United  States 
Bank,  bearing  upon,  456;  chartering 
of,  452;  taxing  of,  in  Maryland,  453 


Bar  Association,   State,  in  conference 

with  the  League  of  Iowa  Municipali- 
ties, 202 
Barris,  70 
Benton,  Thomas  H.,  Jr.,  curator  of  the 

State  Historical  Society  of  Iowa,  162 
Bibliography  of  Iowa  Antiquities,  by 

Frederick  Starr,  68 
Bibliography  of  Iowa  State  Publications 

for  1900  and  1901,  A,  by  MARGARET 

BUDINGTON,  362 

Bibliography  of  State  publications,  de- 
sirability  of   a,   363;  difficulties  of 

compiling  a,  363 
Black  Hawk,    Life  of,    by  Benjamin 

Drake,  82 
Black  Hawk,  60;  character  of,  61-62; 

sale  of  land  resented  by,  61;  war  with, 

54,  61,  63 

Black  Hawk  Purchase,  the,  54;  polit- 
ical instincts  of  early  settlers  of,  496 
Blair,  Francis  P.,  and   the   Hampton 

Roads  Conference,  213,  215,  216,  217, 

218,  219,  223 
Bloody  Run,  alleged  landing  place  of 

Joliet  and  Marquette,  3 
Board  of  Control  of  State  Institutions, 

bibliography  of  publications  of,  for 

1900-1901,  370;  powers  of,  476,  479; 

success  of,  479 
Board   of   Educational    Examiners   in 

Iowa,  474,  475 
Board  of  Equalization,  State,  in  Iowa, 

487 
Board  of   Health,  authority,  creation, 

and  functions  of,  481,  482 
Board  of  Review,  State,  in  Iowa,  486 
Bowman,  Harold  Martin,  biographical 

note  on,  552 
BOWMAN,  HAROLD  M.,  Problems  in  the 

Administration  of  Iowa,  467 
BRIGHAM,  JOHNSON,  A  General  Survey 

of  the  Literature  of  Iowa  History,  77; 

Local  Tradition,  625 
Brigham,   Johnson,  biographical  note 

on,  135 
Brown  v.  Maryland,  decision  of  Chief 

Justice  Marshall  in  the  case  of,  460; 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS 


557 


question  involved  in,  460;  statement 
of  the  case  of,  460 

Brown,  John,  in  Iowa,  87 

Brown,  John,  Among  the  Quakers,  by 
Irving  B.  Richman,  88 

Bryant,  William  Cullen,  member  of 
State  Historical  Society  of  Iowa,  152 

Buchanan,  President,  330 

BUDINGTON,  MARGARET,  A  Bibliography 
of  Iowa  State  Publications  for  1900 
and  1901,  362 

Budington,  Margaret,  biographical  note 
on,  424 

Bureau  of  Ethnology,  73 

Byers,  S.  H.  M.,  author  of  Iowa  in  War 
Times,  90 

California,  Constitution  of,  a  composite 
instrument,  41;  modelled  after  the 
Iowa  ( 1846 )  Constitution,  40 

Calvin,  Samuel,  on  the  pleistocene  in 
Iowa,  49,  61 

Cameron,  Wm.  E.,  account  of  Hampton 
Roads  Conference  by,  213 

Campbell,  Judge,  at  Hampton  Roads 
Conference,  211,  212,  219,  225 

Carney,  Senator  J.  L.,  first  bill  for  an 
act  to  regulate  primary  elections  in 
Iowa  introduced  by,  174,  176 

Carney  bill  for  regulation  of  primary 
elections  in  Iowa,  174,  176 

Carpenter,  Governor,  88 

Carte  Generale  of  1681,  by  Franquelin, 
4 

Carte  de  la  Louisiana,  by  Franquelin, 
4,15 

Cassady,  P.  M.,  curator  of  the  State 
Historical  Society  of  Iowa,  152 

Central  Committee,  State,  first  appoint- 
ment of,  by  Democrats,  513,  by  Re- 
publicans, 519,  by  Whigs,  610,  mech- 
anism of,  495;  present  power  of,  521 

Chambers,  Governor  John,  treaty  of, 
with  Sac  and  Fox  Indians,  80 

Chamberlin,  student  of  geology  in 
Iowa,  51 

Chandler,  author  of  History  and  Civil 
Government  of  Iowa  and  Iowa  and 
the  Nation,  103 


Chapman,   W.   W.,   first    delegate    to 

Congress  from  Territory  of  Iowa,  602 
Charities  and  Corrections,  history  of 

administration  of,  in  Iowa,  476,  479 
Chase,  Salmon  P.,  93 
Chicago,  Civic  Federation  of,  193 
Chicago  river,  9 
Cities  in  Iowa,    population  of,    194; 

problems  of,  194 
City  Club  of  New  York,  193 
City  Solicitors,  State  Association  of, 

200 

Civic  Federation  of  Chicago,  193 
Civic  Renaissance,  193 
Civil  elements  in  States,  18 
Civil  evolution,  illustrated  in  organic 

laws  of  the  States,  26. 
Civil  organization  preceded  by  work 

of  pioneers,  44 
Claim  Associations  of  Iowa,  records  of,  « 

as  instructive  as  records  of  Plymouth 

Colony,  44 
Claim  Association  of  Johnson   County 

(Iowa),  Constitution  and  Records  of 

the,  151 
Clarke,  Wm.  Penn,  curator  of  the  State 

Historical  Society  of  Iowa,  152 
Clarke,  George  Rogers,  march  of,  160 
Clarke,  Governor,  the  last  of  the  Iowa 

Territorial  Governors,  80 
Coe  College,  first  college  work  in  an- 
thropology done  at,  316 
Code  Committee,  Municipal,  202;  duties 

of,  204 
Code  Supplement  of  1902,  section  4919 

a-b-c-d  relative    to    illegal  voting, 

177,  178 
Cohens  v.  Virginia,  case  of,  decision  of 

Chief  Justice  Marshall  in  the,  461, 

462 
Collections,   anthropological,   in  Iowa, 

315 

College  for  the  Blind  (Iowa),  bibliog- 
raphy of  publications  of,  for  1900- 

1901,  371 
Colonels  and  Regiments,  Iowa,  by  Stuart, 

89 
Colorado,  Pueblos  of,  58 


558 


THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 


Columbus,  Cortez,  and  De  Soto,  discov- 
eries of,  52 

Commissioners,  School  Fund,  in  Iowa, 
473 

Committee,  State  Central,  mechanism 
of,  495 

Commonwealth,  political  sub-divisions 
of  the,  299;  significance  of  public 
education,  public  health,  charities 
and  corrections,  and  public  finance  in 
the,  489 

Commonwealth  Constitutions,  intention 
of  framers  of,  300 

Compromise,  the  Missouri,  86 

Compulsory  State -wide  primary  elec- 
tion measure,  the  first  proposed,  179 

Conaway  &  Shaw,  publishers  of  Pro- 
gressive Men  of  Iowa,  103 

Confederation,  Articles  of,  power  of 
interpretation  under  the,  433 

Conference,  The  Hampton  Roads,  by 
JOSEPH  W.  RICH,  209 

Conference  of  Charities  and  Correc- 
tions, fifth  annual,  132 

Confederate  Government,  Rise  and  Fall 
of,  by  Jefferson  Davis,  214 

Congress,  Iowa's  number  of  seats  in, 
from  1838  to  1846,  334;  in  1847,  335; 
in  1862,  341;  in  1872,  344;  in  1882, 
347;  in  1902,  354 

Congress,  first  delegate  from  Territory 
of  Iowa  to,  502;  qualifications  of  vot- 
ers in  territories  prescribed  by,  23; 
statute  of,  providing  for  congressional 
districting,  343 

Congressional  Districting  in  Iowa,  by 
PAUL  S.  PEIRCE,  334 

Congressional  Districting  in  Iowa,  his- 
tory of  legislation  on,  334;  maps  illus- 
trative of,  355-361;  the  act  of  1847, 
835;  the  act  of  1848,  337;  the  act  of 
1857,  338;  the  act  of  1862,  339;  the  act 
of  1872,  343;  the  act  of  1882,  347;  the 
act  of  1886,  351 

Congressional  Districts  in  Iowa,  early, 
inequality  in  size  of,  341;  number  of, 
in  1847,  335;  number  of,  in  1862,  341; 
number  of,  in  1872,  344;  number  of, 


in  1882,  347;  political  complexion  of 
in  1872,  345;  political  complexion  of, 
in  1885,  354;  population  of,  in  1880, 
349 

Congressional  Globe,  a  text  book  for 
James  Harlan's  biographer,  91,  98; 
Iowa's  attitude  toward  the  slavery 
question  found  in,  84;  Iowa  states- 
men in,  91,  103 

Constitution,  British,  contrasted  with 
American,  19 

Constitution,  English,  Gladstone's  de- 
scription of,  428 

Constitution  of  Iowa,  adoption  of,  79; 
making  and  revision  of  140;  141 

Constitution  of  State,  interpretation  of, 
297,  298;  power  of  legislature  limited 
by,  296,  297,  298;  power  to  district  a 
State  restricted  by,  299,  300;  provi 
sions  of,  mandatory,  298 

Constitution  of  the  United  States,  char- 
acter of,  428;  control  of,  over  State  leg- 
islature, 286,  289;  elasticity  furnished 
by  judicial  interpretation  of,  432-436; 
Gladstone's  description  of,  428;  Mar- 
shall on  objects  of  291 ;  Marshall's  pre- 
eminent authority  on  construction  of, 
463;  Marshall's  interpretation  of,  in 
cases  of  American  Insurance  Company 
v.  Canter,  464,  Brown  v.  Maryland, 
460,  Cohens  v.  Virginia,  461,  462,  Gib- 
bons v.  Ogden,  457-460,  Marbury  v. 
Madison,  442,  Martin  v.  Hunter's  Les- 
see, 461,  462,  McCullochv.  Maryland, 
452,  456,  457;  sovereign  authority  of, 
431;  Supreme  Court's  interpretation 
of  ,436,437;  supreme  excellence  of,  432, 
the  supreme  law  of  the  land,  286,  290 

Constitution  of  Wisconsin,  intention  of 
makers  of,  306 

Constitutional  Conventions  of  1844  and 
1846,  Fragments  of  the  Debates  of  the 
Iowa,l>y  Benjamin  F.  Shambaugh,  161 

Constitutional  Convention  of  1857,  79 

Constitutional  history,  value  of,  answer 
to  doubters  of,  40 

Constitutional  history  of  the  American 
people,  18 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS 


559 


Constitutional  interpretation,  elasticity 
furnished  by,  432 

Constitutional  law,  principle  of,  laid 
down  by  Justice  Cooley,  296 

Constitutional  View  of  the  Late  War 
Between  the  States,  A,  by  Alexander 
H.  Stephens,  214 

Constitutions  and  Records  of  the  Claim 
Association  of  Johnson  County  (Iowa), 
161 

Constitutions,  first  State,  17,  19;  follow 
lines  of  migration,  40;  of  Atlantic 
States  not  composite  in  character,  41 

Constitutions  of  Iowa,  History  of,  78 

Control,  Board  of,  powers  of,  in  Iowa, 
476,  479;  success  of,  in  Iowa,  479 

Conventions,  State  constitutional,  con- 
trolled by  a  political  party,  39;  dis- 
cussion of  negro  suffrage  in,  27,  public 
opinion  reflected  in  debates  of,  33 

Cooley,  Justice,  principle  of  constitu- 
tional law  laid  down  by,  296,  297 

Cornell  College,  courses  of  instruction 
in  anthropology  and  ethnology,  324 

Corporations,  a  civil  element  in  States, 
18;  first  cry  for  control  of,  31;  polit- 
ical value  of  State  constitutional  his- 
tory in  study  of,  33 

Crossley  bill  for  an  act  providing  for  a 
compulsory  State-wide  primary  elec- 
tion law  introduced,  179;  bill  in  full, 
180-186 

CROSSLEY,  JAMES  JUDSON,  The  Regula- 
tion of  Primary  Elections  by  Law,  165 

Crossley,  James  Judson,  biographical 
note  on,  272 

Curtis,  George  William,  defense  of 
woman  suffrage  by,  30 

Custodian  of  Public  Buildings  (Iowa), 
bibliography  of  publications  of,  for 
1900-1901,  371 

Dablon,  author  of  Jesuit  Relations,  4, 10 

Dairy  Commissioner  (Iowa),  bibliogra- 
phy of  publications  of,  for  1900-1901, 
371 

Dairy  Commissioner,  State,  power  of, 
482 

Davenport  Academy  of  Sciences,  the, 
70;  work  in  anthropology  of,  313,  315 


Davenport,  Past  and  Present,  by  Wilkie, 
82 

Davis,  M.  W.,  anthropological  collec- 
tions of,  315 

Davis,  Jefferson,  at  Hampton  Roads 
Conference,  215,  216,  217,  219,  230; 
letter  of,  217,  218;  Rise  and  Fall  of 
the  Confederate  Government  by,  214 

Dean,  Seth,  anthropological  collections 
of,  315 

Democracies,  frontier,  159 

Democracy,  principles  of  pure,  desire 
to  maintain  the,  165 

Democrat,  Freesoil,  215 

Democratic  party,  an  institutional  or- 
ganization, 495,  496 

Democratic  party  in  lowa/copy  of  first 
call  for  political  convention  of,  501; 
first  attempt  at  party  organization 
for  whole  Territory  by,  506,  507,  512, 
514;  first  candidates  of,  502;  first  re- 
port of  committee  on  resolutions  of, 
503;  first  territorial  convention  of, 
514;  majority  of,  in  1840,  506,  507, 
in  1841,  515;  not  a  sectional  party, 
524;  official  organ  of,  507;  pro-slavery 
sympathies  of,  516;  representation  of, 
in  Congress  in  1902,  354;  success  of, 
at  first  election,  504 

Democratic  vote  in  Iowa,  in  1862,  342; 
in  1882,  350;  in  1885,  353,  354;  at- 
tempt to  divide,  in  1878,  346 

Des  Moines,  corruption  of  Moingonena,7 

Des  Moines  river,  as  indicated  on  Mar- 
quette's  map,  14;  as  indicated  on 
Joliet's  map,  15 

Des  Moines  river,  mouth  of,  alleged 
landing  place  of  Joliet  and  Mar- 
quette,  3 

De  Soto,  discoveries  of,  52 

Desplaines  river,  9 

Development  of  Party  Organization  in 
Iowa,  The,  by  JOHN  W.  GANNAWAY, 
493 

Dey,  Peter  A.,  president  of  State  His- 
torical Society  of  Iowa,  151 

Die  Deutschen  von  Iowa,  by  Joseph 
Eiboeck,  102 


560 


THE   IOWA  JOURNAL   OF 


Dillon,  John  F.,  vice-president  of  State 

Historical  Society  of  Iowa,  151 
Discoveries  of  Columbus,  Cortez,  and 

De  Soto,  52 
District  of  Iowa,  included  in  Territory 

of  Wisconsin,  497;  representation  of, 

in  Congress,  498 
Districts,  rural  and  urban,  struggle  of, 

for  control  of  State,  21 
Documentary  Material  Relating  to  the 

History  of  Iowa,    by    Benjamin  F. 

Shambaugh,  73,  151 
Documents,   United  States,    historical 

value  of,  362 
Dodge,  Senator,  position  of,  on  slavery 

question,  84 
Dodge,  General  A.  C.,  Iowa  delegate  to 

Congress,  506,  514 
Dodge,   Governor  Henry,   delegate  to 

Congress,  498 
Douglas's  Nebraska  Bill,   Iowa  Whig 

opposition  to,  516 
Drake,    Benjamin,  author   of   Life   of 

Black  Hawk,  82 

Drake  University,  courses  in  anthropol- 
ogy and  ethnology  in,  323 
Dred  Scott  case,  error  in  decision  of 

Chief  Justice  Taney  in,  451,  452 
Dubuque,  efforts  to  secure  seat  of  ter- 
ritorial government  for,  503 
Dubuque  Republican,  on  organization 

of  Republican  party  in  Iowa,  520 
DuBuque  Visitor,   first   newspaper  in 

the  Iowa  District,  498,  499,  500 
Duncombe,  J.  F.,  curator  of  the  State 

Historical  Society  of  Iowa,  152 
Early  bill  for  the  regulation  of  primary 

elections  in  Iowa,  174 
Early  Leaders  in  the  Professions  in  the 

Territory  of  Iowa,  82 
Early  man  in  Iowa,  moral  argument  for 

study  of,  75;  value  of  the  study  of ,  73 
Eaton,  Hon.  W.  L.,  bill  for  an  act  to 

prohibit    illegal  voting   at    primary 

elections  introduced  in  House  by,  177 
Eaton,  Senator  William,  bill  for  an  act 

to  prohibit  illegal  voting  at  primary 

elections  introduced  by,  176 


Eaton,  Representative,  bill  for  redis- 
tricting  in  Iowa,  introduced  in  House 
by,  340 

Educational  Examiners,  Board  of  Iowa, 
474,  475 

Education  in  Iowa,  centralization  in, 
476;  first  superintendent  of,  471;  his- 
tory of  the  administration  of,  470- 
476;  regime  of  State  Board  of,  1858- 
1863,  474;  State  control  of,  474. 

Eiboeck,  Joseph,  author  of  Die  Deut- 
schen  von  Iowa,  102 

Election,  measure  for  compulsory  State- 
wide primary,  proposed,  179 

Elections,  primary,  regulation  of,  169- 
172 

Electors,  participation  of  in  govern- 
ment a  civil  element  in  States,  18 

Ellis,  Edward  S.,  author  of  The  History 
of  our  Country,  213 

Emancipation  proclamation,  227 

Equalization,  State  Board  of,  ineffi- 
ciency of,  487 

Ethnology,  American,  64;  bureau  of, 
73;  contributions  of,  to  anthropol- 
ogy, 47 

Ethnology,  courses  of  instruction  in,  in 
State  University  of  Iowa,  318,  in  the 
State  Normal  School,  323,  in  Drake 
University,  323,  in  Iowa  College,  324, 
in  Cornell  College,  324;  proposed  col- 
lege courses  in,  327,  328 

European  History,  proper  place  for 
study  of,  in  public  schools,  154 

Evening  Post,  N.  Y.,  Senator  Grimes' 
attitude  in  impeachment  trial  of 
President  Johnson  quoted  in,  333 

Executive  authority,  in  the  States,  35; 
political  value  of  State  constitutional 
history  in  study  of,  36;  result  of  strug- 
gle to  define,  34 

Executive  Council  (Iowa),  bibliography 
of  publications  of,  for  1900-1901,  371 

Farquharson,  70 

Federal  judiciary,  Marshall's  defini- 
tion of  the  power  of,  462 

Federalist,  Hamilton  in  the,  18;  on 
power  of  courts,  448;  on  relation 


HISTORY   AND   POLITICS 


561 


between  courts  of  justice  and  legis- 
lative authority,  289,  290 

Federal  relations,  a  puzzle  to  foreign 
students,  43;  definition  of,  a  civil 
element  in  States,  18;  understood  by 
a  study  of  the  "unwritten  constitu- 
tion," 42,  43 

Federalists,  swept  out  of  office  by  elec- 
tion of  Jefferson  to  presidency,  427 

Fessenden,  333 

Fiji  Islander,  attitude  of,  toward  peo- 
ple of  U.  S.,  59 

Fish  and  Game  Warden  (Iowa),  bibli- 
ography of  publications  of,  for  1900- 
1901,  372 

Foster,  Senator,  a  bill  to  alter  bound- 
aries of  Congressional  districts  by, 338 

Fox,  author  of  History  of  Political  Par- 
ties and  National  Reminiscences,  102 

Fox  river,  5 

Fragments  of  the  Debates  of  the  Iowa 
Constitutional  Conventions  of  1844 
and  1846,  by  B.  F.  Shambaugh,  151 

Franquelin,  4,  15 

French  fur  traders,  exploits  of,  in  Wis- 
consin, 161 

Frontier  Land  Clubs  or  Claim  Associa- 
tions, notice  of  paper  on,  126 

Fulton,  A.  B.,  author  of  Red  Men  of 
Iowa,  82 

Gannaway,  John  W.,  biographical  note 
on,  552 

GANNAWAY,  JOHN  W.,  The  Development 
of  Party  Organization  in  Iowa,  493 

Gatch,  Colonel,  88 

Gazette  and  Advertiser,  Territorial,  an 
early  Iowa  newspaper,  506;  official 
organ  of  Democratic  party,  507 

General  Assembly  (Iowa),  bibliography 
of  publications  of,  for  1900-1901,  372 

Geological  Survey  (Iowa),  bibliog- 
raphy of  publications  of,  for  1900- 
1901,  375;  reports  of,  51,  73 

Geology,  aid  of,  to  anthropology,  55; 
records  of,  in  Iowa,  49;  story  of  the 
newer,  51;  tertiary  and  quaternary, 
sources  of  anthropological  informa- 
tion in,  47 


Gerrymander,  a  violent  solution  of  the 
problem  of  representation,  21 

Gerrymanders  of  1891,  1892,  The  Wis- 
consin, by  FRANCIS  NEWTON  THORPE, 
275 

Gerrymanders  of  1891  and  1892,  Wis- 
consin, 276;  decision  of  the  court  in, 
302-304;  disfranchisement  of  one- 
fifth  of  population  by,  277;  injunc- 
tion to  prevent  an  election  in,  277; 
intention  of  State  constitution  to 
prevent,  306;  political  importance  of 
the  case  of,  288,  289,  304;  question  of 
jurisdiction  settled  in,  292 

Gibbons  v.  Ogden,  case  of,  defining 
State  interference  with  interstate 
commerce,  459;  decision  of  Marshall 
in,  459;  statement  of  the  case  of, 
458,  459 

Gilmore,  Professor,  first  college  work 
in  anthropology  done  by,  316 

Glimpses  of  Iowa,  by  John  B.  New- 
hall,  83 

Globe,  Congressional,  Iowa's  attitude 
toward  the  slavery  question  found 
in,  84 

Good  Government  Club  of  San  Fran- 
cisco, 193 

Government,  aids  to  our  understand- 
ing of  the  Commonwealth,  297;  char- 
acteristic of  American  State,  468; 
complexity  of  American  State,  468; 
present  problems  of,  468;  spheres  of 
local  and  State,  468;  struggle  for  a 
human  basis  for,  21 

Governor  ( Iowa  ),  bibliography  of  pub- 
lications of,  for  1900-1901,  378 

Governor,  State,  growing  authority  and 
responsibility  of,  35 

Grant,  General,  and  the  Hampton  Roads 
Conference,  219,  220,  221,  222,  230 

Grant,  President,  Senator  Harlan's  de- 
fence of,  99 

Greeley,  Horace,  member  of  the  State 
Historical  Society  of  Iowa,  152;  sup- 
port of  woman's  suffrage  by,  30 

Green  Bay,  9 

Greene,  Justice,  87 


562 


THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 


Grimes,  James  W.,  call  for  organiza- 
tion of  a  Republican  party  in  Iowa 
by,  517;  first  president  of  State  His- 
torical Society  of  Iowa,  151;  position 
of,  on  the  impeachment  of  President 
Johnson,  93;  protest  of,  against  re- 
peal of  Missouri  Compromise,  86,  92; 
Whig  candidate  for  Governor,  92 

Grimes,  James  W.,  Life  of,  by  William 
Salter,  91 

Grimes,  Mrs.  James  W.,  account  of  in- 
augural speech  of  Lincoln  by,  330; 
reference  to  death  of  Lincoln  by, 
331;  reference  to  President  Johnson's 
views  on  reconstruction  by,  331; 
reference  to  Senator  Grimes'  attitude 
in  the  impeachment  trial  of  President 
Johnson  by,  332;  tribute  to  Lincoln 
by,  329 

Grimes,  Mrs.  James  W.,  Letters  by,  con- 
tributed by  E.  M.  NEALLEY,  329 

Grinnell,  J.  B.,  author  of  Men  and 
Events,  97,  101;  curator  of  the  State 
Historical  Society  of  Iowa,  152 

Grinnell,  city  of,  200 

Gue,  Lieut.  Gov.  B.  F.,  author  of  His- 
tory oflowafromthe  Earliest  of  Times 
Down  to  the  Twentieth  Century,  101 

Gulf  of  Mexico  in  the  tertiary  epoch, 
50 

Haddock,  William  J.,  author  of  the 
Prairies  of  Iowa  and  Novels  and 
Pictures,  128 

Hamilton,  Alexander,  18;  compared  to 
John  Marshall,  440;  contributions  to 
our  system  of  government  by,  454;  on 
the  power  of  the  courts  in  Federalist, 
448;  on  the  relation  between  courts 
of  justice  and  the  legislative  author- 
ity in  Federalist,  289 

Hammond,  William  G.,  president  of 
the  State  Historical  Society  of  Iowa, 
151 

Hampton  Roads  Conference,  the,  a  full 
and  accurate  account  of,  214;  account 
of,  by  Wm.  E.  Cameron,  213;  Alex- 
ander H.  Stephens'  account  of,  222, 
224,  226,  228;  Alexander  H.  Stephens 


at,  210,  211,  212,  213;  chief  spokes- 
man of,  213;  duration  of,  212;  Francis 
P.  Blair,  Sr.,  at,  213;  Gen.  Grant  and, 
219,  220,  221;  Hunter  at,  212;  in- 
structions of  President  Lincoln  to, 
221;  Jefferson  Davis  at,  216,  217; 
Judge  Campbell  at,  211;  letter  of 
commissioners  of,  220;  letter  from 
President  Lincoln  regarding,  218; 
Senator  Tillman's  reference  to,  209; 
Senator  Vest's  reference  to,  210,  211, 
212 

Hampton  Roads  Conference,  The,  by 
JOSEPH  W.  RICH,  209 

Harlan,  James,  defence  of  President 
Grant  by,  99;  in  favor  of  Constitu- 
tion for  Kansas,  85;  vice-president 
of  the  State  Historical  Society  of 
Iowa,  151 

Harrison,  70 

Harrison,  Frederick,  on  history,  77 

Harrison,  William  Henry,  celebration 
of  election  of,  by  Iowa  Whigs,  508, 
509 

Harvard  University,  library  of,  4 

Hatton,  Frank,  101 

Uawkeye  and  Patriot,  Burlington,  offi- 
cial organ  of  the  Whig  party,  507, 
508 

Hawk -Eye,  The  Burlington,  332 

Health,  Iowa  State  Board  of,  bibli- 
ography of  publications  of,  for  1900- 
1901,  379 

Healy  Investigating  Committee,  im- 
portance of  report  of,  478 

Hegel,  three  classes  of  history  dis- 
tinguished by,  527 

Historical  Department  of  Iowa,  83; 
anthropological  collections  of,  316; 
bibliography  of  publications  of,  for 
1900-1901,  379 

Historical  Lectures,  Iowa,  151 

Historical  period  of  man,  57 

Historical  Record,  Iowa,  73 

Historical  Society  of  Iowa,  the  State, 
73— See  State  Historical  Society 

History,  American,  proper  place  for 
the  study  of,  in  public  schools,  154 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS 


563 


History  and  Politics,  The  Iowa  Journal 
of,  83 

History,  each  State  must  preserve  its 
own,  44 

History,  European,  proper  place  for 
the  study  of,  in  public  schools,  154 

History,  Hegel's  three  classes  of,  527 

History,  State  and  local,  an  essential 
supplement  to  national  history,  157; 
conduces  to  a  love  of  country,  157; 
important  problems  in  national  his- 
tory studied  through,  157,  159;  in  the 
Mississippi  Valley,  159;  justification 
of  the  study  of,  154;  pedagogical  rea- 
sons for  the  study  of,  155;  special 
force  in  American  history,  157; 
worthy  of  special  study,  153 

History  of  Iowa,  Documentary  Material 
Eelating  to  the,  by  Benjamin  F.  Sham- 
baugh,  73,  151 

History  of  Iowa,  From  the  Earliest  of 
Times  down  to  the  Twentieth  Century, 
by  B.  F.  Gue,  101 

History  of  Iowa,  Illustrated,  by  Tuttle 
and  Durrie,  102 

History  of  our  Country,  The,  by  Ed- 
ward S.  Ellis,  213 

History  of  Political  Parties  and  Na- 
tional Eeminiscences,  by  Fox,  102 

History  of  the  Constitutions  of  Iowa,  by 
Benjamin  F.  Shambaugh,  78 

History  of  the  Mississippi  Valley,  by 
John  W.  Monette,  82 

History  of  the  Spirit  Lake  Massacre  and 
Captivity  of  Miss  Abbie  Gardner,  87 

History  of  the  State  Historical  Society 
of  Iowa,  A  Brief,  by  BENJAMIN  F. 
SHAMBAUGH, 139 

History  of  the  United  States,  by  Schou- 
ler,  214 

History  of  the  United  States,  Popular, 
by  Scribner,  214 

Hobby,  C.  M.,  82 

Holmes,  W.  H.,  68;  an  Iowa  anthro- 
pologist, 313 

Honduras,  pre  -  European  people  of,  58 

Horack,  Frank  Edward,  biographical 
note  on,  272 


HORACK,  FRANK  EDWARD,  The  League 
of  Iowa  Municipalities,  193 

Horticultural  Society  (Iowa),  bibliog- 
raphy of  publications  of,  for  1900- 
1901,  380 

House  of  Representatives  (Iowa),  bib- 
liography of  publications  of,  for 
1900-1901,  381 

Howe,  S.  S.,  editor  of  Annals  of  Iowa,  83 

Huff,  S.  W.,  83 

Hunter,  R.  M.  T.,  at  the  Hampton 
Roads  Conference,  212,  219,  225,  227, 
228,  229 

Hussey,  Tacitus,  88 

Icaria,  by  Dr.  Albert  Shaw,  88 

Illegal  voting,  statute  regarding  pen- 
alty for,  177 

Illinois,  admission  of  State  of,  53; 
country  annexed  to  crown  of  France, 
160;  importance  attached  to  fixing 
the  northern  boundary  of,  160;  Mar- 
quette  and  La  Salle  in,  160 

Illinois  Indians,  Marquette's  meeting 
with  the,  6,  7 

Illinois  river,  mouth  of,  on  Marquette's 
map,  12 

Illustrated  History  of  Iowa,  by  Tuttle 
and  Durrie,  102 

Indian  names  and  reminders,  69 

Indians,  Algonquin,  57,  59;  Cliff  Dwell- 
ers, 57,  58;  Dakota,  57,  59;  Illinois, 
59;  Iowa,  54,  59;  Iroquois,  57;  Mis- 
souri, 54,  58;  Muscatine,  59;  Mus- 
quakie,  64;  Omaha,  54;  Otoe,  54; 
Puebloe,  57,  58;  Sac  and  Fox,  54,  58, 
59,  60,  62,  63;  Sioux,  57,  58,  59 

Indiana,  admission  of  State  of,  53 

Industrial  School  for  Girls  at  Mitchel- 
ville  (Iowa),  bibliography  of  publi- 
cations of,  for  1900-1901,  381 

Ingham,  Captain  William,  88 

Institution  for  Feeble-Minded  Children 
(Iowa),  bibliography  of  publications 
of,  for  1900-1901,  381 

Institutional  Beginnings  in  a  Western 
State,  by  Prof.  Jesse  Macy,  103 

Institutions,  administrative,  of  Iowa, 
478 


564 


THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 


Investigating  Committee,  Healy,  im- 
portance of  report  of,  478 

Iowa,  abolition  of  property  qualifica- 
tions for  voters  in,  20;  admission  of 
State  of,  54;  as  a  possible  human 
habitat,  49;  early  Eskimoid  type  in, 
56;  evidences  of  antiquity  of  man  in, 
65;  first  application  of  the  term,  53; 
first  white  man  in,  3;  four  leading 
anthropologists  in,  313;  glaciations 
within,  51;  Indian  sale  of  land  in, 
54;  John  Brown  in,  87;  legislature  of, 
opposed  to  slavery,  85;  mounds  in, 
64;  Mound  Builder  period  in,  56; 
maps  showing  mounds  in,  64;  Negro 
suffrage  in,  25;  original  counties  of, 
63;  marvelous  growth  of  population 
of,  from  1850  to  1860,  339;  questions 
of  anthropology  regarding,  55;  recent 
geological  history  in,  49;  struggle  to 
abolish  property  qualifications  in, 
20;  value  of  the,  study  of  early  man 
in,  73;  workers  of  former  years  in 
anthropology  in,  312 

Iowa,  A  Brief  History  of  the  State  His- 
torical Society  of,  by  BENJAMIN  F. 
SHAMBAUGH,  139 

Iowa  Academy  of  Sciences,  publica- 
tions of  the,  73 

Iowa  Academy  of  Sciences,  Proceedings 
of  the,  51,  68 

Iowa,  Amish  Mennonites  in,  151 

Iowa  and  the  Nation,  by  Chandler,  103 

Iowa  and  the  Rebellion,  by  L.  D.  Inger- 
soll,  90 

Iowa,  Annals  of,  51,  72,  83,  89,  150,  313 

Iowa,  Anthropological  Instruction  in, 
by  DUREN  J.  H.  WARD,  312 

Iowa  Band,  The,  by  Adams,  103 

Iowa  City,  a  Contribution  to  the  Early 
History  of  Iowa,  by  B.  F.  Shambaugh, 
151 

Iowa  College,  instruction  in  anthro- 
pology in,  324 

Iowa  Colonels  and  Eegiments,  by  Stuart, 
89 

Iowa,  Congressional  Districting  in,  by 
PAUL  S.  PEIRCE,  334 


Iowa  Constitution,  a  composite  instru- 
ment, 41 

Iowa  Constitution  (1846),  a  model  for 
California,  40 

Iowa  Constitutional  Conventions  of  1844 
and  1846,  by  B.  F.  Shurabaugh,  151 

Iowa,  District  of,  53,  54;  included  in 
Territory  of  Wisconsin,  497;  repre- 
sentation of,  in  Congress,  498 

Iowa,  Documentary  Material  Relating 
to  the  History  of,  by  B.  F.  Sham- 
baugh, 151 

Iowa,  Glimpses  of,  by  Newhall,  83 

Iowa,  Historical  Department  of,  83; 
anthropological  collection  of,  316 

Iowa  Historical  Lectures,  73 

Iowa  Historical  Record,  73;  successor  of 
Annals  of  Iowa,  83;  war  sketches  in, 
89 

Iowa  History,  attitude  of  the  students 
of,  77;  division  of,  into  periods,  78; 
the  territorial  period  of,  78;  the 
pioneer  period  of,  84;  the  war  and 
reconstruction  period  of ,  89;  the  con- 
temporaneous period  of,  103 

Iowa,  History  and  Civil  Government  of, 
by  Chandler,  103 

Iowa,  History  and  Civil  Government  of, 
by  Seerley  and  Parish,  103 

Iowa  History,  Some  Fragments  of,  by 
Elizabeth  H.  Avery,  103 

Iowa  in  War  Times,  by  S.  H.  M.  Byers, 
90 

Iowa  Journal  of  History  and  Politics, 
The,  successor  of  the  Iowa  Historical 
Record,  83 

Iowa,  Northern  Border  Brigade  of  1862- 
3,  The,  a  contribution  to  the  Indian 
history  of  Iowa,  by  W.  H.  Ingham, 
126 

Iowa,  Problems  in  theAdministration  of, 
by  HAROLD  M.  BOWMAN,  467 

Iowa,  Progressive  Men  of,  by  Conaway 
&  Shaw,  103 

Iowa,  Red  Men  of,  by  Fulton,  82 

Iowa  river,  the  mouth  of,  the  landing 
place  of  Marquette  and  Joliet,  16;  on 
Marquette's  map,  14 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS 


565 


Iowa,  State  Historical  Society  of,  an- 
thropological collection  of,  316 

Iowa,  State  University  of,  courses  of 
instruction  in  anthropology  and  eth- 
nology in,  318-322 

Iowa  Territory,  establishment  of  the, 
505 

Iowa,  History  of  the  Constitutions  of,  by 
B.  F.  Shambaugh,  151 

Iowa,  Constitution  and  Records  of  the 
Claim  Association  of  Johnson  County, 
151 

Iowa,  the  Development  of  Parti/  Organ- 
ization in,  by  JOHN  W.  GANNAWAY, 
493 

Iowa,  The  Making  of,  by  Sabin,  103 

loway,  the  Indian  form  of  Iowa,  53 

Irish,  John  P.,  vice-president  of  the 
State  Historical  Society  of  Iowa,  151 

Jackson,  President,  confidence  of  Iowa 
Democrats  in,  503 

James,  Edmund  J.,  biographical  note 
on,  271 

JAMES,  EDMUND  J.,  State  History  in  the 
Public  High  Schools,  153 

Jefferson,  approval  of  Bank  of  U.  S. 
by,  453;  contribution  of,  to  our  sys- 
tem of  government,  466;  criticism  of 
the  supporters  of,  in  the  case  of  Mar- 
bury  v.  Madison,  445-447;  Federal- 
ists swept  out  of  office  by  election 
of,  427;  opposition  of  supporters  of, 
to  Marshall's  decision  in  the  case  of 
Marbury  v.  Madison,  445,  447,  451 

Jesuit  Mission  of  St.  Francis  Xavier,  9 

Jesuit  missionaries  in  Wisconsin,  161 

Jesuit  Relation,  by  Dablon,  4,  10 

Johnson,  Andrew,  attempt  to  convict, 
of  high  crimes  and  misdemeanors, 
35;  reference  to  views  of,  on  recon- 
struction, by  Mrs.  James  W.  Grimes, 
331 

Johnson  County,  Constitution  and  Rec- 
ords of  the  Claim  Association  of,  151 

Joliet  and  Marquette  in  Iowa,  by  LAENAS 
GIFFORD  WELD,  3 

Joliet  and  Marquette,  probable  sites  of 
the  landing  of,  3,  12;  route  of,  6 


Joliet,  credit  due,  13;  death  of  two 
companions  of,  3;  loss  of  papers  of,  3; 
maps  by,  4;  maps  of  Mississippi  river 
by,  14 

Jones,  Senator,  position  of,  on  the 
slavery  question,  84 

Jones,  Sir  William,  author  of  What 
Constitutes  a  State,  525 

Juarez,  attitude  of  Confederacy  to- 
wards, 216 

Judicial  interpretation,  defeat  of  pub- 
lic will  by,  485;  elasticity  of  Consti- 
tution due  to,  433;  factors  in  the  ad- 
ministration of  public  finance,  483, 
489;  John  Marshall  on,  436;  objec- 
tions to,  433;  under  the  Articles  of 
Confederation,  433;  under  the  Con- 
stitution, 435 

Judiciary,  function  of  the,  301;  inde- 
pendence of,  291;  in  England,  286; 
place  and  function  of,  in  the  United 
States,  285;  remarkable  evolution  of, 
288 

Judiciary,  State,  appointive  system  of, 
36,  37;  control  of,  287;  fallen  into 
power  of  party  politics,  37;  political 
value  of  State  constitutional  history 
in  study  of,  37 

Kaskaskia,  160 

Kasson,  John  A.,  91;  curator  of  the 
State  Historical  Society  of  Iowa, 
152 

Keokuk,  12 

Keokuk,  Chief,  62;  character  of,  62; 
and  Black  Hawk,  62 

Kirkwood,  Samuel  J.,  entrance  of,  into 
Washington  (Iowa)  with  ox- team, 
96;  first  appearance  of,  in  politics,  95; 
president  of  the  State  Historical  So- 
ciety, 151;  Sherman  hall  speech  of, 
97;  the  Johnson  County  miller,  95; 
troops  raised  by,  96;  war  messages  of, 
as  Governor,  91 

Kirkwood,  Life  and  Times  of,  by  La- 
throp,  91 

Labor  Statistics,  Bureau  of  (Iowa), 
bibliography  of  publications  of,  for 
1900-1901,  381 


566 


THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 


La  Chine,  rapids  of,  Joliet's  canoe 
wrecked  in,  3 

Lake  Michigan,  Marquette's  canoe  on,  9 

Lake  Superior,  indicated  on  Mar- 
quette's map,  10 

Land  Department  (Iowa),  bibliography 
of  publications  of,  for  1900-1901, 382 

Lang,  Andrew,  on  history,  77 

Langworthy,  Lucien  H.,  vice-presi- 
dent of  State  Historical  Society  of 
Iowa,  151 

La  Salle  and  Marquette  in  Illinois,  160 

Lathrop,  H.  W.,  author  of  Life  and 
Times  of  Samuel  J.  Kirkwood,  91,  94 

Law,  primary  election,  the  essential 
elements  of  a  good,  191 

Laws  of  States,  organic,  17 

Laws  of  the  Territory  of  Iowa  as  a 
source  of  history,  80 

Laws  respecting  congressional  district- 
ing in  Iowa: — the  act  of  1847,  335;  the 
act  of  1848,  337;  the  act  of  1857,  338; 
the  act  of  1862,  339;  the  act  of  1872, 
343;  the  act  of  1882,  347;  the  act  of 
1886,  351 

Lea,  Lieut.  Albert  M.,  author  of  Notes 
on  Wisconsin  Territory,  82;  in  Iowa, 
53 

League  of  Iowa  Municipalities,  The,  by 
FRANK  EDWARD  HORACK,  193 

Lee  County,  alleged  landing  place  of 
Joliet  and  Marquette,  3 

Lee,  General,  219 

Legislation,  field  of,  early  attempt  to 
limit  the,  34;  over,  the  misfortune 
of  the  States,  34;  value  of  history  of 
State,  34 

Legislative  power,  derived  from  Con- 
stitution, 301;  distinguished  from 
political  power,  299;  extent  of  State, 
299;  not  discretionary,  311 

Legislature  of  Iowa  opposed  to  the  ex- 
tension of  slavery,  85 

Lemoiliese  Creek,  alleged  landing  place 
of  Joliet  and  Marquette,  3 

Letters  by  Mrs.  James  W.  Grimes,  con- 
tributed by  E.  M.  NEALLEY,  329 

Leverett,  51 


Library  Commission  (Iowa),  bibliog- 
raphy of  publications  of,  for  1900- 
1901,  382 

Life  and  Times  of  Samuel  J.  Kirkwood, 
by  Lathrop,  91 

Life  of  Black  Hawk,  by  Benjamin 
Drake,  82 

Life  of  James  W.  Grimes,  by  William 
Salter,  91 

Lincoln,  Abraham,  by  Nicolay  and  Hay, 
214 

Lincoln,  Abraham,  221,  225,  227,  229, 
230;  account  of  inaugural  speech  of, 
by  Mrs.  James  W.  Grimes,  330;  lect- 
ure on,  by  Henry  Watterson,  209; 
letter  of,  218;  on  the  Confederacy, 
211,  212,  213,  214,  215,  217;  reference 
to  death  of,  by  Mrs.  James  W. 
Grimes,  331;  tribute  to,  by  Mrs. 
James  W.  Grimes,  329 

Lincoln,  Levi,  20 

Literature,  of  anthropology,  326,  327; 
of  ethnology,  326,  327 

Literature  of  Iowa  History,  A  General 
Survey  of  the,  by  JOHNSON  BRIGHAM, 
77 

Lloyd,  Frederick,  editor  of  Iowa  His- 
torical Record,  83 

Local  and  State  history,  an  essential 
supplement  to  national  history,  157; 
conduces  to  a  love  of  country,  157;  im- 
portant problems  in  national  history 
studied  through,  157-159;  in  Missis- 
sippi Valley,  159;  justification  of 
study  of,  154;  pedagogical  reasons  for 
study  of,  155;  special  force  in  Amer- 
ican history,  157;  worthy  of  special 
study,  153 

Local  representation,  principle  of,  a 
dominant  idea  in  American  political 
institutions,  19;  in  first  State  Consti- 
tutions, 19 

Local  Tradition,  by  JOHNSON  BRIGHAM, 
525 

Louisa  County,  the  landing  place  of 
Marquette  and  Joliet,  12 

Louisiana,  admission  of  State  of,  53; 
change  in  ownership  of,  53;  extent  of 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS 


567 


La  Salle's  claim  to,  62;  Mound  Build- 
ers in,  56;  purchase  by  the  United 
States  of,  53 
Louisiana    Purchase,    importance    in 

national  history  of,  161 
Lowe,  Ralph  P.,  chairman  of  first  Whig 
convention  In  Iowa,  509;  president  of 
the  State  Historical  Society  of  Iowa, 
151 
Lucas,  Governor  Robert,  first  message 

of,  79;  second  message  of,  80 
Macbride,  Thomas  H.,  51 
Mackinac,  straits  of,   on   Marquette's 

map,  10 

Macy,  Jesse,  author  of  Institutional  Be- 
ginnings in  a  Western  State,  103 
Madison,  James,  20 
Making  of  Iowa,  The,  by  Henry  Sabin, 

73 
Maps  showing  Congressional  districting 

in  Iowa,  355-361 

Marbury  v.  Madison,  decision  in  case 
of,  444,  446,  449;  first  case  defining 
place  of  federal  judiciary,  442;  Jef- 
fersonian  criticism  of  decision  in, 
445,  447,  451;  only  serious  attack  on 
decision  of  Marshall  in  the  case  of, 
451;  statement  of  case  of,  443 
Marion  (Iowa),  200 

Marquette  and  La  Salle  in  Illinois,  160 
Marquette,  credit  due,  3;  original  man- 
uscript of,  4 

Marquette's  narrative,  synopsis  of,  5 
Marquette's  map,  copy  of,   10;  errors 

in,  9 

Marshall,  Chief  Justice,  as  a  Construc- 
tive Statesman,  by  EMLIN  McCLAix, 
427 

Marshall,  Chief  Justice,  as  a  statesman, 
428,  437,  439,  441;  champion  of  Fed- 
eral Constitution,  427;  claim  of,  to 
distinction  as  a  judge,  427;  confidence 
of  associates  in,  440;  contribution  to 
our  system  of  government  by,  466; 
decision  of,  in  case  of  American  In- 
surance Co.  v.  Canter,  464;  decision 
of,  incase  of  Brown  v.  Maryland,  460; 
decision  of,  in  case  of  Cohens  v.  Vir- 


ginia, 461,  462;  decision  of,  in  case 
of  Gibbons  v.  Ogden,  457-460;  deci- 
sion of,  in  case  of  Marbury  v.  Madi- 
son, 444,  446,  449;  decision  of,  in  case 
of  McCulloch  v.  Maryland,  454-456; 
decision  of,  in  case  of  Martin  v. 
Hunter's  Lessee,  461;  definition  of 
power  of  federal  judiciary  by,  462, 
463;  domination  of  the  court  by,  439; 
interpreter  of  Constitution  for  all 
time,  463;  Jefferson's  objection  to 
decision  of,  in  Marbury  v.  Madison, 
445-447,  451;  legal  mind  of,  441,  448, 
450,  454;  on  judicial  power,  436;  on 
object  of  a  written  constitution,  291; 
one  of  the  founders  of  our  federal 
system,  437;  only  serious  attack  on 
decision  of,  451;  preeminently  a  con- 
structive statesman,  441;  Secretary  of 
State  during  Adams'  administration, 
427;  term  of  service  of,  439;  use  of 
term  "residuary  sovereignty"  by,  43 
Marshalltown  (Iowa),  196,  200 
Marshall  County  (Iowa),  174 
Martin  v.  Hunter's  Lessee,  case  of, 
decision  of  Chief  Justice  Marshall  in, 
461 

Mason,  Justice  Charles,  opinion  of,  82; 
vice-president    of    State    Historical 
Society  of  Iowa,  151 
Masonic  Library,  anthropological  col- 
lection in  the,  316 

Massachusetts  Convention  of  1820, 
Webster  on  the  independence  of  the 
judiciary  in,  291 

Massachusetts,   boundary  of  glaciated 
region  in,  50;  constitutional  conven- 
tion of  1820  in,  20,  295 
Ma-tau-e-qua,  Indian  war  chief,  63 
Maximilian,   attitude  of    Confederacy 

toward,  217 
MCCLAIN  EMLIN,  Chief  Justice  Marshall 

as  a  Constructive  Statesman,  427 
McClain,    Emlin,    82;  bibliographical 

note  on,  552 
McCleary,  G.  W.,  curator  of  the  State 

Historical  Society  of  Iowa,  152 
McCulloch  v.  Maryland,  case  of,  defin- 


568 


THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 


ing  extent  of  powers  of  the  federal 
government  and  its  relations  to  the 
States,  452;  statement  of  case,  453; 
Marshall's  decision  in  case  of,  454-456 

McCurdy,  Dr.  George  Grant,  312 

McGee,  William  J.,  an  Iowa  anthro- 
pologist, 51,  313 

McKinley,  President,  exercise  of  au- 
thority at  outbreak  of  the  Spanish 
American  War  by,  35 

McNulty  bill  for  an  act  to  regulate  the 
holding  of  primary  elections,  175 

Men  and  Events  of  Forty  Years,  by  J. 
B.  Grinnell,  87,  101 

Mennonites,  Amish,  in  Iowa,  151 

Mexico,  Cliff  Dwellers  of  New,  58;  pre- 
European  people  of,  58 

Michigan,  abolition  of  property  quali- 
fications for  voters  in,  20;  gerryman- 
dering in,  307 

Middle  west,  States  of,  growth  of,  162 

Midland  Monthly,  series  of  war  sketches 
in,  87,  89;  tribute  to  James  Harlan 
in,  99 

Midland  Municipalities,  official  publi- 
cation of  the  League  of  Iowa  Muni- 
cipalities, 200 

Mine  Inspectors  (Iowa),  bibliography  of 
publications  of,  for  1900-1901,  383 

Minnesota,  primary  election  law  of, 
the  best,  191 

Missionaries,  Jesuit,  in  Wisconsin,  161 

Mississippi  river,  blocking  of,  by  gla- 
cier, 50;  changes  in  course  of,  12;  dis- 
covery of,  5;  maps  of,  by  Joliet,  14; 
Marquette's  map  of,  10;  true  course 
of,  10 

Mississippi  Valley,  History  of,  by  John 
W.  Monette,  82 

Mississippi  Valley,  the  central  region 
of  interest  in  American  history,  159; 
important  position  in  life  of  Union 
of  the  States  of  the  north,  162;  study 
of  local  history  of,  159 

Missouri,  admission  of  State  of,  53; 
meaning  of,  7 

Missouri  Compromise,  Governor 
Grimes'  protest  against  repeal  of,  86 


Missouri  river,  discovery  of,  7;  mouth 
of  indicated  on  Joliet's  map,  12 

Missouris  (Indians)  54 

Mitchigamea,  latitude  of,  12;  village 
of,  8 

Moingouena  (Des  Moines)  (Indians) 
14,  15 

Monette,  John  W.,  author  of  History  of 
the  Mississippi  Valley,  82 

Monroe,  James,  20 

Monroe  Doctrine,  and  Jefferson  Davis, 
217;  and  Alex.  H.  Stephens,  225 

Montreal,  Joliet's  canoe  wrecked  near,  3 

Montrose,  alleged  landing  place  of 
Joliet  and  Marquette,  3 

Moral  sentiments  as  forces  in  political 
affairs,  29 

Mound  Builders,  in  Iowa,  56;  in  Lou- 
isiana, 56;  in  Mississippi  valley,  56; 
in  Ohio,  56;  in  their  prime,  58;  in 
Wisconsin,  56;  industries  of,  67; 
period  of,  in  Iowa  history,  56;  plain 
of,  65 ;  superstitions  of,  66 ;  tools 
and  weapons  of,  68;  what  became 
of,  57 

Mounds,  Indian,  significance  of,  56 

Municipal  Code  Committee,  202,  204 

Municipal  League,  National,  193 

Municipal  League  of  Philadelphia,  193 

Municipalities,  League  of  American, 
194 

Municipalities,  League  of  Iowa,  a  col- 
lege for  municipal  officers,  207;  a 
means  of  disseminating  information, 
200;  changes  in  municipal  law  of 
Iowa  accomplished  by,  204,  205;  leg- 
islative work  of,  201;  need  of,  194; 
objects  and  purposes  of,  197;  organ- 
ization of,  196;  presidents  of,  206; 
special  meeting  of,  203;  standing 
committees  of,  197;  unique  provision 
in  constitution  of,  206;  what  it  stands 
for,  208 

Municipalities,  Midland,  official  publi- 
cation of  the  League  of  Iowa  Munici- 
palities, 200,  203;  scope  of,  206 
Municipalities,  The  League  of  Iowa,  by 
FRANK  EDWARD  HORACK,  193 


OF  HISTORY   AND   POLITICS 


569 


Muscatine  Journal,  account  of  first  Re- 
publican convention  in,  518;  call  for 
organization  of  Republican  party  by 
James  W.  Grimes  in,  517 

Musquakies  (Indians),  64 

National  Municipal  League,  193 

Naturalist,  American,  73 

Nealley,  Edward  M.,  biographical  note 
on,  424 

NEALLEY,  E.  M.,  Letters  by  Mrs.  James 
W.  Grimes,  329 

Nealley,  Joseph  B.,  329,  332 

Nealley,  Mrs.  Margaret  E.,  329,  330 

Nebraska  Bill,  Douglas's,  Iowa  Whig 
opposition  to,  516 

Negro,  the,  and  representation  in  the 
South,  21,  22;  constitutional  dis- 
franchisement  of,  24;  extension  of 
suffrage  to,  27,  28;  political  value  of 
state  constitutional  history  in  study 
of  the  suffrage  of,  25 

Negus,  Charles,  curator  of  the  State 
Historical  Society  of  Iowa,  152 

New  England,  individual  rights  illus- 
trated in  civil  organization  of,  294 

Newhall,  John  B.,  author  of  Glimpses 
of  Iowa,  83 

New  Mexico,  Cliff  Dwellers  of,  58 

Newspapers  in  Iowa,  early  political 
work  of,  505;  first,  498 

New  York,  City  Club  of,  193 

Nicolay  and  Hay,  author  of  Abraham 
Lincoln,  214 

Nominating  system,  a  primary  election, 
167;  caucus  and  convention  a,  167; 
evolution  of,  166 

Nominating  systems,  various  leading, 
in  each  county  in  the  State  of  Iowa, 
table  showing,  187-190;  in  the  United 
States,  190 

Northwest,  old,  historical  contributions 
of  the  five  States  of,  161 

Northwest  Territory,  importance  of 
organization  of,  160 

Notes  on  Wisconsin  Territory,  by  Lieut. 
Albert  Lea,  82 

Nullification,  political  value  of  State  con- 
stitutional history  in  the  study  of,  43 


Ogden,  in  case  of  American  Insurance 
Company  v.  Canter,  464;  in  case  of 
Cohens  v.  Virginia,  461 

Ohio,  auditor  of,  enjoined  to  protect 
United  States  Bank,  284 

Ohio,  Mound  Builders  in,  56 

Ohio  River,  Marquette's  account  of,  8; 
mouth  of,  on  Marquette's  map,  12 

Oil  Inspectors  (Iowa),  bibliography  of 
publications  of,  for  1900-1901,  384 

Omaha  Indians,  64 

Ouabouskigou  (Wabash)  river,  8 

Organic  law  of  States,  civil  evolution 
illustrated  in,  26 

Organization,  "  institutional, "  495; 
"paper,"  defined,  495 

Osborne  v.  United  States  Bank,  defin- 
ing the  sovereignty  of  the  State,  457; 
Marshall's  decision  in  the  case  of,  457 

Otoe  Indians,  54 

Parish,  author  of  History  and  Civil 
Government  of  Iowa,  103 

Parker,  L.  F.,  32 

Parker,  Theodore,  letter  of,  152;  mem- 
ber of  the  State  Historical  Society  of 
Iowa,  152 

Parkman,  3,  4 

Parliament,  English,  power  of,  286 

Parry,  70 

Party  organization,  importance  of  in- 
stitutional, 496;  real  importance  of, 
493;  six  points  of  view  in  study  of, 
494;  the  party  boss  a  source  of  danger 
to,  524;  two  kinds  of,  495 

Party  organization  in  Iowa,  difference 
between  early  and  present,  521-523; 
early  service  of,  524;  evolution  of, 
515-520;  first  attempt  at,  for  whole 
territory,  506,  512,  514;  first  call  for 
convention  for,  500;  impetus  of  state- 
hood to,  516;  influence  of  presidential 
campaign  of  1840  on,  505;  instinct  for, 
of  pioneers,  496,  497,  505,  515,  519; 
meeting  of  opposition  to,  503;  of 
Republicans,  517-520;  of  Whigs,  508- 
510;  the  slavery  question  in,  516 

Party  Organization  in  Iowa,  The  Devel- 
opment of,  by  JOHN  W.  GANNAWAY,493 


570 


THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 


Party  politics,  evil  consequences  of,  in 
the  judiciary,  38;  judiciary  in  the 
power  of,  37 

Parvin,  T.  S.,  82,  83,  88;  curator  of  the 
State  Historical  Society  of  Iowa,  152 

Paterson,  Justice,  relation  of  legisla- 
tures to  Constitution  defined  by,  301 

PEIRCE,  PAUL  S.,  Congressional  Dis- 
tricting in  Iowa,  334 

Peirce,  Paul  S.,  biographical  note  on, 
424 

Pekitanoui  (Missouri  river),  7 

Penitentiary  (Anamosa,  Iowa),  bibliog- 
raphy of  publications  of,  for  1900- 
1901,  384;  (Fort  Madison,  Iowa),  bib- 
liography of  publications  of,  for 
1900-1901,  384 

Peouarea,  Indians,  15;  location  of,  14; 
Marquette's  landing  near,  11 

Peoria,  Indian  village  of,  7 

Perkins,  George  D.,  curator  of  the 
State  Historical  Society  of  Iowa,  152 

Perkins,  William  Rufus,  author  of 
History  of  the  Amana  Society,  89 

Pharmacy  Commission  (Iowa),  bibliog- 
raphy of  publications  of,  for  1900- 
1901,  384 

Philadelphia,  Municipal  League  of,  193 

Philippine  insurrection,  Iowa  states- 
men on  question  of,  104 

Pickard,  J.  L.,  82;  president  of  the 
State  Historical  Society  of  Iowa,  151 

Pierce,  Frank  G.,  letter  to  city  officials 
of  Iowa  Municipalities  by,  195;  pro- 
moter of  the  League  of  Iowa  Munici- 
palities, 195;  secretary  and  treas- 
urer of  League  of  Iowa  Municipal- 
ities, 206 

Pinkney,  461;  in  the  case  of  McCulloch 
v.  Maryland,  453 

Pioneer  Law-Makers  Association  of 
Iowa,  reports  of,  89;  bibliography  of 
publications  of,  for  1900-1901,  384 

Pioneer  work  precedes  civil  organiza- 
tion, 44 

Pioneers,  Iowa,  political  instinct  of, 
496-497,  505;  prior  to  1857,  140,  141 

Pleistocene  record  in  Iowa,  49,  50 


Police,  branch  of  government  repre- 
sented by,  469 

Political  and  legislative  power,  dis- 
tinction between,  299 

Political  campaign  in  Iowa,  nature  of 
first,  504,  505 

Political  candidates  in  Iowa,  first 
announcement  of,  498,  499;  number 
of  at  first  election,  503;  work  of,  in 
early  campaigns,  504,  505 

Political  convention  in  Iowa,  first  call 
for,  by  Democrats,  501;  first  Demo- 
cratic territorial,  514;  first  protest 
against,  499;  first  Whig  territorial, 
611;  Whig  opposition  to,  500,  503 

Political  evolution,  elements  in,  18 

Political  Parties  and  National  Reminis- 
cences, History  of,  by  Fox,  102 

Political  parties,  organization  of,  in 
Iowa,  497;  outline  of  mechanism  of, 
494 

Political  Value  of  State  Constitutional 
History,  The,  by  FRANCIS  NEWTON 
THORPE,  17 

Political  value  of  State  constitutions, 
tribute  to  the,  41 

Politics,  Iowa  Journal  of  History  and, 
83 

Polynesian  migrations,  the,  57 

Popular  Science  Monthly,  article  on 
the  Davenport  Academy  in,  70 

Popular  sovereignty,  a  new  thing  in 
practical  government,  429;  source* 
of,  American  doctrine  of,  430 

Population,  Iowa,  marvelous  growth  of, 
339;  of  Congressional  districts  in 
1880,  349;  political  complexion  of, 
in  1872,  345 

Population  of  cities  in  Iowa,  194 

Population  of  United  States,  density 
of,  165 

Poor,  care  of,  by  State  of  Iowa,  477 

Port  Louisa,  landing  place  of  Marquette 
and  Joliet,  12 

Pottawattomie  village,  11 

Powers,  legislative,  executive,  and 
judicial,  relation  and  definitions  of, 
a  civil  element  of  States,  18 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS 


571 


Poweshiek  county,  transfer  of,  from 
second  to  first  Congressional  district, 
337 

Pratt,  70 

Pre-European  peoples  of  Mexico,  Yuca- 
catan,  and  Honduras,  58 

President  of  United  States,  growing 
authority  of,  35;  manner  of  choosing, 
18 

Preston,  70 

Price,  Hiram,  88 

Price,  Representative,  91 

Primary  elections,  as  a  nominating  sys- 
tem, 167;  Carney  bill  providing  for, 
174,  176;  Crossley  bill  providing  for, 
179;  Early  bill  providing  for,  174; 
Eaton  bill  providing  for,  176;  first 
steps  towards  regulations  of,  by  law, 
167;  law,  essential  elements  of  a 
good,  191;  every  State  in  the  Union 
governed  through,  39;  law  in  Code 
Supplement  of  1902,  4919-a-b-c-d-, 
on,  177,  178;  law  in  Iowa,  first  efforts 
to  secure,  174;  law  in  Minnesota,  the 
best  on,  191 ;  legislation,  four  groups 
of  States  regarding,  173;  McNulty 
bill  providing  for,  175;  measure  on, 
the  first  compulsory  statewide  pro- 
posed, 179;  table  showing  State  regu- 
lations of,  169-172 

Primary  Elections  by  Law,  The  Regu- 
lation of,  by  JAMES  JUDSON  CROSS- 
LEY,  165 

Problems  in  the  Administration  of  Iowa, 
by  HAROLD  M.  BOWMAN,  467 

Professions,  Early  Leaders  in  the,  in  the 
Territory  of  Iowa,  82 

Progressive  Men  of  Iowa,  published  by 
Conaway  &  Shaw,  103 

Property,  a  basis  of  representation,  20; 
Adams,  Levi  Lincoln,  Madison,  Mar- 
shall, Monroe,  Storey,  and  Webster, 
on,  20;  qualifications  abolished  in 
Iowa,  Michigan,  and  Wisconsin,  20; 
Webster's  Plymouth  oration  on,  29 

Publications,  A  Bibliography  of  Iowa 
State,  for  1900-1901,  by  MARGARET 
BUDINGTON,  362 


Publications  (Iowa),  for  1900-1901,  of 
Academy  of  Sciences,  365;  Adjutant 
General,  366;  Agricultural  Depart- 
ment, 366;  Attorney  General,  368; 
Auditor  of  State,  368;  Board  of  Con- 
trol of  State  Institutions,  370;  Col- 
lege for  the  Blind,  371;  Custodian  of 
Public  Buildings,  371;  Dairy  Com- 
missioner, 371;  Executive  Council, 
371;  Fish  and  Game  Warden,  372; 
General  Assembly,  372;  Geological 
Survey,  375;  Governor,  378;  Health, 
State  Board  of,  379;  Historical  De- 
partment of  Iowa,  379;  Horticultural 
Society,  380;  House  of  Representa- 
tives, 381;  Industrial  School  for  Girls 
at  Mitchellville,  381;  Institution  for 
Feeble  Minded  Children,  381;  Labor 
Statistics,  Bureau  of,  381;  Land 
Department,  382;  Library  Commis- 
sion, 382;  Mine  Inspectors,  383;  Oil 
Inspectors,  384;  Penitentiary,  Ana- 
mosa,  384;  Penitentiary,  Fort  Madi- 
son, 384;  Pharmacy  Commission,  384; 
Pioneer  Law  Makers  Association  of 
Iowa,  384;  Public  Instruction,  De- 
partment of,  384;  Railroad  Commis- 
sioner, 388;  School  for  the  Deaf,  390; 
Secretary  of  State,  390;  Senate,  391; 
Soldiers'  Orphans'  Home,  391;  State 
Agricultural  College,  391;  State  His- 
torical Society  of  Iowa,  394;  State 
Library,  395;  State  Normal  School, 
395;  State  University  of  Iowa,  397; 
Supreme  Court,  401;  Treasurer  of 
State,  402;  Veterinary  Surgeon,  403; 
Vicksburg  Commission,  403 

Publications,  bibliography  of  State, 
desirability  of,  363;  State,  historical 
value  of,  362 

Publications  of  State  Historical  Society 
of  Iowa,  150-151 

Public  education  in  Iowa,  conducted 
by  Leg.  Assembly,  472;  conducted  by 
State  Superintendent,  472,  474,  475, 
first  superintendent  of,  471;  history  of 
the  administration  of,  470-476;  pro- 
vision for  financial  administration  of, 
734 


572 


THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 


Public  finance  in  Iowa,  central  inspec- 
tion of,  489;  desirability  of  central- 
ization in  local  administration  of, 
488;  history  of  the  administration  of, 
482-489;  relation  of,  to  judicial  de- 
partment, 483,  489 

Public  health  and  safety  in  Iowa,  his- 
tory of  the  administration  of,  480; 
reasons  for  lack  of  administration  of, 
480;  State  Board  of,  creation  and 
functions  of,  481-482 

Public  High  Schools,  State  History  in 
the,  by  EDMUND  J.  JAMES,  153 

Public  Instruction  (Iowa),  Department 
of,  bibliography  of  publications  of, 
for  1900-1901,  384 

Putnam,  Mrs.  M.  L.  D.,  70 

Putnam,  Professor,  on  anthropology, 
327 

Quebec,  Joliet's  return  to,  3;  Mar- 
quette's  reference  to,  5 

Quincy,  12 

Railroad  Commissioners  (Iowa),  biblio- 
graphy of  publications  of,  for  1900- 
1901,  388 

Reagan,  Hon.  John  H.,  member  of  the 
cabinet  of  the  Confederate  States, 
209 

Rebellion,  Iowa  and  the,  by  L.  D.  Inger- 
soll,  90 

Recollections  of  a  Civil  Engineer,  by 
Ainsworth,  103 

Recollections  of  a  Nonagenarian,  by 
Holbrook,  103 

Reconstruction  and  representation,  21, 
23,  26,  27 

Reconstruction,  Congressional  commit- 
tee on,  James  W.  Grimes'  opinion  of, 
331 

Record,  Iowa  Historical,  73;  first  num- 
ber of,  151;  war  sketches  in,  89 

Recueil  de  Voyage,  by  Thevenot,  4 

Red  men,  great  men  among  the,  60 

Red  Men  of  Iowa,  by  A.  R.  Fulton,  82 

Referendum,  first  application  of,  in 
America,  38;  recent  use  of,  in  Amer- 
ica, 39,  40,  42 

Reform  League,  Baltimore,  193 


Register,  State,  plans  for  redistricting 
Iowa  in  1882,  347,  in  1886,  352 

Regulation  of  Primary  Elections  by  Law, 
The,  by  JAMES  JUDSON  CROSSLEY,  165 

Reports  of  Geological  Surveys,  73 

Reports  of  Smithsonian  Institute,  68 

Representation,  abolition  of  property 
basis  in  U.  S.,  20,  21;  a  civil  element 
in  the  state,  18;  basis  of,  down  to 
1820,  20;  by  States,  18;  in  England, 
19;  in  United  States,  19;  local,  in 
United  States,  18-19;  of  persons,  de- 
fended by  Levi  Lincoln  in  1820,  20; 
property  basis  for,  defended  by  John 
Adams,  Joseph  Story,  Daniel  Web- 
ster, Madison,  Marshall,  and  Mon- 
roe, 20;  proportional,  19 

Representation  and  suffrage,  insepar- 
able elements  in  constitutional  gov- 
ernment, 22 

Republican,  Dubuque,  on  organization 
of  Republican  party  in  Iowa,  520 

Republican  party  in  Iowa,  cause  of 
success  of,  520;  character  of  organ- 
izations, 519;  first  conventions  of,  5- 
18;  Gov.  Grimes'  call  for  organiza- 
tion of,  517;  majority  of,  in  Iowa  in 
1856,  339,  in  1862,  346,  in  1880,  350, 
in  1885,  353,  354;  opposition  to  slav- 
ery by,  518;  reasons  of , for  redistrict- 
ing in  1886,  350 

Reservation,  Indian,  in  Tama  county 
(Iowa),  59 

Revenue  Commission  of  1892,  recom- 
mendation of,  487 

Revenue  system,  advantages  of  segre- 
gation in,  485 

Review,  ( Iowa )  State  Board  of,  486 

Rich,  Joseph  W.,  biographical  note  on, 
272 

RICH,  JOSEPH  W.,  The  Hampton  Roads 
Conference,  209 

Richardson,  D.  N.,  curator  of  the  State 
Historical  Society  of  Iowa,  152 

Richman,  Irving  B.,  author  of  John 
Brown  Among  the  Quakers,  88 

Rise  and  Fall  of  the  Confederate  Gov- 
ernment, by  Jefferson  Davis,  214 


OF   HISTORY  AND  POLITICS 


573 


Rochester  University,  first  college  work 
in  anthropology  done  at,  316 

Round,  on  history,  77 

Russell,  Frank,  an  Iowa  anthropologist, 
313 

Sabin,  Henry,  author  of  The  Making  of 
Iowa,  103 

Sac  and  Fox  Indians,  54 

Salisbury,  51 

Salter,  Dr.  William,  author  of  Life  of 
James  W.  Grimes,  88,  91 

Sandusky,  alleged  landing  place  of 
Marquette  and  Joliet,  3 

San  Francisco,  Good  Government  Club 
of,  193 

School  for  the  Deaf  ( Iowa ),  bibliogra- 
phy of  publications  of,  for  1900-1901, 
390 

School  Fund  Commission  in  Iowa,  473 

School  laws,  commission  for  revision 
of,  473 

Schouler,  author  of  History  of  the  United 
States,  214 

Scribner,  Popular  History  of  the  United 
States,  214 

Secretary  of  State  (Iowa),  bibliography 
of  publications  of,  for  1900-1901,  390 

Seerley,  author  of  History  and  Civil 
Government  of  Iowa,  103 

Segregation,  advantages  of,  in  revenue 
system,  485 

Senate  (Iowa),  bibliography  of  publi- 
cations of,  for  1900-1901,  391 

Settlers,  first,  and  local  tradition,  527 

Seward,  Secretary  of  State,  221,  223, 
225,  227,  228 

Shambaugh,  Bertha  H.,  articles  on 
Amana  Society  by,  89 

Shambaugh,  Benjamin  F.,  author  of 
Documentary  Material  Relating  to  the 
History  of  Iowa,  151;  Fragments  of 
the  Debates  of  the  Iowa  Constitutional 
Conventions  of  1844,  1846,  151;  His- 
tory of  the  Constitutions  of  Iowa,  78; 
Iowa  City,  a  Contribution  to  the  Early 
History  of  Iowa,  151;  The  Messages 
and  Proclamations  of  the  Governors  of 
Iowa,  126;  the  Constitution  of  Iowa, 


151;  the  Constitution  and  Records  of 
the  Claim  Association,  151 

SHAMBAUGH,  BENJAMIN  F.,  A  Brief 
History  of  the  State  Historical  Society 
of  Iowa,  139 

Shambaugh,  Benjamin  F.,  biographical 
note  on,  272 

Sharp,  Mrs.  Abigail  Gardner,  author  of 
History  of  the  Spirit  Lake  Massacre, 
87 

Shaw,  Dr.  Albert,  author  of  Icaria,  88 

Shea,  Dr.  John  Gilmary,  author  of 
Discovery  of  the  Mississippi,  3,  4,  9 

Sheldon,  70 

Shimek,  Bohumil,  51 

Slavery,  Iowa's  opposition  to,  140; 
question  of,  in  Iowa  politics,  516, 
517,  518,  519 

Small,  A.  J.,  364 

Smithsonian  Institution  Reports,  68,  73 

Social  compact  theory,  sources  of  the, 
430 

Soldiers'  Orphans'  Home  (Iowa),  bibli- 
ography of  publications  of,  for  1900- 
1901,  391 

Solicitors,  State  Association  of  City, 
200 

Some  Fragments  of  Iowa  History  gath- 
ered from  the  Records  of  Congress,  by 
Elizabeth  H.  Avery,  103 

South  Sea,  Marque tte's  speculation  on 
how  to  reach  the,  7 

Sovereign,  the  word  in  State  Constitu- 
tions, 42 

Sovereignty,  popular,  a  new  thing  in 
practical  government,  429;  sources 
of,  430;  residuary,  defined  in  the 
Federalist,  43 

Spain,  Iowa  statesmen  on  the  question 
of  war  with,  104 

Sparks,  Jared,  member  of  the  State 
Historical  Society  of  Iowa,  152 

Spirit  Lake  massacre,  87 

Springer,  Judge,  88 

Squatter  Constitutions,  78 

Starr,  Frederick,  author  of  Bibliogra- 
phy of  Iowa  Antiquities,  70,  71 ;  first 
college  work  in  anthropology  in 


574 


THE   IOWA   JOURNAL 


Iowa  done  by,  316;  an  Iowa  anthropo- 
logist, 313 

State  Agricultural  College  (Iowa), 
bibliography  of  publications  of,  for 
1900-1901,  391 

State,  a  living  organism,  45;  change  of 
concept  of,  17;  civil  elements  of,  18; 
form  of,  unchanged  from  the  begin- 
ning of  our  State  history,  17;  func- 
tions of,  17 

State  Central  Committee,  mechanism 
of,  495 

State  control  of  education  in  Iowa,  474 

State  Constitution,  mandatory  provi- 
sions of  Wisconsin,  relative  to  appor- 
tionment, 303 

State  Constitutional  History,  The  Polit- 
ical Value  of,  by  FRANCIS  NEWTON 
THORPE,  17 

State  Constitutional  history,  political 
value  of,  in  the  study  of  negro  suf- 
frage, 25;  source  of,  43 

State  government,  American,  charac- 
teristic of,  468;  closer  to  people  than 
Federal  government,  18;  complexity 
of,  469 

State  governments,  characteristics  of, 
429 ;  charter  framework  of,  429; 
checks  and  balances  in,  287  ;  control 
of,  by  Federal  Constitution,  286,  287, 
289;  decision  of  Marshall  in  case  of 
Brown  v.  Maryland  denning  power 
of,  460;  decision  of  Marshall  in  the 
case  of  McCulloch  v.  Maryland  de- 
nning sphere  of,  454 

State  History  in  the  Public  High  Schools, 
by  EDMUND  J.  JAMES,  153 

State  Historical  Society  of  Iowa,  A 
Brief  History  of  the,  by  BENJAMIN 
F.  SHAMBAUGH, 139 

State  Historical  Society  of  Iowa,  82, 
83;  adoption  of  Constitution  for,  142; 
an  independent  State  institution,  144, 
146;  anthropological  collection  of, 
316;  by-laws  of,  143;  bibliography  of 
publications  of,  394;  early  relations 
with  State  University,  145,  147,  149; 
first  appropriation  for,  142 ;  first 


members  of,  142;  increase  in  perma- 
nent annual  allowances  for,  145;  offi- 
cers of,  142;  original  object  of,  143; 
power  of  curators  of,  143;  prominent 
members  and  officers  of,  151,  152; 
publications  of,  150, 151;  reorganiza- 
tion of,  144;  various  homes  of,  146, 
150 

State  institutions  of  Iowa,  the  admin- 
istration of  the,  478 

State  Library  (Iowa),  bibliography  of 
publications  of,  for  1900-1901,  395 

State  Normal  School  (Iowa),  bibliog- 
raphy of  publications  of,  for  1900- 
1901,  395 ;  courses  in  anthropology 
and  ethnology  in  the,  323 

State  publications,  historical  value  of, 
362 

State  sovereignty,  in  written  Consti- 
tutions, 42 

State  Teachers'  Association  (Iowa), 
476 

State  University  of  Iowa,  bibliography 
of  publications  of,  for  1900-1901,  397; 
courses  of  instruction  in  anthropol- 
ogy and  ethnology  in  the,  318-322 

State,  What  Constitutes  a,  by  Sir  Wil- 
liam Jones,  525 

States,  organic  laws  of,  the  foundation 
of  civil  society,  17 

Statesman,  Chief  Justice  Marshall  as  a 
Constructive,  by  EMLIN  MCCLAIN,  427 

Stebbins,  Hon.  F.  K.,  address  of,  207 

Stephens,  Alexander  H.,  215,  219;  A 
Constitutional  View  of  the  Late  War 
Between  the  States,  214;  account  of 
Hampton  Roads  Conference  by,  222; 
at  Hampton  Roads  Conference,  209, 
210,  211,  212,  213 

St.  Francis  river,  Mitchigamea  village 
near  the  mouth  of,  8 

St.  Francis  Xavier,  Jesuit  Mission  of, 
9,11 

St.  Ignaca,  Mission  of,  5 

St.  Mary's  river,  indicated  on  Mar- 
quette's  map,  10 

St.  Mary's  College,  library  of,  4 

Stockton,  Justice,  87 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS 


575 


Stone,  William  M.,  vice-president  of 
State  Historical  Society  of  Iowa,  151 

Story,  Joseph,  20 

Study  of  party  organization,  six  points 
of  view  in  the,  494 

Suffrage,  a  civil  element  in  States,  18; 
exercise  of,  a  privilege,  29;  history 
of,  recorded  in  organic  laws  of  States, 
23;  negro,  22,  24,  27;  political  value 
of  State  constitutional  history  in 
study  of,  25,  43;  representation  and, 
inseparable  elements  in  constitu- 
tional government,  22;  woman,  early 
demand  for,  30;  woman,  in  New  Jer- 
sey prior  to  1807,  23 

Summary  of  the  archaeology  of  Iowa, 
by  Frederick  Starr,  71 

Superintendent  of  Public  Instruction 
( Iowa ),  abolishing  of  office  of,  472 ; 
first  territorial,  471;  powers  of,  475, 
476;  provisions  for  State,  472,  474; 
provision  for  county,  473,  475;  work 
of,  assumed  by  Legislative  Assembly, 
472 

Supreme  Court  (Iowa),  bibliography  of 
publications  of,  for  1900-1901,  401 

Supreme  Court  of  United  States,  deci- 
sion of,  in  case  of  Brown  v.  Mary- 
land, 460;  in  case  of  Cohens  v.  Vir- 
ginia, 461;  in  case  of  Martin  v.  Hun- 
ter's Lessee,  461;  in  case  of  McCul- 
loch  v.  Maryland,  452;  in  case  of  Os- 
borne  v.  United  States  Bank,  456; 
character  of  decisions  of,  438;  consti- 
tutional interpretation  entrusted  to, 
436;  early  domination  of  ,by  Marshall, 
439;  head  of  Federal  Judiciary  De- 
partment, 435;  in  regard  to  enjoin- 
ing officers  of  State  from  proceeding 
to  act  under  a  State  law  which  vio- 
lates Constitution  of  United  States, 
285;  Marshall's  definition  of  power 
of,  462-463;  popular  sovereignty  and 
the,  437;  power  of,  first  defined  in 
case  of  Marbury  v.  Madison,  442- 
446;  purpose  of  establishing,  435; 
varied  jurisdiction  of,  435 


Supreme  Court  of  Wisconsin,  decisions 
of,  in  gerrymander  cases,  307,  310 

Table  showing  nominating  systems 
used  in  each  county  in  the  State  of 
Iowa,  187-190 

Tama  county  (Iowa),  Indian  reserva- 
tion in,  59 

Taney,  Chief  Justice,  counsel  for 
Maryland  in  case  of  Brown  v.  Mary- 
land, 460;  error  of,  in  Dred  Scott 
decision,  451,  452 

Taxation,  relation  of,  to  judicial  de- 
partment of  government,  483,  484;  of 
railroads  by  States,  advantages  of, 
486 

Territory  of  Iowa,  attitude  toward  edu- 
cation of,  472;  establishment  of,  505; 
first  delegate  to  Congress  from,  502; 
status  of  the  negro  in,  81 

Territory  of  Michigan,  Iowa  a  part  of, 
78 

Territory,  Northwest,  significance  of 
organization  of,  160 

Territory  of  Wisconsin,  creation  of, 
497;  Iowa  a  part  of,  78 

Territorial  Gazette  and  Advertiser,  an 
early  Iowa  newspaper,  506 

Territories,  qualifications  of  voters  in, 
prescribed  by  Congress,  20,  23 

Thevenot,  author  of  Eecueil  de  Voyage, 
4 

THORPE,  FRANCIS  NEWTON,  The  Polit- 
ical Value  of  State  Constitutional 
History,  17;  The  Wisconsin  Gerry- 
manders of  1891-1892,  275 

Thorpe,  Francis  Newton,  biographical 
note  on,  134 

Tillman,  Senator,  reference  of,  to 
Hampton  Roads  Conference,  209 

Totten,  Silas,  curator  of  the  State 
Historical  Society  of  Iowa,  152 

Tradition,  Local,  by  JOHNSON  BRIGHAM, 
525 

Treasurer  of  State  (Iowa),  bibliogra- 
phy of  publications  of,  for  1900-1901, 
402 

Treaty,  with  Sacs  and  Foxes,  55;  with 
Sioux,  55 


576 


THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 


Tribune,  Chicago,  Senator  Grimes'  atti- 
tude in  impeachment  trial  of  Presi- 
dent Johnson  set  forth  in,  333 

Tribune,  New  York,  Senator  Grimes' 
attitude  in  impeachment  trial  of 
President  Johnson,  set  forth  in,  333 

Trumbull,  333 

Tuttle,  Prof.  Charles  K.,  author  of 
Illustrated  History  of  Iowa,  102 

Udden,  51 

United  States  documents,  historical 
value  of,  362 

United  States,  History  of,  by  Schouler, 
214 

United  States  History,  Popular,  Scrib- 
ner's,  214 

University,  Drake,  courses  in  anthro- 
pology and  ethnology  in,  323 

University  of  Iowa,  State,  courses  of 
instruction  in  anthropology  and  eth- 
nology in,  318-322;  early  relations 
of  State  Historical  Society  and,  145 

University  of  Rochester,  first  college 
work  in  anthropology  in  U.  S.  done 
at,  316 

Vancouver,  boundary  of  glaciated  re- 
gion, 50 

Vest,  Senator,  reference  of,  to  Hamp- 
ton Roads  Conference,  210,  211,  212 

Veterinary  Surgeon,  State,  bibliog- 
raphy of  publications  of,  for  1900-1901, 
403;  creation  of  office  of,  482 

Vicksburg  Commission  (Iowa),  bibli- 
ography of  publications  of,  for  1900- 
1901,  403 

Vincennes,  160 

Visitor,  DuBuque,  first  newspaper  in 
the  Iowa  District,  200,  498,  503 

Wabash  river,  as  indicated  on  Mar- 
quette's  map,  8 

Wade,  Martin  J.,  Democratic  Con- 
gressman from  the  Second  District 
(Iowa),  354 

War  Between  the  States,  a  Constitu- 
tional View  of,  by  Alexander  H. 
Stephens,  214 

War  Times,  Iowa  in,  by  S.  H.  M. 
Byers,  90 


WARD,  DUREN  J.  H.,  Anthropological 
Instruction  in  Iowa,  312;  Historico- 
Anthropological  Possibilities  in  Iowa, 
47 

Ward,  Duren  J.  H.,  biographical  note 
on,  135 

Washington,  George,  163;  contribution 
of,  to  our  system  of  government,  466; 
John  Marshall  compared  with,  440 

Watterson,  Henry,  lecture  of,  on  Abra- 
ham Lincoln,  209 

Watson,  William,  82 

Weaver,  Gen.  James  B.,  101 

Webster,  Clement  L.,  anthropological 
collection  of,  315 

Webster,  Daniel,  in  case  of  American 
Insurance  Company  v.  Canter,  464;  in 
case  of  Gibbons  v.  Ogden,  459;  in 
case  of  McCulloch  v.  Maryland,  453; 
on  independence  of  judiciary  in 
Massachusetts  Convention  in  1820, 
291;  on  principle  of  apportionment, 
308,  310;  on  property  representation, 
20;  Plymouth  oration  of,  29 

WELD,  LJENAS  GIFFORD,  Joliet  and 
Marquette  in  Iowa,  3 

Weld,  Lsenas  Gifford,  biographical 
note  on,  134 

Western  State,  Institutional  Beginnings 
in  a,  by  Jesse  Macy,  103 

West,  Middle,  value  of  the  history  of 
the,  159 

West,  States  of  Middle,  growth  of  the 
162 

Whig  majorities  in  Iowa  in  1847,  336 

Whig  party  in  Iowa,  anti-slavery  sym- 
pathies of,  516;  Burlington  Hawkeye 
official  organ  of,  507;  celebration  of 
election  of  General  Harrison  by,  508; 
Davenport  convention  of,  May  5, 
1841,  511;  in  minority  in  1840,  506; 
opposition  of,  to  Douglas's  Nebraska 
Bill,  516;  opposition  to  political  con- 
vention of,  500;  organization  of,  508, 
509,  510,  511;  vigilance  committees 
of,  510,  511 

White,  51 

White,  Dr.  Andrew,  D.,  491 


OF  HISTORY   AND   POLITICS 


577 


White  man,  the,  in  Iowa,  approach  of, 
52;  final  possession  of  State  by,  54 

Wick,  BarthiniusL.,  author  of  History 
of  the  Amana  Society,  89 

Wilkie,  Franc.  B.,  author  of  Daven- 
port, Past  and  Present,  82 

Wilson,  General,  220 

Wilson,  James,  curator  of  the  State 
Historical  Society  of  Iowa,  152 

Wilson,  Representative,  91 

Wilson,  Senator  James  F.,  on  law  as 
history,  85 

Wilson,  Thomas  S.,  vice-president  of 
the  State  Historical  Society  of  Iowa, 
161 

Wirt,  in  case  of  Gibbons  v.  Ogden,  459; 
incase  of  McCulloch  v.  Maryland,  453 

Wisconsin,  abolition  of  property  quali- 
fication for  voters  in,  20 

Wisconsin, Constitution  of,  292;  amend- 
ment of,  293;  intention  of  framersof, 
294 

Wisconsin  Gerrymanders  of  1891, 1892, 
The,  by  FRANCIS  NEWTON  THORPE, 
275 

Wisconsin,  gerrymander  case  in,  in 
1891,  277;  Jesuit  missionaries  in,  161; 
mound  Builders  in,  56;  population 
of,  in  1890,  276;  struggle  to  abolish 
property  qualification  in,  20 

Wisconsin  river,  launching  of  Mar- 
quette's  canoes  on,  5;  meridian  of  91 
degrees  at  mouth  of,  9;  mouth  of 
indicated  on  Joliet's  map,  15 

Wisconsin,    senatorial    and    assembly 


districts  in,  changed  by  amendment 
to  single  district  system,  293;  consti- 
tutional provisions  for  apportion- 
ment, 275,  276,  281,  283,  292;  dis- 
f ranchisement  of  one-fifth  population 
by  gerrymander  of  1891,  277;  double 
district  system  in,  292;  question  of 
jurisdiction  settled  in  gerrymander 
case  in,  292;  injunction  to  prevent  an 
election  in,  277;  intention  of  framers 
of  Constitution  in  regard  to,  294, 
295;  political  importance  of  gerry- 
mander case  in,  288,  289;  proclama- 
tion calling  special  session  of  legis- 
lature to  apportion,  307;  statement 
of  injunction  case  in,  278;  violation 
of  constitutional  provisions  by  assem- 
bly of  1891,  275,  276,  280, 283, 294, 306 

Wisconsin  Territory,  capital  of,  53; 
creation  of,  497;  extent  of,  53;  re- 
moval of  capital  of,  53 

Wisconsin  Territory,  Notes  on,  by 
Lieut.  Albert  Lea,  82 

Woman  suffrage,  early  demand  for, 
30;  George  William  Curtis'  defense 
of,  30;  Horace  Greely's  support  of, 
30;  in  New  Jersey  prior  to  1807,  23; 
in  Wyoming,  30;  social  obstacles  to, 
31;  value  of  State  constitutional  his- 
tory in  the  study  of ,  31 

Wright,  George  G.,  president  of  the 
State  Historical  Society,  151 

Wright,  Justice,  87,  88 

Yale  University,  312 

Yucatan,  Pre-European  people  of,  58 


INDEX   TO   PUBLICATIONS   NOTICED 


NOTE — The  titles  of  publications  noticed  are  printed  in  italics.    The  names  of 
persons  writing  the  notices  are  printed  in  SMALL  CAPITALS. 


Actual  Government  as  Applied  under 
American  Conditions,  by  Albert  Bush- 
nell  Hart,  by  BENJAMIN  F.  SHAM- 
BAUGH,  533 

Adams,  Ephraim,  The  Iowa  Band,  by 
HARRY  GRANT  PLUM,  105 

American  Historical  Association  for 
1901,  Anual  Report  of  the,  Vol.  I,  by 
HARRY  GRANT  PLUM,  240;  Vol.  II, 
by  F.  I.  HERRIOTT,  248 

America ,  Historic  Highways  of,  by 
Archer  Butler  Hulbert,  by  DUREN  J. 
H.  WARD,  243 

American  Revolution,  The  Loyalists  in 
the,  by  Claude  Halstead  Van  Tyne, 
by  ARTHUR  D.  CROMWELL,  414 

Archives,  Public,  Commission  Report 
on,  by  Wm.  MacDonald,  etc.,  by  F. 
I.  HERRIOTT,  250 

Band,  The  Iowa,  by  Reverend  Ephraim 
Adams,  by  HARRY  GRANT  PLUM,  105 

Bank  of  the  United  States,  The  Second, 
by  Ralph  C.  H.  Catterall,  by  WIL- 
LIAM CRAIG  WILCOX,  529 

Bar  Association,  Proceedings  of  the 
Iowa,  published  by  the  Association, 
by  EMLIN  McCLAiN,  231 

Boone,  Daniel,  by  Reuben  Gold 
Thwaites,  by  WILLIAM  CRAIG  WIL- 
COX, 122 

BUDINGTON,  MARGARET,  Iowa  Official 
Register,  compiled  by  W.  B.  Martin, 
published  by  the  State,  255 

Bulletin  of  Iowa  Institutions,  edited  by 
the  Board  of  Control,  by  ISAAC  A. 
Loos,  235 

Brown,  William  Garrott,  Stephen  Ar- 
nold Douglas,  by  CHARLES  NOBLE 
GREGORY, 106 


Campaigns  and  Battles  of  the  Twelfth 
Regiment  Iowa  Veteran  Volunteer 
Infantry,  by  Major  David  W.  Reed, 
by  JOSEPH  W.  RICH,  541 

Catterall,  Ralph  C.  H.,  The  Second 
Bank  of  the  United  States,  by  WIL- 
LIAM CRAIG  WILCOX,  529 

Clarkson,  Anna  Howell,  A  Beautiful 
Life  and  its  Associations,  by  CELIA 

A.  M.  CURRIER,  531 

Code  of  Iowa,  Supplement  to  the,  pub- 
lished by  the  State,  by  HORACE  E. 
DEEMER,  118 

Conquest,  The:  The  True  Story  of 
Lewis  and  Clark,  by  Eva  Emery  Dye, 
by  ALICE  YOUNG,  237 

Constitutional  History  of  the  United 
States,  The,  by  Francis  Newton 
Thorpe,  by  BENJ.  F.  SHAMBAUGH,  121 

Constitutions  of  Iowa,  History  of  the,  by 
Benjamin  F.  Shambaugh,  by  IRVING 

B.  RICHMAN,  116 

Corporations,  the  Organization  and  Con- 
trol of  Industrial,  by  Frank  Edward 
Horack,  by  HARRY  G.  PLUM,  534 

Coyne,  James  H.,  Exploration  of  the 
Great  Lakes  in  1669-1670,  by  L^ENAS 
GIFFORD  WELD,  411 

CROMWELL,  ARTHUR  D.,  The  Story  of 
the  Mormons,  by  William  Alexander 
Linn,  246;  The  Loyalists  in  the  Amer- 
ican Revolution,  by  Claude  Halstead 
Van  Tyne,  414 

CURRIER,  CELIA  A.  M.,  A  Beautiful  life 
and  its  Associations,  by  Anna  Howell 
Clarkson,  531 

Daniel  Boone,  by  Reuben  Gold 
Thwaites,  by  WILLIAM  CRAIG  WIL- 
COX, 122 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS 


579 


DEEMER,  HORACE  E.,  Supplement  to  the 
Code  of  Iowa,  published  by  the  State, 
118 

Democracy  and  the  Organization  of  Pol- 
itical Parties,  by  M.  Ostrogorski,  by 
BENJAMIN  F.  SHAMBAUGH,  539 
Deutschen  von  Iowa  und  deren  Errun- 
genschaften,  Die,  by  Joseph  Eiboeck, 
by  MAX  O.  LORENZ,  108 
DEY,   PETER  A.,    Proceedings    of  the 
Pioneer  Law  Makers  Association  of 
Iowa,  252 

Dillon,  John  F.,  John  Marshall,  Life, 
Character  and  Judicial  Services,  by 
EMLIN  MCCLAIN,  404 
Douglas,  Stephen  Arnold,  by  William 
Garrott  Brown,  by  CHARLES  NOBLE 
GREGORY,  106 

Dye,  Eva  Emery,  The  Conquest :  The 
True  Story  of  Lewis  and  Clark,  by 
ALICE  YOUNG,  237 

Eiboeck,  Joseph,  Die  Deutschen  von 
Iowa  und  deren  Errungenschaften,  by 
MAX  0.  LORENZ,  108 
Exploration  of  the  Great  Lakes  in  1669- 
1670,  edited  and  translated  by  James 
H.  Coyne,  by  LJSNAS  GIFFORD  WELD, 
411 

Father  Marquette,  by  Reuben  Gold 
Thwaites,  by  HYENAS  GIFFORD  WELD, 
124 

Fisk,  John,  New  France  and  New  Eng- 
land, by  LIANAS  GIFFORD  WELD,  238 
FITZPATRICK,  T.  J.,  The  Proceedings  of 
the  Iowa  Park  and  Forestry  Associa- 
tion (1902),  published  by  the  Associa- 
tion, 636 

Forestry   Association,    Proceedings    of 
Iowa  Park  and,  published  by  the  As- 
sociation, by  T.  J.  FITZPATRICK,  536 
Garrison,  George  P.,  Texas,  by  ALLEN 

JOHNSON,  406 

GARVER,   F.   H.,    The    Government  of 

Maine,  by  William  MacDonald,  408 

Georgia  and  States  Eights,  by  Ulrich 

Bonnell  Phillips;  by  F.  I.  HERRIOTT, 

248 

Government  as  Applied  under  American 


Conditions,  Actual,  by  Albert  Bush- 
nell  Hart,  by  BENJAMIN  F.   SHAM- 
BAUGH, 533 
Government  of  Maine,  The,  by  William 

MacDonald,  by  F.  H,  GARVER,  408 
Government  of  New  York,  The,  Its  His- 
tory and  Administration,  by  William 
G.  Morey,  by  H.  G.  PLUM,  410 
Great  Lakes,  Exploration  of  the,  in 
1669-1670,  edited  and  translated  by 
James  H.  Coyne,  by  L^ENAS  GIFFORD 
WELD,  411 

GREGORY,  CHARLES  NOBLE,  Stephen 
Arnold  Douglas,  by  William  Garrott 
Brown,  106 

Hart,  Albert  Bushnell,  Actual  Govern- 
ment as  Applied  under  American  Con- 
ditions, by  BENJAMIN  F.  SHAMBAUGH, 
533 

HERRIOTT,  F.  I.,  Georgia  and  States 
Bights,  by  Ulrich  Bonnell  Phillips, 
248 

Historic  Highways  of  America,  by  Ar- 
cher Butler  Hulbert,  by  DUREN  J.  H. 
WARD,  243 

Historical  Association,  Annual  Eeport 
of  American  for  1901,  Vol.  I,  by 
HARRY  G.  PLUM,  240;  Vol.  II,  by  F. 
I.  HERRIOTT,  248 

History,  Studies  in  United  States,  by 
Sara  M.  Riggs,  by  J.  F.  MITCHELL, 
255 

History  of  the  Louisiana  Purchase,  The, 
by  James  K.  Hosmer,  by  PAUL  S. 
PEIRCE,  110 

History  of  the  United  States,  The  Con- 
stitutional, by  Francis  Newton 
Thorpe,  by  BENJ.  F.  SHAMBAUGH, 
121 

History  of  the  Constitutions  of  Iowa,  by 
Benjamin  F.  Shambaugh,  by  IRVING 
B.  RICHMAN,  116 

HORACK,  FRANK  EDWARD,  Early  Polit- 
ical Machinery  in  the  United  States, 
by  George  D.  Luetscher,  539 

Horack,  Frank  Edward,  The  Organiza- 
tion and  Control  of  Industrial  Corpor- 
ations, by  HARRY  G.  PLUM,  534 


580 


THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 


Hosmer,  James  K.,  The  History  of  the 
Louisiana,  Purchase,  by  PAUL  S. 
PEIRCE,  534 

Hulbert,  Arthur  Butler,  Historic  High- 
ways of  America,  by  DUREN  J.  H. 
WARD,  243 

Institutions,  Bulletin  of  Iowa,  edited  by 
the  Board  of  Control,  by  ISAAC  A. 
Loos,  235 

Iowa  Band,  The,  by  Ephraim  Adams, 
by  HARRY  GRANT  PLUM,  105 

Iowa  Bar  Association,  Proceedings  of 
the,  published  by  the  Association,  by 
EMLIN  McCLAiN,  231 

Iowa  Historical  Record,  The,  Vols.  I  to 
XVIII,  The  State  Historical  Society 
of  Iowa,  by  JOSIAH  L.  PICKARD,  112 

Iowa  Official  Register,  compiled  by 
Win.  B.  Martin,  published  by  the 
State,  by  MARGARET  BUDINGTON,  255 

Iowa  Park  and  Forestry  Association, 
Proceedings  of,  published  by  the  As- 
sociation, by  T.  J.  FITZPATRICK,  336 

Iowa  Veteran  Volunteer  Infantry,  Cam- 
paigns and  Battles  of  the  Twelfth  Reg- 
iment, by  Major  David  W.  Reed,  by 
JOSEPH  W.  RICH,  541; 

Japan,  The  Political  Ideas  of  Modern, 
by  Karl  Kawakanii,  by  ISAAC  A. 
Loos,  538 

JOHNSON,  ALLEN,  Texas,  by  George  P. 
Garrison,  406 

Journal  of  the  Council  and  House  of 
Representatives  of  the  Second  Legis- 
lative Assembly  of  the  Territory  of 
Iowa  (Special  Session),  published  by 
the  Historical  Department  of  Iowa, 
by  LEONARD  WOODS  PARISH,  113 

Kawakami,  Karl  Kiyoshi,  The  Political 

Ideas  of  Modern  Japan,  by  ISAAC  A. 
Loos,  538 

Laws  of  the  Territory  of  Iowa — 1839, 
reprinted  by  the  Historical  Depart- 
ment of  Iowa,  by  HARRY  S.  RICH- 
ARDS, 241 

Laws  of  the  Territory  of  Iowa — 1840, 
reprinted  by  the  Historical  Depart- 
ment of  Iowa,  by  HARRY  S.  RICH- 
ARDS, 241 


Life  and  Its  Assoications,  A  Beautiful, 
by  Anna  Howell  Clarkson,  by  CELIA 
A.  M.  CURRIER,  531 

Linn,  William  Alexander,  The  Story 
of  the  Mormons,  by  ARTHUR  D.  CROM- 
WELL, 246 

Loos,  ISAAC  A. ,  Bulletin  of  Iowa  Insti- 
tutions, edited  by  the  Board  of  Con- 
trol, 235;  The  Political  Ideas  of  Mod- 
ern Japan,  by  Karl  Kiyoshi  Kawa- 
kami, 538 

LORENZ,  MAX  O.,  Die  Deutschen  von 
Iowa  und  deren  Errungenschaften,  by 
Joseph  Eiboeck,  108 

Louisiana  Purchase,  The  History  of  the, 
by  James  K.  Hosmer,  by  PAUL  S. 
PEIRCE,  110 

Loyalists  in  the  American  Revolution, 
The,  by  Claude  Halstead  Van  Tyne, 
by  ARTHUR  D.  CROMWELL,  414 

Luetscher,  George  D.,  Early  Political 
Machinery  in  the  United  States,  by 
FRANK  EDWARD  HORACK,  539 

Mac  Donald,  William,  The  Government 
of  Maine,  by  F.  H.  GARVER,  408 

Maine,  The  Government  of,  by  William 
Mac  Donald,  by  F.  H.  GARVER,  408 

Marquette,  Father,  by  Reuben  Gold 
Thwaites,  by  LAENAS  GIFFORD  WELD, 
124 

Marshall,  John,  Life,  Character,  and 
Judicial  Services,  compiled  and  ed- 
ited by  John  F.  Dillon,  by  EMLIN 
MCCLAIN,  404 

Martin,  W.  B.,  Iowa  Official  Register, 
by  MARGARET  BUDINGTON,  255 

MCCLAIN,  EMLIN,  Proceedings  of  the 
Iowa  Bar  Association,  published  by 
the  Association,  231 

EMLIN  McCLAiN,  John  Marshall,  Life, 
Character  and  Judicial  Services,  com- 
piled and  edited  by  John  F.  Dillon, 
404 

Morey,  William  C.,  The  Government  of 
New  York,  Its  History  and  Adminis- 
tration, by  H.  G.  PLUM,  410 
Mormons,  The  Story  of  the,  by  William 
Alexander  Linn,  by  ARTHUR  D. 
CROMWELL,  246 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS 


581 


Mississippi,  Early  Voyages  Up  and 
Down  the,  by  Cavelier,  etc.,  with  in- 
troduction, notes,  and  index,  by 
John  Gilmary  Shea,  by  LAENAS  GIF- 
FOKD  WfiLD,  259 

MITCHELL,  J.  F.,  Studies  in  United 
States  History,  by  Sara  M.  Riggs,  255 

New  France  and  New  England,  by  John 
Fiske,  by  LAENAS  GIFFORD  WELD, 
238 

New  York,  The  Government  of,  Its  His- 
tory and  Administration,  by  William 
C.  Morey,  by  H.  G.  PLUM,  410 

Organization  and  Control  of  Industrial 
Corporations,  The,  by  Frank  Edward 
Horack,  by  HARRY  G.  PLUM,  534 

Organization  of  Political  Parties,  De- 
mocracy and  the,  by  M.  Ostrogorski, 
by  BENJAMIN  F.  SHAMBAUGH,  539 

Ostrogorski,  M.,  Democracy  and  the 
Organization  of  Political  Parties,  by 
BENJAMIN  F.  SHAMBAUGH,  539 

PARISH,  LEONARD  WOODS,  The  Statute 
Laws  of  the  Territory  of  Iowa,  1838- 
39,  reprinted  by  the  Historical  De- 
partment of  Iowa,  113;  Journal  of  the 
Council  and  House  of  Representatives 
of  the  Second  Legislative  Assembly  of 
the  Territory  of  Iowa  (Special  Ses- 
sion), published  by  the  Historical 
Department  of  Iowa,  113 

Park  and  Forestry  Association,  Pro- 
ceedings of  the  Iowa,  published  by  the 
Association,  by  T.  J.  FITZPATRICK, 
536 

PEIRCE,  PAUL  S.,  The  History  of  the 
Louisiana  Purchase,  by  James  K. 
Hosmer,  110 

Phillips,  Ulrich  Bonnell,  Georgia  and 
State  Eights,  by  F.  I.  HERRIOTT,  248 

Pioneer  Law  Makers'  Association  of 
Iowa,  Proceedings  of  the,  by  PETER 
A.  DEY,  252 

PICKARD,  JOSIAH  L.,  The  Iowa  Histori- 
cal Record,  Vols.  I  to  XVIII,  The 
State  Historical  Society  of  Iowa,  112 

PLUM,  HARRY  G.,  Annual  Report  of  the 
American  Historical  Association  for 


the  Year  1901,  Vol.  1,  240;  The  Iowa 
Band,  by  Rev.  Ephraim  Adams,  105; 
The  Government  of  New  York,  Its 
History  and  Administration,  by  Wil- 
liam C.  Morey,  410;  The  Organization 
and  Control  of  Industrial  Corpora- 
tions, by  Frank  Edward  Horack,  534 

Political  Ideas  of  Modern  Japan,  The, 
by  Karl  Kiyoshi  Kawakami,  by 
ISAAC  A.  Loos,  538 

Political  Machinery  in  the  United  States, 
Early,  by  George  D.  Luetscher,  by 
FRANK  EDWARD  HORACK,  539 

Political  Parties,  Democracy  and  the 
Organization  of,  by  M.  Ostrogorski, 
by  BENJAMIN  F.  SHAMBAUGH,  539 

Proceedings  of  the  Iowa  Bar  Associa- 
tion, published  by  the  Association, 
by  EMLIN  MC€LAIN,  231 

Proceedings  of  the  Iowa  Park  and  For- 
estry Association,  The,  published  by 
the  Association,  by  T.  J.  FITZPAT- 
RICK, 536 

Proceedings  of  the  Pioneer  Law  Makers? 
Association  of  Iowa,  by  PETER  A. 
DEY,  252 

Reed,  Major  David  W.,  Campaigns  and 
Battles  of  the  Twelfth  Regiment  Iowa 
Veteran  Volunteer  Infantry,  by  JOS- 
EPH W.  RICH,  541 

Record,  The  Iowa  Historical,  Vols.  I  to 
XVIII,  The  State  Historical  Society 
of  Iowa,  by  JOSIAH  L.  PICKARD,  112 

Register,  Iowa  Official,  compiled  by  W. 
B.  Martin,  published  by  the  State, 
by  MARGARET  BUDINGTON,  255 

Report  of  the  American  Historical  Asso- 
ciation for  1901,  Annual,  Vol.  I,  by 
HARRY  G.  PLUM,  240 

Report  of  the  Public  Archives  Com- 
mission, by  F.  I.  HERRIOTT,  250 

Revolution,  The  Loyalists  in  the  Amer- 
ican, by  Claude  Halstead  Van  Tyne, 
by  ARTHUR  D.  CROMWELL,  414 

Rhode. -Island  —  Its  Making  and  Its 
Meaning,  by  Irving  Berdine  Rich- 
man,  with  introduction  by  James 
Bryce,  by  WILLIAM  CRAIG  WILCOX, 
114 


582 


THE   IOWA   JOURNAL 


RICH,  JOSEPH  W.,  Campaigns  and  Bat- 
tles of  the  Twelfth  Regiment  Iowa 
Veteran  Volunteer  Infantry,  by  Major 
David  W.  Reed,  541 

RICHMAN,  IRVING  B.,  History  of  the  Con- 
stitutions of  Iowa,  by  Benjamin  F. 
Shambaugh,  116 

Richman,  Irving  B.,  Rhode-Island — Its 
Making  and  Its  Meaning,  by  WIL- 
LIAM CRAIG  WILCOX,  114 

RICHARDS,  HARRY  S.,  Laws  of  the  Ter- 
ritory of  Iowa,  1839,  1840,  reprinted 
by  the  Historical  Department  of 
Iowa,  241 

Riggs,  Sara  M.,  Studies  in  United  States 
History,  by  J.  F.  MITCHELL,  255 

Shambaugh,  Benjamin  F.,  History  of 
the  Constitutions  of  Iowa,  by  IRVING 
B.  RICHMAN,  116 

SHAMBAUGH,  BENJAMIN  F.,  History  of 
the  United  States,  by  Francis  Newton 
Thorpe,  121;  Democracy  and  the  Or- 
ganization of  Political  Parties,  by 
M.  Ostrogorski,  539;  Actual  Govern- 
ment as  Applied  under  American  Con- 
ditions, by  Albert  Bushnell  Hart,  533 

Shea,  John  Gilmary,  Early  Voyages 
up  and  down  the  Mississippi,  by  Cav- 
elier,  etc. ,  by  LAENAS  GIFFORD  WELD, 
259 

State  Rights,  Georgia, and, by  Ulrich  Bon- 
nell  Phillips,  by  F.  I.  HERRIOTT,  248 

Statute  Laws  of  the  Territory  of  Iowa, 
The,  reprinted  by  the  Historical  De- 
Department  of  Iowa,  by  LEONARD 
WOODS  PARISH,  113 

Story  of  the  Mormons,  The,  by  William 
Alexander  Linn ,  by  ARTHUR  D . 
CROMWELL,  246 

Studies  in  United  States  History,  by 
Sara  M.  Riggs,  by  J.  F.  MITCHELL,  255 

Supplement  to  the  Code  of  Iowa,  pub- 
lished by  the  State,  by  HORACE  E. 
DEEMER,  118 

Territory  of  Iowa,  Laws  of,  1839-1840, 
reprinted  by  the  Historical  Depart- 
ment of  Iowa,  by  HARRY  S.  RICH- 
ARDS, 241 

Texas,  by  George  P.  Garrison,  by  AL- 
LEN JOHNSON,  406 


Thorpe,  Francis  Newton,  The  Constitu- 
tional History  of  the  United  States,  by 
BENJAMIN  F.  SHAMBAUGH,  121 

Thwaites,  Reuben  Gold,  Daniel  Boone, 
by  WILLIAM  CRAIG  WILCOX,  122; 
Father  Marquette,  by  LAENAS  GIFFORD 
WELD,  124 

United  States,  Early  Political  Machin- 
ery in  the,  by  George  D.  Luetscher, 
by  FRANK  EDWARD  HORACK,  539 

United  States,  The  Second  Bank  of  the, 
by  Ralph  C.  H.  Catterall,  by  WIL- 
LIAM CRAIG  WILCOX,  529 

United  States,  The  Constitutional  His- 
tory of,  by  Francis  Newton  Thorpe, 
by  BENJAMIN  F.  SHAMBAUGH,  121 

United  States  History,  Studies  in,  by 
Sara  M.  Riggs,  by  J.  F.  MITCHELL,  255 

Van  Tyne,  Claude  Halstead,  The  Loyal- 
ists in  the  American  Revolution,  by 
ARTHUR  D.  CROMWELL,  414 

Voyages  Up  and  Down  the  Mississippi, 
Early,  by  Cavelier,  St.  Cosme,  etc., 
with  introduction  and  notes  by  John 
Gilmary  Shea,  by  LEANAS  GIFFORD 
WELD,  259 

WARD,  DUREN  J,  H.,  Historic  Highways 
of  America,  by  Archer  Butler  Hul- 
bert,  243 

WELD,  LAENAS  GIFFORD,  Father  Mar- 
quette, by  Reuben  Gold  Thwaites,  124; 
New  France  and  New  England,  by 
John  Fisk,  238;  Early  Voyages  Up 
and  Down  the  Mississippi,  by  Cavelier, 
St.  Cosme,  etc.,  with  introduction, 
notes,  and  index,  by  John  Gilmary 
Shea,  259;  Exploration  of  the  Great 
Lakes  in  1669-1670,  edited  by  James 
H.  Coyne,  411 

WILCOX,  WILLIAM  CRAIG,  The  Second 
Bank  of  the  United  States,  by  Ralph 
C.  H.  Catterall,  529;  Rhode  Island- 
Its  Making  and  Its  Meaning,  by  Irv- 
ing B.  Richman,  with  an  introduc- 
tion by  James  Bryce,  114;  Daniel 
Boone,  by  Reuben  G.  Thwaites,  122 

YOUNG,  ALICE,  The  Conquest:  The 
True  Story  of  Lewis  and  Clark,  by 
Eva  Emery  Dye,  237 


INDEX  TO  NOTES  AND  COMMENT 


NOTE — Titles  of  articles  and  publications  are  printed  in  italics. 


Administration  of  Iowa,  The,  a  thesis 
by  Harold  M.  Bowman,  fellow  at 
Columbia  University,  265 

Aldrich,  Charles,  reminiscences  by,  in 
Webster  City  papers,  264 

Amana  Society,  articles  on,  128,  129 

American  Antiquarian,  editorial  on 
prehistoric  relics  in  Mississippi  Val- 
ley in,  544 

American  Historical  Magazine  and  Ten- 
nessee Historical  Quarterly,  plea  for 
preservation  of  State  archives  in, 
265 

American  Historical  Association,  Re- 
port of,  Frontier  Land  Clubs  or  Claim 
Association  in,  126 

American  History,  The  Course  of,  an 
address  by  Woodrow  Wilson,  268 

Annals  of  Iowa,  completion  of  fifth 
volume  of,  265 

Archives  and  History,  Department  of, 
in  Mississippi  and  Alabama,  265 

Associated  Charities  of  Des  Moines, 
sketch  of,  421 

Athens  (Iowa),  battle  of,  celebration 
of,  129 

Beardshear  Memorial  Volume,  an- 
nouncement of,  546 

Black  Hawk  War,  The,  by  Frank  E. 
Stevens,  416 

Bowman,  Harold  M.,  author  of  mono- 
graph on  The  Administration  of  Iowa, 
A  Study  in  Centralization,  No.  1, 
Vol.  XVIII  of  Columbia  Studies  in 
History,  Economics  and  Public  Law, 
543 

Bowker,  R.  R.,  compiler  of  list  of  the 
publications  of  the  State  of  Iowa,  419 


Brown,  Timothy,  soldier  of  American 
Revolution,  monument  at  Washing- 
ton, Iowa,  erected  to  memory  of,  549 
Budington,  Margaret,  elected  as  Acting 
Librarian  and  Cataloguer  of  the  State 
Historical  Society  of  Iowa,  127 

Buffalo  Historical  Society,  Publications 
of,  Volume  V,  267 

Byers,  Lawrence  Marshall,  elected  pro- 
fessor in  College  of  Law  at  State 
University  of  Iowa,  419 

Chariton  (Iowa),  library  building  at, 
room  for  local  historical  society  set 
aside  in,  416 

Colonial  Dames  of  America,  The  Iowa 
Society  of,  announcement  of  prize 
offer  by,  270 

Collections  of  the  State  Historical  So- 
ciety of  Wisconsin,  Vol.  XVI,  131 

Company  B  of  Davenport,  by  George 
Cram  Cook,  551 

Coming  into  Iowa,  article  by  George  C. 
Duffield  in  Annals  of  Iowa,  547 

Conference  of  Charities  and  Correc- 
tions, sketch  of  Iowa,  132 

Conner,  J.  E.,  appointed  instructor  in 
commerce  and  finance  at  University 
of  Iowa,  130 

Course  of  American  History,  The,  an 
address  by  Woodrow  Wilson,  268 

Daughters  of  the  American  Revolution, 
Pilgrim  Chapter  of,  lecture  on  Early 
Iowa  before,  544;  Abigail  Adams 
Chapter  of,  marking  site  of  old  Et. 
Des  Moines  by,  545 

Death  Eeturns  in  Iowa's  Cities  and  the 
Profession,  article  in  Iowa  Medical 
Journal,  by  F.  I.  Herriott,  547 


584 


THE   IOWA  JOURNAL 


Department  of  Archives  and  History  in 

Mississippi  and  Alabama,  265 

Dodge,  Grenville  M.,  letter  from,  on 

Hampton  Roads  Conference,  422;  an 

address  in  pamphlet  form  by,   262 

Drummond  Memorial  Tablet  at  College 

of  Blind,  262 

Dye,  Mrs.  Eva  Emery,  author  of  The 
Conquest,  began  historical  studies  in 
the  library  of  the  State  Historical 
Society  of  Iowa,  263 
Early  Iowa,  a  lecture  on,  before  Pil- 
grim Chapter  of  Daughters  of  Amer- 
ican Revolution,  544 
Evolution  of  the  American  System  of 
Protective  Tariffs,  by  J.  W.  Rich,  in 
Iowa  City  Republican,  266,  418 
Evolution  of  the  Judicial  Opinion,  The, 
paper  by  Judge  Emlin  McClain  at 
American  Bar  Association,  264 
Franklin,  Benjamin,  addresses  on,  be- 
fore the  Grant  Club,  by  Allan  Daw- 
son  and  Wallace  R.  Lane,  264 
Frontier  Land  Clubs  or  Claim  Associa- 
tions, notice  of  paper  on,  in  Annual 
Report  of  the  American  Historical  As- 
sociation for  1900,  126 
Fitzpatrick,  T.  J.,  author  of  Bibliog- 
raphy of  the  Scientific  Literature  of 
Iowa,  550 

Five  Hundred  Farmers — an  Economic 
Experiment  in  Iowa,  article  by  W.  S. 
Harwood  in  Century  (May  1903),  418 
Ft.  Des  Moines,  site  of,  to  be  marked  by 
Daughters  of  the  American  Revolu- 
tion, 545 

Garrett,  T.  Mauro,  life  member  of  the 
State  Historical  Society  of  Iowa, 
death  of,  269 

Gear,  Mrs.  John  Henry,  death  of,  129 
Gilbert,  Barry,  appointed  professor  of 

Law  at  University  of  Iowa,  549 
Grand   Army   of   the   Republic,    Iowa 

Dept.,  encampment  of,  546 
Grant  Club,  addresses  before,  264 
Grimes,  James  W.,  pamphlets  and  doc- 
uments of,  in  Burlington  public  li- 
brary, 417 


Grimes,  James  W.,  letter  of  acceptance 
by,  on  election  to  office  of  president 
of  State  Historical  Society  of  Iowa, 
551 

Grinnell,  semi  -  centennial  annivers- 
ary of  the  founding  of,  544 

Griswold,  George,  an  Iowa  pioneer, 
death  of,  130 

Haddock,  William  J.,  author  of  Novels 
and  Pictures  and  The  Prairies  of 
Iowa,  128 

Hamilton,  Alexander,  addresses  on,  be- 
fore the  Grant  Club,  by  H.  H.  Stipp 
and  J.  U.  Sammis,  264 

Hampton  Roads  Conference,  letter 
from  Grenville  M.  Dodge  on,  422 

Harbert,  A.  N.,  fund  for  "Drummond 
Memorial  Tablet"  raised  by,  262 

Harpers'1  Weekly,  article  on  The  Iowa 
Idea  in,  264 

Henderson,  David  B.,  bronze  statue  of, 
unveiled  at  Clermont,  Iowa,  417 

Herriott,  Frank  Irving,  appointed  pro- 
fessor of  economics  and  'political 
science  at  Drake  University  ( Des 
Moines),  420 

History  of  Iowa  From  the  Earliest  of 
Times  to  the  Beginning  of  the  Twen- 
tieth Century,  notice  of  publication 
of,  130 

History  of  the  Sixth  Iowa  Regiment,  by 
General  Henry  H.  Wright,  418 

Horack,  Frank  Edward,  appointed  in- 
structor in  political  science  at  the 
State  University  of  Iowa,  127 ;  elected 
custodian  of  the  State  Historical 
Society  of  Iowa,  128 

Horn,  Charles  H.,  appointed  instructor 
in  history  at  Iowa  College  (Grin- 
nell), 132 

Human  Races,  The,  a  sketch  of  classifi- 
cation by  Duren  J.  H.  Ward,  267 

Icarian  Community,  The,  an  article  by 
Charles  Gray  in  Annals  of  Iowa,  547 

Indians  of  Iowa,  article  by  Charles  A. 
Clark,  in  Annals  of  Iowa,  547 

Industrial  Corporations,  The  Organiza- 
tion and  Control  of,  monograph  by 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS 


585 


Dr.  F.  E.  Horack,  Secretary  of  State 
Historical  Society,  549 

Industrial  Revolution,  The,  lectures  on, 
by  Professor  Isaac  A.  Loos,  546 

Ingham,  W.  H.,  author  of  The  Iowa 
Northern  Border  Brigade  of  1862-3, 
in  Annals  of  Iowa,  126 

Institutional  Expenditures  in  the  State 
Budgets  of  Iowa,  an  article  by  Dr. 
Frank  I.  Herriott,  in  the  Bulletin  of 
Iowa  Institutions,  263 

Internal  Improvements  in  North  Caro- 
lina, a  monograph  by  Charles  Wea- 
ver, 547 

Illinois  State  Historical  Library,  Col- 
lections of,  Vol.  I,  550 

Iowa,  in  the  American  Commonwealth 
Series,  by  Albert  Shaw,  262 

Iowa  Fugitive  Slave  Case,  article  in 
Annals  of  Iowa  for  April,  1903,  547 

Iowa  Indian  Grammar,  An,  a  rare  vol- 
ume in  possession  of  Mr.  A.  N.  Har- 
bert,  266 

Iowa  Idea,  The,  article  in  Harpers'1 
Weekly,  264 

Iowa  Library  Commission,  influence  of, 
264 

Iowa  Library  Commission,  quarterly 
of  the,  change  of  name  of,  264 

Iowa  Northern  Border  Brigade  of  1862- 
3,  The,  in  Annals  of  Iowa,  126 

Jefferson,  Thomas,  addresses  on,  before 
the  Grant  Club,  by  A.  B.  Cummins 
and  W.  W.  Witmer,  264 

Judicial  Opinion,  The  Evolution  of  the, 
a  paper  by  Judge  Emlin  McClain  be- 
fore American  Bar  Association,  264 

Kent,  Chancellor,  article  on,  by  John 
F.  Dillon  in  Columbia  Law  Review, 
547 

Land  Clubs  or  Claim  Associations, 
Frontier,  notice  of  paper  on,  126 

League  of  Iowa  Municipalities,  The, 
sketch  of,  133 

Lincoln,  Abraham,  bronze  statue  of, 
unveiled  at  Clermont,  Iowa,  417;  let- 
ter of,  bearing  on  political  history  of 
Iowa,  551 


Loos,  Isaac  A.,  represented  University 
of  Iowa  at  conference  on  higher  com- 
mercial education  at  Ann  Arbor, 
263 

Macy,  Prof.  Jesse,  granted  leave  of  ab- 
absence,  546 

John  Marshall,  addresses  on,  before 
the  Grant  Club,  by  Emlin  McClain 
and  J.  A.  McCall,  264 

Masonic  Library,  the  "Iowa  Alcove" 
in,  268 

Messages  and  Proclamations  of  the  Gov- 
ernors of  Iowa,  announcement  of  pub- 
lication of,  126 

Messages  and  Proclamations  of  the  Gov- 
ernors of  Iowa,  Vol.  I,  262 

Messages  and  Proclamations  of  the  Gov- 
ernors of  Iowa,  Vol.  II,  416 

Messages  and  Proclamations  of  the  Gov- 
ernors of  Iowa,  Vol.  IV,  543 

Messages  and  Proclamations  of  the  Gov- 
ernors of  Iowa,  Vol.  V,  544 

Midland  Municipalities,  article  on  The 
League  of  Iowa  Municipalities  by 
Dr.  Frank  E.  Horack  reprinted  in 
May  number  of,  417;  editorial  on 
gradual  elimination  of  party  politics 
in  municipal  elections  in,  418;  con- 
tents of  March,  1903,  number  of,  419; 
contents  of  February,  1903,  number 
of,  267 

Missionery  Ridge,  monument  to  Sixth 
Iowa  Kegiment  erected  at,  127 

Missouri,  State  Historical  Society  of, 
establishment  of,  267 

Mitchell,  T.  W.,  appointed  assistant 
instructor  in  economics  and  statis- 
tics at  University  of  Iowa,  132 

Mosnat,  J.  J.,  member  of  State  Histor- 
ical Society  of  Iowa,  death  of,  419 

Municipal  Movements,  The  National- 
ization of,  article  by  Clinton  Rogers 
Woodruff,  in  Annals  of  the  American 
Academy  of  Political  and  Social 
Science,  263 

National  Political  Science  Association, 
organization  of  a,  under  advisement, 
265 


586 


THE   IOWA   JOURNAL 


National  Politics,  an  address  before  the 

Grant  Club,  by  Sidney  A.  Foster,  264 

Newbold,   Ex-Gov.   Joshua,   sketch  of 

life  of,  422 

New  Hampshire  Historical  Society,  The 
Proceedings  of  the,  Pt.  I  of  Vol.  IV,  545 
Ohio  Archaeological  and  Historical  So- 
ciety, publications  of  the,  546 
Organization  and  Control  of  Industrial 
Corporations,  The,  monograph  by  Dr. 
F.  E.  Horack,  Secretary  of  the  State 
Historical  Society  of  Iowa,  549 
Parish,  L.  W.,  author  of  Studies  and 

Exercises  in  Economics,  420 
Party  Politics  in  Indiana  During  the 
Civil  War,  a  paper  by  Prof.  James 
A.  Woodburn  before   the   American 
Historical  Association,  263 
Peirce,  Dr.  Paul  S.,  appointed  instruc- 
tor in    history  at  the  University  of 
Iowa,  132 
P.  E.  O.  Society,  program  of,  on  Iowa 

History,  544 

Pioneer  Protection  from  Horse  Thieves, 
an   article  by  James    E.   Parker  in 
Annals  of  Iowa,  547 
Pioneer  days,  an  extract  from  address 

by  President  Roosevelt,  545 
Plum,  Harry  G.,  promoted  to  position 
of  professor  of  European  history  at 
University  of  Iowa,  127 
Political  Science  Club  (Iowa),  officers 
of,  264;  list  of  papers  read  before,  in 
1902-03,  268;  416 
Pollock,  Sir  Frederick,  lectures  by,  at 

University  of  Iowa  by,  417 
Prairies  of  Iowa,   The,  by  William  J. 

Haddock,  128 

Publicity  in  our  Local  Finance,  an 
article  by  F.  I.  Herriott  in  Annals 
of  Iowa,  547 

Richinan,  Irving  B.,  author  of  Ehode 
Island,  Its  Making  and  Its  Meaning; 
Appenzell;  and  John  Brown  Among 
the  Quakers,  129 

Roberts,  Dr.  V.  H.  appointed  professor 
in  law  and  political  science  at 
Drake  University  (Des  Momes),  131 


Roosevelt,  President,  extract  from  St. 

Louis  speech,  545 

Safety  Appliances  on  the  Railroads,  an 
article  by  L.  S.  Coffin  in  Annals  of 
Iowa,  266 

Salter,   Dr.   William,   presentation   of 
portrait  of,  to  the  Historical  Depart- 
ment of  Iowa,  131 
Semi-centennial    anniversary   of    the 

founding  of  Grinnell  (Iowa),  544 
Scandinavian  born  population  of  Iowa, 
statistics  relative  to,  by  C.  F.  Wen- 
nerstrum,  418 

Schaffner,  Dr.  Margaret  A.,  appointed 
instructor  in  sociology  and  econom- 
ics at  the  University  of  Iowa,  131 

Shaw,  Albert,  author  of  Iowa,  in  the 
American  Commonwealth  Series,  262 

Shepherd,  Charles,  soldier  of  American 
Revolution,  monument  erected  at  Mt. 
Pleasant,  Iowa,  in  memory  of,  550 

Sherman,  General  William  T.,  Personal 
Recollections  of,  an  address  by  Major- 
General  Grenville  M.  Dodge,  262 

Sprague,  Damon  N.,  an  Iowa  pioneer, 
death  of,  130 

State  Historical  Society  of  Iowa,  let- 
ter of  Grimes  accepting  presidency 
of,  551;  New  York  and  Missouri  news- 
papers secured  by,  547;  officers  of, 
416,  417;  publications  of,  126;  the 
work  of,  a  paper  on,  549;  24th  bien- 
nial report  of,  543 

State  Historical  Society  of  Missouri, 
establishment  of,  267;  appropriation 
for,  545 

St. Louis  Exposition,  Iowa  history  at,549 

Story  of  the  Forty-ninth,  The,  by  Cap- 
tain J.  E.  Whipple,  267 

Studies  and  Exercises  in  Economics,  by 
Prof.  L.  W.  Parish,  420 

Thomas,  Simeon  E.,  former  custodian 
of  the  State  Historical  Society  of 
Iowa,  128 

Todhunter,  Lewis,  an  Iowa  pioneer, 
death  of,  129 

Trevelyan,  Sir  George  Otto,  completion 
of  American  Revolution  by,  265 


OF   HISTORY   AND   POLITICS 


587 


Trust  Finance,  by  Edward  S.  Meade, 
650 

Tyler,  Alice  S.,  secretary  of  Iowa 
Library  Commission,  269 

Vital  Statistics,  an  article  by  F.  I.  Her- 
riott  in  Iowa  Medical  Journal,  547 

Ward,  Duren  J.  H.,  author  of  The  Hu- 
man Races,  a  sketch  of  classifications, 
267;  study  of  Iowa  mounds  by,  544 

Webster,  Daniel,  addresses  on,  before 
the  Grant  Club,  by  J.  C.  Davis  and 
Horace  E.  Deemer,  264 

Wennerstrum,  C.  F.,  compilation  of 
statistics  relative  to  Scandinavian 
born  population  of  Iowa,  418 

West  and  Nationality,  The,  a  paper  by 
Prof.  John  L.  Stewart  before  Ameri- 
can Historical  Association,  263 


Western  history,  two  papers  on,  before 
American  Historical  Association,  263 

Whipple,  Captain  J.  E.,  author  of  The 
Story  of  the  Forty-ninth,  267 

White,  Andrew  D.,  on  study  of  public 
affairs.  420 

Wilcox,  William  Craig,  lectures  by, 
under  the  auspices  of  the  University 
of  Chicago,  266;  elected  to  chair  of 
American  history  at  University  of 
Iowa,  126;  university  extension  lect- 
ures by,  548 

Wilson,  Woodrow,  an  address  by,  on 
The  Course  of  American  History,  268 

Wisconsin,  Collections  of  the  State  His- 
torical Society  of,  Vol.  XVI,  131 

Wood,  Harriet  A.,  librarian  of  public 
library  at  Cedar  Rapids,  Iowa,  551 


•f 


Iowa  journal  of  history 

175 
v.l 


PLEASE  DO  NOT  REMOVE 
CARDS  OR  SLIPS  FROM  THIS  POCKET 

UNIVERSITY  OF  TORONTO  LIBRARY